Word counts (excluding lilypond snippets) are given for each file.
-1- Documentation index and Tutorial
-415 user/lilypond-learning.tely
+407 user/lilypond-learning.tely
6365 user/tutorial.itely
23 user/dedication.itely
-409 user/macros.itexi
+413 user/macros.itexi
171 index.html.in
-3792 po/lilypond-doc.pot (translate to po/<MY_LANGUAGE>.po)
-11175 total
+3809 po/lilypond-doc.pot (translate to po/<MY_LANGUAGE>.po)
+11188 total
-2- Introduction and beginning of Application Usage
411 user/preface.itely
3855 user/introduction.itely
-393 user/lilypond-program.tely
-1867 user/install.itely (partial translation)
+385 user/lilypond-program.tely
+1926 user/install.itely (partial translation)
1149 user/setup.itely
2896 user/running.itely
-10571 total
+10622 total
-3- Learning manual
10318 user/fundamental.itely -- Fundamental concepts
-12353 user/tweaks.itely -- Tweaking output
-3005 user/working.itely -- Working on LilyPond files
+12713 user/tweaks.itely -- Tweaking output
+3007 user/working.itely -- Working on LilyPond files
483 user/templates.itely -- Templates
-26159 total
+26521 total
-4- Notation reference
-680 user/lilypond.tely
+672 user/lilypond.tely
91 user/notation.itely -- Musical notation
-3147 user/pitches.itely
-6312 user/rhythms.itely
+3083 user/pitches.itely
+5148 user/rhythms.itely
1110 user/expressive.itely
556 user/repeats.itely
1452 user/simultaneous.itely
-1690 user/staff.itely
+1603 user/staff.itely
902 user/editorial.itely
2410 user/text.itely
76 user/specialist.itely -- Specialist notation
66 user/strings.itely
242 user/bagpipes.itely
4240 user/ancient.itely
-5661 user/input.itely -- Input syntax
+5689 user/input.itely -- Input syntax
2164 user/non-music.itely -- Non-musical notation
8297 user/spacing.itely -- Spacing issues
-11197 user/changing-defaults.itely -- Changing defaults
+11296 user/changing-defaults.itely -- Changing defaults
5202 user/programming-interface.itely -- Interfaces for programmers
1155 user/notation-appendices.itely -- Notation manual tables
250 user/cheatsheet.itely -- Cheat sheet
-63243 total
+62047 total
-5- Application usage
3194 user/lilypond-book.itely -- LilyPond-book
<html>
<!--
- Translation of GIT committish: 550152ed5d5015d13abf2af83b2e040f996a66a4
+ Translation of GIT committish: b6d70bb967c980446372dab1d29ed8b40608b7c4
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
<strong>@DATE@</strong>
</p>
- <p>
- <strong>Achtung:</strong> Diese Übersetzung befindet sich noch in der Entwicklung, <br>
- die englische Version (Link unten auf der Seite) bietet die
- vollständige Fassung der Dokumentation.
- </p>
+
</div>
<table id="navigation">
<ul>
<li>
<a class="title" href="user/lilypond-learning/index.de.html">Handbuch zum Lernen (LM)</a>
- (auf <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-learning-big-page.html">einer großen Seite</a> ~ 1.5 MB,
+ (auf <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-learning-big-page.de.html">einer großen Seite</a> ~ 1.5 MB,
als <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-learning.de.pdf">PDF</a>)
<br>(Für den ersten Anfang.)</li>
<a class="title" href="user/lilypond/index.de.html">Notationsreferenz (NR)</a>
(auf <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-big-page.html">einer großen Seite</a> ~ 4 MB,
als <a class="title" href="user/lilypond.de.pdf">PDF</a>)
- <br>(Notation mit LilyPond setzen.)</li>
+ <br>(Notation mit LilyPond setzen.)
+ <br>(<strong>Achtung:</strong> dieses Dokument ist erst teilweise auf deutsch übersetzt,<br>
+ die vollständige Version liegt auf Englisch vor, siehe Link unten auf
+ der Seite.)</li>
<li>
<a class="title" href="user/lilypond-internals/index.html">Referenz der Interna (IR)</a>
-·<p><i>Zuletzt aktualisiert am·Thu Oct 16 21:38:37 UTC 2008
+·<p><i>Zuletzt aktualisiert am·Sun Nov 9 15:34:00 UTC 2008
</i></p>
<html>
<!-- This page is automatically generated by translation-status.py from
<th>Mehr Information</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Überschriften<br>(415)</td>
+ <td>Überschriften<br>(407)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #39ff22">teilweise</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #47ff24">teilweise</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #40fe23">teilweise</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #47ff24">teilweise</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Die Ausgabe verändern<br>(12353)</td>
+ <td>4 Die Ausgabe verändern<br>(12713)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #91ff2e">teilweise</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 An LilyPond-Projekten arbeiten<br>(3005)</td>
+ <td>5 An LilyPond-Projekten arbeiten<br>(3007)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
<th>Mehr Information</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Überschriften<br>(393)</td>
+ <td>Überschriften<br>(385)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #47ff24">teilweise</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #54ff26">teilweise</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1 Installieren<br>(1867)</td>
+ <td>1 Installieren<br>(1926)</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
Reinhold Kainhofer</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">teilweise (7 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #33ff21">teilweise</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #47ff24">teilweise</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>Reinhold Kainhofer</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #2cff20">teilweise</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #33ff21">teilweise</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
</table>
<th>Mehr Information</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Überschriften<br>(680)</td>
+ <td>Überschriften<br>(672)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #39ff22">teilweise</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #40fe23">teilweise</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.1 Tonhöhen<br>(3147)</td>
+ <td>1.1 Tonhöhen<br>(3083)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #33ff21">teilweise</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.2 Rhythmus<br>(6312)</td>
+ <td>1.2 Rhythmus<br>(5148)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">teilweise (80 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">teilweise</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #62ff28">teilweise</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff7257">teilweise</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>1.5 Gleichzeitig erscheinende Noten<br>(1452)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">teilweise (97 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">teilweise</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.6 Notation auf Systemen<br>(1690)</td>
+ <td>1.6 Notation auf Systemen<br>(1603)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">teilweise</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">teilweise</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>3 Allgemeine Eingabe und Ausgabe<br>(5661)</td>
+ <td>3 Allgemeine Eingabe und Ausgabe<br>(5689)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">teilweise (6 %)</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Standardeinstellungen verändern<br>(11197)</td>
+ <td>5 Standardeinstellungen verändern<br>(11296)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">nein</span></td>
ISOLANG = de
depth = ../../..
LOCALSTEPMAKE_TEMPLATES = lilypond ly doc-i18n-user
+BIG_PAGE_MANUALS = lilypond-learning
include $(depth)/make/stepmake.make
Für Fingerwechsel muss eine Textbeschriftung (markup) benutzt werden:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c4-1 d-2 f-4 c^\markup { \finger "2 - 3" }
@end lilypond
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: d0614c27e88dc7bd3993f3744a388749ba93b267
+ Translation of GIT committish: acbcbe3683d629575967b972b64ca5e1589bf330
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@lilypondfile[quote]{expressive-headword.ly}
+Dieser Abschnitt zeigt verschiedene Ausdrucksbezeichnungen,
+die zur Partitur hinzugefügt werden können.
+
@menu
* Attached to notes::
* Curves::
@node Attached to notes
@subsection Attached to notes
+Dieser Abschnitt erklärt, wie man Ausdrucksbezeichnungen erstellt,
+die an Noten gebunden sind: Artikulationszeichen, Ornamente und
+Dynamikzeichen. Es werden auch Methoden gezeigt, eigene
+Ausdrucksbezeichnungen zu erstellen.
+
@menu
* Articulations and ornamentations::
@cindex Artikulationszeichen
@cindex Beschriftung
@cindex Zeichen
+@cindex Ornament
+@cindex Espressivo
+@cindex Fermate
+@cindex Anstrich
+@cindex Abstrich
+@cindex Pedal-Bezeichnung
+@cindex Orgelpedal-Bezeichnung
+@cindex Doppelschlag
+@cindex offen
+@cindex gestopft
+@cindex gedämpft
+@cindex Flageolet
+@cindex Triller
+@cindex Praller
+@cindex Mordent
+@cindex Daumenbezeichnung
+@cindex Segno
+@cindex Coda
+@cindex Varcoda
+@cindex D'al Segno
-Eine Vielfalt an Symbolen kann über und unter den Noten erscheinen,
-um zu markieren, auf welche Art die Note ausgeführt werden soll. Sie
-werden in LilyPond notiert, indem ein Minuszeichen an die Note gehängt
-wird, gefolgt von dem jeweiligen Zeichen. Hier einige Beispiele:
-
-@c @l ilypondfile[quote,ragged-right]{script-abbreviations.ly}
+@funindex -
-Die Bedeutung der Zeichen kann auch verändert werden. Siehe etwa
-@file{ly/@/script@/-init@/.ly} für Beispiele.
-Das Artikulationszeichen wird automatisch gesetzt, aber die Richtung kann
-auch erzwungen werden. Wie auch bei anderen LilyPond-Befehlen, erreicht
-man mit @code{_} eine Ausrichtung unter der Note, mit @code{^} eine
-Ausrichtung über der Note.
+Eine Vielfalt an Symbolen kann über und unter den Noten erscheinen,
+um zu markieren, auf welche Art die Note ausgeführt werden soll.
+Hierzu wird folgende Syntax benutzt:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-c''4^^ c''4_^
-@end lilypond
+@example
+@var{Note}\@var{Bezeichnung}
+@end example
-Andere Symbole können mit der Syntax
-@var{Note}@code{\}@var{Bezeichnung} hinzugefügt werden.
-Auch sie können mit @code{^} und @code{_} nach oben
-und unten gezwungen werden:
+Die möglichen Werte für @var{Bezeichnung} sind aufgelistet in
+@ref{List of articulations}. Ein Beispiel:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
-c\fermata c^\fermata c_\fermata
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c4\staccato c\mordent b2\turn
+c1\fermata
@end lilypond
@cindex Akzent
@cindex Marcato
@cindex Staccatissimo
@cindex Espressivo
-@cindex Fermate
-@cindex Gedämpft
@cindex Staccato
@cindex Portato
@cindex Tenuto
-@cindex Aufstrich
-@cindex Abstrich
-@cindex Fußbezeichnung
-@cindex Orgelpedalbezeichnung
-@cindex Triller
-@cindex Offen
-@cindex Flageolet
-@cindex Praller
-@cindex Mordent
-@cindex Doppelpraller
-@cindex Prallermordent
-@cindex Fingersatz
-@cindex Daumenbezeichnung
-@cindex Segno
-@cindex Coda
-@cindex Varcoda
-Hier ist eine Liste, die alle möglichen Zeichen darstellt:
+Einige dieser Artikulationszeichen haben eine Abkürzung, damit
+es einfacher ist, sie zu schreiben. Die Abkürzung wird an die
+Notenbezeichnung gehängt, wobei ihre Syntax aus einem Minuszeichen
+@code{-} besteht, gefolgt von dem Symbol, das dem
+Artikultationszeichen zugeordnet ist. Es gibt diese Abkürzungen
+für @notation{marcato},
+@notation{stopped} (gedämpft), @notation{tenuto},
+@notation{staccatissimo}, @notation{accent}, @notation{staccato},
+and @notation{portato}. Die ihnen entsprchenden Symbole
+werden also folgendermaßen notiert:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c4-^ c-+ c-- c-|
+c4-> c-. c2-_
+@end lilypond
-@lilypondfile[ragged-right,quote]{script-chart.ly}
+Die Regeln für die standardmäßige Platzierung von
+Artikulationszeichen werden in der Datei @file{scm/@/script@/.scm}
+definiert. Artikulationszeichen und Onrnamente können manuell
+über oder unter dem System gesetzt werden, siehe
+@ref{Direction and placement}.
+@snippets
-@commonprop
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{modifying-default-values-for-articulation-shorthand-notation.ly}
-Die vertikale Anordnung der Zeichen wird durch die
-@code{script-priority}-Eigenschaft kontrolliert. Je kleiner die Zahl
-ist, umso näher wird das Zeichen an die Note gesetzt. In dem
-nächsten Beispiel hat das Textsymbol (@rinternals{TextScript}),
-ein Kreuz, die niedrigste Priorität und wird also als unterstes
-gesetzt. Im zweiten Beispiel hat der Praller (das @rinternals{Script})
-die niedrigste Priorität und erscheint innen. Wenn zwei Objekte die
-gleiche Priorität haben, entscheidet die Reihenfolge, in der sie notiert
-sind, welches zuerst kommt.
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{controlling-the-vertical-ordering-of-scripts.ly}
-@lilypond[verbatim,relative=3,ragged-right,fragment,quote]
-\once \override TextScript #'script-priority = #-100
-a4^\prall^\markup { \sharp }
-\once \override Script #'script-priority = #-100
-a4^\prall^\markup { \sharp }
-@end lilypond
+@seealso
+Musikglossar:
+@rglos{tenuto},
+@rglos{accent},
+@rglos{staccato},
+@rglos{portato}.
-@seealso
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Direction and placement},
+@ref{List of articulations},
+@ref{Trills}.
-Programmreferenz: @rinternals{Script}.
+Installierte Dateien:
+@file{scm/@/script@/.scm}.
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Expressive marks}.
-@knownissues
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{Script},
+@rinternals{TextScript}.
-Diese Zeichen erscheinen zwar im Druck, haben aber keine Auswirkung
-auf die produzierte MIDI-Datei.
@node Dynamics
@unnumberedsubsubsec Dynamics
@cindex Lautstärke
@cindex Dynamik
+@cindex absolute Lautstärke
+
+@funindex \ppppp
+@funindex ppppp
@funindex \pppp
+@funindex pppp
@funindex \ppp
+@funindex ppp
@funindex \pp
+@funindex pp
@funindex \p
+@funindex p
@funindex \mp
+@funindex mp
@funindex \mf
+@funindex mf
@funindex \f
+@funindex f
@funindex \ff
+@funindex ff
@funindex \fff
+@funindex fff
@funindex \ffff
+@funindex ffff
@funindex \fp
+@funindex fp
@funindex \sf
+@funindex sf
@funindex \sff
+@funindex sff
@funindex \sp
+@funindex sp
@funindex \spp
+@funindex spp
@funindex \sfz
+@funindex sfz
@funindex \rfz
+@funindex rfz
Absolute Dynamikbezeichnung wird mit Befehlen nach den Noten
-angezeigt. Die vordefinierten Befehle lauten:
-@code{\ppppp},
-@code{\pppp}, @code{\ppp},
+angezeigt, etwa @code{c4\ff}. Die vordefinierten Befehle lauten:
+@code{\ppppp}, @code{\pppp}, @code{\ppp},
@code{\pp}, @code{\p}, @code{\mp}, @code{\mf}, @code{\f}, @code{\ff},
@code{\fff}, @code{\ffff}, @code{\fp}, @code{\sf}, @code{\sff},
-@code{\sp}, @code{\spp}, @code{\sfz}, and @code{\rfz}.
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
-c\ppp c\pp c \p c\mp c\mf c\f c\ff c\fff
-c2\fp c\sf c\sff c\sp c\spp c\sfz c\rfz
+@code{\sp}, @code{\spp}, @code{\sfz}, and @code{\rfz}. Die
+Dynamikzeichen können manuell unter- oder oberhalb des Systems
+platziert werden, siehe @ref{Direction and placement}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c2\ppp c\mp
+c2\rfz c^\mf
+c2_\spp c^\ff
@end lilypond
+@cindex Crescendo-Klammer
+@cindex Klammer, Crescendo
+@cindex Crescendo
+@cindex Decrescendo
+@cindex Diminuendo
+
@funindex \<
@funindex \>
@funindex \!
+@funindex \cr
+@funindex cr
+@funindex \decr
+@funindex decr
+
+Eine @notation{Crescendo}-Klammer wird mit dem Befehl
+@code{\<} begonnen und mit @code{\!}, einem absoluten Dynamikbefehl oder einer weiteren Crescento- oder
+Decrescendo-Klammer beendet. Ein @notation{Decrescendo}
+beginnt mit @code{\>} und wird auch beendet mit @code{\!},
+einem absoluten Dynamikbefehl oder einem weiteren
+Crescendo oder Decrescendo. @code{\cr} und @code{\decr} können
+anstelle von @code{\<} und
+@code{\>} benutzt werden. Die Befehle ergeben standardmäßig
+Crescendo-Klammern.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c2\< c\!
+d2\< d\f
+e2\< e\>
+f2\> f\!
+e2\> e\mp
+d2\> d\>
+c1\!
+@end lilypond
+
+Unsichtbare Pausen werden benötigt, um mehrere Zeichen einer
+Note zuzuweisen.
-Eine Crescendo-Klammer wird mit dem Befehl @code{\<} begonnen und
-mit @code{\!} oder einem absoluten Dynamikbefehl beendet. Ein
-Decrescendo beginnt mit @code{\>} und wird auf die gleiche Art
-beendet. @code{\cr} und @code{\decr} können anstelle von @code{\<} und
-@code{\>} benutzt werden. Weil diese Zeichen an Noten gekoppelt sind,
-müssen unsichtbare Noten benutzt werden, wenn mehr als ein Zeichen pro
-Note benötigt wird.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
-c\< c\! d\> e\!
-<< f1 { s4 s4\< s4\! \> s4\! } >>
+@cindex mehre Dynamikzeichen an einer Note
+@cindex Dynamik, mehrere Zeichen an einer Note
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c4\< c\! d\> e\!
+<< f1 { s4 s4\< s4\> s4\! } >>
@end lilypond
-@noindent
-Eine Crescendo-Klammer beginnt normalerweise am linken Rand der Anfangsnote
-und endet am rechten Rand der Endnote. Wenn das Ende auf den Taktanfang
-fällt, endet die Klammer an der direkt vorhergehenden Taktlinie. Diese
-Einstellung lässt sich aber durch die Eigenschaft @code{hairpinToBarline}
-verändern.
+@cindex Espressivo-Artikulation
-@c TODO: Add link to new snippet for #'to-barline
+@funindex \espressivo
+@funindex espressivo
In manchen Situationen kann auch der @code{\espressivo}-Befehl
geeignet sein, ein An- und Abschwellen einer Note anzuzeigen.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
-c2 b4 a g1\espressivo
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c2 b4 a
+g1\espressivo
@end lilypond
-Hier können allerdings sehr kurze Klammern auftreten. Der Wert von
-@code{minimum-length} in @rinternals{Voice}.@rinternals{Hairpin}
-kann angepasst werden, etwa:
+@funindex \crescTextCresc
+@funindex crescTextCresc
+@funindex \dimTextDecresc
+@funindex dimTextDecresc
+@funindex \dimTextDecr
+@funindex dimTextDecr
+@funindex \dimTextDim
+@funindex dimTextDim
+@funindex \crescHairpin
+@funindex crescHairpin
+@funindex \dimHairpin
+@funindex dimHairpin
+
+Crescendo und Decrescendo kann auch mit Text anstelle der
+Klammern angezeigt werden. Gestrichelte Linien werden ausgegeben,
+um die Dauer des Crescendos oder Decrescendos anzuzeigen. Die
+vorgegebenen Befehle, mit denen dieses Verhalten erreicht
+werden kann, sind @code{\crescTextCresc}, @code{\dimTextDecresc},
+@code{\dimTextDecr} und @code{\dimTextDim}. Die entsprechenden
+Befehle @code{\crescHairpin} und @code{\dimHairpin} stellen
+wieder die spitzen Klammern ein:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\crescTextCresc
+c2\< d | e f\!
+\dimTextDecresc
+e2\> d | c b\!
+\crescHairpin
+c2\< d | e f\!
+\dimHairpin
+e2\> d\!
+@end lilypond
-@example
-\override Voice.Hairpin #'minimum-length = #5
-@end example
+Um neue absolute Dynamikzeichen oder Text, der mit ihnen
+angeordnet wird, zu erstellen, siehe @ref{New dynamic marks}.
-@cindex Al niente
-@cindex Niente, al
+@cindex Dynamik, vertikale Position
+@cindex vertikale Position von Dynamik
-Klammern können auch mit einem kleinen Kreis um die Spitze
-(al niente-Notation) gedruckt werden,
-wenn die @code{circled-tip}-Eigenschaft gesetzt wird.
+Vertikale Position der Zeichen wird von der Funktion
+@rinternals{DynamicLineSpanner} verwaltet.
+@funindex \dynamicUp
+@funindex dynamicUp
+@funindex \dynamicDown
+@funindex dynamicDown
+@funindex \dynamicNeutral
+@funindex dynamicNeutral
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2,verbatim]
-\override Hairpin #'circled-tip = ##t
-c2\< c\!
-c4\> c\< c2\!
-@end lilypond
+@predefined
+@code{\dynamicUp},
+@code{\dynamicDown},
+@code{\dynamicNeutral},
+@code{\crescTextCresc},
+@code{\dimTextDim},
+@code{\dimTextDecr},
+@code{\dimTextDecresc},
+@code{\crescHairpin},
+@code{\dimHairpin}.
-@cindex Crescendo
-@cindex Decrescendo
-@cindex Diminuendo
+@snippets
-Anstelle der Klammern kann auch der Text @emph{cresc.} bzw. @emph{decr.}
-oder @emph{dim.} ausgegeben werden.
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{setting-hairpin-behavior-at-bar-lines.ly}
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2,verbatim]
-\crescTextCresc
-c\< d e f\!
-\crescHairpin
-e\> d c b\!
-\dimTextDecresc
-c\> d e f\!
-\dimTextDim
-e\> d c b\!
-@end lilypond
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{setting-the-minimum-length-of-hairpins.ly}
-Dieser Text kann auch beliebig angepasst werden:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
-\set crescendoText = \markup { \italic "cresc. poco" }
-\set crescendoSpanner = #'text
-a'2\< a a a\!\mf
-@end lilypond
+@cindex al niente
+@cindex niente, al
-Um neue Dynamikzeichen oder Text, der mit diesen zusammen
-gesetzt wird, zu erstellen, siehe den Abschnitt @ref{New dynamic marks}.
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{printing-hairpins-using-al-niente-notation.ly}
-Vertikale Position der Zeichen wird von der Funktion
-@rinternals{DynamicLineSpanner} verwaltet.
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{vertically-aligned-dynamics-and-textscripts.ly}
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{hiding-the-extender-line-for-text-dynamics.ly}
-@commonprop
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{changing-text-and-spanner-styles-for-text-dynamics.ly}
-Dynamikzeichen, die an der selben Note auftreten, werden vertikal
-angeordnet. Wenn Sie sicher gehen wollen, dass die Zeichen angeordnet
-werden, auch wenn sie nicht an der selben Note vorkommen, kann die
-@code{staff-padding}-Eigenschaft vergrößert werden.
-@example
-\override DynamicLineSpanner #'staff-padding = #4
-@end example
+@seealso
-Diese Eigenschaft kann man auch benutzen, um Dynamikzeichen davor zu
-hindern, mit anderen Noten zusammenzustoßen.
+Musikglossar:
+@rglos{al niente},
+@rglos{crescendo},
+@rglos{decrescendo},
+@rglos{hairpin}.
+Handbuch zum Lernen:
+@rlearning{Articulation and dynamics}.
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Direction and placement},
+@ref{New dynamic marks},
+@ref{What goes into the MIDI output?},
+@ref{Controlling MIDI dynamics}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Expressive marks}.
-Crescendi and Decrescendi, die an der ersten Note einer neuen Zeile
-enden, werden nicht ausgegeben. Mit
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{DynamicText},
+@rinternals{Hairpin},
+@rinternals{DynamicLineSpanner}.
-@example
-\override Score.Hairpin #'after-line-breaking = ##t
-@end example
-@noindent
-wird dieses Verhalten ausgeschaltet.
-Text für dynamische Änderungen (wie @emph{cresc.})
-wird mit einer gestrichelten Linie gesetzt. Um diese Linie
-zu unterdrücken, kann der Befehl
+@node New dynamic marks
+@unnumberedsubsubsec New dynamic marks
-@example
-\override DynamicTextSpanner #'dash-period = #-1.0
-@end example
+@cindex neue Dynamikzeichen
+@cindex eigene Dynamikzeichen
+@cindex Dynamikzeichen, eigene
-@noindent
-eingesetzt werden.
+Die einfachste ARt, eigene Dynamikbezeichnungen zu erstellen,
+ist die Benutzung von @code{\markup}-(Textbeschriftungs)-Objekten.
-@predefined
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+moltoF = \markup { molto \dynamic f }
-@funindex \dynamicUp
-@code{\dynamicUp},
-@funindex \dynamicDown
-@code{\dynamicDown},
-@funindex \dynamicNeutral
-@code{\dynamicNeutral}.
+\relative c' {
+ <d e>16_\moltoF <d e>
+ <d e>2..
+}
+@end lilypond
+@cindex Dynamikzeichen, Anmerkung
+@cindex Dynamikzeichen, Klammer
+@cindex editorische Dynamikzeichen
+@funindex \bracket
+@funindex bracket
+@funindex \dynamic
+@funindex dynamic
+
+Mit einer Textbeschriftung können editorische Dynamikzeichen
+(in runden oder eckigen Klammern) erstellt werden. Die Syntax
+für den Textbeschriftungsmodus wird erklärt in
+@ref{Formatting text}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+roundF = \markup { \center-align \concat { \bold { \italic ( }
+ \dynamic f \bold { \italic ) } } }
+boxF = \markup { \bracket { \dynamic f } }
+\relative c' {
+ c1_\roundF
+ c1_\boxF
+}
+@end lilypond
-@seealso
+@cindex make-dynamic-script
+@funindex make-dynamic-script
-Programmreferenz: @rinternals{DynamicText}, @rinternals{Hairpin}.
-Vertikale Positionierung der Symbole wird von der Eigenschaft
-@rinternals{DynamicLineSpanner} verwaltet.
+Einfache, mittig gesetzte Dynamikzeichen können schnell mit der
+@code{make-dynamic-script}-Funktion erstellt werden. Die
+Schriftart für Dynamikzeichen enthält nur die Buchstaben
+@code{f,m,p,r,s} sowie @code{z}.
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+sfzp = #(make-dynamic-script "sfzp")
+\relative c' {
+ c4 c c\sfzp c
+}
+@end lilypond
-@node New dynamic marks
-@unnumberedsubsubsec New dynamic marks
+Allgemein gesagt kann @code{make-dynamic-script} jegliches
+Textbeschriftungsobjekt als Argument haben. Im nächsten
+Beispiel wird die vertikale Ausrichtung von den Beschriftungen
+(engl. markup) und den spitzen Klammern an der selben Linie
+durch @code{make-dynamic-script} gewährleistet, wenn beide
+an die selbe Note angehängt werden.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+roundF = \markup { \center-align \concat {
+ \normal-text { \bold { \italic ( } }
+ \dynamic f
+ \normal-text { \bold { \italic ) } } } }
+boxF = \markup { \bracket { \dynamic f } }
+roundFdynamic = #(make-dynamic-script roundF)
+boxFdynamic = #(make-dynamic-script boxF)
+\relative c' {
+ c4_\roundFdynamic\< d e f
+ g,1_\boxFdynamic
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Anstelle dessen kann auch die Scheme-Form des Beschriftungs-Modus
+verwendet werden. Seine Syntax ist erklärt in
+@ref{Markup construction in Scheme}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+moltoF = #(make-dynamic-script
+ (markup #:normal-text "molto"
+ #:dynamic "f"))
+\relative c' {
+ <d e>16 <d e>
+ <d e>2..\moltoF
+}
+@end lilypond
-@untranslated
+Die Auswahl von Schriftarten in Textbeschriftungen ist erklärt in
+@ref{Selecting font and font size}.
+
+
+@seealso
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Formatting text},
+@ref{Selecting font and font size},
+@ref{Markup construction in Scheme},
+@ref{What goes into the MIDI output?},
+@ref{Controlling MIDI dynamics}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Expressive marks}.
@node Curves
@subsection Curves
+Dieser Abschnitt erklärt, wie man verschiedene gebogene
+Ausdrucksbezeichnungen erstellt: Legato- und Phrasierungsbögen,
+Atemzeichen und Glissandos zu unbestimmten Tonhöhen.
+
@menu
* Slurs::
-* Phrasing slurs::
-* Laissez vibrer ties::
+* Phrasing slurs::
* Breath marks::
* Falls and doits::
@end menu
@emph{legato} gespielt werden sollen. Er wird mit Klammern
hinter den Notenwerten notiert.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,relative=2,fragment,verbatim]
-f( g a) a8 b( a4 g2 f4)
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+f4( g a) a8 b(
+a4 g2 f4)
<c e>2( <b d>2)
@end lilypond
-Die Richtung eines Legatobogens kann mit den Befehlen
-@code{\slur@emph{DIR}}, wobei @code{@emph{DIR}} entweder
- @code{Up}, @code{Down}, oder @code{Neutral}, angezeigt
-werden.
-
-Es gibt aber auch eine Kurzform. Indem @code{_} oder @code{^}
-for die öffnende Klammer gestellt wird, wird die Richtung
-angegeben.
-
-@lilypond[relative=2,ragged-right,quote,verbatim,fragment]
-c4_( c) c^( c)
-@end lilypond
-
-Nur ein Legatobogen kann gleichzeitig geschrieben werden. Wenn Sie einen
-langen Bogen über mehreren kurzen notieren wollen, müssen Sie
- @ref{Phrasing slurs} benutzen.
+@cindex Bögen, manuelle Platzierung
+@cindex Legatobögen, manuelle Platzierung
+@cindex Bögen, unter Noten
+@cindex Bögen, über Noten
+@funindex \slurDown
+@funindex slurDown
+@funindex \slurNeutral
+@funindex slurNeutral
-@commonprop
+Legatobögen können manuell ober- oder unterhalb des Notensystems
+besetzt werden, siehe
+@ref{Direction and placement}.
-Manche Komponisten schreiben zwei Legatobögen, um Legatoakkorde zu
-markieren. Das kann in LilyPond erreicht werden, indem die Eigenschaft
-@code{doubleSlurs} gesetzt wird.
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c2( d)
+\slurDown
+c2( d)
+\slurNeutral
+c2( d)
+@end lilypond
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,relative,fragment,quote]
-\set doubleSlurs = ##t
-<c e>4 ( <d f> <c e> <d f> )
+@cindex Phrasierungsbögen
+@cindex mehrfache Bögen
+@cindex gleichzeitige Bögen
+@cindex Bögen, Phrasierung
+@cindex Bögen, mehrfach
+@cindex Bögen, gleichzeitig
+
+Gleichzeitige, überlappende Legatobögen sind nicht erlaubt, aber
+ein Phrasierungsbogen kann einen Legatobogen überlappen. Damit
+können zwei Bögen gleichzeitig ausgegeben werden. Siehe auch
+@ref{Phrasing slurs}.
+
+@cindex Legatobogen-Stil
+@cindex durchgehender Legatobogen
+@cindex massiver Legatobogen
+@cindex gepunkteter Legatobogen
+@cindex agestrichelter Legatobogen
+@cindex Legatobogen, massiv
+@cindex Legatobogen, gepunktet
+@cindex Legatobogen, gestrichelt
+@cindex Stil von Legatobögen
+@funindex \slurDashed
+@funindex slurDashed
+@funindex \slurDotted
+@funindex slurDotted
+@funindex \slurSolid
+@funindex slurSolid
+
+Legatobögen können durchgehend, gepunket oder gestrichelt dargestellt
+werden. Standard ist der durchgehende Bogen:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+c4( e g2)
+\slurDashed
+g4( e c2)
+\slurDotted
+c4( e g2)
+\slurSolid
+g4( e c2)
@end lilypond
+@funindex \slurUp
+@funindex slurUp
@predefined
-@funindex \slurUp
@code{\slurUp},
-@funindex \slurDown
@code{\slurDown},
-@funindex \slurNeutral
@code{\slurNeutral},
-@funindex \slurDashed
@code{\slurDashed},
-@funindex \slurDotted
@code{\slurDotted},
-@funindex \slurSolid
@code{\slurSolid}.
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{using-double-slurs-for-legato-chords.ly}
+
+
@seealso
-Programmreferenz: @rinternals{Slur}.
+Musikglossar:
+@rglos{slur}.
+
+Handbuch zum Lernen:
+@rlearning{On the un-nestedness of brackets and ties}.
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Direction and placement},
+@ref{Phrasing slurs}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Expressive marks}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{Slur}.
+
@node Phrasing slurs
@unnumberedsubsubsec Phrasing slurs
@cindex Phrasierungsbögen
+@cindex Phrasierungszeichen
+@cindex Bogen zur Phrasierung
+@cindex Legatobogen zur Phrasierung
+@funindex \(
+@funindex \)
Ein Phrasierungsbogen verbindet Noten und wird verwendet, um einen
musikalischen Ausdruck anzuzeigen. Er wird mit den Befehlen
@code{\(} und @code{\)} eingegeben.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=1]
-\time 6/4 c'\( d( e) f( e) d\)
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c4\( d( e) f(
+e2) d\)
@end lilypond
+@funindex \phrasingSlurUp
+@funindex phrasingSlurUp
+@funindex \phrasingSlurDown
+@funindex phrasingSlurDown
+@funindex \phrasingSlurNeutral
+@funindex phrasingSlurNeutral
+
Im typographischen Sinne verhalten sich Phrasierungsbögen genauso wie
Legatobögen. Sie werden aber als eigene Objekte behandelt. Ein
-@code{\slurUp} hat also keine Auswirkung auf die Phrasierungsbögen,
-anstelle dessen muss
-@code{\phrasingSlurUp}, @code{\phrasingSlurDown} oder
-@code{\phrasingSlurNeutral} benutzt werden.
+@code{\slurUp} hat also keine Auswirkung auf die Phrasierungsbögen.
+Phrasierungsbögen können manuell oberhalb oder unterhalb des
+Notensystems gesetzt werden, siehe
+@ref{Direction and placement}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+c4\( g' c,( b) | c1\)
+\phrasingSlurUp
+c4\( g' c,( b) | c1\)
+@end lilypond
+
+@cindex gleichzeitige Phrasierungsbögen
+@cindex mehrere Phrasierungsbögen
+@cindex Bögen, gleichzeitige Phrasierung
+@cindex Phrasierungsbögen, gleichzeitig
+@cindex Phrasierungsbögen, mehrfach
-Es können keine simultanen Phrasierungsbögen gesetzt werden.
+Simultane oder überlappende Phrasierungsbögen sind nicht
+erlaubt.
@predefined
-@funindex \phrasingSlurUp
@code{\phrasingSlurUp},
-@funindex \phrasingSlurDown
@code{\phrasingSlurDown},
-@funindex \phrasingSlurNeutral
@code{\phrasingSlurNeutral}.
-
@seealso
-Programmreferenz: @rinternals{PhrasingSlur}.
-
+Handbuch zum Lernen:
+@rlearning{On the un-nestedness of brackets and ties}.
-@node Laissez vibrer ties
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Laissez vibrer ties
-@cindex Laissez vibrer
-@cindex Bögen, laissez vibrer
-@cindex Ausklingen lassen
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Direction and placement}.
-So genannte @qq{laissez vibrer}-Bögen werden verwendet um anzuzeigen, dass
-man die Musik ausklingen lassen soll. Sie werden in der Klavier-, Harfen-,
-anderer Saiteninstrument- und Schlagzeugnotation verwendet. Sie können
-mit dem Befehl @code{\laissezVibrer} eingegeben werden.
-
-@lilypond[fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=1]
-<c f g>\laissezVibrer
-@end lilypond
-
-@seealso
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Expressive marks}.
-Programmreferenz:
-@rinternals{LaissezVibrerTie},
-@rinternals{LaissezVibrerTieColumn}.
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{PhrasingSlur}.
-Beispiele:
-@rlsr{Expressive marks}.
@node Breath marks
@unnumberedsubsubsec Breath marks
+@cindex Atemzeichen
+@cindex Pausenzeichen
+@funindex \breathe
+@funindex breathe
+
Atemzeichen werden mit dem Befehl @code{\breathe} eingegeben.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
-c'4 \breathe d4
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c2. \breathe d4
@end lilypond
+Musikalische Zeichen für Atemzeichen in Alter Notation, auch
+Divisiones genannt, sind unterstützt. Für Einzelheiten siehe
+@ref{Divisiones}.
-@commonprop
+@snippets
-Das Symbol für das Atemzeichen kann verändert werden, indem die Eigenschaft
-@code{text} des @code{BreathingSign}-Objektes mit beliebigem Text
-überschrieben wird. Zum Beispiel ergibt
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{changing-the-breath-mark-symbol.ly}
+
+@cindex caesura
+@cindex railroad tracks
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{inserting-a-caesura.ly}
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=1]
-c'4
-\override BreathingSign #'text
- = #(make-musicglyph-markup "scripts.rvarcomma")
-\breathe
-d4
-@end lilypond
@seealso
-Programmreferenz:
+Musikglossar:
+@rglos{caesura}.
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Divisiones}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Expressive marks}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
@rinternals{BreathingSign}.
-Beispiele:
-@rlsr{Winds}.
@node Falls and doits
@unnumberedsubsubsec Falls and doits
-Gleiten nach oben und unten kann mit dem Befehl @code{\bendAfter}
-notiert werden.
+@cindex falls
+@cindex doits
+@cindex Glissando, unbestimmt
+@cindex Glissando, nach oben
+@cindex Glissando, nach unten
+@cindex Gleiten nach oben/unten
+@funindex \bendAfter
+@funindex bendAfter
+
-@lilypond[fragment,ragged-right,relative=2]
-\override Score.SpacingSpanner #'shortest-duration-space = #3.0
-c4-\bendAfter #+5
-c4-\bendAfter #-3
+Gleiten nach oben und unten kann mit dem Befehl @code{\bendAfter}
+notiert werden. Die Richtung des Glissandos wird mit einem
+Plus oder Minus (nach oben bzw. nach unten) angezeigt. Die
+Zahl zeigt die Intervallgröße an, über die sich das Glissando @emph{nach}
+der Note erstreckt.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c2-\bendAfter #+4
+c2-\bendAfter #-4
+c2-\bendAfter #+8
+c2-\bendAfter #-8
@end lilypond
+Das Minuszeichen (@code{-}) direkt vor dem @code{\bendAfter}-Befehl
+ist @emph{notwendig} um unbestimmte Glissandos zu notieren.
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{adjusting-the-shape-of-falls-and-doits.ly}
+
+
+@seealso
+
+Musikglossar:
+@rglos{fall},
+@rglos{doit}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Expressive marks}.
+
@node Lines
@subsection Lines
+Dieser Abschnitt zeigt, wie man verschiedene Ausdrucksbezeichnungen
+erstellt, die sich linear erstrecken: Glissando, Arppegio und
+Triller.
+
@menu
* Glissando::
* Arpeggio::
@cindex Glissando
@funindex \glissando
+@funindex glissando
-Ein Glissando ist ein Gleiten zwischen Tonhöhen. Es wird mit einer
-geraden oder gezackten Linie zwischen zwei Noten notiert. Es wird
-mit dem Befehl @code{\glissando} auf eine Note folgend notiert.
+Ein @notation{Glissando} wird
+mit dem Befehl @code{\glissando} auf eine Note folgend notiert:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2,verbatim]
-c2\glissando c'
-\override Glissando #'style = #'zigzag
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+g2\glissando g'
c2\glissando c,
@end lilypond
-
-@commonprop
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-I = \once \override NoteColumn #'ignore-collision = ##t
+Verschiedene Glissando-Stile sind möglich. Für Einzelheiten siehe
+@ref{Line styles}.
-\relative <<
- { \oneVoice \stemDown f2 \glissando \stemNeutral a } \\
- { \oneVoice \I c2 \glissando \I d, }
->>
-@end lilypond
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{contemporary-glissando.ly}
@seealso
-Programmreferenz:
-@rinternals{Glissando}.
+Musikglossar:
+@rglos{glissando}.
-Beispiele:
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Line styles}.
+
+Schnipsel:
@rlsr{Expressive marks}.
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{Glissando}.
@knownissues
-Text über der Linie (wie etwa @emph{gliss.}) wird nicht unterstützt.
+Printing text over the line (such as @notation{gliss.}) is not
+supported.
@node Arpeggio
@cindex Arpeggio
@cindex Gebrochene Akkorde
+@cindex Akkord, gebrochen
@funindex \arpeggio
+@funindex arpeggio
+@funindex \arpeggioArrowUp
+@funindex arpeggioArrowUp
+@funindex \arpeggioArrowDown
+@funindex arpeggioArrowDown
+@funindex \arpeggioNormal
+@funindex arpeggioNormal
-Ein Arpeggio als Zeichen, dass ein Akkord gebrochen gespielt werden soll,
-kann mit dem Befehl @code{\arpeggio} hinter dem
-Akkord erzeugt werden.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
-<c e g c>\arpeggio
-@end lilypond
-
-Eine eckige Klammer zur Linken des Akkordes zeigt an, dass kein Arpeggio
-gespielt werden soll.
+Ein @notation{Arpeggio} als Zeichen, dass ein Akkord gebrochen gespielt werden soll,
+kann mit dem Befehl @code{\arpeggio} hinter der
+Akkord-Konstruktion erzeugt werden.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
-\arpeggioBracket
-<c' e g c>\arpeggio
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+<c e g c>1\arpeggio
@end lilypond
-Die Richtung des Arpeggios wird manchmal mit Pfeilen notiert und hat
-eigene Befehle.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
-\new Voice {
- \arpeggioArrowUp
- <c e g c>\arpeggio
- \arpeggioArrowDown
- <c e g c>\arpeggio
-}
+Unterschiedliche Arpeggio-Typen können benutzt werden.
+@code{\arpeggioNormal} stellt wieder das normale Verhalten
+her:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+<c e g c>2\arpeggio
+\arpeggioArrowUp
+<c e g c>2\arpeggio
+\arpeggioArrowDown
+<c e g c>2\arpeggio
+\arpeggioNormal
+<c e g c>2\arpeggio
@end lilypond
+@cindex Arpeggio-Symbole, besondere
+@cindex besondere Arpeggio-Symbole
-@commonprop
+@funindex \arpeggioBracket
+@funindex arpeggioBracket
+@funindex \arpeggioParenthesis
+@funindex arpeggioParenthesis
-Wenn ein Arpeggio sich über mehrere Systeme erstreckt, kann mit einem
-Klaviersystem die Eigenschaft
-@rinternals{PianoStaff}.@code{connectArpeggios} gesetzt werden.
+Besondere Arpeggios mit Klammern können erstellt werden:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
-\new PianoStaff <<
- \set PianoStaff.connectArpeggios = ##t
- \new Staff { <c' e g c>\arpeggio }
- \new Staff { \clef bass <c,, e g>\arpeggio }
->>
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+<c e g c>2
+\arpeggioBracket
+<c e g c>2\arpeggio
+\arpeggioParenthesis
+<c e g c>2\arpeggio
+\arpeggioNormal
+<c e g c>2\arpeggio
@end lilypond
-@c TODO: cross-voice arpeggio example?
-@c such an example is already in LSR -J.Mandereau
+Ein Arpeggio kann auch explizit ausgeschrieben werden, indem
+Überbindungsbögen benutzt werden. Für mehr Information siehe
+@ref{Ties}.
+
@predefined
@code{\arpeggio},
-@funindex \arpeggioArrowUp
@code{\arpeggioArrowUp},
-@funindex \arpeggioArrowDown
@code{\arpeggioArrowDown},
-@funindex \arpeggioNormal
@code{\arpeggioNormal},
-@funindex \arpeggioBracket
-@code{\arpeggioBracket}.
+@code{\arpeggioBracket},
+@code{\arpeggioParenthesis}.
+
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{creating-cross-staff-arpeggios-in-a-piano-staff.ly}
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{creating-cross-staff-arpeggios-in-other-contexts.ly}
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{creating-arpeggios-across-notes-in-different-voices.ly}
@seealso
-Notationshandbuch: @ref{Ties}, um Arpeggios auszuschreiben.
+Musikglossar:
+@rglos{arpeggio}.
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Ties}.
-Programmreferenz: @rinternals{Arpeggio}.
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Expressive marks}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{Arpeggio},
+@rinternals{PianoStaff}.
@knownissues
+@cindex Arpeggio über Systeme im Klammernstil
+@cindex Klammer-Arpeggio über Systeme
+@cindex Zwischensysteme-Klammer-Arpeggio
+
Es ist nicht möglich, Arpeggios zwischen Systemen und solche, die sich
nur auf ein System erstrecken, zum gleichen Zeitpunkt in einem
-Klaviersystem zu benutzen.
+Klaviersystem (@code{PianoStaff}) zu benutzen.
+
+Die Arpeggios im Klammer-Stil funktionieren nicht über
+mehrere Notensysteme.
@node Trills
@unnumberedsubsubsec Trills
+
@cindex Triller
-Kurze Triller können wie ein normales Artikulationszeichen eingegeben
-werden, siehe @ref{Articulations and ornamentations}.
+@funindex \trill
+@funindex trill
+@funindex \startTrillSpan
+@funindex startTrillSpan
+@funindex \stopTrillSpan
+@funindex stopTrillSpan
-Längere Triller werden mit den Befehlen @code{\startTrillSpan} zu
+Kurze @notation{Triller} ohne eine Dauer werden nmit dem Befehl
+@code{\trill} notiert, siehe auch
+@ref{Articulations and ornamentations}.
+
+Längere Triller mit einer Dauer werden mit den Befehlen
+@code{\startTrillSpan} zu
Beginn und @code{\stopTrillSpan} am Ende erstellt.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,relative=2,quote,fragment]
-\new Voice {
- << { c1 \startTrillSpan }
- { s2. \grace { d16[\stopTrillSpan e] } } >>
- c4 }
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+d1~\startTrillSpan
+d1
+c2\stopTrillSpan r2
+@end lilypond
+
+Das nächste Beispiel zeigt Triller in Kombination mit einem
+Vorschlag. Die Syntax dieser Konstruktion und die Methode,
+wie man die Vorschläge genau positioniert, ist beschrieben in
+@ref{Grace notes}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c1 \afterGrace
+d1\startTrillSpan { c32[ d]\stopTrillSpan }
+e2 r2
@end lilypond
@cindex Triller mit Tonhöhe
+@funindex \pitchedTrill
+@funindex pitchedTrill
+
+
Triller, die auf einer bestimmten Note ausgeführt werden sollen, können
-mit dem Befehl @code{pitchedTrill} notiert werden.
+mit dem Befehl @code{pitchedTrill} notiert werden. Das erste
+Argument ist die Hauptnote, das zweite die Note, auf der getrillert
+wird. Sie wird als Note ohne Hals in Klammern ausgegeben.
-@lilypond[ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=1,quote]
-\pitchedTrill c4\startTrillSpan fis
-f\stopTrillSpan
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+\pitchedTrill e2\startTrillSpan fis
+d\stopTrillSpan
+@end lilypond
+
+@cindex Triller mit Tonhöhe und erzwungenem Versetzungszeichen
+@cindex Versetzungszeichen, erzwungen für Triller
+
+Im nächsten Beispiel ist der zweite Triller nicht eindeutig
+notiert, denn das Versetzungszeichen der Trillernote ist
+nicht ausgegeben. Man kann das Versetzungszeichen erzwingen.
+Der zweite Takt zeigt diese Methode:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\pitchedTrill eis4\startTrillSpan fis
+g\stopTrillSpan
+\pitchedTrill eis4\startTrillSpan fis
+g\stopTrillSpan
+\pitchedTrill eis4\startTrillSpan fis
+g\stopTrillSpan
+\pitchedTrill eis4\startTrillSpan fis!
+g\stopTrillSpan
@end lilypond
-@noindent
-Dabei ist das erste Argument die Hauptnote. Die zweite Note wird
-ohne Hals in Klammern gesetzt.
@predefined
@code{\startTrillSpan},
-@funindex \startTrillSpan
@code{\stopTrillSpan}.
-@funindex \stopTrillSpan
+
@seealso
-Programmreferenz: @rinternals{TrillSpanner}.
+Musikglossar:
+@rglos{trill}.
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Articulations and ornamentations},
+@ref{Grace notes}.
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Expressive marks}.
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{TrillSpanner}.
\new Score \with {
\override SpacingSpanner #'spacing-increment = #3
\override TimeSignature #'transparent = ##t
-} \relative {
+} \relative c' {
\stemDown <e g b>4_>-\arpeggio
\override Arpeggio #'direction = #RIGHT
\stemUp <e g b>4^>-\arpeggio
\include "engraver-example.ily"
\score {
- \topVoice
- \layout {
- \context {
+ \topVoice
+ \layout {
+ \context {
\Voice
\remove "Stem_engraver"
\remove "Phrasing_slur_engraver"
\remove "Script_engraver"
\remove "Beam_engraver"
\remove "Auto_beam_engraver"
- }
- \context {
+ }
+ \context {
\Staff
\remove "Accidental_engraver"
\remove "Key_engraver"
\remove "Time_signature_engraver"
\remove "Staff_symbol_engraver"
\consists "Pitch_squash_engraver"
- }
-}
+ }
+ }
}
@end lilypond
dargestellt werden. So etwa hier:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
-c4
+f4
@end lilypond
@noindent
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
<<
\chords { c2 c f2 c }
- \new Staff \relative c' { \time 2/4 c4 c g'4 g a4 a g2 }
- \new Lyrics \lyricmode { twin4 kle twin kle lit tle star2 }
+ \new Staff
+ \relative c' {
+ \time 2/4
+ c4 c g' g a a g2
+ }
+ \addlyrics { twin kle twin kle lit tle star }
>>
@end lilypond
Mehrstimmige Notation und Klaviermusik kann auch gesetzt werden. Das
nächste Beispiel zeigt einige etwas exotischere Konstruktionen:
-@lilypondfile[quote,ragged-right]{screech-boink.ly}
+@lilypond[quote]
+\header {
+ title = "Screech and boink"
+ subtitle = "Random complex notation"
+ composer = "Han-Wen Nienhuys"
+}
+
+\score {
+ \context PianoStaff <<
+ \new Staff = "up" {
+ \time 4/8
+ \key c \minor
+ << {
+ \revert Stem #'direction
+ \change Staff = down
+ \set subdivideBeams = ##t
+ g16.[
+ \change Staff = up
+ c'''32
+ \change Staff = down
+ g32
+ \change Staff = up
+ c'''32
+ \change Staff = down
+ g16]
+ \change Staff = up
+ \stemUp
+ \set followVoice = ##t
+ c'''32([ b''16 a''16 gis''16 g''32)]
+ } \\ {
+ s4 \times 2/3 { d'16[ f' g'] } as'32[ b''32 e'' d'']
+ } \\ {
+ s4 \autoBeamOff d''8.. f''32
+ } \\ {
+ s4 es''4
+ } >>
+ }
+
+ \new Staff = "down" {
+ \clef bass
+ \key c \minor
+ \set subdivideBeams = ##f
+ \override Stem #'french-beaming = ##t
+ \override Beam #'thickness = #0.3
+ \override Stem #'thickness = #4.0
+ g'16[ b16 fis16 g16]
+ << \makeClusters {
+ as16 <as b>
+ <g b>
+ <g cis>
+ } \\ {
+ \override Staff.Arpeggio #'arpeggio-direction =#down
+ <cis, e, gis, b, cis>4\arpeggio
+ }
+ >> }
+ >>
+ \midi {
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ tempoWholesPerMinute = #(ly:make-moment 60 8)
+ }
+ }
+ \layout {
+ \context {
+ \Staff
+ \consists Horizontal_bracket_engraver
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
Die obenstehenden Beispiele wurde manuell erstellt, aber das ist nicht
die einzige Möglichkeit. Da der Satz fast vollständig automatisch abläuft,
@seealso
-Im Handbuch: @ref{Laissez vibrer ties}
+Im Handbuch: @ref{Ties}
@node Accordion
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@setfilename lilypond-learning.info
-@settitle GNU LilyPond Handbuch zum Lernen
@documentencoding UTF-8
@documentlanguage de
+@setfilename lilypond-learning.info
+@settitle GNU LilyPond Handbuch zum Lernen
@include macros.itexi
-@iftex
@afourpaper
-@c don't replace quotes with directed quotes
-@tex
-\gdef\SETtxicodequoteundirected{Foo}
-\gdef\SETtxicodequotebacktick{Bla}
-@end tex
-@end iftex
-
@c don't remove this comment.
@ignore
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@setfilename lilypond-program.info
-@settitle GNU LilyPond Programmbenutzung
@documentencoding UTF-8
@documentlanguage de
+@setfilename lilypond-program.info
+@settitle GNU LilyPond Programmbenutzung
@include macros.itexi
-@iftex
@afourpaper
-@c don't replace quotes with directed quotes
-@tex
-\gdef\SETtxicodequoteundirected{Foo}
-\gdef\SETtxicodequotebacktick{Bla}
-@end tex
-@end iftex
-
@c don't remove this comment.
@ignore
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@setfilename lilypond.info
-@settitle GNU LilyPond Benutzerhandbuch
@documentencoding UTF-8
@documentlanguage de
+@setfilename lilypond.info
+@settitle GNU LilyPond Benutzerhandbuch
@include macros.itexi
-@iftex
@afourpaper
-@c don't replace quotes with directed quotes
-@tex
-\gdef\SETtxicodequoteundirected{Foo}
-\gdef\SETtxicodequotebacktick{Bla}
-@end tex
-@end iftex
@c Keep this here, since it pertains to the direntry below.
@ignore
@include version.itexi
+@c don't replace quotes with directed quotes
+@set txicodequoteundirected
+@set txicodequotebacktick
@c ***** Displaying text *****
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
+@c \version "2.11.62"
@node Percussion
@section Percussion
@end lilypond
Das Beispiel zeigt ausdrücklich definierte mehrstimmige Notation. Die
Kurznotation für mehrstimmige Musik, wie sie im Abschnitt
-@ref{Basic polyphony} beschrieben wird, kann auch verwendet werden,
+@ref{Simultaneous expressions} beschrieben wird, kann auch verwendet werden,
wenn die @rinternals{DrumVoice} (Schlagzeugstimmen) am Anfang explizit
initialisiert werden.
\remove Bar_engraver
\remove Time_signature_engraver
\override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \override Stem #'Y-extent-callback = ##f
+ \override Stem #'Y-extent = ##f
\override VerticalAxisGroup #'minimum-Y-extent = #'(-4.0 . 5.0)
} \mus
\new Lyrics \nam
\remove Bar_engraver
\remove Time_signature_engraver
\override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \override Stem #'Y-extent-callback = ##f
+ \override Stem #'Y-extent = ##f
\override StaffSymbol #'line-count = #2
\override StaffSymbol #'staff-space = #2
\override VerticalAxisGroup #'minimum-Y-extent = #'(-3.0 . 4.0)
%% this sucks; it will lengthen stems.
\override StaffSymbol #'staff-space = #2
\override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \override Stem #'Y-extent-callback = ##f
+ \override Stem #'Y-extent = ##f
} \mus
\new Lyrics {
\override LyricText #'font-family = #'typewriter
%% this sucks; it will lengthen stems.
\override StaffSymbol #'staff-space = #2
\override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \override Stem #'Y-extent-callback = ##f
+ \override Stem #'Y-extent = ##f
} \mus
\new Lyrics {
\override LyricText #'font-family = #'typewriter
\override StaffSymbol #'line-count = #1
\remove Time_signature_engraver
\override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \override Stem #'Y-extent-callback = ##f
+ \override Stem #'Y-extent = ##f
} \mus
\new Lyrics {
\override LyricText #'font-family = #'typewriter
gesetzt.
@c don't use c' here.
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,fragment]
\clef bass
c d e f
g a b c
Oktavversetzungen müssen für alle Intervalle angezeigt werden,
die größer als eine Quarte sind.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
c g c f,
c' a, e'' c
relativ zur vorherigen. Betrachten Sie das folgende Beispiel
aufmerksam, insbesondere die @code{c}-Noten.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c' {
c
<c e g>
ab. Um andere Bezeichnungen für Versetzungszeichen zu
benutzung, siehe @ref{Note names in other languages}.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
ais1 aes aisis aeses
@end lilypond
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: d0614c27e88dc7bd3993f3744a388749ba93b267
+ Translation of GIT committish: 18b8ce48199720c79c5a34ea16814d9015d20e78
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@lilypondfile[quote]{rhythms-headword.ly}
-This section discusses rhythms, durations, and bars.
+Dieser Abschnitt erklärt die Eingabe von Rhythmen, Pausen,
+Dauern, Bebalkung und Takten.
@menu
* Writing rhythms::
@funindex \breve
@funindex \maxima
-Im Noten-, Akkord- und Liedtextmodus werden Notenlängen (Dauern) durch
+Notenlängen (Dauern) werden durch
Zahlen und Punkte notiert: Dauern werden als reziproke Werte geschrieben.
Zum Beispiel wird eine Viertelnote mit @code{4} notiert (weil sie eine
1/4-Note ist), eine halbe Note mit @code{2} (weil sie eine 1/2-Note ist).
(für die Longa, also vier Ganze) und
@code{\breve} (für die Brevis, auch Doppelganze genannt) notiert werden.
-@example
-c'\breve
-c'1 c'2 c'4 c'8 c'16 c'32 c'64 c'64
-r\longa r\breve
-r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32 r64 r64
-@end example
+@c Two 64th notes are needed to obtain beams
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+\time 8/1
+c\longa c\breve c1 c2
+c4 c8 c16 c32 c64 c64
+@end lilypond
-@lilypond[quote]
-\score {
-\relative c'' {
- a\breve*1/2 \autoBeamOff
- a1 a2 a4 a8 a16 a32 a64 a64
- \bar "empty"
- \break
- r\longa*1/4 r\breve *1/2
- r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32 r64 r64
- }
- \layout {
- ragged-right = ##t
- indent=0\mm
- \context {
- \Score
- \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
- }
- \context {
- \Staff
- \remove "Clef_engraver"
- \override StaffSymbol #'transparent = ##t
- \override TimeSignature #'transparent = ##t
- \override BarLine #'transparent = ##t
- \consists "Pitch_squash_engraver"
- }
- }
-}
+@noindent
+Hier die selben Notendauern ohne die Balken.
+
+@c not strictly "writing rhythms"; more of a "displaying" thing,
+@c but it's ok here. -gp
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\time 8/1
+\autoBeamOff
+c\longa c\breve c1 c2
+c4 c8 c16 c32 c64 c64
@end lilypond
+Eine Note mit der vierfacheen Dauer einer Brevis kann mit dem
+Befehl @code{\maxima} eingegeben werden, aber ihre Darstellung
+ist nur für die Alte Musiknotation unterstützt. Zu Einzelheiten
+siehe @ref{Ancient notation}.
+
Wenn die Dauer hinter einer Notenbezeichnung nicht angegeben ist,
-wird die Dauer der vorhergehenden Note eingesetzt. Der Standardwert
+wird die Dauer der vorhergehenden Note eingesetzt. Der Standardwert
für die erste Note ist eine Viertel.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
-{ a a a2 a a4 a a1 a }
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+a a a2 a a4 a a1 a
@end lilypond
-
@funindex .
@cindex Punktierung
+@cindex Noten, punktiert
Um punktierte Notendauern zu erhalten, muss einfach nur ein Punkt
-(@code{.}) hinter die Zahl der Dauer gesetzt werden. Zwei Punkte
-ergeben eine doppelte Punktierung.
+(@code{.}) hinter die Zahl der Dauer gesetzt werden. Zwei Punkte
+ergeben eine doppelte Punktierung, usw.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-a'4 b' c''4. b'8 a'4. b'4.. c''8.
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+a4 b c4. b8 a4. b4.. c8.
@end lilypond
-@predefined
+Manche Notenlängen können nicht mit binären Dauern und Punkten
+dargestellt werden, sie können nur erreicht werden, indem man
+Noten überbindet. Für Einzelheiten siehe @ref{Ties}.
-Punkte werden normalerweise nach oben verschoben, damit sie die Notenlinien
-nicht berühren. Das gilt aber nicht für mehrstimmige Passagen. Mit den
-folgenden Befehlen kann ein anderes Verhalten der Punktierung erreicht werden.
+Wie den Silben von Gesangtext eigene Dauern zu gewiesen werden
+können und wie man sie an den Noten ausrichtet ist erklärt in
+@ref{Vocal music}.
+
+Optional können Noten streng proportional nach ihrer exakten
+Dauer gesetzt werden. Zu Einzelheiten hierzu und weiteren
+Einstellungen für proportionale Notation siehe
+@ref{Proportional notation}.
@funindex \dotsUp
-@code{\dotsUp} (Der Punkt wird nach oben verschoben.),
@funindex \dotsDown
-@code{\dotsDown} (Der Punkt wird nach unten verschoben.),
-@funindex \dotsNeutral (Wiederherstellung des Standards.)
+@funindex \dotsNeutral
+
+Punkte werden normalerweise nach oben verschoben, damit sie die Notenlinien
+nicht berühren. Fertige Befehle können eingesetzt werden, um
+eine bestimmte Richtung manuell zu erzwingen, zu Einzelheiten
+siehe @ref{Direction and placement}.
+
+@predefined
+
+@code{\autoBeamOff},
+@code{\dotsUp},
+@code{\dotsDown},
@code{\dotsNeutral}.
@seealso
-Programmreferenz: @rinternals{Dots}, and @rinternals{DotColumn}.
+Glossar:
+@rglos{breve},
+@rglos{longa},
+@rglos{note value},
+@rglos{Duration names notes and rests}.
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Automatic beams},
+@ref{Ties},
+@ref{Writing rhythms},
+@ref{Writing rests},
+@ref{Vocal music},
+@ref{Ancient notation},
+@ref{Proportional notation}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Rhythms}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{Dots},
+@rinternals{DotColumn}.
+
+
+@knownissues
+
+@c Deliberately duplicated in Durations and Rests. -gp
+Es gibt keine grundlegende Grenze für die Dauer von Pausen
+(sowohl kürzer als auch länger), aber die Anzahl an Symbolen
+ist begrenzt: Einzelne Pausen können von 128stel bis zur
+Maxima (8 Ganze) gesetzt werden.
+
@node Tuplets
@noindent
Die Dauer eines @var{musikalischen Ausdrucks} wird mit dem Bruch multipliziert.
-Der Nenner des Bruchs wird über den Noten ausgegeben, optional mit einer
-eckigen Klammer, die die Noten einfasst. Die üblichste Aufteilung ist die
+Der Nenner des Bruchs wird über (oder unter) den Noten ausgegeben,
+optional mit einer eckigen Klammer, die die Noten einfasst.
+Die üblichste Aufteilung ist die
Triole, in welcher drei Noten die Länge von zwei haben, der Wert jeder
einzelnen Note ist also 2/3 der notierten Länge.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-g'4 \times 2/3 {c'4 c' c'} d'4 d'4
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+a2 \times 2/3 { b4 b b }
+c4 c \times 2/3 { b4 a g }
@end lilypond
-Diese Brüche können auch ineinander geschachtelt werden, etwa so:
+@funindex \tupletUp
+@funindex \tupletDown
+@funindex \tupletNeutral
+
+Die automatische Platzierung der Triolenklammer über oder unter
+den Noten kann manuell geändert werden mit definierten Befehlen,
+siehe @ref{Direction and placement}.
-@lilypond[fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
-\override TupletNumber #'text = #tuplet-number::calc-fraction-text
-\times 4/6 {
- a4 a
- \times 3/5 { a a a a a }
-}
+
+N-tolen können ineinander geschachtelt werden:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\autoBeamOff
+c4 \times 4/5 { f8 e f \times 2/3 { e[ f g] } } f4 |
@end lilypond
+Wenn man die Eigenschaften von N-tolen verändern will, die zum
+selben musikalischen Zeitpunkt beginnen, muss @code{\tweak}
+eingesetzt werden.
+
+Um die Dauern von Noten zu ändern, ohne die N-tolen-Klammern
+zu setzen, siehe @ref{Scaling durations}.
+
@predefined
-@funindex \tupletUp
@code{\tupletUp},
-@funindex \tupletDown
@code{\tupletDown},
-@funindex \tupletNeutral
@code{\tupletNeutral}.
-@commonprop
+@snippets
-@funindex tupletNumberFormatFunction
-@cindex Formatierung von Brüchen
+@cindex N-tole, Formatierung
+@cindex Triole, Formatierung
@cindex Formatierung von Triolen
-@cindex N-tolen, Formatierung
-
-Der Wert von @code{tupletSpannerDuration} definiert, wie lange jede
-Klammer dauert. Mit entsprechender Einstellung kann man beliebig
-viele Triolen schreiben, aber nur einmal den Befehl @code{\times}
-benutzen. Im nächsten Beispiel etwa werden zwei Triolen gedruckt,
-@code{\times} aber nur einmal benutzt. Das gilt natürlich auch für alle
-anderen Brüche.
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,relative=2,ragged-right,verbatim]
-\set tupletSpannerDuration = #(ly:make-moment 1 4)
-\times 2/3 { c8 c c c c c }
-@end lilypond
-
-@noindent
-Mehr Information zu @code{make-moment} findet sich im Abschnitt
-@ref{Time administration}.
+@funindex tupletNumberFormatFunction
+@funindex tupletSpannerDuration
-Die Formatierung der Nummer wird durch die Eigenschaft @code{text}
-in @code{TupletNumber} bestimmt. Die Standardeinstellung gibt nur
-den Nenner aus, aber wenn @code{TupletNumber} auf den Wert
-@code{tuplet-number::calc-fraction-text}
-gestellt wird, wird @var{Zähler}:@var{Nenner} ausgegeben.
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{entering-several-tuplets-using-only-one--times-command.ly}
-Um gar keine Nummern anzeigen zu lassen, kann folgender Code benutzt
- werden:
+@funindex TupletNumber
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,relative=2,ragged-right,verbatim]
-\times 2/3 { c8 c c } \times 2/3 { c8 c c }
-\override TupletNumber #'transparent = ##t
-\times 2/3 { c8 c c } \times 2/3 { c8 c c }
-@end lilypond
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{changing-the-tuplet-number.ly}
-Mit der @code{\tweak}-Funktion können die Zahlen von geschachtelten Brüchen
-eingestellt werden, die zur gleichen Zeit beginnen. Im Beispiel unten
-wird mit @code{\tweak} definiert, dass für die äußere Klammer der Bruch
-ausgegeben wird, für die innere aber nur der Nenner.
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{permitting-line-breaks-within-beamed-tuplets.ly}
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-\new Staff {
- \tweak #'text #tuplet-number::calc-fraction-text
- \times 4/3 {
- \tweak #'text #tuplet-number::calc-denominator-text
- \times 2/3 { c'8[ c'8 c'8] }
- \times 2/3 { c'8[ c'8 c'8] }
- \times 2/3 { c'8[ c'8 c'8] }
- }
-}
-@end lilypond
+@seealso
-Im nächsten Beispiel werden @code{\tweak} und @code{\override}
-zusammen verwendet, um die Darstellung der Klammer
-(@code{TupletBracket}) zu bestimmen. Mit dem ersten @code{\tweak}
-wird die Klammer der äußeren Triole über dem Notensystem platziert.
-Das zweite @code{\tweak} platziert die erste der drei inneren Klammern
-unter dem System (von der Klammer wird hier nur der Nenner des
-Bruchs dargestellt). Dieses Paar von @code{\tweak}-Einstellungen wirkt
-sich jedoch nur auf die äußere und die @emph{erste} innere Klammer
-aus, weil nur sie zur gleichen Zeit beginnen. Mit dem @code{\override}-Befehl
-kann die Richtung der zweiten und dritten @code{TupletBracket}
-verändert werden, in
-diesem Fall wird sie unter das Notensystem geschrieben.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-\new Staff {
- \tweak #'text #tuplet-number::calc-fraction-text
- \tweak #'direction #up
- \times 4/3 {
- \tweak #'direction #down
- \times 2/3 { c'8[ c'8 c'8] }
- \override TupletBracket #'direction = #down
- \times 2/3 { c'8[ c'8 c'8] }
- \times 2/3 { c'8[ c'8 c'8] }
- }
-}
-@end lilypond
+Glossar:
+@rglos{triplet},
+@rglos{tuplet},
+@rglos{polymetric}.
-Die Klammern können so eingestellt werden, dass sie bis zu
-einem Taktvorspann oder bis zur nächsten Note reichen.
+Handbuch zum Lernen:
+@rlearning{Tweaking methods}.
-@lilypond[ragged-right]
-\new RhythmicStaff {
- \set tupletFullLength = ##t
- \time 4/4
- \times 4/5 {
- c4 c1
- }
- \set tupletFullLengthNote = ##t
- \time 2/4
- \times 2/3 {
- c4 c c
- }
- \time 3/4
- c4
-}
-@end lilypond
+Notationrreferenz:
+@ref{Time administration},
+@ref{Scaling durations},
+@ref{The tweak command},
+@ref{Polymetric notation}.
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Rhythms}.
-@seealso
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{TupletBracket},
+@rinternals{TupletNumber},
+@rinternals{TimeScaledMusic}.
-Programmreferenz: @rinternals{TupletBracket},
-@rinternals{TupletNumber} und @rinternals{TimeScaledMusic}.
+@knownissues
+@cindex grace notes within tuplet brackets
+Wenn die erste Noten eines Systems ein Vorschlag (eine Verzierung)
+ist, die von einer N-tole gefolgt ist, muss der Vorschlag
+vor den @code{\times}-Befehl gesetzt werden um Fehler zu
+vermeiden. Überall sonst können Vorschläge innerhalb von
+N-tolen gesetzt werden.
@node Scaling durations
@unnumberedsubsubsec Scaling durations
-Die Dauer von Längen kann mit einem Bruch multipliziert werden,
-indem hinter die Note @qq{*@var{N/M}} (oder @qq{*@var{N}} wenn @var{M=1})
-geschrieben wird. Das beeinflusst nicht die Erscheinung der Note oder
-Pause im Druckbild. Die Werte können auch kombiniert werden, etwa
-@qq{*M*N}.
+@cindex Dauern skalieren
+@cindex Skalieren von Dauern
+
+Die Dauer von einzelnen Noten, Pausen oder Akkorden kann mit einem Bruch multipliziert werden,
+indem hinter die Notendauer @qq{*@var{N/M}} (oder @qq{*@var{N}} wenn @var{M} 1 ist)
+geschrieben wird. Die Erscheinung der Noten oder Pausen wird
+dadurch nicht beeinflusst, die neue Dauer wird aber dazu
+benutzt, ihre Position im Takt zu errechnen und die neue
+Dauer in der MIDI-Ausgabe einzusetzen. Die Faktoren, mit
+denen multipliziert wird, können auch kombiniert werden, etwa
+@qq{*L*M*/N}.
Im nächsten Beispiel nehmen die drei ersten Noten genau zwei Schläge ein,
aber es wird keine Triolenklammer über ihnen ausgegeben.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
\time 2/4
+% Alter durations to triplets
a4*2/3 gis4*2/3 a4*2/3
-a4 a4 a4*2
+% Normal durations
+a4 a4
+% Double the duration of chord
+<a d>4*2
+% Duration of quarter, appears like sixteenth
b16*4 c4
@end lilypond
+Die Dauer von unsichtbaren Noten kann auch mit einem Faktor
+beeinflusst werden. Das ist sinnvoll, wenn man viele Takte
+überspringen muss, etwa @code{s1*23}.
+
+@cindex Musik komprimieren
+@cindex Komprimieren von Noten
+@cindex Noten komprimieren
+@funindex \scaleDurations
+
+Längere Notenabschnitte können auf die gleiche Art durch Multiplikation
+mit einem Bruch komprimiert werden, als ob jede Note, jeder
+Akkord oder jede Pause mit dem Bruch multipliziert würde.
+Damit bleibt das Aussehen der Musik unverändert, aber die
+interne Dauer der Noten wird mit dem Bruch multipliziert.
+Die Leerzeichen um den Punkt im Beispiel sind notwendig.
+Hier ein Beispiel, das zeigt, wie Noten komprimiert und
+ausgedehnt werden kann:
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
+\time 2/4
+% Normal durations
+<c a>4 c8 a
+% Scale music by *2/3
+\scaleDurations #'(2 . 3) {
+ <c a f>4. c8 a f
+}
+% Scale music by *2
+\scaleDurations #'(2 . 1) {
+ <c' a>4 c8 b
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Eine Anwendung für diesen Befehl ist polymetrische Notation,
+siehe @ref{Polymetric notation}.
@seealso
-Abschnitt @ref{Tuplets}
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Tuplets},
+@ref{Invisible rests},
+@ref{Polymetric notation}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Rhythms}.
@node Ties
@funindex ~
Ein Bindebogen verbindet zwei benachbarte Noten der selben
-Tonhöhe. Als Resultat wird die Dauer der Notenlänge verlängert.
-Bindebögen dürfen nicht mit Legatobögen verwechselt werden, durch
+Tonhöhe. Als Resultat wird die Dauer der Notenlänge verlängert.
+
+@warning{Bindebögen dürfen nicht mit Legatobögen verwechselt werden, durch
die die Vortragsart bezeichnet wird, noch mit Phrasierungsbögen,
-die musikalische Phrasen anzeigen. Eine Bindebogen wird mit der
+die musikalische Phrasen anzeigen. Ein Bindebogen ist nur eine
+Art, die Tondauer zu verlängern, ähnlich etwa wie die
+Punktierung.}
+
+Ein Bindebogen wird mit der
Tilde @code{~} (AltGr++) notiert.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-e' ~ e' <c' e' g'> ~ <c' e' g'>
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+a2 ~ a
@end lilypond
-Wenn ein Bindebogen an einen Akkord gehängt wird, werden alle Noten
-dieses Akkordes übergebunden. Wenn kein Notenkopf passt, wird auch
-kein Bogen erzeugt. Noten in Akkorden können auch einzeln übergebunden
-werden, indem sie innerhalb des Akkordes hinter die entsprechende Note
-geschrieben werden.
+@noindent
+Bindebögen werden eingesetzt, wenn die Note entweder über eine
+Taktlinie hinüberreicht, oder wenn die entsprechende Dauer der
+Note nicht mit Punktierung erreicht werden kann. Bindebögen
+sollten auch benutzt werden, wenn Notenwerte über die
+inneren Unterteilungen von Takten hinüberreichen:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=1]
-<c~ e g~ b> <c e g b>
+@lilypond[quote]
+\relative c' {
+ r8 c8 ~ c2 r4 |
+ r8^"not" c2 ~ c8 r4
+}
@end lilypond
-Ein Bindebogen ist nur eine andere Art, die Notendauer zu verlängern,
-ähnlich wie die Punktierung. Im nächsten Beispiel sind zwei Arten gezeigt,
-die gleiche Notenlänge zu notieren:
+Wenn viele Noten über Taktlinien gebunden werden müssen, kann
+es einfacher sein, automatische Notenaufteilung einzustellen,
+wie beschrieben in @ref{Automatic note
+splitting}. Mit diesem Mechanismus werden lange Noten
+automatisch aufgeteilt, wenn sie über Taktgrenzen reichen.
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right]
-\time 3/4 c'2. c'2 ~ c'4
-@end lilypond
+@cindex Bindebögen und Akkorde
+@cindex Überbindungen und Akkorde
+@cindex Akkorde und Überbindungen
-@noindent
-Bindebögen werden verwendet, wenn die Note entweder über die Taktgrenze
-hinausragt, oder wenn Punktierung nicht benutzt werden kann, um die
-Verlängerung anzuzeigen. Wenn man Überbindungen verwendet, sollten
-größere Notenwerte an die Unterteilungen des Taktes angepasst werden.
-
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right]
-\relative {
- r8 c8 ~ c2 r4 | r8^"not" c2 ~ c8 r4
-}
-@end lilypond
+Wenn ein Bindebogen an einen Akkord gehängt wird, werden alle Noten
+dieses Akkordes übergebunden. Wenn kein Notenkopf passt, wird auch
+kein Bogen erzeugt. Noten in Akkorden können auch einzeln übergebunden
+werden, indem sie innerhalb des Akkordes hinter die entsprechende Note
+geschrieben werden.
-Wenn sehr viele Noten über die Taktgrenzen hinüber angebunden
-werden müssen, ist es oft einfacher, die automatische Aufteilung
-von Noten einzusetzen (siehe @ref{Automatic note splitting}). Mit
-dieser Funktion werden automatisch lange Noten aufgeteilt und über
-die Taktgrenze übergebunden.
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
+<c e g> ~ <c e g>
+<c~ e g~ b> <c e g b>
+@end lilypond
@funindex \repeatTie
+@cindex Bindebögen wiederholen
+@cindex Wiederholung und Bindebögen
+@cindex Überbindung und Wiederholungen
+@cindex Volta-Klammern und Wiederholungen
+@cindex Volta und Überbindung
-Wenn die zweite Variante einer Wiederholung mit einer Überbindung
-anfängt, muss der Bindebogen wiederholt werden. Dass geschieht durch
-den Befehl @code{\repeatTie}.
+Wenn die zweite Variante einer Wiederholung mit einer übergebundenen
+Note anfängt, muss der Bindebogen wie folgt notiert werden:
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,relative=2]
-r <c e g>\repeatTie
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
+\repeat volta 2 { c g <c e>2 ~ }
+\alternative {
+ % First alternative: following note is tied normally
+ { <c e>2. r4 }
+ % Second alternative: following note has a repeated tie
+ { <c e>2\repeatTie d4 c } }
@end lilypond
-@cindex Volta und Überbindung
-@cindex Wiederholung und Überbindung
-
-@commonprop
+@cindex Laissez vibrer
+@cindex Ausklingen lassen, Bögen
+@cindex Bögen, laissez vibrer
+@cindex Ausklingen lassen
+@funindex \laissezVibrer
-Bindebögen werden teilweise verwendet, um Arpeggien auszuschreiben.
-In diesem Fall müssen mehrere übergebundene Noten nacheinander
-erscheinen. Das ist möglich, indem die @code{tieWaitForNote}-Eigenschaft
-auf wahr (##t) gesetzt wird. Diese Funktion ist auch nützlich, um
-ein Tremolo an einen Akkord zu binden. Siehe das Beispiel:
+So genannte @notation{laissez vibrer}-Bögen werden verwendet um anzuzeigen, dass
+man die Musik ausklingen lassen soll. Sie werden in der Klavier-, Harfen-,
+anderer Saiteninstrument- und Schlagzeugnotation verwendet. Sie können folgendermaßen notiert werden:
-@lilypond[fragment,verbatim,relative=1,ragged-right,quote]
-\set tieWaitForNote = ##t
-\grace { c16[~ e~ g]~ } <c, e g>2
-\repeat tremolo 8 { c32~ c'~ } <c c,>1
-e8~ c~ a~ f~ <e' c a f>2
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
+<c f g>1\laissezVibrer
@end lilypond
-Bindebögen können manuell gesetzt werden, indem die
-@code{tie-configuration}-Eigenschaft verändert wird.
-Die erste Zahl zeigt den Abstand von der Mitte des
-Notensystems in Notenlinienzwischenräumen, die zweite
-die Richtung (1=nach oben, -1=nach unten).
+@cindex ties, placement
+@funindex \tieUp
+@funindex \tieDown
+@funindex \tieNeutral
-@lilypond[fragment,verbatim,relative=1,ragged-right,quote]
-<c e g>2~ <c e g> |
-\override TieColumn #'tie-configuration =
- #'((0.0 . 1) (-2.0 . 1) (-4.0 . 1))
-<c e g>~ <c e g> |
-@end lilypond
+Die vertikale Position von Bindebögen kann kontrolliert werden,
+siehe die vordefinierten Befehle unten oder für Einzelheiten
+@ref{Direction and placement}.
+@cindex Bindebögen, Ausehen
+@cindex Bindebögen, gestrichelt
+@cindex Bindebögen, gepunktet
+@cindex Bindebögen, durchgehend
+@funindex \tieDotted
+@funindex \tieDashed
+@funindex \tieSolid
-@predefined
+Durchgehende, gepunktete oder gestrichelte Bindebögen können
+spezifiziert werden, siehe die vordefinieren Befehle.
+@predefined
-@funindex \tieUp
@code{\tieUp},
-@funindex \tieDown
@code{\tieDown},
-@funindex \tieNeutral
@code{\tieNeutral},
-@funindex \tieDotted
@code{\tieDotted},
-@funindex \tieDashed
@code{\tieDashed},
-@funindex \tieSolid
@code{\tieSolid}.
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{using-ties-with-arpeggios.ly}
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{engraving-ties-manually.ly}
+
@seealso
-Im Handbuch: @ref{Automatic note splitting}.
+Glossar:
+@rglos{tie},
+@rglos{laissez vibrer}.
-Programmreferenz: @rinternals{Tie}.
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Automatic note splitting}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Rhythms}.
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{LaissezVibrerTie},
+@rinternals{LaissezVibrerTieColumn},
+@rinternals{TieColumn},
+@rinternals{Tie}.
@knownissues
@node Writing rests
@subsection Writing rests
+Pausen werden als Teil der musikalischen Ausdrücke zusammen mit
+den Noten notiert.
+
@menu
* Rests::
* Invisible rests::
@node Rests
@unnumberedsubsubsec Rests
@cindex Pausen
+@cindex Pausendauern
+@cindex Maxima
+@cindex Longa
+@cindex Brevis
@funindex \rest
@funindex r
+@funindex \maxima
+@funindex \longa
+@funindex \breve
Pausen werden wie Noten eingegeben, ihre Bezeichnung ist @code{r}.
+Dauern, die länger als eine Ganze sind, haben die gezeigten
+vordefinierten Befehle:
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-r1 r2 r4 r8
+@c \time 16/1 is used to avoid spurious bar lines
+@c and long tracts of empty measures
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\new Staff {
+ % These two lines are just to prettify this example
+ \time 16/1
+ \override Staff.TimeSignature #'stencil = ##f
+ % Print a maxima rest, equal to four breves
+ r\maxima
+ % Print a longa rest, equal to two breves
+ r\longa
+ % Print a breve rest
+ r\breve
+ r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32 r64 r128
+}
@end lilypond
+@cindex Pausen, mehrtaktig
+@cindex Ganztaktpausen
+@cindex Mehrtaktpausen
+
Pausen, die ganze Takte ausfüllen und in der Taktmitte zentriert
werden sollen, müssen als mehrtaktige Pausen eingegeben werden.
Sie können sowohl für einen einzigen Takt als auch für mehrere
Um die vertikale Position einer Pause explizit festzulegen,
kann eine Note eingegeben werden, gefolgt vom Befehl @code{\rest}.
Die Pause wird dann an die Stelle gesetzt, wo sich sonst die
-Note befinden würde.
-
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-a'4\rest d'4\rest
-@end lilypond
-
-@noindent
-Damit wird die manuelle Formatierung von mehrstimmiger Musik
+Note befinden würde. Damit wird die manuelle Formatierung von mehrstimmiger Musik
sehr viel einfacher, da die Formatierungsfunktion zur automatischen
Auflösung von Zusammenstößen diese Pausen nicht mit einbezieht.
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+a4\rest d4\rest
+@end lilypond
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{rest-styles.ly}
@seealso
-Programmreferenz: @rinternals{Rest}.
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Full measure rests}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Rhythms}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{Rest}.
+
+
+@knownissues
+
+@c Deliberately duplicated in Durations and Rests. -gp
+Es gibt keine gundlegende Grenze für die Dauer von Pausen (sowohl
+kürzer als auch länger), aber die Anzahl von Symbolen ist
+begrenzt: Es gibt Zeichen für Pausen von einer 128 bis zu einer
+Maxima (8 Ganze).
@node Invisible rests
@cindex Skip
@cindex Überspringen von Zeichen
@cindex Unsichtbare Pausen
+@cindex Pausen, unsichtbar
@cindex Platzhalternoten
@funindex \skip
@funindex s
Eine unsichtbare Pause (auch als @qq{skip} oder Überspringung bezeichnet)
-kann wie eine Note eingegeben werden, die Notationsbezeichnung ist @code{s}.
-Man kann aber auch die Dauer extra angeben mit @code{\skip @var{Dauer}}.
+kann wie eine Note eingegeben werden, die Notationsbezeichnung ist @code{s}.
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
a4 a4 s4 a4 \skip 1 a4
@end lilypond
+@cindex Gesangstext, überspringen
+
Die @code{s}-Syntax steht nur im Noten- oder Akkordmodus zur Verfügung. In
anderen Situationen, z. B. innerhalb eines Liedtextes, muss @code{\skip}
-benutzt werden.
+benutzt werden. @code{\skip} benötigt eine explizite Dauerangabe.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
<<
- \relative { a'2 a2 }
- \new Lyrics \lyricmode { \skip 2 bla2 }
+ {
+ a2 \skip2 a2 a2
+ }
+ \new Lyrics {
+ \lyricmode {
+ foo2 \skip 1 bla2
+ }
+ }
>>
@end lilypond
+Die Überspringung mit @code{s} erstellt @code{Staff} und
+@code{Voice}-Kontext, wenn es erforderlich ist, genauso wie Noten und Pausen.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment]
+s1 s s
+@end lilypond
+
Der Überspringungsbefehl (@code{\skip}) ist einfach ein leerer Platzhalter.
Durch ihn wird
überhaupt nichts gesetzt, auch keine transparenten Objekte.
-Die Überspringung mit @code{s} hingegen erstellt @rinternals{Staff} und
-@rinternals{Voice} wenn es erforderlich ist, genauso wie Noten und Pausen.
-Das folgende Beispiel etwa setzt ein leeres Notensystem:
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-{ s4 }
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment]
+% This is valid input, but does nothing
+\skip 1 \skip1 \skip 1
@end lilypond
-Das Fragment @code{@{ \skip 4 @}} würde nur eine leere Seite produzieren.
-
@seealso
-Programmreferenz: @rinternals{SkipMusic}.
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Rhythms}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{SkipMusic}
+
@node Full measure rests
@unnumberedsubsubsec Full measure rests
-@untranslated
+@cindex Ganztaktpausen
+@cindex Mehrtaktpausen
+@cindex Pausen, Ganztakt-
+@cindex Pausen, Mehrtakt-
+@funindex R
+
+Pausen für einen oder mehrere ganze Takte werden wie
+Noten eingegeben, wobei die Bezeichnung ein Großbuchstabe
+@code{R} ist:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+% Rest measures contracted to single measure
+\compressFullBarRests
+R1*4
+R1*24
+R1*4
+b2^"Tutti" b4 a4
+@end lilypond
+
+Die Dauer von Ganztaktpausen wird genauso angegeben wie die
+Dauer von Noten. Die Dauer einer Ganztaktpause muss immer
+eine ganze Anzahl an Taktlängen sein, weshalb Punktierungen
+und Brüche recht häufig eingesetzt werden müssen.
+
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim]
+\compressFullBarRests
+\time 2/4
+R1 | R2 |
+\time 3/4
+R2. | R2.*2 |
+\time 13/8
+R1*13/8 | R1*13/8*12 |
+\time 10/8
+R4*5*4 |
+@end lilypond
+
+Eine Ganztaktpause wird abhängig von der Taktart entweder als
+Ganze oder Brevis-Pause gesetzt, zentriert im Takt.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment]
+\time 4/4
+R1 |
+\time 6/4
+R1*3/2 |
+\time 8/4
+R1*2 |
+@end lilypond
+@funindex \expandFullBarRests
+@funindex \compressFullBarRests
+@cindex Mehrtaktpausen, ausschreiben
+@cindex Pausen, mehrere Takte ausschreiben
+@cindex Pausen, mehrere Takte komprimieren
+@cindex Mehrtaktpausen, komprimieren
+
+In den Standardeinstellungen werden mehrtaktige Pausen
+ausgeschrieben gesetzt, sodass sie die entsprechende Anzahl von
+Takten einnehmen. Alternativ kann die mehrtaktige Pause
+aber auch nur in einem Takt angezeigt werden, der ein
+Mehrtaktpausensymbol geinhaltet, wobei die Anzahl der Takte
+der Pausendauer über dem Pausenzeichen ausgegeben wird:
+
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim]
+% Default behavior
+\time 3/4 r2. | R2.*2 |
+\time 2/4 R2 |
+\time 4/4
+% Rest measures contracted to single measure
+\compressFullBarRests
+r1 | R1*17 | R1*4 |
+% Rest measures expanded
+\expandFullBarRests
+\time 3/4
+R2.*2 |
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@cindex Text über Mehrtaktpausen
+@cindex Mehrtaktpausen, Text hinzufügen
+@cindex Beschriftung über Mehrtaktpausen
+@cindex Mehrtaktpausen, Beschriftung
+@cindex Fermate über Mehrtaktpausen
+@cindex Mehrtaktpause mit Fermate
+
+Textbeschriftung kann Mehrtaktpausen mit @code{\markup}
+hinzugefügt werden. Ein
+vordefinierte Befehl @code{\fermataMarkup} fügt eine
+Fermate ein.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
+\compressFullBarRests
+\time 3/4
+R2.*10^\markup { \italic "ad lib." }
+R2.^\fermataMarkup
+@end lilypond
+
+@warning{
+Beschriftungen, die an Mehrtaktpausen gehängt werden, sind
+Objekte vom Typ @code{MultiMeasureRestText}, nicht vom Typ
+@code{TextScript}. Änderungen etwa mit @code{\override}
+müssen auf das richtige Objekt gerichtet werden, damit sie
+nicht ignoriert werden. Siehe auch das folgende Beispiel.
+}
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
+% This fails, as the wrong object name is specified
+\override TextScript #'padding = #5
+R1^"wrong"
+% This is correct and works
+\override MultiMeasureRestText #'padding = #5
+R1^"right"
+@end lilypond
+
+Wenn eine Mehrtaktpause direkt auf einen Auftakt mit @code{\partial}
+folgt, werden möglicherweise daraus resultierende
+Taktprüfungswarnungen nicht angezeigt.
+
+@predefined
+@code{\textLengthOn},
+@code{\textLengthOff},
+@code{\fermataMarkup},
+@code{\compressFullBarRests},
+@code{\expandFullBarRests}.
+
+@snippets
+
+@cindex Kirchenpausen
+@cindex Pausen, Kirchenstil
+@cindex Balkenpausen, mehrtaktig
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{changing-form-of-multi--measure-rests.ly}
+
+@cindex Mehrtaktpausen, Positionierung
+@cindex Position von Mehrtaktpausen
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly}
+
+@c TODO -- convert to snippet -- submitted to Neil
+Markups attached to a multi-measure rest will be centered above or
+below it. Long markups attached to multi-measure rests do not cause
+the measure to expand. To expand a multi-measure rest to fit the markup,
+use a spacer rest with an attached markup before the multi-measure rest:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\compressFullBarRests
+\textLengthOn
+s1*0^\markup { [MAJOR GENERAL] }
+R1*19
+s1*0_\markup { \italic { Cue: ... it is yours } }
+s1*0^\markup { A }
+R1*30^\markup { [MABEL] }
+\textLengthOff
+c4^\markup { CHORUS } d f c
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Note that the spacer rest causes a bar to be inserted.
+Text attached to a spacer rest in this way is left-aligned to the
+position where the note would be placed in the measure, but if the
+measure length is determined by the length of the text, the text will
+appear to be centered.
+
+@seealso
+
+Glossar:
+@rglos{multi-measure rest}.
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Durations},
+@ref{Text},
+@ref{Formatting text},
+@ref{Text scripts}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Rhythms}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{MultiMeasureRest},
+@rinternals{MultiMeasureRestNumber},
+@rinternals{MultiMeasureRestText}.
+
+
+@knownissues
+
+Wenn man versucht, mit Fingersatz (etwa @code{R1*10-4} Zahlen
+über Ganztaktpausen zu setzen, kann die Zahl des Fingersatzes
+(4) mit der Taktanzahl (10) zusammenstoßen.
+
+@cindex Zusammenfalten von Pausen
+@cindex Pausen, Zusammenfalten
+
+Es gibt keine Möglichkeit, normale Pausen automatisch zu
+Ganztaktpausen zu reduzieren.
+
+@cindex Pausen, Zusammenstöße
+
+Ganztaktpausen werden bei der Vermeidung von Zusammenstößen nicht
+berücksichtigt.
+
@node Displaying rhythms
@cindex Metrum
@funindex \time
-Taktangaben zeigen das Metrum eines Stückes an: eine
-regelmäßige Folge von betonten und unbetonten Zeiten.
-Es wird angezeigt als ein Bruch vor Beginn der Noten.
+Taktangaben könne wie folgt erstellt werden.
-Die Taktangabe wird mit dem @code{\time}-Befehl gesetzt.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-\time 2/4 c'2 \time 3/4 c'2.
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\time 2/4 c'2
+\time 3/4 c'2.
@end lilypond
-@commonprop
+@cindex Taktangabe, Sichtbarkeit
-Das Symbol, das angezeigt wird, kann durch die
-@code{style}-Eigenschaft angepasst werden. Wenn man
-es auf den Wert @code{#'()} setzt, wird auch für
-4/4- und 2/2-Takte ein Bruch angezeigt.
+Taktangaben werden zu Beginn eines Stückes gesetzt und immer dann,
+wenn sich die Taktart ändert. Wenn eine Änderung am Ende einer
+Zeile geschieht, wird eine warnende Taktangabe am Ende der Zeile
+ausgegeben. Dieses Verhalten kann verändert werdenm, siehe
+@ref{Controlling visibility of objects}.
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-\time 4/4 c'1
-\time 2/2 c'1
-\override Staff.TimeSignature #'style = #'()
-\time 4/4 c'1
-\time 2/2 c'1
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\time 2/4
+c2 c
+\break
+c c
+\break
+\time 4/4
+c c c c
@end lilypond
-Es gibt noch sehr viel mehr Optionen für das Layout.
-Siehe den Abschnitt @ref{Ancient time
-signatures} für weitere Beispiele.
+@funindex \numericTimeSignature
+@funindex \defaultTimeSignature
+@cindex Stil von Taktangaben
+@cindex Taktangaben-Stile
+
+Das Symbol für die Taktarten 2/2 und 4/4 kann in ein Zahlensymbol
+umgewandelt werden:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+% Default style
+\time 4/4 c1
+\time 2/2 c1
+% Change to numeric style
+\numericTimeSignature
+\time 4/4 c1
+\time 2/2 c1
+% Revert to default style
+\defaultTimeSignature
+\time 4/4 c1
+\time 2/2 c1
+@end lilypond
-Der Befehl @code{\time} stellt die Eigenschaften
-@code{timeSignatureFraction}, @code{beatLength}
-und @code{measureLength} im @code{Timing}-Kontext ein,
-der normalerweise zu den Eigenschaften aller System
-(@rinternals{Score}-Ebene) gehört. Die Eigenschaft
-@code{measureLenght} bestimmt, wo Taktlinien eingefügt werden,
-und wie automatische Balken gesetzt werden. Ein Verändern
-der Eigenschaften von @code{timeSignatureFraction} gibt
-das neue Symbol an dieser Stelle aus.
+Symbole für Modus und Proprietas der mensuralen Notation
+werden behandelt unter
+@ref{Ancient time signatures}.
-Auf weitere Optionen kann man über die Scheme-Funktion
-@code{set-time-signature} zugreifen. In Kombination mit
-@rinternals{Measure_grouping_engraver} werden hiermit
-@rinternals{MeasureGrouping}-Zeichen erzeugt. Solche
-Zeichen erleichtern es, rhythmisch komplexe moderne Musik
-zu lesen. Im nächsten Beispiel ist der 9/8-Takt in 2, 2, 2
-und 3 Achtel unterteilt. Das wird im dritten Argument an
-@code{set-time-signature} weitergegeben @code{(2 2 2 3)}.
+@predefined
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-\score {
- \relative c'' {
- #(set-time-signature 9 8 '(2 2 2 3))
- g8[ g] d[ d] g[ g] a8[( bes g]) |
- #(set-time-signature 5 8 '(3 2))
- a4. g4
- }
- \layout {
- \context {
- \Staff
- \consists "Measure_grouping_engraver"
- }
- }
-}
+@code{\numericTimeSignature},
+@code{\defaultTimeSignature}.
+
+@snippets
+
+@c TODO Send as snippet called "Changing the time signature without affecting the beat length"
+
+The @code{\time} command sets the properties
+@code{timeSignatureFraction}, @code{beatLength}, and
+@code{measureLength} in the @code{Timing} context, which is
+normally aliased to @code{Score}. Changing the value of
+@code{timeSignatureFraction} causes the new time signature symbol
+to be printed without changing the other properties:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\time 3/4
+a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
+% Change time signature but keep 3/4 beaming
+% due to unchanged beatLength
+\set Score.timeSignatureFraction = #'(12 . 16)
+a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
+\time 12/16
+% Lose 3/4 beaming now beatLength has changed to 16
+a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
@end lilypond
+@cindex compound time signatures
+@cindex time signature, compound
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{compound-time-signatures.ly}
+
@seealso
-Programmreferenz:
-@rinternals{TimeSignature} und
-@rinternals{Timing_translator}.
+Glossar:
+@rglos{time signature}
-Beispiele:
-@rlsr{Rhythms}.
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Ancient time signatures},
+@ref{Time administration}.
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Rhythms}.
-@knownissues
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{TimeSignature},
+@rinternals{Timing_translator}.
-Automatische Balken richten sich nicht nach den Taktunterteilungen, die
-mit @code{set-time-signature} erzeugt werden.
@node Upbeats
@cindex Auftakt
@cindex Takte verkürzen
+@cindex partieller Takt
+@cindex halber Takt
+@cindex Taktlänge ändern
+@funindex measurePosition
@funindex \partial
-Verkleinerte Takte, wie etwa ein Auftakt, werden wie folgt notiert:
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
-\partial 16*5 c16 cis d dis e | a2. c,4 | b2
-@end lilypond
-
-Die Syntax für den Befehl lautet:
+Verkleinerte Takte, wie etwa ein Auftakt, werden mit dem
+Befehl @code{\partial} notiert, dessen Syntax lautet:
@example
\partial @var{Dauer}
@end example
-wobei @code{Dauer} eine rhythmische Länge ist, die vor dem nächsten Taktstrich
-eingefügt wird.
+wobei @var{Dauer} die rhythmische Länger der Noten darstellt,
+die vor dem ersten vollständigen Takt gesetzt werden sollen:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\partial 4 e4 |
+a2. c,4 |
+@end lilypond
Das wird intern übersetzt nach:
\set Timing.measurePosition = -@var{Länge der Dauer}
@end example
-Die Eigenschaft @code{measurePosition} enthält eine rationale Zahl,
-die darstellt, wie groß der Abstand zum Taktanfang ist. Deshalb ist
+Die Eigenschaft @code{measurePosition} (Takt-Position) enthält
+eine rationale Zahl,
+die anezigt, wie groß der Abstand zum Taktanfang ist. Deshalb ist
sie eine negative Zahl; @code{\partial 4} wird also intern übersetzt
zu: @qq{Eine Viertel bleibt übrig vom ganzen Takt.}
-@knownissues
+@seealso
-Dieser Befehl berücksichtigt keine Verzierungen/Vorschläge am Anfang der
-Noten. Wenn ein Stück mit einem Vorschlag anfängt, muss der Befehl
-@code{\partial} @emph{nach} dem Vorschlag kommen:
+Glossar:
+@rglos{anacrusis}.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,relative,fragment]
-\grace f16
-\partial 4
-g4
-a2 g2
-@end lilypond
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Grace notes}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Rhythms}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{Timing_translator}.
+
+@knownissues
@code{\partial} ist nur für den Anfang eines Stückes vorgesehen. Wenn der
Befehl innerhalb eines Stückes verwendet wird, können seltsame Warnungen
@unnumberedsubsubsec Unmetered music
@cindex Kadenz
+@cindex Taktlinen, ausschalten
+@cindex Taktnummern, ausschalten
+@cindex Noten ohne Takt
+@cindex Taktart, Noten ohne
+@cindex Metrum, Noten ohne
@funindex \cadenzaOn
@funindex \cadenzaOff
Taktlinien und Taktzahlen werden automatisch erzeugt. Für Musik
-ohne Meter hingegen (etwa Kadenzen) ist das allerdings nicht
+ohne Metrum hingegen (etwa Kadenzen) ist das jedoch nicht
erwünscht. Mit den Befehlen @code{\cadenzaOn} und
@code{\cadenzaOff} kann dieses Verhalten ausgeschaltet und
wieder angeschaltet werden.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,relative=2,fragment]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2,fragment]
c4 d e d
\cadenzaOn
c4 c d8 d d f4 g4.
d4 e d c
@end lilypond
+Taktnummerierung wird am Ende der Kadenz wieder aufgenommen, als
+ob es die Kadenz nicht gegeben hätte:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
+% Show all bar numbers
+\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility = #all-visible
+c4 d e d
+\cadenzaOn
+c4 c d8 d d f4 g4.
+\cadenzaOff
+\bar "|"
+d4 e d c
+@end lilypond
+
+@predefined
+
+@code{\cadenzaOn},
+@code{\cadenzaOff}.
+
+@seealso
+
+Glossar:
+@rglos{cadenza}.
+
+@c Notationsreferenz:
+@c ref{Controlling visibility of objects}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Rhythms}.
@knownissues
LilyPond fügt Zeilen- und Seitenumbrüche nur an einer Taktlinie
ein. Wenn die Kadenz nicht vor einem Umbruch endet, müssen Sie
-selber unsichtbare Taktlinien
+selber unsichtbare Taktlinien mit
@example
\bar ""
@node Polymetric notation
@unnumberedsubsubsec Polymetric notation
-@untranslated
-
+@cindex doppelte Taktartensymbole
+@cindex Taktarten, polymetrisch
+@cindex polymetrische Taktarten
+@cindex Metrum, polymetrisch
+@cindex Unterteilte Taktarten
+
+Polymetrische Notation ist unterstützt, entweder direkt oder
+mit einem Textbeschriftungs-Trick.
+
+@strong{Systeme mit unterschiedlichen Taktarten, gleiche
+Taktlänge}
+
+Diese Art der Notation kann erstellt werden, indem für jedes
+System eine identische Taktart eingestellt wird, aber manuell
+für jeden Takt durch Einstellung von @code{timeSignatureFraction}
+auf den gewünschten Bruch geändert und dann die Länge der
+Noten entsprechenden skaliert wird. Letzteres geschieht mit dem Befehl
+@code{\scaleDurations}, der auf ähnliche Weise wie @code{\times}
+benutzt wird, aber keine Klammer über den Noten ausgibt. Siehe
+auch @ref{Scaling durations}.
+
+In diesem Beispiel werden Noten mit den Taktarten 3/4, 9/8 und
+10/8 parallel benutzt. Im zweiten System werden die gezeigten
+Dauern mit 2/3 multipliziert, da 2/3x9/8=3/4, und im dritten
+System werden die gezeigten Dauern mit 3/5 multipliziert, da
+3/5x10/8=3/4.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment]
+\relative c' { <<
+ \new Staff {
+ \time 3/4
+ c4 c c |
+ c c c |
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ \time 3/4
+ \set Staff.timeSignatureFraction = #'(9 . 8)
+ \scaleDurations #'(2 . 3)
+ \repeat unfold 6 { c8[ c c] }
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ \time 3/4
+ \set Staff.timeSignatureFraction = #'(10 . 8)
+ \scaleDurations #'(3 . 5) {
+ \repeat unfold 2 { c8[ c c] }
+ \repeat unfold 2 { c8[ c] } |
+ c4. c4. \times 2/3 { c8 c c } c4
+ }
+ }
+>> }
+@end lilypond
-@node Automatic note splitting
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Automatic note splitting
+@strong{Systeme mit unterschiedlichen Taktarten, unterschiedliche
+Taktlänge}
-Lange Noten können automatisch in übergebundene Noten aufgeteilt werden.
-Dieses Verhalten erreicht man, indem der @rinternals{Note_heads_engraver}
-mit dem @rinternals{Completion_heads_engraver} ausgetauscht wird.
-Im nächsten Beispiel werden Noten, die über die Taktlinie dauern, aufgeteilt
-und übergebunden.
+Jedes System kann auch eine eigene unabhängige Taktart erhalten.
+Dazu muss der @code{Timing_translator} in den @code{Staff}-Kontext
+verschoben werden.
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim,relative=1,line-width=12\cm]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\layout {
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ \remove "Timing_translator"
+ \remove "Default_bar_line_engraver"
+ }
+ \context {
+ \Staff
+ \consists "Timing_translator"
+ \consists "Default_bar_line_engraver"
+ }
+}
+
+% Now each staff has its own time signature.
+
+\relative c' <<
+ \new Staff {
+ \time 3/4
+ c4 c c |
+ c c c |
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ \time 2/4
+ c4 c |
+ c c |
+ c c |
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ \time 3/8
+ c4. |
+ c8 c c |
+ c4. |
+ c8 c c |
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{compound-time-signatures.ly}
+
+
+@seealso
+
+Glossar:
+@rglos{polymetric},
+@rglos{polymetric time signature},
+@rglos{meter}.
+
+Notationreferenz:
+@ref{Scaling durations}
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Rhythms}.
+
+Referenz der Intera:
+@rinternals{TimeSignature},
+@rinternals{Timing_translator},
+@rinternals{Staff}.
+
+@knownissues
+
+Wenn unterschiedliche Taktarten paralell benutzt werden, werden
+Noten auf demselben musikalischen Moment horizontal auf die
+gleiche Position gesetzt. Die unterschiedlichen Taktlinien
+führen allerdings dazu, dass die Noten nicht ganz so regelmäßig
+gesetzt werden, wie es ohne unterschiedliche Taktarten der
+Fall wäre.
+
+
+
+@node Automatic note splitting
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Automatic note splitting
+
+@cindex Noten, aufteilen
+@cindex Aufteilen von Noten
+@cindex automatisches Aufteilen von Noten
+
+Lange Noten, die über Taktlinien hinüberreichen, können
+automatisch in übergebundene Noten aufgeteilt werden.
+Dieses Verhalten erreicht man, indem der @rinternals{Note_heads_engraver}
+mit dem @rinternals{Completion_heads_engraver} ausgetauscht wird.
+Im nächsten Beispiel werden Noten, die über die Taktlinie dauern, aufgeteilt
+und übergebunden.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
\new Voice \with {
\remove "Note_heads_engraver"
\consists "Completion_heads_engraver"
-} {
- c2. c8 d4 e f g a b c8 c2 b4 a g16 f4 e d c8. c2
}
+
+{ c2. c8 d4 e f g a b c8 c2 b4 a g16 f4 e d c8. c2 }
@end lilypond
-Dieser Notationsformatierer (eng. engraver) teilt alle Noten
+Dieser Engraver teilt alle Noten
auf, die über eine Taktlinie dauern und fügt Bindebögen hinzu.
Er kann unter Anderem dann nützlich sein, wenn man komplexe
Partituren auf Fehler überprüfen möchte: Wenn die Takte nicht
vollständig gefüllt sind, zeigt die Überbindung genau an, wie viele
Notenwerte noch in dem jeweiligen Takt fehlen.
-Wenn Sie wollen, dass auch Zeilenumbrüche an den Stellen, an denen
-automatisch Noten aufgeteilt wurden, stattfinden, müssen Sie auch
-den Formatierer @rinternals{Forbid_line_break_engraver} mit
-dem @code{\remove}-Befehl entfernen.
+@seealso
+
+Glossar: @rglos{tie}
+
+Handbuch zum Lernen:
+@rlearning{Engravers explained},
+@rlearning{Adding and removing engravers}.
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Rhythms}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{Note_heads_engraver},
+@rinternals{Completion_heads_engraver},
+@rinternals{Forbid_line_break_engraver}.
@knownissues
@code{Completion_heads_engraver} wirkt sich nur auf Noten aus;
Pausen werden nicht aufgeteilt.
-@seealso
-
-Programmreferenz:
-@rinternals{Completion_heads_engraver}.
@node Showing melody rhythms
@unnumberedsubsubsec Showing melody rhythms
Manchmal soll nur der Rhythmus einer Melodie dargestellt werden. Das
-erreicht man mit einem Schlagzeug-Notensystem. Alle Tonhöhen werden
+erreicht man mit einem Rhythmus-Notensystem. Alle Tonhöhen werden
auf eine Linie reduziert und das System hat auch nur eine einzige
Linie.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
-\new RhythmicStaff {
- \time 4/4
- c4 e8 f g2 | r4 g r2 | g1:32 | r1 |
-}
+@lilypond[quote,relative=1,verbatim]
+<<
+ \new RhythmicStaff {
+ \new Voice = "myRhythm" {
+ \time 4/4
+ c4 e8 f g2
+ r4 g g f
+ g1
+ }
+ }
+ \new Lyrics {
+ \lyricsto "myRhythm" {
+ This is my song
+ I like to sing
+ }
+ }
+>>
@end lilypond
+Akkordnotation für Gitarren bezeichnet auch oft zusätzlich den
+geschlagenen Rhythmus. Das kann notiert werden unter Verwendung
+des @code{Pitch_squash_engraver} und indem Tonhöhenimprovisation
+eingeschaltet wird mit @code{\improvisationOn}.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+<<
+ \new ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ c1 f g c
+ }
+ }
+
+ \new Voice \with {
+ \consists Pitch_squash_engraver
+ } \relative c'' {
+ \improvisationOn
+ c4 c8 c c4 c8 c
+ f4 f8 f f4 f8 f
+ g4 g8 g g4 g8 g
+ c4 c8 c c4 c8 c
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+@predefined
+@code{\improvisationOn},
+@code{\improvisationOff}.
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{guitar-strum-rhythms.ly}
+
@seealso
-Programmreferenz:
-@rinternals{RhythmicStaff}.
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Rhythms}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{RhythmicStaff},
+@rinternals{Pitch_squash_engraver}.
+
+
@node Beams
@subsection Beams
* Feathered beams::
@end menu
+
@node Automatic beams
@unnumberedsubsubsec Automatic beams
LilyPond setzt Balken (engl. beam) automatisch.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
-\time 2/4 c8 c c c \time 6/8 c c c c8. c16 c8
+@cindex Balken, manuell
+@cindex manuelle Balken
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\time 2/4 c8 c c c
+\time 6/8 c c c c8. c16 c8
@end lilypond
Wenn diese automatischen Entscheidungen nicht gut genug sind, können
-die Balken auch explizit eingegeben werden. Es können auch bestimmte
-Balkenmuster, die sich vom Standard unterscheiden, definiert werden.
-Hierzu siehe den Abschnitt @ref{Setting automatic beam behavior}
-für Einzelheiten.
-
-Einzelne Noten können mit dem Befehl @code{\noBeam} markiert werden,
-damit sie nicht mit einem Balken versehen werden.
+die Balken auch explizit eingegeben werden, siehe
+@ref{Manual beams}. Es können auch bestimmte
+Balkenmuster, die sich vom Standard unterscheiden, definiert werden.
+Die Standard-Regeln für die gebräuchlichsten Taktarten sind
+in der Datei @file{scm/@/auto@/-beam@/.scm} definiert. Wenn
+dort keine Balkenregeln für die aktuelle Taktart vorhanden
+sind, wird die Bebalkung geregelt von drei Kontexteigenschaften:
+@code{measureLength}, @code{beatLength} und @code{beatGrouping}.
+Sowohl die Balkenregeln als auch diese Kontexteigenschaften
+können geändert werden, siehe @ref{Setting automatic beam behavior}.
+
+@cindex autoBeamOn
+@cindex autoBeamOff
+
+@warning{Wenn Balken eingesetzt werden, um Melismen in Gesang
+anzuzeigen, müssen die automatische Bebalkung ausgeschaltet werden
+mit dem Befehl @code{\autoBeamOff} und die Balken mit der Hand
+eingegeben werden.}
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
-\time 2/4 c8 c\noBeam c c
+@noindent
+Automatische Bebalkung kann mit dem Befehl @code{\autoBeamOff}
+aufgehoben werden und mit dem Befehl @code{\autoBeamOn} wieder
+eingeschaltet werden.
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=1,verbatim]
+c4 c8 c8. c16 c8. c16 c8
+\autoBeamOff
+c4 c8 c8. c16 c8.
+\autoBeamOn
+c16 c8
@end lilypond
+@predefined
+@code{\autoBeamOff},
+@code{\autoBeamOn}.
+
+@snippets
+
+@funindex breakable
+@cindex Zeilenumbruch, Balken
+@cindex Balken und Zeilenumbrüche
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{beams-across-line-breaks.ly}
+
+@cindex Balken mit Knie
+@cindex weit außeinander liegende Balken
+@cindex auto-knee-gap
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{changing-beam-knee-gap.ly}
@seealso
-Programmreferenz: @rinternals{Beam}.
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Manual beams},
+@ref{Setting automatic beam behavior}.
+
+Installierte Dateien:
+@file{scm/auto-beam.scm}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Rhythms}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{Beam}.
+
+
+@knownissues
+
+Automatische Bebalkung von weit außeinander liegenden Noten
+(wobei der Balken als Knie erscheint) kann nicht mit versteckten
+Systemen benutzt werden. Siehe @ref{Hiding staves}.
+
+Balken können mit Notenköpfen und Versetzungszeichen in anderen
+Stimmen zusammenstoßen.
+
@node Setting automatic beam behavior
@unnumberedsubsubsec Setting automatic beam behavior
-@untranslated
+@funindex autoBeaming
+@funindex autoBeamSettings
+@funindex (end * * * *)
+@funindex (begin * * * *)
+
+@cindex Automatische Balken, einstellen
+@cindex Einstellungen der Bebalkung
+@cindex autobeam
+@cindex Verändern von automatischer Bebalkung
+@cindex Bebalkung, automatisch, Einstellungen
+@cindex Text und Balken
+@cindex Gesangstext und Balken
+
+Die Position und Länge der automatischen Balken wird bestimmt
+von bestimmten Regeln, wie beschrieben in @ref{Automatic beams}.
+Es gibt zwei einander ausschließende Arten, diese Regeln zu
+verändern. Mit der ersten Art verändert man Gruppen von
+Noten, die einer bestimmten Taktart entsprechend mit Balken
+versehen werden. Das muss manuell getan werden für die Taktarten,
+für welche keine fertigen Regeln definiert worden sind. Die
+zweite Methode verändert die Endpunkte der Balken und muss
+eingesetzt werden für die Taktarten, für welche schon Regeln
+definiert worden sind. Regeln sind definiert für die Taktarten
+3/2, 3/4, 4/4, 2/4, 4/8, 4/16, 6/8, 9/8 und 12/8.
+
+@i{@strong{Die Gruppierung von Noten verändern}}
+
+Wenn keine Regeln für die Beendung von Balken für die aktuelle
+Taktart vorhanden sind, wird die Bebalkung von drei
+Kontext-Eigenschaften kontrolliert:
+@code{measureLength}, @code{beatLength} und @code{beatGrouping}.
+Diese Eigenschaften können in den @code{Score}, @code{Staff} oder
+@code{Voice}-Kontexten gesetzt werden, um ihre Wirkungsweise zu
+begrenzen.
+
+Durch sie werden die Balken wie folgt bestimmt:
+
+Balken können überall beginnen (außer ein Balken ist schon aktiv).
+Balken enden zu den Werten, die @code{beatGrouping} und
+@code{beatLength} bestimmten, nach folgenden Regeln:
+
+@itemize
+
+@item Wenn @code{beatGrouping} und @code{beatLength} den gleichen
+Wert wie @code{measureLength} haben, wird @code{beatGrouping}
+benutzt, um die Endpunkte der Balken zu bestimmen.
+
+@item Wenn @code{beatGrouping} und @code{beatLength} nicht mit
+@code{measureLength} übereinstimmen, wird @code{beatLength}
+benutzt, um die Endpunkte der Balken zu bestimmen.
+
+@end itemize
+
+Standardmäßig werden diese Eigenschaften durch die Taktart bestimmt,
+die mit @code{\time} gesetzt wurde. Die @code{measureLength}
+(Taktlänge) hat standardmäßig genau die gleiche Länge wie die
+Taktlänge, die durch @code{\time} bestimmt wurde, und der
+Standardwert für @code{beatLength} (Schlag-Länge) wird durch
+den Nenner des Taktart-Bruches bestimmt.
+
+Sowohl @code{measureLength} als auch @code{beatLength} sind
+@i{Momente}, Einheiten musikalischer Dauer. Eine Größe der
+Art @i{Moment} wird durch die Scheme-Funktion
+@code{ly:make-moment} erstellt. Für mehr Information zu dieser
+Funktion siehe @ref{Time administration}.
+
+@code{beatGrouping} ist eine Liste an Integren, die die Anzahl
+von Zählzeiten für jede Gruppe darstellen.
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{grouping-beats.ly}
+
+@c TODO Convert to snippet called "Specifying context with beatGrouping"
+
+By specifying the context, the effect of @code{beatGrouping} can be
+limited to the context specified, and values set in higher-level
+contexts overridden:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\score {
+ \new Staff <<
+ \time 7/8
+ \new Voice {
+ \relative c'' {
+ \set Staff.beatGrouping = #'(2 3 2)
+ a8 a a a a a a
+ }
+ }
+ \new Voice {
+ \relative c' {
+ \voiceTwo
+ \set Voice.beatGrouping = #'(1 3 3)
+ f8 f f f f f f
+ }
+ }
+ >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@c TODO Send as snippet?
+
+The property @code{measureLength} determines where bar lines
+should be inserted and, with @code{beatLength} and
+@code{beatGrouping}, how automatic beams should be generated
+for time signatures for which no beam end rules are defined.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\time 3/4 % auto beam on 1/4 note groups
+a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
+\time 12/16 % no defined auto-beaming for this time sig
+a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
+\time 3/4
+a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
+\set Score.timeSignatureFraction = #'(12 . 16) %keep 3/4 beaming
+ % due to beatLength
+a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
+\set Score.beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 8) %beam on 1/8 notes
+a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
+\set Score.beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 16)
+\set Score.beatGrouping = #'(3 4 2 3) %beam on 3/16, 7/16, 9/16, 12/16
+a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@c End of snippet
+
+@funindex subdivideBeams
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{sub-dividing-beams.ly}
+
+@cindex measure groupings
+@cindex beats, grouping
+@cindex grouping beats
+@cindex measure sub-grouping
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{conducting-signs,-measure-grouping-signs.ly}
+
+
+@strong{@i{Die Endpunkte von Balken bestimmen}}
+
+In normalen Taktarten können automatisch gesetzte Balken an jeder
+Note beginnen, aber nur an einigen bestimmten Positionen innerhalb
+des Taktes beendet werden. Diese Positionen werden durch die
+Eigenschaften in @code{autoBeamSettings} bestimmt. Sie bestehen
+aus einer Liste an Regeln, die bestimmen, wo Balken enden können.
+Die Standardeinstellungen dieser automatischen Einstellungen
+befinden sich in der Datei @file{scm/@/auto@/-beam@/.scm}.
+
+Diese Methode @strong{muss} benutzt werden, wenn die Einstellungen
+für die Balken in üblichen Taktarten verändert werden sollen, und
+sie ist auch in vielen anderen Taktarten gut anzuwenden, wenn
+die Taktart sich oft ändert. Weil die Regeln so formuliert werden
+können, dass sie sich auf eine bestimmte Taktart beziehen, müssen
+sie nur einmal für jede Taktart definiert werden. Wenn man das
+selbe Ergebnis zu erreichen versucht, indem man die Zählzeiten
+gruppiert, müsste man einen @code{\set}-Befehl nach jedem
+Taktwechsel benutzen, wenn nicht die Standardwerte für die
+Taktart passend sind.
+
+Um eine neue Regel zu der Liste hinzuzufügen, muss folgende
+Syntax verwendet werden:
+
+@example
+#(override-auto-beam-setting
+ '(Balken-Limit
+ Balken-Zähler Balken-Nenner
+ Taktart-Zähler Taktart-Nenner)
+ Moment-Zähler Moment-Nenner [Kontext])
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+wobei
+
+@itemize
+
+@item @code{Balken-Limit} die Art der Balkenbegrenzung ist. Das
+kann entweder der Wert @code{begin} (Anfang) oder @code{end}
+(Ende) sein, aber nur @code{end} hat eine Auswirkung.
+
+@item @code{Balken-Zähler/Balken-Nenner} ist die Balken-Dauer,
+auf die die Regel sich bezieht. Ein Balken hat per Definition
+die Dauer seiner kürzesten Note. Wenn sowohl
+@code{Balken-Zähler} als auch @code{Balken-Nenner} auf
+ @code{'*'} gesetzt werden, gilt die Regel für alle Dauern.
+
+@item @code{Taktart-Zähler/Taktart-Nenner} bestimmen die
+Taktart, auf die die Regel sich bezieht. Wenn @code{Taktart-Zähler}
+und @code{Taktart-Nenner} auf @code{'*'} gesetzt werden, gilt
+die Regel für alle Taktarten.
+
+@item @code{Moment-Zähler/Moment-Nenner} ist die Position im
+Takt, an welcher der Balken aufhören soll.
+
+@item @code{Kontext} ist optional und bestimmt den Kontext, in
+welchem die Änderungen vorgenommen werden sollen. Der
+Standard ist @code{'Voice}.
+
+@code{#(score-override-auto-beam-setting '(A B C D) E F)} ist
+gleichbedeutend mit
+@code{#(override-auto-beam-setting '(A B C D) E F 'Score)}.
+
+@end itemize
+
+Wenn beispielsweise die automatischen Balken immer auf der ersten
+Viertel enden sollen, unabhängig von der Taktart oder Dauer
+des Balkens, kann
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+a8 a a a a a a a
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * * *) 1 4)
+a8 a a a a a a a
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+benutzt werden.
+
+Balkenregeln können aber auch auf Notengruppen beschränkt werden,
+deren kürzeste Note einen bestimmten Wert hat:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\time 2/4
+% end 1/16 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end 1 16 * *) 1 16)
+a16 a a a a a a a |
+a32 a a a a16 a a a a a |
+% end 1/32 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end 1 32 * *) 1 16)
+a32 a a a a16 a a a a a |
+@end lilypond
+
+Balkenregeln können so definiert werden, dass sie nur in bestimmten
+Taktarten angewendet werden:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\time 5/8
+% end beams of all durations in 5/8 time signature at the 2/8 moment
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 5 8) 2 8)
+c8 c d d d
+\time 4/4
+e8 e f f e e d d
+\time 5/8
+c8 c d d d
+@end lilypond
+
+Wenn mehrfache Stimmen benutzt werden, muss der @code{Staff}-Kontext
+angegeben werden, wenn die Balkenregeln auf alle Stimmen im System
+angewendet werden sollen:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\time 7/8
+% rhythm 3-1-1-2
+% Context not specified - does not work correctly
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 7 8) 3 8)
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 7 8) 4 8)
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 7 8) 5 8)
+<< {a8 a a a16 a a a a8 a} \\ {f4. f8 f f f} >>
+
+% Works correctly with context specified
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 7 8) 3 8 'Staff)
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 7 8) 4 8 'Staff)
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 7 8) 5 8 'Staff)
+<< {a8 a a a16 a a a a8 a} \\ {f4. f8 f f f} >>
+@end lilypond
+
+@c TODO Add example using Score for multiple staves?
+@c Hmm. Not sure it works correctly. Needs more investigation.
+
+@warning{Wenn eine unerwartete Bebalkung auftritt, schauen Sie
+zuerste die Balkeneinstellungen in @file{scm/@/auto@/-beam@/.scm}
+nach, ob sich hier Überschneidungen ergeben, weil die
+Balkenenden, die dort definiert sind, auch noch weiterhin
+wirksam sind zusätzlich zu den von Ihnen definierten.}
+
+Jede ungewollte oder störende Balkenbeendigung aus den Standard-Eingesllungen
+muss für Ihre Taktart rückgängig gemacht werden. Existierende
+automatische Bebalkungsregeln werden entfernt mit folgender
+Syntax:
+
+@example
+#(revert-auto-beam-setting
+ '(Balken-Limit
+ Balken-Zähler Balken-Nenner
+ Taktart-Zähler Taktart-Nenner)
+ Moment-Zähler Moment-Nenner [Kontext])
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+wobei @code{Balken-Limit}, @code{Balken-Zähler}, @code{Balken-Nenner},
+@code{Taktart-Zähler}, @code{Taktart-Nenner}, @code{Moment-Zähler},
+@code{Moment-Nenner} sowie @code{Kontext} die gleichen sind
+wie oben erklärt.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\time 4/4
+a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
+% undo a rule ending 1/16 beams in 4/4 time at 1/4 moment
+#(revert-auto-beam-setting '(end 1 16 4 4) 1 4)
+a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
+@end lilypond
+
+Die Regel in einer @code{revert-auto-beam-setting}-Definition
+muss exakt der ursprünglichen Regel entsprechen. Dabei werden
+keine Platzhalter akzeptiert.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\time 1/4
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end 1 16 1 4) 1 8)
+a16 a a a
+#(revert-auto-beam-setting '(end 1 16 * *) 1 8) % this won't revert it!
+a a a a
+#(revert-auto-beam-setting '(end 1 16 1 4) 1 8) % this will
+a a a a
+@end lilypond
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{beam-grouping-in-7-8-time.ly}
+
+
+@ignore
+@c Seems like setting beam starting points is no longer
+@c necessary, and/or has no effect. Remove mention?
+
+The same syntax can be used to specify beam starting points.
+
+@c TODO Does this example add anything?
+
+In this
+example, automatic beams can only end on a dotted quarter note
+@example
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * * *) 3 8)
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * * *) 1 2)
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * * *) 7 8)
+@end example
+
+In 4/4 time signature, this means that automatic beams could end only on
+3/8 and on the fourth beat of the measure (after 3/4, that is 2 times
+3/8, has passed within the measure).
+
+@end ignore
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{reverting-default-beam-endings.ly}
+
+
+@predefined
+
+@funindex \autoBeamOff
+@code{\autoBeamOff},
+@funindex \autoBeamOn
+@code{\autoBeamOn}.
+
+
+@knownissues
+
+Wenn eine Partitur aufhört, während ein automatischer Balken noch
+nicht geschlossen ist und noch Noten erwartet, wird dieser letzte
+Balken überhaupt nicht ausgegeben. Das gilt auch für polyphone
+Stimmen, die mit @code{<< @dots{} \\ @dots{} >>} gesetzt wurden.
+Wenn eine polyphone Stimme endet, während ein Balken noch Noten
+erwartet, wird dieser Balken nicht gesetzt.
+
+@seealso
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Rhythms}.
+
@node Manual beams
In einigen Fällen kann es nötig sein, den automatischen Algorithmus
für die Balken zu überschreiben. Die automatischen Balken werden
-beispielsweise nicht über Pausen oder Taktlinien hinweg gesetzt.
+beispielsweise nicht über Pausen oder Taktlinien hinweg gesetzt, und
+in Gesang werden die Balken oft nach dem Rhythmus des Textes und
+nicht dem der Musik gesetzt.
Manuell definierte Balken werden mit den Zeichen @code{[} und
@code{]} (AltGr+8 bzw. 9) markiert.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=1,verbatim]
{
r4 r8[ g' a r8] r8 g[ | a] r8
}
@end lilypond
-@commonprop
+Einzelne Noten können mit dem Befehl @code{\noBeam} markiert werden,
+damit sie nicht mit einem Balken versehen werden.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+\time 2/4 c8 c\noBeam c c
+@end lilypond
@funindex stemLeftBeamCount
@funindex stemRightBeamCount
-LilyPond kann die Balkengruppen innerhalb eines größeren Balkens
-selber bestimmen, aber dabei können teilweise seltsame Ergebnisse
-entstehen. Mit den Eigenschaften @code{stemLeftBeamCount} und
-@code{stemRightBeamCount} können diese Unterteilungen manuell
-eingestellt werden. Wenn eine dieser Eigenschaften gesetzt ist,
-wird es nur einmal verwendet und dann wieder zum Standard zurück
-geschaltet.
+Noch bessere manuelle Kontrolle über die Balken kann durch Setzen
+der Eigenschaften @code{stemLeftBeamCount} und
+@code{stemRightBeamCount} erreicht werden. Sie bestimmen
+die Anzahl von Balken, die rechts und links vom Hals der nächsten
+Note gesetzt werden sollen. Wenn eine Eigenschaften gesetzt ist,
+wird ihr Wert nur einmal eingesetzt und dann wieder auf Null gesetzt.
+Im folgenden Beispiel hat das letzte @code{f} nur einen Balken
+an seiner linken Seite (der als Achtelbalken der gesamten
+Gruppe gewertet wird).
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
+a8[ r16 f g a]
+a8[ r16
+\set stemLeftBeamCount = #2
+\set stemRightBeamCount = #1
+f
+\set stemLeftBeamCount = #1
+g a]
+@end lilypond
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
-{
- f8[ r16
- f g a]
- f8[ r16
- \set stemLeftBeamCount = #1
- f g a]
-}
-@end lilypond
-Die Eigenschaft @code{subdivideBeams} kann benutzt werden, um alle
-16tel-Balken oder kleinere Werte zu bestimmten Taktzeiten zu
-unterteilen. Diese Zeiten werden mit der @code{beatLength}-Eigenschaft
-gesetzt.
+@node Feathered beams
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Feathered beams
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,relative=2,verbatim]
-c16[ c c c c c c c]
-\set subdivideBeams = ##t
-c16[ c c c c c c c]
-\set Score.beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 8)
-c16[ c c c c c c c]
+@cindex Balken, gespreizt
+@cindex gespreizte Balken
+@funindex \featherDurations
+
+Gespreizte Balken werden teilweise eingesetzt um anzuzeigen, dass
+kleine Notengruppen in beschleunigendem oder verlangsamendem Tempo
+gespielt werden sollen, ohne dass sich das Tempo des Stückes
+verändert. Die Reichweite der gespreizten Balken muss manuell
+mit @code{[} und @code{]} angegeben werden und die Spreizung wird
+kontrolliert, indem der Balken-Eigenschaft @code{grow-direction}
+eine Richtung zugewiesen wird.
+
+Wenn die Anordnung der Noten und die MIDI-Ausgabe das Ritardando
+oder Accelerando, wie es die Spreizung angibt, reflektieren soll,
+müssen die Noten als ein musikalischer Ausdruck notiert werden,
+der von geschweiften Klammern umgeben ist und dem ein
+@code{featheredDurations}-(gespreizteDauern)-Befehl vorangestellt
+ist, der das Verhaltnis der ersten und letzten Dauer definiert.
+
+Die eckigen Klammern geben die Reichweite des Balkens an und die
+geschweiften Klammern zeigen, auf welche Noten sich die Veränderung
+der Dauern auswirkt. Normalerweise bezieht sich das auf die
+selbe Notengruppe, aber das ist nicht unbedingt erforderlich: beide
+Befehle sind unabhängig voneinander.
+
+Im folgenden Beispiel nehmen die acht 16-Noten exakt die gleiche
+Zeit ein wie eine halbe Note, aber die erste Note ist halb so lang
+wie die letzte der Gruppe, und die Noten dazwischen werden stufenweise
+verlängert. Die ersten vier 32-Noten beschleunigen stufenweise
+das Tempo, während die darauffolgenden vier 32-Noten ein
+gleichmäßiges Tempo haben.
+
+@lilypond[relative=1,verbatim,quote]
+\override Beam #'grow-direction = #LEFT
+\featherDurations #(ly:make-moment 2 1)
+{ c16[ c c c c c c c] }
+\override Beam #'grow-direction = #RIGHT
+\featherDurations #(ly:make-moment 2 3)
+{ c32[ d e f] }
+% revert to non-feathered beams
+\override Beam #'grow-direction = #'()
+{ g32[ a b c] }
@end lilypond
-@funindex subdivideBeams
@noindent
-Zu mehr Information über @code{make-moment} siehe
-@ref{Time administration}.
-
-Zeilenumbrüche sind normalerweise verboten, wenn Balken sich über
-die Taktlinien erstrecken. Das kann aber durch Setzen von
-@code{breakable} verändert werden.
-
-@funindex breakable
-
-@cindex Balken und Zeilenumbrüche
-@cindex Balken zwischen Systemen
-@funindex auto-knee-gap
-
-
-Balken mit Hälsen nach oben und unten werden automatisch eingesetzt,
-wenn ein großer Abstand zwischen Notenköpfen gefunden wird. Die Größe
-des Wertes kann mit dem
-@code{auto-knee-gap}-Objekt eingestellt werden.
+Die Platzierung der Noten im Druckbild entspricht den Notendauern
+nur annähernd, aber die MIDI-Ausgabe ist exakt.
@knownissues
-Automatisch erstellte Balken zwischen Systemen können nicht zusammen
-mit automatisch versteckten Systemen verwendet werden. Siehe auch
- @ref{Hiding staves}.
+Der @code{\featherDurations}-Befehl funktioniert nur mit kurzen
+Notenabschnitten, und wenn die Zahlen in den Brüchen klein
+sind.
-@c Is this still true with skyline spacing stuff? -J.Mandereau
-Balken vermeiden nicht andere Objekte, wie etwa Text und Versetzungszeichen.
+@seealso
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{Rhythms}.
-@node Feathered beams
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Feathered beams
-@untranslated
@node Bars
@cindex Doppellinie
@cindex Wiederholungszeichen
-Taktlinien trennen die Takte voneinander, werden aber auch verwendet,
+Taktlinien trennen Takte voneinander, werden aber auch verwendet,
um Wiederholungen anzuzeigen. Normalerweise werden sie automatisch
-eingefügt. Zeilenumbrüche können nur an Taktlinien stattfinden.
+nach Vorgabe der aktuellen Taktart eingefügt.
-Besondere Taktlinien-Arten können mit dem @code{\bar}-Befehl erzwungen
-werden.
+Die einfachen, automatisch eingefügten Taktlinien können mit dem
+@code{\bar}-Befehl geändert werden. Eine doppelte Taktlinie etwa
+wird normalerweise am Ende eines Stückes gesetzt:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,relative=2,fragment,verbatim]
-c4 \bar "|:" c4
+@lilypond[quote,relative=1,verbatim]
+e4 d c2 \bar "|."
@end lilypond
-Folgende Taktlinienarten sind vorhanden:
-
-@c @lilypondfile[ragged-right,quote]{bar-lines.ly}
-
-Als letztes ist @code{"||:"} notiert, das sich ähnlich wie
-@code{"|:"} verhält. Es gibt jedoch nur an Zeilenenden eine doppelte
-Taktlinie aus und fängt die Wiederholungslinie erst in der nächsten
-Zeile an.
-
-Um einen Zeilenumbruch an einer Stelle zu erlauben, wo keine sichtbare
-Taktlinie ist, kann man
+Es ist kein Fehler, wenn die letzte Note in einem Takt nicht
+zur automatische eingefügten Taktlinie aufhört: es wird angenommen,
+dass die Note im nächsten Takt weitergeht. Wenn aber eine ganze
+Reihe solcher überlappenden Takte auftritt, können die Noten
+gedrungen aussehen oder sogar über den Seitenrand hinausragen. Das
+kommt daher, dass Zeilenumbrüche nur dann vorgenommen werden, wenn
+ein vollständiger Takt auftritt, also ein Takt, an dem alle Noten
+vor dem Taktstrich zu Ende sind.
+
+@warning{Eine falsche Dauer kann bewirken, dass Zeilenumbrüche
+verhindert werden, woraus resultiert, dass die Noten entweder
+sehr stark gedrängt auf der Zeile notiert werden, oder die Zeile
+über den Seitenrand hinausragt.}
+
+@cindex Zeilenumbrüche
+@cindex unsichtbare Taktlinien
+@cindex Taktlinien, unsichtbar
+
+Zeilenumbrüche werden erlaubt, wenn eine Taktlinie manuell eingefügt
+wird, auch, wenn es sich um keinen vollständigen Takt handelt. Um
+einen Zeilenumbruch zu erlauben, ohne die Taktlinie auszugeben,
+kann
@example
\bar ""
@end example
@noindent
-benutzen. Damit wird eine unsichtbare Taktlinie an dieser Stelle eingefügt
-und damit ein Zeilenumbruch erlaubt (ohne dass sich die Anzahl der Takte
-erhöhen würde).
+benutzt werden. Damit wird eine unsichtbare Taktlinie an dieser Stelle eingefügt
+und damit ein Zeilenumbruch erlaubt (aber nicht erzwungen), ohne
+dass sich die Anzahl der Takte erhöhen würde. Um einen
+Zeilenumbruch zu erzwingen, siehe
+@ref{Line breaking}.
+
+Diese Art von Taktlinien und auch andere besondere Taktlinien
+können manuell an jeder Stelle in der Partitur eingefügt werden.
+Wenn sie mit dem Ende eines Taktes übereinstimmen, wird die
+automatische Taktlinie durch die manuelle ersetzt. Diese
+manuellen Einfügungen haben keine Auswirkung auf die Zählung und
+Position der folgenden automatischen Taktlinien.
+
+Manuell können die einfache Taktlinie und zusätzlich fünf Arten
+einer doppelten Taktlinie gesetzt werden:
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=1,verbatim]
+f1 \bar "|" g \bar "||" a \bar ".|" b \bar ".|." c \bar "|.|" d \bar "|." e
+@end lilypond
+
+Zusätzlich gibt es noch punktierte und gestrichelte Taktlinien:
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=1,verbatim]
+f1 \bar ":" g \bar "dashed" a
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+und fünf unterschiedliche Wiederholungstaktlinien:
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=1,verbatim]
+f1 \bar "|:" g \bar ":|:" a \bar ":|.|:" b \bar ":|.:" c \bar ":|" d
+@end lilypond
+
+@cindex Wiederholungen
+
+Auch wenn die Taktlinien, die Wiederholungen angeben, manuell
+eingefügt werden können, wird die Wiederholung dadurch nicht von
+LilyPond erkannt. Wiederholte Stellen werden besser notiert, indem
+man die Wiederholguns-Befehle einsetzt, die automatische die
+richtigen Taktlinien setzen. Das ist beschrieben in@ref{Repeats}.
+
+Zusätzlich kann noch @code{"||:"} verwendet werden, dass sich
+genauso wie @code{"|:"} verhält, außer bei Zeilenumbrüchen, wo eine
+doppelte Taktlinie am Ende der Zeile ausgegeben wird und eine
+öffnende Wiederholungslinie am Anfang der nächsten Zeile.
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
+\override Score.RehearsalMark #'padding = #3
+c c c c
+\bar "||:"
+c c c c \break
+\bar "||:"
+c c c c
+@end lilypond
In Partituren mit vielen Systemen wird ein @code{\bar}-Befehl in einem
System automatisch auf alle anderen Systeme angewendet. Die resultierenden
Taktlinien sind miteinander verbunden innerhalb einer Gruppe
- (@code{StaffGroup}) oder einem Klaviersystem (@code{PianoStaff}
-bzw. (@code{GrandStaff}).
+(@code{StaffGroup} bzw. @code{InnerStaffGroup}) oder einem
+Klaviersystem (@code{PianoStaff} bzw. (@code{GrandStaff}).
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim]
<<
\new StaffGroup <<
\new Staff {
@end lilypond
-@commonprop
+@snippets
@funindex whichBar
-@funindex repeatCommands
@funindex defaultBarType
Der Befehl @code{\bar }@var{Taktart} ist eine Kurzform von:
@code{whichBar} auf einen Wert gesetzt wird, wird eine
Taktlinie dieses Typs erzeugt.
-Eine Taktlinie wird auch durch Setzen der
- @code{whichBar}-Eigenschaft erzeugt. Am Anfang eines Taktes
-wird sie auf den Wert von @code{Timing.defaultBarType}
-gesetzt. Der Inhalt des @code{repeatCommands}-Befehls
-wird benutzt, um Standardtaktlinien zu überschreiben.
+Die automatische erzeugte Taktlinie ist @code{"|"}. Das kann
+jederzeit durch den Befehl @code{\set Timing.defaultBarType = }
+@var{Takstrichart} geändert werden.
-Sie sollten jedoch Wiederholungen mit dem @code{\repeat}-Befehl
-erzeugen. Siehe Abschnitt @ref{Repeats}.
+@seealso
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Line breaking},
+@ref{Repeats},
+@ref{Grouping staves}.
-@seealso
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Rhythms}.
-Im Handbuch: @ref{Repeats}, @ref{System start delimiters}.
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{BarLine} (created at
+@rinternals{Staff} level), @rinternals{SpanBar} (across
+staves), @rinternals{Timing_translator} (for Timing
+properties).
-Programmreferenz: @rinternals{BarLine} (auf Partitur
-(@rinternals{Staff})-Ebene erstellt),
-@rinternals{SpanBar} (zwischen Systemen).
@node Bar numbers
@unnumberedsubsubsec Bar numbers
-@untranslated
+@cindex Taktnummern
+@cindex Nummierung von Takten
+@funindex currentBarNumber
+
+Taktnummern werden standardmäßig zu Beginn eines jeden Systems
+ausgegeben, ausgenommen ist die erste Zeile. Die Zahl selber
+wird in der @code{currentBarNumber}-Eigenschaft gespeichert, die
+normalerweise für jeden Takt aktualisiert wird. Sie kann aber auch
+manuell gesetzt werden:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,fragment,relative=1]
+c1 c c c
+\break
+\set Score.currentBarNumber = #50
+c1 c c c
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@snippets
+
+@funindex barNumberVisibility
+@cindex Taktnummern, regelmäßiger Abstand
+
+Taktnummern können in regelmäßigem Abstand ausgegeben werden,
+anstatt dass sie nur am Beginn des Systems erscheinen. Um das
+zu erreichen, muss die Standardeinstellung verändert werden, um
+zu erlauben, dass Taktnummern an anderen Stellen als dem
+Beginn von Systemen ausgegeben werden. Das wird mit der
+Eigenschaft @code{break-visibility} von @code{BarNumber} vorgenommen.
+Sie braucht drei Werte, die auf @code{#t} (wahr) oder @code{#f}
+(falsch) gestellt werden können, womit angegeben wird, ob die
+Taktnummer an der entprechenden Stelle sichtbar ist. Die
+Reihenfolge der Werte ist: @var{Ende der Zeile}, @var{Mitte
+der Zeile} und @var{Beginn der Zeile}. Im folgenden
+Beispiel werden die Taktlinien überall ausgegeben:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility = #'#(#t #t #t)
+\set Score.currentBarNumber = #11
+\bar "" % Permit first bar number to be printed
+c1 c c c
+\break
+c c c c
+@end lilypond
+
+@c All the rest of these examples will be added to LSR
+@c and moved into the Snippets. -gp
+
+Im nächsten Beispiel werden die Taktnummern nur für jeden
+zweiten Takt gesetzt, außer am Ende der Zeile:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility = #'#(#f #t #t)
+\set Score.currentBarNumber = #11
+\bar "" % Permit first bar number to be printed
+% Print a bar number every second measure
+\set Score.barNumberVisibility = #(every-nth-bar-number-visible 2)
+c1 c c c c
+\break
+c c c c c
+@end lilypond
+
+@cindex Taktnummer, Form
+@cindex Aussehen von Taktnummern
+
+The size of the bar number may be changed. This is illustrated
+in the following example, which also shows how to enclose bar
+numbers in boxes and circles, and shows an alternative way
+of specifying @code{#(#f #t #t)} for @code{break-visibility}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+% Prevent bar numbers at the end of a line and permit them elsewhere
+\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility
+ = #end-of-line-invisible
+
+% Increase the size of the bar number by 2
+\override Score.BarNumber #'font-size = #2
+\repeat unfold 3 { c1 } \bar "|"
+
+% Draw a box round the following bar number(s)
+\override Score.BarNumber #'stencil
+ = #(make-stencil-boxer 0.1 0.25 ly:text-interface::print)
+\repeat unfold 3 { c1 } \bar "|"
+
+% Draw a circle round the following bar number(s)
+\override Score.BarNumber #'stencil
+ = #(make-stencil-circler 0.1 0.25 ly:text-interface::print)
+\repeat unfold 4 { c1 } \bar "|."
+@end lilypond
+
+@cindex Ausrichtung von Taktlinien
+@cindex Taktlinien, Ausrichtung
+
+Bar numbers by default are left-aligned to their parent object.
+This is usually the left edge of a line or, if numbers are printed
+within a line, the left bar line of the measure. The numbers may also
+be positioned directly on the bar line or right-aligned to the
+bar line:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+\set Score.currentBarNumber = #111
+\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility = #'#(#t #t #t)
+% Increase the size of the bar number by 2
+\override Score.BarNumber #'font-size = #2
+% Print a bar number every second measure
+\set Score.barNumberVisibility = #(every-nth-bar-number-visible 2)
+c1 c1
+% Center-align bar numbers
+\override Score.BarNumber #'self-alignment-X = #0
+c1 c1
+% Right-align bar numbers
+\override Score.BarNumber #'self-alignment-X = #-1
+c1 c1
+@end lilypond
+
+Bar numbers can be removed entirely by removing the
+@code{Bar_number_engraver} from the @code{Score} context.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\layout {
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
+ }
+}
+\relative c''{
+ c4 c c c \break
+ c4 c c c
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@seealso
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Rhythms}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{BarNumber}.
+
+@knownissues
+
+Taktnummern können mit der oberen Ecke der Klammer zu Beginn des
+Systems zusammenstoßen. Um das zu verhindert, kann die
+@code{padding}-Eigenschaft von @code{BarNumer} verwendet werden,
+um die Zahl zu verschieben.
+
+Taktnummern werden nur an Taktzahlen ausgegeben. Um eine Taktzahl
+auch am Anfang eines Stückes zu erhalten, muss eine leere
+Taktlinie manuell eingefügt werden, und für die aktuelle
+Taktzahl (@code{currentBarNumber} muss ein anderer Wert als
+@code{1} angegeben werden:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+\set Score.currentBarNumber = #50
+\bar ""
+c1 c c c
+c1 c c c
+\break
+@end lilypond
@node Bar and bar number checks
\time 3/4 c2 e4 | g2 |
@end example
-Taktüberprüfungen können auch in Liedtexten verwendet werden:
+Taktüberprüfungen können auch in Gesangstexten verwendet werden:
@example
\lyricmode @{
@}
@end example
-Eine Taktüberprüfung gilt als nicht bestanden, wenn die Notenwerte
-nicht stimmen. Besonders in mehrstimmiger komplizierter Musik können
-solche falschen Notenwerte die ganze Partitur durcheinander bringen.
+Besonders in mehrstimmiger komplizierter Musik können
+falschen Notenwerte die ganze Partitur durcheinander bringen.
Es lohnt sich also, die Fehlersuche damit zu beginnen, nicht bestandene
Taktüberprüfungen zu kontrollieren.
+Wenn aufeinander folgende Taktüberprüfungen mit dem gleichen
+Abstand Fehler produzieren, wird eventuell nur die erste Warnung
+ausgegeben. Damit wird die Warnung auf den Ursprung de Fehlers
+fokussiert.
+
@funindex |
@funindex pipeSymbol
-Es ist auch möglich, die Bedeutung des Symbols @code{|} umzudefinieren.
+Es ist auch möglich, die Bedeutung des Symbols @code{|}
+umzudefinieren, so dass hiermit eine andere Aktion als eine
+Taktüberprüfung erreicht wird.
Das geschieht, indem man der Pipe (@code{pipeSymbol} einen musikalischen
-Ausdruck zuweist:
+Ausdruck zuweist. Im nächsten Beispiel wird @code{|} dazu
+verwendet, eine doppelte Taktlinie auszugeben, woimmer man
+das Zeichen auchsetzt. Gleichzeitig hört das Zeichen auf,
+als Taktüberprüfung zu funktionieren.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
pipeSymbol = \bar "||"
-
-{ c'2 c' | c'2 c' }
+{
+ c'2 c'2 |
+ c'2 c'2
+ c'2 | c'2
+ c'2 c'2
+}
@end lilypond
nicht mit dem Wert 123 übereinstimmt.
+
@node Rehearsal marks
@unnumberedsubsubsec Rehearsal marks
-@untranslated
+@cindex Übungszeichen
+@cindex Abschnitte markieren
+@funindex \mark
+
+Übungszeichen können mit dem @code{\mark}-Befehl ausgegeben werden:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+c1 \mark \default
+c1 \mark \default
+c1 \mark #8
+c1 \mark \default
+c1 \mark \default
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Der Buchstabe@tie{}@qq{I} wird ausgelassen, was den allgemeinen
+Notensatzregeln entspricht. Wenn Sie dennoch den Buchstaben
+@qq{I} benutzen, wollen, müssen Sie
+
+@example
+\set Score.markFormatter = #format-mark-alphabet
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+benutzen.
+
+Das Zeichen wird automatisch erhöht, wenn Sie @code{\mark
+\default} schreiben, aber Sie können auch eine beliebige
+Ganzzahl als Argument angeben. Der Wert, der gesetzt werden
+soll, wird in der Eigenschaft @code{rehearsalMark} gespeichert.
+
+@cindex Übungszeichen formatieren
+@cindex Stil von Übungszeichen
+@cindex Übungszeichenstil
+@cindex Art der Übungszeichen
+@cindex Zeichen, Übung: Formatierung
+
+Der Stil der Übungszeichen wird von der Eigenschaft @code{markFormatter} definiert. Das ist eine Funktion, die
+das aktuelle Zeichen und den aktuellen Kontext als Argument
+annimmt. Sie gibt dann ein Textbeschriftungsobjekt aus. Im
+folgenden Beispiel ist @code{markFormatter} so definiert, dass
+eine Zahl ausgegeben wird. In den folgenden Takten
+werden dann andere mögliche Einstellungen gezeigt.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\set Score.markFormatter = #format-mark-numbers
+c1 \mark \default
+c1 \mark \default
+\set Score.markFormatter = #format-mark-box-numbers
+c1 \mark \default
+\set Score.markFormatter = #format-mark-circle-numbers
+c1 \mark \default
+\set Score.markFormatter = #format-mark-circle-letters
+c1
+@end lilypond
+
+Die Datei @file{scm/@/translation@/-functions@/.scm} beinhaltet
+die Definitionen für @code{format-mark-numbers} (erstelle-Zeichen-Nummern),
+@code{format-mark-box-numbers} (erstelle-Zeichen-Kasten-Nummern),
+@code{format-mark-letters} (erstelle-Zeichen-Buchstaben) und
+@code{format-mark-box-letters} (erstelle-Zeichen-Kasten-Buchstaben). Sie können als Anleitung
+für eigene Formatierungsfunktionen dienen.
+
+Die Funktionen @code{format-mark-barnumbers},
+@code{format-mark-box-barnumbers}und
+@code{format-mark-circle-barnumbers} könenn eingesetzt werden,
+um Taktnummern anstelle der fortlaufenden Zahlen bzw. Buchstaben
+zu erhalten.
+
+Andere Übungszeichenstile können auch manuell gesetzt werden:
+
+@example
+\mark "A1"
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+@code{Score.markFormatter} hat keine Auswirkungen auf solcherart
+definierte Zeichen. Man kann aber auch mit @code{\markup}
+Textbeschriftungsobjekte zu dem selbstdefinierten Zeichen
+hinzufügen:
+
+@example
+\mark \markup@{ \box A1 @}
+@end example
+
+@cindex Segno
+@cindex Coda
+@cindex D.S al Fine
+@cindex Dal Segno
+
+Musikbuchstaben (wie etwa das Segno-Zeichen) können mit dem Befehl
+@code{\musicglyph} als ein
+@code{\mark}-Zeichen definierte werden:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
+c1 \mark \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.segno" }
+c1 \mark \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.coda" }
+c1 \mark \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.ufermata" }
+c1
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Siehe @ref{The Feta font}, wo alle Symbole gezeigt sind, die
+mit dem Befehl @code{\musicglyph} ausgegeben werden können.
+
+Übliche Veränderungen der Positionierung von Übungszeichen finden
+sich in
+@ref{Formatting text}.
+
+@seealso
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{The Feta font},
+@ref{Formatting text}.
+
+Installierte Dateien:
+@file{scm/@/translation@/-functions@/.scm} beinhaltet die Definition
+von @code{format-mark-numbers} und
+@code{format-mark-letters}. Sie können als Anleitung für eigene
+Funktionen benutzt werden.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Rhythms}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{RehearsalMark}.
+
@node Special rhythmic concerns
@cindex Ziernoten
@cindex Vorhalt
@cindex Vorschlag
+@cindex Ornamente
-Verzierungen sind ausgeschriebene Ornamente. Die üblichste ist der
-Vorschlag. Er wird durch eine verkleinerte Note mit Schrägstrich
-und Bogen notiert. Der Vorhalt dagegen ist eine Verzierung, die
-einen bestimmten Notenwert der Hauptnote für sich beansprucht.
-Er wird als verkleinerte Note ohne Schrägstrich notiert.
-Der Vorschlag wird mit dem Befehl @code{\acciaccatura} und der Vorhalt
-mit @code{\appoggiatura} eingegeben.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,relative=2,verbatim,fragment]
-b4 \acciaccatura d8 c4 \appoggiatura e8 d4
-\acciaccatura { g16[ f] } e4
-@end lilypond
+Verzierungen sind ausgeschriebene Verzierungen. Sie werden in
+einer kleineren Schriftgröße gesetzt und nehmen keine logische
+Zeit im Takt ein.
-Bei beiden handelt es sich um spezielle Formen des @code{\grace}
-(engl. Verzierung)-Befehl. Wenn dieser Befehl einem musikalischen
-Ausdruck vorgestellt wird, wird ein neuer Ausdruck geschaffen,
-der in kleineren Noten gesetzt wird und von der logischen Zeit
-innerhalb des Taktes keinen Raum beansprucht.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,relative=2,verbatim,fragment]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
c4 \grace c16 c4
-\grace { c16[ d16] } c2 c4
+\grace { c16[ d16] } c2
@end lilypond
-@noindent
-Anders als @code{\acciaccatura} oder @code{\appoggiatura} setzt
-der @code{\grace}-Befehl keinen Bogen.
-
-@cindex Zeitberechnung, intern
-
-Programmintern wird die Zeitberechnung für Verzierungen in einer
-zweiten Zählebene vorgenommen. Jeder Zeitpunkt beinhaltet zwei
-rationale Zahlen: die eine steht für die logische Zeit, die andere
-für die @qq{Verzierungszeit}. Das obere Beispiel ist hier
-mit den entsprechenden Zeitwerten angezeigt:
+LilyPond hat auch Unterstützung für zwei besondere Verzierungen,
+den Vorschlag und den Vorhalt. Der Vorschlag wird durch eine
+verkleinerte Note mit Schrägstrich
+und Bogen notiert. Der Vorhalt dagegen ist eine Verzierung, die
+einen bestimmten Notenwert der Hauptnote für sich beansprucht.
+Er wird als verkleinerte Note ohne Schrägstrich notiert.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-<<
- \relative c''{
- c4 \grace c16 c4 \grace {
- c16[ d16] } c2 c4
- }
- \new Lyrics \lyricmode {
- \override LyricText #'font-family = #'typewriter
-
- \markup { (0,0) } 4
- \grace { \markup {
- ( \fraction 1 4 , \fraction -1 16 ) } 16 }
- \markup { (\fraction 1 4 , 0 ) } 4
- \grace {
- \markup { (\fraction 2 4 , \fraction "-1" 8 ) } 16
- \markup { (\fraction 2 4 , \fraction "-1" 16 ) } 16
- }
- \markup { ( \fraction 2 4 , 0 ) }
- }
->>
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
+\grace c8 b4
+\acciaccatura d8 c4
+\appoggiatura e8 d4
+\acciaccatura { g16[ f] } e4
@end lilypond
-Die Position von Verzierungen wird zwischen den Systemen synchronisiert.
-Im folgenden Beispiel sind jeweils zwei Sechzehntel gegen jede Achtel
-gesetzt:
+Die Position von Verzierungen ist zwischen Notensystemen
+synchronisiert. Im nächsten Beispiel stehen im einen
+System zwei 16-Noten für jede 8-Note des zweiten Systems:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,relative=2,verbatim,fragment]
-<< \new Staff { e4 \grace { c16[ d e f] } e4 }
- \new Staff { c4 \grace { g8[ b] } c4 } >>
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
+<< \new Staff { e2 \grace { c16[ d e f] } e2 }
+ \new Staff { c2 \grace { g8[ b] } c2 } >>
@end lilypond
@funindex \afterGrace
-Eine Verzierung kann auch auf eine Note folgend gesetzt werden. Dazu wird
-der @code{\afterGrace}-Befehl benutzt. Er nimmt zwei Argumente: die
-Hauptnote und die Verzierungen, die nach der Hauptnote erscheinen sollen.
+@cindex Verzierung, danach
+@cindex Nachschlag
-@lilypond[ragged-right, verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
-c1 \afterGrace d1 { c16[ d] } c4
+Wenn Sie eine Note mit einer Verzierung abschließen wollen, müssen
+Sie den @code{\afterGrace}-Befehl benutzen. Er benötigt zwei
+Argumente: die Hauptnote und die Verzierung, die nach der
+Hauptnote folgen soll:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+c1 \afterGrace d1 { c16[ d] } c1
@end lilypond
-Damit wird die Verzierung im Abstand von 3/4 der Länge der Hauptnote
-gesetzt. Dieser Bruch kann durch Setzen von
-@code{afterGraceFraction} verändert werden:
+Damit wird die Verzierung mit einem Abstand von der Hauptnote
+gesetzt, der 3/4 der Dauer der Hauptnote entspricht. Dieser
+Standard kann durch Definition von @code{afterGraceFraction}
+verändert werden. Das nächste Beispiel zeigt, wie sich
+der Abstand verändert, wenn der Wert 3/4, 15/16 und 1/2 der
+Hauptnote beträgt.
-@example
-#(define afterGraceFraction (cons 7 8))
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Hier wurde die Position auf das vorletzte Achtel der Notenlänge gesetzt.
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+<<
+ \new Staff {
+ c1 \afterGrace d1 { c16[ d] } c1
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ #(define afterGraceFraction (cons 15 16))
+ c1 \afterGrace d1 { c16[ d] } c1
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ #(define afterGraceFraction (cons 1 2))
+ c1 \afterGrace d1 { c16[ d] } c1
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
-Der gleiche Effekt kann auch manuell erreicht werden:
+Der Abstand zwischen der Hauptnote und der Verzierung kann auch
+mit unsichtbaren Noten beeinflusst werden. Im nächsten Beispiel
+wird die Verzierung mit einem Abstand von 7/8 zur Hauptnote
+gesetzt.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\new Voice {
<< { d1^\trill_( }
- { s2 \grace { c16[ d] } } >>
- c4)
+ { s2 s4. \grace { c16[ d] } } >>
+ c1)
}
@end lilypond
-@noindent
-Indem die Dauer der unsichtbaren Note (hier eine Halbe) wird der
-Abstand zwischen Hauptnote und Verzierung angepasst.
-
Ein @code{\grace}-Notenabschnitt wird nach besonderen Satzregeln
gesetzt, um z. B. kleinere Noten zu benutzen und die Richtung der
-Hälse einzustellen. Veränderungen am Layout müssen also innerhalb
-des Verzierungsausdrucks gesetzt werden, damit sie auch eine Auswirkung haben.
+Hälse einzustellen. Veränderungen am Layout müssen also innerhalb
+des Verzierungsausdrucks gesetzt werden, damit sie auch eine Auswirkung haben. Die Veränderungen müssen auch innerhalb des
+Verzierungsausdrucks rückgängig gemacht werden. In diesem
+Fall wird die Richtung der Hälse geändert und dann wieder der
+Standard eingestellt:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\new Voice {
\acciaccatura {
\stemDown
f16->
\stemNeutral
}
- g4
+ g4 e c2
}
@end lilypond
-@noindent
-Diese Einstellungen müssen auch innerhalb der Verzierungsebene wieder
-rückgängig gemacht werden.
+@cindex Hals, mit Schrägstrich
+@cindex durchgestrichener Hals
+@cindex Notenhals, durchgestrichen
-Das Layout der Verzierungsausdrücke kann mit der Funktion
- @code{add-grace-property} verändert werden. Im folgenden Beispiel
-wird die Richtung der Notenhälse neutralisiert, so dass sie nicht
-unbedingt in nach oben zeigen.
-@example
-\new Staff @{
- #(add-grace-property 'Voice 'Stem 'direction '())
- @dots{}
-@}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Eine andere Option ist es, die Variablen @code{startGraceMusic},
-@code{stopGraceMusic}, @code{startAcciaccaturaMusic},
-@code{stopAcciaccaturaMusic}, @code{startAppoggiaturaMusic} und
-@code{stopAppoggiaturaMusic} zu vermeiden. Mehr Information findet sich
-in der Datei @file{ly/@/grace@/-init@/.ly}.
-
-@noindent
-Der Schrägstrich durch den Notenhals der Vorschläge kann auch in anderen
-Situation erreicht werden mit
-@code{\override Stem #'stroke-style = #"grace"}.
+@snippets
+The slash through the stem found in @emph{acciaccatura}s can be applied
+in other situations:
-@commonprop
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\relative c'' {
+ \override Stem #'stroke-style = #"grace"
+ c8( d2) e8( f4)
+}
+@end lilypond
-Verzierungen könne gezwungen werden, den Hauptnoten entsprechend aufgeteilt
-zu werden.
+The layout of grace expressions can be changed throughout the
+music using the function @code{add-grace-property}. The following
+example undefines the @code{Stem} direction for this grace, so
+that stems do not always point up.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
-<<
- \override Score.SpacingSpanner #'strict-grace-spacing = ##t
- \new Staff {
- c4
- \afterGrace c4 { c16[ c8 c16] }
- c4 r
- }
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\relative c'' {
\new Staff {
- c16 c c c c c c c c4 r
+ #(add-grace-property 'Voice 'Stem 'direction ly:stem::calc-direction)
+ #(remove-grace-property 'Voice 'Stem 'direction)
+ \new Voice {
+ \acciaccatura { f16 } g4
+ \grace { d16[ e] } f4
+ \appoggiatura { a,32[ b c d] } e2
+ }
}
->>
+}
@end lilypond
+Another option is to change the variables @code{startGraceMusic},
+@code{stopGraceMusic}, @code{startAcciaccaturaMusic},
+@code{stopAcciaccaturaMusic}, @code{startAppoggiaturaMusic},
+@code{stopAppoggiaturaMusic}. The default values of these can be
+seen in the file @code{ly/@/grace@/-init@/.ly}. By redefining
+them other effects may be obtained.
+
+Grace notes may be forced to align with regular notes
+in other staves:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\relative c'' {
+ <<
+ \override Score.SpacingSpanner #'strict-grace-spacing = ##t
+ \new Staff {
+ c4
+ \afterGrace c4 { c16[ c8 c16] }
+ c4 r
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ c16 c c c c c c c c4 r
+ }
+ >>
+}
+@end lilypond
@seealso
-Programmreferenz: @rinternals{GraceMusic}.
+Glossar:
+@rglos{grace notes},
+@rglos{acciaccatura},
+@rglos{appoggiatura}.
+
+Installierte Dateien:
+@file{ly/@/grace@/-init@/.ly}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Rhythms}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{GraceMusic}.
@knownissues
eine explizit gesetzte neue Stimme (@code{\new Voice}), sonst werden
Hauptnote und Verzierung auf verschiedenen Systemen gesetzt.
+Ein Vorschlag (@emph{acciaccatura}) mit mehreren Noten und
+Balken wird ohne den Schrägstrich gesetzt und sieht einem
+Vorhalt (@emph{appoggiatura}) sehr ähnlich.
+@c TODO Add link to LSR snippet to add slash when available
+
Die Synchronisation von Verzierungen kann auch zu Überraschungen führen.
Auch andere Symbole der Systeme, wie Vorzeichen, Taktlinien usw., werden
synchronisiert. Vorsicht ist geboten, wenn nur in bestimmten Systemen
Verzierungen vorkommen:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,relative=2,verbatim,fragment]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
<< \new Staff { e4 \bar "|:" \grace c16 d4 }
\new Staff { c4 \bar "|:" d4 } >>
@end lilypond
@node Aligning to cadenzas
@unnumberedsubsubsec Aligning to cadenzas
-@untranslated
+@cindex Kadenz, Ausrichten an
+@cindex Ausrichten an Kadenz
+
+In Orchesterpartituren stellen Kadenzen ein besonderes Problem dar:
+Wenn in der Partitur ein Instrument eine Kadenz spielt, die notiert
+wird, müssen die anderen Stimmen genau die entsprechende Anzahl Noten
+überspringen, damit sie nicht zu früh oder zu spät einsetzen.
+
+Eine Lösung ist es, die Funktionen @code{mmrest-of-length} oder
+@code{skip-of-length} zu benutzen. Diese Scheme-Funktionen
+brauchen einen definierten Notenabschnitt (eine Variable)
+als Argument und produzieren entweder Ganztaktpausen oder leere
+Takte, die genauso lang sind wie der Notenabschnitt.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+MyCadenza = \relative c' {
+ c4 d8 e f g g4
+ f2 g4 g
+}
+
+\new GrandStaff <<
+ \new Staff {
+ \MyCadenza c'1
+ \MyCadenza c'1
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ #(ly:export (mmrest-of-length MyCadenza))
+ c'1
+ #(ly:export (skip-of-length MyCadenza))
+ c'1
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+@seealso
+
+Glossar:
+@rglos{cadenza}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Rhythms}.
+
@node Time administration
@unnumberedsubsubsec Time administration
-@untranslated
+@cindex Verwaltung der Zeiteinheiten
+@cindex Zeit (in der Partitur)
+@cindex Noten ohne Takt
+@cindex Takt, Noten ohne
+@cindex Noten ohne Metrum
+@cindex Metrum, Noten ohne
+
+@funindex currentBarNumber
+@funindex measurePosition
+@funindex measureLength
+
+Die Zeit in einer Partitur wird vom @code{Timing_translator}
+verwaltet, der sich in den Standardeinstellungen im @code{Score}-Kontext
+befindet. Eine Parallelbezeichnung, @code{Timing}, wird
+dem Kontext hinzugefügt, in dem sich @code{Timing_translator}
+befindet.
+
+Die folgenden Eigenschaften von @code{Timing} werden eingesetzt,
+um die Zeit in Partituren zu verwalten.
+
+@cindex Taktnummer
+
+@table @code
+@item currentBarNumber (aktuelle Taktnummer)
+Die gerade aktuelle Taktzahl. Für ein Beispiel, das die Benutzung
+dieser Eigenschaft zeigt, siehe @ref{Bar numbers}.
+
+@item measureLength (Taktlänge)
+Die Länge der Takte mit der aktuellen Taktart. In einem 4/4-Takt
+ist sie 1, in einem 6/8-Takt 3/4. Dieser Wert bestimmt, wann
+eine Taktlinie gezogen wird und wie automatische Balken erstellt
+werden sollen.
+
+@item measurePosition (Taktposition)
+Der Schlag im Takt zum aktuellen Moment. Dieser Wert wird
+zurückgesetzt, indem @code{measureLength} (die Taktlänge) abgezogen
+wird, wenn der Wert von @code{measureLength} erreicht oder
+überschritten wird. Wenn das passiert, wird der Zähler
+@code{currentBarNumber} (aktuelle Taktnummer) erhöht.
+
+@item timing (Zeitberechnung)
+Wenn auf wahr gesetzt, werden die oben genannten Variablen
+zu jedem Zeitpunkt aktualisiert. Wenn auf falsch gesetzt,
+bleibt der Engraver unendlich lange im aktuellen Takt.
+
+@end table
+
+Zeitverwaltung kann geändert werden, indem man diese Variablen
+direkt beeinflusst. Im nächsten Beispiel wird die normale
+Taktart mit 4/4 angegeben, aber @code{measureLength} wird
+auf 5/4 gesetzt. An der Stelle 4/8 des dritten Taktes wird die
+Taktposition (@code{measurePosition}) um 1/8 auf 5/8 erhöht, so
+dass der Takt im Ergebnis 1/8 kürzer ist. Die nächste Taktlinie
+wird dann auch bei 9/8 gezogen und nicht bei 5/4.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
+\set Score.measureLength = #(ly:make-moment 5 4)
+c1 c4
+c1 c4
+c4 c4
+\set Score.measurePosition = #(ly:make-moment 5 8)
+b4 b4 b8
+c4 c1
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Wie das Beispiel zeigt, erstellt @code{ly:make-moment n m}
+die Dauer Zähler/Nenner einer ganzen Note. Zum Beispiel heißt
+@code{ly:make-moment 1 8} die Dauer einer Achtelnote, und
+@code{ly:make-moment 7 16} die Dauer von sieben Sechszehntelnoten.
+
+
+@seealso
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Bar numbers}, @ref{Unmetered music}
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Rhythms}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{Timing_translator},
+@rinternals{Score}
+
+
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: d0614c27e88dc7bd3993f3744a388749ba93b267
+ Translation of GIT committish: acbcbe3683d629575967b972b64ca5e1589bf330
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node Single voice
@subsection Single voice
+Dieser Abschnitt behandelt gleichzeitige Noten innerhalb
+derselben Stimme.
+
@menu
-* Chorded notes::
+* Chorded notes::
+* Simultaneous expressions::
* Clusters::
@end menu
+
@node Chorded notes
@unnumberedsubsubsec Chorded notes
@cindex Akkorde
+@cindex Klammern, spitze
+@cindex spitze Klammern
+@cindex relative Tonhöhe in Akkorden
+@funindex <
+@funindex >
+@funindex <...>
Ein Akkord wird notiert, indem die zu ihm gehörenden Tonhöhen
-zwischen spitze Klammern (@code{<} und @code{>} gesetzt werden.
-Auf einen Akkord kann eine Dauer-Angabe folgen, genauso wie bei
+zwischen spitze Klammern (@code{<} und @code{>}) gesetzt werden.
+Auf einen Akkord kann eine Dauer-Angabe und/oder eine Anzahl
+an Artikulationsbezeichnungen folgen, genauso wie bei
einfachen Noten.
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+<c e g>2 <c f a>4-> <e g c>-.
+@end lilypond
+
+Der relative Modus kann auch für Tonhöhen in Akkorden benutzt
+werden. Die Oktave jeder Tonhöhe wird relativ zur vorhergehenden
+Tonhöhe bestimmt. Eine Ausnahme bildet die erste Tonhöhe in einem
+Akkord: ihre Oktave wird bestimmt relativ zur @emph{ersten}
+Tonhöhe des vorherigen Akkords.
+
+Mehr Information über Akkorden findet sich in @ref{Chord notation}.
+
+@seealso
+
+Musikglossar:
+@rglos{chord}.
+
+Handbuch zum Lernen:
+@rlearning{Combining notes into chords}.
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Chord notation}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Simultaneous notes}.
+
+@node Simultaneous expressions
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Simultaneous expressions
+
+Eine oder mehrere musikalische Ausdrücke, die in doppelte spitze
+Klammern eingeschlossen werden, werden gleichzeitig gesetzt. Wenn
+der erste Ausdruck mit einer einzelnen Note beginnt oder die
+gesamte Konstruktion explizit in einer einzelnen Stimme erstellt
+wird, wird auch nur ein Notensystem erstellt. In anderem Falle
+werden die Elemente der simultanen Konstruktion auf unterschiedlichen
+Systemen gesetzt.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,fragment,quote,relative=1]
-<c e g>4 <c>8
+Das nächste Beispiel zeigt simultane Konstruktionen auf einem
+System:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\new Voice { % explicit single voice
+ << {a4 b g2} {d4 g c,2} >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+% single first note
+a << {a4 b g} {d4 g c,} >>
@end lilypond
-Siehe @ref{Chord notation} für mehr Information.
+Dass kann benutzt werden, wenn die simultanen Abschnitte einen
+identischen Rhythmus haben, aber wenn versucht wird, Noten mit
+unterschiedlicher Dauer an denselben Hals zu setzen, gibt es
+Fehlermeldungen.
+
+Das nächste Beispiel zeigt, wie ein simultaner Ausdruck implizit
+mehrere Systeme erstellt:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+% no single first note
+<< {a4 b g2} {d4 g2 c,4} >>
+@end lilypond
+
+In diesem Fall stellt der unterschiedliche Rhythmus kein Problem dar.
@node Clusters
@unnumberedsubsubsec Clusters
-@untranslated
+@cindex Cluster
+@cindex Notencluster
+
+@funindex \makeClusters
+@funindex makeClusters
+
+Ein Cluster zeigt an, dass alle Tonhöhen in einem Bereich gleichzeitig
+gespielt werden sollen. Cluster können gedeutet werden als eine
+Zusammenfassung einer ganzen Anzahl von Noten. Sie werden notiert,
+indem die Funktion @code{\makeClusters} auf eine Reihe von Akkorden
+angewendet wird:
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
+\makeClusters { <g b>2 <c g'> }
+@end lilypond
+
+Normale Noten und Cluster können zusammen im selben System notiert
+werden, sogar gleichzeitig. In solchen Fällen wird nicht versucht,
+automatisch Zusammenstöße zwischen normalen Noten und Clustern
+aufzulösen.
+
+@seealso
+
+Musikglossar:
+@rglos{cluster}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Simultaneous notes}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{ClusterSpanner},
+@rinternals{ClusterSpannerBeacon},
+@rinternals{Cluster_spanner_engraver}.
+
+@knownissues
+
+Cluster sehen nur gut aus, wenn sie wenigstens über zwei Akkorde
+reichen -- anderfalls sind sie zu schmal.
+
+Cluster haben keine Hälse und können auch selber keine Dauern
+darstellen, aber die Länge des gesetzten Clusters wird erschlossen
+anhand der Dauern der definierten Akkorde. Voneinander getrennte
+Cluster brauchen eine unsichtbare Pause zwischen sich.
+
+Cluster produzieren kein MIDI.
@node Multiple voices
@subsection Multiple voices
+Dieser Abschnitt behandelt gleichzeitige Noten in mehreren Stimmen
+oder mehreren Systemen.
+
@menu
-* Basic polyphony::
-* Explicitly instantiating voices::
-* Collision resolution::
-* Automatic part combining::
-* Writing music in parallel::
+* Single-staff polyphony::
+* Voice styles::
+* Collision resolution::
+* Automatic part combining::
+* Writing music in parallel::
@end menu
-@node Basic polyphony
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Basic polyphony
+@node Single-staff polyphony
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Single-staff polyphony
+@cindex Mehrstimmigkeit, ein System
+@cindex ein System, Mehrstimmigkeit
+@cindex Polyphonie, ein System
+@cindex Stimme
+@cindex Voice
+@cindex Gesangstext, einer Stimme zugewiesen
@cindex Mehrstimmigkeit
@cindex Polyphonie
+@funindex \voiceOne
+@funindex voiceOne
+@funindex \voiceOne ... \voiceFour
+@funindex Voice
+@funindex \oneVoice
+@funindex oneVoice
-Die einfachste Weise, Abschnitte mit mehr als einer Stimme pro
-Notensystem zu notieren, ist es, jede Stimme als eine
-Sequenz zu notieren (innerhalb der Klammern @code{@{...@}})
-und dann die beiden Klammer simultan zu kombinieren, indem
-sie mit @code{\\} getrennt werden.
-
-@funindex \\
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment]
-\new Staff \relative c' {
- c16 d e f
- <<
- { g4 f e | d2 e2 } \\
- { r8 e4 d c8 ~ | c b16 a b8 g ~ g2 } \\
- { s2. | s4 b4 c2 }
- >>
-}
-@end lilypond
+@strong{@i{Stimmen explicit beginnen}}
-Dieser Trenner veranlasst, dass Stimmen (@rinternals{Voice})
--Kontexte@footnote{Polyphone Stimmen werden in anderen
-Programmen teilweise als @qq{layers} (Schichten) bezeichnet.}
-@cindex Layers
-angelegt werden. Sie tragen die Namen @code{"1"}, @code{"2"}
-usw. In jedem dieser Kontexte wird die Richtung von Bögen,
-Hälsen usw. entsprechend angepasst.
-
-Diese Stimmen sind alle unabhängig von der Stimme, in der die
-Noten außerhalb der @code{<< \\ >>}-Konstruktion notiert sind.
-Das sollte man berücksichtigen, wenn man auf Stimmen-Ebene
-Veränderungen vornimmt. Das bedeutet gleichzeitig auch, dass
-Legato- und Bindebögen nicht in eine @code{<< \\ >>}-Umgebung
-hinein- noch aus hier hinaus ragen können. Die parallelen
-Notenabschnitte aus unterschiedlichen @code{<< \\ >>}-Umgebungen
-hingegen gehören der gleichen Stimme an. Hier noch einmal das
-gleiche Beispiel mit unterschiedlichen Notenköpfen und Farben
-für jede Stimme.
-Die Veränderung der Notenköpfe in der Hauptstimme hat keine
-Auswirkung auf die Stimmen innerhalb der @code{<< \\ >>}-Umgebungen,
-und die Veränderung der Notenköpfe für die untere Stimme setzt
-sich fort in der zweiten @code{<< \\ >>}-Umgebung. Hier ist auch
-eine Noten über die Taktgrenze hinweg an die untere Stimme der
-zweiten Polyphonie-Umgebung angebunden.
-
-@cindex Notenköpfe, Stile
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment]
-\new Staff \relative c' {
- \override NoteHead #'style = #'cross
- \override NoteHead #'color = #red
- c16 d e f
- <<
- { g4 f e } \\
- { \override NoteHead #'style = #'triangle
- \override NoteHead #'color = #blue
- r8 e4 d c8 ~ }
- >> |
- <<
- { d2 e2 } \\
- { c8 b16 a b8 g ~ g2 } \\
- { \override NoteHead #'style = #'slash
- \override NoteHead #'color = #green
- s4 b4 c2 }
- >>
-}
+Die grundlegende Struktur, die man benötigt, um mehrere
+unabhängige Stimmen in einem Notensystem zu setzen,
+ist im Beispiel unten dargestellt:
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=3,verbatim]
+\new Staff <<
+ \new Voice = "first"
+ { \voiceOne r8 r16 g e8. f16 g8[ c,] f e16 d }
+ \new Voice= "second"
+ { \voiceTwo d16 c d8~ d16 b c8~ c16 b c8~ c16 b8. }
+>>
@end lilypond
-Polyphonie verändert nicht das Verhältnis der Noten
-innerhalb einer @code{\relative @{ @}}-Umgebung.
-Jede Note wird weiterhin errechnet aus der direkt
-vorhergehenden.
+Stimmen werden hier explizit erstellt und erhalten Bezeichnungen
+zugewiesen. Die @code{\voiceOne} ... @code{\voiceFour}-Befehle
+stellen die Stimmen so ein, dass für die erste und dritte Stimme
+die Hälse nach oben zeigen, für die zweite und vierte Stimme
+hingegen nach unten. Die Noten der dritten und vierten Stimme
+werden horizontal verschoben, und Pausen in den entsprechenden
+Stimmen werden automatisch verschoben, um Zusammenstöße zu
+vermeiden. Der @code{\oneVoice}-Befehl stellt das Standardverhalten
+mit neutralen Halsrichtungen wieder her.
+
+@strong{@i{Vorrübergehende polyphone Passagen}}
+
+Ein vorrübergehender polyphoner Abschnitt kann mit folgender
+Konstruktion erstellt werden:
@example
-\relative @{ NoteA << NoteB \\ NoteC >> NoteD @}
+<< @{ \voiceOne ... @}
+ \new Voice @{ \voiceTwo ... @}
+>> \oneVoice
@end example
-@code{NoteC} ist relativ zu @code{NoteB}, nicht @code{NoteA};
-@code{NoteD} ist relativ zu @code{NoteC}, nicht @code{NoteB} oder
-@code{NoteA}.
+Der erste Ausdruck innerhalb des polyphonen Abschnitts wird in
+den @code{Voice}-Kontext gestellt, der unmittelbar vor dem
+polyphonen Abschnitt aktiv war, und der gleiche @code{Voice}-Kontext
+setzt sich nach dem Abschnitt fort. Andere Ausdrücke innerhalb
+der eckigen Klammern werden anderen Stimmennummern zugewiesen.
+Damit lassen sich auch Gesangstexte einer durchgehenden Stimme
+vor, während und nach dem polyphonen Abschnitt zuweisen:
+@lilypond[quote, verbatim, relative=2]
+<<
+ \new Voice = "melody" {
+ a4
+ <<
+ {
+ \voiceOne
+ g f
+ }
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceTwo
+ d2
+ }
+ >>
+ \oneVoice
+ e4
+ }
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto "melody" {
+ This is my song.
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
-@node Explicitly instantiating voices
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Explicitly instantiating voices
+Hierbei sind die Befehle @code{\voiceOne} und @code{\voiceTwo} notwendig, um die Einstellungen für jede Stimme zu
+initialisieren.
-@rinternals{Voice}-Kontexte können auch manuell innerhalb
-eines @code{<< >>}-Abschnittes initiiert werden. Mit den Befehlen
-@code{\voiceOne} bis hin zu @code{\voiceFour} kann jeder Stimme
-entsprechendes Verhalten von vertikaler Verschiebung und Richtung
-von Hälsen und anderen Objekten hinzugefügt werden.
-Genauer gesagt,
-@example
-<< \upper \\ \lower >>
-@end example
+@strong{@i{Die Konstruktion mit doppeltem Backslash}}
-@noindent
-entspricht
+Die @code{<< @{...@} \\ @{...@} >>}-Konstruktion, in welcher
+die beiden (oder mehreren) Ausdrücke durch doppelte
+Backslash-Zeichen (Taste AltGr+ß) getrennt werden, verhält
+sich anderes als die ähnliche Konstruktion ohne die doppelten
+Schrägstriche: @emph{alle} Ausdrücke innerhalb der eckigen
+Klammern werden in diesem Fall jeweils neuen @code{Voice}-Kontexten
+zugeordnet. diese neuen @code{Voice}-Kontexte werden implizit
+erstellt und haben die festen Bezeichnungen @code{"1"},
+@code{"2"} usw.
-@example
+Das erste Beispiel könnte also auch wie folgt notiert werden:
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=3,verbatim]
<<
- \new Voice = "1" @{ \voiceOne \upper @}
- \new Voice = "2" @{ \voiceTwo \lower @}
+ { r8 r16 g e8. f16 g8[ c,] f e16 d }
+ \\
+ { d16 c d8~ d16 b c8~ c16 b c8~ c16 b8. }
>>
-@end example
-
-Der @code{\voiceXXX}-Befehl setzt die Richtung von Hälsen,
-Bögen, Artikulationszeichen, Text, Punktierungen und Fingersätzen.
- @code{\voiceOne} und @code{\voiceThree} lassen diese Objekte
- nach oben zeigen,
- @code{\voiceTwo} und @code{\voiceFour}
-dagegen lassen sie abwärts zeigen. Der Befehl
-@code{\oneVoice} stellt wieder auf das normale Verhalten um.
-
-Ein Ausdruck, der direkt innerhalb einer @code{<< >>}-Umgebung
-auftritt, gehört der Hauptstimme an. Das ist nützlich, wenn zusätzliche
-Stimme auftreten, während die Hauptstimme sich fortsetzt. Hier also
-eine bessere Version des Beispiels aus dem vorigen Abschnitt. Die
-farbigen Kreuz-Notenköpfe zeigen, dass die Hauptstimme sich jetzt in
-einem einzigen Stimmen (@code{voice})-Kontext befindet.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-\new Staff \relative c' {
- \override NoteHead #'style = #'cross
- \override NoteHead #'color = #red
- c16 d e f
- \voiceOne
- <<
- { g4 f e | d2 e2 }
- \new Voice="1" { \voiceTwo
- r8 e4 d c8 ~ | c8 b16 a b8 g ~ g2
- \oneVoice
- }
- \new Voice { \voiceThree
- s2. | s4 b4 c2
- \oneVoice
- }
- >>
- \oneVoice
-}
@end lilypond
-Und mit der richtigen Definition der Stimmen kann die Melodie auch
-übergebunden werden.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-\new Staff \relative c' {
- c16^( d e f
- \voiceOne
- <<
- { g4 f e | d2 e2) }
- \context Voice="1" { \voiceTwo
- r8 e4 d c8 ~ | c8 b16 a b8 g ~ g2
- \oneVoice
- }
- \new Voice { \voiceThree
- s2. s4 b4 c2
- \oneVoice
- }
- >>
- \oneVoice
-}
+Diese Syntax kann benutzt werden, wenn es keine Rolle spielt,
+ob vorrübergehend Stimmen erstellt werden und dann wieder
+verworfen werden. Diese implizit erstellten Stimmen erhalten
+die Einstellungen, die in den Befehlen
+@code{\voiceOne} ... @code{\voiceFour} enthalten sind, in
+der Reihenfolge, in der sie im Quelltext auftauchen.
+
+Im nächsten Beispiel zeigen die Hälse der zeitweiligen Stimme
+nach oben, sie wird deshalb erst als dritte in der Konstruktion
+notiert, damit sie die Eigenschaften von @code{voiceThree}
+zugewiesen bekommt. Unsichtbare Pause werden eingesetzt, damit
+keine doppelten Pausen ausgegeben werden.
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=3,verbatim]
+<<
+ { r8 g g g g f16 ees f8 d }
+ \\
+ { ees,8 r ees r d r d r }
+ \\
+ { d'8 s c s bes s a s }
+>>
@end lilypond
-Indem man den @code{\\}-Trenner vermeidet, gelingt es auch, mehrstimmige
-Abschnitte ineinander zu schachteln, was in manchen Fällen die bessere
-und natürlichere Lösung sein kann.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-\new Staff \relative c' {
- c16^( d e f
- \voiceOne
- <<
- { g4 f e | d2 e2) }
- \context Voice="1" { \voiceTwo
- r8 e4 d c8 ~ |
- <<
- {c8 b16 a b8 g ~ g2}
- \new Voice { \voiceThree
- s4 b4 c2
- \oneVoice
- }
- >>
- \oneVoice
- }
- >>
- \oneVoice
-}
+Es wird sehr empfohlen, in allen außer den allereinfachsten
+Stücken explizite Stimmenkontexte zu erstellen, wie erklärt in@rlearning{Contexts and engravers} und
+@rlearning{Explicitly instantiating voices}.
+
+@strong{@i{Identische Rhythmen}}
+
+Wenn paralelle Abschnitte gesetzt werden sollen,
+die identischen Rhythmus haben, kann man die Ausdrücke in
+einen einzigen @code{Voice}-Kontext parallel kombinieren, sodass
+sich Akkorde ergeben. Um das zu erreichen, müssen sie einfach
+von spitzen Klammern innerhalb einer expliziten Stimme
+umgeben werden:
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
+\new Voice <<
+ { e4 f8 d e16 f g8 d4 }
+ { c4 d8 b c16 d e8 b4 }
+>>
@end lilypond
-In manchen Fällen von sehr komplexer polyphoner Musik können noch
-mehr Stimmen benötigt werden, um Zusammenstöße zwischen Noten zu
-vermeiden. Zusätzliche Stimmen werden durch einen neuen Bezeichner
-erstellt, wie das nächste Beispiel zeigt.
+Mit dieser Methode können sich seltsame Balken und Warnungen
+ergeben, wenn die Musikausdrücke nicht den gleichen Rhythmus haben.
+
+@predefined
+
+@code{\voiceOne},
+@code{\voiceTwo},
+@code{\voiceThree},
+@code{\voiceFour},
+@code{\oneVoice}.
+
+@seealso
+
+Handbuch zum Lernen:
+@rlearning{Voices contain music},
+@rlearning{Explicitly instantiating voices}.
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Percussion staves},
+@ref{Invisible rests}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Simultaneous notes}.
+
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-voiceFive = #(context-spec-music (make-voice-props-set 4) 'Voice)
+@node Voice styles
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Voice styles
-\relative c''' <<
- { \voiceOne g4 ~ \stemDown g32[ f( es d c b a b64 )g] } \\
- { \voiceThree b4} \\
- { \voiceFive d,} \\
- { \voiceTwo g,}
+@cindex Voice-Stile
+@cindex Stile, Stimmen
+@cindex Stimmen, Stile
+@cindex Färben von Stimmen
+@cindex Einfärben von Stimmen
+@cindex Stimmen, farbige Unterscheidung
+@funindex \voiceOneStyle
+@funindex \voiceTwoStyle
+@funindex \voiceThreeStyle
+@funindex \voiceFourStyle
+@funindex \voiceNeutralStyle
+
+Stimmen können unterschiedliche Farben erhalten, um einfach
+erkennbar zu sein:
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
+<<
+ { \voiceOneStyle d4 c2 b4 }
+ \\
+ { \voiceTwoStyle e,2 e }
+ \\
+ { \voiceThreeStyle b2. c4 }
+ \\
+ { \voiceFourStyle g'2 g }
>>
@end lilypond
+Der @code{\voiceNeutralstyle}-Befehl wird benutzt, um wieder
+die Standardausgabe einzuschalten.
+
+@predefined
+
+
+@code{\voiceOneStyle},
+
+@code{\voiceTwoStyle},
+@code{\voiceThreeStyle},
+@code{\voiceFourStyle},
+@code{\voiceNeutralStyle}.
+
+@seealso
+
+Handbuch zum Lernen:
+@rlearning{I'm hearing Voices},
+@rlearning{Other sources of information}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Simultaneous notes}.
+
+
@node Collision resolution
@unnumberedsubsubsec Collision resolution
-Normalerweise werden Notenköpfe mit einer unterschiedlichen Anzahl
-von Punktierungen nicht verschmolzen, aber wenn die Objekt-Eigenschaft
- @code{merge-differently-dotted} in ein
-Notenkollisions (@rinternals{NoteCollision})-Objekt gesetzt wird,
-werden sie zusammengefasst.
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,ragged-right,relative=2]
-\new Voice << {
- g8 g8
- \override Staff.NoteCollision
- #'merge-differently-dotted = ##t
- g8 g8
-} \\ { g8.[ f16] g8.[ f16] } >>
+@cindex Noten verschmelzen
+@cindex Verschmelzen von Noten
+@cindex Zusammenstöße
+@cindex Notenzusammenstöße
+@cindex Verschieben von Noten
+@cindex viele Stimmen
+@cindex Stimmen, mehrere
+@cindex mehrere Stimmen
+@cindex Polyphonie
+@cindex Stimmen verschieben
+@cindex Pausen verschieben, automatisch
+@cindex Verschieben von Pausen, automatisch
+@funindex \shiftOn
+@funindex shiftOn
+@funindex \shiftOnn
+@funindex shiftOnn
+@funindex \shiftOnnn
+@funindex shiftOnnn
+@funindex \shiftOff
+@funindex shiftOff
+@funindex \mergeDifferentlyDottedOn
+@funindex mergeDifferentlyDottedOn
+@funindex \mergeDifferentlyDottedOff
+@funindex mergeDifferentlyDottedOff
+@funindex \mergeDifferentlyHeadedOn
+@funindex mergeDifferentlyHeadedOn
+@funindex \mergeDifferentlyHeadedOff
+@funindex mergeDifferentlyHeadedOff
+
+Die Notenköpfe von Noten in unterschiedlichen Stimmen mit derselben
+Tonhöhe, demselben Notenkopf und den Hälsen in entgegengesetzte
+Richtungen werden automatisch verschmolzen, aber Noten mit
+unterschiedlichen Köpfen oder den Hälsen in die selbe Richtung
+werden nicht verschmolzen. Pausen, die einem Hals in einer
+anderen Stimme gegenüberstehen, werden vertikal verschoben.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+<<
+ {
+ c8 d e d c d c4
+ g'2 fis
+ } \\ {
+ c2 c8. b16 c4
+ e,2 r
+ } \\ {
+ \oneVoice
+ s1
+ e8 a b c d2
+ }
+>>
@end lilypond
-Auf gleiche Art können auch Halbe mit Achteln vereinigt werden, indem
-@code{merge-differently-headed} eingesetzt wird:
+Noten mit unterschiedlichen Notenköpfen können verschmolzen
+werden, mit der Ausnahme von Halben- und Viertelnotenköpfen:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2,verbatim]
-\new Voice << {
- c8 c4.
- \override Staff.NoteCollision
- #'merge-differently-headed = ##t
-c8 c4. } \\ { c2 c2 } >>
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+<<
+ {
+ \mergeDifferentlyHeadedOn
+ c8 d e d c d c4
+ g'2 fis
+ } \\ {
+ c2 c8. b16 c4
+ e,2 r
+ } \\ {
+ \oneVoice
+ s1
+ e8 a b c d2
+ }
+>>
@end lilypond
-@noindent
-@code{merge-differently-headed} und @code{merge-differently-dotted}
-wirken sich allerdings nur auf Noten mit unterschiedlich gerichteten
-Hälsen aus (wie etwa Stimme 1 und 2).
-
-LilyPond verschiebt auch Pausen vertikal, die einem Hals gegenüber stehen:
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-\new Voice << c''4 \\ r4 >>
-@end lilypond
+Auch Köpfe mit unterschiedlichen Punktierungen können verschmolzen
+werden:
-Wenn drei oder mehr Noten in der selben Spalte angeordnet werden,
-kann @code{merge-differently-headed} nicht mehr erfolgreich die
-Noten vereinen, die ineinander gesetzt werden müssten. Damit die
-Vereinigung funktioniert, muss der Befehl @code{\shift} vor die
-Note gesetzt werden, auf die er Auswirkung hat. Im ersten Takt
-des folgenden Beispiels funktioniert @code{merge-differently-headed}
-nicht (der Notenkopf der Halben ist schwarz). Im zweiten Takt
-wurde @code{\shiftOn} eingefügt, um das obere @code{g} aus der
-Spalte zu rücken, und das Vereinigen funktioniert wie gewünscht.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
-\override Staff.NoteCollision #'merge-differently-headed = ##t
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
<<
- { d=''2 g2 } \\
- { \oneVoice d=''8 c8 r4 e,8 c'8 r4 } \\
- { \voiceFour e,,2 e'2}
+ {
+ \mergeDifferentlyHeadedOn
+ \mergeDifferentlyDottedOn
+ c8 d e d c d c4
+ g'2 fis
+ } \\ {
+ c2 c8. b16 c4
+ e,2 r
+ } \\ {
+ \oneVoice
+ s1
+ e8 a b c d2
+ }
>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Die Halbe und die Achtel am Anfang des zweiten Taktes werden
+fehlerhaft verschmolzen, weil @code{\mergeDifferentlyHeadedOn}
+(Unterschiedliche Köpfe Verschmelzen An) nicht richtig arbeiten
+kann, wenn drei oder mehr Noten zur gleichen Zeit auftreten --
+in diesem Fall wird eine Warnung ausgegeben. Damit die
+Verschmlezung richtig funktionieren kann, muss ein @code{\shift}
+(Verschiebung) der Note hinzugefügt werden, die nicht mit
+verschmolzen werden soll. In diesem Fall wurde
+@code{\shiftOn} gesetzt, um das oberste @notation{g} aus der
+Kolumne zu entfernen. Jetzt funktioniert
+@code{\mergeDifferentlyHeadedOn} so wie es soll.
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
<<
- { d'=''2 \shiftOn g2 } \\
- { \oneVoice d=''8 c8 r4 e,8 c'8 r4 } \\
- { \voiceFour e,,2 e'2}
+ {
+ \mergeDifferentlyHeadedOn
+ \mergeDifferentlyDottedOn
+ c8 d e d c d c4
+ \shiftOn
+ g'2 fis
+ } \\ {
+ c2 c8. b16 c4
+ e,2 r
+ } \\ {
+ \oneVoice
+ s1
+ e8 a b c d2
+ }
+
>>
@end lilypond
+Die Befehle @code{\shiftOn}, @code{\shiftOnn} und @code{\shiftOnnn}
+bezeichnen den Grad, mit dem Noten der aktuellen Stimme verschoben
+werden sollen. Die äußeren Stimmen (normalerweise Stimme eins und
+zwei) haben diese Funktion standardmäßig ausgeschaltet
+(@code{\shiftOff}), während die inneren Stimmen (drei und vier)
+ein @code{\shiftOn} eingestellt haben (Verschiebung an). Die
+Befehle @code{\shiftOnn} und @code{\shiftOnnn} stellen weitere
+Verschiebungesebenen dar.
+
+Noten werden nur verschmolzen, wenn ihre Hälse in gegengesetzte
+Richtungen zeigen (also etwa wie @code{Voice} 1 und 2).
+
@predefined
-@funindex \oneVoice
-@code{\oneVoice},
-@funindex \voiceOne
-@code{\voiceOne},
-@funindex \voiceTwo
-@code{\voiceTwo},
-@funindex \voiceThree
-@code{\voiceThree},
-@funindex \voiceFour
-@code{\voiceFour}.
+@code{\mergeDifferentlyDottedOn},
+@code{\mergeDifferentlyDottedOff},
+@code{\mergeDifferentlyHeadedOn},
+@code{\mergeDifferentlyHeadedOff}.
-@funindex \shiftOn
@code{\shiftOn},
-@funindex \shiftOnn
@code{\shiftOnn},
-@funindex \shiftOnnn
@code{\shiftOnnn},
-@funindex \shiftOff
-@code{\shiftOff}: Diese Befehle definieren den Grad, mit
-welchem Noten der aktuellen Stimmen verschoben werden
-sollen. Die äußeren Stimmen (normalerweise 1 und 2) haben
-den Befehl @code{\shiftOff}, die inneren dagegen (drei und
-vier) den Befehl @code{\shiftOn}. @code{\shiftOnn} und
-@code{\shiftOnnn} stellen weitere Verschiebungsebenen dar.
-
-Wenn LilyPond selber keine Lösung bieten kann, können die
-Eigenschaft @code{force-hshift} des
-@rinternals{NoteColumn}-Objektes (siehe unten)
-sowie Pausen mit definierter Tonhöhe eingesetzt werden,
-um Satzentscheidungen des Programmes zu überschreiben.
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\relative <<
-{
- <d g>
- <d g>
-} \\ {
- <b f'>
- \once \override NoteColumn #'force-hshift = #1.7
- <b f'>
-} >>
-@end lilypond
+@code{\shiftOff}.
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{additional-voices-to-avoid-collisions.ly}
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{forcing-horizontal-shift-of-notes.ly}
@seealso
-Programmreferenz: Die Objekte, die für Auflösung von Zusammenstößen
-zuständig sind, sind
-@rinternals{NoteCollision} und @rinternals{RestCollision}.
+Musikglossar:
+@rglos{polyphony}.
+
+Handbuch zum Lernen:
+@rlearning{Multiple notes at once},
+@rlearning{Voices contain music},
+@rlearning{Collisions of objects}.
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Simultaneous notes}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{NoteColumn},
+@rinternals{NoteCollision},
+@rinternals{RestCollision}.
@knownissues
-Wenn @code{merge-differently-headed} mit einer nach oben gerichteten
-Achtel oder kleineren Note verwendet wird, und die nach unten gerichtete
-Note ist eine Halbe, bekommt die Achtel die falsche Richtung gesetzt.
+Wenn @code{\mergeDifferentlyHeadedOn} mit einer Achtel- oder
+kürzeren Note benutzt wird, deren Hals nach oben zeigt, und
+einer Halben Note mit Hals nach unten, erhält der Hals der
+Achtelnote eine geringe Verschiebung, weil der schwarze und
+weiße Notenkopf eine unterschiedliche Breite beistzen.
+
+@ignore
+@c TODO investigate! Sometimes it works, sometimes not. --FV
+The requirements for successfully merging different note heads that
+are at the same time differently dotted are not clear.
+@end ignore
-Es gibt keine Unterstützung für Cluster, in denen die gleiche Note
-mit unterschiedlichen Vorzeichen im selben Akkord auftritt. In diesem
-Fall sollte man eine enharmonische Transkription benutzen oder
-die spezielle Cluster-Notationsweise, siehe @ref{Clusters}.
+Es gibt keine Unterstützung für Akkorde, in denen die gleiche
+Note mit unterschiedlichen Versetzungszeichen im selben Akkord
+auftaucht. In diesem Fall wird empfohlen, enharmonische
+Töne zu verwenden, oder die besondere Cluster-Notation (siehe @ref{Clusters}).
@node Automatic part combining
@unnumberedsubsubsec Automatic part combining
-@untranslated
+@cindex automatische Kombination von Stimmen
+@cindex Stimmen kombinieren
+@cindex Kombinieren von Stimmen
+@cindex a due-Stellen
+@cindex solo-Stellen
+@funindex \partcombine
+@funindex partcombine
+
+Automatische Kombination von Stimmen wird verwendet, um zwei
+Stimmen auf einem Notensystem zu setzen. Es wird vor allem
+in Orchesterpartituren eingesetzt. Wenn beide Stimmen für
+einige Noten identisch sind, wird nur eine dargestellt.
+An den Stellen, an denen die beiden Stimmen sich unterscheiden,
+werden sie als unterschiedliche Stimmen gesetzt, und die
+Richtung der Hälse wird automatisch bestimmt. Zusätzlich
+werden @notation{solo} und @notation{a due}-Stellen erkannt
+und bezeichnet.
+
+Die Syntax zur Stimmenkombination lautet:
+
+@example
+\partcombine @var{musikAusdr1} @var{musikAusdr2}
+@end example
+
+Das nächste Beispiel zeigt, wie die Kombination funktioniert.
+Hier werden die Stimmen erst auf einem jeweils eigenen System
+und dann kombiniert gesetzt, beachten Sie, wie sich
+die Einstellungen für Polyphonie ändern.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+instrumentOne = \relative c' {
+ c4 d e f
+ R1
+ d'4 c b a
+ b4 g2 f4
+ e1
+}
+
+instrumentTwo = \relative g' {
+ R1
+ g4 a b c
+ d c b a
+ g f( e) d
+ e1
+}
+
+<<
+ \new Staff \instrumentOne
+ \new Staff \instrumentTwo
+ \new Staff \partcombine \instrumentOne \instrumentTwo
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Die Noten des dritten Taktes werden nur einfach ausgegeben, obwohl
+sie ein beiden Stimmen definiert sind. Die Richtung von Hälsen und
+Bögen werden automatisch gewählt, abhängig davon ob es eine
+Solo-Stelle oder Unisono ist. In polyphonen Situationen erhält
+die erste Stimme immer Hälse nach oben, die zweite Stimme
+Hälse nach unten. An Solo-Stellen werden die Stimmen mit
+@qq{Solo} bzw. @qq{Solo II} bezeichnet. Die Unisono-Stellen
+(@notation{a due}) werden mit dem Text @qq{a2} gekennzeichnet.
+
+Beide Argumente von @code{\partcombine} werden als
+@code{Voice}-Kontexte interpretiert. Wenn relative Oktaven
+benutzt werden, muss @code{\relative} für beide Stimmen
+benutzt werden, also:
+
+@example
+\partcombine
+ \relative @dots{} @var{musikAusdr1}
+ \relative @dots{} @var{musikAusdr2}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Ein @code{\relative}-Abschnitt, der sich außerhalb von@code{\partcombine} befindet, hat keinen Einfluss auf
+die Tonhöhen von @var{musikAusdr1} oder @var{musikAusdr2}.
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{combining-two-parts-on-the-same-staff.ly}
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{changing-partcombine-texts.ly}
+
+@seealso
+
+Musikglossar:
+@rglos{a due},
+@rglos{part}.
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Writing parts}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Simultaneous notes}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{PartCombineMusic},
+@rinternals{Voice}.
+
+@knownissues
+
+@code{\partcombine} kann nur zwei Stimmen bearbeiten.
+
+Wenn @code{printPartCombineTexts} (drucke Stimmenkombinationstext)
+gesetzt ist und die Stimmen die gleichen Noten wiederholgt
+spielen, kann @code{a2} in einem Takt mehrmals gesetzt werden.
+
+@code{\partcombine} kann nicht innerhalb von @code{\times} benutzt
+werden.
+
+@code{\partcombine} kann nicht innerhalb von @code{\relative}
+benutzt werden.
+
+Intern werden beide Argumente von @code{\partcombine} als
+Stimmen (@code{Voice}) interpretiert und entschieden, wann
+die Stimmen kombiniert werden können. Wenn sie unterschiedliche
+Dauern haben, können sie nicht kombiniert werden und erhalten
+die Bezeichnung @code{one} und @code{two} Darum werden
+Wechsel zu einem @code{Voice}-Kontext, der eine andere
+Bezeichnung hat, ignoriert. Genausowenig ist die Stimmenkombination
+dazu ausgelegt, Gesangtext zu verarbeiten: wenn eine der
+Stimmen eine explizite Bezeichnung erhält, damit Text damit
+verknüpft werden kann, hört die Stimmenkombination auf zu
+arbeiten.
+
+@code{\partcombine} findet nur den Beginn von Noten. Es kann
+nicht bestimmen, ob eine vorher begonnene Noten weiterklingt,
+was zu verschiedenen Problemen führen kann.
@node Writing music in parallel
@cindex Parallele Notation, Eingabe
@cindex Eingabe von Noten parallel
@cindex Verschachtelte Musik
+@funindex \parallelMusic
+@funindex parallelMusic
-Noten für mehrere Stimmen können verschachtelt notiert werden:
+Noten für mehrere Stimmen können verschachtelt notiert werden.
+Die Funktion @code{\parallelMusic} akzeptiert eine Liste mit
+den Bezeichnungen einer Reihe von Variablen und einen
+musikalischen Ausdruck. Der Inhalt der verschiedenen Takte in
+dem musikalischen Ausdruck bekommt die Bezeichnung der Variablen zugewiesen,
+sodass sie benutzt werden können, um die Musik dann zu setzen.
+Dabei entspricht jede Zeile einer Stimme.
+
+@warning{Taktüberprüfungen @code{|} müssen benutzt werden, und
+die Takte müssen die gleiche Länge haben.}
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\parallelMusic #'(voiceA voiceB voiceC) {
+ % Bar 1
+ r8 g'16 c'' e'' g' c'' e'' r8 g'16 c'' e'' g' c'' e'' |
+ r16 e'8.~ e'4 r16 e'8.~ e'4 |
+ c'2 c'2 |
+
+ % Bar 2
+ r8 a'16 d'' f'' a' d'' f'' r8 a'16 d'' f'' a' d'' f'' |
+ r16 d'8.~ d'4 r16 d'8.~ d'4 |
+ c'2 c'2 |
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim]
-\parallelMusic #'(voiceA voiceB) {
- r8 g'16[ c''] e''[ g' c'' e''] r8 g'16[ c''] e''[ g' c'' e''] |
- c'2 c'2 |
- r8 a'16[ d''] f''[ a' d'' f''] r8 a'16[ d''] f''[ a' d'' f''] |
- c'2 c'2 |
}
\new StaffGroup <<
- \new Staff \new Voice \voiceA
- \new Staff \new Voice \voiceB
+ \new Staff << \voiceA \\ \voiceB >>
+ \new Staff { \clef bass \voiceC }
>>
@end lilypond
-Das funktioniert ziemlich gut für Klaviernoten:
+Der relative Modus kann auch benutzt werden. Beachten Sie, dass
+der @code{\relative}-Befehl nicht innerhalb von
+@code{\parallelMusic} benutzt wird. Die Noten sind paralell
+zu der vorherigen Note der gleichen Stimme , nicht zu der
+vorherigen Note in der Quelldatei. Anders gesagt ignorieren
+realtive Noten von @code{voiceA} die Noten von @code{voiceB}.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
-music = {
- \key c \major
- \time 4/4
- \parallelMusic #'(voiceA voiceB voiceC voiceD) {
- % Bar 1
- r8 g'16[ c''] e''[ g' c'' e''] r8 g'16[ c''] e''[ g' c''
-e''] |
- c'2 c'2 |
- r8 a16[ d'] f'[ a d' f'] r8 a16[ d'] f'[ a d' f'] |
- c2 c2 |
-
- % Bar 2
- a'8 b' c'' d'' e'' f'' g'' a'' |
- d'4 d' d' d' |
- c16 d e f d e f g e f g a f g a b |
- a,4 a,4 a,4 a,4 |
-
- % Bar 3 ...
- }
+\parallelMusic #'(voiceA voiceB voiceC) {
+ % Bar 1
+ r8 g16 c e g, c e r8 g,16 c e g, c e |
+ r16 e8.~ e4 r16 e8.~ e4 |
+ c2 c |
+
+ % Bar 2
+ r8 a,16 d f a, d f r8 a,16 d f a, d f |
+ r16 d8.~ d4 r16 d8.~ d4 |
+ c2 c |
+
+ }
+\new StaffGroup <<
+ \new Staff << \relative c'' \voiceA \\ \relative c' \voiceB >>
+ \new Staff \relative c' { \clef bass \voiceC }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Das funktioniert ziemlich gut für Klaviernoten. Dieses Beispiel
+speichert vier konsekutive Takte in vier Variablen:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+global = {
+ \key g \major
+ \time 2/4
+}
+
+\parallelMusic #'(voiceA voiceB voiceC voiceD) {
+ % Bar 1
+ a8 b c d |
+ d4 e |
+ c16 d e fis d e fis g |
+ a4 a |
+
+ % Bar 2
+ e8 fis g a |
+ fis4 g |
+ e16 fis g a fis g a b |
+ a4 a |
+
+ % Bar 3 ...
}
\score {
\new PianoStaff <<
- \music
- \new Staff <<
- \voiceA \\
- \voiceB
- >>
- \new Staff {
- \clef bass
- <<
- \voiceC \\
- \voiceD
- >>
- }
+ \new Staff {
+ \global
+ <<
+ \relative c'' \voiceA
+ \\
+ \relative c' \voiceB
+ >>
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ \global \clef bass
+ <<
+ \relative c \voiceC
+ \\
+ \relative c \voiceD
+ >>
+ }
>>
}
@end lilypond
+@seealso
+
+Handbuch zum Lernen:
+@rlearning{Organizing pieces with variables}.
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Simultaneous notes}.
@menu
* Vocal music::
-* Keyboard instruments::
+* Keyboard and other multi-staff instruments::
* Unfretted string instruments::
* Fretted string instruments::
* Percussion::
@subsection Displaying staves
@menu
-* System start delimiters::
+* System start delimiters::
+* Grouping staves::
* Staff symbol::
* Hiding staves::
@end menu
>>
@end lilypond
+@node Grouping staves
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Grouping staves
+
+@untranslated
+
@node Staff symbol
@unnumberedsubsubsec Staff symbol
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
+@c \version "2.11.61"
@node Text
@section Text
-@untranslated
+@lilypondfile[quote]{text-headword.ly}
+Dieser Abschnitt erklärt, wie man Text (mit vielfältiger
+Formatierung) in Partituren einfügt.
+
+@noindent
+Einige Textelemente, die hier nicht behandelt werden, finden sich
+in anderen Abschnitten: @ref{Vocal music}, @ref{Titles and headers}.
@menu
* Writing text::
* Fonts::
@end menu
+@cindex Text, andere Sprachen
+
+@warning{Wenn man Zeichen mit Akzenten und Umlaute oder besondere
+Zeichen (wie etwa Text mit anderen Alphabeten) eingeben möchte,
+kann man die Zeichen einfach direkt in die Datei einfügen. Die
+Datei muss als UTF-8 gespeichert werden. Für mehr Information
+siehe @ref{Text encoding}.}
+
+
@node Writing text
@subsection Writing text
-@untranslated
-
+Dieser Abschnitt zeigt verschiedene Arten, wie Text in die Partitur
+eingefügt werden kann.
@menu
* Text scripts::
@node Text scripts
@unnumberedsubsubsec Text scripts
-@untranslated
+@cindex Textarten
+@cindex Textelemente, nicht leer
+@cindex zitierter Text
+
+Am einfachsten kann Text mit geraden Anführungsstrichen
+in eine Partitur eingefügt werden, wie das folgende Beispiel
+zeigt. Derartiger Text kann manuell über oder unter dem
+Notensystem platziert werden, die Syntax hierzu ist beschrieben
+in @ref{Direction and placement}.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
+d8^"pizz." e f g a4-"scherz." f
+@end lilypond
+
+Diese Syntax ist eine Kurzform, komplexere Formatierungen
+können einem Text hinzugefügt werden, wenn man
+explizit den @code{\markup}-Befehl mit darauf folgenden
+geschweiften Klammern einsetzt, wie beschrieben in
+@ref{Formatting text}.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
+d8^\markup { \italic pizz. } e f g
+a4_\markup { \tiny scherz. \bold molto } f
+@end lilypond
+
+Standardmäßig haben Textbeschriftungen keinen Einfluss auf die
+Positionierung der Noten. Man kann aber auch bestimmen, dass
+die Breite des Textes mit berücksichtigt wird. Im nächsten
+Beispiel fordert der erste Text keinen Platz, während der
+zweite die Note nach rechts verschiebt. Das Verhalten wird mit
+dem Befehl @code{\textLengthOn} (Textlänge an) erreicht, rückgängig
+kann es mit dem Befehl @code{\textLengthOff} gemacht werden.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
+d8^"pizz." e f g
+\textLengthOn
+a4_"scherzando" f
+@end lilypond
+
+@predefined
+
+@funindex \textLengthOn
+@code{\textLengthOn},
+@funindex \textLengthOff
+@code{\textLengthOff}
+
+
+@seealso
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Formatting text},
+@ref{Direction and placement}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Text}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{TextScript}.
+
+@knownissues
+
+Eine Überprüfung, ob sich auch alle Textbeschriftungen und Gesangstext
+innerhalb der Ränder der Noten befinden, braucht verhältnismäßig
+viel Rechenaufwand. Diese Überprüfung ist standardmäßig ausgestellt,
+damit LilyPond die Dateien schneller bearbeiten kann. Man kann
+die Überprüfung aber mit folgendem Code einschalten:
+
+@example
+\override Score.PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
+@end example
+
@node Text spanners
@unnumberedsubsubsec Text spanners
-@untranslated
+@cindex Textstrecker
+@cindex Strecker, Text
+
+Einige Aufführungsanweisungen, etwa @notation{rallentando} oder
+@notation{accelerando}, werden als Text geschrieben, gefolgt von
+einer gestrichelten Linie, die anzeigt, wie weit sich die Anweisung
+auswirkt. Solche Objekte, @qq{Strecker} (engl. spanners) genannt,
+können von einer Note bis zu einer anderen mit folgender
+Anweisung erstellt werden:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\override TextSpanner #'bound-details #'left #'text = "rit."
+b1\startTextSpan
+e,\stopTextSpan
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Der Text wird durch Objekteigenschaften beeinflusst. In den
+Standardeinstellungen wird er kursiv ausgegeben, aber eine andere
+Formatierung kann erreicht werden, indem man @code{\markup}-Blöcke
+einsetzt, wie beschrieben in @ref{Formatting text}.
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
+\override TextSpanner #'bound-details #'left #'text =
+ \markup { \upright "rit." }
+b1\startTextSpan c
+e,\stopTextSpan
+@end lilypond
+
+Auch der Stil der Linie kann ähnlich wie der Text mit den Objekteigenschaften
+geändert werden. Diese Syntax ist beschrieben in @ref{Line styles}.
+
+@predefined
+
+@funindex textSpannerUp
+@code{\textSpannerUp},
+@funindex textSpannerDown
+@code{\textSpannerDown},
+@funindex textSpannerNeutral
+@code{\textSpannerNeutral}
+
+@seealso
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Line styles},
+@ref{Dynamics}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Text}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{TextSpanner}.
+
@node Text marks
@unnumberedsubsubsec Text marks
-@untranslated
+@cindex Coda an Taktlinie
+@cindex Segno an Taktlinie
+@cindex Fermate an Taktlinie
+@cindex Taktlinie, Symbole anfügen
+@cindex Symbole auf der Taktlinie
+@funindex \mark
+
+Verschiedene Textelemente können der Partitur hinzugefügt werden,
+indem man die Syntax für Zeichen einsetzen, wie beschrieben in
+@ref{Rehearsal marks}:
+
+@c \mark needs to be placed on a separate line (it's not
+@c attached to an object like \markup is). -vv
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c4
+\mark "Allegro"
+c c c
+@end lilypond
+
+Diese Syntax ermöglicht es, beliebigen Text über eine Taktlinie
+zu platzieren, weitere Formatierungsmöglichkeiten sind mit dem
+@code{\markup}-Befehl gegeben, wie beschrieben in
+@ref{Formatting text}:
+
+@lilypond[fragment,quote,relative=1]
+<c e>1
+\mark \markup { \italic { colla parte } }
+<d f>2 <e g>
+<c f aes>1
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Diese Syntax ermöglicht es auch, besondere Zeichen einzufügen, wie
+etwa Coda-, Segno- oder Fermatenzeichen, indem das entsprechende
+Symbol mit dem Befehl @code{\musicglyph} angegeben wird, wie
+beschrieben in
+@ref{Music notation inside markup}:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
+<f bes>2 <d aes'>
+\mark \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.ufermata" }
+<e g>1
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Derartige Objekte werden über dem höchsten System einer Partitur
+gesetzt -- abhängig davon, ob sie mitten im Takt oder an seinem
+Ende notiert werden, werden sie zwischen Noten oder über der
+Taktlinie gesetzt. Wenn sie an einem Zeilenumbruch angegeben
+werden, wird das Zeichen zu Beginn der nächsten Zeile ausgegeben.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+\mark "Allegro"
+c1 c
+\mark "assai" \break
+c c
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{printing-marks-at-the-end-of-a-line-or-a-score.ly}
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly}
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{printing-marks-on-every-staff.ly}
+
+@seealso
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Rehearsal marks},
+@ref{Formatting text},
+@ref{Music notation inside markup},
+@ref{The Feta font}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Text}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{RehearsalMark}.
+
+@knownissues
+@c To be removed when Issue 69 in the tracker gets fixed. -vv
+
+Wenn ein Zeichen am Ende des letzten Taktes eines Stückes notiert
+wird (wo also keine nächste Zeile mehr existiert), wird das Zeichen
+überhaupt nicht gesetzt.
+
@node Separate text
@unnumberedsubsubsec Separate text
-@untranslated
+@cindex separater Text
+@cindex Text alleine
+@cindex nur Text
+
+@funindex \markup
+
+Eine @code{\markup}-Umgebung kann auch für sich alleine existieren,
+außerhalb einer @code{\score}-Umgebung, als ein Ausdruck auf der
+höchsten Ebene.
+
+@c KEEP LY
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\markup {
+ Morgen, morgen, und morgen...
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Damit kann Text unabhängig von den Noten gesetzt werden. Das
+bietet sich vor allem in Situationen an, in denen mehrere Stücke
+in einer Datei vorkommen, wie beschrieben in
+@ref{Multiple scores in a book}.
+
+@c KEEP LY
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+\score {
+ c'1
+}
+\markup {
+ Morgen, übermorgen, und überübermorgen...
+}
+\score {
+ c'1
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Unabhängige Textabschnitte können über mehrere Seiten reichen, so
+dass man Textdokumente oder Bücher ausschließlich mit LilyPond
+setzen kann. Einzelheiten zu den vielfältigen Möglichkeiten finden
+sich in @ref{Multi-page markup}.
+
+@predefined
+
+@code{\markup},
+@funindex \markuplines
+@code{\markuplines}
+
+@ignore
+@snippets
+
+TODO: add convenient snippets in input/new -vv
+@end ignore
+
+@seealso
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Formatting text},
+@ref{File structure},
+@ref{Multiple scores in a book},
+@ref{Multi-page markup}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Text}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{TextScript}.
+
@node Formatting text
@subsection Formatting text
-@untranslated
-
+Dieser Abschnitt zeigt grundlegende und fortgeschrittene
+Formatierung von Text, wobei der Textbeschriftungsmodus
+(@code{\markup} benutzt wird.
@menu
* Text markup introduction::
@node Text markup introduction
@unnumberedsubsubsec Text markup introduction
-@untranslated
+@cindex markup
+@cindex Textbeschriftung
+@cindex Beschriftung, Text
+@cindex Setzen von Text
+@funindex \markup
+
+Eine @code{\markup}-Umgebung wird benutzt, um Text mit einer
+großen Anzahl von Formatierungsmöglichkeiten (im @qq{markup-Modus})
+zu setzen.
+
+@cindex Textbeschriftungs-Ausdrücke
+@cindex Text, Syntax
+@cindex markup, syntax
+
+Die Syntax für Textbeschriftungen ähnelt der normalen Syntax von
+LilyPond: ein @code{\markup}-Ausdruck wird in geschweifte Klammern
+eingeschlossen (@code{@{@dots{} @}}). Ein einzelnes Wort wird als
+ein Minimalausdruck erachtet und muss deshalb nicht notwendigerweise
+eingeklammert werden.
+
+Anders als Text in Anführungsstrichen können sich in einer
+Textbeschriftungsumgebung (@code{\markup}) geschachtelte Ausdrücke
+oder weitere Textbefehle befinden, eingeführt mit einem Backslash
+(@code{\}). Derartige Befehle beziehen sich nur auf den ersten
+der folgenden Ausdrücke.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
+e1-\markup intenso
+a2^\markup { poco \italic più forte }
+c e1
+d2_\markup { \italic "string. assai" }
+e
+b1^\markup { \bold { molto \italic agitato } }
+c
+@end lilypond
+
+@cindex Sonderzeichen in Textbeschriftungen
+@cindex Textbeschriftung, Sonderzeichen
+@cindex besondere Zeichen, Text
+@cindex Text mit Sonderzeichen
+@cindex Anführungsstriche im Text
+
+Eine @code{\markup}-Umgebung kann auch Text in
+Anführungszeichen beinhalten. Derartige Zeichenketten werden als
+ein Textausdruck angesehen, und darum werden innerhalb von ihnen
+Befehle oder Sonderzeichen (wie @code{\} oder @code{#}) so
+ausgegeben, wie sie eingeben werden. Doppelte Anführungsstriche
+können gesetzt werden, indem man ihnen einen Backslash voranstellt.
+
+@c KEEP LY
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
+d1^"\italic Text..."
+d_\markup { \italic "... setzt \"kursive\" Buchstaben!" }
+d d
+@end lilypond
+
+Damit eine Anzahl von Wörtern als ein einziger Ausdruck behandelt
+wird, müssen alle Wörter zwischen geraden Anführungszeichen (Shift+2)
+stehen oder ihnen muss ein Befehl vorangestellt werden. Die Art,
+wie die Ausdrücke definiert sind, wirkt sich darauf aus, wie
+sie übereinander gestapelt, mittig und aneinander ausgerichtet
+werden. Im folgenden Beispiel verhält sich der zweite
+@code{\markup}-Ausdruck genauso wie der erste:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
+c1^\markup { \center-column { a bbb c } }
+c1^\markup { \center-column { a { bbb c } } }
+c1^\markup { \center-column { a \line { bbb c } } }
+c1^\markup { \center-column { a "bbb c" } }
+@end lilypond
+
+Textbeschriftung kann auch durch Variblen definiert werden. Diese
+Variablen können dann direkt an Noten angefügt werden:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+allegro = \markup { \bold \large Allegro }
+
+{
+ d''8.^\allegro
+ d'16 d'4 r2
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@noindent
+Eine ausführliche Liste der @code{\markup}-Befehle findet sich in
+@ref{Text markup commands}.
+
+
+@seealso
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Text markup commands}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Text}.
+
+Installierte Dateien:
+@file{scm/@/markup@/.scm}.
+
+
+@knownissues
+
+Syntaxfehler im Textbeschriftungsmodus können sehr verwirrend sein.
@node Selecting font and font size
@unnumberedsubsubsec Selecting font and font size
-@untranslated
+@cindex Schriftschnitt verändern
+@funindex \italic
+@funindex \bold
+@funindex \underline
+
+Einfache Änderungen des Schriftartschnitts können im Textbeschriftungsmodus
+vorgenommen werden:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+d1^\markup {
+ \bold { Più mosso }
+ \italic { non troppo \underline Vivo }
+}
+r2 r4 r8
+d,_\markup { \italic quasi \smallCaps Tromba }
+f1 d2 r
+@end lilypond
+
+@cindex Schriftgröße
+@cindex Textgröße
+@cindex Größe der Schriftart
+@funindex \fontsize
+@funindex \smaller
+@funindex \larger
+@funindex \magnify
+
+Die Größe von Buchstaben kann auf verschiedene Arten verändert werden:
+@itemize
+@item
+die Schriftgröße kann auf bestimmte deinierte Standardgrößen gesetzt werden,
+
+@item
+die Schriftgröße kann mit einem absoluten Wert gesetzt werden,
+
+@item
+die Schriftgröße kann relativ zur vorhergehenden Größe geändert werden.
+@end itemize
+
+@noindent
+Das Beispiel unten zeigt alle drei Möglichkeiten:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
+f1_\markup {
+ \tiny espressivo
+ \large e
+ \normalsize intenso
+}
+a^\markup {
+ \fontsize #5 Sinfonia
+ \fontsize #2 da
+ \fontsize #3 camera
+}
+bes^\markup { (con
+ \larger grande
+ \smaller emozione
+ \magnify #0.6 { e sentimento } )
+}
+d c2 r8 c bes a g1
+@end lilypond
+
+@cindex hochgestellt
+@cindex tiefergestellt
+@funindex \super
+@funindex \sub
+
+Text kann auch hoch- bzw. tiefgestellt gesetzt werden. Die so markierten
+Buchstaben werden automatisch in einer kleineren Schriftgröße gesetzt,
+aber die normale Schriftgröße kann auch eingesetzt werden:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\markup {
+ \column {
+ \line { 1 \super st movement }
+ \line { 1 \normal-size-super st movement
+ \sub { (part two) } }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@cindex Schriftfamilien
+@cindex Schriftschnitte
+
+Der Textbeschriftungsmodus stellt eine einfache Möglichkeit zur Verfügung
+unterschiedliche Schriftschnitte anzuwählen. Ohne besondere Einstellungen
+wird automatisch eine Schriftart mit Serifen ausgewählt. Das Beispiel
+unten zeigt die Verwendung der eigenen Zahlenschriftart von LilyPond,
+den Einsatz von serifenloser Schriftart und von Schreibmaschinenschriftart.
+Die letzte Zeile zeigt, dass sich die Standardeinstellung mit dem
+Befehl @code{\roman} wieder herstellen lässt.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\markup {
+ \column {
+ \line { Act \number 1 }
+ \line { \sans { Scene I. } }
+ \line { \typewriter { Verona. An open place. } }
+ \line { Enter \roman Valentine and Proteus. }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Einige dieser Schriftarten, etwa die Zahlenschriftart oder die Schriftart
+für Dynamikzeichen, stellen nicht alle Zeichen zur Verfügung, wie beschrieben
+in @ref{New dynamic marks} und @ref{Manual repeat marks}.
+
+@c \concat is actually documented in Align (it is not
+@c a font-switching command). But we need it here. -vv
+
+Einige Schriftartbefehle können ungewollte Leerzeichen innerhalb von Wörtern
+hervorrufen. Das kann vermieden werden, indem die einzelnen Elemente mit
+dem Befehl @code{\concat} zu einem Element verschmolzen werden:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\markup {
+ \column {
+ \line {
+ \concat { 1 \super st }
+ movement
+ }
+ \line {
+ \concat { \dynamic p , }
+ \italic { con dolce espressione }
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Eine ausführliche Liste der unterschiedlichen Befehl zur Beeinflussung
+der Schriftarten findet sich in @ref{Font}.
+
+Es ist auch möglich, eigene Schriftfamlien zu definieren, wie erklärt in
+@ref{Fonts}.
+
+@predefined
+
+@funindex \teeny
+@funindex \tiny
+@funindex \small
+@funindex \normalsize
+@funindex \large
+@funindex \huge
+@funindex \smaller
+@funindex \larger
+@code{\teeny},
+@code{\tiny},
+@code{\small},
+@code{\normalsize},
+@code{\large},
+@code{\huge},
+@code{\smaller},
+@code{\larger}.
+
+@seealso
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Font},
+@ref{New dynamic marks},
+@ref{Manual repeat marks},
+@ref{Fonts}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Text}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{TextScript}.
+
+Installierte Dateien:
+@file{scm/@/define@/-markup@/-commands@/.scm}.
@node Text alignment
@unnumberedsubsubsec Text alignment
-@untranslated
+@cindex Text, Ausrichtung
+@cindex Ausrichtung von Text
+
+Dieser Abschnitt zeigt, wie man Text im Textbeschriftungsmodus
+eingibt. Textobjekte können auch als eine Einheit verschoben
+werden, wie beschrieben in @rlearning{Moving objects}.
+
+@c Padding commands should be mentioned on this page, but
+@c most of these require \box to be more clearly illustrated. -vv
+
+@cindex Text, horizontale Ausrichtung
+@cindex horizontale Ausrichtung von Text
+@funindex \left-align
+@funindex \center-align
+@funindex \right-align
+
+Textbeschriftungsobjekte können auf verschiedene Weise ausgerichtet
+werden. Standardmäßig wird ein Textobjekt an seiner linken Ecke
+ausgerichtet, darum wird das erste und zweite Objekt gleichermaßen
+an der linken Ecke ausgerichtet.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
+d1-\markup { poco }
+f
+d-\markup { \left-align poco }
+f
+d-\markup { \center-align { poco } }
+f
+d-\markup { \right-align poco }
+@end lilypond
+
+@funindex \halign
+
+Die horizontale Ausrichtung kann mit einer Zahl auf einen exakten
+Wert festgelegt werden:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
+a1-\markup { \halign #-1 poco }
+e'
+a,-\markup { \halign #0 poco }
+e'
+a,-\markup { \halign #0.5 poco }
+e'
+a,-\markup { \halign #2 poco }
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Manche Objekte haben eigene Ausrichtungsvorgänge und werden deshalb
+nicht von diesen Befehlen beeinflusst. Es ist möglich, solche
+Objekte als eine Einheit anzusprechen und zu bewegen, wie
+gezeigt in @ref{Text marks}.
+
+@cindex Text, vertikale Ausrichtung
+@cindex vertickale Ausrichtung von Text
+@funindex \raise
+@funindex \lower
+
+Die vertikale Ausrichtung ist etwas schwieriger. Textelemente
+können komplett verschoben werden, es ist aber auch möglich, nur
+einen Teil innerhalb der Textbeschriftung zu bewegen. In diesem
+Fall muss dem zu verschiebenden Objekt ein Ankerpunkt zugewiesen
+werden, welcher entweder ein anderes Textelement oder ein
+unsichtbares Objekt sein kann (im Beispiel mit @code{\null} erstellt).
+Der letzte Text im Beispiel hat keinen Anker und wird deshalb auch nicht verschoben.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
+d2^\markup {
+ Acte I
+ \raise #2 { Scène 1 }
+}
+a'
+g_\markup {
+ \null
+ \lower #4 \bold { Très modéré }
+}
+a
+d,^\markup {
+ \raise #4 \italic { Une forêt. }
+}
+a'4 a g2 a
+@end lilypond
+
+@funindex \general-align
+@funindex \translate
+@funindex \translate-scaled
+
+Einige Befehle können sowohl die horizontale als auch die vertikale
+Ausrichtung von Textobjekten beeinflussen. Jedes Objekt, das auf
+diese Weise verschoben wird, benötigt einen Anker:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
+d2^\markup {
+ Acte I
+ \translate #'(-1 . 2) "Scène 1"
+}
+a'
+g_\markup {
+ \null
+ \general-align #Y #3.2 \bold "Très modéré"
+}
+a
+d,^\markup {
+ \null
+ \translate-scaled #'(-1 . 2) \teeny "Une forêt."
+}
+a'4 a g2 a
+@end lilypond
+
+@funindex \column
+@funindex \center-column
+
+@cindex mehrzeiliger Text
+@cindex Text, mehrere Zeilen
+@cindex Blöcke, Text
+@cindex Textblöcke
+
+Ein Textbeschriftungsobjekt kann mehrere Zeilen beinhalten. Im folgenden
+Beispiel wird jeder Ausdruck innerhalb von @code{\markup} auf einer
+eigenen Zeile gesetzt, entweder linksbündig oder zentriert:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\markup {
+ \column {
+ a
+ "b c"
+ \line { d e f }
+ }
+ \hspace #10
+ \center-column {
+ a
+ "b c"
+ \line { d e f }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@funindex \fill-line
+
+@cindex Text auf der Seite zentrieren
+@cindex Zentrieren von Text auf der Seite
+
+Eine Anzahl an Ausdrücken innerhalb von @code{\markup} kann auch
+gestreckt werden, so dass die gesamte Seitenbreite benutzt wird. Wenn
+nur ein Objekt vorhanden ist, wird es zentriert gesetzt. Die Ausdrücke
+selber können wiederum mehrzeilig sein und andere Textbeschriftungsbefehle
+beinhalten.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\markup {
+ \fill-line {
+ \line { William S. Gilbert }
+ \center-column {
+ \huge \smallCaps "The Mikado"
+ or
+ \smallCaps "The Town of Titipu"
+ }
+ \line { Sir Arthur Sullivan }
+ }
+}
+\markup {
+ \fill-line { 1885 }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@funindex \wordwrap
+@funindex \justify
+
+@cindex Umbruch von Text
+@cindex Blocksatz, Text
+@cindex Text, Blocksatz
+
+Längere Texte können auch automatisch umgebrochen werden, wobei es
+möglich ist, die Zeilenbreite zu bestimmen. Der Text ist entweder
+linksbündig oder im Blocksatz, wie das nächste Beispiel illustriert:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\markup {
+ \column {
+ \line \smallCaps { La vida breve }
+ \line \bold { Acto I }
+ \wordwrap \italic {
+ (La escena representa el corral de una casa de
+ gitanos en el Albaicín de Granada. Al fondo una
+ puerta por la que se ve el negro interior de
+ una Fragua, iluminado por los rojos resplandores
+ del fuego.)
+ }
+ \hspace #0
+
+ \line \bold { Acto II }
+ \override #'(line-width . 50)
+ \justify \italic {
+ (Calle de Granada. Fachada de la casa de Carmela
+ y su hermano Manuel con grandes ventanas abiertas
+ a través de las que se ve el patio
+ donde se celebra una alegre fiesta)
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Eine vollständige Liste der Textausrichtungsbefehle findet sich in
+@ref{Align}.
+
+@seealso
+Handbuch zum Lernen:
+@rlearning{Moving objects}.
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Align},
+@ref{Text marks}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Text}.
+
+Installierte Dateien:
+@file{scm/@/define@/-markup@/-commands@/.scm}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{TextScript}.
+
@node Graphic notation inside markup
@unnumberedsubsubsec Graphic notation inside markup
-@untranslated
+@cindex Graphik, eingebunden
+@cindex Illustrationen im Text
+@cindex Zeichnen im Text
+@cindex Abbildungen im Text
+
+Verschiedene graphische Objekte können im Textbeschriftungsmodus
+eingefügt werden.
+
+@funindex \box
+@funindex \circle
+@funindex \rounded-box
+@funindex \bracket
+@funindex \hbracket
+
+@cindex Kasten, Graphik
+@cindex gerundeter Kasten, Graphik
+@cindex Klammern, Graphik
+@cindex Text verzieren
+@cindex Text einrahmen
+@cindex Rahmen, Text
+
+Mit bestimmten Textbeschriftungsbefehlen kann man Textelementen
+Graphik hinzufügen, wie das nächste Beispiel zeigt:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\markup \fill-line {
+ \center-column {
+ \circle Jack
+ \box "in the box"
+ \null
+ \line {
+ Erik Satie
+ \hspace #3
+ \bracket "1866 - 1925"
+ }
+ \null
+ \rounded-box \bold Prelude
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@funindex \pad-markup
+@funindex \pad-x
+@funindex \pad-to-box
+@funindex \pad-around
+
+@cindex Platz um Text
+@cindex Rand um Text
+@cindex Füllung um Text
+@cindex Text, Rand außen
+
+Es kann nötig sein, einem Text mehr Platz einzuräumen. Das geschieht mit
+verschiedenen Befehlen, wie das folgende Beispiel zeigt. Eine ausführliche
+Übersicht findet sich in @ref{Align}.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\markup \fill-line {
+ \center-column {
+ \box "Charles Ives (1874 - 1954)"
+ \null
+ \box \pad-markup #2 "THE UNANSWERED QUESTION"
+ \box \pad-x #8 "A Cosmic Landscape"
+ \null
+ }
+}
+\markup \column {
+ \line {
+ \hspace #10
+ \box \pad-to-box #'(-5 . 20) #'(0 . 5)
+ \bold "Largo to Presto"
+ }
+ \pad-around #3
+ "String quartet keeps very even time,
+Flute quartet keeps very uneven time."
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@funindex \combine
+@funindex \draw-circle
+@funindex \filled-box
+@funindex \triangle
+@funindex \draw-line
+@funindex \arrow-head
+
+@cindex Graphische Notation
+@cindex Symbole, nicht Musik-
+
+Andere graphische Elemente oder Symbole können gesetzt werden, ohne dass
+man Text benötigt. Wie mit allen Textbeschriftungen können Objekte
+innerhalb von @code{\markup} kombiniert werden.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\markup {
+ \combine
+ \draw-circle #4 #0.4 ##f
+ \filled-box #'(-4 . 4) #'(-0.5 . 0.5) #1
+ \hspace #5
+
+ \center-column {
+ \triangle ##t
+ \combine
+ \draw-line #'(0 . 4)
+ \arrow-head #Y #DOWN ##f
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@funindex \epsfile
+@funindex \postscript
+
+@cindex Einbinden von Graphik
+@cindex Bilder einbinden
+@cindex Graphik einbinden
+@cindex Postscript, Graphik
+
+Fortgeschrittene graphische Möglichkeiten bietet unter Anderem eine
+Funktion, mit der man externe Graphiken im
+Encapsulated PostScript (@emph{eps}) -Format einbinden kann oder
+aber Graphiken direkt in den Quelltext unter Verwendung von
+PostScript-Code notiert. In diesem Fall kann es nötig sein, die
+Größe der Zeichnung explizit anzugeben, wie im Beispiel unten gezeigt:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
+c1^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \epsfile #X #10 #"./context-example.eps"
+ \with-dimensions #'(0 . 6) #'(0 . 10)
+ \postscript #"
+ -2 3 translate
+ 2.7 2 scale
+ newpath
+ 2 -1 moveto
+ 4 -2 4 1 1 arct
+ 4 2 3 3 1 arct
+ 0 4 0 3 1 arct
+ 0 0 1 -1 1 arct
+ closepath
+ stroke"
+ }
+c
+@end lilypond
+
+Eine ausführliche Liste der Graphik-Befehle findet sich in
+@ref{Graphic}.
+
+@seealso
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Graphic},
+@ref{Editorial annotations}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Text}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{TextScript}.
+
+Installierte Dateien:
+@file{scm/@/define@/-markup@/-commands@/.scm},
+@file{scm/@/stencil@/.scm}.
+
@node Music notation inside markup
@unnumberedsubsubsec Music notation inside markup
-@untranslated
+@cindex Notationsobjekte, Einfügen
+@cindex Einfügen von Notationsobjekten
+@cindex Musikobjekte, Einfügen
+
+Auch Musikobjekte können innerhalb der Textbeschriftungsumgebung gesetzt
+werden.
+
+Noten und Versetzungszeichen lassen sich mit @code{\markup} einfügen:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+a2 a^\markup {
+ \note #"4" #1
+ =
+ \note-by-number #1 #1 #1.5
+}
+b1_\markup {
+ \natural \semiflat \flat
+ \sesquiflat \doubleflat
+}
+\glissando
+a1_\markup {
+ \natural \semisharp \sharp
+ \sesquisharp \doublesharp
+}
+\glissando b
+@end lilypond
+
+Andere Notationsobjekte können auch eingefügt werden:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
+g1 bes
+ees-\markup {
+ \finger 4
+ \tied-lyric #"~"
+ \finger 1
+}
+fis_\markup { \dynamic rf }
+bes^\markup {
+ \beam #8 #0.1 #0.5
+}
+cis
+d-\markup {
+ \markalphabet #8
+ \markletter #8
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Allgemeiner gesagt kann jedes verfügbare Notationssymbol unabhängig
+von der Notation als ein Textbeschriftungsobjekt eingefügt werden, wie
+unten gezeigt. Eine vollständige Liste der verfügbaren Symbole findet
+sich in
+@ref{The Feta font}.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+c2
+c'^\markup { \musicglyph #"eight" }
+c,4
+c,8._\markup { \musicglyph #"clefs.G_change" }
+c16
+c2^\markup { \musicglyph #"timesig.neomensural94" }
+@end lilypond
+@c TODO: add \lookup here? -vv
+
+@noindent
+Eine andere Möglichkeit, andere als Textsymbole zu schreiben, findet sich
+in
+@ref{Fonts explained}.
+
+Der Textbeschriftungsmodus unterstützt auch Diagramme für bestimmte
+Instrumente:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+c1^\markup {
+ \fret-diagram-terse #"x;x;o;2;3;2;"
+}
+c^\markup {
+ \harp-pedal #"^-v|--ov^"
+}
+c
+c^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \musicglyph #"accordion.accDiscant"
+ \combine
+ \raise #0.5 \musicglyph #"accordion.accDot"
+ \raise #1.5 \musicglyph #"accordion.accDot"
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@c The accordion diagram is actually taken from a snippet.
+
+@noindent
+Derartige Digramme sind dokumentiert in @ref{Instrument Specific Markup}.
+
+Sogar eine ganze Partitur kann in ein Textbeschriftungsobjekt eingefügt
+werden. In diesem Fall muss die eingefügte @code{\score}-Umgebung
+eine @code{\layout}-Umgebung haben, wie in diesem Beispiel:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
+c4 d^\markup {
+ \score {
+ \relative { c4 d e f }
+ \layout { }
+ }
+}
+e f |
+c d e f
+@end lilypond
+
+Eine vollständige Liste der Musiksymbol-Befehle findet sich in
+@ref{Music}.
+
+@seealso
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Music},
+@ref{The Feta font},
+@ref{Fonts explained}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Text}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{TextScript}.
+
+Installierte Dateien:
+@file{scm/@/define@/-markup@/-commands@/.scm},
+@file{scm/@/fret@/-diagrams@/.scm},
+@file{scm/@/harp@/-pedals@/.scm}.
+
@node Multi-page markup
@unnumberedsubsubsec Multi-page markup
-@untranslated
+Normale Textbeschriftungsobjekte können nicht getrennt werden, aber mit
+einer spezifischen Umgebung ist es möglich, Text auch über mehrere Seiten
+fließen zu lassen:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\markuplines {
+ \justified-lines {
+ A very long text of justified lines.
+ ...
+ }
+ \wordwrap-lines {
+ An other very long paragraph.
+ ...
+ }
+ ...
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Die Syntax braucht eine Liste von Textbeschriftungen folgender Art:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+das Resultat eines Beschriftungslistenbefehls,
+@item
+eine Textbeschriftungsliste,
+@item
+eine Liste von Beschriftungslisten.
+@end itemize
+
+Eine vollständige Liste der Beschriftungslistenbefehle findet sich in
+@ref{Text markup list commands}.
+
+@seealso
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Text markup list commands},
+@ref{New markup list command definition}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Text}.
+
+Referenz der Interna: @rinternals{TextScript}.
+
+Installierte Dateien:
+@file{scm/@/define@/-markup@/-commands@/.scm}.
+
+@predefined
+@funindex \markuplines
+@code{\markuplines}
@node Fonts
@subsection Fonts
-@untranslated
-
+Dieser Abschnitt zeigt, wie Schriftarten eingesetzt werden können und
+wie man sie in Partituren ändern kann.
@menu
-* Entire document fonts::
+* Fonts explained::
* Single entry fonts::
+* Entire document fonts::
@end menu
-@node Entire document fonts
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Entire document fonts
+@node Fonts explained
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Fonts explained
+
+@cindex Pango
+@cindex Schriftarten, Hintergrundinformation
+@funindex font-interface
+
+Schriftarten werden von mehreren Bibliotheken verwaltet. FontConfig wird
+benützt, um die vorhandenen Schriftarten des Systems zu erkennen, die
+gewählte Schriftart wird dann mit Pango verarbeitet.
+
+Notationsschriftarten können als eine Ansammlung von besonderen Zeichen
+erklärt werden, wobei die Sonderzeichen in verschiedene Familien
+klassifiziert werden. Die Syntax des folgenden Beispiels ermöglicht es,
+direkt auf verschiedene Sonderzeichen der @code{feta}-Schriftart
+zuzugreifen. Das ist die Standardschriftart für Notationselemente in
+LilyPond.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+a1^\markup {
+ \vcenter {
+ \override #'(font-encoding . fetaBraces)
+ \lookup #"brace120"
+ \override #'(font-encoding . fetaNumber)
+ \column { 1 3 }
+ \override #'(font-encoding . fetaDynamic)
+ sf
+ \override #'(font-encoding . fetaMusic)
+ \lookup #"noteheads.s0petrucci"
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Eine einfachere, aber weniger vielfältige Syntax wird beschrieben in
+@ref{Music notation inside markup}.
-@untranslated
+Drei Textschriftarten sind verfügbar (auf Englisch @code{family} genannt):
+mit @code{roman} eine Schriftart
+mit Serifen (Standard ist New Century Schoolbook), mit @code{sans}
+eine serifenlose (gerade) Schriftart und mit @code{typewriter} eine
+Schreibmaschinenschrift, in welcher die Buchstaben alle die gleiche
+Weite haben. Die aktuelle Schriftart von @code{sans} und
+@code{tpyewriter} wird durch Pango entspechend den Systemvorgaben
+gewählt.
+
+Jede Familie kann verschiedene Schriftschnitte besitzen. Im Englischen
+wird unterschieden zwischen @code{shape} für kursive Schnitte und
+@code{series} für fette Schnitte. Im folgenden Beispiel wird
+demonstriert, wie man die verschiedenen Eigenschaften auswählen kann.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+ \override Score.RehearsalMark #'font-family = #'typewriter
+ \mark \markup "Ouverture"
+ \key d \major
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'font-shape = #'italic
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'font-series = #'bold
+ d'2.^\markup "Allegro"
+ r4
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Eine ähnliche Syntax kann im Textbeschriftungsmodus eingesetzt werden,
+hier bietet es sich aber an, die einfacheren Befehle zu verwenden, die
+erklärt wurden in
+@ref{Selecting font and font size}:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\markup {
+ \column {
+ \line {
+ \override #'(font-shape . italic)
+ \override #'(font-size . 4)
+ Idomeneo,
+ }
+ \line {
+ \override #'(font-family . typewriter)
+ {
+ \override #'(font-series . bold)
+ re
+ di
+ }
+ \override #'(font-family . sans)
+ Creta
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@ignore
+@c FIXME: This needs an example -vv
+
+The size of the font may be set with the @code{font-size}
+property. The resulting size is taken relative to the
+@code{text-font-size} as defined in the @code{\paper} block.
+@end ignore
+
+Auch wenn es einfach ist, zwischen den vorefinierten Schriftarten
+umzuschalten, kann man auch eigene Schriftarten verwenden, wie erklärt
+in folgenden Abschnitten: @ref{Single entry fonts} und
+@ref{Entire document fonts}.
+
+@seealso
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{The Feta font},
+@ref{Music notation inside markup},
+@ref{Selecting font and font size},
+@ref{Font}.
@node Single entry fonts
@unnumberedsubsubsec Single entry fonts
-@untranslated
+Jede Schriftart, die über das Betriebssystem installiert ist und von
+FontConfig erkannt wird, kann in einer Partitur eingefügt werden. Dazu
+verwendet man folgende Syntax:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
+\override Staff.TimeSignature #'font-name = #"Charter"
+\override Staff.TimeSignature #'font-size = #2
+\time 3/4
+
+c1_\markup {
+ \override #'(font-name . "Vera Bold")
+ { Vera Bold }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@funindex show-available-fonts
+
+Mit folgendem Befehl erhält man eine Liste aller verfügbaren Schriftarten
+des Betriebssystems:
+
+@example
+lilypond -dshow-available-fonts x
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Das letzte Argument kann ein beliebiges Zeichen sein, aber es darf nicht
+fehlen.
+
+@seealso
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Fonts explained},
+@ref{Entire document fonts}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Text}.
+
+Installierte Dateien:
+@file{lily/@/font@/-config@/-scheme@/.cc}.
+
+
+
+@node Entire document fonts
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Entire document fonts
+
+Es ist auch möglich, die Schriftart für die gesamte Partitur zu ändern.
+In diesem Fall muss die folgende Syntax benutzt werden, mit der drei
+Schriftarten für die drei unterschiedlichen Familien @code{roman},
+@code{sans} und @code{typewriter} definiert werden. Einzelheiten zu den
+Familien in @ref{Fonts explained}.
+
+@cindex Schriftartenfamilien, Definieren
+@funindex make-pango-font-tree
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\paper {
+ myStaffSize = #20
+ #(define fonts
+ (make-pango-font-tree "Times New Roman"
+ "Nimbus Sans"
+ "Luxi Mono"
+ (/ myStaffSize 20)))
+}
+
+\relative c'{
+ c1-\markup {
+ roman,
+ \sans sans,
+ \typewriter typewriter. }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@c we don't do Helvetica / Courier, since GS incorrectly loads
+@c Apple TTF fonts
+@seealso
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Fonts explained},
+@ref{Single entry fonts},
+@ref{Selecting font and font size},
+@ref{Font}.
-@c -- SKELETON FILE --
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 579452b61befcfd488fe53eda9a4b7166edca3d8
+ Translation of GIT committish: 9c728939dbd36dc81bf0afb29bc5fe22b66d675c
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node Compiling a file
@subsection Compiling a file
+@cindex Kompilieren
+@cindex erstes Beispiel
+@cindex Beispiel, erstes
+@cindex Übersetzen von Quelltext
+@cindex Groß- und Kleinschreibung
+@cindex Quelltext, übersetzen
+@cindex Großbuchstaben
+@cindex Kleinbuchstaben
+
@qq{Kompilation} ist der Begriff, der benutzt wird, um eine
Lilypond-Eingabedatei mit dem Programm LilyPond in eine
Notenausgabe umzuwandeln, die ausgedruckt werden kann.
Mehr Informationen zu der Darstellung der Beispiele in diesem
Handbuch gibt der Abschnitt @ref{How to read the manual}.}
-@cindex Groß- und Kleinschreibung
-@cindex Großbuchstaben
-@cindex Kleinbuchstaben
Zusätzlich unterscheidet LilyPond @strong{Groß- und Kleinschreibung}.
@w{@code{ @{ c d e @}}} ist zulässiger Code,
@w{@code{ @{ C D E @}}} dagegen resultiert in einer Fehlermeldung.
@cindex Noten anzeigen
@cindex Anzeigen der Noten
@cindex Ansicht von Noten
+@cindex Editoren
+@cindex Texteditoren
+@cindex LilyPond unter MacOS X
+@cindex Windows, LilyPond starten
+@cindex MacOS X, LilyPond starten
+@cindex Unix, LilyPond starten
+@cindex Starten von LilyPond
In diesem Kapitel zeigen wir, welche Kommandos
eingegeben werden müssen, um ein Notenbild zu erzeugen, und wie
@node Simple notation
@subsection Simple notation
+@cindex einfache Notation
+@cindex Notation, einfach
+
LilyPond fügt einige Bestandteile des Notenbildes automatisch hinzu. Im
nächsten Beispiel sind nur vier Tonhöhen angegeben, aber LilyPond setzt
trotzdem einen Schlüssel, eine Taktangabe und Notendauern.
@subheading Pitches
+@cindex Tonhöhen
+@cindex relativer Modus
+@cindex Apostroph
+@cindex Komma
+@cindex Versetzungszeichen und relativer Modus
+@cindex relativer Modus und Versetzungszeichen
+
+@funindex \relative
+@funindex relative
+@funindex '
+@funindex ,
+
+
Glossar: @rglos{pitch}, @rglos{interval},
@rglos{scale}, @rglos{middle C}, @rglos{octave},
@rglos{accidental}.
@subheading Durations (rhythms)
+@cindex Notendauern
+@cindex Dauern
+@cindex Rhythmus
+@cindex Ganze Noten
+@cindex Halbe Noten
+@cindex Viertelnoten
+@cindex punktierte Noten
+
Glossar: @rglos{beam}, @rglos{duration},
@rglos{whole note}, @rglos{half note}, @rglos{quarter note},
@rglos{dotted note}.
@subheading Rests
+@cindex Pausen
+@cindex schreiben von Pausen
+@cindex notieren von Pausen
+
Eine @notation{Pause} wird genauso wie eine Noten eingegeben; ihre
Bezeichnung ist @code{r}@tie{}:
@subheading Time signature
+@cindex Taktart
+
+@funindex \time
+@funindex time
+
Glossar: @rglos{time signature}.
Die @notation{Taktart} kann mit dem
@subheading Clef
+@cindex Schlüssel
+@cindex Alt
+@cindex Sopran
+@cindex Tenor
+@cindex Bass
+
+@funindex \clef
+@funindex clef
+
Glossar: @rglos{time signature}.
Der @notation{Notenschlüssel} kann mit dem @code{\clef}-Befehl
@end lilypond
@seealso
-Benutzerhandbuch: @ruser{Writing pitches},
+Notationsreferenz: @ruser{Writing pitches},
@ruser{Writing rhythms}, @ruser{Writing rests},
@ruser{Time signature}, @ruser{Clef}.
@node Working on input files
@subsection Working on input files
+@cindex geschweifte Klammern
+@cindex Klammern, geschweift
+@cindex Kommentare
+@cindex Zeilenkommentare
+@cindex Block-Kommentare
+@cindex Groß- und Kleinschreibung
+@cindex Ausdrücke
+@cindex Großbuchstaben
+@cindex Kleinbuchstaben
+
+@funindex { ... }
+@funindex %
+@funindex %@{ ... %@}
+
+
LilyPonds Quelldateien ähneln Dateien in den meisten
Programmiersprachen: Es ist auf Groß- und Kleinschreibung
zu achten und Leerzeichen werden ignoriert. Ausdrücke werden
@itemize
-@cindex Groß- und Kleinschreibung
-@cindex Kleinbuchstaben
-@cindex Großbuchstaben
@item
@strong{Groß- und Kleinschreibung:}
Die Bedeutung eines Zeichens verändert sich, je
in Klammern (wie etwa @code{\relative @{ @}})
wird auch als ein einzelner Musikausdruck gewertet.
-@cindex Kommentare
-@cindex Zeilenkommentare
-@cindex Blockkommentare
@item
@strong{Kommentare:}
Ein Kommentar ist eine Bemerkung für den menschlichen Leser
@node How to read the manual
@subsection How to read the manual
+@cindex Handbuch, Lesen
+@cindex Wie soll das Handbuch gelesen werden
+@cindex Lesen des Handbuchs
+@cindex Beispiele, klickbar
+@cindex klickbare Beispiele
+@cindex Vorlagen
+@cindex Templates
+@cindex Dateien konstruieren, Hinweise
+@cindex Konstruieren von Dateien, Hinweise
+@cindex Hinweise zur Konstruktion von Dateien
+
LilyPond-Code muss immer von @{ @} Zeichen oder einem
-@w{@code{\relative c'' @{ ... @}}} umgeben sein, wie
+@code{@w{\relative c'' @{ ... @}}} umgeben sein, wie
gezeigt in @ref{Working on input files}.
Im Rest dieses Handbuchs werden die meisten Beispiel allerdings darauf
verzichten. Um sie zu reproduzieren, können Sie den entsprechenden
Quellcode kopieren und in eine Textdatei einfügen, aber Sie
@strong{müssen} dabei
-@w{@code{\relative c'' @{ @}}} einfügen, wie hier gezeigt:
+@code{@w{\relative c'' @{ @}}} einfügen, wie hier gezeigt:
@example
\relative c'' @{
@}
@end example
-Warum werden die Klammern hier meist weggelassen? Die meisten
+Warum werden die Klammern hier meist weggelassen? Die meisten
der Beispiele können in ein längeres Musikstück hineinkopiert
werden, und dann ist es natürlich nicht sinnvoll, wenn auch noch
-@w{@code{\relative c'' @{ @}}} dazukommt; ein @code{\relative} darf
+@code{@w{\relative c'' @{ @}}} dazukommt; ein @code{\relative} darf
nicht innerhalb eines anderen @code{\relative} gesetzt werden,
deshalb wird es hier weggelassen, damit die Beispiele auch innerhalb
-eines anderen Kontextes funktionieren. Wenn bei jedem
-Beispiel @w{@code{\relative c'' @{ @}}} eingesetzt würde,
+eines anderen Kontextes funktionieren. Wenn bei jedem
+Beispiel @code{@w{\relative c'' @{ @}}} eingesetzt würde,
könnten Sie die kleinen Beispiele der Dokumentation
nicht einfach zu Ihrem eigenen Notentext hinzufügen.
Die meisten Benutzer wollen
@subheading Accidentals
@cindex Versetzungszeichen
@cindex Akzidentien
+@cindex Kreuz
+@cindex Doppelkreuz
+@cindex B
+@cindex Doppel-B
+
+@funindex es
+@funindex is
+@funindex eses
+@funindex isis
+
Glossar: @rglos{sharp}, @rglos{flat}, @rglos{double sharp},
@rglos{double flat}, @rglos{accidental}.
@notation{Versetzungszeichen} in anderen
Sprachen zu benutzen, siehe @ruser{Note names in other languages}.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
cis1 ees fisis, aeses
@end lilypond
+
+@subheading Key signatures
+
@cindex Tonart, Einstellung von
@cindex Vorzeichen
-@subheading Key signatures
+@cindex Dur
+@cindex Moll
+@cindex Vorzeichen und Versetzungszeichen
+@cindex Inhalt & Darstellung
+@cindex Darstellung & Inhalt
+
+@funindex \key
+@funindex key
+@funindex \major
+@funindex major
+@funindex \minor
+@funindex minor
Glossar: @rglos{key signature}, @rglos{major},
@rglos{minor}.
@code{\major} (für Dur) oder @code{\minor}
(für Moll).
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\key d \major
a1
\key c \minor
In diesem Beispiel
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\key d \major
d cis fis
@end lilypond
In der Tonart As-Dur @emph{bekommt} sie ein Versetzungszeichen:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\key aes \major
e
@end lilypond
@seealso
-Benutzerhandbuch: @ruser{Note names in other languages},
+Notationsreferenz: @ruser{Note names in other languages},
@ruser{Accidentals}, @ruser{Automatic accidentals},
@ruser{Key signature}.
@node Ties and slurs
@subsection Ties and slurs
+@cindex Legatobögen
+@cindex Bögen, Legato
@cindex Bindebögen
+@cindex Phrasierungsbögen
+@cindex Legatobögen, Phrasierung
+
+@funindex ~
+@funindex ( ... )
+@funindex \( ... \)
+
+
@subheading Ties
Glossar: @rglos{tie}.
Ein @notation{Bindebogen} wird geschrieben, indem man eine Tilde @code{~}
an die erste der zu verbindenden Noten hängt.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
g4~ g c2~
c4 ~ c8 a8 ~ a2
@end lilypond
-@cindex Legatobögen
+
@subheading Slurs
Glossar: @rglos{slur}.
erstreckt. Seine
Beginn- und Endnote werden mit @q{(} beziehungsweise @q{)} markiert.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
d4( c16) cis( d e c cis d) e( d4)
@end lilypond
-@cindex Phrasierungsbögen
-@cindex Legatobögen, Phrasierung
-
@subheading Phrasing slurs
Glossar: @rglos{slur}, @rglos{phrasing}.
als jeweils einen Legato- und einen Phrasierungsbogen gleichzeitig
geben.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
a8(\( ais b c) cis2 b'2 a4 cis,\)
@end lilypond
@seealso
-Benutzerhandbuch: @ruser{Ties}, @ruser{Slurs},
+Notationsreferenz: @ruser{Ties}, @ruser{Slurs},
@ruser{Phrasing slurs}.
@node Articulation and dynamics
@subsection Articulation and dynamics
+@subheading Articulations
+
@cindex Artikulation
@cindex Akzente
@cindex Staccato
-@subheading Articulations
Glossar: @rglos{articulation}.
c-. c-- c-> c-^ c-+ c-_
@end lilypond
-@cindex Fingersatz
@subheading Fingerings
+@cindex Fingersatz
+
+@funindex ^
+@funindex _
+
Glossar: @rglos{fingering}.
Auf gleiche Weise können Fingersatzbezeichnungen hinzugefügt
@subheading Dynamics
+@cindex Dynamik
+@cindex Crescendo
+@cindex Lautstärke
+@cindex Decrescendo
+
+@funindex \f
+@funindex \ff
+@funindex \mp
+@funindex \p
+@funindex \mf
+@funindex \pp
+@funindex \<
+@funindex <
+@funindex \>
+@funindex >
+@funindex \!
+@funindex !
+
Glossar: @rglos{dynamics}, @rglos{crescendo},
@rglos{decrescendo}.
c\ff c\mf c\p c\pp
@end lilypond
-@cindex Lautstärke
-@cindex Dynamik
-@cindex Decrescendo
-@cindex Crescendo
-
@notation{Crescendi} und @notation{Decrescendi} werden mit dem
Befehl @code{\<}
beziehungsweise @code{\>} begonnen. Das nächste absolute
@seealso
-Benutzerhandbuch: @ruser{Articulations and ornamentations},
+Notationsreferenz: @ruser{Articulations and ornamentations},
@ruser{Fingering instructions}, @ruser{Dynamics}.
@node Adding text
@subsection Adding text
+@cindex Text, einfügen
+@cindex Einfügen von Text
+@cindex Hinzufügen von Text
+@cindex Textbeschriftung
+@cindex markup
+
+@funindex \markup
+@funindex markup
+
Text können Sie auf folgende Art in die Partitur einfügen:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
@seealso
-Benutzerhandbuch: @ruser{Writing text}.
+Notationsreferenz: @ruser{Writing text}.
@node Automatic and manual beams
@subsection Automatic and manual beams
@cindex Balken, manuell
+@cindex automatische Balken
+@cindex Balken, automatisch
+@cindex manuelle Balken
+
+@funindex [ ... ]
+@funindex [
+@funindex ]
+@funindex \autoBeamOff
+@funindex autoBeamOff
+@funindex \autoBeamOn
+@funindex autoBeamOn
+
Alle @notation{Balken} werden automatisch gesetzt:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
@seealso
-Benutzerhandbuch: @ruser{Automatic beams}, @ruser{Manual beams}.
+Notationsreferenz: @ruser{Automatic beams}, @ruser{Manual beams}.
+
@node Advanced rhythmic commands
@subsection Advanced rhythmic commands
+@subheading Partial measure
@cindex Auftakt
-@subheading Partial measure
+@funindex \partial
+@funindex partial
Ein @notation{Auftakt} wird mit dem Befehl @code{\partial}
eingegeben. Darauf folgt die Länge des Auftaktes: @code{\partial 4}
f8 c2 d
@end lilypond
+
+@subheading Tuplets
+
@cindex N-tolen
@cindex Triolen
@cindex Rhythmische Aufteilungen
-@subheading Tuplets
+
+@funindex \times
+@funindex times
Glossar: @rglos{note value}, @rglos{triplet}.
\times 2/3 { d4 a8 }
@end lilypond
+@subheading Grace notes
+
@cindex Verzierungen
@cindex Vorschlag
@cindex Vorhalt
-@subheading Grace notes
+
+@funindex \grace
+@funindex grace
+@funindex \acciaccatura
+@funindex acciaccatura
+@funindex \appoggiatura
+@funindex acciaccatura
Glossar: @rglos{grace notes}, @rglos{acciaccatura},
@rglos{appoggiatura}.
@seealso
-Benutzerhandbuch: @ruser{Grace notes}, @ruser{Tuplets},
+Notationsreferenz: @ruser{Grace notes}, @ruser{Tuplets},
@ruser{Upbeats}.
@end menu
-@cindex Musikalischer Ausdruck
-@cindex Ausdruck
@node Music expressions explained
@subsection Music expressions explained
+@cindex Musikalischer Ausdruck
+@cindex Ausdruck, musikalischer
+@cindex zusammengesetzter musikalischer Ausdruck
+
In LilyPond-Quelldateien wird Musik durch @emph{musikalische
Ausdrücke} dargestellt. Eine einzelne Note ist ein musikalischer
Ausdruck.
@subheading Simultaneous music expressions: multiple staves
+@cindex mehrere Systeme
+@cindex Notensysteme, mehrere
+@cindex Polyphonie
+@cindex Mehrstimmigkeit
+@cindex parallele Ausdrücke
+@cindex Ausdrücke, parallel
+@cindex relative Noten und simulatane Musik
+@cindex gleichzeitige Noten und relativer Modus
+
+@funindex <<
+@funindex >>
+@funindex << ... >>
+
Glossar: @rglos{polyphony}.
@node Multiple staves
@subsection Multiple staves
+@cindex mehrere Systeme
+@cindex Systeme, mehrere
+@cindex Kontext
+@cindex Notationskontext
+
+@funindex \new Staff
+@funindex new Staff
+@funindex Staff
+@funindex \new
+@funindex new
+@funindex Score
+@funindex Voice
+@funindex Lyrics
+@funindex ChordNames
+
Wie wir in @ref{Music expressions explained} gesehen haben, sind
LilyPond-Quelldateien aus musikalischen Ausdrücken konstruiert.
Wenn die Noteneingabe mit parallelen Ausdrücken beginnt, werden
@subsection Staff groups
@cindex Akkolade
-@cindex Klaviersysteme
+@cindex System für Klavier
+@cindex Notensystem für Klavier
+@cindex Notensystem für Chor
+@cindex Partitur für Chor
@cindex Systemwechsel, manuell
@cindex Wechsel zwischen Systemen, manuell
@cindex Stimmwechsel zwischen Systemen, manuell
@cindex Klaviersystem
@cindex Partitur
+@funindex PianoStaff
+@funindex GrandStaff
+@funindex ChoirStaff
+
Glossar: @rglos{brace}.
Musik für das Klavier wird üblicherweise auf zwei Systemen notiert,
@seealso
-Benutzerhandbuch: @ruser{Keyboard instruments},
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ruser{Keyboard and other multi-staff
+instruments},
@ruser{Displaying staves}.
@subsection Combining notes into chords
@cindex Akkorde
+@cindex Notendauer in Akkorden
+
+@funindex <
+@funindex >
+@funindex < ... >
Glossar: @rglos{chord}.
@cindex Mehrstimmigkeit
@cindex mehrere Stimmen
@cindex Stimmen, mehrere in einem System
+@cindex unsichtbare Noten
+@cindex Platzhalternoten
+@cindex Noten, unsichtbar
+
+@funindex << ... \\ ... >>
+@funindex <<
+@funindex \\
+@funindex >>
+
Wenn unterschiedliche Melodien oder Stimmen in einem System
kombiniert werden sollen, werden sie als @qq{polyphone Stimmen}
realisiert: Jede Stimme hat eigene Hälse, Balken und Legatobögen,
@seealso
-Benutzerhandbuch: @ruser{Simultaneous notes}.
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ruser{Simultaneous notes}.
@node Songs
@section Songs
+@cindex Gesangstext, schreiben
+
+@funindex \addlyrics
+@funindex addlyrics
+
In diesem Kapitel wird in die Kombination von Musik mit
Text eingeführt und die Erstellung einfacher Song-Blätter
gezeigt.
@cindex Lieder
@cindex Liedtext
+@funindex \addlyrics
+@funindex addlyrics
+
Glossar: @rglos{lyrics}.
Hier ist der Beginn eines einfachen Kinderliedes,
@node Aligning lyrics to a melody
@subsection Aligning lyrics to a melody
-Glossar: @rglos{melisma}, @rglos{extender line}.
+@cindex Gesangstext, Ausrichten
+@cindex Ausrichten von Gesangstext
+@cindex Worte mit mehreren Silben
+@cindex mehrere Silben in Gesangstext
@cindex Melisma
@cindex Unterstrich
@cindex Bindestrich
@cindex Fülllinie
+Glossar: @rglos{melisma}, @rglos{extender line}.
+
Die nächste Zeile des Kinderliedes lautet:
@notation{The moon doth shine as bright as day}. So sieht es
notiert aus:
\relative c'' {
\key g \major
\time 6/8
- d4 b8 c4 a8 d4 b8 g4
+ d4 b8 c4 a8 d4 b8 g4
g8 a4 b8 c b a d4 b8 g4.
}
\addlyrics {
\relative c'' {
\key g \major
\time 6/8
- d4 b8 c4 a8 d4 b8 g4
+ d4 b8 c4 a8 d4 b8 g4
g8 a4 b8 c( b) a d4 b8 g4.
}
\addlyrics {
Girls and boys come out to play,
The moon doth shine as bright as day;
}
->>
+>>
@end lilypond
Die Wörter orientieren sich jetzt richtig an den Noten,
\relative c'' {
\key g \major
\time 6/8
- d4 b8 c4 a8 d4 b8 g4
+ d4 b8 c4 a8 d4 b8 g4
g8 a4 b8 c[ b] a d4 b8 g4.
}
\addlyrics {
\relative c'' {
\key g \minor
\time 3/2
- g2 a bes bes( a)
+ g2 a bes bes( a)
b c4.( bes8 a4. g8 fis4.) g8 fis1
}
\addlyrics {
- When I am laid,
+ When I am laid,
am laid __ in earth,
}
>>
@c no ragged-right here because otherwise the hyphens get lost,
@c but the example is long enough to avoid looking strange.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,noragged-right]
<<
\relative c' {
\key g \major
\time 3/4
\partial 4
- d4 g4 g a8( b) g4 g4
+ d4 g4 g a8( b) g4 g4
b8( c) d4 d e4 c2
}
\addlyrics {
- A -- way in a __ man -- ger,
+ A -- way in a __ man -- ger,
no __ crib for a bed, __
}
>>
@c no ragged-right here because otherwise the hyphens get lost,
@c but the example is long enough to avoid looking strange.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,noragged-right]
<<
\relative c' {
\clef bass
\key c \major
\time 6/8
- c4.~ c8 d b c([ d)] b c d b c
+ c4.~ c8 d b c([ d]) b c d b c
}
\addlyrics {
Lar -- go_al fac -- to -- tum del -- la cit -- tà
@seealso
-Benutzerhandbuch: @ruser{Vocal music}.
+Notationsreferenz: @ruser{Vocal music}.
@node Lyrics to multiple staves
@subsection Lyrics to multiple staves
+@cindex Gesangstext auf mehreren Systemen
+@cindex Mehrere Systeme und Gesangstext
+
Die einfache Lösung mit @code{\addlyrics} kann benutzt werden, um
Text zu einem oder mehreren Systemen zu setzen. Hier ein Beispiel
aus Händels @notation{Judas Maccabäus}:
\key f \major
\time 6/8
\partial 8
- c8 c([ bes)] a a([ g)] f f'4. b, c4.~ c4
+ c8 c([ bes]) a a([ g]) f f'4. b, c4.~ c4
}
\addlyrics {
Let flee -- cy flocks the hills a -- dorn, __
\key f \major
\time 6/8
\partial 8
- r8 r4. r4 c8 a'([ g)] f f([ e)] d e([ d)] c bes'4
+ r8 r4. r4 c8 a'([ g]) f f([ e]) d e([ d]) c bes'4
}
\addlyrics {
Let flee -- cy flocks the hills a -- dorn,
@seealso
-Benutzerhandbuch: @ruser{Vocal music}.
+Notationsreferenz: @ruser{Vocal music}.
@node Final touches
@node Organizing pieces with variables
@subsection Organizing pieces with variables
+@cindex Variable
+@cindex Bezeichner
+@cindex Makro
+@cindex Variablen zuweisen
+@cindex Variablen benutzen
+@cindex Zuweisen von Variablen
+@cindex Variable, erlaubte Zeichen
+@cindex Zeichen, in Variablen erlaubt
+
Wenn alle die Elemente, die angesprochen wurden, zu größeren Dateien
zusammengefügt werden, werden auch die musikalischen Ausdrücke sehr
viel größer. In polyphonen Dateien mit vielen Systemen kann das
@node Version number
@subsection Version number
+@cindex Update
+@cindex Neue Version
+@cindex Dateien aktualisieren
+@cindex Aktualisieren von Dateien
@cindex Versionsnummern
+
+@funindex \version
+@funindex version
+@funindex convert-ly
+
Der @code{\version}-Befehl zeigt an, welche LilyPond-Version
für eine bestimmte Quelldatei benutzt worden ist:
@node Adding titles
@subsection Adding titles
+@cindex Titel
+@cindex header
+@cindex Kopf
+@cindex Titelei
+
+@funindex \header
+@funindex header
+
Titel, Komponist, Opusnummern und ähnliche Information werden in
einer @code{\header}-Umgebung eingefügt. Diese Umgebung befindet sich
außerhalb der musikalischen Ausdrücke, meistens wird die
@node Absolute note names
@subsection Absolute note names
+@cindex Notenbezeichnungen
+@cindex absoluter Modus
+@cindex absolute Werte für Tonhöhen
+@cindex Tonhöhen, absolute Werte
+
Bis jetzt haben wir immer @code{\relative} benutzt, um Tonhöhen zu
bestimmen. Das ist die einfachste Eingabeweise für die meiste Musik.
Es gibt aber noch eine andere Möglichkeit, Tonhöhen darzustellen: durch
weiteren Achtelbalken der ersten Stimme auwirkt, während sie keine
Auswirkung auf die Balken der zweiten Stimme hat.
-@subheading force-hshift-Eigenschaft
+@subheading force-hshift property
@cindex force-hshift-Eigenschaft
@cindex Vertikale Verschiebung erzwingen
@c FIXME: formatting stuff (ie not important right now IMO)
* References for unfretted strings::
* Bowing indications::
* Harmonics::
-* Snap (Bartók) pizzicato::
+* Snap (Bartok) pizzicato::
@end menu
@node References for unfretted strings
<e a\harmonic>2 <c g'\harmonic>
@end lilypond
-@node Snap (Bartók) pizzicato
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Snap (Bartók) pizzicato
+@node Snap (Bartok) pizzicato
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Snap (Bartok) pizzicato
@untranslated
Das könnte auch nützlich in Minimal-Music sein:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-fragA = \relative c'' { a4 a8. b16 }
-fragB = \relative c'' { a8. gis16 ees4 }
-violin = \new Staff { \fragA \fragA \fragB \fragA }
+fragmentA = \relative c'' { a4 a8. b16 }
+fragmentB = \relative c'' { a8. gis16 ees4 }
+violin = \new Staff { \fragmentA \fragmentA \fragmentB \fragmentA }
\score {
{
\violin
<td valign="baseline" class="left-column">
<ul>
<li>
- <a class="title" href="user/lilypond/index.es.html">Referencia de la notación</a>
- [parcialmente traducido]<br>
- (también en <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-big-page.html">una sola página</a> [en inglés] ~ 4 Mb,<br>
+ <a class="title" href="user/lilypond/index.es.html">Referencia de la notación</a><br>
+ (también en <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-big-page.es.html">una sola página</a> ~ 4 Mb,
o en <a class="title" href="user/lilypond.es.pdf">PDF</a>)<br>
(escribir música con LilyPond)</li>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<a class="title" href="user/lilypond-program/index.es.html">Utilización del programa</a><br>
- (también en <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-program-big-page.html">una sola página</a>
-
[en inglés], o en <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-program.es.pdf">PDF</a>)<br>
+ (también en <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-program-big-page.es.html">una sola página</a>,
+ o en <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-program.es.pdf">PDF</a>)<br>
(cómo instalar y ejecutar el programa)</li>
<li>
- <a class="title" href="../input/lsr/lilypond-snippets/index.html">Fragmentos de código</a><br>
- (también en <a class="title" href="../input/lsr/lilypond-snippets-big-page.html">una sola página</a>
-
[en inglés] ~ 2 Mb, o en <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-snippets.pdf">PDF</a>)<br>
+ <a class="title" href="../input/lsr/lilypond-snippets/index.html">Fragmentos de código</a> [en inglés]<br>
+ (también en <a class="title" href="../input/lsr/lilypond-snippets-big-page.html">una sola página</a> ~ 2 Mb,
+ o en <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-snippets.pdf">PDF</a>)<br>
(Trucos breves, consejos y ejemplos)</li>
</ul>
</td>
- <p><i>Actualizado en Thu Oct 16 21:38:37 UTC 2008
+ <p><i>Actualizado en Mon Nov 10 09:22:42 UTC 2008
</i></p>
<html>
<!-- This page is automatically generated by translation-status.py from
<th>Más inf.</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Títulos de sección<br>(415)</td>
+ <td>Títulos de sección<br>(407)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Trucar la salida<br>(12353)</td>
+ <td>4 Trucar la salida<br>(12713)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Trabajar en proyectos de LilyPond<br>(3005)</td>
+ <td>5 Trabajar en proyectos de LilyPond<br>(3007)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<th>Más inf.</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Títulos de sección<br>(393)</td>
+ <td>Títulos de sección<br>(385)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1 Instalación<br>(1867)</td>
+ <td>1 Instalación<br>(1926)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (11 %)</span></td>
<th>Más inf.</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Títulos de sección<br>(680)</td>
+ <td>Títulos de sección<br>(672)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.1 Alturas<br>(3147)</td>
+ <td>1.1 Alturas<br>(3083)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.2 Duraciones<br>(6312)</td>
+ <td>1.2 Duraciones<br>(5148)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>post-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.6 Notación de los pentagramas<br>(1690)</td>
+ <td>1.6 Notación de los pentagramas<br>(1603)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>2.1 Música vocal<br>(2679)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (56 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #c7ff35">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>3 Entrada y salida generales<br>(5661)</td>
+ <td>3 Entrada y salida generales<br>(5689)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Cambiar los valores por omisión<br>(11197)</td>
+ <td>5 Cambiar los valores por omisión<br>(11296)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (66 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #33ff21">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
ISOLANG = es
depth = ../../..
LOCALSTEPMAKE_TEMPLATES = lilypond ly doc-i18n-user
-BIG_PAGE_MANUALS = lilypond-learning
+BIG_PAGE_MANUALS = lilypond-learning lilypond lilypond-program
include $(depth)/make/stepmake.make
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: dfae8d829c653d1c011f8823cd51d09c33400b66
+Translation of GIT committish: 470afe4ab29825194827f7dfcf031addb68771ce
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node Changing defaults
@chapter Changing defaults
-
-El objetivo del diseño de LilyPond es proporcionar por defecto la más
-alta calidad de los resultados. A pesar de ello, podría tener que
-cambiar este resultado por defecto. La disposición sobre el papel se
-controla a través de un amplio número de proverbiales @q{botones e
-interruptores}. Este capítulo no relaciona todos y cada uno de los
-botones. Más bien da una visión de conjunto sobre qué grupos de
-controles se encuentran disponibles y explica la forma de hallar el
-botón exacto que se debe utilizar para conseguir un determinado
-efecto.
-
+El objetivo del diseño de LilyPond es proporcionar la más alta calidad
+de los resultados, de forma predeterminada. A pesar de ello, podría
+tener que cambiar este resultado predeterminado. La disposición sobre
+el papel se controla a través de un amplio número de @q{botones e
+interruptores} llamados en su conjunto @q{propiedades}. En el Manual
+de aprendizaje podemos encontrar una introducción en forma de tutorial
+al acceso y modificación de estas propiedades, véase
+@rlearning{Tweaking output}. Éste debería leerse en primer lugar.
+Este capítulo cubre un terreno similar, pero con un estilo más
+adecuado para un manual de referencia.
@cindex Referencia de funcionamiento interno
-Los controles disponibles para los ajustes finos se describen en un
-documento separado,
-@iftex
-el Manual de referencia de funcionamiento interno.
-@end iftex
-@ifnottex
-la @ref{Top,Referencia de funcionamiento interno,,lilypond-internals}.
-@end ifnottex
-Dicho manual relaciona todas las variables, funciones y opciones que
-se encuentran disponibles en LilyPond. Está escrito como un documento
-HTML, que se puede encontrar en
+La descripción definitiva de los controles que están dipsonibles para
+su ajuste fino están en un documento aparte: @rinternalsnamed{Top,la
+Referencia de funcionamiento interno}. Dicho manual relaciona todas
+las variables, funciones y opciones que se encuentran disponibles en
+LilyPond. Está escrito como un documento HTML, que se puede encontrar
+en
@c leave the @uref as one long line.
@uref{http://@/lilypond@/.org/@/doc/@/stable/@/Documentation/@/user/@/lilypond@/-internals/,on@/-line},
pero que también va incluido en el paquete de la documentación de LilyPond.
-Hay cuatro áreas en las que se pueden cambiar los valores por defecto:
-
-@itemize
-@item
-Notación automática: cambiar la creación automática de los elementos
-de notación. Por ejemplo, cambiar las reglas de barrado de las
-figuras.
-
-@item
-Salida: cambiar el aspecto de los objetos individuales. Por ejemplo,
-cambiar las direcciones de las plicas o la situación exacta de los
-subíndices.
-
-@item
-Contexto: modificar aspectos de la traducción de los eventos musicales
-en notación. Por ejemplo, dar a cada pentagrama una indicación de
-compás distinta.
-
-@item
-Disposición de la página: cambiar el aspecto visual del espaciado, los
-saltos de línea y las dimensiones de la página. Estas modificaciones
-se discuten en @ref{General input and output} y @ref{Spacing issues}.
-@end itemize
-
Internamente, LilyPond utiliza el lenguaje Scheme (un dialecto de
LISP) para aportar la infraestructura. La sobreescritura de las
decisiones de disposición da acceso efectivo a las interioridades del
tutorial} contiene un breve tutorial sobre la introducción de números,
listas, cadenas y símbolos en Scheme.}
-
@menu
-* Interpretation contexts::
-* Explaining the Internals Reference::
-* Modifying properties::
-* Useful concepts and properties::
-* Common properties::
-* Advanced tweaks::
+* Interpretation contexts::
+* Explaining the Internals Reference::
+* Modifying properties::
+* Useful concepts and properties::
+* Advanced tweaks::
@end menu
Esta sección explica qué son los contextos y cómo modificarlos.
@menu
-* Contexts explained::
-* Creating contexts::
-* Modifying context plug-ins::
-* Changing context default settings::
-* Defining new contexts::
-* Aligning contexts::
+* Contexts explained::
+* Creating contexts::
+* Modifying context plug-ins::
+* Changing context default settings::
+* Defining new contexts::
+* Aligning contexts::
@end menu
+@seealso
+
+Manual de aprendizaje:
+@rlearning{Contexts and engravers}.
+
+Archivos de inicio:
+@file{ly/@/engraver@/-init@/.ly},
+@file{ly/@/performer@/-init@/.ly}.
+
+Fragmentos de código:
+@rlsr{Contexts and engravers}.
+
+Referencia de funcionamiento interno:
+@rinternals{Contexts},
+@rinternals{Engravers and Performers}.
+
@node Contexts explained
@subsection Contexts explained
-Cuando se imprime la música, se tienen que añadir a la salida una gran
-cantidad de elementos notacionales. Por ejemplo, compare la entrada y
-la salida del siguiente ejemplo:
+Los contextos se disponen de forma jerárquica:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
-cis4 cis2. g4
-@end lilypond
+@menu
+* Score - the master of all contexts::
+* Top-level contexts - staff containers::
+* Intermediate-level contexts - staves::
+* Bottom-level contexts - voices::
+@end menu
+
+@node Score - the master of all contexts
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Score - the master of all contexts
-La entrada es bastante escueta, pero en la salida se añaden líneas
-divisorias, alteraciones accidentales, la clave y la indicación de
-compás. LilyPond @emph{interpreta} la entrada. En esta fase se
-inspecciona la información musical en orden temporal, de forma
-parecida a la lectura de una partitura de izquierda a
-derecha. Mientras se lee la entrada, el programa recuerda dónde se
-encuentran los límites de los compases, y qué notas requieren
-alteraciones explícitas. Esta información se puede presentar sobre
-varios niveles. Por ejemplo, el efecto de una alteración accidental
-se encuentra limitada a un solo pentagrama, mientras que una barra
-divisoria debe estar sincronizada a través de la partitura de arriba a
+Este es el contexto de notación del nivel más alto. Ningún otro
+contexto puede contener a un contexto Score. De forma predeterminada,
+el contexto Score maneja la administración de las indicaciones de
+compás y se asegura de que ciertos elementos como claves, compases y
+armaduras están siempre alineados entre los distintos pentagramas.
+
+Se crea implícitamente una instancia del contexto Score cuando se
+procesa un bloque @code{\score @{@dots{}@}} o @code{\layout
+@{@dots{}@}}, o explícitamente cuando se ejecuta una instrucción
+@code{\new Score}.
+
+@node Top-level contexts - staff containers
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Top-level contexts - staff containers
+
+@strong{@emph{StaffGroup}}
+
+Agrupa pentagramas y añade un corchete en la parte izquierda, formando
+un grupo. Las líneas divisorias de los pentagramas contenidos se
+conectan verticalmente. StaffGroup sólo consiste en una colección de
+pentagramas, con un corchete delante y líneas divisorias de arriba a
abajo.
-Dentro de LilyPond, estas reglas y pequeñas porciones de información
-se agrupan en @emph{Contexts}. Algunos ejemplos de contextos son
-@code{Voice} (Voz), @code{Staff} (Pauta o pentagrama) y @code{Score}
-(Partitura). Los contextos son jerárquicos, por ejemplo: un
-@code{Staff} contener muchas @code{Voice}s, y una @code{Score} puede
-contener muchos contextos de @code{Staff}.
+@strong{@emph{ChoirStaff}}
-@quotation
-@sourceimage{context-example,5cm,,}
-@end quotation
+Idéntico a StaffGroup excepto que las barras de compás de los
+pentagramas contenidos no se conectan verticalmente.
+
+@strong{@emph{GrandStaff}}
+
+Un grupo de pentagramas, con una llave en la parte izquierda que
+abarca el grupo. Las barras de compás de los pentagramas contenidos
+se conectan verticalmente.
+
+@strong{@emph{PianoStaff}}
+
+@c TODO No longer correct? Check. -td
+Igual que GrandStaff pero con una distancia fija entre los
+pentagramas, de manera que se pueden usar ligaduras y barras que
+cruzan de un pentagrama a otro.
+
+@ignore
+@strong{@emph{InnerStaffGroup}}
+
+TODO -td
+
+@strong{@emph{InnerChoirStaff}}
+
+TODO -td
+
+@end ignore
+
+@node Intermediate-level contexts - staves
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Intermediate-level contexts - staves
+
+@strong{@emph{Staff}}
+
+Maneja claves, barras de compás, tonalidades y alteraciones
+accidentales. Puede contener contextos de Voice.
+
+@strong{@emph{RhythmicStaff}}
+
+Como Staff, pero para imprimir ritmos. Se ignoran las alturas de las
+notas; las notas se imprimen sobre una línea.
+
+@strong{@emph{TabStaff}}
+
+Contexto para generar tablaturas. De forma predeterminada dispone la
+expresión musical como una tablatura de guitarra, impresa sobre seis
+líneas.
+
+@strong{@emph{DrumStaff}}
+
+Maneja el tipografiado para instrumentos de percusión. Puede contener
+contextos DrumVoice.
+
+@strong{@emph{VaticanaStaff}}
+
+Iguall que Staff, excepto que está pensado para tipografiar piezas en
+estilo gregoriano.
+
+@strong{@emph{MensuralStaff}}
+
+Igual que Staff, excepto que está diseñado para tipografiar piezas en
+estilo mensural.
+
+
+@node Bottom-level contexts - voices
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Bottom-level contexts - voices
+
+Los contextos del mismo nivel que Voice dan un valor inicial a ciertas
+propiedades e inician los grabadores correspondientes. Siendo
+contextos del nivel más bajo, no pueden contener a otros contextos.
+
+@strong{@emph{Voice}}
+
+Corresponde a una voz sobre un pentagrama. este contexto maneja la
+conversión de las indicaciones dinámicas, plicas, barras, subíndices y
+superíndices, ligaduras de expresión y de unión, y silencios. Tenemos
+que crear instancias explícitas de este contexto si necesitamos varias
+voces en el mismo pentagrama.
+
+@strong{@emph{VaticanaVoice}}
+
+Lo mismo que Voice, excepto que está diseñado para tipografiar piezas
+en estilo gregoriano.
+
+@strong{@emph{MensuralVoice}}
+
+Lo mismmo que Voice, con modificaciones para el tipografiado de piezas
+en estilo mensural.
+
+@strong{@emph{Lyrics}}
+
+Corresponde a una voz con letra. Maneja la impresión de una sola
+línea de letra.
+
+@strong{@emph{DrumVoice}}
+
+El contexto de voz utilizado en una pauta de percusión.
+
+@strong{@emph{FiguredBass}}
+
+El contexto en que los objetos BassFigure se crean a partir de la
+entrada escrita en el modo @code{\figuremode}.
+
+@strong{@emph{TabVoice}}
+
+El contexto de voz utilizado dentro de un contexto TabStaff. Se suele
+dejar que se cree implícitamente.
+
+@strong{@emph{ChordNames}}
+
+Tipografía nombres de acordes.
-Cada contexto asume la responsabilidad de imponer algunas reglas de
-notación, creando ciertos objetos de notación y manteniendo las
-propiedades asociadas. Por ejemplo, el contexto @code{Voice} puede
-introducir una alteración accidental y entonces el contexto
-@code{Staff} mantiene la regla de mostrar o suprimir la alteración
-para el resto del compás. La sincronización de las líneas divisorias
-se gestiona dentro del contexto de la partitura, @code{Score}.
-
-Sin embargo, en algunas músicas posiblemente no queramos que las
-líneas divisorias estén sincronizada (pensemos en una partitura
-polimétrica en compases de 4/4 y de 3/4). En tales casos, debemos
-modificar los ajustes por omisión de los contextos @code{Score} y
-@code{Staff}.
-
-Para partituras muy sencillas, los contextos se crean implícitamente y
-no debemos preocuparnos por ellos. Para piezas mayores, como por
-ejemplo cualquiera que tenga más de un pentagrama, los contextos se
-deben crear explícitamente para asegurarnos de que tendremos la
-cantidad exacta de pentagramas que necesitamos, y que están en el
-orden correcto. Para tipografiar piezas con notación especializada,
-puede ser útil modificar contextos existentes o definir unos nuevos.
-
-
-En la referencia del programa se encuentra una descripción completa de
-todos los contextos que están disponibles, consulte
-@ifhtml
-@rinternals{Contexts}.
-@end ifhtml
-@ifnothtml
-Traducción @expansion{} Contexto.
-@end ifnothtml
@node Creating contexts
@subsection Creating contexts
muestran métodos más sofisticados para quitar objetos en
@rlearning{Visibility and color of objects}.
-EL ejemplo siguiente muestra una aplicación práctica. Normalmente las
+El ejemplo siguiente muestra una aplicación práctica. Normalmente las
líneas divisorias y las indicaciones de compás están sincronizadas a
lo largo de toda la partitura. Lo hacen los grabadores
@code{Timing_translator} y @code{Default_bar_line_engraver}. Estos
@node Changing context default settings
@subsection Changing context default settings
-Los ajustes de las secciones previas ( @ref{The set command},
-@ref{Modifying context plug-ins} y @ref{Overview of modifying
-properties}) también se pueden escribir separados de la música dentro
-del bloque @code{\layout}:
-
-@example
-\layout @{
- @dots{}
- \context @{
- \Staff
-
- \set fontSize = #-2
- \override Stem #'thickness = #4.0
- \remove "Time_signature_engraver"
- @}
-@}
-@end example
-
-La instrucción @code{\Staff} recupera la definición existente del
-contexto de pentagrama de manera que se pueda modificar.
-
-Los enunciados
-@example
-\set fontSize = #-2
-\override Stem #'thickness = #4.0
-\remove "Time_signature_engraver"
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-afectan a todos los pentagramas de la partitura. Otros contextos se
-pueden modificar de forma análoga.
-
-La palabra clave @code{\set} es opcional dentro del bloque
-@code{\layout}, y así
-
-@example
-\context @{
- @dots{}
- fontSize = #-2
-@}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-también funciona.
+Los ajustes de contexto que están preparados para usarse de forma
+predeterminada en los contextos @code{Score}, @code{Staff} y
+@code{Voice}, se pueden especificar dentro de un bloque
+@code{\layout}, como se ilustra en el ejemplo siguiente. El bloque
+@code{\layout} se debe colocar dentro del bloque @code{\score} en que
+se quiere que haga efecto, pero fuera de la música.
+
+Observe que la propia instrucción @code{\set} y el contexto se deben
+omitir cuando se especifican de esta manera los valores de contexto
+predeterminados:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\score {
+ \relative c'' {
+ a4^"Really small, thicker stems, no time signature" a a a
+ a a a a
+ }
+ \layout {
+ \context {
+ \Staff
+ fontSize = #-4
+ \override Stem #'thickness = #4.0
+ \remove "Time_signature_engraver"
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+En este ejemplo, la instrucción @code{\Staff} especifica que los
+ajustes siguientes se apliquen a todos los pentagramas dentro del
+bloque de partitura.
+Se pueden realizar de forma similar modificaciones al contexto
+@code{Score} o a todos los contextos @code{Voice}.
@knownissues
otros contextos existentes. Esto podría ser de utilidad al preparar
un pentagrama vocal (@rlearning{Vocal ensembles}) y un ossia,
-@c ARREGLAR: esta sección no funciona en PDF. (¿?)
-
@cindex ossia
@findex alignAboveContext
@findex alignBelowContext
}
@end lilypond
+@cindex nested contexts
+@cindex contexts, nested
+
+@funindex \accepts
+@funindex \denies
+Los contextos como @code{PianoStaff} pueden llevar dentro otros
+contextos anidados. Los contextos que se pueden aceptar para su
+anidamiento están definidos por la lista @qq{accepts} (acepta) de un
+contexto. Los contextos que no están en esta lista se colocan debajo
+del contexto exterior en la partitura impresa. Por ejemplo, el
+contexto @code{PianoStaff} está definido para que acepte contextos
+@code{Staff} y @code{FiguredBass} de forma predeterminada, pero no un
+contexto @code{Lyrics}, por ejemplo. Así pues, en la siguiente
+estructura la letra se sitúa debajo del sistema de piano en lugar de
+colocarse entre los dos pentagramas:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+\new PianoStaff
+<<
+ \new Staff { e4 d c2 }
+ \addlyrics { Three blind mice }
+ \new Staff {
+ \clef "bass"
+ { c,1 }
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+La lista @qq{accepts} de un contexto se puede modificar para que
+incluya contextos anidados adicionales, y así si quisiéramos que la
+letra apareciese entre los dos pentagramas podríamos usar:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+\new PianoStaff \with { \accepts Lyrics }
+<<
+ \new Staff { e4 d c2 }
+ \addlyrics { Three blind mice }
+ \new Staff {
+ \clef "bass"
+ { c,1 }
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Lo contrario de @code{\accepts} (acepta) es @code{\denies} (deniega);
+esto suprime un contexto de la lista @qq{accepts}.
@node Explaining the Internals Reference
@menu
-* Navigating the program reference::
-* Layout interfaces::
-* Determining the grob property::
-* Naming conventions::
+* Navigating the program reference::
+* Layout interfaces::
+* Determining the grob property::
+* Naming conventions::
@end menu
digitación (en @ref{Fingering instructions}), encontrará:
@quotation
-@seealso
+@strong{Véase también}
Referencia de funcionamiento interno: @rinternals{Fingering}.
f
@end lilypond
-
En este caso, el contexto de este truco es @code{Voice}. Este hecho
se puede deducir también a partir de la referencia del programa, ya
que la página dedicada al añadido @rinternals{Fingering_engraver} dice
@node Naming conventions
@subsection Naming conventions
-@untranslated
+@ignore
+Another thing that is needed, is an overview of the various naming
+conventions:
+
+ scheme functions: lowercase-with-hyphens (incl. one-word
+names)
+ scheme functions: ly:plus-scheme-style
+ music events, music classes and music properties:
+as-scheme-functions
+ Grob interfaces: scheme-style
+ backend properties: scheme-style (but X and Y!)
+ contexts (and MusicExpressions and grobs): Capitalized or
+CamelCase
+ context properties: lowercaseFollowedByCamelCase
+ engravers:
+Capitalized_followed_by_lowercase_and_with_underscores
+
+Which of these are conventions and which are rules?
+Which are rules of the underlying language, and which are
+LP-specific?
+@end ignore
@node Modifying properties
@section Modifying properties
@menu
-* Overview of modifying properties::
-* The set command::
-* The override command::
-* set versus override::
-* The tweak command::
+* Overview of modifying properties::
+* The set command::
+* The override command::
+* The tweak command::
+* set versus override::
@end menu
@code{Stem} dentro del pentagrama en curso @code{Staff}. Después de
que la instrucción se ha interpretado, todas las plicas se engrosan.
-DE manera análoga a @code{\set}, el argumento @var{contexto} se puede
+De manera análoga a @code{\set}, el argumento @var{contexto} se puede
omitir, ocasionando que se utilice el contexto predeterminado
@code{Voice}. Al añadir @code{\once} se aplica el cambio durante un
solo paso de tiempo.
\revert Staff.Stem #'thickness
@end example
-Salgunas opciones «trucables» se llaman @q{subpropiedades} y residen
+Algunas opciones «trucables» se llaman @q{subpropiedades} y residen
dentro de las propiedades normales. Para trucarlas, utilice
instrucciones de la forma
@rinternals{OverrideProperty},
@rinternals{RevertProperty},
@rinternals{PropertySet},
-@rinternals{Backend} y
+@rinternals{Backend},
@rinternals{All layout objects}.
R1*2
@end lilypond
-Los contextos so jerárquicos, y si se ha especificado un contexto
+Los contextos son jerárquicos, y si se ha especificado un contexto
mayor, por ejemplo @code{Staff}, entonces el cambio se aplicaría
también a todos los contextos @code{Voice} dentro del pentagrama
actual. El cambio se aplica @q{al vuelo}, durante la música, de
Mostraremos a continuación cómo localizar esta información en el
manual de notación y en la referencia de funcionamiento interno.
+
+@node The tweak command
+@subsection The @code{\tweak} command
+
+@funindex \tweak
+@cindex trucar
+
+En ocasiones es posible tomar un atajo para realizar el ajuste fino de
+los objetos gráficos. Para objetos que reusultan directamente de un
+elemento de código de la entrada, puede usar la función @code{\tweak},
+por ejemplo
+
+@lilypond[relative=2,verbatim]
+< c
+ \tweak #'color #red
+ d
+ g
+ \tweak #'duration-log #1
+ a
+> 4
+-\tweak #'padding #8
+-^
+@end lilypond
+
+@cindex chord, modifying one note in
+
+Pero el uso principal de la instrucción @code{\tweak} es modificar
+solamente uno de varios elementos de notación que dan comienzo en el
+mismo momento musical, como las notas de un acorde, o corchetes de
+tresillo que empiezan al mismo tiempo.
+
+Para ver una introducción a la sintaxis y los usos de la instrucción
+tweak, consulte @rlearning{Tweaking methods}.
+
+La instrucción @code{\tweak} fija una propiedad en el objeto que viene
+a continuación de forma directa, sin necesidad de especificar el
+nombre del grob o el contexto. Para que esto funcione, es necesario
+que la instrucción @code{\tweak} permanezca inmediatamente adyacente
+al objeto al que se aplica, después de que el archivo de entrada se ha
+convertido en un flujo musical. Con frecuencia no es el caso, pues
+muchos elementos adicionales se insertan en la corriente musical de
+forma implícita. Por ejemplo, cuando se procesa una nota que no forma
+parte de un acorde, LilyPond inserta implícitamente un evento
+@code{ChordEvent} antes de la nota, separando así el truco de la nota.
+Sin embargo, si los símbolos de acorde se sitúan cerca del truco y la
+nota, la instrucción @code{\tweak} viene después del @code{ChordEvent}
+en el flujo musical, permaneciendo así adyacente a la nota, y con la
+posibilidad de modificarla.
+
+Así, esto funciona:
+
+@lilypond[relative=2,verbatim,quote]
+<\tweak #'color #red c>4
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+pero esto no funciona:
+
+@lilypond[relative=2,verbatim,quote]
+\tweak #'color #red c4
+@end lilypond
+
+Si se colocan varios elementos similares en el mismo momento musical,
+la instrucción @code{\override} no se puede usar para modificar uno
+solo de ellos: aquí es donde se debe usar la instrucción
+@code{\tweak}. Entre los elementos que pueden aparecer más de una vez
+en el mismo momento musical están los siguientes:
+
+@c TODO expand to include any further uses of \tweak
+@itemize
+@item las cabezas de las notas de un acorde
+@item signos de articulación sobre la misma nota
+@item ligaduras de unión entre notas de un acorde
+@item corchetes de grupos especials que comienzan en el mismo momento
+@end itemize
+
+@c TODO add examples of these
+
+@noindent
+y se puede usar @code{\tweak} para modificar cualquier aparición
+específica de estos elementos.
+
+Es de resaltar que la instrucción @code{\tweak} no se puede usar para
+modificar plicas, barras o alteraciones accidentales, porque éstos se
+generan más tarde por parte de las cabezas de nota, en vez de por
+elementos musicales que están en el flujo de entrada. Ni se puede
+usar una instrucción @code{\tweak} para modificar claves o
+indicaciones de compás, ya que éstos están separados de cualquier
+instrucción @code{\tweak} precedente en el flujo de entrada a causa de
+la inserción automática de elementos adicionales necesarios para
+especificar el contexto.
+
+Pero la instrucción @code{\tweak} se puede usar como alternativa a la
+instrucción @code{\override} para modificar estos elementos
+notacionales que no producen la adición de ningún elemento notacional
+implícito antes de ellos mismos en el flujo musical. Por ejemplo, las
+ligaduras de expresión se pueden modificar de esta forma:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+c-\tweak #'thickness #5 ( d e f)
+@end lilypond
+
+También se pueden escribir varias instrucciones @code{\tweak} antes de
+un elemento notacional, y todas ellas le afectan:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+c
+-\tweak #'style #'dashed-line
+-\tweak #'dash-fraction #0.2
+-\tweak #'thickness #3
+-\tweak #'color #red
+ \glissando
+f'
+@end lilypond
+
+El flujo musical que se genera a partir de una sección de un archivo
+de entrada, incluido cualquier elemento insertado automáticamente,
+puede examinarse, véase @ref{Displaying music expressions}. Esto
+puede ser de utilidad en la determinación de lo que puede modificarse
+por medio de una instrucción @code{\tweak}.
+
+@seealso
+
+Manual de aprendizaje:
+@rlearning{Tweaking methods}.
+
+Referencia de la notación:
+@ref{Displaying music expressions}.
+
+@knownissues
+
+@cindex trucos en una variable
+La instrucción @code{\tweak} no se puede usar dentro de una variable.
+
+@cindex trucos en la letra
+Las instrucciones @code{\tweak} no se pueden usar dentro del modo @code{\lyricmode}.
+
+@cindex trucar puntos de control
+@cindex control, trucar puntos de
+
+La instrucción @code{\tweak} no se puede usar para modificar los
+puntos de control de una única ligadura entre varias dentro de un
+acorde, aparte de la primera que aparece en el archivo de entrada.
+
@node set versus override
@subsection @code{\set} vs. @code{\override}
(modificada con @code{\set}).
-@node The tweak command
-@subsection The @code{\tweak} command
-
-@funindex \tweak
-
-En ocasiones es posible tomar un atajo para realizar el ajuste fino de
-los objetos gráficos. Para objetos que reusultan directamente de un
-elemento de código de la entrada, puede usar la función @code{\tweak},
-por ejemplo
-
-@lilypond[relative=2,fragment,verbatim,ragged-right]
-<
- c
- \tweak #'color #red d
- g
- \tweak #'duration-log #1 a
->4-\tweak #'padding #10 -.
-@end lilypond
-
-Como podemos ver, las propiedades se establecen directamente dentro de
-los objetos, sin hacer mención al nombre del grob ni al contexto en el
-que se tendría que aplicar.
-
-Esta técnica sólo funciona para los objetos que están conectados
-directamente a un @rinternals{Event} (evento) del texto de entrada,
-por ejemplo
-
-@itemize
-@item cabezas de nota, producidas por chord-pitch (p. ej.: las notas de un acorde)
-@item signos de articulación, producidos por instrucciones de articulación
-@end itemize
-
-Posiblemente no funcione para plicas y alteraciones accidentales
-(éstos están producidos por parte de las cabezas de nota, no por los
-eventos musicales) ni para las claves (éstos no están producidos por
-ninguna entrada musical, sino más bien a causa de un cambio en el
-valor de una propiedad).
-
-Existen muy pocos objetos que estén conectados @emph{directamente} al
-resultado de salida. Una nota normal (como @code{c4}) no está
-conectada directamente a la salida, así que
-
-@example
-\tweak #'color #red c4
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-no cambia el color. Consulte @ref{Displaying music expressions} para
-ver más detalles.
-
@node Useful concepts and properties
@section Useful concepts and properties
@menu
-* Input modes::
-* Direction and placement::
-* Distances and measurements::
-* Spanners::
+* Input modes::
+* Direction and placement::
+* Distances and measurements::
+* Staff symbol properties::
+* Spanners::
+* Visibility of objects::
+* Line styles::
+* Rotating objects::
@end menu
@node Input modes
de entrada se interprete con la sintaxis de la notación de percusión,
véase @ref{Basic percussion notation}.
-EL modo de percusión también se activa con la instrucción
+El modo de percusión también se activa con la instrucción
@code{\drums}. También crea un contexto @code{DrumStaff} nuevo y hace
que el código que sigue se interprete con la sintaxis de la notación
de percusión y se imprima como símbolos de percusión sobre un
@node Distances and measurements
@subsection Distances and measurements
-@untranslated
+@cindex distances, absolute
+@cindex distances, scaled
+
+@funindex \mm
+@funindex \cm
+@funindex \in
+@funindex \pt
+
+Las distancias en LilyPond son de dos tipos: absolutas y escaladas.
+
+Las distancias absolutas se usan para especificar márgenes, sangrados
+y otros detalles de diseño de página, y de forma predeterminada se
+especifican en milímetros. Las distancias se pueden especificar en
+otras unidades escribiendo después de la cifra indicativa de la
+cantidad, @code{\mm}, @code{\cm}, @code{\in}@tie{}(pulgadas), o
+@code{\pt}@tie{}(puntos, 1/72.27 pulgadas). Las distancias de diseño
+de página se pueden especificar también en unidades escalables (véase
+el párrafo siguiente) adjuntando @code{\staff-space} a la cantidad.
+La disposición de página se describe en detalle en @ref{Page
+formatting}.
+
+Las distancias escaladas siempre se especifican en unidades de un
+espacio del pentagrama o, más raramente, medio espacio del pentagrama.
+El espacio de pentagrama es la distancia entre dos líneas del
+pentagrama adyacentes. El valor predeterminado se puede cambiar
+globalmente fijando el tamaño global del pentagrama, o se puede
+sobreescribir localmente cambiando la propiedad @code{staff-space} del
+objeto @code{StaffSymbol}. Las distancias escaladas se escalan
+automáticamente con cualquier cambio al tamaño global del pentagrama o
+a la propiedad @code{staff-space} del objeto @code{StaffSymbol}, pero
+las fuentes tipográficas se escalan solamente con los cambios
+efectuados al tamaño global del pentagrama. Así, el tamaño global del
+pentagrama posibilita la fácil variación del tamaño general de una
+partitura impresa. Para ver los métodos de establecimiento del tamaño
+global del pentagrama, véase @ref{Setting the staff size}.
+
+@funindex magstep
+
+Si se necesita dibujar sólo una sección de una partitura a una escala
+distinta, por ejemplo una sección ossia o una nota al pie, no se puede
+simplemente cambiar el tamaño global del pentagrama porque esto
+afectaría a toda la partitura. En tales casos, el cambio de tamaño se
+hace sobreescribiendo tanto la propiedad @code{staff-space} de
+@code{StaffSymbol} como el tamaño de las fuentes tipográficas. Está a
+nuestra disposición una función de Scheme, @code{magstep}, para
+convertir de un cambio en el tamaño de la fuente al cambio equivalente
+en @code{staff-space}. Para ver una explicación y un ejemplo de su
+utilización, consulte @rlearning{Length and thickness of objects}.
+
+@seealso
+
+Manual de aprendizaje:
+@rlearning{Length and thickness of objects}.
+
+Referencia de la notación:
+@ref{Page formatting},
+@ref{Setting the staff size}.
+
+
+@node Staff symbol properties
+@subsection Staff symbol properties
+
+@cindex ajuste del símbolo del pentagrama
+@cindex dibujar el símbolo del pentagrama
+@cindex pentagrama, establecer el símbolo del
+
+@c TODO Extend or remove this section. See also NR 1.6.2 Staff symbol
+@c Need to think of uses for these properties. Eg 'line-positions
+@c is used in a snippet to thicken centre line.
+@c If retained, add @ref to here in 1.6.2 -td
+
+Se puede definir al mismo tiempo la posición vertical de las líneas de
+la pauta y el número de líneas de la misma. Como muestra el siguiente
+ejemplo, las posiciones de las notas no están influidas por las
+posiciones de las líneas de la pauta.
+
+@warning{La propiedad @code{'line-positions} sobreescribe a la
+propiedad @code{'line-count}. El número de líneas de la pauta está
+definido implícitamente por el número de elementos de la lista de
+valores de @code{'line-positions}.}
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+\new Staff \with {
+ \override StaffSymbol #'line-positions = #'(7 3 0 -4 -6 -7)
+}
+{ a4 e' f b | d1 }
+@end lilypond
+
+Se puede modificar la anchura de la pauta. Las unidades son espacios
+de pentagrama. El espaciado de los objetos dentro del pentagrama no
+resulta afectado por este ajuste.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+\new Staff \with {
+ \override StaffSymbol #'width = #23
+}
+{ a4 e' f b | d1 }
+@end lilypond
+
@node Spanners
@subsection Spanners
estas propiedades son comunes a todos los objetos de extensión; otras
se limitan a un subconjunto de los extensores.
+Todos los objetos de extensión contemplan el interface
+@code{spanner-interface}. Algunos, básicamente aquellos que trazan
+una línea recta entre los dos objetos, contemplan también el interface
+@code{line-spanner-interface}.
-@node Common properties
-@section Common properties
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using the @code{spanner-interface}
-@menu
-* Controlling visibility of objects::
-* Line styles::
-* Rotating objects::
-* Aligning objects::
-@end menu
+Este interface proporciona dos propiedades que se aplican a varios
+extensores.
-@node Controlling visibility of objects
-@subsection Controlling visibility of objects
+@strong{@i{La propiedad @code{minimum-length}}}
+La longitud mínima del objeto de extensión se pesoecifica a través de
+la propiedad @code{minimum-length}. Su aumento suele producir el
+efecto necesario de aumentar el espaciado de las notas entre los dos
+puntos extremos. Sin embargo, esta sobreescritura no tiene ningún
+efecto sobre muchos extensores, pues su longitud está determinada por
+otras consideraciones. Más abajo se muestran algunos ejemplos de
+dónde es efectiva.
-@node Line styles
-@subsection Line styles
+@ignore
+Works for:
+ Tie
+ MultiMeasureRest
+ Hairpin
+ Slur
+ PhrasingSlur
+
+Works as long as callback is made:
+ Glissando
+ Beam
+
+Works not at all for:
+ LyricSpace
+ LyricHyphen
+ LyricExtender
+ TextSpanner
+ System
-Ciertas indicaciones de ejecución, p.ej., @i{rallentando},
-@i{accelerando} y los @i{trinos} se escriben como texto y se extienden
-sobre muchos compases mediante líneas, a veces punteadas u onduladas.
+@end ignore
-Todos ellos usan las mismas rutinas que el glissando para dibujar los textos y las líneas,
-y por ello el ajuste fino de su comportamiento se hace de la
-misma manera. Se hace con un spanner (un objeto de extensión), y la rutina responsable
-de dibujar los objetos de extensión es @code{ly:line-interface::print}. Esta
-rutina determina la colocación exacta de los dos @i{extremos del
-objeto de extensión} y dibuja una línea entre ellos, en el estilo solicitado.
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+a~a
+a
+% increase the length of the tie
+-\tweak #'minimum-length #5
+~a
+@end lilypond
-He aquí un ejemplo de los distintos estilos de línea disponibles, y cómo
-aplicarles ajustes finos.
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+a1
+\compressFullBarRests
+R1*23
+% increase the length of the rest bar
+\once \override MultiMeasureRest #'minimum-length = #20
+R1*23
+a1
+@end lilypond
-@lilypond[relative=2,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
-d2 \glissando d'2
-\once \override Glissando #'style = #'dashed-line
-d,2 \glissando d'2
-\override Glissando #'style = #'dotted-line
-d,2 \glissando d'2
-\override Glissando #'style = #'zigzag
-d,2 \glissando d'2
-\override Glissando #'style = #'trill
-d,2 \glissando d'2
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+a \< a a a \!
+% increase the length of the hairpin
+\override Hairpin #'minimum-length = #20
+a \< a a a \!
@end lilypond
-La información que determina los puntos extremos se calcula al vuelo
-para cada objeto gráfico, pero es posible sobreescribirlos.
+Esta sobreescritura se puede usar también para aumentar la longitud de
+las ligaduras de expresión y de fraseo:
-@lilypond[relative=2,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
-e2 \glissando f
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+a( a)
+a
+-\tweak #'minimum-length #5
+( a)
+
+a\( a\)
+a
+-\tweak #'minimum-length #5
+\( a\)
+@end lilypond
+
+Para algunos objetos de preesentación, la propiedad
+@code{minimum-length} es efectiva sólo si se llama explícitamente al
+procedimiento @code{set-spacing-rods}. Para hacerlo, se debe fijar la
+propiedad @code{springs-and-rods} al valor
+@code{ly:spanner::set-spacing-rods}. Por ejemplo, la longitud mínima
+de un glissando no tiene efecto a no ser que se establezca la
+propiedad @code{springs-and-rods}:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+% default
+e \glissando c'
+
+% not effective alone
+\once \override Glissando #'minimum-length = #20
+e, \glissando c'
+
+% effective only when both overrides are present
+\once \override Glissando #'minimum-length = #20
+\once \override Glissando #'springs-and-rods = #ly:spanner::set-spacing-rods
+e, \glissando c'
+@end lilypond
+
+Lo mismo se puede decir del objeto @code{Beam}:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+% not effective alone
+\once \override Beam #'minimum-length = #20
+e8 e e e
+
+% effective only when both overrides are present
+\once \override Beam #'minimum-length = #20
+\once \override Beam #'springs-and-rods = #ly:spanner::set-spacing-rods
+e8 e e e
+@end lilypond
+
+@strong{@i{The @code{to-barline} property}}
+
+La segunda propiedad útil del @code{spanner-interface} es
+@code{to-barline}. De forma predeterminada tiene el valor cierto,
+haciendo que los reguladores y otros objetos de extensión que terminan
+sobre la primera nota de un compás, en vez de eso terminen en la línea
+divisoria inmediatamente precedente. Si se establece al valor falso,
+el extensor llegará más allá de la barra de compás y terminará
+excatamente sobre la nota:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+a \< a a a a \! a a a \break
+\override Hairpin #'to-barline = ##f
+a \< a a a a \! a a a
+@end lilypond
+
+Esta propiedad no es efectiva para todos los extensores. Por ejemplo,
+su establecimiento a @code{#t} no tienen ningún efecto sobre las
+ligaduras de expresión o de fraseo, o sobre otros extensores para los
+que terminar en la barra de compás no tendría ningún significado.
+
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using the @code{line-spanner-interface}
+
+Entre los objetos que contemplan el interface
+@code{line-spanner-interface} se encuentran
+
+@itemize
+@item @code{DynamicTextSpanner}
+@item @code{Glissando}
+@item @code{TextSpanner}
+@item @code{TrillSpanner}
+@item @code{VoiceFollower}
+@end itemize
+
+La rutina responsable de dibujar los sellos de estos extensores es
+@code{ly:line-interface::print}. esta rutina determina la
+localización exacta de los dos puntos extremos y traza una línea entre
+ellos, en el estilo solicitado. Las posiciones de los dos puntos
+extremos del extensor se calculan al vuelo, pero es posible
+sobreescribir sus coordenadas Y. Las propiedades que se deben
+especificar están anidadas a dos niveles de profundidad en la
+jerarquía de propiedades, pero la sintaxis de la instrucción
+@code{\override} es bastante sencilla:
+
+@lilypond[relative=2,quote,verbatim]
+e2 \glissando b
+\once \override Glissando #'bound-details #'left #'Y = #3
\once \override Glissando #'bound-details #'right #'Y = #-2
-e2 \glissando f
+e2 \glissando b
@end lilypond
-El objeto @code{Glissando}, como cualquier otro que use la rutina
-@code{ly:line-interface::print}, conlleva una lista asociativa
-anidada. En la instrucción anterior, el valor de @code{Y}
-se establece a @code{-2} para la lista asociativa correspondiente al extremo final de la
-derecha. Por supuesto, también es posible ajustar el extremo de la izquierda con
-@code{left} en vez de @code{right}.
+Las unidades para la propiedad @code{Y} son @code{staff-space}s,
+siendo el punto del cero la línea central del pentagrama. Para el
+glissando, esto es el valor de @code{Y} en la coordenada X que
+corresponde al punto central de cada cabeza de nota si nos imaginamos
+que la línea se extiende hasta allí.
-Si no se establece el valor de @code{Y}, se calcula a partir de la posición
-vertical del punto de anclaje derecho del objeto de extensión.
+Si no está fijado @code{Y}, su valor se calcula a partir de la
+posición vertical del punto de anclaje correspondiente del extensor.
-En el caso de un salto de línea, los valores de los puntos extremos se extienden
-con los contenidos de las sublistas @code{left-broken} y @code{right-broken},
-por ejemplo
+En caso de salto de línea, los valores para los puntos extremos se
+especifican por las sub-listas @code{left-broken} y
+@code{right-broken} de @code{bound-details}. Por ejemplo:
@lilypond[relative=2,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
-\override Glissando #'breakable = ##T
+\override Glissando #'breakable = ##t
\override Glissando #'bound-details #'right-broken #'Y = #-3
c1 \glissando \break
f1
@end lilypond
-Las siguientes propiedades se pueden usar para el ajuste fino de los objetos de extensión:
+Un número de propiedades adicionales de las sub-listas @code{left} y
+@code{right} de la propiedad @code{bound-details} se pueden
+especificar de la misma forma que @code{Y}:
@table @code
@item Y
-Establece la coordenada Y del punto extremo, en espacios de pentagrama. Por
-omisión, es el centro del objeto con que enlaza. Así, para un glissando
-apuntaría al centro vertical de la cabeza de la nota.
+Establece la coordenada Y del punto extremo, en desplazamientos de
+@code{staff-space}s desde la línea central del pentagrama. De forma
+predeterminada es el centro del objeto ancla, y así un glissando
+apunta al centro vertical de la cabeza de la nota.
-Para objetos de extensión horizontales, como el de texto y los trinos, tiene el valor
-fijo de cero.
+Para extensores horizontales como los extensores de texto y los
+trinos, está inamoviblemente codificado como 0.
-@item attach-dir
-Determina el lugar donde la línea comienza y acaba en la dirección X,
-relativo al objeto al que se enlaza. Así, un valor de @code{-1} (o
-@code{LEFT}) hace que la línea comience o acabe en el lado izquierdo de la cabeza de la nota
-a la que el objeto se encuentra adjuntado.
+@item attach-dir (dirección de anclaje)
+Determina dónde comienza y termina la línea en la dirección X, con
+relación al objeto ancla. Sí, un valor de @code{-1} (o @code{LEFT},
+izquierda) hace que la línea comienze o termine en el lado izquierdo
+de la cabeza de la nota a la que está anclado.
@item X
-Es la coordenada absoluta del extremo final. Normalmente
-se calcula al vuelo y no tiene mucho sentido sobreescribirlo.
+Es la coordenada X absoluta del punto extremo. Se suele calcular al
+vuelo, y su sobreescritura no tiene un efecto útil.
-@item stencil
-Los objetos extensores de línea pueden tener símbolos al principio o al final, que se encuentra contenido
-dentro de esta subpropiedad. Es para uso interno y se recomienda
-usar @code{text}.
+@item stencil (sello)
+Los extensores de línea pueden tener símbolos al comienzo o al final,
+lo que está contenido en esta sub-propiedad. Esto es para uso
+interno; se recomienda en su lugar el uso de @code{text}.
-@item text
-Es un elemento de marcado que se evalúa para generar la propiedad stencil anterior. Se usa
-para poner @i{cresc.} y @i{tr} sobre los objetos de extensión horizontales.
+@item text (texto)
+Es un elemento de marcado que se evalúa para dar lugar al sello. Se
+usa para escribir @i{cresc.}, @i{tr} y otros textos sobre los objetos
+de extensión horizontales.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2,verbatim]
\override TextSpanner #'bound-details #'left #'text
c2\startTextSpan b c a\stopTextSpan
@end lilypond
-@item stencil-align-dir-y
-@item stencil-offset
-Sin un valor establecido para esto, el stencil se coloca simplemente sobre el extremo del final,
-tal y como se encuentra definido por las subpropiedades @code{X} e @code{Y}.
-La asignación de un valor para @code{stencil-align-dir-y} o para @code{stencil-offset}
-desplaza el símbolo del extremo de forma relativa al extremo de la línea
+@item stencil-align-dir-y (alineación del sello en y)
+@item stencil-offset (desplazamiento del sello)
+Si no se modifican uno u otro, el sello se coloca sencillamente en el
+punto extremo, centrado sobrer la línea, como viene definido por las
+subpropiedades @code{X} e @code{Y}. Si se fijan
+@code{stencil-align-dir-y} o @code{stencil-offset} se moverá el
+símbolo del borde verticalmente con relación al extremo de la línea:
@lilypond[relative=1,fragment,verbatim]
-\override TextSpanner #'bound-details #'left #'stencil-align-dir-y = #DOWN
-\override TextSpanner #'bound-details #'right #'stencil-align-dir-y = #UP
-
-\override TextSpanner #'bound-details #'left #'text = #"gggg"
-\override TextSpanner #'bound-details #'right #'text = #"hhhh"
+\override TextSpanner #'bound-details
+ #'left #'stencil-align-dir-y = #-2
+\override TextSpanner #'bound-details
+ #'right #'stencil-align-dir-y = #UP
+
+\override TextSpanner #'bound-details
+ #'left #'text = #"ggg"
+\override TextSpanner #'bound-details
+ #'right #'text = #"hhh"
c4^\startTextSpan c c c \stopTextSpan
@end lilypond
+Observe que los valores negativos mueven el texto @emph{hacia arriba},
+al contrario de lo que podríoa esperarse, pues el valor de @code{-1} o
+@code{DOWN} (abajo) significa alinear el bborde @emph{inferior} del
+texto con la línea de extensión. Un valor de @code{1} o @code{UP}
+(arriba) alinea el borde superior del texto con la línea extensora.
+
@item arrow (flecha)
-El establecimiento de esta subpropiedad al valor de @code{#t} produce una cabeza de flecha al final de la
-línea.
+Al establecer esta sub-propiedad a @code{#t} se produce una punta de
+flecha en el extremo de la línea.
@item padding (relleno)
-Esta subpropiedad controla el espacio entre el punto extremo de la línea especificado
-y el extremo real. Sin relleno, un glissando empezaría
-y acabaría en el centro de las cabezas de las notas.
+Esta sub-propiedad controla el espacio entre el punto extremo
+especificado de la línea y el extremo real. Sin relleno, un glissando
+empezaría y terminaría en el centro de la cabeza de las notas.
@end table
-La función musical \endSpanners termina los objetos de extensión y los
-reguladores después de una nota exactamente.
+La función musical @code{\endSpanners} finaliza de forma prematura el
+extensor que comienza sobre la nota que sigue inmediatamente a
+continuación. Se termina después de una nota exactamente, o en la
+siguiente barra de compás si @code{to-barline} es verdadero y se
+produce una divisoria antes de la siguiente nota.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,relative=2,fragment]
\endSpanners
-c2 \startTextSpan c2
-c2 \< c2
+c2 \startTextSpan c2 c2
+\endSpanners
+c2 \< c2 c2
@end lilypond
-Al utilizar \endSpanners no es necesario cerrar \startTextSpan con
-\stopTextSpan, ni tampoco cerrar los reguladores con \!.
+Si se usa @code{\endSpanners} no es necesario cerrar \startTextSpan
+con \stopTextSpan, ni cerrar los reguladores con @code{\!}.
@seealso
-Referencia del programa:
+Referencia de funcionamiento interno:
@rinternals{TextSpanner},
@rinternals{Glissando},
@rinternals{VoiceFollower},
@rinternals{line-spanner-interface}.
+@node Visibility of objects
+@subsection Visibility of objects
+
+@cindex objetos, visibilidad de
+@cindex grobs, visibilidad de
+@cindex visibilidad de los objetos
+
+Hay cuatro formas principales en que se puede controlar la visibilidad
+de los objetos de presentación: se puede eliminar su sello, se pueden
+volver transparentes, se pueden pintar de blanco, o se puede
+sobreescribir su propiedad @code{break-visibility}. Las tres primeras
+se aplican a todos los objetos de presentación; la última sólo a unos
+pocos: los objetos @emph{divisibles}. El Manual de aprendizaje
+introduce estas cuatro técnicas, véase @rlearning{Visibility and color
+of objects}.
+
+Hay también algunas otras técnicas que son específicas de ciertos
+objetos de presentación. Se estudian bajo Consideraciones especiales.
+
+@menu
+* Removing the stencil::
+* Making objects transparent::
+* Painting objects white::
+* Using break-visibility::
+* Special considerations::
+@end menu
+
+
+@node Removing the stencil
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Removing the stencil
+
+@cindex sello, eliminar
+
+Todo objeto de presentación tiene una propiedad stencil (sello). De
+forma predeterminada está establecida a la función específica que
+dibuja ese objeto. Se se sobreescribe eesta propiedad a @code{#f} no
+se llama a ninguna función y el objeto no se dibuja. La acción
+predeterminada se puede recuperar con @code{\revert}.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
+a1 a
+\override Score.BarLine #'stencil = ##f
+a a
+\revert Score.BarLine #'stencil
+a a a
+@end lilypond
+
+@node Making objects transparent
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Making objects transparent
+
+@cindex transparentes, hacer los objetos
+
+Todo objeto de presentación tiene una propiedad transparent
+(transparente) que de forma predeterminada está establecida a
+@code{#f}. Si se fija a @code{#t} el objeto aún ocupa espacio pero es
+invisible.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+a4 a
+\once \override NoteHead #'transparent = ##t
+a a
+@end lilypond
+
+@node Painting objects white
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Painting objects white
+
+@cindex objetos, coloreado de
+@cindex coloreado de objetos
+@cindex capas
+@cindex impresión, orden de
+@cindex sobreescritura de objetos
+@cindex objetos, sobreescritura de
+@cindex grobs, sobreescritura de
+
+Todo objeto de presentación tiene una propiedad de color que de forma
+predeterminada está establecida a @code{black} (negro). Si se
+sobreescribe a @code{white} (blanco) el objeto será indistinguible del
+fondo blanco. Sin embargo, si el objeto cruza a otros objetos, el
+color de los puntos de cruce queda determinado por el orden en que se
+dibujan estos objetos, lo que puede dejar una imagen fantasma del
+objeto blanco, como puede verse aquí:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\override Staff.Clef #'color = #white
+a1
+@end lilypond
+
+Se puede evitar esto cambiando el orden de impresión de los objetos.
+Todos los objetos de presentación tienen una propiedad @code{layer}
+(capa) que se debe establecer a un valor entero. Los objetos con el
+valor de @code{layer} más bajo se dibujan primero, después se dibujan
+los objetos con valores progresivamente mayores, y así los objetos con
+valores más altos se dibujan encima de los que tienen valores más
+bajos. De forma predeterminada, casi todos los objetos tienen
+asignado un valor @code{layer} de @code{1}, aunque algunos objetos,
+entre ellos el pentagrama y las líneas divisorias, @code{StaffSymbol}
+y @code{BarLine}, tienen asignado un calor de @code{0}. El orden de
+impresión de los objetos con el mismo valor de @code{layer} es
+indeterminado.
+
+En el ejemplo de arriba, la clave blanca, con un valor @code{layer}
+predeterminado de @code{1}, se dibuja después de las líneas del
+pentragrama (valor @code{layer} predeterminado de @code{0}),
+sobreimpresionándolas. Para cambiarlo, se debe dar al objeto
+@code{Clef} un valor de @code{layer} más bajo, digamos @code{-1}, para
+que se dibuje antes:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\override Staff.Clef #'color = #white
+\override Staff.Clef #'layer = #-1
+a1
+@end lilypond
+
+@node Using break-visibility
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using break-visibility
+
+@c TODO Add making other objects breakable
+
+@cindex break-visibility
+
+Casi todos los objetos de presentación se imprimen una sola vez, pero
+algunos como las líneas divisorias, claves, indicaciones de compás y
+armaduras de tonalidad, se pueden tener que imprimir dos veces cuando
+se produce un salto de línea : una vez al final de la línea y otra al
+comienzo de la siguiente. Estos objetos reciben el nombre de
+@emph{divisibles}, y tienen una propiedad, @code{break-visibility}
+(visibilidad en el salto), para controlar su visibilidad en las tres
+posiciones en que pueden aparecer: al comienzo de una línea, dentro de
+la línea si se produce un cambio, y al final de la línea si el cambio
+se produce en ese lugar.
+
+Por ejemplo, la indicación de compás se imprime de forma
+predeterminada al comienzo de la primera línea y en ningún otro lugar
+a no ser que cambie, en cuyo caso se imprime en el punto en que se
+produce el cambio. Si este cambio se produce al final de una línea,
+la nueva indicación de compás se imprime al principio de la línea
+siguiente y también al final de la línea anterior como indicación de
+precaución.
+
+Este comportamiento se controla por medio de la propiedad
+@code{break-visibility}, que se explica en
+@c Leave this ref on a newline - formats incorrectly otherwise -td
+@rlearning{Visibility and color of objects}. Esta propiedad toma un
+vector de tres valores booleanos que, por orden, determinan si el
+objeto se imprime al final, dentro, o al principio de la línea. O,
+para ser más exactos: antes del salto de línea, si no hay salto, o
+después del salto.
+
+Como alternativa se puede especificar cualquiera de las ocho
+combinaciones mediante funciones predefinidas cuya definición está en
+@file{scm/output-lib.scm}, donde las tres últimas columnas indican si
+los objetos de presentación serán visibles en las posiciones que se
+muestran en el encabezamiento de cada columna:
+
+@multitable {@code{begin-of-line-invisible}} {@code{'#(#t #t #t)}} {yes} {yes} {yes}
+@headitem Forma @tab Forma @tab Antes del @tab Si no hay @tab Después del
+@headitem de función @tab de vector @tab salto @tab salto @tab salto
+
+@item @code{all-visible} @tab @code{'#(#t #t #t)} @tab sí @tab sí @tab sí
+@item @code{begin-of-line-visible} @tab @code{'#(#f #f #t)} @tab no @tab no @tab sí
+@item @code{center-visible} @tab @code{'#(#f #t #f)} @tab no @tab sí @tab no
+@item @code{end-of-line-visible} @tab @code{'#(#t #f #f)} @tab sí @tab no @tab no
+@item @code{begin-of-line-invisible} @tab @code{'#(#t #t #f)} @tab sí @tab sí @tab no
+@item @code{center-invisible} @tab @code{'#(#t #f #t)} @tab sí @tab no @tab sí
+@item @code{end-of-line-invisible} @tab @code{'#(#f #t #t)} @tab no @tab sí @tab sí
+@item @code{all-invisible} @tab @code{'#(#f #f #f)} @tab no @tab no @tab no
+@end multitable
+
+Los ajustes predeterminados de @code{break-visibility} dependen del
+objeto de presentación. La tabla siguiente muestra todos los objetos
+de presentación de interés que resultan afectados por
+@code{break-visibility} y el ajuste predeterminado de esta propiedad:
+
+@multitable @columnfractions .3 .3 .4
+
+@headitem Objeto @tab Contexto usual @tab Valor predet.
+
+@c omit Ambitus as it appears not to be affected by break-visibility -td
+@c @item @code{Ambitus} @tab as specified @tab @code{begin-of-line-visible}
+@item @code{BarLine} @tab @code{Score} @tab calculado
+@item @code{BarNumber} @tab @code{Score} @tab @code{begin-of-line-visible}
+@c omit the following item until it can be explained -td
+@c @item @code{BreakAlignGroup} @tab @code{Score} @tab calculated
+@item @code{BreathingSign} @tab @code{Voice} @tab @code{begin-of-line-invisible}
+@item @code{Clef} @tab @code{Staff} @tab @code{begin-of-line-visible}
+@item @code{Custos} @tab @code{Staff} @tab @code{end-of-line-visible}
+@item @code{DoublePercentRepeat} @tab @code{Voice} @tab @code{begin-of-line-invisible}
+@c omit KeyCancellation until it can be explained -td
+@c @item @code{KeyCancellation} @tab ?? @tab @code{begin-of-line-invisible}
+@item @code{KeySignature} @tab @code{Staff} @tab @code{begin-of-line-visible}
+@c omit LeftEdge until it can be explained -td
+@c @item @code{LeftEdge} @tab @code{Score} @tab @code{center-invisible}
+@item @code{OctavateEight} @tab @code{Staff} @tab @code{begin-of-line-visible}
+@item @code{RehearsalMark} @tab @code{Score} @tab @code{end-of-line-invisible}
+@item @code{TimeSignature} @tab @code{Staff} @tab @code{all-visible}
+
+@end multitable
+
+El ejemplo de abajo muestra el uso de la forma de vector para
+controlar la visibilidad de las líneas divisorias:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1,ragged-right]
+f4 g a b
+f4 g a b
+% Remove bar line at the end of the current line
+\once \override Score.BarLine #'break-visibility = #'#(#f #t #t)
+\break
+f4 g a b
+f4 g a b
+@end lilypond
+
+Aunque los tres componentes del vector utilizado para sobreescribir
+@code{break-visibility} deben estar presentes, no todos son efectivos
+para todos los objetos de presentación, y algunas combinaciones pueden
+incluso dar errores. Son de aplicación las siguientes limitaciones:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item Las líneas divisorias no se pueden imprimir al principio de la línea.
+@item No se puede imprimir el número de compás al principio de la primera
+línea a no ser que su valor establecido sea distinto de 1.
+@item Clave: véase más abajo
+@item Las repeticiones dobles de tipo porcentaje se imprimen completamente o
+se suprimen por completo. Utilice begin-of line-invisible para
+imprimirlas y all-invisible para suprimirlas.
+@item Armadura: véase más abajo
+@item OctavateEight: véase más abajo
+@end itemize
+
+@node Special considerations
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Special considerations
+
+@strong{@emph{Visibilidad después de un cambio explícito}}
+
+@cindex armadura, visibilidad después de un cambio explícito
+@cindex explicitKeySignatureVisibility
+@cindex clave, visibilidad después de un cambio explícito
+@cindex explicitClefVisibility
+
+La propiedad @code{break-visibility} controla la visibilidad de las
+armaduras y cambios de clave sólo al principio de las líneas, es
+decir, después de un salto. No tiene ningún efecto sobre la
+visibilidad de la armadura o la clave después de un cambio explícito
+de tonalidad o de clave dentro o al final de una línea. En el ejemplo
+siguiente la armadura que sigue al cambio explícito de tonalidad a Si
+bemol mayor es visible incluso con @code{all-invisible} establecido.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1,ragged-right]
+\key g \major
+f4 g a b
+% Try to remove all key signatures
+\override Staff.KeySignature #'break-visibility = #all-invisible
+\key bes \major
+f4 g a b
+\break
+f4 g a b
+f4 g a b
+@end lilypond
+
+La visibilidad de estos cambios explícitos de tonalidad y de clave se
+controla por medio de las propiedades
+@code{explicitKeySignatureVisibility} y @code{explicitClefVisibility}.
+Son los equivalentes de la propiedad @code{break-visibility} y las dos
+toman un vector de tres valores booleanos o las funciones predefinidas
+relacionadas anteriormente, exactamente igual que
+@code{break-visibility}. Las dos son propiedades del contexto Staff,
+no de los propios objetos de presentación, y por tanto se establecen
+utilizando la instrucción @code{\set}. Las dos están establecidas de
+forma predeterminada al valor @code{all-visible}. Estas propiedades
+controlan sólo la visibilidad de las armaduras y las claves que
+resultan de los cambios explícitos y no afectan a las armaduras y
+tonalidades que están al principio de las líneas; para quitarlas, aún
+se debe sobreescribir la propiedad @code{break-visibility} en el
+objeto correspondiente.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1,ragged-right]
+\key g \major
+f4 g a b
+\set Staff.explicitKeySignatureVisibility = #all-invisible
+\override Staff.KeySignature #'break-visibility = #all-invisible
+\key bes \major
+f4 g a b \break
+f4 g a b
+f4 g a b
+@end lilypond
+
+@strong{@emph{Visibilidad de las alteraciones de precaución}}
+
+Para eliminar las alteraciones de precaución que se imprimen en un
+cambio de tonalidad explícito, establezca la propiedad
+@code{printKeyCancellation} del contexto Staff a @code{#f}:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1,ragged-right]
+\key g \major
+f4 g a b
+\set Staff.explicitKeySignatureVisibility = #all-invisible
+\set Staff.printKeyCancellation = ##f
+\override Staff.KeySignature #'break-visibility = #all-invisible
+\key bes \major
+f4 g a b \break
+f4 g a b
+f4 g a b
+@end lilypond
+
+Con estas sobreescrituras solamente permanecen las alteraciones
+accidentales delante de las notas para indicar el cambio de tonalidad.
+
+@c TODO Add visibility of cautionary accidentals before notes
+
+@strong{@emph{Automatic bars}}
+
+@cindex automaticBars
+@cindex líneas divisorias, eliminación
+
+Como caso especial, la impresión de las líneas divisorias también se
+puede inhabilitar estableciendo la propiedad @code{automaticBars} en
+el contexto Score. Si se fija a @code{#f}, las barras de compás no se
+imprimen automáticamente; se deben crear explícitamente con una
+instrucción @code{\bar}. A diferencia de la instrucción predefinida
+@code{\cadenzaOn}, los compases se siguen contando. La generación de
+compases continúa de acuerdo a esta cuenta si esta propiedad se
+establece posteriormente a @code{#t}. Si se fija al valor @code{#f},
+sólo pueden producirse saltos de línea en instrucciones @code{\bar}
+explícitas.
+
+@c TODO Add example
+
+@strong{@emph{Octavated clefs}}
+
+@cindex octavadas, visibilidad de las claves
+@cindex visibilidad de las claves octavadas
+@cindex claves, visibilidad de la octavación
+
+El pequeño símbolo de octava sobre las claves en octava alta o baja se
+produce por parte del objeto @code{OctavateEight}. Su visibilidad se
+controla independientemente de la del objeto @code{Clef}, así que es
+necesario aplicar las sobreescrituras correspondientes
+@code{break-visibility} tanto a los objetos @code{Clef} como
+@code{OctavateEight} para suprimir completamente estos símbolos de
+clave al comienzo de cada línea.
+
+Para los cambios de clave explícitos, la propiedad
+@code{explicitClefVisibility} controla tanto el símbolo de clave como
+el símbolo de octava asociado.
+
+@seealso
+
+Manual de aprendizaje:
+@rlearning{Visibility and color of objects}
+
+
+@node Line styles
+@subsection Line styles
+
+Ciertas indicaciones de ejecución, p.ej., @i{rallentando},
+@i{accelerando} y los @i{trinos} se escriben como texto y se extienden
+sobre muchos compases mediante líneas, a veces punteadas u onduladas.
+
+Todos ellos usan las mismas rutinas que el glissando para dibujar los
+textos y las líneas, y por ello el ajuste fino de su comportamiento se
+hace de la misma manera. Se hace con un spanner (un objeto de
+extensión), y la rutina responsable de dibujar los objetos de
+extensión es @code{ly:line-interface::print}. Esta rutina determina la
+colocación exacta de los dos @i{extremos del objeto de extensión} y
+dibuja una línea entre ellos, en el estilo solicitado.
+
+He aquí un ejemplo de los distintos estilos de línea disponibles, y
+cómo aplicarles ajustes finos.
+
+@lilypond[relative=2,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
+d2 \glissando d'2
+\once \override Glissando #'style = #'dashed-line
+d,2 \glissando d'2
+\override Glissando #'style = #'dotted-line
+d,2 \glissando d'2
+\override Glissando #'style = #'zigzag
+d,2 \glissando d'2
+\override Glissando #'style = #'trill
+d,2 \glissando d'2
+@end lilypond
+
+Las posiciones de los puntos extremos del objeto de extensión se
+computan al vuelo para cada uno de los objetos gráficos, pero es
+posible sobreescribirlos:
+
+@lilypond[relative=2,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
+e2 \glissando f
+\once \override Glissando #'bound-details #'right #'Y = #-2
+e2 \glissando f
+@end lilypond
+
+El valor de @code{Y} está establecido a @code{-2} para el extremo
+derecho. El lado izquierdo se puede ajustar de forma similar
+especificando @code{left} en vez de @code{right}.
+
+Si no está establecido @code{Y}, el valor se computa a partir de la
+posición vertical de los puntos de anclaje izquierdo y derecho del
+extensor.
+
+Son posibles otros ajustes de los extensores, para ver más detalles
+consulte @ref{Spanners}.
+
+
@node Rotating objects
@subsection Rotating objects
-@node Aligning objects
-@subsection Aligning objects
+Tanto los objetos de presentación como los elementos de texto de
+marcado se pueden girar cualquier ángulo respecto a cualquier punto,
+pero difiere el método de hacerlo.
+
+@menu
+* Rotating layout objects::
+* Rotating markup::
+@end menu
+
+@node Rotating layout objects
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Rotating layout objects
+
+@cindex rotating objects
+@cindex objects, rotating
+Todos los objetos de presentación que contemplan el interface
+@code{grob-interface} se pueden rotar estableciendo su propiedad
+@code{rotation}. Acepta una lista de tres elementos: el ángulo de la
+rotación en sentido antihorario, y las coordenadas x e y del punto con
+relación al punto de referencia del objeto, alrededor del que se va a
+realizar la rotación. El ángulo de rotación se pespecifica en grados
+y las coordenadas en espacios de pentagrama.
+
+El ángulo de rotación y las coordenadas del punto de rotación se deben
+determinar por ensayo y error.
+
+@cindex reguladores en ángulo
+@cindex ángulo, reguladores en
+
+Solamente en ciertas ocasiones es útil la rotación de objetos de
+presentación; el ejemplo siguiente muestra una situación en que puede
+serlo:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
+g4\< e' d' f\!
+\override Hairpin #'rotation = #'(20 -1 0)
+g,,4\< e' d' f\!
+@end lilypond
+
+@node Rotating markup
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Rotating markup
+
+Todos los textos de marcado se pueden rotar para que se dispongan en
+cualquier ángulo predeciéndolos de la instrucción @code{\rotate}. La
+instrucción acepta dos argumentos: el ángulo de rotación en grados en
+sentido antihorario, y el texto que rotar. Los límites que ocupa el
+texto no se rotan: toman su valor a partir de los extremos de las
+coordenadas x e y del texto rotado. En el ejemplo siguiente la
+propiedad @code{outside-staff-priority} del texto se establece a
+@code{#f} para desactivar la evitación automática de colisiones, lo
+que empuja al texto a una posición muy alta.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
+\override TextScript #'outside-staff-priority = ##f
+g4^\markup { \rotate #30 "a G" }
+b^\markup { \rotate #30 "a B" }
+des^\markup { \rotate #30 "a D-Flat" }
+fis^\markup { \rotate #30 "an F-Sharp" }
+@end lilypond
@node Advanced tweaks
@section Advanced tweaks
+Esta sección trata sobre distintos enfoques en la realización de
+ajustes finos a la apariencia de la partitura impresa.
+
@menu
-* Vertical grouping of grobs::
-* Modifying ends of spanners::
-* Modifying stencils::
+* Aligning objects::
+* Vertical grouping of grobs::
+* Modifying stencils::
+* Modifying shapes::
@end menu
+@seealso
+
+Manual de aprendizaje:
+@rlearning{Tweaking output},
+@rlearning{Other sources of information}.
+
+Referencia de la notación:
+@ref{Explaining the Internals Reference},
+@ref{Modifying properties},
+@ref{Interfaces for programmers}.
+
+Archivos de inicio:
+@file{scm/@/define@/-grobs@/.scm}.
+
+Fragmentos de código:
+@rlsr{Tweaks and overrides}.
+
+Referencia de funcionamiento interno:
+@rinternals{All layout objects}.
+
+
+@node Aligning objects
+@subsection Aligning objects
+
+Los objetos gráficos que soportan el interface
+@code{self-alignment-interface} y/o el @code{side-position-interface}
+se pueden alinear contra un objeto colocado previamente, de diversas
+maneras. Para ver una lista de estos objetos, consulte
+@rinternals{self-alignment-interface} y
+@rinternals{side-position-interface}.
+
+Todos los objetos gráficos tienen un punto de referencia, una
+extensión horizontal y una extensión vertical. La extensión
+horizontal es una pareja de números que dan los desplazamientos a
+partir del punto de referencia de los bordes izquierdo y derecho,
+siendo negativos los desplazamientos hacia la izquierda. La extensión
+vertical es una pareja de números que dan el desplazamiento a partir
+del punto de referencia hasta los bordes inferior y superior, siendo
+negativos los deplazamientos hacia abajo.
+
+La posición de un objeto sobre el pentagrama viene dada por los
+valores de las propiedades @code{X-offset} e @code{Y-offset}. El
+valor de @code{X-offset} da el desplazamiento desde la coordenada x
+del punto de referencia del objeto padre, y el valor de
+@code{Y-offset} da el desplazamiento a partir de la línea central del
+pentagrama. Los valores de @code{X-offset} y @code{Y-offset} se
+pueden establecer directamente o se puede dejar que se calculen por
+parte de procedimientos para conseguir una alineación con el objeto
+padre de distintas maneras.
+
+@warning{Muchos objetos tienen consideraciones de posicionamiento
+especiales que hacen que se ignore o se modifique cualquier ajuste
+realizado a @code{X-offset} o a @code{Y-offset}, a pesar de que el
+objeto contemple el interface @code{self-alignment-interface}.}
+
+Por ejemplo, una alteración accidental se puede reposicionar
+verticalmente estableciendo @code{Y-offset} pero los cambios a
+@code{X-offset} no tienen ningún efecto.
+
+Las letras de ensayo se pueden alinear con objetos divisibles como
+líneas divisorias, claves, armaduras e indicaciones de compás. Hay
+propiedades especiales que se encuentran en
+@code{break-aligned-interface} para el posicionamiento de las letras
+de ensayo sobre dichos objetos.
+
+@menu
+* Setting @code{X-offset} and @code{Y-offset} directly::
+* Using the @code{side-position-interface}::
+* Using the @code{self-alignment-interface}::
+* Using the @code{break-aligned-interface}::
+@end menu
+
+@node Setting @code{X-offset} and @code{Y-offset} directly
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Setting @code{X-offset} and @code{Y-offset} directly
+
+Se pueden dar valores numéricos a las propiedades @code{X-offset} y
+@code{Y-offset} de muchos objetos. El ejemplo siguiente muestra tres
+notas con una digitación en su posición predeterminada y con los
+valores @code{X-offset} y @code{Y-offset} modificados.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+a-3
+a
+-\tweak #'X-offset #0
+-\tweak #'Y-offset #0
+-3
+a
+-\tweak #'X-offset #-1
+-\tweak #'Y-offset #1
+-3
+@end lilypond
+
+@c TODO write more
+
+@node Using the @code{side-position-interface}
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using the @code{side-position-interface}
+
+Un objeto que contempla el @code{side-position-interface} se puede
+colocar junto a su objeto padre de forma que los bordes especificados
+de los dos objetos se toquen. El objeto se puede situar encima,
+debajo, a la derecha o a la izquierda del objeto padre. El padre no
+se puede especificar; ciene determinado por el orden de los elementos
+en el flujo de entrada. Casi todos los objetos tienen la cabeza de la
+nota asociada como padre.
+
+Los valores de las propiedades @code{side-axis} y @code{direction}
+determinan dónde colocar el objeto, como sigue:
+
+@c TODO add an example of each to the table
+
+@multitable @columnfractions .3 .3 .3
+@headitem @code{side-axis} @tab @code{direction} @tab
+@headitem propiedad @tab propiedad @tab colocación
+
+@item @code{0} @tab @code{-1} @tab izquierda
+@item @code{0} @tab @code{1} @tab derecha
+@item @code{1} @tab @code{-1} @tab debajo
+@item @code{1} @tab @code{1} @tab encima
+
+@end multitable
+
+Si @code{side-axis} es @code{0}, @code{X-offset} se debe establecer al
+procedimiento @code{ly:side-position-interface::x-aligned-side}. Este
+procedimiento devuelve el calor correcto de @code{X-offset} para
+situar el objeto al lado izquierdo o derecho del padre de acuerdo con
+el valor de @code{direction}.
+
+Si @code{side-axis} es @code{1}, @code{Y-offset} se debe establecer al
+procedimiento @code{ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side}. Este
+procedimiento devuelve el valor correcto de @code{Y-offset} para
+situar el objeto encima o debajo del padre de acuerdo con el valor de
+@code{direction}.
+
+@c TODO Add examples
+
+@node Using the @code{self-alignment-interface}
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using the @code{self-alignment-interface}
+
+@emph{Auto-alineación horizontal de los objetos}
+
+La alineación horizontal de un objeto que contempla el interface
+@code{self-alignment-interface} está controlada por el valor de la
+propiedad @code{self-alignment-X}, siempre y cuando la propiedad
+@code{X-offset} de este objeto esté establecida a
+@code{ly:self-alignment-interface::x-aligned-on-self}. Se le puede
+dar a @code{self-alignment-X} cualquier valor real, en unidades de la
+mitad de la extensión X total del objeto. Los valores negativos
+mueven el objeto a la derecha, los positivos hacia la izquierda. Un
+valor de @code{0} centra el objeto sobre el punto de referencia de su
+padre, un valor de @code{-1} alinea el borde izquierdo del objeto
+sobre el punto de referencia de su padre, y un valor de @code{1}
+alinea el borde derecho del objeto sobre el punto de referencia de su
+padre. Se pueden usar los símbolos @code{LEFT}, @code{CENTER} y
+@code{RIGHT} en sustitución de los valores @code{-1, 0, 1},
+respectivamente.
+
+Normalmente se usaría la instrucción @code{\override} para modificar
+el valor de @code{self-alignment-X}, pero se puede usar la instrucción
+@code{\tweak} para alinear varias anotaciones por separado sobre una
+sola nota:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
+a'
+-\tweak #'self-alignment-X #-1
+^"left-aligned"
+-\tweak #'self-alignment-X #0
+^"center-aligned"
+-\tweak #'self-alignment-X #RIGHT
+^"right-aligned"
+-\tweak #'self-alignment-X #-2.5
+^"aligned further to the right"
+@end lilypond
+
+@emph{Auto-alineación vertical de los objetos}
+
+Los objetos se pueden alinear verticalmente en una forma análoga a la
+alineación horizontal si la propiedad @code{Y-offset} está establecida
+a @code{ly:self-alignment-interface::y-aligned-on-self}. Sin embargo,
+a menudo se encuentran implicados otros mecanismos en la alineación
+vertical: el valor de @code{Y-offset} es tan sólo una variable que se
+tiene en cuenta. Esto puede hacer que ajustar el valor de ciertos
+objetos sea una tarea dificultosa. Las unidades son sólo la mitad de
+las dimensiones verticales del objeto, que suele ser bastante pequeño,
+por lo que pueden requerirse números bastante grandes. Un valor de
+@code{-1} alinea el borde inferior del objeto con el punto de
+referencia del objeto padre, un valor de @code{0} alinea el centro del
+objeto con el punto de referencia del padre, y un valor de @code{1}
+alinea el borde superior del objeto con el punto de referencia del
+padre. Se pueden usar los símbolos @code{DOWN}, @code{CENTER},
+@code{UP} en sustitución de @code{-1, 0, 1} respectivamente.
+
+@emph{Auto-alineación de objetos en las dos direcciones}
+
+Estableciendo tanto @code{X-offset} como @code{Y-offset}, se puede
+alinear un objeto en las dos direcciones simultáneamente.
+
+El ejemplo siguiente muestra cómo ajustar una digitación de forma que
+se acerque a la cabeza de la nota.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+a
+-\tweak #'self-alignment-X #0.5 % move horizontally left
+-\tweak #'Y-offset #ly:self-alignment-interface::y-aligned-on-self
+-\tweak #'self-alignment-Y #-1 % move vertically up
+-3 % third finger
+@end lilypond
+
+@ignore
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using the @code{aligned-on-parent} procedures
+
+@c Cannot document as they do not seem to operate consistently on all objects -td
+@c TODO investigate further
+
+The @code{aligned-on-parent} procedures are used in the same way
+as the @code{aligned-on-self} procedures, they difference being
+that they permit an object to be aligned with the @emph{edges} of
+the parent rather than the parent's reference point. The following
+example shows the difference:
+
+@c TODO Add example
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+@end lilypond
+
+@end ignore
+
+@ignore
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using the @code{centered-on-parent} procedures
+
+@c Cannot document as they do not seem to operate consistently on all objects -td
+@c TODO investigate further
+
+@end ignore
+
+@c TODO The align-interface, BassFigureAlignment and VerticalAlignment
+
+
+@node Using the @code{break-aligned-interface}
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using the @code{break-aligned-interface}
+
+Las letras de ensayo se pueden alinear con objetos de notación
+distintos a las barras de compás. Estos objetos son @code{ambitus},
+@code{breathing-sign}, @code{clef}, @code{custos}, @code{staff-bar},
+@code{left-edge}, @code{key-cancellation}, @code{key-signature} y
+@code{time-signature}.
+
+De forma predeterminada, las letras de ensayo se centran
+horizontalmente sobre el objeto:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+e1
+% the RehearsalMark will be centered above the Clef
+\override Score.RehearsalMark #'break-align-symbols = #'(clef)
+\key a \major
+\clef treble
+\mark "↓"
+e
+% the RehearsalMark will be centered above the TimeSignature
+\override Score.RehearsalMark #'break-align-symbols = #'(time-signature)
+\key a \major
+\clef treble
+\time 3/4
+\mark "↓"
+e2.
+@end lilypond
+
+La alineación de la letra de enzayo con relación al objeto de notación
+se puede cambiar, como se ve en el ejemplo siguiente. En una
+partitura con varios pentagramas, este ajuste se debe hacer para todos
+los pentagramas.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+% The RehearsalMark will be centered above the KeySignature
+\override Score.RehearsalMark #'break-align-symbols = #'(key-signature)
+\key a \major
+\clef treble
+\time 4/4
+\mark "↓"
+e1
+% The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the left edge of the KeySignature
+\once \override Score.KeySignature #'break-align-anchor-alignment = #LEFT
+\mark "↓"
+\key a \major
+e
+% The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the right edge of the KeySignature
+\once \override Score.KeySignature #'break-align-anchor-alignment = #RIGHT
+\key a \major
+\mark "↓"
+e
+@end lilypond
+
+La letra de ensayo también se puede desplazar al borde derecho o
+izquierdo en una medida arbitraria. Las unidades son espacios de
+pentagrama:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+% The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the left edge of the KeySignature
+% and then shifted right by 3.5 staff-spaces
+\override Score.RehearsalMark #'break-align-symbols = #'(key-signature)
+\once \override Score.KeySignature #'break-align-anchor = #3.5
+\key a \major
+\mark "↓"
+e
+% The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the left edge of the KeySignature
+% and then shifted left by 2 staff-spaces
+\once \override Score.KeySignature #'break-align-anchor = #-2
+\key a \major
+\mark "↓"
+e
+@end lilypond
+
@node Vertical grouping of grobs
@subsection Vertical grouping of grobs
@code{VerticalAxisGroup}.
-@node Modifying ends of spanners
-@subsection Modifying ends of spanners
+@node Modifying stencils
+@subsection Modifying stencils
-@untranslated
+Todos los objetos de presentación tienen una propiedad @code{stencil}
+que es parte del @code{grob-interface}. De forma predeterminada, esta
+propiedad suele estar establecida a una función específica del objeto
+que está hecha a medida para disponer el símbolo que lo representa en
+la salida. Por ejemplo, el ajuste estándar para la propiedad
+@code{stencil} del objeto @code{MultiMeasureRest} es
+@code{ly:multi-measure-rest::print}.
+
+El símbolo estándar de cualquier objeto se puede sustituir modificando
+la propiedad @code{stencil} para que haga referencia a un
+procedimiento diferente escrito especialmente. Esto requiere un alto
+nivel de conocimiento del funcionamiento interno de LilyPond, pero hay
+una forma más fácil que a menudo puede dar resultados adecuados.
+
+El procedimiento es establecer la propiedad @code{stencil} al
+procedimiento que imprime texto (@code{ly:text-interface::print}) y
+añadir una propiedad @code{text} al objeto ajustada para que contenga
+el texto de marcado que produce el símbolo requerido. Debido a la
+flexibilidad del marcado, se pueden conseguir muchas cosas; en
+particular, consulte @ref{Graphic notation inside markup}.
+
+El ejemplo siguiente muestra esto cambiando el símbolo de la cabeza de
+la nota a unas aspas dentro de una circunferencia.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+XinO = {
+ \once \override NoteHead #'stencil = #ly:text-interface::print
+ \once \override NoteHead #'text = \markup {
+ \combine
+ \halign #-0.7 \draw-circle #0.85 #0.2 ##f
+ \musicglyph #"noteheads.s2cross"
+ }
+}
+\relative c'' {
+ a a \XinO a a
+}
+@end lilypond
+Cualquiera de los glifos de la fuente tipográfica Feta se puede pasar
+a la instrucción de marcado @code{\musicglyph}: véase @ref{The Feta
+font}.
-@node Modifying stencils
-@subsection Modifying stencils
+@c TODO Add inserting eps files or ref to later
+
+@c TODO Add inserting Postscript or ref to later
+
+@seealso
+
+Referencia de la notación:
+@ref{Graphic notation inside markup},
+@ref{Formatting text},
+@ref{Text markup commands},
+@ref{The Feta font}.
+
+
+@node Modifying shapes
+@subsection Modifying shapes
+
+@menu
+* Modifying ties and slurs::
+@end menu
+
+@node Modifying ties and slurs
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Modifying ties and slurs
+
+Las ligaduras de unión, de expresión y de fraseo se trazan como curvas
+de Bézier de tercer orden. Si la forma de la ligadura calculada
+automáticamente no resulta óptima, se puede modificar su forma
+manualmente mediante la especificación explícita de los cuatro puntos
+de control necesarios para definir una curva de Bézier de tercer
+orden.
+
+Las curvas Bézier de tercer orden o cúbicas están definidas por cuatro
+puntos de control. El primer y cuarto puntos de control son
+exactamente los puntos extremos de comienzo y de final de la curva.
+Los dos puntos de contros intermedios definen la forma. Se pueden
+encontrar en la web animaciones que muestran cómo se traza la curva,
+pero la descripción siguiente puede ser de ayuda. La curva comienza a
+partir del primer punto de control dirigiéndose directamente hacia el
+segundo, curvándose progresivamente para dirigirse hacia el tercero y
+continuando la curva hacia el cuarto, llegando a éste en viaje directo
+desde el tercer punto de control. La curva está contenida enteramente
+dentro del cuadrilátero definido por los cuatro puntos de control.
+
+He aquí un ejemplo de un caso en que la ligadura no es óptima, y donde
+@code{\tieDown} no sirve de ayuda.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+<<
+ { e1 ~ e }
+\\
+ { r4 <g c,> <g c,> <g c,> }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Una forma de mejorar esta ligadura es modificar manualmente sus puntos
+de control como sigue.
+
+Las coordenadas de los puntos de control de Bézier se especifican en
+unidades de espacios de pentagrama. La coordenada@tie{}X está en
+relación con el punto de referencia de la nota a la que está unida la
+ligadura, y la coordenada@tie{}Y está en relación con la línea central
+del pentagrama. Las coordenadas se introducen como una lista de
+cuatro parejas de números decimales (reales). Un enfoque es estimar
+las coordenadas de los dos puntos extremos, y luego tratar de adivinar
+los dos puntos intermedios. Los valores óptimos se encuentran por
+ensayo y error.
+
+Es útil recordar que una curva simétrica necesita puntos de contros
+simétricos, y que las curvas de Bézier tienen la útil propiedad de que
+las transformaciones de la curva tales como la traslación, rotación y
+escalado se pueden obtener aplicando la misma transformación a los
+puntos de control de la curva.
+
+Para el ejemplo anterior, la sobreescritura siguiente da una ligadura
+satisfactoria:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+<<
+ \once \override Tie
+ #'control-points = #'((1 . -1) (3 . 0.6) (12.5 . 0.6) (14.5 . -1))
+ { e1 ~ e1 }
+\\
+ { r4 <g c,> <g c,> <g c,>4 }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+@knownissues
+
+No es posible modificar la forma de las ligaduras de unión o de
+expresión cambiando la propiedad @code{control-points} si hay más de
+una en el mismo mom ento musical, ni siquiera usando la instrucción
+@code{\tweak}.
-@untranslated
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-program.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 85b54e04be6730bd0781f3135ee741010e099fd8
+ Translation of GIT committish: 88f1608ae6fd17b05344bafb2f0721aafdac657b
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@itemize
@item
-@uref{http://@/denemo@/.sourceforge@/.net/,Denemo}, editor de partituras gráfico.
+@uref{http://@/www@/.denemo@/.org/,Denemo}, editor de partituras gráfico.
@item
@uref{http://www@/.volny@/.cz/smilauer/rumor/rumor@/.html,Rumor},
convertidor monofónico de MIDI a LilyPond en tiempo real.
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 46e221e7e08ee0e17dd6977a46acec8dabf63944
+ Translation of GIT committish: 470afe4ab29825194827f7dfcf031addb68771ce
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@cindex tablatura
@cindex guitarra, tablatura de
-@cindex tablatura de banj
+@cindex tablatura de banjo
@cindex banjo, tablatura de
@menu
@cindex traste
-Cuando no se especifica ninguna cuerda, se selecciona la primera
-cuerda que produce la nota con un número de traste mayor o igual que
-el valor de @code{minimumFret} (traste mínimo). El valor por defecto
-de @code{minimumFret} es cero:
+Si se especifica ninguna cuerda para una nota, se le asigna la cuerda
+más aguda que produce la nota con un número de traste mayor o igual
+que el valor de @code{minimumFret} (traste mínimo). El valor
+predeterminado de @code{minimumFret} es cero.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
\new StaffGroup <<
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
{customizing-fretboard-fret-diagrams.ly}
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly}
@seealso
@ref{Chord mode overview},
@ref{Predefined fretboard diagrams}.
-Installed Files:
-@file{ly/predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly}.
+Archivos de inicio:
+@file{ly/predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly},
+@file{ly/predefined-guitar-ninth-fretboards.ly}.
Fragmentos de código:
@rlsr{Fretted strings}.
manualmente una nota sobre una cuerda; el resto de las notas se
situará en el lugar adecuado por parte del contexto @code{FretBoards}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-<<
- \context ChordNames {
- \chordmode {
- c1 c
- }
- }
- \context FretBoards {
- < c g c' e' g'> 1
- < c g\4 c' e' g'> 1
- }
- \context Staff {
- \clef "treble_8"
- < c g c' e' g'> 1
- < c g c' e' g'> 1
- }
->>
-@end lilypond
-
@cindex trastes, añadir digitaciones a diagramas de
@cindex digitaciones, añadir, a diagramas de trastes
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=0]
\clef "treble_8"
-<c-\rightHandFinger #1 >4
-<e-\rightHandFinger #2 >
-<g-\rightHandFinger #3 >
+<c-\rightHandFinger #1 >4
+<e-\rightHandFinger #2 >
+<g-\rightHandFinger #3 >
<c-\rightHandFinger #4 >
-<c,-\rightHandFinger #1 e-\rightHandFinger #2 g-\rightHandFinger #3 c-\rightHandFinger #4 >1
+<c,-\rightHandFinger #1 e-\rightHandFinger #2
+ g-\rightHandFinger #3 c-\rightHandFinger #4 >1
@end lilypond
Por brevedad, se puede escribir @code{\rightHandFinger} como algo más
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 541aafa12474496930f99f617890a944c3db4989
+ Translation of GIT committish: 270753f1475f23809437eadd7cbbb5a2abddb7b3
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@subsection Skipping corrected music
@funindex skipTypesetting
+@funindex showFirstLength
@funindex showLastLength
Al escribir o copiar música, normalmente sólo es interesante de ver y
@end verbatim
@noindent
-en nuestro archivo fuente. Esto hará que se tracens sólo los últimos
+en nuestro archivo fuente. Esto hará que se tracen sólo los últimos
cinco compases (suponniendo un compás de 4/4) de cada una de las
partituras @code{\score} del archivo de entrada. Para piezas largas,
el tipografiado de únicamente una parte pequeña es con frecuencia un
-orden de magnitud más rápido que el de la obra completa.
+orden de magnitud más rápido que el de la obra completa. Si estamos
+trabajando sobre el principio de una partitura que ya hemos
+tipografiado (p.ej., para añadir una parte instrumental nueva),
+también puede ser útil la propiedad @code{showFirstLength}.
Este mecanismo de pasar por alto partes de un partitura se puede
controlar con un grano más fino mediante la propiedad
@example
\score @{
- @var{...music...}
+ @var{...música...}
\midi @{ @}
@}
@end example
-If there is a @code{\midi} block in a @code{\score} with no
-@code{\layout} block, only MIDI output will be produced. When
-notation is needed too, a @code{\layout} block must be also be
-present.
+Si hay un bloque @code{\midi} dentro de un @code{\score} que no tenga
+ningún bloque @code{\layout}, solamente se producirá MIDI. Si se
+necesita una notación impresa, debe haber también un bloque
+@code{\layout}:
@example
\score @{
- @var{...music...}
+ @var{...música...}
\midi @{ @}
\layout @{ @}
@}
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-program.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 85b54e04be6730bd0781f3135ee741010e099fd8
+ Translation of GIT committish: 470afe4ab29825194827f7dfcf031addb68771ce
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
-@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
+@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 85b54e04be6730bd0781f3135ee741010e099fd8
+ Translation of GIT committish: 470afe4ab29825194827f7dfcf031addb68771ce
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
Añadiendo los nombres de acordes y la letra, obtenemos una hoja guía
de acordes (lead sheet).
+@c KEEP LY
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
<<
\chords { c2 c f2 c }
- \new Staff \relative c' { \time 2/4 c4 c g'4 g a4 a g2 }
- \new Lyrics \lyricmode { twin4 kle twin kle lit tle star2 }
+ \new Staff
+ \relative c' {
+ \time 2/4
+ c4 c g' g a a g2
+ }
+ \addlyrics { cam -- pa -- ni -- ta del lu -- gar }
>>
@end lilypond
-También se pueden imprimir notación polifónica y música para piano.
+También se puede imprimir notación polifónica y música para piano.
El ejemplo siguiente combina algunas otras construcciones exóticas.
@lilypondfile[quote,ragged-right]{screech-boink.ly}
\input texinfo @c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: bf1e35f1dee87dc6c6537e52cda6c2ed9add6fb4
+ Translation of GIT committish: 470afe4ab29825194827f7dfcf031addb68771ce
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@setfilename lilypond-learning.info
-@settitle Manual de aprendizaje de GNU LilyPond
@documentencoding UTF-8
@documentlanguage es
+@setfilename lilypond-learning.info
+@settitle Manual de aprendizaje de GNU LilyPond
@include macros.itexi
-@iftex
@afourpaper
-@c don't replace quotes with directed quotes
-@tex
-\gdef\SETtxicodequoteundirected{Foo}
-\gdef\SETtxicodequotebacktick{Bla}
-@end tex
-@end iftex
-
@c don't remove this comment.
@ignore
-\input texinfo @c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
+\input texinfo @c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: bf1e35f1dee87dc6c6537e52cda6c2ed9add6fb4
+ Translation of GIT committish: 470afe4ab29825194827f7dfcf031addb68771ce
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@setfilename lilypond-program.info
-@settitle GNU LilyPond: manual de utilización del programa
@documentencoding UTF-8
@documentlanguage es
+@setfilename lilypond-program.info
+@settitle GNU LilyPond: manual de utilización del programa
@include macros.itexi
-@iftex
@afourpaper
-@c don't replace quotes with directed quotes
-@tex
-\gdef\SETtxicodequoteundirected{Foo}
-\gdef\SETtxicodequotebacktick{Bla}
-@end tex
-@end iftex
-
@c don't remove this comment.
@ignore
\input texinfo @c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: bf1e35f1dee87dc6c6537e52cda6c2ed9add6fb4
+ Translation of GIT committish: 470afe4ab29825194827f7dfcf031addb68771ce
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@setfilename lilypond.info
-@settitle Referencia de la notación de GNU LilyPond
@documentencoding UTF-8
@documentlanguage es
+@setfilename lilypond.info
+@settitle Referencia de la notación de GNU LilyPond
@include macros.itexi
-@iftex
@afourpaper
-@c don't replace quotes with directed quotes
-@tex
-\gdef\SETtxicodequoteundirected{Foo}
-\gdef\SETtxicodequotebacktick{Bla}
-@end tex
-@end iftex
@c Keep this here, since it pertains to the direntry below.
@ignore
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 4be1308672c6f8efbe660c9eddc0a6a167c9ad31
+ Translation of GIT committish: 470afe4ab29825194827f7dfcf031addb68771ce
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@include version.itexi
+@c don't replace quotes with directed quotes
+@set txicodequoteundirected
+@set txicodequotebacktick
+
@c ***** Displaying text *****
@c we need this since @q{\} doesn't work with makeinfo 4.11 --
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 18daa1ddf0bd723417c3f17b9dc25d6620a0d215
+ Translation of GIT committish: 0b6448e57eeda9258410753c9b1a42ed0897fe2b
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.61"
+@c \version "2.11.62"
@node Percussion
@section Percussion
\remove Bar_engraver
\remove Time_signature_engraver
\override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \override Stem #'Y-extent-callback = ##f
+ \override Stem #'Y-extent = ##f
\override VerticalAxisGroup #'minimum-Y-extent = #'(-4.0 . 5.0)
} \mus
\new Lyrics \nam
\remove Bar_engraver
\remove Time_signature_engraver
\override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \override Stem #'Y-extent-callback = ##f
+ \override Stem #'Y-extent = ##f
\override StaffSymbol #'line-count = #2
\override StaffSymbol #'staff-space = #2
\override VerticalAxisGroup #'minimum-Y-extent = #'(-3.0 . 4.0)
%% this sucks; it will lengthen stems.
\override StaffSymbol #'staff-space = #2
\override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \override Stem #'Y-extent-callback = ##f
+ \override Stem #'Y-extent = ##f
} \mus
\new Lyrics {
\override LyricText #'font-family = #'typewriter
%% this sucks; it will lengthen stems.
\override StaffSymbol #'staff-space = #2
\override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \override Stem #'Y-extent-callback = ##f
+ \override Stem #'Y-extent = ##f
} \mus
\new Lyrics {
\override LyricText #'font-family = #'typewriter
\override StaffSymbol #'line-count = #1
\remove Time_signature_engraver
\override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \override Stem #'Y-extent-callback = ##f
+ \override Stem #'Y-extent = ##f
} \mus
\new Lyrics {
\override LyricText #'font-family = #'typewriter
Una pandereta, escrita mediante @q{tamb} (@emph{tambourine}:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+#(define mydrums '((tambourine default #t 0)))
+
tambustaff = {
\override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-positions = #'( 0 )
\override Staff.BarLine #'bar-size = #3
\new DrumStaff {
\tambustaff
- % broken
- % \set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)
+ \set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)
\drummode {
\time 6/8
- \repeat "unfold" 2 { tamb8. tamb16 tamb8 tamb tamb tamb | }
+ tamb8. tamb16 tamb8 tamb tamb tamb |
tamb4. tamb8 tamb tamb |
% the trick with the scaled duration and the shorter rest
% is neccessary for the correct ending of the trill-span!
}
@end lilypond
+
Música para gong, introducida con @q{tt} (tam-tam):
@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
\bellstaff
\drummode {
\time 2/4
- \repeat "unfold" 2 { rb8 rb cb cb16 rb-> ~ |
- rb16 rb8 rb16 cb8 cb | }
+ rb8 rb cb cb16 rb-> ~ |
+ rb16 rb8 rb16 cb8 cb |
}
}
@end lilypond
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
\new DrumStaff \with {
\consists "Parenthesis_engraver"
-} <<
- \context DrumVoice = "1" { s1 *2 }
- \context DrumVoice = "2" { s1 *2 }
+}
+<<
+ \context DrumVoice = "1" { s1 }
+ \context DrumVoice = "2" { s1 }
\drummode {
<<
{
hh8[ hh] <hh sn> hh16
< \parenthesize sn > hh
< \parenthesize sn > hh8 <hh sn> hh
- } \\ {
+ } \\
+ {
bd4 r4 bd8 bd r8 bd
}
>>
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: fa9bb5b46a6aafc291353cd653e36472b7a721c4
+ Translation of GIT committish: 770ccfb9bd8536d7fb570a5c25ce874a461486f0
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@cindex idioma, nombres de nota en otros
@cindex idioma, alturas en otros
-Existen conjuntos predefinidos de nombres de notas para algunos
-idiomas aparte del inglés. Para usarlos, incluya el archivo de inicio
-específico del idioma. Por ejemplo, para usar los nombres de las
-notas en español, escriba @code{\include "espanol.ly"} al principio
-del archivo de entrada. Los archivos de idioma disponibles y los
-nombres de las notas que definen son los siguientes:
-
-@smallexample
-@multitable {nederlands.ly} {do re mi fa sol la sib si} {-iss/-is} {-ess/-es} {-ss/-x/-sharpsharp} {-essess/-eses}
-@headitem Language
- @tab Note names
- @tab sharp @tab flat @tab double sharp @tab double flat
-@item nederlands.ly
+Existen conjuntos predefinidos de nombres de notas y sus alteraciones
+para algunos idiomas aparte del inglés. Para usarlos, incluya el
+archivo de inicio específico del idioma según aparece relacionado más
+abajo. Por ejemplo, para usar los nombres de las notas en español,
+escriba @code{@w{\include "espanol.ly"}} al principio del archivo de
+entrada.
+
+Los archivos de idioma disponibles y los nombres de las notas que
+definen son los siguientes:
+
+@quotation
+@multitable {@file{nederlands.ly}} {do re mi fa sol la sib si}
+@headitem Archivo de idioma
+ @tab Nombre de las notas
+@item @file{nederlands.ly}
@tab c d e f g a bes b
- @tab -is @tab -es @tab -isis @tab -eses
-@item arabic.ly
+@item @file{arabic.ly}
@tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
- @tab -d @tab -b @tab -dd @tab -bb
-@item catalan.ly
+@item @file{catalan.ly}
@tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
- @tab -d/-s @tab -b @tab -dd/-ss @tab -bb
-@item deutsch.ly
+@item @file{deutsch.ly}
@tab c d e f g a b h
- @tab -is @tab -es @tab -isis @tab -eses
-@item english.ly
+@item @file{english.ly}
@tab c d e f g a bf b
+@item @file{espanol.ly}
+ @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{italiano.ly}
+ @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{norsk.ly}
+ @tab c d e f g a b h
+@item @file{portugues.ly}
+ @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{suomi.ly}
+ @tab c d e f g a b h
+@item @file{svenska.ly}
+ @tab c d e f g a b h
+@item @file{vlaams.ly}
+ @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@end multitable
+@end quotation
+
+@noindent
+y los sufijos de las alteraciones correspondientes que definen son:
+
+@quotation
+@multitable {@file{nederlands.ly}} {-s/-sharp} {-ess/-es} {-ss/-x/-sharpsharp} {-essess/-eses}
+@headitem Archivo de idioma
+ @tab sharp @tab flat @tab double sharp @tab double flat
+@item @file{nederlands.ly}
+ @tab -is @tab -es @tab -isis @tab -eses
+@item @file{arabic.ly}
+ @tab -d @tab -b @tab -dd @tab -bb
+@item @file{catalan.ly}
+ @tab -d/-s @tab -b @tab -dd/-ss @tab -bb
+@item @file{deutsch.ly}
+ @tab -is @tab -es @tab -isis @tab -eses
+@item @file{english.ly}
@tab -s/-sharp @tab -f/-flat @tab -ss/-x/-sharpsharp
@tab -ff/-flatflat
-@item espanol.ly
- @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{espanol.ly}
@tab -s @tab -b @tab -ss @tab -bb
-@item italiano.ly
- @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{italiano.ly}
@tab -d @tab -b @tab -dd @tab -bb
-@item norsk.ly
- @tab c d e f g a b h
+@item @file{norsk.ly}
@tab -iss/-is @tab -ess/-es @tab -ississ/-isis
@tab -essess/-eses
-@item portugues.ly
- @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{portugues.ly}
@tab -s @tab -b @tab -ss @tab -bb
-@item suomi.ly
- @tab c d e f g a b h
+@item @file{suomi.ly}
@tab -is @tab -es @tab -isis @tab -eses
-@item svenska.ly
- @tab c d e f g a b h
+@item @file{svenska.ly}
@tab -iss @tab -ess @tab -ississ @tab -essess
-@item vlaams.ly
- @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{vlaams.ly}
@tab -k @tab -b @tab -kk @tab -bb
@end multitable
-@end smallexample
+@end quotation
En holandés, @code{aes} se contrae como @code{as}, pero las dos formas
se aceptan en LilyPond. De forma similar, se aceptan tanto @code{es}
@noindent
Algunas músicas utilizan microtonos cuyas alteraciones son fracciones
-de un sostenido o bemol @q{normales}. Los nombres de nota para cuartos
-de tono que se definen en los distintos archivos de idioma se encuentran
-listados en la tabla siguiente. Aquí los prefijos @q{semi-} y @q{sesqui-} significan
-@q{medio} y @q{uno y medio} respectivamente. Para el noruego,
-sueco, catalán y español no se ha definido aún ningún nombre especial.
-
-@smallexample
-@multitable {nederlands.ly} {do re mi fa sol la sib si} {-iss/-is} {-ess/-es} {-ississ/-isis} {-ississ/-isis}
-@headitem Language
- @tab Note names
- @tab semi-sharp @tab semi-flat @tab sesqui-sharp @tab sesqui-flat
-
-@item nederlands.ly
- @tab c d e f g a bes b
+de un sostenido o bemol @q{normales}. Los nombres de nota para
+cuartos de tono que se definen en los distintos archivos de idioma se
+encuentran listados en la tabla siguiente. Aquí los prefijos
+@q{semi-} y @q{sesqui-} significan @q{medio} y @q{uno y medio}
+respectivamente. Para los idiomas noruego, sueco, catalán y español
+no se ha definido aún ningún nombre especial.
+
+@quotation
+@multitable {@file{nederlands.ly}} {@b{semi-sostenido}} {@b{semi-bemol}} {@b{sesqui-sostenido}} {@b{sesqui-bemol}}
+@headitem Archivo de idioma
+ @tab semi-sostenido @tab semi-bemol @tab sesqui-sostenido @tab sesqui-bemol
+
+@item @file{nederlands.ly}
@tab -ih @tab -eh @tab -isih @tab -eseh
-@item arabic.ly
- @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{arabic.ly}
@tab -sd @tab -sb @tab -dsd @tab -bsb
-@item deutsch.ly
- @tab c d e f g a b h
+@item @file{deutsch.ly}
@tab -ih @tab -eh @tab -isih @tab -eseh
-@item english.ly
- @tab c d e f g a bf b
+@item @file{english.ly}
@tab -qs @tab -qf @tab -tqs @tab -tqf
-@item italiano.ly
- @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{italiano.ly}
@tab -sd @tab -sb @tab -dsd @tab -bsb
-@item portugues.ly
- @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{portugues.ly}
@tab -sqt @tab -bqt @tab -stqt @tab -btqt
@end multitable
-@end smallexample
-
+@end quotation
@seealso
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 541aafa12474496930f99f617890a944c3db4989
+ Translation of GIT committish: 88f1608ae6fd17b05344bafb2f0721aafdac657b
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@code{ly:export}, un valor de Scheme se interpreta como si hubiera
sido introducido en sintaxis de LilyPond. En vez de definir
@code{\twice}, el ejemplo anterior podría también haberse escrito como
+
@example
-@dots{}
+...
@{ #(ly:export (make-sequential-music (list newLa))) @}
@end example
-@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
+@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 7c57f1469e057f25f5d7a7b75c18f33bb4e5bed9
+ Translation of GIT committish: bf07765f328aa2a1a52cee5d2963d27168096e94
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
unidas por una barra.
@c Two 64th notes are needed to obtain beams
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\time 8/1
c\longa c\breve c1 c2
c4 c8 c16 c32 c64 c64
anterior. Por omisión, el valor de la primera nota es el de una
negra.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
a a a2 a a4 a a1 a
@end lilypond
(@code{.}) después del número. Las notas con doble puntillo se
especifican escribiendo dos puntos, y así sucesivamente.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
a4 b c4. b8 a4. b4.. c8.
@end lilypond
tresillo, en el que 3 notas tienen el valor de 2, por tanto las notas
duran 2/3 de su valor escrito
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
a2 \times 2/3 { b4 b b }
c4 c \times 2/3 { b4 a g }
@end lilypond
Los grupos pueden anidarse unos dentro de otros:
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\autoBeamOff
c4 \times 4/5 { f8 e f \times 2/3 { e[ f g] } } f4 |
@end lilypond
@code{\tupletDown},
@code{\tupletNeutral}.
-
@snippets
@cindex grupos especiales, formato de
@cindex tresillos, formato de
+
@funindex tupletNumberFormatFunction
@funindex tupletSpannerDuration
@rinternals{TimeScaledMusic}.
@knownissues
+
@cindex adorno, notas de, dentro de corchetes de grupo especial
+
Cuando la primera nota de un pentagrama es una nota de adorno (un
mordente de una nota) seguida de un grupo de valoración especial, la
nota de adorno se debe situar antes de la instrucción @code{\times}
En el siguiente ejemplo las tres primeras notas duran exactamente dos
partes, pero no se imprime ningún corchete de tresillo.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
\time 2/4
% Alter durations to triplets
a4*2/3 gis4*2/3 a4*2/3
rodean el punto son necesarios. He aquí un ejemplo que muestra cómo
se puede comprimir y expandir la música:
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,relative=2,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
\time 2/4
% Normal durations
<c a>4 c8 a
Se introduce una ligadura de unión usando el símbolo de la tilde curva
@code{~}
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-e'2 ~ e'
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+a2 ~ a
@end lilypond
@noindent
subdivisiones del compás de mayor duración:
@c KEEP LY
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c' {
r8^"sí" c8 ~ c2 r4 |
- r8^"not" c2 ~ c8 r4
+ r8^"no" c2 ~ c8 r4
}
@end lilypond
ningún par de cabezas, no se crea ninguna ligadura. Los acordes se
pueden ligar parcialmente colocando la ligadura dentro del acorde.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=1]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
<c e g> ~ <c e g>
<c~ e g~ b> <c e g b>
@end lilypond
Cuando la segunda vez de una repetición comienza con una nota ligada,
es necesario especificar la ligadura repetida como sigue:
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,relative=2,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
\repeat volta 2 { c g <c e>2 ~ }
\alternative {
% First alternative: following note is tied normally
{ <c e>2. r4 }
% Second alternative: following note has a repeated tie
- {<c e>2\repeatTie d4 c }}
+ { <c e>2\repeatTie d4 c } }
@end lilypond
@cindex laissez vibrer
la notación para piano, arpa y otros instrumentos de cuerda y
percusión. Se pueden introducir de la siguiente manera:
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=1]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
<c f g>1\laissezVibrer
@end lilypond
@cindex maxima
@cindex longa
@cindex breve
+
@funindex \rest
@funindex r
@funindex \maxima
@c \time 16/1 is used to avoid spurious bar lines
@c and long tracts of empty measures
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[fragment,quote,verbatim]
\new Staff {
% These two lines are just to prettify this example
\time 16/1
formateador automático de colisiones de silencios no mueve estos
silencios.
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
a4\rest d4\rest
@end lilypond
un desplazamiento de una cierta magnitud temporal. @code{\skip}
requiere una duración explícita.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
<<
{
a2 \skip2 a2 a2
Los silencios de uno o más compases completos se introducen como notas
con el nombre @code{R} en mayúscula:
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
% Rest measures contracted to single measure
\compressFullBarRests
R1*4
silencio multi-compás debe ser siempre un número entero de compases,
por lo que con frecuencia han de utilizarse puntillos o fracciones:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim]
\compressFullBarRests
\time 2/4
R1 | R2 |
redonda o de breve, centrado en el compás, según el tipo de compás
vigente.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment]
\time 4/4
R1 |
\time 6/4
@cindex multicompás, silencios, expansión de
@cindex multicompás, silencios, contracción de
+
@funindex \expandFullBarRests
@funindex \compressFullBarRests
presentar como un solo compás que contiene un símbolo de silencio
multicompás, con el número de compases impreso encima del compás:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim]
% Default behavior
\time 3/4 r2. | R2.*2 |
\time 2/4 R2 |
proporciona la instrucción predefinida @code{\fermataMarkup} para
añadir calderones.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment]
\compressFullBarRests
\time 3/4
R2.*10^\markup { \italic "ad lib." }
R2.^\fermataMarkup
@end lilypond
-@warning{ Los elementos de marcado que se añaden a un silencio
+@warning{Los elementos de marcado que se añaden a un silencio
multicompás son objetos del tipo @code{MultiMeasureRestText}, no
@code{TextScript}. Las sobreescrituras de propiedades deben ir
dirigidas hacia el objeto correcto, o se ignorarán. Véase el ejemplo
-siguiente. }
+siguiente.}
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment]
% This fails, as the wrong object name is specified
\override TextScript #'padding = #5
R1^"wrong"
La indicación de compás se establece como sigue:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\time 2/4 c2
\time 3/4 c2.
@end lilypond
que hay un cambio de compás. Si se produce un cambio al final de una
línea, se imprime una indicación de advertencia en dicho lugar. Se
puede modificar este comportamiento predeterminado, véase
-@c ref{Controlling visibility of objects}.
+@ref{Controlling visibility of objects}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\time 2/4
c2 c
\break
El símbolo de compás que se usa en 2/2 y 4/4 se puede cambiar a un
estilo numérico:
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
% Default style
\time 4/4 c1
\time 2/2 c1
@snippets
-@c TODO Send as snippet called "setting measure and beat lengths"
-@c when example is added
-@code{\time} establece las propiedades @code{timeSignatureFraction},
-@code{beatLength} y @code{measureLength} en el contexto @code{Timing},
-que normalmente tiene el alias @code{Score}. La modificación del
-valor de @code{timeSignatureFraction} hace que se imprima la nueva
-indicación de compás sin que cambien las otras propieadades. La
-propiedad @code{measureLength} determina dónde se deben insertar
-líneas divisorias, y con @code{beatLength} y @code{beatGrouping}, cómo
-se deben generar las barras de corchea automáticas.
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
-\time 3/4 % auto beam on 1/4 note groups
-a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
-\time 12/16 % no defined auto-beaming for this time sig
-a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
-\time 3/4
-a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
-\set Score.timeSignatureFraction = #'(12 16) %keep 3/4 beaming
- % due to beatLength
-a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
-\set Score.beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 8) %beam on 1/8 notes
-a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
-\set Score.beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 16)
-\set Score.beatGrouping = #'(3 4 2 3) %beam on 3/16, 7/16, 9/16, 12/16
-a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
-@end lilypond
-
-@c End of snippet
-
-@cindex measure groupings
-@cindex beats, grouping
-@cindex grouping beats
-@cindex measure sub-grouping
-
-@c TODO Sent as snippet called "grouping beats" 25 Mar 08
-Las opciones para agrupar partes de un compás están disponibles a
-través de la funcción de Scheme @code{set-time-signature}, que toma
-tres argumentos: el número de pulsos, longitud del pulso, y agrupación
-interna de los pulsos en el compás. Si el grabador
-@rinternals{Measure_grouping_engraver} está incluido, la función
-también creará símbolos de @rinternals{MeasureGrouping}. Tales
-símbolos facilitan la lectura de música moderna rítmicamente compleja.
-En el ejemplo, el compás de 9/8 se subdivide en 2 + 2 + 2 + 3. Esto
-se pasa a @code{set-time-signature} como tercer argumento: @code{'(2 2
-2 3)}:
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-\score {
- \relative c'' {
- #(set-time-signature 9 8 '(2 2 2 3))
- g8[ g] d[ d] g[ g] a8[( bes g]) |
- #(set-time-signature 5 8 '(3 2))
- a4. g4
- }
- \layout {
- \context {
- \Staff
- \consists "Measure_grouping_engraver"
- }
- }
-}
-@end lilypond
-@c TODO End of snippet called "grouping beats"
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{changing-the-time-signature-without-affecting-the-beaming.ly}
@cindex compuesto, indicaciones de compás
@cindex compás compuesto, indicaciones de
donde @code{duración} es el valor rítmico que se se debe añadir antes
del comienzo del siguiente compás completo:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\partial 4 e4 |
a2. c,4 |
@end lilypond
El compás parcial puede ser de cualquier duración menor de un compás
completo:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\partial 8*3 c8 d e |
a2. c,4 |
@end lilypond
compás automáticos, utilice la instrucción @code{\cadenzaOn}, y para
activarlos de nuevo use @code{\cadenzaOff}.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,relative=2,fragment]
+@lilypond[verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
c4 d e d
\cadenzaOn
c4 c d8 d d f4 g4.
La numeración de compases se continúa al final de la cadencia como si
la cadencia no existiera:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,relative=2,fragment]
+@lilypond[verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
% Show all bar numbers
\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility = #all-visible
c4 d e d
@node Polymetric notation
@unnumberedsubsubsec Polymetric notation
+@c This section necessarily uses \set
+@c This is acceptable -td
+
@cindex double time signatures
@cindex signatures, polymetric
@cindex polymetric signatures
@cindex meter, polymetric
-Está contemplada la notación polimétrica, ya sea explícitamente o a
-través de un uso inteligente de las posibilidades de marcado.
+Está contemplada la notación polimétrica, ya sea explícitamente o
+mediante la modificación de la indicación visible del compás y el
+escalado de la duración de las notas.
@strong{Pentagramas con distintas indicaciones de compás, compases de
igual longitud}
común para cada pentagrama per sustituyendo el símbolo manualmente
mediante el establecimiento de @code{timeSignatureFraction} a la
fracción deseada y escalando las duraciones impresas en cada
-pentagrama a la indicación de compás común. Esto se hace con
-@code{\scaleDurations}, que se usa de una forma similar a
-@code{\times}, pero no crea un corchete de grupo especial, véase
-@ref{Scaling durations}.
+pentagrama a la indicación de compás común; véase @ref{Time
+signature}. El escalado se hace con @code{\scaleDurations}, que se
+usa de una forma similar a @code{\times}, pero no crea un corchete de
+grupo especial, véase @ref{Scaling durations}.
En este ejemplo, se usa en paralelo música con compases de 3/4, 9/8 y
10/8. En el segundo pentagrama, las duraciones mostradas se
multiplican por 2/3, pues 2/3 * 9/8 = 3/4, y en el tercer pentagrama,
las duraciones que se muestran están multiplicadas por 3/5, pues 3/5 *
-10/8 = 3/4.
+10/8 = 3/4. Con frecuencia se hace necesario insertar las barras de
+forma manual, pues el escalado de las duraciones afecta a las reglas
+de barrado automático.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
-\relative c' { <<
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment]
+\relative c' <<
\new Staff {
\time 3/4
c4 c c |
\time 3/4
\set Staff.timeSignatureFraction = #'(9 . 8)
\scaleDurations #'(2 . 3)
- \repeat unfold 6 { c8[ c c] }
+ \repeat unfold 6 { c8[ c c] }
}
\new Staff {
\time 3/4
\scaleDurations #'(3 . 5) {
\repeat unfold 2 { c8[ c c] }
\repeat unfold 2 { c8[ c] } |
- c4. c4. \times 2/3 { c8 c c } c4
+ c4. c4. \times 2/3 { c8[ c c] } c4
}
}
->> }
+>>
@end lilypond
-@strong{Pentagramas con distinas indicaciones de compás y longitudes
-de compás distintas}
+@strong{@i{Pentagramas con distinas indicaciones de compás y
+longitudes de compás distintas}}
Se puede dar a cada pentagrama su propia indicación de compás
-independiente trasladando el grabador @code{Timing_translator} al
-contexto de @code{Staff}.
+independiente trasladando los grabadores @code{Timing_translator} y
+@code{Default_bar_line_engraver} al contexto de @code{Staff}.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
\layout {
\context {
\Score
@rglos{meter}.
Referencia de la notación:
-@ref{Scaling durations}
+@ref{Time signature},
+@ref{Scaling durations}.
Fragmentos de código:
@rlsr{Rhythms}.
Referencia de funcionamiento interno:
@rinternals{TimeSignature},
@rinternals{Timing_translator},
+@rinternals{Default_bar_line_engraver},
@rinternals{Staff}.
@knownissues
que atraviesan la barra de compás se dividen y se unen mediante una
ligadura.
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim,relative=1,line-width=12\cm]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
\new Voice \with {
\remove "Note_heads_engraver"
\consists "Completion_heads_engraver"
las notas se convierten en barras inclinadas, y el pentagrama tiene
una sola línea:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=1,verbatim]
<<
\new RhythmicStaff {
\new Voice = "myRhythm" {
@code{\improvisationOff}.
@snippets
-@c TODO -- Convert to snippet;
-@c tag for both Rhythms and Guitar? Move to @seealso?
-Para la música de guitarra, es posible mostrar los ritmos de rasgueo,
-además de las notas de la melodía, acordes y diagramas de posiciones.
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
-\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
-<<
- \new ChordNames {
- \chordmode {
- c1 f g c
- }
- }
-
- \new FretBoards {
- \chordmode {
- c1 f g c
- }
- }
-
-
- \new Voice \with {
- \consists Pitch_squash_engraver
- } \relative c'' {
- \improvisationOn
- c4 c8 c c4 c8 c
- f4 f8 f f4 f8 f
- g4 g8 g g4 g8 g
- c4 c8 c c4 c8 c
- }
-
-
- \new Voice = "melody" {
- \relative c'' {
- \improvisationOff
- c2 e4 e4
- f2. r4
- g2. a4
- e4 c2.
- }
- }
-
- \new Lyrics {
- \lyricsto "melody" {
- This is my song.
- I like to sing.
- }
- }
->>
-@end lilypond
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{guitar-strum-rhythms.ly}
@seealso
@cindex barras manuales
@cindex manuales, barras
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\time 2/4 c8 c c c
\time 6/8 c c c c8. c16 c8
@end lilypond
Cuando estas decisiones automáticas no son lo bastante buenas, se
pueden escribir los barrados de forma explícita; véase @ref{Manual
beams}. También es posible definir patrones de barrado que difieran
-de los ajustes por defecto; véase @ref{Setting automatic beam
-behavior}. Las reglas de barrado predeterminadas están definidas en
-el archivo @file{scm/@/auto@/-beam@/.scm}.
+de los ajustes por defecto. Las reglas de barrado predeterminadas
+están definidas en el archivo @file{scm/@/auto@/-beam@/.scm}. Si no
+hay definidas reglas de barrado para una duración dada de la barra en
+el tipo de compás en uso, el barrado se controla mediante los valores
+de tres propiedades de contexto, @code{measureLength},
+@code{beatLength} y @code{beatGrouping}. Tanto las reglas de barrado
+como las propiedades de contexto se pueden sobreescribir, véase
+@ref{Setting automatic beam behavior}.
@cindex autoBeamOn
@cindex autoBeamOff
+@warning{Si se usan barras para indicar los melismas de las canciones,
+entonces se debe desactivar el barrado automático con
+@code{\autoBeamOff} e indicar las barras manualmente.}
+
+
@noindent
El barrado automático se puede habilitar o desactivar con las
instrucciones @code{\autoBeamOff} y @code{\autoBeamOn}:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=1,verbatim]
c4 c8 c8. c16 c8. c16 c8
\autoBeamOff
c4 c8 c8. c16 c8.
@snippets
-Los patrones de barrado se pueden alterar con la propiedad
-@code{beatGrouping}:
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2,fragment,ragged-right]
-\time 5/16
-\set beatGrouping = #'(2 3)
-c8[^"(2+3)" c16 c8]
-\set beatGrouping = #'(3 2)
-c8[^"(3+2)" c16 c8]
-@end lilypond
-
-De forma predeterminada, las barras de semicorchea o notas más cortas
-no se subdividen. Esto es, el grupo de tres o más barras se amplía
-sin romperse sobre grupos enteros de notas. Este comportamiento se
-puede modificar para que se subdividan las barras en subgrupos
-ajustando la propiedad @code{subdivideBeams}. Cuando está estblecida,
-varias barras se verán subdivididas a intervalos definidos por el
-valor actual @code{beatLength} reduciendo las barras múltiples a una
-sola entre los subgrupos. Observe que @code{beatLength} reside dentro
-del contexto de @code{Score} y tiene un valor predeterminado de negra.
-Se debe ajustar para que sea una fracción que dé como resultado la
-duración del subgrupo de barras usando la función @code{make-moment},
-como se muestra aquí:
-
-@lilypond[fragment,ragged-right,quote,relative=2,verbatim]
-c32[ c c c c c c c]
-\set subdivideBeams = ##t
-c32[ c c c c c c c]
-% Set beam sub-group length to an eighth note
-\set Score.beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 8)
-c32[ c c c c c c c]
-% Set beam sub-group length to a sixteenth note
-\set Score.beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 16)
-c32[ c c c c c c c]
-@end lilypond
-@funindex subdivideBeams
-
-@noindent
-Para más información sobre @code{make-moment}, véase @ref{Time
-administration}.
-
@funindex divisible
@cindex salto de línea
@cindex línea, saltos de
-Normalmente están prohibidos los saltos de línea cuando las barras
-atraviesan a la línea divisoria. Este comportamiento se puede
-modificar ajustando la propiedad @code{breakable}:
-@code{\override Beam #'breakable = ##t}.
-
-@lilypond[ragged-right,relative=2,fragment,verbatim,quote]
-\override Beam #'breakable = ##t
-c8 \repeat unfold 15 { c[ c] } c
-@end lilypond
-
-@cindex barras y saltos de línea
-@cindex barras en ángulo
-@cindex dobladas, barras
-@cindex auto-knee-gap
-Cuando se detecta un salto muy grande entre las cabezas de las notas,
-se inserta automáticamente una barra doblada o en ángulo. Este
-comportamiento se puede afinar a través de la propiedad
-@code{auto-knee-gap}. Se dibuja una barra doblada si el salto es
-mayor que el valor de @code{auto-knee-gap} más el ancho del propio
-objeto barra (que depende de la duración de las notas y la inclinación
-de la barra). De forma predeterminada @code{auto-knee-gap} está
-establecido al valor de 5.5 espacios de pentagrama.
-
-@lilypond[fragment,ragged-right,quote,verbatim]
-f8 f''8 f8 f''8
-\override Beam #'auto-knee-gap = #6
-f8 f''8 f8 f''8
-@end lilypond
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{beams-across-line-breaks.ly}
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{changing-beam-knee-gap.ly}
@seealso
@ref{Setting automatic beam behavior}.
Archivos instalados:
-@file{scm/auto-beam.scm}.
+@file{scm/@/auto@/-beam@/.scm}.
Fragmentos de código:
@rlsr{Rhythms}.
@node Setting automatic beam behavior
@unnumberedsubsubsec Setting automatic beam behavior
+@funindex autoBeaming
@funindex autoBeamSettings
@funindex (end * * * *)
@funindex (begin * * * *)
+
@cindex barras automáticas, ajuste fino
@cindex ajuste fino de las barras automáticas
+@cindex automáticas, generación de barras
+@cindex barras automáticas
+@cindex letra y barrado
+
+La colocación de barras automáticas viene determinada por las reglas
+descritas en @ref{Automatic beams}. Existen dos formas mutuamente
+excluyentes de modificar estas reglas. La primera es modificar la
+agrupación de los pulsos y se aplica a compases poco usuales, es
+decir, aquellos para los que no ha reglas predefinidas que definen los
+puntos de final de las barras. El segundo método, modificar la
+especificación de los puntos finales de las barras, se puede usar para
+cualquier tipo de compás. Este segundo método @strong{se debe} usar
+para aquellos compases y combinaciones de duración de barras para los
+que existen reglas predefinidas de final de barra, a no ser que se
+hayan revertido. Hay reglas predefinidas para los compases de 3/2,
+3/4, 4/4, 2/4, 4/8, 4/16, 6/8, 9/8 y 12/8.
+
+@i{@strong{Modificar las agrupaciones de pulsos}}
+
+Si no hay definida ninguna regla de final de barra para la duración de
+una barra en particular dentro del tipo de compás en uso, su barrado
+se controla mediante tres propiedades de contexto:
+@code{measureLength}, @code{beatLength} y @code{beatGrouping}. Estas
+propiedades se deben establecer en los contextos @code{Score},
+@code{Staff} o @code{Voice} para delimitar el ámbito de su efecto.
+
+Dichas propiedades determinan el barrado de la siguiente forma:
+
+Las barras pueden dar comienzo en cualquier lugar (excepto si ya hay
+una barra activa). Las barras terminan en un tiempo determinado por
+los valores de @code{beatGrouping} y @code{beatLength}, com se ve a
+continuación:
+
+@itemize
+
+@item
+Si @code{beatGrouping} y @code{beatLength} con consistentes con
+@code{measureLength}, se utiliza @code{beatGrouping} para determinar
+los puntos finales de las barras.
+
+@item
+Si @code{beatGrouping} y @code{beatLength} no concuerdan con
+@code{measureLength}, se usa @code{beatLength} para determinar los
+puntos finales de las barras.
+
+@end itemize
+
+
+@warning{Estas tres propiedades se hacen efectivas para una barra
+concreta @strong{solamente} si no hay reglas de final de barra
+predefinidas para esa duración de barra en el tipo de compás en uso, o
+si todas esas reglas de final de barra se han revertido.}
+
+De forma predeterminada, las propiedades the @code{measureLength} y
+@code{beatLength} se derivan del compás establecido por la instrucción
+@code{\time}. La longitud @code{measureLength} está establecida de
+forma que sea exactamente la misma que la longitud del compás dado por
+la indicación de compás, y la longitud del pulso @code{beatLength}
+tiene un valor dado igual a una parte de compás (1/n, siendo n el
+denominador del compás).
+
+El valor predeterminado de @code{beatGrouping} se toma de una tabla
+que está en @file{scm/@/music@/-functions@/.scm}. Para localizarla,
+véase @rlearning{Other sources of information}. Define la agrupación
+de pulsos para los compases de 5/8, 6/8, 8/8, 9/8 y 12/8.
+
+Tanto @code{measureLength} como @code{beatLength} son @i{momentos},
+unidades de duración musical. Las cantidades del tipo @i{moment} se
+crean por la función de Scheme @code{ly:make-moment}. Para ver más
+información sobre esta función, consulte @ref{Time administration}.
-@c [TODO: use \applyContext]
+@code{beatGrouping} es una lista de enteros que dan el número de
+pulsos en cada grupo.
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{grouping-beats.ly}
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{specifying-context-with-beatgrouping.ly}
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly}
+
+@funindex subdivideBeams
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{sub-dividing-beams.ly}
+
+@cindex compases, agrupaciones de
+@cindex pulsos, agrupar
+@cindex agrupación de pulsos
+@cindex compases, subgrupos dentro de
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{conducting-signs,-measure-grouping-signs.ly}
+
+
+@strong{@i{Modificar los puntos finales de las barras}}
En compases de tipo normal, las barras automáticas pueden comenzar en
cualquier nota pero solamente pueden terminar en algunas poriciones
-dentro del compás: las barras pueden terminar sobre una parte, o sobre
-duraciones que estén especificadas por las propiedades de
-@code{autoBeamSettings}. Las propiedades de @code{autoBeamSettings}
-consisten en un a lista de reglas que especifican dónde pueden
-comenzar y teminar las barras. Las reglas predeterminadas de
+dentro del compás, concretamente en las duraciones que estén
+especificadas por las propiedades de @code{autoBeamSettings}. Estas
+propiedades consisten en una lista de reglas que especifican dónde
+pueden terminar las barras. Las reglas predeterminadas de
@code{autoBeamSettings} están definidas en
-@file{scm/@/auto@/-beam@/.scm}.
+@file{scm/@/auto@/-beam@/.scm}. Para localizarlo, consulte
+@rlearning{Other sources of information}.
+
+@strong{Se debe} usar este método para los tipos de compás para los
+que existen reglas de final de barra definidas de forma
+predeterminada, a no ser que todas ellas se hayan revertido. También
+es particularmente apropiado para otros muchos compases si la
+indicación de compás cambia con frecuencia, o si el barrado debe ser
+distinto para las distintas duraciones de barra.
+
+Para añadir una regla a la lista, utilice
-Para poder añadir una regla a la lista, utilice
@example
#(override-auto-beam-setting
- '(límite-barra numerador-barra denominador-barra
- numerador-compás denominador-compás)
- numerador-momento denominador-momento [contexto])
+ '(beam-limit
+ beam-numerator beam-denominator
+ time-signature-numerator time-signature-denominator)
+ moment-numerator moment-denominator [context])
@end example
+@noindent
+donde:
+
@itemize
@item @code{límite-barra} es el tipo de límte de barra automática que se
-define, @code{begin} o bien @code{end}.
+define. Puede ser @code{begin} o @code{end}, pero sólo es efectivo
+@code{end}.
@item @code{numerador-barra/denominador-barra} es la duración de la barra
-para la que quiere añadir una regla. Se considera que una barra tiene
+a la que se quiere aplicar la regla. Se considera que una barra tiene
la duración de su nota más breve. Ajuste @code{numerador-barra} y
-@code{denominador-barra} a @code{'*'} para que esto se aplique a las
-barras de cualquier duración.
+@code{denominador-barra} a un asterisco @code{'*'} para que la regla
+se aplique a las barras de cualquier duración.
-@item @code{numerador-compás/denominador-compás} es la indicación de compás
-al que se aplica esta regla. Ajuste @code{numerador-compás} y
-@code{denominador-compás} a @code{'*'} para hacer que esta regla se
-aplique a cualquier tipo de compás.
+@item @code{numerador-compás/denominador-compás} especifica la indicación de compás
+a que se aplica esta regla. Si @code{numerador-compás} y
+@code{denominador-compás} tienen el valor de un asterisco @code{'*'},
+esta regla se aplica a cualquier tipo de compás.
@item @code{numerador-momento/denominador-momento} es la posición dentro del
-compás en que la barra debe comenzar o acabar.
+compás en que la barra debe terminar.
@item @code{contexto} es opcional, y especifica el contexto en que se debe
hacer el cambio. El valor predeterminado es @code{'Voice}.
@end itemize
Por ejemplo, si las barras automáticas siempre deben terminar sobre la
-primera negra, use
+primera negra, para cualquier tipo de compás o duración de la barra,
+use
-@example
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+a8 a a a a a a a
#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * * *) 1 4)
-@end example
+a8 a a a a a a a
+@end lilypond
-Podemos forzar los ajustes de las barras para que sólo tengan efecto
-sobre barras cuya nota más breve es una cierta duración:
+Podemos forzar los ajustes de las barras para que tengan efecto sólo
+sobre las barras cuya nota más breve sea de una cierta duración:
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\time 2/4
% end 1/16 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment
#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end 1 16 * *) 1 16)
a32 a a a a16 a a a a a |
@end lilypond
-Podemos forzar los ajustes de las barras para que sólo tengan efecto
-en ciertos tipos de compás:
+Podemos forzar los ajustes de las barras para que tengan efecto
+solamente en ciertos tipos de compás:
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\time 5/8
% end beams of all durations in 5/8 time signature at the 2/8 moment
#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 5 8) 2 8)
c8 c d d d
@end lilypond
-También podemos eliminar una regla de fin de barrado previamente
-establecida usando
+En caso de usar varias voces, se debe especificar el contexto
+@code{Staff} si queremos aplicar el barrado a todas las voces del
+pentagrama:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\time 7/8
+% rhythm 3-1-1-2
+% Context not specified - does not work correctly
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 7 8) 3 8)
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 7 8) 4 8)
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 7 8) 5 8)
+<< {a8 a a a16 a a a a8 a} \\ {f4. f8 f f f} >>
+
+% Works correctly with context specified
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 7 8) 3 8 'Staff)
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 7 8) 4 8 'Staff)
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 7 8) 5 8 'Staff)
+<< {a8 a a a16 a a a a8 a} \\ {f4. f8 f f f} >>
+@end lilypond
+
+@warning{Si se produce un comportamiento inesperado de las barras,
+compruebe la existencia de una posible interferencia en los ajustes
+predeterminados del barrado automático que están en
+@file{scm/@/auto@/-beam@/.scm}, porque los finales de barra definidos
+aquí aún son válidos además de los suyos.}
+
+Debemos revertir cualquer final predeterminado indeseado o
+conflictivo, para nuestro compás concreto. Podemos eliminar una regla
+de barrado automático previamente establecida usando
@example
#(revert-auto-beam-setting
- '(beam-limit beam-numerator beam-denominator
- time-signature-numerator time-signature-denominator)
+ '(beam-limit
+ beam-numerator beam-denominator
+ time-signature-numerator time-signature-denominator)
moment-numerator moment-denominator [context])
@end example
@code{límite-barra}, @code{numerador-barra}, @code{denominador-barra},
@code{numerador-compás}, @code{denominador-compás},
@code{numerador-momento}, @code{denominador-momento} y @code{contexto}
-son los mismos que antes. Observe que las reglas predeteminadas se
-especifican en @file{scm/@/auto@/-beam@/.scm}, así que podemos
-revertir las reglas que no hayamos creado explícitamente.
+son los mismos que antes.
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\time 4/4
a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
% undo a rule ending 1/16 beams in 4/4 time at 1/4 moment
corresponderse exactamente con la regla original. Esto es, no se
tiene en cuenta ninguna expansión de comodines.
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\time 1/4
#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end 1 16 1 4) 1 8)
a16 a a a
a a a a
@end lilypond
-@c TODO: old material -- not covered by above stuff, I think.
-Si las barras automáticas han de terminar en cada negra de un compás
-de 5/4 time, especifique todas las terminaciones
-@example
-#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * * *) 1 4 'Staff)
-#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * * *) 1 2 'Staff)
-#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * * *) 3 4 'Staff)
-#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * * *) 5 4 'Staff)
-@dots{}
-@end example
-
-Se puede usar la misma sintaxis para especificar los puntos de inicio
-de las barras. En este ejemplo, las barras automáticas sólo pueden
-terminar sobre una negra con puntillo:
-@example
-#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * * *) 3 8)
-#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * * *) 1 2)
-#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * * *) 7 8)
-@end example
-En el compás de 4/4, esto significa que las barras automáticas sólo
-pueden terminar sobre 3/8 y sobre el cuarto pulso del compás (después
-de que 3/4, esto es, 2 veces 3/8, han transcurrido del compás).
+@snippets
-Si se produce cualquier comportamiento inesperado de las barras,
-compruebe los ajustes de barrado automático predeterminados que están
-en @file{scm/@/auto@/-beam@/.scm} en busca de una posible
-interferencia, porque los finales de barra que están allí definidos
-aún se aplicarán encima de sus propias sobreescrituras. Cualquier
-final no deseado en los valores predeterminados se debe revertir para
-nuestro compás concreto.
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{beam-grouping-in-7-8-time.ly}
-Por ejemplo, para tipografiar finales de barra de @code{(3 4 3 2)} en
-un 12/8, comience por
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{reverting-default-beam-endings.ly}
-@example
-%%% revertir los valores predeterminados de scm/auto-beam.scm repecto al compás de 12/8
-#(revert-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 12 8) 3 8)
-#(revert-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 12 8) 3 4)
-#(revert-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 12 8) 9 8)
-
-%%% sus nuevos valores
-#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end 1 8 12 8) 3 8)
-#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end 1 8 12 8) 7 8)
-#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end 1 8 12 8) 10 8)
-@end example
+@c TODO Convert to snippet called "Beam endings in Score context"
+@c Submitted to LSR 3 Nov 08
-@cindex automática, generación de barras
-@cindex auto-barrado
-@funindex autoBeaming
-@cindex letra
+Las reglas de final de barra especificadas en el contexto Score se
+aplican a todos los pentagramas, pero se pueden modificar tanto en los
+niveles de Staff como de Voice:
-Si se usan barras para indicar melismas en canciones, entonces el
-barrado automático se debe inhabilitar con @code{\autoBeamOff}.
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+ \time 5/4
+ % Set default beaming for all staves
+ #(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 5 4) 3 8 'Score)
+ #(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 5 4) 7 8 'Score)
+ <<
+ \new Staff {
+ c8 c c c c c c c c c
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ % Modify beaming for just this staff
+ #(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 5 4) 6 8 'Staff)
+ #(revert-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 5 4) 7 8 'Staff)
+ c8 c c c c c c c c c
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ % Inherit beaming from Score context
+ c8 c c c c c c c c c
+ }
+ >>
+@end lilypond
@predefined
especifican manualmente marcando los puntos de comienzo y final con
@code{[} y @code{]}
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=1,verbatim]
{
r4 r8[ g' a r8] r8 g[ | a] r8
}
Se pueden marcar notas individuales con @code{\noBeam} para evitar que
resulten unidas por una barra:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\time 2/4 c8 c\noBeam c c
@end lilypond
este ejemplo, el último Fa se imprime con sólo una barra en el lado
izquierdo, es decir, la barra de corchea del grupo como un todo.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
-{
- f8[ r16 f g a]
- f8[ r16
- \set stemLeftBeamCount = #1
- f g a]
-}
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
+a8[ r16 f g a]
+a8[ r16
+\set stemLeftBeamCount = #2
+\set stemRightBeamCount = #1
+f
+\set stemLeftBeamCount = #1
+g a]
@end lilypond
@snippets
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{flat-flags-and-beam-nibs.ly}
@node Feathered beams
@unnumberedsubsubsec Feathered beams
gradualmente. Las cuatro primeras fusas se aceleran gradualmente,
mientras que las últimas cuatro fusas están a un tempo constante.
-@lilypond[ragged-right,relative=1,fragment,verbatim,quote]
+@lilypond[relative=1,verbatim,quote]
\override Beam #'grow-direction = #LEFT
\featherDurations #(ly:make-moment 2 1)
{ c16[ c c c c c c c] }
cambiar por otros tipos con la instrucción @code{\bar}. Por ejemplo,
se suele poner una doble barra de cierre al final de la pieza:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,relative=1,fragment,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=1,verbatim]
e4 d c2 \bar "|."
@end lilypond
-@c TODO -- make this warning more clear. What does it mean?
-@warning{Una duración incorrecta lleva a un formato defectuoso en la
-música.}
-
-@c TODO -- check this. I think this behavior no longer happens
-@c with completion_heads_engraver, but it may with note_heads_engraver
-@c Make an example showing the problem
-
No deja de ser válida la última nota de un compás si no termina sobre
la línea divisoria automática: se supone que la nota se prolonga sobre
el compás siguiente. Pero una secuencia larga de dichos compases
prolongados puede hacer que la música aparezca comprimida o incluso
que se salga de la página. Esto es a causa de que los saltos de línea
automáticos solamente se producen al final de compases completos, es
-decir, cuando el final de una nota coincide con el final del compás.
+decir, cuando todas las notas han finalizado antes de que el compás
+termine.
+
+@warning{Una duración incorrecta puede hacer que se trate de evitar la
+producción de saltos de línea, dando como resultado una línea de
+música con una compresión exagerada o música que se sale de la
+página.}
@cindex línea, saltos
@cindex líneas divisorias invisibles
Están disponibles para su inserción manual la línea divisoria simple y
cinco tipos de doble barra:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=1,verbatim]
f1 \bar "|" g \bar "||" a \bar ".|" b \bar ".|." c \bar "|.|" d \bar "|." e
@end lilypond
@noindent
así como la barra de puntos y la discontinua:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=1,verbatim]
f1 \bar ":" g \bar "dashed" a
@end lilypond
@noindent
y cinco tipos de barra de repetición:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=1,verbatim]
f1 \bar "|:" g \bar ":|:" a \bar ":|.|:" b \bar ":|.:" c \bar ":|" d
@end lilypond
final de la línea y una repetición izquierda (de comienzo) al
principio de la línea siguiente.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,relative=2,fragment,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
\override Score.RehearsalMark #'padding = #3
c c c c
\bar "||:"
líneas resultantes se conectan entre los distintos pentagramas de un
@code{StaffGroup}, @code{PianoStaff} o @code{GrandStaff}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim]
<<
\new StaffGroup <<
\new Staff {
Referencia de la notación:
@ref{Line breaking},
-@ref{Repeats}.
+@ref{Repeats},
+@ref{Grouping staves}.
+
Fragmentos de código:
@rlsr{Rhythms}.
-Referencia de funcionamiento interno: @rinternals{BarLine} (creada al
-nivel de @rinternals{Staff} (pentagrama)), @rinternals{SpanBar} (a
-través de los pentagramas), @rinternals{Timing_translator} (para las
-propiedades del contador de tiempo Timing).
+Referencia de funcionamiento interno:
+
+@rinternals{BarLine} (creada al nivel de @rinternals{Staff} (pentagrama)),
+@rinternals{SpanBar} (a través de los pentagramas),
+@rinternals{Timing_translator} (para las propiedades del contador de tiempo Timing).
@node Bar numbers
automáticamente para cada compás. También se puede establecer
manualmente:
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,fragment,relative=1]
c1 c c c
\break
\set Score.currentBarNumber = #50
ejemplo siguiente se imprimen los números de compás en todos los
sitios posibles:
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility = #'#(#t #t #t)
\set Score.currentBarNumber = #11
\bar "" % Permit first bar number to be printed
y aquí los números de compás se imprimen cada dos compases excepto al
final de la línea:
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility = #'#(#f #t #t)
\set Score.currentBarNumber = #11
\bar "" % Permit first bar number to be printed
alternativa de especificar @code{#(#f #t #t)} para
@code{break-visibility}.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
% Prevent bar numbers at the end of a line and permit them elsewhere
\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility
= #end-of-line-invisible
pueden colocar directamente sobre la línea divisoria o alinearse por
la derecha con ella:
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\set Score.currentBarNumber = #111
\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility = #'#(#t #t #t)
% Increase the size of the bar number by 2
grabador @code{Bar_number_engraver} de números de compás del contexto
de partitura @code{Score}.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\layout {
\context {
\Score
pieza, se debe insertar allí una barra de compás vacía, y se debe
poner un valor distinto a @code{1} en @code{currentBarNumber}:
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\set Score.currentBarNumber = #50
\bar ""
c1 c c c
cuando aparece en el código de entrada, en vez de comprobar el final
de un compás.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
pipeSymbol = \bar "||"
{
c'2 c'2 |
Para imprimir una letra de ensayo, utilice la orden @code{\mark}
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
c1 \mark \default
c1 \mark \default
c1 \mark #8
establece con el valor de una función que produce un número encerrado
en una caja.
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\set Score.markFormatter = #format-mark-numbers
c1 \mark \default
c1 \mark \default
\set Score.markFormatter = #format-mark-box-numbers
c1 \mark \default
+\set Score.markFormatter = #format-mark-circle-numbers
c1 \mark \default
+\set Score.markFormatter = #format-mark-circle-letters
c1
@end lilypond
@code{format-mark-circle-barnumbers} para obtener números de compás en
lugar de números o letras secuenciales.
-Otros estilos de marca de ensayo se pueden especificar de forma
+Se pueden especificar otros estilos de letra de ensayo de forma
manual:
@example
Los glifos musicales (como el segno) se pueden imprimir dentro de un
elemento @code{\mark}
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
c1 \mark \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.segno" }
c1 \mark \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.coda" }
c1 \mark \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.ufermata" }
Consulte @ref{The Feta font} para ver una lista de los símbolos que se
pueden imprimir con @code{\musicglyph}.
-Para ver formas comunes de trucar la colocación de las marcas de
+Para ver formas comunes de trucar la colocación de las letras de
ensayo, consulte @ref{Text marks}.
@seealso
Referencia de funcionamiento interno:
@rinternals{RehearsalMark}.
-@c Ejemplos: @c @lsr{parts,rehearsal-mark-numbers.ly}
-
@node Special rhythmic concerns
@subsection Special rhythmic concerns
en un tipo más pequeño y no ocupan ningún tiempo lógico en el
compás.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,relative=2,verbatim,fragment]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
c4 \grace c16 c4
\grace { c16[ d16] } c2
@end lilypond
de la nota principal, y se denota como una nota pequeña, ligada, sin
tachar.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,relative=2,verbatim,fragment]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
\grace c8 b4
\acciaccatura d8 c4
\appoggiatura e8 d4
pentagramas. En el siguiente ejemplo, hay dos semicorcheas de adorno
por cada corchea de adorno:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,relative=2,verbatim,fragment]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
<< \new Staff { e2 \grace { c16[ d e f] } e2 }
\new Staff { c2 \grace { g8[ b] } c2 } >>
@end lilypond
@code{\afterGrace}. Toma dos argumentos: la nota principal, y las
notas de adorno que siguen a la nota principal.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
c1 \afterGrace d1 { c16[ d] } c1
@end lilypond
siguiente muestra el resultado de establecer el espacio en su valor
predeterminado, en 15/16, y por último en 1/2 de la nota principal.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
<<
\new Staff {
c1 \afterGrace d1 { c16[ d] } c1
especificar usando espaciadores. El ejemplo siguiente sitúa la nota de
adorno después de un espacio que dura 7/8 de la nota principal.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\new Voice {
<< { d1^\trill_( }
{ s2 s4. \grace { c16[ d] } } >>
adorno. Aquí, la dirección predeterminada de la plica de la nota de
adorno se sobreescribe y luego se revierte.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\new Voice {
\acciaccatura {
\stemDown
El trazo inclinado que atraviesa al corchete de las
@emph{acciaccatura}s se puede aplicar en otras situaciones:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\relative c'' {
\override Stem #'stroke-style = #"grace"
c8( d2) e8( f4)
@code{Stem} (plica) para este adorno, y así las plicas no siempre
apuntan hacia arriba.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\relative c'' {
\new Staff {
#(add-grace-property 'Voice 'Stem 'direction ly:stem::calc-direction)
Se puede forzar la alineación de las notas de adorno con las notas
normales de los otros pentagramas:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
<<
\override Score.SpacingSpanner #'strict-grace-spacing = ##t
@knownissues
-Una @emph{acciaccatura} de varias notas con una barra se imprime sin
+Una @i{acciaccatura} de varias notas con una barra se imprime sin
tachar, y tiene exactamente la misma apariencia que una
-@emph{appoggiatura} de varias notas con barra.
+@i{appoggiatura} de varias notas con barra.
+
@c TODO Add link to LSR snippet to add slash when available
La sincronización de las notas de adorno también puede acarrear
divisorias, etc., se sincronizan también. Ponga cuidado cuando mezcle
pentagramas con adornos y sin adornos, por ejemplo
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,relative=2,verbatim,fragment]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
<< \new Staff { e4 \bar "|:" \grace c16 d2. }
\new Staff { c4 \bar "|:" d2. } >>
@end lilypond
duraciones correspondientes en los otros pentagramas. Para el ejemplo
anterior
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,relative=2,verbatim,fragment]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
<< \new Staff { e4 \bar "|:" \grace c16 d2. }
\new Staff { c4 \bar "|:" \grace s16 d2. } >>
@end lilypond
errores.
-
@node Aligning to cadenzas
@unnumberedsubsubsec Aligning to cadenzas
de música como argumento y generan un @code{\skip} o silencio
multicompás, de la longitud exacta del fragmento.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
MyCadenza = \relative c' {
c4 d8 e f g g4
f2 g4 g
pista del tiempo dentro de la partitura.
@cindex compás, número de
+@cindex número de compás
@table @code
@item currentBarNumber
hasta 5/8, acortando ese compás en 1/8. Entonces, la siguiente línea
divisoria cae en 9/8 en vez de hacerlo en 5/4.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative,fragment]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
\set Score.measureLength = #(ly:make-moment 5 4)
c1 c4
c1 c4
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 541aafa12474496930f99f617890a944c3db4989
+ Translation of GIT committish: 88f1608ae6fd17b05344bafb2f0721aafdac657b
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@subsection Displaying staves
Esta sección describe los distintos métodos de creación de pentagramas
-y grupos de ellos, que se indican al comienzo de cada línea con una
-llave o un corchete.
+y grupos de ellos.
@menu
* Instantiating new staves::
moderna de canto gregoriano. No muestra líneas divisorias.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
-\new GregorianTranscriptionStaff { c4 d e f }
+\new GregorianTranscriptionStaff { c4 d e f e d }
@end lilypond
@code{RhythmicStaff} crea una pauta de una sola línea que sólo muestra
{ d4 d d d }
@end lilypond
-Se pueden definir al mismo tiempo la posición vertical de las líneas
-de la pauta y su número. Como muestra el ejemplo siguiente, las
-posiciones de las notas no resultan influidas por las posiciones de
-las líneas de la pauta.
-
-@warning{La propiedad @code{'line-positions} sobreescribe a la
-propiedad @code{'line-count}. El número de líneas de la pauta queda
-definido implícitamente por el número de elementos de la lista de
-valores de @code{'line-positions}.}
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
-\new Staff \with {
- \override StaffSymbol #'line-positions = #'(7 3 0 -4 -6 -7)
-}
-{ a4 e' f b | d1 }
-@end lilypond
-
Se puede modificar el grosor de las líneas de la pauta. El grosor de
las líneas adicionales y las plicas también resultan afectados, pues
dependen del grosor de las líneas de la pauta.
{ a4 b c d }
@end lilypond
-Se puede modificar el ancho del pentagrama. Las unidades son espacios
-de pentagrama. El espaciado de los objetos dentro del pentagrama no
-resulta afectado por este ajuste.
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
-\new Staff \with {
- \override StaffSymbol #'width = #23
-}
-{ a4 e' f b | d1 }
-@end lilypond
-
Hay más detalles sobre las proopiedades de @code{StaffSymbol} en
@rinternals{staff-symbol-interface}.
-@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
+@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-learning.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: bc494bf964f01a1327bc7c6e3c70d0cb8d897ecb
+ Translation of GIT committish: 470afe4ab29825194827f7dfcf031addb68771ce
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
central.
Añadiendo (o eliminando) comillas simples @code{'} o comas @code{,} de
-la instrucción @w{@code{\relative c' @{}}, podemos cambiar la octava
+la instrucción @code{@w{\relative c' @{}}, podemos cambiar la octava
de inicio:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
Para subir o bajar una nota en dos (¡o más!) octavas, utilizamos
varias @code{''} ó @code{,,} (pero tenga cuidado de utilizar dos
comillas simples @code{''} ¡y no una comilla doble @code{"}@tie{}!)
-El valor inicial de @w{@code{\relative c'}} también puede modificarse
+El valor inicial de @code{@w{\relative c'}} también puede modificarse
de esta forma.
@c " - keeps quotes in order for context-sensitive editor -td
@cindex archivos, consejos para construir
Como ya vimos en @ref{Working on input files}, el código de entrada de
-LilyPond debe estar rodeado de llaves @{ @} o de @w{@code{\relative
+LilyPond debe estar rodeado de llaves @{ @} o de @code{@w{\relative
c'' @{ ... @}}}. Durante el resto del presente manual, la mayor parte
de los ejemplos omitirán las llaves. Para reproducir los ejemplos,
deberá copiar y pegar la entrada que se muestra, pero @strong{deberá}
-escribir el @w{@code{\relative c'' @{ @}}}, de la siguiente forma:
+escribir el @code{@w{\relative c'' @{ @}}}, de la siguiente forma:
@example
\relative c'' @{
¿Por qué omitir las llaves? Casi todos los ejemplos del presente
manual se pueden insertar en medio de un fragmento mayor de música.
-Para estos ejemplos no tiene ningún sentido añadir @w{@code{\relative
+Para estos ejemplos no tiene ningún sentido añadir @code{@w{\relative
c'' @{ @}}} (¡no debería poner un @code{\relative} dentro de otro
-@code{\relative}!); si hubiésemos incluido @w{@code{\relative c'' @{ @}}}
-rodeando a cada uno de los ejemplos, usted no podría copiar un ejemplo
-pequeño procedente de la documentación y pegarlo dentro de su propia
-pieza. La mayoría querrá insertar el código dentro de una pieza más
-grande, por eso hemos formateado el manual de esta manera.
+@code{\relative}!); si hubiésemos incluido @code{@w{\relative c'' @{
+@}}} rodeando a cada uno de los ejemplos, usted no podría copiar un
+ejemplo pequeño procedente de la documentación y pegarlo dentro de su
+propia pieza. La mayoría querrá insertar el código dentro de una
+pieza más grande, por eso hemos formateado el manual de esta manera.
Mi natural.} En la tonalidad de La bemol mayor, @emph{lleva} una
alteración accidental:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\key aes \major
e
@end lilypond
-@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
+@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: f2dfe5301630aa53a9558b33d1a97595b4724911
+ Translation of GIT committish: 9b6add29eb85dc6cd860593a2c8826a366f8a719
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node Objects and interfaces
@subsection Objects and interfaces
-@cindex objetos
-@cindex grobs
-@cindex selectores
-@cindex interfaces
+@cindex objeto
+@cindex grob
+@cindex objeto de extensión
+@cindex interfaz
+@cindex propiedades de objetos
+@cindex objeto, propiedades de
+@cindex layout (disposición), objeto de
+@cindex objeto de disposición (layout)
El trucaje consiste en modificar el funcionamiento y estructura
interna del programa LilyPond, por lo que en primer lugar
@node Naming conventions of objects and properties
@subsection Naming conventions of objects and properties
+@cindex nomemclatura, convenciones de, para objetos
+@cindex nomemclatura, convenciones de, para propiedades
+@cindex objetos, convenciones de nomenclatura
+@cindex propiedades, convenciones de nomenclatura
+
Ya hemos visto ciertas convenciones de nomenclatura de objetos, en la
sección @ref{Contexts and engravers}. En este lugar, para más fácil
referencia, presentamos una lista de los tipos de objetos y
@node Tweaking methods
@subsection Tweaking methods
+@cindex trucaje, métodos de
+
@strong{La instrucción \override}
@cindex override, instrucción
+@cindex override (sobreescritura), sintaxis de
+
@funindex \override
+@funindex override
Ya hemos visto las instrucciones @code{\set} y @code{\with}, que se
usan para cambiar las propiedades de los @strong{contextos} y para
La sintaxis genérica de esta instrucción es:
@example
-\override @var{Contexto}.@var{ObjetoDePresentación} #'@var{propiedad-de-presentación} = #@var{valor}
+\override @var{Contexto}.@var{ObjetoDePresentación} #'@var{propiedad-de-presentación} =
+#@var{valor}
@end example
@noindent
@strong{La instrucción \revert}
@cindex revert, instrucción
+
@funindex \revert
+@funindex revert
Una vez sobreescrita, la propiedad retiene su nuevo valor hasta que
se sobreescribe de nuevo o se encuentra una instrucción
@strong{El prefijo \once}
+@funindex \once
+@funindex once
+
Tanto la instrucción @code{\override} como @code{\set} se pueden
preceder por @code{\once}. Esto ocasiona que la siguiente instrucción
@code{\override} o @code{\set} sea efectiva solamente durante el
@strong{La instrucción \overrideProperty}
@cindex overrideProperty, instrucción
+
@funindex \overrideProperty
+@funindex overrideProperty
Hay otra forma para la instrucción de sobreescritura,
@code{\overrideProperty}, que ocasionalmente es necesaria. La
@strong{La instrucción \tweak}
@cindex tweak, instrucción
+
@funindex \tweak
+@funindex tweak
La última instrucción de trucaje que está disponible es @code{\tweak}.
Se debe utilizar para cambiar las propiedades de objetos que suceden
@cindex corchete del grupo especial
@cindex grupo especial, corchete de
@cindex tresillo, corchete de
+
@funindex TupletBracket
La instrucción @code{\tweak} también se debe usar para cambiar la
@cindex propiedades de los grobs
@cindex grobs, propiedades de
@cindex presentación, propiedades de los objetos de
+@cindex Referencia de funcionamiento interno
Suponga que tiene una partitura con una ligadura de expresión que para
su gusto es demasiado fina y quiere trazarla un poco más gruesa. ¿Cómo
continuación.
@subheading Finding the context
+
@cindex contexto, encontrar
+@cindex contexto, buscar, correcto
Pero en primer lugar ¿qué habría pasado si hubiésemos tenido que
especificar el contexto? ¿Cuál sería? Podemos suponer que las
@cindex sobreescritura por una sola vez
@cindex once override
+
@funindex \once
+@funindex once
Como puede ver, @emph{todas} las ligaduras son más gruesas en el
último ejemplo. Pero ¿y si quisiéramos que solamente la primera
@subheading Reverting
@cindex revert
-@cindex predeterminadas, devolver a las propiedades
+@cindex predeterminadas, recuperar las propiedades
+
@funindex \revert
+@funindex revert
Finalmente ¿y si quisiéramos que solamente las dos primeras ligaduras
fuesen más gruesas? En fin; podríamos usar dos instrucciones, cada
@node Properties found in interfaces
@subsection Properties found in interfaces
+@cindex interface
@cindex propiedades de los interfaces
@cindex interfaces, propiedades
y debe colocarse justo delante de, y cerca de, la letra a la que debe
afectar, como esto:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 6/8
{
y toda la letra se imprime en cursiva.
@subheading Specifying the context in lyric mode
+
@cindex contexto, especificación en modo letra
+@cindex letra, modo, especificar el contexto en
En el caso de la letra, si intenta especificar el contexto en el
formato que acabamos de dar, la instrucción no funcionará. Una
considerar cada uno de ellos por orden.
@subheading stencil
+
@cindex stencil (sello), propiedad
Esta propiedad controla la apariencia de las barras de compás mediante
imprima nada ajustando su valor a @code{#f}. Vamos a probarlo, como
antes, omitiendo el Contexto implícito, @code{Voice}:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 12/16
\override BarLine #'stencil = ##f
se registra nada en el archivo log de registro. Vamos a intentar
corregirlo escribiendo el contexto correcto:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 12/16
\override Staff.BarLine #'stencil = ##f
Y podemos ver que esto también quita todas las líneas divisorias.
@subheading transparent
+
@cindex transparente, propiedad
+@cindex transparencia
En la relación de propiedades que se especifican en la página del
@code{grob-interface} del RFI podemos ver que la propiedad
@code{grob-interface}. Así pues, la instrucción que hace transparente
a la indicación de compás es:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 12/16
\override Staff.TimeSignature #'transparent = ##t
vez de eso, para quitarla, el stencil o «sello» de la indicación de
compás se debe establecer al valor @code{#f}:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 12/16
\override Staff.TimeSignature #'stencil = ##f
lo dejamos donde está, pero lo hacemos invisible.
@subheading color
+
@cindex color, propiedad
Para finalizar, intentemos hacer invisibles las barras de compás
relacionados en la primera tabla de la @ruser{List of colors}. Para
poner las líneas divisorias de color blanco, escribimos:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 12/16
\override Staff.BarLine #'color = #white
@cindex colores de X11
@cindex X11, colores de
+@funindex x11-color
+
La segunda forma de cambiar el color es utilizar la lista de nombres
de colores de X11 que aparecen en la segunda lista de @ruser{List of
colors}. Sin embargo, éstos deben ir precedidos de otra función, que
convierte los nombres de colores de X11 en la lista de valores
internos, @code{x11-color}, de la siguiente manera:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 12/16
\override Staff.BarLine #'color = #(x11-color 'white)
@cindex rgb, colores
@cindex color, rgb
+@funindex rgb-color
+
Aún hay una tercera función, que convierte valores RGB en colores
internos: la función @code{rgb-color}. Toma tres argumentos que dan
las intensidades de rojo, verde y azul. Cada uno de ellos puede tomar
valor debe ser @code{(rgb-color 1 0 0)} y para blanco debe ser
@code{(rgb-color 1 1 1)}:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 12/16
\override Staff.BarLine #'color = #(rgb-color 1 1 1)
estableciendo todos los objetos de presentación de nuestro ejemplo a
varias gradaciones de gris:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 12/16
\override Staff.StaffSymbol #'color = #(x11-color 'grey30)
@node Size of objects
@subsection Size of objects
+@cindex cambiar el tamaño de los objetos
+@cindex tamaño de los objetos
+@cindex objetos, tamaño de
+@cindex objetos, cambiar el tamaño de
+
Empezaremos examinando de nuevo un ejemplo anterior (véase
@ref{Nesting music expressions}) que nos mostraba cómo introducir un
pentagrama temporal, como en un @rglos{ossia}.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
\new Staff ="main" {
\relative g' {
r4 g8 g c4 c8 d |
Ya sabemos cómo quitar la clave y el compás: simplemente establecemos
el sello de cada uno de ellos a @code{#f}, como sigue:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
\new Staff ="main" {
\relative g' {
r4 g8 g c4 c8 d |
Así pues, podemos reemplazar el ejemplo anterior con
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
\new Staff ="main" {
\relative g' {
r4 g8 g c4 c8 d |
Vamos a probarlo en nuestro ejemplo del ossia:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
\new Staff ="main" {
\relative g' {
r4 g8 g c4 c8 d |
para reducir otros objetos en la misma proporción. Se usa de la
siguiente forma:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
\new Staff ="main" {
\relative g' {
r4 g8 g c4 c8 d |
@menu
* Automatic behaviour::
* Within-staff objects::
-* Outside staff objects::
+* Outside-staff objects::
@end menu
@node Automatic behaviour
@subsection Automatic behaviour
+@cindex dentro del pentagrama, objetos
+@cindex fuera del pentagrama, objetos
+@cindex objetos dentro del pentagrama
+@cindex objetos fuera del pentagrama
+
Hay ciertos objetos en notación musical que pertenecen al pentagrama y
otros cuyo lugar se sitúa fuera del pentagrama. Reciben el nombre de
objetos dentro-del-pentagrama y objetos fuera-del-pentagrama,
@q{Text3} se posiciona de nuevo automáticamente cerca del pentagrama,
acomodado por debajo de @q{Text2}.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
c2^"Text1"
c^"Text2"
c^"Text3"
hacia abajo. Esto se controla automáticamente cuando está establecida
la propiedad @code{direction}.
+@cindex abajo
+@cindex arriba
+@cindex centro
+@cindex neutro
+
El ejemplo siguiente muestra en el compás 1 el comportamiento
predeterminado de las plicas, con las de las notas agudas apuntando
hacia abajo y las graves hacia arriba, seguidas de cuatro notas con
forzadas hacia arriba, y por último cuatro notas devueltas al
comportamiento predeterminado.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
a4 g c a
\override Stem #'direction = #DOWN
a g c a
nota afectada por la instrucción @code{\xxxNeutral} correspondiente.
@subheading Fingering
+
@cindex digitación, colocación
+@cindex digitación de acordes
-La colocación de las digitaciones también resulta afectada por el
-valor de su propiedad @code{direction}, pero existen instrucciones
-especiales que permiten controlar las digitaciones de notas
-individuales, situando la digitación encima, debajo, a la izquierda o
-a la derecha de cada nota.
+La colocación de las digitaciones sobre notas sueltas también se puede
+controlar mediante la propiedad @code{direction}, pero los cambios
+sobre @code{direction} no tienen ningún efecto sobre las notas de los
+acordes. Como veremos, existen instrucciones especiales que permiten
+controlar las digitaciones de notas individuales, situando la
+digitación encima, debajo, a la izquierda o a la derecha de cada nota.
En primer lugar, he aquí el efecto de @code{direction} sobre las
-digitaciones; el primer compás muestra el comportamiento
-predeterminado, y después el efecto de especificar @code{DOWN} y
-@code{UP}:
+digitaciones aplicadas a notas sueltas. Se muestra en el primer
+compás el comportamiento predeterminado, y en los dos comases
+siguiente el efecto de especificar @code{DOWN} y @code{UP}:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
c-5 a-3 f-1 c'-5
c-5 a-3 f-1 c'-5
@end lilypond
-Así es como se controla la digitación sobre notas aisladas, pero la
-propiedad @code{direction} se ignora para los acordes. En su lugar,
-de forma predeterminada las digitaciones se colocan automáticamente
-encima y debajo de las notas del acorde, como se muestra aquí:
+Sin embargo, la sobreescritura de la propiedad @code{direction} no es
+la forma más sencilla de especificar manualmente la digitación por
+encima o por debajo de las notas; suele ser preferible usar @code{_} o
+@code{^} en lugar de @code{-}, antes del número de la digitación.
+Este es el ejemplo anterior utilizando este método:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+c-5 a-3 f-1 c'-5
+c_5 a_3 f_1 c'_5
+c^5 a^3 f^1 c'^5
+@end lilypond
+
+La propiedad @code{direction} se ignora para los acordes, pero los
+prefijos direccionales @code{_} y @code{^} sí funcionan. De forma
+predeterminada, las digitaciones se colocan automáticamente encima y
+debajo de las notas de un acorde, como se muestra aquí:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
<c-5 g-3>
<c-5 g-3 e-2 c-1>
@end lilypond
-Es posible tener un mayor control sobre la situación exacta de las
+@noindent
+pero se puede forzar de manera que todos o algunos de los números de
+digitación estén por encima o por debajo:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+<c-5 g-3 e-2 c-1>
+<c^5 g_3 e_2 c_1>
+<c^5 g^3 e^2 c_1>
+@end lilypond
+
+Es posible ejercer un control aún mayor sobre la colocación de las
digitaciones mediante la utilización de la instrucción @code{\set
-fingeringOrientations}. El formato de esta instrucción es
+fingeringOrientations}. El formato de esta instrucción es:
@example
@code{\set fingeringOrientations = #'([up] [left/right] [down])}
@code{left} y @code{right} son mutuamente excluyentes: las
digitaciones pueden situarse en un lado o en el otro, no en los dos.
-Para controlar la colocación de la digitación de una sola nota usando
-esta instrucción es necesario escribirla como un acorde de una sola
-nota encerrándola entre ángulos simples.
+@warning{Para controlar la colocación de la digitación de una sola
+nota usando esta instrucción es necesario escribirla como un acorde de
+una sola nota encerrándola entre ángulos simples.}
Aquí podemos ver algunos ejemplos:
< c-1 e-2 g-3 b-5 > 4
@end lilypond
-@node Outside staff objects
-@subsection Outside staff objects
+
+@node Outside-staff objects
+@subsection Outside-staff objects
Los objetos fuera-del-pentagrama se colocan automáticamente para
evitar las colisiones. Los objetos que tienen el valor más bajo de la
de ellos.
@cindex texto, extensiones de
+@cindex octava alta y baja, corchete de
+
@funindex \startTextSpan
+@funindex startTextSpan
@funindex \stopTextSpan
-@cindex octava alta y baja, corchete de
+@funindex stopTextSpan
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=1]
% Set details for later Text Spanner
También muestra la manera de crear corchetes de octava alta y baja.
+@cindex trucar la situación de los números de compás
+@cindex números de compás, ajustar posición
+@cindex trucar la situación de marcas metronómicas
+@cindex metrónomo, situación de las indicaciones de
+@cindex trucar la situación de las letras de ensayo
+@cindex ensayo, letras, trucar la colocación
+
Observe que los números de compás, las indicaciones metronómicas y las
mercas de ensayo no se muestran. De forma predeterminada, se crean
dentro del contexto @code{Score} y su prioridad
prioridad de @code{TextScript} en el RFI o en las tablas de arriba, y
aumentar la prioridad de @qq{Text3} hasta un valor superior:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
c2^"Text1"
c^"Text2"
\once \override TextScript #'outside-staff-priority = #500
@subheading \textLengthOn
-@funindex \textLengthOn
@cindex notas, espaciar junto al texto
+@funindex \textLengthOn
+@funindex textLengthOn
+@funindex \textLengthOff
+@funindex textLengthOff
+
De forma predeterminada, el texto producido mediante marcado no ocupa
ningún espacio horizontal en cuanto se refiere a la disposición de la
música. La instrucción @code{\textLengthOn} invierte este
comportamiento, ocasionando que las notas resulten tan espaciadas como
sea necesario para acomodar el texto:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
\textLengthOn % Cause notes to space out to accommodate text
c2^"Text1"
c^"Text2"
con @code{\override}, @code{\set}, @code{\revert} o @code{unset}, así
que no se puede usar con @code{\textLengthOn}.
+@cindex marcado, texto de, permitir las colisiones en
+
El texto de marcado también evita las notas que se proyectan por
encima del pentagrama. Si esto no es lo que deseamos, el
desplazamiento automático hacia arriba se puede desactivar mediante el
establecimiento de la prioridad a @code{#f}. He aquí un ejemplo que
muestra cómo el texto de marcado interactúa con tales notas.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
% This markup is short enough to fit without collision
c2^"Tex"
c''2
@subheading Dynamics
+@cindex trucar la colocación de los matices
+@cindex dinámica, trucar la colocación de las indicaciones de
+@cindex matices, trucar la colocación
+
Las indicaciones de matiz dinámico normalmente se colocarán por debajo
del pentagrama, pero se pueden posicionar por encima con la
instrucción @code{dynamicUp}. Se situarán verticalmente respecto a la
el lugar óptimo, como muestra el siguiente ejemplo más bien
artificial:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
\dynamicUp
a4\f b\mf c\mp b\p
@end lilypond
@cindex grob, cambio de tamaño de un
@cindex escala de los grobs
-@cindex @code{X-offset}
-@cindex @code{Y-offset}
-@cindex @code{X-extent}
-@cindex @code{Y-extent}
En primer lugar debemos aprender cómo se especifica el tamaño de los
grobs. Todos los grobs tienen un punto de referencia definido dentro
@noindent
Veamos si funciona en nuestro ejemplo anterior:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
\dynamicUp
\override DynamicText #'extra-spacing-width = #'(0 . 0)
a4\f b\mf c\mp b\p
límite izquierdo media unidad a la izquierda y el límite derecho media
unidad hacia la derecha, deberíamos conseguirlo:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
\dynamicUp
% Extend width by 1 staff space
\override DynamicText #'extra-spacing-width = #'(-0.5 . 0.5)
@node Moving objects
@subsection Moving objects
+@cindex mover objetos superpuestos
+@cindex mover objetos que colisionan
+@cindex moving grobs que colisionan
+@cindex objetos que colisionan, mover
+@cindex grobs, mover, que colisionan
+
Aunque pueda sorprenderle, LilyPond no es perfecto. Ciertos elementos
de notación se pueden superponer, lo que es una lástima, pero en
realidad es bastante poco frecuente. Normalmente la necesidad de
izquierda), @code{right-padding} (relleno por la derecha),
@code{staff-padding} (relleno de pentagrama)
+@cindex relleno
@cindex left-padding, propiedad
@cindex padding, propiedad
@cindex right-padding, propiedad
@cindex staff-padding, propiedad
+
Según un objeto se está colocando, el valor de su propiedad de relleno
@code{padding} especifica el espacio intermedio que se debe dejar
entre él mismo y el límite más próximo del objeto contra el que se
@code{self-alignment-X} (Auto-alineamiento en el eje X)
@cindex self-alignment-X, propiedad
+
Esta propiedad se puede usar para alinear el objeto a la izquierda, a
la derecha, o centrarlo con respecto al punto de referencia del objeto
«padre». Se puede usar con todos los objetos que contemplan el
@code{extra-spacing-width} (anchura de separación adicional)
@cindex extra-spacing-width, propiedad
+
Esta propiedad está disponible para todos los objetos que contemplan
el interface @code{item-interface}. Toma dos números, el primero se
suma al límite izquierdo y el segundo se suma al límite derecho. Los
@code{staff-position} (posición de pentagrama)
@cindex staff-position, propiedad
+
@code{staff-position} es una propiedad del interface
@code{staff-symbol-referencer-interface}, que está contemplado por los
objetos que se colocan con relación al pentagrama. Especifica la
@table @code
@item extra-offset (desplazamiento adicional)
+
@cindex extra-offset, propiedad
+
Esta propiedad se aplica a cualquier objeto de presentación que
contemple el @code{grob-interface}. Toma una pareja de números que
especifican el desplazamiento adicional en las direcciones horizontal
reposicionado a cualquier lugar sin afectar a ninguna otra cosa.
@item positions (posiciones)
+
@cindex positions, propiedad
+
Ésta es de la mayor utilidad para ajustar manualmente la inclinación y
la altura de las barras de corchea, ligaduras de expresión y corchetes
de grupos de valoración especial. Toma una pareja de números que dan
superpone.
@subheading padding property
-@cindex relleno, propiedad
-@cindex padding, propiedad
+
+@cindex relleno
+@cindex arreglar notación que se superpone
+@cindex superpuesta, notación
La propiedad @code{padding} se puede ajustar para aumentar (o
disminuir) la distancia entre símbolos impresos encima o debajo de las
@subheading left-padding and right-padding
+
@cindex left-padding, propiedad
@cindex right-padding, propiedad
las notas con un becuadro y un bemol. Aquí vienen varios intentos de
hacerlo así:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
<b bes>
<b! bes>
<b? bes>
@noindent
@subheading staff-padding property
-@cindex staff-padding, propiedad
+
+@cindex alineación de objetos sobre la línea base
+@cindex objetos, alineación sobre la línea base
@code{staff-padding} se puede usar para alinear objetos como matices
dinámicos a lo largo de una línea de base a una altura fija sobre el
extensión. Así que ésta es la forma de alinear las indicaciones de
matiz en el ejemplo de la sección anterior:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
\dynamicUp
% Extend width by 1 unit
\override DynamicText #'extra-spacing-width = #'(-0.5 . 0.5)
@subheading self-alignment-X property
-@cindex self-alignment-X, propiedad
El ejemplo siguiente muestra cómo esto puede resolver la colisión
entre un objeto de digitación de cuerda y la plica de una nota
@end lilypond
@subheading staff-position property
-@cindex staff-position, propiedad
+
+@cindex objeto, colisión dentro del pentagrama
Los silencios multi-compás en una voz pueden chocar con las notas en
otra voz. Puesto que estos silencios se tipografían centrados entre
la línea adicional por encima del silencio se inserta automáticamente.
@subheading extra-offset property
-@cindex extra-offset, propiedad
+
+@cindex posicionar objetos
+@cindex posicionar grobs
+@cindex objetos, posicionar
+@cindex grobs, posicionar
La propiedad @code{extra-offset} da un completo control sobre el
posicionamiento de un objeto tanto vertical como horizontalmente.
@subheading positions property
-@cindex positions, propiedad
+
+@cindex controlar manualmente grupos especiales, ligaduras y barras
+@cindex manual, control, de grupos especiales, ligaduras y barras
+@cindex grupos especiales, barras de, control manual
+@cindex ligaduras de expresión, control manual
+@cindex ligaduras de fraseo, control manual
+@cindex barras de corchea, control manual
La propiedad @code{positions} permite controlar manualmente la
posición e inclinación de los tresillos, ligaduras de expresión y de
@end lilypond
@noindent
-pero si por algún motivo no pudiéramos hacerlo, la otra alternativa
+Pero si por algún motivo no pudiéramos hacerlo, la otra alternativa
sería mover el extremo izquierdo de la ligadura de fraseo un poco
hacia abajo usando la propiedad @code{positions}. Esto también
resuelve la forma algo indecente de la ligadura.
segunda voz.
@subheading force-hshift property
-@cindex force-hshift, propiedad
+
@c FIXME: formatting stuff (ie not important right now IMO)
@c @a nchor Chopin finally corrected TODOgp
@cindex objetos, hace invisibles
@cindex eliminar objetos
@cindex objetos, eliminar
+@cindex objetos, ocultar
@cindex ocultar objetos
@cindex invisibles, objetos
+@cindex objetos invisibles
@cindex ligar notas entre voces distintas
@subheading Tying notes across voices
@node Using variables for tweaks
@subsection Using variables for tweaks
+@cindex variables, uso de, para trucos
+@cindex usar variables para hacer trucos
+@cindex trucos, usar variables para hacer
+
Las instrucciones de sobreescritura son con frecuencia largas y
tediosas de escribir, y se tienen que escribir de forma absolutamente
correcta. Si las mismas sobreescrituras se van a utilizar muchas
Abra @file{ly/property-init.ly} con un editor de textos. El mismo que
usaría normalmente para los archivos @code{.ly} servirá perfectamente.
Este archivo contiene las definiciones de todas las instrucciones
-incorporadas como estándar dentro de LilyPond, como por ejemplo
-@code{\stemUp} y @code{\slurDotted}. Podrá ver que no son nada más
-que definiciones de variables que contienen una o varias instrucciones
-@code{\override}. Por ejemplo, @code{/tieDotted} está definido de tal
-forma que su valor es:
+estándar predefinidas de LilyPond, como por ejemplo @code{\stemUp} y
+@code{\slurDotted}. Podrá ver que no son nada más que definiciones de
+variables que contienen una o varias instrucciones @code{\override}.
+Por ejemplo, @code{/tieDotted} está definido de tal forma que su valor
+es:
@example
tieDotted = @{
@end example
Si no le gustan los valores predeterminados, estas instrucciones
-incorporadas se pueden redefinir con facilidad como cualquier otra
+predefinidas se pueden redefinir con facilidad como cualquier otra
variable, al principio de su archivo de código de entrada.
Los siguientes son los archivos más útiles que se encuentran en
@tab Contenido
@item @file{ly/engraver-init.ly}
@tab Definiciones de Contextos de grabadores
-@item @file{ly/paper-defaults.ly}
+@item @file{ly/paper-defaults-init.ly}
@tab especificaciones de valores predeterminados relacionados con el papel
@item @file{ly/performer-init.ly}
@tab Definiciones de Contextos de interpretación
@item @file{ly/property-init.ly}
- @tab Definiciones de todas las instrucciones incorporadas que son comunes
+ @tab Definiciones de todas las instrucciones predefinidas que son comunes
+@item @file{ly/spanner-init.ly}
+ @tab Definiciones de las instrucciones predefinidas relacionadas con los objetos de extensión
@end multitable
Otros ajustes (como las definiciones de las instrucciones de marcado)
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 2ac76a5b0a5572cb259f22751764acfe431bfff2
+ Translation of GIT committish: 7f5cef855d798bc0bc9d415c13a1e3d2bd84cd87
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node Vocal music
@section Vocal music
-Puesto que los archivos de entrada de LilyPond son de texto, hay un
-par de cuestiones dignas de consideración cuando se trabaja con música
-vocal:
+@c TODO: inspirational headword
-@itemize
-@item
-Los textos de las canciones se deben introducir como texto, no como
-notas. Por ejemplo, la entrada@tie{}@code{d} se debe interpretar como
-una sílaba de una sola letra, no como la nota@tie{}Re.
-
-@item
-Los textos de las canciones se deben alinear con las notas respectivas
-de la melodía.
-@end itemize
-
-Existen varias formas diferentes de definir la letra; comenzaremos
-examinando el método más simple, y poco a poco iremos aumentando la
-complejidad.
+Esta sección explica cómo tipografiar música vocal, y cómo asegurarse
+de que la letra se alinea con las notas de su melodía correspondiente.
@menu
* Common notation for vocal music::
-* Entering lyrics::
-* Aligning lyrics to a melody::
-* Specific uses of lyrics::
-* Stanzas::
+* Entering lyrics::
+* Aligning lyrics to a melody::
+* Specific uses of lyrics::
+* Stanzas::
@end menu
-@snippets
-
-Las comprobaciones que aseguran que las indicaciones textuales y las
-letras se encuentran dentro de los márgenes es una tarea computacional
-relativamente grande. Para acelerar el procesado, lilypond no realiza
-estos cálculos por defecto; para activarlos, utilice
-
-@example
-\override Score.PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
-@end example
-
-Para hacer que la letra evite las líneas divisorias también, utilice
-
-@example
-\layout @{
- \context @{
- \Lyrics
- \consists "Bar_engraver"
- \consists "Separating_line_group_engraver"
- \override BarLine #'transparent = ##t
- @}
-@}
-@end example
-
-
@node Common notation for vocal music
@subsection Common notation for vocal music
-@untranslated
+Esta sección trata sobre asuntos relacinados con la música vocal en
+general y con ciertos estilos concretos de música vocal.
@menu
@node References for vocal music and lyrics
@unnumberedsubsubsec References for vocal music and lyrics
-@untranslated
+@c TODO: split this section in two parts? -vv
+
+Pueden surgir varias cuestiones al tipografiar música vocal. Algunas
+se discuten en esta sección, pero otras están tratadas en otros
+lugares del manual:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+Casi todos los estilos de música vocal utilizan texto escrito como
+letra. Hay una introducción a esta notación en @rlearning{Setting
+simple songs}.
+
+@item
+La música vocal probablemente requiere el uso del modo de marcado o
+@code{markup}, ya sea para la letra o para otros elementos de texto
+(nombres de los personajes, etc.). Esta sintaxis está descrita en
+@ref{Text markup introduction}.
+
+@item
+Las hojas guía de acordes o @emph{Lead sheets} se pueden imprimir
+combinando partes vocales y el @q{modo de acordes}; esta sintaxis se
+explica en @ref{Chord notation}.
+
+@item
+Los @q{ambitus} o indicaciones de tesitura vocal se pueden añadir al
+principio de los pentagramas vocales, como se explica en
+@ref{Ambitus}.
+
+@item
+Las partes vocales se pueden imprimir utilizando las claves
+tradicionales, como se muestra en @ref{Clef}.
+
+@item
+Está contemplada la música vocal en estilo de notación antiguo, como
+se explica en @ref{Ancient notation}.
+@end itemize
+
@node Opera
@unnumberedsubsubsec Opera
-@untranslated
+@c TODO
+Continuará...
+
+@c add characters names snippet -vv
@node Song books
@unnumberedsubsubsec Song books
-@untranslated
+@c TODO
+Continuaará...
+
+@snippets
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{simple-lead-sheet.ly}
+
+@seealso
+Referencia de la notación:
+@ref{Chord notation}.
+
@node Spoken music
@unnumberedsubsubsec Spoken music
+@cindex parlato
+@cindex Sprechgesang
+
@c TODO Add @refs
-@q{Parlato} es texto hablado sin notas pero con ritmo; su notación se
-realiza mediante cabezas de nota en forma de cruz. Esto queda demostrado en
-@ref{Special note heads}.
+Los efectos como el @q{parlato} o el @q{Sprechgesang} requieren de los
+intérpretes que hablen sin altura determinada pero con su ritmo; su
+notación se realiza mediante cabezas de nota en forma de aspas, como
+se muestra en @ref{Special note heads}.
+
+@c TODO add "marking-notes-on-spoken-parts" snippet -vv
+@c add "showing the rhythm of a melody" snip
+@c add "one staff-line notation"
+@c add "improvisation" ref
+@c add "lyrics independents of notes" ref
+
@node Chants
@unnumberedsubsubsec Chants
-@untranslated
+@c TODO Add text from lsr and -user
+Continuará...
+
@node Ancient vocal music
@unnumberedsubsubsec Ancient vocal music
-@untranslated
+@c TODO
+Continuará...
+
+@c Add "Printing both the ancient and the modern clef in vocal music" snippet,
+@c and "Transcription of Ancient music with incipit" snippet. -vv
+
+@seealso
+
+Referencia de la notación:
+@ref{Ancient notation}.
@node Entering lyrics
@subsection Entering lyrics
+@c TODO add one sentence here. -vv
+
@menu
* Lyrics explained::
* Setting simple songs::
@node Skipping notes
@unnumberedsubsubsec Skipping notes
-@untranslated
+Se puede conseguir que una línea de letra progrese más lentamente que
+la melodía, mediante la inserción de desplazamientos o @code{\skip}s
+en la letra. Por cada @code{\skip}, el texto se retrasa en una nota.
+La instrucción @code{\skip} debe ir seguida de una duración válida,
+pero esta duración se ignora cuando se usa @code{\skip} en las letras.
+
+Por ejemplo,
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote]
+\relative c' { c c g' }
+\addlyrics {
+ twin -- \skip 4
+ kle
+}
+@end lilypond
+
@node Extenders and hyphens
@unnumberedsubsubsec Extenders and hyphens
@node Lyrics and repeats
@unnumberedsubsubsec Lyrics and repeats
-@untranslated
+@c TODO New section. Add text
+Continuará...
@node Specific uses of lyrics
@subsection Specific uses of lyrics
+@c FIXME This whole section is to be reorganized. -vv
+
A menudo se aplican a una melodía distintos versos de una canción de
formas ligeramente distintas. Tales variantes pueden aún captarse
mediante @code{\lyricsto}.
}
@end lilypond
+
@node Centering lyrics between staves
@unnumberedsubsubsec Centering lyrics between staves
-@untranslated
+@c TODO Add text from -user
+Continuará...
+
@node Stanzas
@subsection Stanzas
Referencia de funcionamiento interno:
@rinternals{LyricText},
@rinternals{StanzaNumber}.
-
-@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
+@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 85b54e04be6730bd0781f3135ee741010e099fd8
+ Translation of GIT committish: 270753f1475f23809437eadd7cbbb5a2abddb7b3
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@item Introduzca un sistema del manuscrito (la copia física) cada vez (pero mantenga
la práctica de escribir un compás por línea de texto), y compruebe
-cada sistema cuando lo haya terminado. Puede usar la instrucción
-@code{showLastLength} para acelerar el proceso -- ver @ruser{Skipping
-corrected music} -- .
+cada sistema cuando lo haya terminado. Puede usar las instrucciones
+@code{showLastLength} o @code{showFirstLength} para acelerar el
+proceso -- ver @ruser{Skipping corrected music} -- .
@item Defina @code{mBreak = @{ \break @}} e inserte @code{\mBreak}
dentro del archivo de entrada donde el manuscrito tenga un saldo de línea. De esta forma
- <p><i>Dernière mise à jour Thu Oct 16 21:38:37 UTC 2008
+ <p><i>Dernière mise à jour Sun Nov 9 15:34:00 UTC 2008
</i></p>
<html>
<!-- This page is automatically generated by translation-status.py from
<th>Autres informations</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Titre des chapitres<br>(415)</td>
+ <td>Titre des chapitres<br>(407)</td>
<td>John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #39ff22">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #47ff24">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
Valentin Villenave<br>
John Mandereau</td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #40fe23">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #47ff24">partiellement</span></td>
<td>post-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Retouche des partitions<br>(12353)</td>
+ <td>4 Retouche de partition<br>(12713)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
Nicolas Klutchnikoff</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (32 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (31 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Travail sur des projets LilyPond<br>(3005)</td>
+ <td>5 Travail sur des projets LilyPond<br>(3007)</td>
<td>Ludovic Sardain</td>
<td>Jean-Yves Baudais<br>
Valentin Villenave<br>
<th>Autres informations</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Titre des chapitres<br>(393)</td>
+ <td>Titre des chapitres<br>(385)</td>
<td>John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #47ff24">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #54ff26">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1 Installation<br>(1867)</td>
+ <td>1 Installation<br>(1926)</td>
<td>@c Please **do not** translate anything below this line. Users</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (11 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #efff3a">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #f6fe3b">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #9eff30">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #a5ff31">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
</table>
<th>Autres informations</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Titre des chapitres<br>(680)</td>
+ <td>Titre des chapitres<br>(672)</td>
<td>John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #68ff28">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #6fff29">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.1 Hauteurs<br>(3147)</td>
+ <td>1.1 Hauteurs<br>(3083)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.2 Rythme<br>(6312)</td>
+ <td>1.2 Rythme<br>(5148)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.6 Notation sur la portée<br>(1690)</td>
+ <td>1.6 Notation sur la portée<br>(1603)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td>John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (71 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (69 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.2 Keyboard and other multi-staff instruments<br>(679)</td>
+ <td>2.2 Instruments utilisant des portées multiples<br>(679)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>3 General input and output<br>(5661)</td>
+ <td>3 Généralités en matière d'entrée et sortie<br>(5689)</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
Valentin Villenave</td>
<td></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Modification des réglages prédéfinis<br>(11197)</td>
+ <td>5 Modification des réglages prédéfinis<br>(11296)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Gilles Thibault</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (34 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff9a4e">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (33 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff974f">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
@node Engraving
@unnumberedsubsec Engraving
+@cindex gravure
+@cindex typographie musicale
+@cindex musique et typographie
+
L'art de la typographie musicale se nomme la @emph{gravure}. Ce terme
est issu du processus traditionnel d'impression musicale. Il y a
seulement quelques dizaines d'années, on faisait les partitions en
@node Automated engraving
@unnumberedsubsec Automated engraving
+@cindex gravure automatisée
+@cindex automatisée, gravure
+
Comment pouvons-nous implémenter la typographie ? Si les artisans ont
besoin de plus de dix ans pour devenir de vrais maîtres, comment nous,
simples programmeurs, pourrions-nous jamais écrire un programme pour
insatisfaisant pour plusieurs raisons :
@itemize
+
@item Quand Lilypond fait des erreurs,
les utilisateurs ont besoin de contredire les décisions de formatage.
Les utilisateurs doivent donc avoir accès au moteur de formatage. Par
donc nous avons besoin d'une approche souple des règles. Le language
C++ oblige à une certaine méthode de groupage des règles qui ne
convient pas bien au fonctionnement de la notation musicale.
+
@end itemize
+@cindex langage de programmation Scheme
+
Ces problèmes ont été résolus en intégrant un interpréteur pour le
language de programmation Scheme, et en réécrivant des parties de
LilyPond en Scheme. L'architecture actuelle de formatage est
}
@end lilypond
+@cindex partition, formatage
+@cindex formatage d'une partition
+@cindex formatage, règles de
+
@noindent
Le processus de formatage d'une partition consiste à lire et écrire
les variables d'objets graphiques. Certaines variables ont une valeur
@cindex gravure
@cindex typographie
+@cindex graveur
+@cindex greffon
Le processus de formatage décide où placer les symboles. Cependant,
cela ne peut être fait qu'à partir du moment où il a été décidé
\score { \topVoice }
@end lilypond
+@cindex polyphonie
+@cindex graver plusieurs voix
+@cindex contextes
+
Ce système fonctionne bien pour de la musique monodique, mais qu'en
est-il de la polyphonie ? En notation polyphonique, plusieurs voix
peuvent partager une portée.
@node Music representation
@unnumberedsubsec Music representation
+@cindex syntaxe
+@cindex structures recursives
+
Idéalement, le format d'entrée pour n'importe quel système de
formatage est une description abstraite du contenu. Dans ce cas-ci,
ce serait la musique elle-même. Cela pose un formidable problème :
Des accord peuvent être construits avec @code{<<} et @code{>>} autour
des notes.
-@c < > is not a music expression,
-@c so we use <<>> iso. <> to drive home the point of
-@c expressions. Don't change this back --hwn.
-
-@c FIXME: change this. I can explain it better. -gp
@example
<<c4 d4 e4>>
@end example
\new Voice { << g2 \\ { f4 <<c d e>> } >> }
@end lilypond
-De telles strucutres récursives peuvent être spécifiées formellement
+De telles structures récursives peuvent être spécifiées formellement
et de manière ordonnée dans une grammaire indépendante de tout
contexte. Le code d'analyse est aussi générée à partir de cette
grammaire. Autrement dit, la syntaxe de LilyPond est définie
@node Example applications
@unnumberedsubsec Example applications
+@cindex examples simples
+
Nous avons conçu LilyPond comme une expérimentation visant à
concentrer l'art de la gravure musicale dans un logiciel. Grâce à
tout ce dur labeur, le programme peut maintenant être utilisé pour
Cette partie présente les différents volumes de la documentation.
+@cindex Manuel d'initiation
+@cindex Glossaire musical
+@cindex Manuel de notation
+@cindex Utilisation des programmes
+@cindex Exemples de code
+@cindex Référence des propriétés internes
+
@c leave these lines wrapping around. It's some texinfo 4.12 thing. -gp
@c This is actually a limitation of texi2html. -jm
@menu
@node About the Music Glossary
@unnumberedsubsec About the Music Glossary
+@cindex Glossaire musical
@cindex jargon
@cindex terminologie
@cindex langues étrangères
@node About the Notation Reference
@unnumberedsubsec About the Notation Reference
+@cindex Manuel de notation
+@cindex annexes
+@cindex références, tables de
+@cindex tables de références
+
Ce manuel détaille toutes les commandes LilyPond produisant une notation
musicale. La lecture de cet ouvrage requiert une bonne compréhension des
concepts exposés dans le manuel d'initiation.
@c Normalement, il est impossible d'utiliser deux points en français,
@c car une référence externe doit se terminer par un signe de
-@c ponctuation dans la format Info. Cependant, Info
+@c ponctuation dans le format Info. Cependant, Info
@c n'internationalise pas encore des documents Info, donc nous n'en
@c avons rien à faire pour l'instant. -jm
@item
@node About the Application Usage
@unnumberedsubsec About the Application Usage
+@cindex Utilisation des programmes
+@cindex intégration de LilyPond avec d'autres programmes
+
Ce manuel explique l'exécution des programmes et l'intégration de
partitions LilyPond dans d'autres programmes.
@unnumberedsubsec About the Snippet List
@cindex snippets
+@cindex extraits de code
@cindex LSR
+@cindex LilyPond Snippet Repository
@rlsrnamed{Top,Exemples de code} :
il s'agit d'une sélection de petits exemples montrant des trucs,
\input texinfo @c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 9c6e7a4df574fb28fa9043e585c97a20ca13f10b
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6f84d7b264bf1faa8d9c586bbf06c762ae53183a
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@setfilename lilypond-learning.info
-@settitle GNU LilyPond -- manuel d'initiation
@documentencoding UTF-8
+@setfilename lilypond-learning.info
+@settitle GNU LilyPond -- Manuel d'initiation
@include macros.itexi
-@iftex
@afourpaper
-@c don't replace quotes with directed quotes
-@tex
-\gdef\SETtxicodequoteundirected{Foo}
-\gdef\SETtxicodequotebacktick{Bla}
-@end tex
-@end iftex
-
@c don't remove this comment.
@ignore
@c Translators: John Mandereau, Jean-Charles Malahieude
+@ifnottex
+@node Top
+@top GNU LilyPond --- Manuel d'initiation
+@end ifnottex
+
@ifhtml
Ce document est également disponible au format
@uref{source/Documentation/user/lilypond-learning.fr.pdf,PDF}.
@author L'équipe de développement de LilyPond
-Copyright @copyright{} 1999--2008 by the authors
+Copyright @copyright{} 1999--2008 par les auteurs
@emph{The translation of the following copyright notice is provided
for courtesy to non-English speakers, but only the notice in English
@end ifnottex
@ifnottex
-@node Top
-@top GNU LilyPond --- manuel d'initiation
-@c HJJ: Info needs `@top', which is a synonym for `@unnumbered' in TeX.
Ce document constitue le manuel d'initiation à GNU LilyPond
@version{}. Pour connaître la place qu'occupe ce manuel dans la
\input texinfo @c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 9c6e7a4df574fb28fa9043e585c97a20ca13f10b
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6f84d7b264bf1faa8d9c586bbf06c762ae53183a
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@setfilename lilypond-program.info
-@settitle GNU LilyPond -- utilisation des programmes
@documentencoding UTF-8
+@setfilename lilypond-program.info
+@settitle GNU LilyPond -- Utilisation des programmes
@include macros.itexi
-@iftex
@afourpaper
-@c don't replace quotes with directed quotes
-@tex
-\gdef\SETtxicodequoteundirected{Foo}
-\gdef\SETtxicodequotebacktick{Bla}
-@end tex
-@end iftex
@c don't remove this comment.
@ignore
@c Translators: John Mandereau, Jean-Charles Malahieude
+@ifnottex
+@node Top
+@top GNU LilyPond --- Utilisation des programmes
+@end ifnottex
+
@ifhtml
Ce document est également disponible au format
@uref{source/Documentation/user/lilypond-program.fr.pdf,PDF}.
@ifnottex
-@node Top
-@top GNU LilyPond --- utilisation des programmes
-@c HJJ: Info needs `@top', which is a synonym for `@unnumbered' in TeX.
Ce document constitue le manuel d'utilisation des programmes de GNU
LilyPond @version{}. Pour connaître le rôle de ce manuel dans la
\input texinfo @c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 4a527608c5ff2ce31e596495d00dce181dc1b9ea
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6f84d7b264bf1faa8d9c586bbf06c762ae53183a
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@setfilename lilypond.info
-@settitle GNU LilyPond -- manuel de notation
@documentencoding UTF-8
+@setfilename lilypond.info
+@settitle GNU LilyPond -- Manuel de notation
@include macros.itexi
-@iftex
@afourpaper
-@c don't replace quotes with directed quotes
-@tex
-\gdef\SETtxicodequoteundirected{Foo}
-\gdef\SETtxicodequotebacktick{Bla}
-@end tex
-@end iftex
@c @direntry has not been added yet, as Emacs and standalone Info have
@c no i18n support -JM
@c Translators: John Mandereau, Jean-Charles Malahieude
+@ifnottex
+@node Top
+@top GNU LilyPond --- Manuel de notation
+@end ifnottex
+
@ifhtml
Ce document est également disponible au format
@uref{source/Documentation/user/lilypond.fr.pdf,PDF}.
@ifnottex
-@node Top
-@top GNU LilyPond --- manuel de notation
-@c HJJ: Info needs `@top', which is a synonym for `@unnumbered' in TeX.
Ce document constitue le manuel de notation de GNU LilyPond
@version{}. Pour connaître la place qu'occupe ce manuel dans la
@include version.itexi
+@c don't replace quotes with directed quotes
+@set txicodequoteundirected
+@set txicodequotebacktick
+
@c ***** Displaying text *****
@c we need this since @q{\} doesn't work with makeinfo 4.11 --
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 4a527608c5ff2ce31e596495d00dce181dc1b9ea
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6f84d7b264bf1faa8d9c586bbf06c762ae53183a
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.61"
+@c \version "2.11.62"
@c Translators: Valentin Villenave
@c Translation checkers: Jean-Charles Malahieude, John Mandereau
\remove Bar_engraver
\remove Time_signature_engraver
\override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \override Stem #'Y-extent-callback = ##f
+ \override Stem #'Y-extent = ##f
\override VerticalAxisGroup #'minimum-Y-extent = #'(-4.0 . 5.0)
} \mus
\new Lyrics \nam
\remove Bar_engraver
\remove Time_signature_engraver
\override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \override Stem #'Y-extent-callback = ##f
+ \override Stem #'Y-extent = ##f
\override StaffSymbol #'line-count = #2
\override StaffSymbol #'staff-space = #2
\override VerticalAxisGroup #'minimum-Y-extent = #'(-3.0 . 4.0)
%% this sucks; it will lengthen stems.
\override StaffSymbol #'staff-space = #2
\override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \override Stem #'Y-extent-callback = ##f
+ \override Stem #'Y-extent = ##f
} \mus
\new Lyrics {
\override LyricText #'font-family = #'typewriter
%% this sucks; it will lengthen stems.
\override StaffSymbol #'staff-space = #2
\override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \override Stem #'Y-extent-callback = ##f
+ \override Stem #'Y-extent = ##f
} \mus
\new Lyrics {
\override LyricText #'font-family = #'typewriter
\override StaffSymbol #'line-count = #1
\remove Time_signature_engraver
\override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \override Stem #'Y-extent-callback = ##f
+ \override Stem #'Y-extent = ##f
} \mus
\new Lyrics {
\override LyricText #'font-family = #'typewriter
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 4a527608c5ff2ce31e596495d00dce181dc1b9ea
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6f84d7b264bf1faa8d9c586bbf06c762ae53183a
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@menu
* Vocal music::
-* Keyboard instruments::
+* Keyboard and other multi-staff instruments::
* Unfretted string instruments::
* Fretted string instruments::
* Percussion::
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: d7a9cbdc480e5b327ec53f287f22995e7a9c1a0f
+ Translation of GIT committish: 9c728939dbd36dc81bf0afb29bc5fe22b66d675c
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@subsection Compiling a file
@cindex compilation
+@cindex exemple, premier
+@cindex premier exemple
Pour créer une partition avec LilyPond, on écrit un fichier texte,
appelé fichier source, qui décrit la notation musicale. La
@emph{compilation} de ce fichier source par LilyPond produit un
fichier graphique imprimable, et si on le désire un fichier MIDI qui
-peut être joué par un séquenceur. Voici un premier exemple simple de
-fichier source LilyPond.
+peut être joué par un séquenceur.
+
+Voici un premier exemple simple de fichier source LilyPond.
@example
@{
@end example
@noindent
-Le compilation de cette partition donnera quelque chose de sembable à
+La compilation de ce fichier donnera quelque chose de sembable à
l'image ci-dessous.
@c in this case we don't want verbatim
documentation, consultez @ref{How to read the manual}.}
-@cindex casse, prise en compte de
+@cindex casse, prise en compte de la
@cindex prise en compte de la casse
@cindex sensibilité à la casse
+
De plus, LilyPond est @strong{sensible à la casse} : le code
@w{@code{@{ c d e @}}} est valide, alors que @w{@code{@{ C D E @}}}
produira un message d'erreur.
@cindex PDF
@cindex partition, lire
@cindex lire la partition
+@cindex éditeurs de texte
+@cindex LilyPond et MacOS X
+@cindex MacOS X et LilyPond
+@cindex LilyPond et Windows
+@cindex Windows et LilyPond
+@cindex LilyPond et Unix
+@cindex Unix et LilyPond
Dans cette section nous expliquerons quelles commandes exécuter et
comment voir ou imprimer le résultat produit par LilyPond.
support de LilyPond ; consultez @rprogram{Text editor support}.
@warning{Le premier démarrage de LilyPond peut prendre une minute ou
-deux, afin de faire la liste des polices du système. LilyPond démarre
+deux, afin de générer la liste des polices du système. LilyPond démarre
en principe plus rapidement lors des exécutions suivantes.}
@node Simple notation
@subsection Simple notation
+@cindex simple, notation
+@cindex notation simple
+
Il y a certains éléments graphiques de notation que LilyPond ajoute
automatiquement. Dans l'exemple suivant, nous n'avons fourni que
-quatre hauteurs, mais LilyPond a ajouté une clé, un chiffre de mesure
+quatre hauteurs, mais LilyPond a ajouté une clef, un chiffre de mesure
et du rythme.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
@subheading Hauteurs
+@cindex hauteurs
+@cindex mode relatif
+@cindex apostrophe
+@cindex virgule
+@cindex altérations et mode relatif
+@cindex mode relatif et altérations
+
+@funindex \relative
+@funindex relative
+@funindex '
+@funindex ,
+
Glossaire musical : @rglos{pitch}, @rglos{interval},
@rglos{scale}, @rglos{middle C}, @rglos{octave},
@rglos{accidental}.
La note de départ est le @notation{do central}. Chacune des notes qui
suivent est placée à l'octave la plus proche de la note précédente ---
en d'autres termes, le premier @samp{c} est le do central, entre la
-clé de sol et la clé de fa, puis est suivi par le ré le plus proche,
+clef de sol et la clef de fa, puis est suivi par le ré le plus proche,
et ainsi de suite. On peut bien sûr créer des mélodies avec de plus
grands intervalles, toujours avec le mode @code{\relative} :
Le mode d'octaves relatives peut être déroutant au début, mais c'est
souvent la façon la plus économique de saisir les hauteurs en
utilisant le clavier de l'ordinateur de façon classique. Détaillons
-sur un exemple le calcul des octaves relatives. En partant d'un si
+dans un exemple le calcul des octaves relatives. En partant d'un si
sur la troisième ligne de la clé de sol, un do, un ré ou un mi sans
indication d'octave particulière seront placés juste au-dessus du si,
c'est-à-dire au plus à une quarte ascendante du si, alors qu'un la, un
@noindent
Pour déplacer une note deux octaves (ou davantage !) plus haut ou plus
-bas, il suffit de mettre deux (ou davantage) de @code{'} ou ou @code{,} ---
+bas, il suffit de mettre deux (ou davantage) @code{'} ou @code{,} ---
attention cependant à bien mettre deux apostrophes @code{''}, et non
un guillemet @code{"}@tie{}! C'est de cette même manière que l'on
peut modifier la valeur de départ de @code{\relative c'}.
@subheading Durées et rythme
+@cindex note, durée
+@cindex durées
+@cindex rhythmes
+@cindex ronde
+@cindex blanche
+@cindex noire
+@cindex note pointée
+@cindex spécification des durées
+
Glossaire musical : @rglos{beam}, @rglos{duration},
@rglos{whole note}, @rglos{half note}, @rglos{quarter note},
@rglos{dotted note}.
La @notation{durée} d'une note est indiquée par un nombre qui suit sa
hauteur : @samp{1} pour une @notation{ronde}, @samp{2} pour une
@notation{blanche}, @samp{4} pour une @notation{noire} et ainsi de
-suite. Les @notation{crochets} et @notation{liens} sont ajoutées
+suite. Les @notation{crochets} et @notation{liens} sont ajoutés
automatiquement.
Si aucune durée n'est indiquée pour une note, la dernière durée entrée
@end lilypond
Une @notation{note pointée} s'obtient en ajoutant un point @code{.} à
-la valeur rythmique. Le point doit être précédé d'un nombre de durée.
+la valeur rythmique. Le point doit être précédé d'un nombre spécifiant
+la durée de base.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
@subheading Silences
+@cindex silences
+@cindex notation des silences
+
Glossaire musical : @rglos{rest}.
On saisit un @notation{silence} tout comme une note, mais avec la
-lettre @samp{r}.
+lettre @samp{r} (pour @emph{rest}).
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
@subheading Métrique
+@cindex métrique
+
+@funindex \time
+@funindex time
+
Glossaire musical : @rglos{time signature}.
La @notation{métrique}, aussi appelée @notation{chiffre de mesure},
@subheading Clef
+@cindex clef
+@cindex clé
+@cindex sol, clef de
+@cindex ut, clef d'
+@cindex fa, clef de
+
+@funindex \clef
+@funindex clef
+
Glossaire musical : @rglos{clef}.
La @notation{clef} peut être définie à l'aide de la commande
@node Working on input files
@subsection Working on input files
+@cindex accolades
+@funindex { ... }
+
Le traitement des fichiers source de LilyPond est semblable à celui du
code de nombreux langages de programmation. La casse est prise
en compte, et les caractères considérés comme espaces ont généralement
@itemize
+@item @strong{La casse} :
@cindex casse, prise en compte de
@cindex prise en compte de la casse
@cindex sensibilité à la casse
-@item @strong{La casse} :
LilyPond est sensible à la casse, c'est à dire qu'une lettre capitale
n'a pas la même valeur qu'une lettre minuscule. Les notes, par
-exemple, doivent être entrées en minuscules : @code{@{ c d e @}} est
+exemple, doivent être entrées en minuscule : @code{@{ c d e @}} est
un code valide, alors que @code{@{ C D E @}} produira un message
d'erreur.
+@cindex espaces multiples, insensibilité
+@cindex insensibilité aux espaces multiples
+
@item @strong{Les espaces multiples} :
LilyPond ne tient pas compte du nombre d'espaces, ou de retours à la
ligne. @code{@{ c d e @}} a le
@}
@end example
+@cindex expressions
+
@item @strong{Expressions musicales} :
Tout morceau saisi dans LilyPond doit être placé entre @strong{@{
accolades @}}. Ces caractères indiquent à LilyPond que ce bloc de
@cindex commentaire de fin de ligne
@cindex commentaire-bloc
@cindex bloc de commentaire
+
+@funindex %
+@funindex %@{ ... %@}
+
@item @strong{Les commentaires} :
un commentaire est une indication pour tout lecteur humain d'un
fichier source de musique ; il est ignoré par l'ordinateur, et n'a
@example
a4 a a a
-% ce commentaire fait référence aux sis
+% ce commentaire fait référence aux si
b2 b
@end example
-Le bloc de commentaire, qui peut occuper plusieurs lignes voire toute
+Le bloc de commentaire, qui peut occuper plusieurs lignes, voire toute
une section : tout ce qui se trouve entre @code{%@{} et @code{%@}} est
ignoré. Les blocs de commentaires ne peuvent s'imbriquer, ce qui
signifie que vous ne pouvez pas placer un commentaire-bloc à
@node How to read the manual
@subsection How to read the manual
+@cindex bien lire le manuel
+@cindex manuel, lecture
+@cindex compulser le manuel
+@cindex exemples cliquables
+@cindex cliquables, exemples
+@cindex conseils de construction des fichiers
+@cindex squelettes
+@cindex construction des fichiers, conseils
+@cindex fichiers, conseils de construction
+
Comme nous l'avons vu dans @ref{Working on input files}, un code
LilyPond doit être encadré par des accolades @{ @} ou bien par
@code{\relative c'' @{ ... @}}. Cependant, dans la suite de ce
@subheading Accidentals
+@cindex dièse
+@cindex double dièse
+@cindex dièse, double
+@cindex bémol
+@cindex double bémol
+@cindex bémol, double
+
+@funindex es
+@funindex b
+@funindex is
+@funindex d
+@funindex eses
+@funindex bb
+@funindex isis
+@funindex dd
+
Glossaire musical : @rglos{sharp}, @rglos{flat}, @rglos{double sharp},
@rglos{double flat}, @rglos{accidental}.
cis1 ees fisis, aeses
@end lilypond
+@subheading Key signatures
+
@cindex armure, définition de l'
@cindex armure, altérations à l'
@cindex altérations à l'armure
-@subheading Key signatures
+@cindex majeur
+@cindex mineur
+
+@funindex \key
+@funindex key
+@funindex \major
+@funindex major
+@funindex \minor
+@funindex minor
+
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{key signature}, @rglos{major},
+@rglos{minor}.
L'armure est déterminée par la commande @code{\key}, suivie d'une
hauteur puis de @code{\major} (majeur) ou @code{\minor} (mineur).
et relève donc du contenu musical. La gravure ou non d'une altération
accidentelle --- un @emph{signe} bémol, bécarre ou dièse --- devant la
note correspondante est une question qui relève de la mise en forme.
-La gravure une partition suit des règles, en particulier des règles
+La gravure d'une partition suit des règles, en particulier des règles
d'indication des altérations accidentelles. Les hauteurs de note, en
revanche, relèvent de ce que vous voulez entendre ; et, dans la mesure
où la musique que vous entrez est censée être celle que vous voulez
trouve une note dont la hauteur est un mi naturel.} Avec une armure
de la bémol majeur, ce mi est flanqué d'un bécarre accidentel :
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\key aes \major
e
@end lilypond
@cindex prolongation, liaisons de
@cindex durée, liaisons de
@cindex tenue, liaisons de
+
+@funindex ~
+@funindex ( ... )
+@funindex \( ... \)
+
@subheading Ties
Glossaire musical : @rglos{tie}.
@cindex liaisons d'articulation
@cindex articulation, liaisons d'
+
@subheading Slurs
@c Le terme de "slur" a deux sens en français : articulation et phrasé.
@c Je garde ici le terme "legato", tel qu'il apparaît dans le texte original,
@c car c'est celui qui me semble le plus couramment employé.
+@c slur = "il zon" (articulation). jcm
+@c phrasing slur = "ils ont des chapeaux ronds" (phrase). jcm
-Glossaire musical : @rglos{slur}.
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{slur}, @rglos{phrasing}.
Une liaison d'articulation ou @emph{legato} peut englober
plusieurs notes. Les notes de départ et d'arrivée sont suivies
De plus longues liaisons, dites de phrasé, sont délimitées par @code{\(} et
@code{\)}. Il est possible d'avoir en même temps des legatos et des
-phrasés, mais pas plusieurs liaisons de phrasé ou de legato à la fois.
+phrasés, mais pas plusieurs liaisons de phrasé ou de @emph{legato} à la fois.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
a8(\( ais b c) cis2 b'2 a4 cis,\)
Une liaison d'articulation ou de phrasé ressemble à une liaison de
prolongation, mais n'a pas la même signification. Alors qu'une
liaison de prolongation ne peut relier que deux notes de même hauteur,
-le legato indique une articulation de plusieurs notes, éventuellement
-en grand nombre. Les liaisons de tenue peuvent être enchâssées dans
-un legato ou un phrasé.
+le @emph{legato} indique une articulation de plusieurs notes,
+éventuellement en grand nombre. Les liaisons de tenue peuvent être
+enchâssées dans un @emph{legato} ou un phrasé.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c2~( c8 fis fis4 ~ fis2 g2)
@cindex doigtés
@subheading Fingerings
+@funindex ^
+@funindex _
+
Glossaire musical : @rglos{fingering}.
De même, des indications de doigté peuvent être ajoutées à une note en
@end lilypond
Articulations et doigtés sont habituellement placés automatiquement,
-mais vous pouvez indiquer une direction en utilisant @samp{^} (en
+mais vous pouvez spécifier leur positionnement en utilisant @samp{^} (en
haut) ou @samp{_} (en bas). Vous pouvez aussi utiliser plusieurs
articulations sur la même note. Dans la plupart des cas, cependant,
il est bon de laisser LilyPond déterminer l'emplacement de
@subheading Dynamics
+@funindex \f
+@funindex \ff
+@funindex \mp
+@funindex \p
+@funindex \mf
+@funindex \pp
+@funindex \<
+@funindex <
+@funindex \>
+@funindex >
+@funindex \!
+@funindex !
+
Glossaire musical : @rglos{dynamics}, @rglos{crescendo},
@rglos{decrescendo}.
@node Adding text
@subsection Adding text
+@cindex texte, ajout de
+@cindex ajout de texte
+@cindex étiquette
+
+@funindex \markup
+@funindex markup
+
On peut ajouter du texte à une partition :
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
@node Automatic and manual beams
@subsection Automatic and manual beams
+@cindex lihature
+@cindex ligatures automatiques
@cindex ligatures manuelles
+@cindex ligatures explicites
+
+@funindex [ ... ]
+@funindex [
+@funindex ]
+@funindex \autoBeamOff
+@funindex autoBeamOff
+@funindex \autoBeamOn
+@funindex autoBeamOn
Glossaire musical : @rglos{beam}.
a8[ ais] d[ ees r d] a b
@end lilypond
-Pour désactiver les barres de ligature automatqiues pour des passages
+Pour désactiver les barres de ligature automatiques pour des passages
entiers, utilisez la commande @code{\autoBeamOff}, et utilisez
@code{\autoBeamOn} pour les réactiver.
@node Advanced rhythmic commands
@subsection Advanced rhythmic commands
+@subheading Partial measure
+
@cindex levée
@cindex anacrouse
@cindex mesure incomplète
-@subheading Partial measure
+
+@funindex \partial
+@funindex partial
Glossaire musical : @rglos{anacrusis}.
f8 c2 d
@end lilypond
+@subheading Tuplets
+
@cindex nolets
@cindex triolets
-@subheading Tuplets
+
+@funindex \times
+@funindex times
Glossaire musical : @rglos{note value}, @rglos{triplet}.
\times 2/3 { d4 a8 }
@end lilypond
+@subheading Grace notes
+
@cindex notes d'ornement
@cindex ornementation
@cindex appoggiature
@cindex acciaccature
-@subheading Grace notes
+
+@funindex \grace
+@funindex grace
+@funindex \acciaccatura
+@funindex acciaccatura
+@funindex \appoggiatura
+@funindex acciaccatura
Glossaire musical : @rglos{grace notes}, @rglos{acciaccatura},
@rglos{appoggiatura}.
{ { a4 g } f g }
@end lilypond
-@cindex expression
@subheading Analogy: mathematical expressions
+@cindex expression
+
Ce mécanisme est similaire aux formules mathématiques : une grosse
formule est créée en assemblant plusieurs petites formules. De telles
formules sont appelées expressions, elles ont une définition
@subheading Simultaneous music expressions: multiple staves
+@cindex portées multiples
+@cindex polyphonie
+@cindex combinaison d'expressions en parallèle
+@cindex parallèles, expressions
+@cindex expressions parallèles
+@cindex hauteur relative et musique simultanée
+@cindex musique simultanée et hauteur relative
+@cindex hauteur relative et expressions parallèles
+@cindex expressions parallèles et hauteur relative
+
+@funindex <<
+@funindex >>
+@funindex << ... >>
+
Glossaire musical : @rglos{polyphony}.
Cette technique est utile pour de la musique @notation{polyphonique}.
@node Multiple staves
@subsection Multiple staves
+@cindex multiples portées
+@cindex portées multiples
+@cindex contexte
+@cindex contexte de notation
+@cindex notation, contexte
+
+@funindex \new Staff
+@funindex new Staff
+@funindex Staff
+@funindex \new
+@funindex new
+@funindex Score
+@funindex Voice
+@funindex Lyrics
+@funindex ChordNames
+
Comme nous l'avons vu dans @ref{Music expressions explained}, un
fichier d'entrée LilyPond est fait d'expressions musicales. Si la
partition commence par plusieurs expressions simultanées, LilyPond
Les chiffres de métrique indiqués sur une portée affectent toutes les
autres portées@footnote{Ce comportement peut être modifié si
-nécessaire, voir @ruser{Polymetric notation}.}. En revanche l'armure
+nécessaire, voir @ruser{Polymetric notation}}. En revanche l'armure
d'une portée n'affecte @emph{pas} les autres portées. Ces
caractéristiques par défaut se justifient par le fait que
l'utilisation d'instruments transpositeurs est bien plus fréquente que
@cindex portée pour piano
@cindex piano, portée pour
@cindex clavier, portée pour
+@cindex chœur, système pour
+@cindex système pour chœur
+@cindex système
+@cindex portées, regroupement de
+@cindex regroupement de portées
+
+@funindex PianoStaff
+@funindex GrandStaff
+@funindex ChoirStaff
Glossaire musical : @rglos{brace}.
@seealso
-Manuel de notation : @ruser{Keyboard instruments},
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Keyboard and other multi-staff instruments},
@ruser{Displaying staves}.
@subsection Combining notes into chords
@cindex accords, notes simultanées
+@cindex accords et durée
+
+@funindex <
+@funindex >
+@funindex < ... >
Glossaire musical : @rglos{chord}.
@end lilypond
Beaucoup d'éléments de notation que l'on peut attacher à une note
-simple, comme une liaison, un crochet indiquat un début ou fin de
+simple, comme une liaison, un crochet indiquant un début ou une fin de
lien, un signe d'articulation, peuvent être également attachés à un
accord : il faut ajouter ces indications après les hauteurs et la
durée, donc @emph{à l'extérieur} des angles.
@cindex polyphonie
@cindex voix multiples sur une portée
+@cindex silence invisible
+@cindex invisible, silence
+
+@funindex << ... \\ ... >>
+@funindex <<
+@funindex \\
+@funindex >>
+
Quand différentes lignes mélodiques sont combinées sur une seule et même
portée, elles sont imprimées comme des voix polyphoniques ; chaque voix
a ses propre hampes@footnote{familièrement appelées queues de note.},
la voix inférieure vers le bas.
On réalise ce type de partition en entrant chaque voix comme une
-séquence, @emph{i.e.} avec @code{@{...@}}, puis en combinant
+séquence, autrement dit avec @code{@{...@}}, puis en combinant
simultanément les voix et en les séparant par @code{\\}.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
s'avèrent bien pratiques : ce sont des silences qui ne s'impriment pas.
Ils sont utiles pour remplir des voix qui, temporairement, ne jouent
rien. Voici le même exemple que ci-dessus, avec un silence invisible
-@code{s} à la place d'un silence normal @code{r} :
+@code{s} (pour @emph{skip}) à la place d'un silence normal @code{r} :
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
<<
@cindex paroles
@cindex chansons
+@funindex \addlyrics
+@funindex addlyrics
+
Glossaire musical : @rglos{lyrics}.
Prenons une mélodie toute simple, la comptine @emph{Girls and boys
@cindex ligne d'extension
@cindex trait d'union (paroles)
@cindex caractère souligné (paroles)
+@cindex paroles, alignement des
+@cindex alignement des paroles
+@cindex paroles, mot de plusieurs syllabes
+
Glossaire musical : @rglos{melisma}, @rglos{extender line}.
La ligne suivante de la comptine précédente est @emph{The moon doth
@node Lyrics to multiple staves
@subsection Lyrics to multiple staves
+@cindex paroles et portées mutiples
+@cindex portées multiples et paroles
+
La méthode simple d'ajout de paroles avec @code{\addlyrics} peut être
également utilisée pour placer des paroles sous plusieurs portées.
L'exemple suivant est extrait de @emph{Judas Macchabée} de Händel.
Manuel de notation : @ruser{Vocal music}.
-
-
@node Final touches
@section Final touches
@node Organizing pieces with variables
@subsection Organizing pieces with variables
+@cindex variables
+@cindex variables, definition
+@cindex identificateurs
+@cindex macros
+@cindex assignation de variables
+@cindex utilisation de variables
+@cindex variables, utilisation de
+@cindex variables, caractères autorisés dans les
+@cindex caractères autorisés dans les variables
+
Lorsque l'on combine tous les éléments étudiés précédemment pour
écrire des partitions plus longues, les expressions musicales prennent
de l'ampleur et, dans le cas des pièces polyphoniques, deviennent
@node Version number
@subsection Version number
-@cindex versions
+@cindex version
+@cindex versionage
+@cindex numéro de version
+@cindex version, numéro de
+@cindex mise à jour
+@cindex future mise à jour
+@cindex mise à jour de fichiers
+@cindex fichiers, mise à jour de
+
+@funindex \version
+@funindex version
+@funindex convert-ly
+
La déclaration @code{\version} stipule le numéro de la version de
LilyPond pour laquelle le fichier a été écrit :
LilyPond. Les changements de syntaxe au fil des versions sont gérés
avec un programme dédié, @command{convert-ly}, qui utilise la valeur
de @code{\version} pour déterminer les règles de conversion à
-appliquer au fichier source. Pour plus d'informations, consultez voir
+appliquer au fichier source. Pour plus d'informations, consultez
@rprogram{Updating files with convert-ly}.
@node Adding titles
@subsection Adding titles
+@cindex titre
+@cindex en-têtes
+@cindex bloc d'en-tête
+
+@funindex \header
+@funindex header
+
On indique les informations bibliographiques --- nom du morceau, du
-compositeur, numéro d'opus... --- dans un bloc à part, le bloc
+compositeur, numéro d'opus@dots{} --- dans un bloc à part, le bloc
d'en-tête @code{\header}, qui existe indépendamment de l'expression
musicale principale. Le bloc @code{\header} est habituellement placé
en début de fichier, après le numéro de version.
@node Absolute note names
@subsection Absolute note names
+@cindex notes, nom des
+@cindex absolu, mode
+@cindex mode absolu
+@cindex hauteurs, valeurs absolues
+@cindex noms de note absolus
+
Jusqu'ici nous n'avons utilisé que le mode @code{\relative} pour
définir les hauteurs de notes. Si c'est souvent le moyen le plus
simple de saisir la musique au clavier, il existe une autre façon de
Si d'aventure vous faites une erreur d'octaviation, le mode
@code{\relative} la mettra en évidence : toutes les notes suivantes
seront placées à la mauvaise octave. En mode de hauteurs absolues,
-une erreur isolée ne serait pas autant visible, donc serait plus
+une erreur isolée ne serait pas autant visible, et serait donc plus
difficile à dénicher.
Cependant, le mode de hauteurs absolues reste utile pour les musiques
LilyPond sont vastes, il est normal pour un débutant de ne pas savoir
où chercher ; si vous passez quelques minutes à lire attentivement
cette section, vous vous épargnerez certainement la frustration causée
-par des heures de recherche infructueuses.
+par des heures de recherches infructueuses.
DOC_PO_SOURCES = postprocess_html.py texi-gettext.py translations-status.py
TELY_FILES = $(shell ls $(depth)/Documentation/user/lilypond*.tely)
TELY_FILES += $(foreach l, $(LANGS), $(shell ls $(depth)/Documentation/$(l)/user/lilypond*.tely))
+LSR_LYS := $(shell ls $(depth)/input/lsr/*.ly)
+TELY_FILES += $(LSR_LYS:%.ly=../%.ly)
messages: $(outdir)/messages
# Copyright (C) 2006 Han-Wen Nienhuys, Jan Nieuwenhuizen
# This file is distributed under the same license as the lilypond package.
# Till Rettig <till.rettig@gmx.de>, 2007,2008
-#
-#
+#
+#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: de\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-10-16 23:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-11 16:35+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-09 17:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-10 20:02+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Till Rettig <till.rettig@gmx.de>\n"
"Language-Team: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1796 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:214 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:229 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1041 (context id)
msgid "violin"
msgstr "Geige"
#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1801 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-simple.ly:62 (variable)
msgid "cello"
msgstr "Cello"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
+#. input/lsr/measure-counter.ly:25 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/measure-counter.ly:32 (context id)
msgid "foo"
msgstr "foo"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "time signature"
msgstr "Taktangabe"
msgstr "Tonartbezeichnung"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "major"
msgstr "Dur"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "minor"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "tie"
msgstr "Bindebogen"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "slur"
msgstr "Legatobogen"
msgstr "Phrasierungsbögen"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "phrasing"
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:47 (variable)
msgid "dynamics"
msgstr "Dynamik"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "crescendo"
msgstr "Crescendo"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "decrescendo"
msgstr "Decrescendo"
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "anacrusis"
msgstr "Auftakt"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "note value"
msgstr "Notenwert"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "triplet"
msgstr "Triole"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "grace notes"
msgstr "Verzierungen"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "acciaccatura"
msgstr "Vorschlag"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "appoggiatura"
msgstr "Vorhalt"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "polyphony"
msgstr "Polyphonie"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "chord"
msgstr "Akkord"
msgid "After the tutorial"
msgstr "Nach der Übung"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:325 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:368 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:51 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "singer"
+msgstr "Fingersatz"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:326 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:369 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "vocal"
+msgstr "Tonleiter"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:329 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:372 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:218 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:278 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "piano"
+msgstr "Klavier"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:330 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:363 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:373 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2669 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2711 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-number-of-lines-in-a-staff.ly:19 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:221 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-simple.ly:28 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-simple.ly:47 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:37 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:51 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:40 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:61 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:23 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:41 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:45 (context id)
+msgid "upper"
+msgstr "oben"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:331 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:364 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:374 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2676 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2712 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-number-of-lines-in-a-staff.ly:23 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:222 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-simple.ly:36 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-simple.ly:48 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:42 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:37 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:53 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:48 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:62 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:30 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:42 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:46 (context id)
+msgid "lower"
+msgstr "unten"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:361 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:239 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:568 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:797 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:818 (context id)
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1222 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1264 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/adjusting-lyrics-vertical-spacing.ly:24 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/adjusting-lyrics-vertical-spacing.ly:35 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-gregorian-music.ly:50 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/demo-midiinstruments.ly:28 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/formatting-lyrics-syllables.ly:28 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/guitar-strum-rhythms.ly:48 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/heavily-customized-polymetric-time-signatures.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:28 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-and-chords.ly:28 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes-and-chords.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes-and-lyrics.ly:38 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-only-notes.ly:32 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:44 (variable)
msgid "melody"
msgstr "Melodie"
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1045 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1227 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1268 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:45 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:36 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-and-chords.ly:36 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes-and-lyrics.ly:46 (variable)
msgid "text"
msgstr "Text"
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:363 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2669 (variable)
-msgid "upper"
-msgstr "oben"
-
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:364 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2676 (variable)
-msgid "lower"
-msgstr "unten"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:443 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:535 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:66 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:102 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:118 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:139 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:154 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:175 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:190 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:206 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:222 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "main"
+msgstr "Moll"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:632 (comment)
msgid "Voice \\\"1\\\" Voice \\\"2\\\""
msgid "Initiate first voice"
msgstr "Erste Stimme einrichten"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1199 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2441 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:503 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1233 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1274 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:327 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:241 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/adding-fingerings-to-tablatures.ly:16 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:204 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:213 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-and-chords.ly:50 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes-and-lyrics.ly:52 (context id)
+msgid "one"
+msgstr "eins"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1242 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2646 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3178 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3268 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:783 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:496 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:497 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:46 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:57 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:74 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/mensurstriche-layout-bar-lines-between-the-staves.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:32 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/printing-music-with-different-time-signatures.ly:24 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-simple.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:66 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:30 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:39 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:32 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:36 (variable)
msgid "global"
msgstr "global"
msgid "SopTwoLyrics"
msgstr "SoprZweiText"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1255 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SopOne"
+msgstr "SoprEinsNoten"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1264 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SopTwo"
+msgstr "SoprZweiNoten"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1296 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2864 (variable)
msgid "TimeKey"
msgstr "SoprNoten"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1298 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3180 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3270 (variable)
msgid "AltoMusic"
msgstr "AltNoten"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1299 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3181 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3271 (variable)
msgid "TenorMusic"
msgstr "TenorNoten"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1300 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3182 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3272 (variable)
msgid "BassMusic"
msgstr "BassNoten"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1301 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3183 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3273 (variable)
msgid "VerseOne"
msgstr "StropheEins"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1303 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3184 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3274 (variable)
msgid "VerseTwo"
msgstr "StropheZwei"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1305 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3185 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3275 (variable)
msgid "VerseThree"
msgstr "StropheDrei"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1307 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3186 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3276 (variable)
msgid "VerseFour"
msgstr "StropheVier"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1314 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Sop"
+msgstr "Top"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1315 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3283 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:915 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Alto"
+msgstr "AltOn"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1323 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3291 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:917 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Tenor"
+msgstr "TenorNoten"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1324 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3292 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:922 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:227 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Bass"
+msgstr "Takte"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1350 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1402 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1464 (variable)
msgid "versewords"
msgstr "StrophenText"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1361 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1428 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1489 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:820 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:59 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "verse"
+msgstr "StrophenNoten"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1407 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1469 (variable)
msgid "refrainnotesA"
msgid "refrainwordsB"
msgstr "RefrainTextB"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1436 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1509 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "refrainB"
+msgstr "RefrainNotenB"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1501 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "refrainA"
+msgstr "RefrainNotenA"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1655 (comment)
msgid "start of single compound music expression"
msgstr "Beginn des einen musikalischen Ausdrucks"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2654 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:908 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:51 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:44 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:48 (variable)
msgid "altoMusic"
msgstr "AltNoten"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2658 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:54 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:47 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:51 (variable)
msgid "altoWords"
msgstr "AltText"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2659 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:909 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:58 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:51 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:55 (variable)
msgid "tenorMusic"
msgstr "TenorNoten"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2663 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:61 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:54 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:58 (variable)
msgid "tenorWords"
msgstr "TenorText"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2664 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:910 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:65 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:58 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:62 (variable)
msgid "bassMusic"
msgstr "BassNoten"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2668 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:68 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:61 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:65 (variable)
msgid "bassWords"
msgstr "BassText"
msgid "combine ChoirStaff and PianoStaff in parallel"
msgstr "ChoirStaff und PianoStaff parallel kombinieren"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2687 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2689 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:77 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:68 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:73 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "sopranos"
+msgstr "SopranNoten"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2692 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2694 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:78 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:69 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:77 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "altos"
+msgstr "AltNoten"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2697 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2699 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:84 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:79 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:86 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "tenors"
+msgstr "TenorNoten"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2702 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2704 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:85 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:80 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:90 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "basses"
+msgstr "BassNoten"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2707 (comment)
msgid "end ChoirStaff"
msgstr "Ende ChoirStaff"
msgid "PianoStaff and Pedal Staff must be simultaneous"
msgstr "PianoStaff und Pedal-System müssen gleichzeitig sein"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2884 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "ManualOne"
+msgstr "Manuelle Balken"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2885 (comment)
msgid "set time signature and key"
msgstr "Taktangabe und Tonart setzen"
msgid "end ManualOne Staff context"
msgstr "Ende ManualEins Staff-Kontext"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2890 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "ManualTwo"
+msgstr "ManualZweiNoten"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2894 (comment)
msgid "end ManualTwo Staff context"
msgstr "Ende ManualZwei Staff-Kontext"
msgid "end PianoStaff context"
msgstr "Klaviersystem beenden"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2896 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "PedalOrgan"
+msgstr "PedalOrgelNoten"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2900 (comment)
msgid "end PedalOrgan Staff context"
msgstr "Orgelsystem beenden"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/fundamental.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:564 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:577 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:585 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:604 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:617 (context id)
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/fundamental.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/fundamental.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/fundamental.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fundamental.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fundamental.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Explicitly instantiating voices"
msgstr "Stimmen explizit beginnen"
msgid "Building a score from scratch"
msgstr "Eine Partitur von Grund auf erstellen"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:541 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:665 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:564 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:690 (comment)
msgid "Increase thickness of all following slurs from 1.2 to 5.0"
msgstr "Dicke aller folgenden Bögen von 1.2 zu 5.0 vergrößern"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:606 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:640 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:643 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:630 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:666 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:669 (comment)
msgid "Increase thickness of immediately following slur only"
msgstr "Nur die Dicke des direkt folgenden Bogens vergrößern"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:669 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:694 (comment)
msgid "Revert thickness of all following slurs to default of 1.2"
msgstr "Die Dicke aller folgenden Bögen zurücksezten auf 1.2"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1275 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1302 (comment)
msgid "Don't print clefs in this staff"
msgstr "Keine Schlüssel in diesem System"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1277 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1304 (comment)
msgid "Don't print time signatures in this staff"
msgstr "Keine Taktangabe in diesem System"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1338 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1362 (comment)
msgid "Reduce all font sizes by ~24%"
msgstr "Alle Schriftgrößen um ~24% verkleinern"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1394 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1418 (comment)
msgid "Reduce stem length and line spacing to match"
msgstr "Die Halslänge und Linienabstand anpassen"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1768 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1829 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1828 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1895 (comment)
msgid "Set details for later Text Spanner"
msgstr "Details für späteren Text-Spanner setzen"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1771 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1832 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1831 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1898 (comment)
msgid "Place dynamics above staff"
msgstr "Dynamik-Zeichen über System setzen"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1773 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1836 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1833 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1902 (comment)
msgid "Start Ottava Bracket"
msgstr "Beginn der Oktavierungsklammer"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1776 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1783 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1839 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1846 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1836 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1843 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1905 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1912 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Text"
msgstr "Dynamik-Text hinzufügen"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1778 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1841 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1838 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1907 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Line Spanner"
msgstr "Dynamic Line Spanner hinzufügen"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1780 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1843 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1840 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1909 (comment)
msgid "Add Text Script"
msgstr "Textbeschriftung hinzufügen"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1785 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1848 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1845 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1914 (comment)
msgid "Stop Ottava Bracket"
msgstr "Ende der Oktavierungsklammer"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1834 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1900 (comment)
msgid "Place following Ottava Bracket below Text Spanners"
msgstr "Nächste Ottava-Klammer unter Text-Spanner setzen"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1890 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1959 (comment)
msgid "Cause notes to space out to accommodate text"
msgstr "Noten spreizen um dem Text Platz zu machen"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1908 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1979 (comment)
msgid "This markup is short enough to fit without collision"
msgstr "Dieser Text ist kurz genug um ohne Kollision zu passen"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1912 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1983 (comment)
msgid "This is too long to fit, so it is displaced upwards"
msgstr "Dieser ist zu lang, darum wird der nach oben verschoben"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1916 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1921 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1987 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1992 (comment)
msgid "Turn off collision avoidance"
msgstr "Abschalten der automatischen Vermeidung von Zusammenstößen"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1923 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1994 (comment)
msgid "and turn on textLengthOn"
msgstr "und Textlänge berücksichtigen"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1924 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1995 (comment)
msgid "Spaces at end are honored"
msgstr "Leerzeichen am Ende werden beachtet"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2027 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2096 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 staff space"
msgstr "Breite um einen Linienabstand vergrößern"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2293 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2373 (comment)
msgid "This will not work, see below:"
msgstr "Das funktioniert nicht, siehe unten"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2297 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2377 (comment)
msgid "This works:"
msgstr "Das funktioniert:"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2342 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2422 (variable)
msgid "naturalplusflat"
msgstr "AuflösungB"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2377 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2458 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 unit"
msgstr "Breite um eine Einheit vergrößern"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2379 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2460 (comment)
msgid "Align dynamics to a base line 2 units above staff"
msgstr ""
"Dynamik-Zeichen an einer Linie ausrichten, die 2 Einheiten über dem System "
"ist"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2657 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2708 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2770 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2841 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2903 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2958 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2745 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2794 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2855 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2925 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2987 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3042 (variable)
msgid "rhMusic"
msgstr "rhNoten"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2662 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2713 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2777 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2850 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2912 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2750 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2799 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2862 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2934 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2996 (comment)
msgid "Start polyphonic section of four voices"
msgstr "Beginn des polyphonen Abschnitts mit vier Stimmen"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2675 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2726 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2790 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2865 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2929 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2986 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2763 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2812 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2875 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2949 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3013 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3070 (variable)
msgid "lhMusic"
msgstr "lhNoten"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2916 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2973 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2772 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2821 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2884 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2958 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3022 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3079 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:928 (context id)
+msgid "RH"
+msgstr "RH"
+
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2776 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2825 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2888 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2962 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3026 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3083 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:934 (context id)
+msgid "LH"
+msgstr "LH"
+
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3000 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3057 (comment)
msgid "Move the c2 out of the main note column so the merge will work"
msgstr ""
"Verschiebe das c2 aus der Hauptnotenkolumne, damit Verschmelzung funktioniert"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2919 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2976 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3003 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3060 (comment)
msgid "Stem on the d2 must be down to permit merging"
msgstr "Hals vom d2 muss nach unten, damit Verschmelzung gelingt"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2971 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3055 (comment)
msgid "Reposition the c2 to the right of the merged note"
msgstr "c2 neu positionieren rechts von der verschmolzenen Note"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3099 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3118 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3185 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3204 (comment)
msgid "Visible tempo marking"
msgstr "Sichtbare Tempo-Bezeichnung"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3103 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3122 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3189 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3208 (comment)
msgid "Invisible tempo marking to lengthen fermata in MIDI"
msgstr "Unsichtbare Tempo-Bezeichnung um Fermate im MIDI zu verlängern"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3106 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3125 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3192 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3211 (comment)
msgid "New tempo for next section"
msgstr "Neues Tempo im nächsten Abschnitt"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3169 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3259 (variable)
msgid "emphasize"
msgstr "emphasize"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3173 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3263 (variable)
msgid "normal"
msgstr "normal"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3179 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3269 (variable)
msgid "SopranoMusic"
msgstr "SopranNoten"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3395 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3282 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:913 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Soprano"
+msgstr "SopranNoten"
+
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3487 (comment)
msgid "Arrange to obtain color from color-notehead procedure"
msgstr "Anordngen um Farbe von der color-notehead-Prozedur zu erhalten"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-msgid "Outside staff objects"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Outside-staff objects"
msgstr "Objekte außerhalb des Notensystems"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "force-hshift property"
msgstr "force-hshift (vertikale Verschiebunseigenschaft)"
msgid "Musical notation"
msgstr "Musikalische Notation"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:654 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:668 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:997 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1016 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1053 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1068 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-chord-names-to-german-or-semi-german-notation.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/controlling-tuplet-bracket-visibility.ly:20 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/letter-tablature-formatting.ly:25 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:98 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transposing-pitches-with-minimum-accidentals-smart-transpose.ly:136 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vertically-aligned-dynamics-and-textscripts.ly:35 (variable)
msgid "music"
msgstr "Noten"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1031 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1045 (comment)
msgid "not strictly necessary, but a good reminder"
msgstr "nicht unbdingt nötig, aber gut zu erinnern"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1123 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1052 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1100 (variable)
+msgid "clarinet"
+msgstr "Klarinette"
+
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1137 (variable)
msgid "musicA"
msgstr "NotenA"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1137 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1151 (variable)
msgid "musicB"
msgstr "NotenB"
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1170 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:170 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:264 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:175 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:365 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:241 (variable)
+msgid "up"
+msgstr "oben"
+
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1174 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:180 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:273 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:178 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:366 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:247 (variable)
+msgid "down"
+msgstr "unten"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
msgid "Improvisation"
msgstr "Improvisation"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:308 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:285 (comment)
msgid "Alter durations to triplets"
msgstr "Dauern zu Triolen verändern"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:310 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:335 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:287 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:312 (comment)
msgid "Normal durations"
msgstr "Normale Tondauern"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:312 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:289 (comment)
msgid "Double the duration of chord"
msgstr "Dauer der Akkorde verdoppeln"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:314 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:291 (comment)
msgid "Duration of quarter, appears like sixteenth"
msgstr "Dauer einer Vietel, erscheint vie eine Sechszehntel"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:337 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:314 (comment)
msgid "Scale music by *2/3"
msgstr "Noten mit 2/3 skalieren"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:341 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:318 (comment)
msgid "Scale music by *2"
msgstr "Noten *2 skalieren"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:426 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:403 (comment)
msgid "First alternative: following note is tied normally"
msgstr "Erste Weiche: nächste Note ist normal gebunden"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:428 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:405 (comment)
msgid "Second alternative: following note has a repeated tie"
msgstr "Zweite Weiche: folgende Note hat einen Wiederholten Bindebogen"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:545 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:522 (comment)
msgid "These two lines are just to prettify this example"
msgstr "Die zwei Linien sind nur zur Verschönerung"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:548 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:525 (comment)
msgid "Print a maxima rest, equal to four breves"
msgstr "Setze Maxima-Pause, gleich vier Breven"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:550 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:527 (comment)
msgid "Print a longa rest, equal to two breves"
msgstr "Setze Longa-Pause, gleich zwei Breven"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:552 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:529 (comment)
msgid "Print a breve rest"
msgstr "Setze Breve-Pause"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:654 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:631 (comment)
msgid "This is valid input, but does nothing"
msgstr "Gültiger Eingabecode, aber tut nichts"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:680 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:733 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:657 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:710 (comment)
msgid "Rest measures contracted to single measure"
msgstr "Pausentakte zu einem einzelnen Takt zusammegezogen"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:729 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:706 (comment)
msgid "Default behavior"
msgstr "Standart"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:736 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:713 (comment)
msgid "Rest measures expanded"
msgstr "Pausentakte \tausklappen"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:769 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:746 (comment)
msgid "This fails, as the wrong object name is specified"
msgstr ""
"Das funktioniert nicht, weil die falsche Objektbezeichnung angegeben ist"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:772 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:749 (comment)
msgid "This is correct and works"
msgstr "Das stimmt und funktioniert"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:894 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:871 (comment)
msgid "Default style"
msgstr "Standardstil"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:897 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:874 (comment)
msgid "Change to numeric style"
msgstr "Wechsel zum nummerierten Stil"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:901 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:878 (comment)
msgid "Revert to default style"
msgstr "Zurück zum Standard"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:931 (comment)
-msgid "auto beam on 1/4 note groups\t"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:933 (comment)
-msgid "no defined auto-beaming for this time sig"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:937 (comment)
-msgid "keep 3/4 beaming "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:938 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "due to beatLength"
-msgstr "und Textlänge berücksichtigen"
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:940 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "beam on 1/8 notes"
-msgstr "Ende RH-Noten"
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:943 (comment)
-msgid "beam on 3/16, 7/16, 9/16, 12/16"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1103 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1017 (comment)
msgid "Show all bar numbers"
msgstr "Alle Taknummern anzeigen"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1213 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1134 (comment)
msgid "Now each staff has its own time signature."
msgstr "Jetzt hat jedes System eine eigene Taktart"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1518 (comment)
-msgid "Set beam sub-group length to an eighth note"
-msgstr "Balkenuntergruppenlänge als Achtel definieren"
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1521 (comment)
-msgid "Set beam sub-group length to a sixteenth note"
-msgstr "Balkenuntergruppenlänge als Sechszehntel definieren"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1256 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "myRhythm"
+msgstr "Rhythmus"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1658 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1585 (comment)
msgid "end 1/16 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
msgstr "1/16-Balken für alle Taktarten beim 1/16-Moment beenden"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1662 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1589 (comment)
msgid "end 1/32 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
msgstr "1/23-Balken für alle Taktarten beim 1/16-Moment beenden"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1672 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1599 (comment)
msgid "end beams of all durations in 5/8 time signature at the 2/8 moment"
msgstr "Balken aller Längen im 5/8-Takt am 2/8-Moment beenden"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1701 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1614 (comment)
+msgid "rhythm 3-1-1-2"
+msgstr "Rhythmus 3-1-1-2"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1615 (comment)
+msgid "Context not specified - does not work correctly"
+msgstr "Kontext nicht angegeben - funktioniert nicht richtig"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1621 (comment)
+msgid "Works correctly with context specified"
+msgstr "Funktioniert richtig mit angegebenem Kontext"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1654 (comment)
msgid "undo a rule ending 1/16 beams in 4/4 time at 1/4 moment"
msgstr "Regel annullieren, dass 1/16-Balken im 4/4-Takt am 1/4-Moment enden"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1714 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1667 (comment)
msgid "this won't revert it!"
msgstr "Das macht es nicth rückgängig"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1716 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1669 (comment)
msgid "this will"
msgstr "Das schon"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1895 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1689 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Set default beaming for all staves"
+msgstr "für diese Taktart keine autom. Balken definiert"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1697 (comment)
+msgid "Modify beaming for just this staff"
+msgstr "Balken nur für dieses System verändern"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1703 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Inherit beaming from Score context"
+msgstr "Partitur-Kontext beenden"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1827 (comment)
msgid "revert to non-feathered beams"
msgstr "in nichtgespreizte Balken zurückverwandeln"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2124 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2140 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2050 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2066 (comment)
msgid "Permit first bar number to be printed"
msgstr "Erste Taktnummer soll auch gesetzt werden"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2141 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2189 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2067 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2115 (comment)
msgid "Print a bar number every second measure"
msgstr "Jeden zweiten Takt eine Taktnummer setzen"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2157 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2083 (comment)
msgid "Prevent bar numbers at the end of a line and permit them elsewhere"
msgstr "Taktnummern am Zeilenende verbieten und woanders erlauben"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2161 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2187 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2087 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2113 (comment)
msgid "Increase the size of the bar number by 2"
msgstr "Taktnummer um Faktor zwei vergrößern"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2165 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2091 (comment)
msgid "Draw a box round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr "Einen Kasten um die folgenden Taktnummern zeichnen"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2170 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2096 (comment)
msgid "Draw a circle round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr "Einen Kreis um die folgenden Taktnummern zeichnen"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2192 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2118 (comment)
msgid "Center-align bar numbers"
msgstr "Taktnummern zentrieren"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2195 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2121 (comment)
msgid "Right-align bar numbers"
msgstr "Taktnummern rechtsbündig"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2298 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2224 (variable)
msgid "pipeSymbol"
msgstr "pipeSymbol"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2685 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2612 (variable)
msgid "MyCadenza"
msgstr "MeineKadenz"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "breve"
msgstr "Brevis"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "longa"
msgstr "Longa"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Duration names notes and rests"
msgstr "Dauerbezeichnungen für Noten und Pausen"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "tuplet"
msgstr "N-tole"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "polymetric"
msgstr "Polymetrie"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "laissez vibrer"
msgstr "Laissez-vibrer-Bögen"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "multi-measure rest"
msgstr "Pausen über mehrere Takte"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "cadenza"
msgstr "Kadenz"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "polymetric time signature"
msgstr "Polymetrische Taktangabe"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "meter"
msgstr "Metrum"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "tenuto"
msgstr "Tenuto"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "accent"
msgstr "Akzent"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "staccato"
msgstr "Staccato"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "portato"
msgstr "Portato"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "al niente"
msgstr "al niente"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "hairpin"
msgstr "Gabel"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:35 (comment)
msgid "caesura"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zäsur"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "fall"
msgstr "Glissando nach unten"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "doit"
msgstr "doit"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "glissando"
msgstr "Glissando"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "arpeggio"
msgstr "Arpeggio"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "trill"
msgstr "Triller"
#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:298 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/volta-text-markup-using-repeatcommands.ly:21 (variable)
msgid "voltaAdLib"
msgstr "VoltaAdLib"
msgstr "Tremolo-Wiederholung"
#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:93 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "explicit single voice"
-msgstr "Stimmen explizit beginnen"
+msgstr "explizit eine Stimme"
#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:99 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "single first note"
-msgstr "Notation auf einem System"
+msgstr "einzelne erste Note"
#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:111 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "no single first note"
-msgstr "Erste Stimme einrichten"
+msgstr "keine einzelne erste Note"
#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:617 (variable)
msgid "instrumentOne"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Simultaneous expressions"
-msgstr "Gleichzeitig erscheinende Noten"
+msgstr "Gleichzeitige Ausdrücke"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "cluster"
msgstr "Cluster"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Single-staff polyphony"
msgstr "Mehrstimmigkeit in einem System"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Voice styles"
msgstr "Stimmenstile"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "a due"
msgstr "a due"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:136 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:233 (context id)
msgid "part"
msgstr "Stimme"
msgid "Writing music in parallel"
msgstr "Musik parallel notieren"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1097 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1112 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1266 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1069 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1084 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1238 (variable)
msgid "flute"
msgstr "Flöte"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1128 (variable)
-msgid "clarinet"
-msgstr "Klarinette"
-
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1217 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1238 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1189 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1210 (variable)
msgid "oboe"
msgstr "Oboe"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1287 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1259 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1275 (context id)
msgid "piccolo"
msgstr "Piccolo"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1295 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1267 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1276 (context id)
msgid "cbassoon"
msgstr "Ktrfgt"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
msgid "Grouping staves"
msgstr "Systeme gruppieren"
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
msgid "Inside the staff"
-msgstr "Innerhalt des Systems"
+msgstr "Innerhalb des Systems"
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
msgid "correct"
msgstr "richtig"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:664 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "lala"
+msgstr "global"
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:802 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "splitpart"
+msgstr "Stimme"
+
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:847 (variable)
msgid "voice"
msgstr "Stimme"
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:854 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/formatting-lyrics-syllables.ly:22 (variable)
msgid "lyr"
msgstr "Text"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1053 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "tune"
+msgstr "N-tole"
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1101 (context id)
+msgid "lahlah"
+msgstr "Lalala"
+
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1112 (comment)
msgid "applies to \\\"fas\\\""
msgstr "gehört zu \\\"fas\\\""
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Common notation for vocal music"
-msgstr "Übliche Notation für Gesang"
+msgstr "Übliche Notation für Vokalmusik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "References for vocal music and lyrics"
-msgstr "Referenz für Musiktexte"
+msgstr "Referenz für Vokalmusik und Gesangstext"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Opera"
-msgstr "oben"
+msgstr "Oper"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Song books"
-msgstr "Lieder"
+msgstr "Liederhefte"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Spoken music"
-msgstr "Das Kopieren von existierender Musik"
+msgstr "Gesprochene Musik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Ancient vocal music"
-msgstr "Schlüssel Alter Musik"
+msgstr "Alte Vokalmusik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
msgid "keep staff alive"
msgstr "System aufrecht erhalten"
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:265 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "melOne"
+msgstr "Linie"
+
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:333 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:242 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/adding-fingerings-to-tablatures.ly:17 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:205 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:214 (context id)
+msgid "two"
+msgstr "zwei"
+
#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:385 (comment)
msgid "stems may overlap the other staff"
msgstr "Hals kann das andere System überschneiden"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Snap (Bartok) pizzicato"
msgstr "Bartók-Pizzicato"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Snap (Bartók) pizzicato"
msgstr "Bartók-Pizzicato"
msgid "melodia"
msgstr "Melodie"
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:243 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "shared"
+msgstr "Kreuz"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:244 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "solo"
+msgstr "color (Farbe)"
+
#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:321 (variable)
msgid "mynotes"
msgstr "meineNoten"
#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:448 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:27 (comment)
msgid "A chord for ukelele"
msgstr "Akkord für Ukulele"
msgid "Banjo tablatures"
msgstr "Banjo-Tabulaturen"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:175 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:365 (variable)
-msgid "up"
-msgstr "oben"
-
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:178 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:366 (variable)
-msgid "down"
-msgstr "unten"
-
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:385 (comment)
msgid "These lines define the position of the woodblocks in the stave;"
msgstr "Diese Zeilen definieren die Position der Holzblöcke auf dem System"
msgstr "Auch die Position der zwei Linien wird festgelegt"
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:396 (comment)
-msgid "This is neccessary; if not entered, the barline wuld be too short!"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "This is neccessary; if not entered, the barline would be too short!"
msgstr "Das ist notwendig. Wenn nicht angegeben, wird die Taktlinie zu kurz!"
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:403 (comment)
msgid "with this you load your new drum style table"
msgstr "jetzt neue Trommelstil-Tabelle laden"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:423 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:425 (variable)
msgid "tambustaff"
msgstr "Tambu-System"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:431 (comment)
-msgid "broken"
-msgstr "broken"
-
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:432 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "\\set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)"
-msgstr "\\set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums) "
-
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:438 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:439 (comment)
msgid "the trick with the scaled duration and the shorter rest"
msgstr "Trick mit der skalierten Dauer und der kürzeren Pause"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:439 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:440 (comment)
msgid "is neccessary for the correct ending of the trill-span!"
msgstr "ist·nötig,damit·die·Trillerspannweite·richtig·endet"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:450 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:451 (variable)
msgid "tamtamstaff"
msgstr "tamtam-System"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:472 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:473 (variable)
msgid "bellstaff"
msgstr "Glocken-System"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:503 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:504 (variable)
msgid "drumsA"
msgstr "TrommelA"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:518 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:519 (variable)
msgid "drumsB"
msgstr "TrommelB"
msgid "Displaying figured bass"
msgstr "Generalbass anzeigen"
+#. Documentation/user/ancient.itely:355 (context id)
+msgid "discantus"
+msgstr "Discantus"
+
#. Documentation/user/ancient.itely:821 (variable)
msgid "ficta"
msgstr "ficta"
+#. Documentation/user/ancient.itely:973 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "cantus"
+msgstr "Hymnen"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Annotational accidentals (musica ficta)"
-msgstr "Vorgeschlagene Versetzungszeichen (@emph{musica ficta})"
+msgstr "Vorgeschlagene Versetzungszeichen (musica ficta)"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Changing spacing"
msgstr "Abstände verändern"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1974 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2002 (comment)
msgid "increase the length of the tie"
msgstr "Länge des Bindebogens vergrößern"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1983 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2011 (comment)
msgid "increase the length of the rest bar"
msgstr "Länge des Pausentaktes vergrößern"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1991 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2019 (comment)
msgid "increase the length of the hairpin"
msgstr "Länge der Crescendo-Klammer vergrößern"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2019 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2047 (comment)
msgid "default"
msgstr "Standard"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2022 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2035 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2050 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2063 (comment)
msgid "not effective alone"
msgstr "allein keine Wirkung"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2026 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2039 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2054 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2067 (comment)
msgid "effective only when both overrides are present"
msgstr "gilt nur, wenn beide \"override\" vorhanden sind"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2420 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2444 (comment)
msgid "Remove bar line at the end of the current line"
msgstr "Taktlinie am Ende der Zeile entfernen"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2466 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2490 (comment)
msgid "Try to remove all key signatures"
msgstr "Versuche alle Tonarten zu entfernen"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2885 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2909 (comment)
msgid "move horizontally left"
msgstr "horizontal nach links verschieben"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2887 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2911 (comment)
msgid "move vertically up"
msgstr "vertikal hochschieben"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2888 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2912 (comment)
msgid "third finger"
msgstr "dritter Finger"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2934 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2958 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:39 (comment)
msgid "the RehearsalMark will be centered above the Clef"
msgstr "RehearsalMark zentrieren über dem Schlüssel"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2940 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2964 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:46 (comment)
msgid "the RehearsalMark will be centered above the TimeSignature"
msgstr "RehearsalMark zentrieren über der Taktart (TimeSignature)"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2954 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2978 (comment)
msgid "The RehearsalMark will be centered above the KeySignature"
msgstr "RehearsalMark zentrieren über der Tonart (KeySignature)"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2961 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2977 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2984 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2985 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3001 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3008 (comment)
msgid ""
"The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the left edge of the KeySignature"
msgstr "RehearsalMark mit der linken Ecke von KeySignature ausrichten"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2966 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2990 (comment)
msgid ""
"The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the right edge of the KeySignature"
msgstr "RehearsalMark mit der rechten Ecke von KeySignature ausrichten"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2978 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3002 (comment)
msgid "and then shifted right by 3.5 staff-spaces"
msgstr "nach rechts um 3,5 Linienabstände verschieben"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2985 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3009 (comment)
msgid "and then shifted left by 2 staff-spaces"
msgstr "nach links um 2 Linienabstände verschieben"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3034 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3058 (variable)
msgid "XinO"
msgstr "XinO"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Score - the master of all contexts"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Top-level contexts - staff containers"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Intermediate-level contexts - staves"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Bottom-level contexts - voices"
msgid "Distances and measurements"
msgstr "Abstände und Maße"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Staff symbol properties"
+msgstr "Eigenschaften des Layouts"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgstr "Strecker"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{spanner-interface}"
msgstr "Das @code{spanner-interface} benutzen"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{line-spanner-interface}"
msgstr "Das @code{line-spanner-interface} benutzen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Visibility of objects"
msgstr "Sichtbarkeit von Objekten"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Removing the stencil"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Making objects transparent"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Painting objects white"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using break-visibility"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Special considerations"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Rotating layout objects"
msgstr "Drehen von Objekten"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Rotating markup"
msgstr "Textbeschriftung drehen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Setting @code{X-offset} and @code{Y-offset} directly"
msgstr "@code{X-offset} und @code{Y-offset} direkt setzen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{side-position-interface}"
msgstr "Das @code{side-position-interface} benutzen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{self-alignment-interface}"
msgstr "Das @code{self-alignment-interface} benutzen"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{aligned-on-parent} procedures"
msgstr "Die @code{aligned-on-parent}-Prozeduren benutzen"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{centered-on-parent} procedures"
msgstr "Die @code{centered-on-parent}-Prozeduren benutzen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{break-aligned-interface}"
msgstr "Das @{break-aligned-interface} benutzen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying shapes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying ties and slurs"
msgstr "Bögen verändern"
msgid "Exemples cliquables"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
+msgid "Outside staff objects"
+msgstr "Objekte außerhalb des Notensystems"
+
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Common tweaks"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Basic polyphony"
msgstr "Einfache Mehrstimmigkeit"
msgid "semitone"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "Common properties"
-msgstr "Übliche Eigenschaften"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "Controlling visibility of objects"
-msgstr "Die Sichtbarkeit von Objekten kontrollieren"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "Modifying ends of spanners"
-msgstr "Enden von Streckern verändern"
-
#. @top in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-learning.tely
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Handbuch zum Lernen"
msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Handbuch zum Lernen"
msgid "How LilyPond files work"
msgstr "Wie eine LilyPond-Datei funktioniert"
-#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "force-hshift-Eigenschaft"
-msgstr "force-hshift (vertikale Verschiebunseigenschaft)"
-
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/templates.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/de/user/templates.itely
msgid "Lilypond-book templates"
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Das Notationsprogramm"
msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Das Notationsprogramm"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
-msgstr "Laissez-vibrer-Bögen"
-
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
msgid "System start delimiters"
msgstr "Klammern am Systemanfang"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Common properties"
+msgstr "Übliche Eigenschaften"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Controlling visibility of objects"
+msgstr "Die Sichtbarkeit von Objekten kontrollieren"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Modifying ends of spanners"
+msgstr "Enden von Streckern verändern"
+
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Discussion of specific tweaks"
msgid "TODO moved into scheme"
msgstr "TODO nach Scheme verschoben"
-msgid "Up:"
-msgstr "Nach oben:"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:34 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "discant"
+msgstr "Hymnen"
-msgid "Next:"
-msgstr "Weiter:"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:37 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "dot"
+msgstr "doit"
-msgid "Previous:"
-msgstr "Zurück:"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:43 (comment)
+msgid "16 voets register"
+msgstr "16 voets Register"
-msgid "Appendix "
-msgstr "Anhang "
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:44 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accBasson"
+msgstr "Ktrfgt"
-msgid "Footnotes"
-msgstr "Fußnoten"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:50 (comment)
+msgid "een korig 8 en 16 voets register"
+msgstr ""
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:51 (variable)
+msgid "accBandon"
+msgstr "accBandon"
-#~ msgid "Create 9/8 split into 2/4 + 5/8"
-#~ msgstr "Erstelle 9/8 als 2/4 + 5/8"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:59 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accVCello"
+msgstr "Cello"
-#~ msgid "tsMarkup"
-#~ msgstr "Taktangabe"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:69 (comment)
+msgid "4-8-16 voets register"
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Keyboard instruments"
-#~ msgstr "Tasteninstrumente"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:70 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accHarmon"
+msgstr "Flageolett"
-#~ msgid "Bowed instruments"
-#~ msgstr "Streichinstrumente"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:80 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accTrombon"
+msgstr "Jazz-Combo"
-#~ msgid "References for bowed strings"
-#~ msgstr "Referenz für Streicher"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:92 (comment)
+msgid "eenkorig 4 en 16 voets register"
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Plucked instruments"
-#~ msgstr "Zupfinstrumente"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:93 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accOrgan"
+msgstr "PedalOrgelNoten"
-#~ msgid "Writing long repeats"
-#~ msgstr "Lange Wiederholungen eingeben"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:101 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accMaster"
+msgstr "Cluster"
-#~ msgid "Placement of lyrics"
-#~ msgstr "Positionierung von Gesangtext"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:115 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accAccord"
+msgstr "Akkordion"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:127 (variable)
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Keyboard and other many-stringed instruments"
-#~ msgstr "Saiteninstrumente mit Bünden"
+msgid "accMusette"
+msgstr "Akzent"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Report errors to <a href=\"%(mail_address_url)s\">%(mail_address)s</a>."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Fehler bitte an <a href=\"%(mail_address_url)s\">%(mail_address)s</a> "
-#~ "melden."
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:137 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accCeleste"
+msgstr "Akzent"
-#~ msgid "Writing repeats"
-#~ msgstr "Wiederholungen eingeben"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:145 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accOboe"
+msgstr "Akzent"
-#~ msgid "doits"
-#~ msgstr "doits"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:153 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accClarin"
+msgstr "Klarinette"
-#~ msgid "or You can use special note heads for the woodblocks."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "oder spezielle Notenköpfe können für die Holzblöcke definiert werden"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:159 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accPiccolo"
+msgstr "Piccolo"
-#~ msgid "tambourine-music is entered with \\\"tamb\\\""
-#~ msgstr "Taburin-Noten eingegeben mit \\\"tamb\\\""
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:165 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accViolin"
+msgstr "Geige"
-#~ msgid "bells are enterd with:"
-#~ msgstr "Glocken eingeben:"
+#. input/lsr/adding-a-figured-bass-above-or-below-the-notes.ly:39 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:231 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:279 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "bass"
+msgstr "BassNoten"
-#~ msgid "\\\"cb\\\" (cowbell) and \\\"rb\\\" (ridebell)\\\" "
-#~ msgstr "\\\"cb\\\" (Kuhglocke) und \\\"rb\\\" (Reitglocke)\\\" "
+#. input/lsr/adding-a-figured-bass-above-or-below-the-notes.ly:40 (variable)
+msgid "continuo"
+msgstr "Continuo"
-#~ msgid "Collision Resolution"
-#~ msgstr "Auflösung von Zusammenstößen"
+#. input/lsr/adding-a-figured-bass-above-or-below-the-notes.ly:51 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/adding-a-figured-bass-above-or-below-the-notes.ly:52 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "bassStaff"
+msgstr "System"
-#~ msgid "The piano staff"
-#~ msgstr "Das Klaviersystem"
+#. input/lsr/adding-an-extra-staff-at-a-line-break.ly:52 (comment)
+msgid "The next line is not needed in 2.11.x or later:"
+msgstr "Die nächste Zeile braucht man nicht in 2.11.x oder später"
-#~ msgid "Right hand fingerings"
-#~ msgstr "Fingersatz der rechten Hand"
+#. input/lsr/adding-drum-parts.ly:32 (variable)
+msgid "drh"
+msgstr "drh"
-#~ msgid "Simulating a fermata"
-#~ msgstr "Eine Fermate simulieren"
+#. input/lsr/adding-drum-parts.ly:33 (variable)
+msgid "drl"
+msgstr "drl"
-#~ msgid "Ancient TODO"
-#~ msgstr "Alte Musik"
+#. input/lsr/adding-drum-parts.ly:34 (variable)
+msgid "timb"
+msgstr "timb"
-#~ msgid "Gregorian Chant contexts"
-#~ msgstr "Gregorianische Gesangs-Kontexte"
+#. input/lsr/adding-fingerings-to-tablatures.ly:18 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "threeTwo"
+msgstr "StropheZwei"
-#~ msgid "Musica ficta accidentals"
-#~ msgstr "Musica-ficta-Versetzungszeichen"
+#. input/lsr/adding-fingerings-to-tablatures.ly:25 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "threeFour"
+msgstr "StropheVier"
-#~ msgid "User manual"
-#~ msgstr "Benutzerhandbuch"
+#. input/lsr/adding-the-current-date-to-a-score.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid "first, define a variable to hold the formatted date:"
+msgstr "zuerst eine Variable für das formatierte Datum definieren:"
-#~ msgid "Learning manual"
-#~ msgstr "Handbuch zum Lernen (LH)"
+#. input/lsr/adding-the-current-date-to-a-score.ly:24 (variable)
+msgid "date"
+msgstr "Datum"
-#~ msgid "Notation reference"
-#~ msgstr "Notationsreferenz (NR)"
+#. input/lsr/adding-the-current-date-to-a-score.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "d-%m-%Y\\\" (localtime (current-time)))"
+msgstr "d-%m-%Y\\\" (localtime (current-time)))"
-#~ msgid "Appendices"
-#~ msgstr "Anhang"
+#. input/lsr/adding-the-current-date-to-a-score.ly:26 (comment)
+msgid "use it in the title block:"
+msgstr "das für den Titel benutzen"
-#~ msgid "Program usage"
-#~ msgstr "Programmbenutzung"
+#. input/lsr/adding-the-current-date-to-a-score.ly:37 (comment)
+msgid "and use it in a \\markup block:"
+msgstr "und in einer \\markup-Umgebung benutzen"
-#~ msgid "Other information"
-#~ msgstr "Mehr Information"
+#. input/lsr/additional-voices-to-avoid-collisions.ly:27 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "voiceFive"
+msgstr "Stimme"
-#~ msgid "Unix"
-#~ msgstr "Unix"
+#. input/lsr/adjusting-lyrics-vertical-spacing.ly:22 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Default layout:"
+msgstr "Standardtabulaturen"
-#~ msgid "Working on text files"
-#~ msgstr "Arbeiten an Text-Dateien"
+#. input/lsr/adjusting-lyrics-vertical-spacing.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "Reducing the minimum space below the staff and above the lyrics:"
+msgstr "Mindestplatz unter dem System und über dem Gesangstext:"
-#~ msgid "legato"
-#~ msgstr "Legato"
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:54 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "the RehearsalMark will be centered above the KeySignature"
+msgstr "RehearsalMark zentrieren über der Tonart (KeySignature)"
-#~ msgid "Chords"
-#~ msgstr "Akkorde"
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:65 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:77 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"the RehearsalMark will be aligned with the left edge of the KeySignature"
+msgstr "RehearsalMark mit der linken Ecke von KeySignature ausrichten"
-#~ msgid "Guitar tablatures"
-#~ msgstr "Gitarren-Tabulaturen"
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:71 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"the RehearsalMark will be aligned with the right edge of the KeySignature"
+msgstr "RehearsalMark mit der rechten Ecke von KeySignature ausrichten"
-#~ msgid "smaller"
-#~ msgstr "kleiner"
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:78 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "and then shifted right by one unit."
+msgstr "nach rechts um 3,5 Linienabstände verschieben"
-#~ msgid "Half-holes"
-#~ msgstr "Halbgeschlossene Löcher"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:26 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:26 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "upperStaff"
+msgstr "oben"
-#~ msgid "Objects connected to the input"
-#~ msgstr "Objekte, die mit der Eingabe verbunden sind"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 1 (8*1)"
+msgstr "\\break % 1 (8*1)"
-#~ msgid "Default files"
-#~ msgstr "Standarddateien"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:49 (comment)
+msgid "\\break %2 (8*1)"
+msgstr "\\break·%2·(8*1)"
-#~ msgid "Normal pitches"
-#~ msgstr "Normale Tonhöhen"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:61 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 3 (8*1)"
+msgstr "\\break·%·3·(8*1)"
-#~ msgid "Cautionary accidentals"
-#~ msgstr "Warnungsversetzungszeichen"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:76 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 4 (8*1)"
+msgstr "\\break·%·4·(8*1)"
-#~ msgid "Micro tones"
-#~ msgstr "Mikrotöne"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:85 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:147 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 5 (8*1)"
+msgstr "\\break·%·5·(8*1)"
-#~ msgid "Relative octaves"
-#~ msgstr "Relative Oktavenbezeichnung"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:99 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:162 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 6 (8*1)"
+msgstr "\\break·%·6·(8*1"
-#~ msgid "Octave check"
-#~ msgstr "Oktavenüberprüfung"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:108 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:172 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 7 (8*1)"
+msgstr "\\break·%·7·(8*1)"
-#~ msgid "Augmentation dots"
-#~ msgstr "Punktierung"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:115 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 8 (8*1)"
+msgstr "\\break·%·8·(8*1)"
-#~ msgid "Skips"
-#~ msgstr "Überspringen von Zeichen"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:118 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 12 (32*1)"
+msgstr "\\break·%·12·(32*1)"
-#~ msgid "Multi measure rests"
-#~ msgstr "Mehrtaktige Pausen"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:123 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:123 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "lowerStaff"
+msgstr "unten"
-#~ msgid "Bar check"
-#~ msgstr "Taktüberprüfung"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:133 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 2 (16*1)"
+msgstr "\\break·%·2·(16*1)"
-#
-#
-#~ msgid "Barnumber check"
-#~ msgstr "Taktzahlüberprüfung"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:138 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 4 (16*1)"
+msgstr "\\break·%·4·(16*1)"
-#~ msgid "Proportional notation (introduction)"
-#~ msgstr "Proportionale Notation (Einleitung)"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:177 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 9 (16*1)"
+msgstr "\\break·%·9·(16*1)"
-#~ msgid "Fret diagrams"
-#~ msgstr "Bund-Diagramme"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:179 (comment)
+msgid "lig"
+msgstr "lig"
-#~ msgid "Automatic notation"
-#~ msgstr "Automatische Notation"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:183 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 11 (16*1)"
+msgstr "\\break·%·11·(16*1)"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:194 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 12 (8*1)"
+msgstr "\\break·%·12·(8*1)"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-gregorian-music.ly:37 (variable)
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Microtones in MIDI"
-#~ msgstr "Mikrotöne"
+msgid "chant"
+msgstr "Hymnen"
-#~ msgid "Input files"
-#~ msgstr "Quelldateien"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-gregorian-music.ly:44 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "verba"
+msgstr "StrophenNoten"
-#~ msgid "A single music expression"
-#~ msgstr "Ein einzelner musikalischer Ausdruck"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:49 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:96 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:115 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:132 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:151 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:166 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:187 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:200 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:219 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:19 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:191 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:212 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "incipit"
+msgstr "Incipite"
-#~ msgid "Extracting fragments of notation"
-#~ msgstr "Notationsfragmente extrahieren"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:51 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "tight spacing"
+msgstr "Vertikale Abstände"
-#~ msgid "Common syntax issues TODO name?"
-#~ msgstr "Übliche Syntax-Probleme"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:58 (comment)
+msgid "turn off bar lines"
+msgstr "Taktstriche ausschalten"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:62 (comment)
+msgid "need this extra \\skip such that clef change comes"
+msgstr "zusätzliches \\skip nötig, damit Schlüsselwechsel gedruckt wird"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:63 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "after bar line"
+msgstr "Taktlinien"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:67 (comment)
+msgid "CHECK: no effect?"
+msgstr "CHECK: keine Auswirkung?"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:68 (comment)
+msgid "turn bar lines on again"
+msgstr "Taktlinien wieder anschalten"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:76 (comment)
+msgid "FIXME: setting printKeyCancellation back to #t must not"
+msgstr "FIXME: printKeyCancellation wieder auf #t setzen darf nicht"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:77 (comment)
+msgid "occur in the first bar after the incipit. Dto. for forceClef."
+msgstr "im ersten Takt nach dem Incipit auftauchen. Genauso für forceClef."
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:78 (comment)
+msgid "Therefore, we need an extra \\skip."
+msgstr "Darum ein zusätzlicher \\skip"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:83 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:64 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:37 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "the actual music"
+msgstr "Notation von Gesang"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:85 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:67 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:39 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "let finis bar go through all staves"
+msgstr "für diese Taktart keine autom. Balken definiert"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:88 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:70 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:42 (comment)
+msgid "finis bar"
+msgstr "Finis-Taktstrich"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:92 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:87 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:222 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:47 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "discantusNotes"
+msgstr "Diskant-Symbole"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:98 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:135 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:141 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:155 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:169 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:171 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:180 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:191 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:203 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:73 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:83 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:96 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:103 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:138 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:163 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:187 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:189 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:214 (comment)
+msgid "two bars"
+msgstr "zwei Takte"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:99 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:202 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:139 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:213 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "eight bars"
+msgstr "Textartige Zeichen"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:100 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:134 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:137 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:170 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:172 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:173 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:204 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:162 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:188 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:190 (comment)
+msgid "one bar"
+msgstr "Ein Takt"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:114 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:101 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:60 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "discantusLyrics"
+msgstr "SoprText"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:128 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:124 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:229 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:70 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "altusNotes"
+msgstr "AltNoten"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:136 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:164 (comment)
+msgid "seven bars"
+msgstr "Sieben Takte"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:150 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:138 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:82 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "altusLyrics"
+msgstr "alleText"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:162 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:162 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:236 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:90 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "tenorNotes"
+msgstr "TenorNoten"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:168 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:186 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "four bars"
+msgstr "Generalbass"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:186 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:177 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:102 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "tenorLyrics"
+msgstr "TenorNoten"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:196 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:199 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:243 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:108 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "bassusNotes"
+msgstr "BassNoten"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:218 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:213 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:121 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "bassusLyrics"
+msgstr "BassNoten"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:229 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:221 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:229 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "choirStaff"
+msgstr "Akkord"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:251 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:266 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "no bars in staves"
+msgstr "Schlagzeugsysteme"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:254 (comment)
+msgid "incipit should not start with a start delimiter"
+msgstr "Incipit nicht mit einer Systemklammer beginnen"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:260 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:272 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:277 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "no slurs"
+msgstr "Legatobogen"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:263 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:274 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:280 (comment)
+msgid "Comment in the below \\\"\\remove\\\" command to allow line"
+msgstr "Den \\\"\\remove\\\"-Befehl einkommentieren, um"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:264 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:281 (comment)
+msgid "breaking also at those barlines where a note overlaps"
+msgstr "Zeilenumbrauch auch zu erlauben, wenn Noten über Taktlinie reichen"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:265 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:282 (comment)
+msgid "into the next bar. The command is commented out in this"
+msgstr "Der Befehl ist auskommentiert in"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:266 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:277 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:283 (comment)
+msgid "short example score, but especially for large scores, you"
+msgstr "diesem kleinen Beispiel, aber für größere Partituren"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:267 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:278 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:284 (comment)
+msgid "will typically yield better line breaking and thus improve"
+msgstr "ergeben sich bessere Zeilenumbrüche und"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:268 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:279 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:285 (comment)
+msgid "overall spacing if you comment in the following command."
+msgstr "auch die Aufteilung der Noten verbessert sich."
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:269 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:280 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:286 (comment)
+msgid "\\remove \\\"Forbid_line_break_engraver\\\""
+msgstr "\\remove·\\\"Forbid_line_break_engraver\\\""
+
+#. input/lsr/applying-note-head-styles-depending-on-the-step-of-the-scale.ly:75 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/clusters.ly:27 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "fragment"
+msgstr "FramentA"
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:29 (comment)
+msgid "Automatic beams two per two in 4/4 or 2/2 time signature"
+msgstr "Automatische Balken zwei und zwei in 4/4 oder 2/2-Takten"
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:30 (comment)
+msgid "_____"
+msgstr "_____"
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "Default | | | |"
+msgstr "Standard····|·|·|·|"
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:32 (comment)
+msgid "_ _"
+msgstr "_..._"
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:33 (comment)
+msgid "Required | | | |"
+msgstr "Benötigt····|·|·|·|"
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "macro for beamed two per two in 2/2 and 4/4 time signature"
+msgstr "Makro für bebalkte zwei und zwei in 2/2 und 4/4 Takten"
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:36 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "qBeam"
+msgstr "Balken"
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:49 (comment)
+msgid "Use the macro"
+msgstr "Makro benutzen"
+
+#. input/lsr/beam-grouping-in-7-8-time.ly:30 (comment)
+msgid "rhythm 2-3-2"
+msgstr "Rhythmus 2-3-2"
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:19 (comment)
+msgid "this bar contains no \\breathe"
+msgstr "Dieser Takt hat kein \\breathe"
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:21 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Modern notation:"
+msgstr "Notation von Akkorden"
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:22 (comment)
+msgid "by default, \\breathe uses the rcomma, just as if saying:"
+msgstr "von sich aus, \\breathe benutzt rcomma, also ob man schreibt:"
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"\\override BreathingSign #'text = #(make-musicglyph-markup \\\"scripts.rcomma"
+"\\\")"
+msgstr ""
+"\\override·BreathingSign·#'text·=·#(make-musicglyph-markup·\\\"scripts.rcomma"
+"\\\")"
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:26 (comment)
+msgid "rvarcomma and lvarcomma are variations of the default rcomma and lcomma"
+msgstr "rvarcomma·und·lvarcomma sind Variationen von rcomma und lcomma"
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:27 (comment)
+msgid "N.B.: must use Staff context here, since we start a Voice below"
+msgstr "Staff-Kontext benötigt, weil ein Voice-Kontext begonnen wird"
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:31 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "vee"
+msgstr "StrophenNoten"
+
+#. input/lsr/caesura-railtracks-with-fermata.ly:28 (comment)
+msgid "construct the symbol"
+msgstr "Das Symbol konstruieren"
+
+#. input/lsr/caesura-railtracks-with-fermata.ly:37 (comment)
+msgid "set the breathe mark back to normal"
+msgstr "Atemzeichen auf Standard zurücksetzen"
+
+#. input/lsr/center-text-below-hairpin-dynamics.ly:27 (variable)
+msgid "hairpinWithCenteredText"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/center-text-below-hairpin-dynamics.ly:39 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "hairpinMolto"
+msgstr "Gabel"
+
+#. input/lsr/center-text-below-hairpin-dynamics.ly:40 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "hairpinMore"
+msgstr "Gabel"
+
+#. input/lsr/changing--flageolet-mark-size.ly:23 (variable)
+msgid "smallFlageolet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-chord-names-to-german-or-semi-german-notation.ly:34 (comment)
+msgid "The following is only here to print the names of the"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-chord-names-to-german-or-semi-german-notation.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "chords styles; it can be removed if you do not need to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-chord-names-to-german-or-semi-german-notation.ly:36 (comment)
+msgid "print them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-default-text-font-family.ly:17 (comment)
+msgid "change for other default global staff size. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-default-text-font-family.ly:19 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:191 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:110 (comment)
+msgid "{"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-default-text-font-family.ly:23 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:194 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:111 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:233 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:163 (comment)
+msgid "}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-time-signature-without-affecting-the-beaming.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "Change time signature symbol but keep 3/4 beaming"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-time-signature-without-affecting-the-beaming.ly:25 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "due to unchanged underlying time signature"
+msgstr "aufgrund von beatLength"
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-time-signature-without-affecting-the-beaming.ly:30 (comment)
+msgid "Lose 3/4 beaming now \\time has been changed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/chant-or-psalms-notation.ly:23 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "stemOn"
+msgstr "stencil (Matrize)"
+
+#. input/lsr/chant-or-psalms-notation.ly:24 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "stemOff"
+msgstr "System"
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "modify maj9 and 6(add9)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:25 (comment)
+msgid "Exception music is chords with markups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:26 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "chExceptionMusic"
+msgstr "CelloNoten"
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "Convert music to list and prepend to existing exceptions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:32 (variable)
+msgid "chExceptions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:36 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "theMusic"
+msgstr "rhNoten"
+
+#. input/lsr/clip-systems.ly:37 (variable)
+msgid "origScore"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/clip-systems.ly:55 (comment)
+msgid "Each clip-region is a (START . END) pair"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/clip-systems.ly:56 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "where both are rhythmic-locations."
+msgstr "Notation barocker Rhythmen"
+
+#. input/lsr/clip-systems.ly:58 (comment)
+msgid "(make-rhythmic-locations BAR-NUMBER NUM DEN)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/clip-systems.ly:59 (comment)
+msgid "means NUM/DEN whole-notes into bar numbered BAR-NUMBER"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/coloring-notes-depending-on-their-pitch.ly:13 (comment)
+msgid "Association list of pitches to colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/coloring-notes-depending-on-their-pitch.ly:34 (comment)
+msgid "Compare pitch and alteration (not octave)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/combining-dynamics-with-markup-texts.ly:24 (variable)
+msgid "piuF"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/combining-two-parts-on-the-same-staff.ly:51 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "musicUp"
+msgstr "Noten"
+
+#. input/lsr/combining-two-parts-on-the-same-staff.ly:58 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "musicDown"
+msgstr "Noten"
+
+#. input/lsr/creating-a-sequence-of-notes-on-various-pitches.ly:53 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:275 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "rhythm"
+msgstr "Rhythmus"
+
+#. input/lsr/creating-real-parenthesized-dynamics.ly:45 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "parenF"
+msgstr "Muster"
+
+#. input/lsr/creating-simultaneous-rehearsal-marks.ly:40 (comment)
+msgid "the hidden measure and bar line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-fretboard-fret-diagrams.ly:40 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:31 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:22 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Set global properties of fret diagram"
+msgstr "Automatische Bund-Diagramme"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:29 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/formatting-lyrics-syllables.ly:21 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:20 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:58 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "mel"
+msgstr "Melodie"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "C major for guitar, no barre, using defaults"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:39 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:89 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "terse style"
+msgstr "Notenkopfstile"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:42 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:64 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:48 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:69 (comment)
+msgid "C major for guitar, barred on third fret"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:43 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:65 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:49 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:70 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "verbose style"
+msgstr "Stimmenstile"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:44 (comment)
+msgid "size 1.0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:45 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:50 (comment)
+msgid "roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight barre"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:47 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "standard size"
+msgstr "Standardbezeichnungen"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:66 (comment)
+msgid "landscape orientation, arabic numbers, M for mute string"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:67 (comment)
+msgid "no barre, fret label down or left, small mute label font"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:88 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:96 (comment)
+msgid "simple D chord"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:90 (comment)
+msgid "larger dots, centered dots, fewer frets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:91 (comment)
+msgid "label below string"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:22 (comment)
+msgid "add FretBoards for the Cuatro"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid "Note: This section could be put into a separate file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:24 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "predefined-cuatro-fretboards.ly"
+msgstr "Vordefinierte Bund-Diagramme"
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:25 (comment)
+msgid "and \\included into each of your compositions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:27 (variable)
+msgid "cuatroTuning"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:29 (variable)
+msgid "dSix"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:30 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "dMajor"
+msgstr "Dur"
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:31 (variable)
+msgid "aMajSeven"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:32 (variable)
+msgid "dMajSeven"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:33 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "gMajor"
+msgstr "Dur"
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:51 (comment)
+msgid "end of potential include file /predefined-cuatro-fretboards.ly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:56 (variable)
+msgid "primerosNames"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:60 (variable)
+msgid "primeros"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/demo-midiinstruments.ly:23 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "baseMelody"
+msgstr "Melodie"
+
+#. input/lsr/display-bracket-with-only-one-staff-in-a-system.ly:39 (comment)
+msgid "Must be lower than the actual number of staff lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/displaying-complex-chords.ly:16 (variable)
+msgid "fixA"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/displaying-complex-chords.ly:20 (variable)
+msgid "fixB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/double-glissando.ly:20 (comment)
+msgid "new voice ( = \\voiceOne), hidden"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/double-glissando.ly:22 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "attach glissando to note heads"
+msgstr "An Noten angehängt"
+
+#. input/lsr/double-glissando.ly:27 (comment)
+msgid "original voice with chords rearranged so that"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/double-glissando.ly:28 (comment)
+msgid "glissando is attached to a & c"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/embedding-native-postscript-in-a--markup-block.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid "PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Inc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:75 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "sample music"
+msgstr "Notation von Gesang"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:76 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "topVoice"
+msgstr "Stimme"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:84 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "botVoice"
+msgstr "Stimme"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:92 (variable)
+msgid "hoom"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:103 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "pah"
+msgstr "Spanisch"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:113 (comment)
+msgid "setup for Request->Element conversion. Guru-only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:116 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:221 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:234 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:290 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:304 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "MyStaff"
+msgstr "System"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:148 (comment)
+msgid "explicitly set instrument, so we don't get "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:149 (comment)
+msgid "weird effects when doing instrument names for"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:150 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "piano staves"
+msgstr "Klaviersysteme"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:159 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:248 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:261 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:274 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "MyVoice"
+msgstr "Stimme"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:174 (comment)
+msgid "must come before all"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:184 (comment)
+msgid "\\consists \\\"Rest_engraver\\\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:46 (comment)
+msgid "Cut here ----- Start 'flamenco.ly' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:48 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Text indicators"
+msgstr "Unterstützung von Texteditoren"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:49 (variable)
+msgid "abanico"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:50 (variable)
+msgid "rasgueaso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:51 (variable)
+msgid "alzapua"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:53 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Finger stroke symbols"
+msgstr "Diskant-Symbole"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:54 (variable)
+msgid "strokeUp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:64 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "strokeDown"
+msgstr "broken"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:74 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Golpe symbol"
+msgstr "pipeSymbol"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:75 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "golpe"
+msgstr "dolce"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:89 (variable)
+msgid "strokeUpGolpe"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:90 (variable)
+msgid "iUpGolpe"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:92 (comment)
+msgid "Strokes for all fingers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:93 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "pUp"
+msgstr "Nach oben:"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:94 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "pDown"
+msgstr "unten"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:95 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "iUp"
+msgstr "Nach oben:"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:96 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "iDown"
+msgstr "unten"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:97 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "mUp"
+msgstr "Nach oben:"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:98 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "mDown"
+msgstr "unten"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:99 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "aUp"
+msgstr "Nach oben:"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:100 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "aDown"
+msgstr "unten"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:101 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "xUp"
+msgstr "Nach oben:"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:102 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "xDown"
+msgstr "unten"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:105 (comment)
+msgid "Just handy :)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:106 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "tupletOff"
+msgstr "N-tole"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:111 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "tupletsOff"
+msgstr "N-tole"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:116 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "tupletsOn"
+msgstr "N-tole"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:121 (variable)
+msgid "headsOff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:127 (variable)
+msgid "headsOn"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:133 (comment)
+msgid "Cut here ----- End 'flamenco.ly' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flat-flags-and-beam-nibs.ly:58 (comment)
+msgid "Example 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flat-flags-and-beam-nibs.ly:65 (comment)
+msgid "Example 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flat-flags-and-beam-nibs.ly:72 (comment)
+msgid "Example 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flat-flags-and-beam-nibs.ly:86 (comment)
+msgid "Example 4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flute-slap-notation.ly:17 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "slap"
+msgstr "Kreuz"
+
+#. input/lsr/formatting-lyrics-syllables.ly:16 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Tip taken from http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/lilypond-user/2007-12/"
+"msg00215.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:37 (comment)
+msgid "A chord for ukelele, with formatting defined in definition string"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "1.2 * size, 4 strings, 4 frets, fingerings below string"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:39 (comment)
+msgid "dot radius .35 of fret spacing, dot position 0.55 of fret spacing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:52 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:72 (comment)
+#, fuzzy, python-format
+msgid "110% of default size"
+msgstr "zur Standardgröße zurückgehen"
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--changing-their-appearance.ly:26 (comment)
+msgid "set up grids"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--changing-their-appearance.ly:28 (comment)
+msgid "set the grid interval to one quarter note"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--changing-their-appearance.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "this moves them to the right half a staff space"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--changing-their-appearance.ly:48 (comment)
+msgid "this moves them up one staff space from the default position"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:27 (comment)
+msgid "sets of grid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:33 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "lines length"
+msgstr "Zeilenlänge"
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:48 (comment)
+msgid "centers grid lines horizontally below noteheads"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:62 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "making sure the lines will be placed outside the Staff"
+msgstr "jetzt ist der Text näher am System"
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:65 (comment)
+msgid "hides staff and notes so that only the grid lines are visible"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:75 (comment)
+msgid "you have to put 'dummy' notes here to force regular grid spacing..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/heavily-customized-polymetric-time-signatures.ly:55 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "drum"
+msgstr "TrommelA"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:54 (comment)
+msgid "Solution 1: Using a simple markup with a particular halign value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:55 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Drawback: It's a markup, not a dynamic command, so \\dynamicDown etc. will "
+"have no effect"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:56 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "semppMarkup"
+msgstr "Taktangabe"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:58 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Solution 2: Using a dynamic script and shifting with \\once\\override ... "
+"#'X-offset = .."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:59 (comment)
+msgid "Drawback: \\once\\override needed for every invocation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:60 (variable)
+msgid "semppK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:62 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Solution 3: Padding the dynamic script so the center-alignment puts it to "
+"the correct position"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:63 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Drawback: the padding really reserves the space, nothing else can be there"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:64 (variable)
+msgid "semppT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:72 (comment)
+msgid "Solution 4: Dynamic, setting the dimensions of the additional text to 0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:73 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Drawback: To lilypond \\\"sempre\\\" has no extent, so it might put other "
+"stuff there => collisions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:74 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Drawback: Also, there seems to be some spacing, so it's not exactly the "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:75 (comment)
+msgid "same alignment as without the additional text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:76 (variable)
+msgid "semppM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:78 (comment)
+msgid "Solution 5: Dynamic with explicit shifting inside the scheme function"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:79 (variable)
+msgid "semppG"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:85 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Solution 6: Dynamic with explicit alignment. This has only effect, if one "
+"sets X-offset!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:86 (comment)
+msgid "Drawback: One needs to set DynamicText #'X-offset!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:87 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Drawback: Aligned at the right edge of the additional text, not at the "
+"center of pp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:88 (variable)
+msgid "semppMII"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:114 (comment)
+msgid "Setting to ##f (false) gives the same resul"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly:28 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:61 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/showing-chords-at-changes.ly:23 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-and-chords.ly:40 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes-and-chords.ly:38 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "harmonies"
+msgstr "Flageolett"
+
+#. input/lsr/how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "THE FOLLOWING IS THE COMMAND TO MOVE THE CHORD NAME"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly:34 (comment)
+msgid "THIS LINE IS THE SECOND METHOD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly:44 (comment)
+msgid "THE FOLLOWING IS THE COMMAND TO MOVE THE FRET DIAGRAM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly:47 (comment)
+msgid "HERE IS THE SECOND METHOD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:62 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "make the staff lines invisible on staves"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:74 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:75 (context id)
+msgid "discantusIncipit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:111 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:112 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "altusIncipit"
+msgstr "Incipite"
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:127 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:139 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:169 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:178 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "two measures"
+msgstr "Auftakte"
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:147 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:148 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "tenorIncipit"
+msgstr "Incipite"
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:184 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:185 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "bassusIncipit"
+msgstr "Incipite"
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:251 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:258 (comment)
+msgid "Keep the bass lyrics outside of the staff group to avoid bar lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:252 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:259 (comment)
+msgid "between the lyrics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:257 (comment)
+msgid "no bar lines in staves"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:260 (comment)
+msgid "the next three instructions keep the lyrics between the bar lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:275 (comment)
+msgid "breaking also at those bar lines where a note overlaps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:276 (comment)
+msgid "into the next measure. The command is commented out in this"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/inserting-score-fragments-above-a-staff,-as-markups.ly:16 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "tuning"
+msgstr "N-tole"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:52 (comment)
+msgid "#(set-global-staff-size 16)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:55 (comment)
+msgid "Some macros %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:57 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "sl"
+msgstr "Legatobogen"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:61 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "nsl"
+msgstr "Installieren"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:65 (variable)
+msgid "crOn"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:66 (variable)
+msgid "crOff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:68 (comment)
+msgid "insert chord name style stuff here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:70 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "jazzChords"
+msgstr "Akkorde"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:72 (comment)
+msgid "Keys'n'thangs %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:76 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Key"
+msgstr "Zeitangabe"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:78 (comment)
+msgid "############ Horns ############"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:80 (comment)
+msgid "------ Trumpet ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:81 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "trpt"
+msgstr "Triole"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:85 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "trpHarmony"
+msgstr "Flageolett"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:88 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:268 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "trumpet"
+msgstr "N-tole"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:97 (comment)
+msgid "------ Alto Saxophone ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:98 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "alto"
+msgstr "AltNoten"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:102 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "altoHarmony"
+msgstr "Flageolett"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:105 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "altoSax"
+msgstr "AltNoten"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:114 (comment)
+msgid "------ Baritone Saxophone ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:115 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "bari"
+msgstr "barA"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:123 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "bariHarmony"
+msgstr "Flageolett"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:126 (variable)
+msgid "bariSax"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:135 (comment)
+msgid "------ Trombone ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:136 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "tbone"
+msgstr "Oboe"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:140 (variable)
+msgid "tboneHarmony"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:143 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:272 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "trombone"
+msgstr "Oboe"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:152 (comment)
+msgid "############ Rhythm Section #############"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:154 (comment)
+msgid "------ Guitar ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:155 (variable)
+msgid "gtr"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:163 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "gtrHarmony"
+msgstr "Flageolett"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:167 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:277 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:39 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:44 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "guitar"
+msgstr "Gitarre"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:176 (comment)
+msgid "------ Piano ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:177 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "rhUpper"
+msgstr "oben"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:182 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "rhLower"
+msgstr "unten"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:188 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "lhUpper"
+msgstr "oben"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:193 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "lhLower"
+msgstr "unten"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:199 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "PianoRH"
+msgstr "Klavier"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:208 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "PianoLH"
+msgstr "Klavier"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:226 (comment)
+msgid "------ Bass Guitar ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:240 (comment)
+msgid "------ Drums ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:254 (variable)
+msgid "drumContents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:263 (comment)
+#, python-format
+msgid "It All Goes Together Here %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:267 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "horns"
+msgstr "Akkorde"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:269 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "altosax"
+msgstr "AltNoten"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:270 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "barichords"
+msgstr "Akkord"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:271 (context id)
+msgid "barisax"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:276 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "chords"
+msgstr "Akkord"
+
+#. input/lsr/makam-example.ly:26 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Initialize makam settings"
+msgstr "Herausgeberische Anmerkungen"
+
+#. input/lsr/manually-break-figured-bass-extenders-for-only-some-numbers.ly:19 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "bassfigures"
+msgstr "BassNoten"
+
+#. input/lsr/manually-controlling-beam-positions.ly:21 (comment)
+msgid "from upper staffline (position 4) to center (position 0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/manually-controlling-beam-positions.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "from center to one above center (position 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/marking-notes-of-spoken-parts-with-a-cross-on-the-stem.ly:19 (variable)
+msgid "speakOn"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/marking-notes-of-spoken-parts-with-a-cross-on-the-stem.ly:31 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "speakOff"
+msgstr "System"
+
+#. input/lsr/markup-lines.ly:19 (comment)
+msgid "Candide, Voltaire"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/mensurstriche-layout-bar-lines-between-the-staves.ly:32 (comment)
+msgid "the final bar line is not interrupted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/merging-multi-measure-rests-in-a-polyphonic-part.ly:17 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "normalPos"
+msgstr "normal"
+
+#. input/lsr/modern-tab-text-clef.ly:16 (variable)
+msgid "TAB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/modifying-default-values-for-articulation-shorthand-notation.ly:37 (variable)
+msgid "dashPlus"
+msgstr "dashPlus"
+
+#. input/lsr/modifying-tuplet-bracket-length.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid "Set tuplets to be extendable..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/modifying-tuplet-bracket-length.ly:25 (comment)
+msgid "...to cover all items up to the next note"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/modifying-tuplet-bracket-length.ly:29 (comment)
+msgid "...or to cover just whitespace"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/percussion-beaters.ly:18 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "stick"
+msgstr "Noten"
+
+#. input/lsr/permitting-line-breaks-within-beamed-tuplets.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "Permit line breaks within tuplets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/permitting-line-breaks-within-beamed-tuplets.ly:40 (comment)
+msgid "Allow beams to be broken at line breaks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/permitting-line-breaks-within-beamed-tuplets.ly:47 (comment)
+msgid "Insert a manual line break within a tuplet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:51 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "pedal"
+msgstr "Pedalbezeichnungen"
+
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:64 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "define Dynamics context"
+msgstr "Der Text-Kontext"
+
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:85 (comment)
+msgid "modify PianoStaff context to accept Dynamics context"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:38 (context id)
+msgid "tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:30 (comment)
+msgid "Multi-measure rests by default are set under the second line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:32 (comment)
+msgid "They can be moved with an override"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "A value of 0 is the default position;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:36 (comment)
+msgid "the following trick moves the rest to the center line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:39 (comment)
+msgid "Multi-measure rests in odd-numbered voices are under the top line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:41 (comment)
+msgid "Multi-measure rests in even-numbered voices are under the bottom line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:43 (comment)
+msgid "They remain separated even in empty measures"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:45 (comment)
+msgid "This brings them together even though there are two voices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:28 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:49 (comment)
+msgid "Set segno sign as rehearsal mark and adjust size if needed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:29 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:51 (comment)
+msgid "\\once \\override Score.RehearsalMark #'font-size = #3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "Set coda sign as rehearsal mark and adjust size if needed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:42 (comment)
+msgid "Should Coda be on anew line?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:43 (comment)
+msgid "Coda NOT on new line: use \\nobreak"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:44 (comment)
+msgid "Coda on new line: DON'T use \\nobreak"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:45 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "\\noBreak"
+msgstr "Umbrüche"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:54 (comment)
+msgid "Here begins the trickery! "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:55 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"\\cadenzaOn will suppress the bar count and \\stopStaff removes the staff "
+"lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:58 (comment)
+msgid "Some examples of possible text-displays "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:60 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "text line-aligned"
+msgstr "Textausrichtung"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:61 (comment)
+msgid "=================="
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:62 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:68 (comment)
+msgid "Move text to the desired position"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:63 (comment)
+msgid "\\once \\override TextScript #'extra-offset = #'( 2 . -3.5 )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:64 (comment)
+msgid "| s1*0^\\markup { D.S. al Coda } }"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:66 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "text center-aligned"
+msgstr "Fülllinie"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:67 (comment)
+msgid "===================="
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:69 (comment)
+msgid "\\once \\override TextScript #'extra-offset = #'( 6 . -5.0 )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:70 (comment)
+msgid "| s1*0^\\markup { \\center-column { D.S. \\\"al Coda\\\" } }"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:72 (comment)
+msgid "text and symbols center-aligned"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:73 (comment)
+msgid "==============================="
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:74 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Move text to the desired position and tweak spacing for optimum text "
+"alignment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:75 (comment)
+msgid "\\once \\override TextScript #'extra-offset = #'( 8 . -5.5 )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:81 (comment)
+msgid "Increasing the unfold counter will expand the staff-free space"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:86 (comment)
+msgid "Resume bar count and show staff lines again"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:90 (comment)
+msgid "Should Coda be on new line?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:91 (comment)
+msgid "Coda NOT on new line: DON'T use \\break"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:92 (comment)
+msgid "Coda on new line: use \\break"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:95 (comment)
+msgid "Show up, you clef and key!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:99 (comment)
+msgid "Set coda sign as rehearsal mark and adjust size and position"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:101 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Put the coda sign ontop of the (treble-)clef dependend on coda's line-"
+"position"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:103 (comment)
+msgid "Coda NOT on new line, use this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:104 (comment)
+msgid "\\once \\override Score.RehearsalMark #'extra-offset = #'( -2 . 1.75 )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:106 (comment)
+msgid "Coda on new line, use this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:112 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The coda"
+msgstr "Der set-Befehl"
+
+#. input/lsr/printing-metronome-and-rehearsal-marks-below-the-staff.ly:31 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Metronome marks below the staff "
+msgstr "Metronomangabe"
+
+#. input/lsr/printing-metronome-and-rehearsal-marks-below-the-staff.ly:36 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Rehearsal marks below the staff"
+msgstr "Übungszeichen"
+
+#. input/lsr/printing-music-with-different-time-signatures.ly:49 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Bassklarinette"
+msgstr "Klarinette"
+
+#. input/lsr/printing-music-with-different-time-signatures.ly:89 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Perkussion"
+msgstr "Schlagzeug"
+
+#. input/lsr/quoting-another-voice-with-transposition.ly:37 (variable)
+msgid "quoteTest"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/quoting-another-voice-with-transposition.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "french horn"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/quoting-another-voice.ly:27 (variable)
+msgid "quoteMe"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/quoting-another-voice.ly:32 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "original"
+msgstr "Übung"
+
+#. input/lsr/removing-the-first-empty-line.ly:43 (comment)
+msgid "To use the setting globally, uncomment the following line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/removing-the-first-empty-line.ly:44 (comment)
+msgid "\\override VerticalAxisGroup #'remove-first = ##t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/removing-the-first-empty-line.ly:53 (comment)
+msgid "To use the setting globally, comment this line,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/removing-the-first-empty-line.ly:54 (comment)
+msgid "uncomment the line in the \\layout block above"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/reverting-default-beam-endings.ly:29 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Default beaming"
+msgstr "Standart"
+
+#. input/lsr/reverting-default-beam-endings.ly:32 (comment)
+msgid "Revert default values in scm/auto-beam.scm for 12/8 time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/reverting-default-beam-endings.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "Set new values for beam endings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/rhythmic-slashes.ly:25 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Macro to print single slash"
+msgstr "Einzelne Systeme verändern"
+
+#. input/lsr/rhythmic-slashes.ly:26 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "rs"
+msgstr "Pause"
+
+#. input/lsr/rhythmic-slashes.ly:33 (comment)
+msgid "Function to print a specified number of slashes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/rhythmic-slashes.ly:34 (variable)
+msgid "comp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:69 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "NoStem"
+msgstr "Hälse"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:70 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "NoNoteHead"
+msgstr "Notenköpfe"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:71 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "ZeroBeam"
+msgstr "Balken"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:73 (variable)
+msgid "staffTabLine"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:78 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Shows one horizontal line. The vertical line (simulating a bar-line) is "
+"simulated with a gridline"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:83 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"disable the following line to see the the noteheads while writing the song "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:87 (comment)
+msgid "The beam between 8th-notes is used to draw the push-line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:88 (comment)
+msgid "How to fast write the push-lines: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:89 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"1. write repeatedly 'c c c c c c c c |' for the whole length of the song "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:90 (comment)
+msgid "2. uncomment the line \\NoNoteHead"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:91 (comment)
+msgid "3. compile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:92 (comment)
+msgid "4. Mark the positions on which push/pull changes. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:93 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"In the score-picture click on the position the push- or pull-part starts "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:94 (comment)
+msgid "(on the noteHead, the cursor will change to a hand-icon)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:95 (comment)
+msgid "The cursor in the source code will jump just at this position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:96 (comment)
+msgid "a) If a push-part starts there, replace the 'c' by an 'e['"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:97 (comment)
+msgid "b) If a pull-part starts there, replace the 'c' by an 's'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:98 (comment)
+msgid "5. Switch into 'overwrite-mode' by pressing the 'ins' key. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:99 (comment)
+msgid "6. For the pull-parts overwrite the 'c' with 's' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:100 (comment)
+msgid "7. For every push-part replace the last 'c' with 'e]' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:101 (comment)
+msgid "8. Switch into 'insert-mode' again "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:102 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"9. At last it should look lik e.g. (s s e[ c | c c c c c c c c | c c c c c c "
+"e] s s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:103 (comment)
+msgid "10. re-enable the line \\NoNoteHead"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:113 (comment)
+msgid "Accordion melody in tabulator score\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:114 (comment)
+msgid "1. Place a copy of the piano melody below"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:115 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:134 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"2. Separate piano melody into pull- and push-parts according to the "
+"staffTabLine you've already made "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:116 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"3. For each line: Double the line. Remark the 1st one (Keeps unchanged as "
+"reference) and then change the second line using the transformation paper"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:117 (comment)
+msgid "or the macros 'conv2diaton push.bsh' and 'conv2diaton pull.bsh' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:118 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:137 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Tips:"
+msgstr "Bindebögen"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:119 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:138 (comment)
+msgid "- In jEdit Search & Replace mark the Option 'Keep Dialog'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:121 (variable)
+msgid "AccordionTabTwoCBesDur"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:122 (comment)
+msgid "pull 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:123 (comment)
+msgid "<f' bes'>8 <f' a'>8 <d' bes'>8 | "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:125 (comment)
+msgid "push 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:126 (comment)
+msgid "<g' c''>4 <f' d''> <g' ees''> <f' a'> | "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:128 (comment)
+msgid "pull 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:129 (comment)
+msgid "<f' bes'>2 r8 }"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:133 (comment)
+msgid "1. Place a copy of the piano melody above"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:135 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"3. For each line: Double the line. Remark the 1st one (Keeps unchanged as "
+"reference) and then "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:136 (comment)
+msgid "change the second line using the transformation paper"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:139 (comment)
+msgid "- "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:150 (comment)
+msgid "4/4 - tact. How many beats per bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:152 (comment)
+msgid "The following line has to be adjusted O-F-T-E-N."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:161 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "staffVoice"
+msgstr "System"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:169 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "melodyVoi"
+msgstr "Melodie"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:175 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "staffAccordionMel"
+msgstr "Akkordion"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:176 (comment)
+msgid "Set the accidentals (Vorzeichen) for each note, "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:177 (comment)
+msgid "do not remember them for the rest of the measure. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:196 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "BassRhytm"
+msgstr "Rhythmus"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:197 (variable)
+msgid "LyricBassRhythmI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:199 (variable)
+msgid "staffBassRhytm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:200 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"This is not a RhythmicStaff because it must be possible to append lyrics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:202 (comment)
+msgid "x.y"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:204 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Shows one horizontal line. The vertical line (simulating a bar-line) is "
+"simulated by a grid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:205 (comment)
+msgid "Search for 'grid' in this page to find all related functions "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:208 (context id)
+msgid "VoiceBassRhytm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:221 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"The vertical line (simulating a bar-line) in the staffBassRhytm is a "
+"gridline "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:24 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Define the fret diagrams to be used"
+msgstr "Vordefinierte Bund-Diagramme"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:25 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "cFretDiagram"
+msgstr "Bund-Diagramme"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:29 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "gFretDiagram"
+msgstr "Bund-Diagramme"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:33 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "verseI"
+msgstr "StrophenNoten"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:38 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "verseII"
+msgstr "StrophenNoten"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:43 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "theChords"
+msgstr "Akkorde"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:45 (comment)
+msgid "insert the chords for chordnames here"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:50 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "staffMelody"
+msgstr "System"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:51 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "voiceMelody"
+msgstr "Stimme"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:55 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Type notes and fret diagram markups here"
+msgstr "Bund-Diagramm-Beschriftung"
+
+#. input/lsr/snap-pizzicato-markup-bartok-pizzicato.ly:54 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "snapPizzicato"
+msgstr "Bartók-Pizzicato"
+
+#. input/lsr/snap-pizzicato-markup-bartok-pizzicato.ly:56 (comment)
+msgid "now it can be used as \\snappizzicato after the note/chord"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/snap-pizzicato-markup-bartok-pizzicato.ly:57 (comment)
+msgid "Note that a direction (-, ^ or _) is required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/snap-pizzicato-markup-bartok-pizzicato.ly:60 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "This does NOT work:"
+msgstr "Das funktioniert:"
+
+#. input/lsr/snap-pizzicato-markup-bartok-pizzicato.ly:61 (comment)
+msgid "<c e g>\\snapPizzicato"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/stemlets.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "N.B. use Score.Stem to set for the whole score."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-simple.ly:34 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "violinOne"
+msgstr "Geige"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-simple.ly:43 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "violinTwo"
+msgstr "Geige"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-simple.ly:52 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "viola"
+msgstr "Volta-Klammer"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:63 (comment)
+msgid "piece.ly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:64 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the global definitions file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:71 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Violinone"
+msgstr "Geige"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:76 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:82 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:89 (comment)
+msgid "*********************************"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:77 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Violintwo"
+msgstr "Geige"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:83 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Viola"
+msgstr "Volta-Klammer"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:90 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Cello"
+msgstr "Cello"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:96 (comment)
+msgid "**********************************"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:107 (comment)
+msgid "These are the other files you need to save on your computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:109 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "score.ly"
+msgstr "Partiturlayout"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:110 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the main file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:113 (comment)
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\\include \\\"piece.ly\\\" %%% uncomment this line when using a "
+"separate file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:122 (comment)
+msgid "{ Uncomment this block when using separate files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:124 (comment)
+msgid "vn1.ly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:125 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the Violin 1 part file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:134 (comment)
+msgid "vn2.ly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:135 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the Violin 2 part file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:144 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "vla.ly"
+msgstr "global"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:145 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the Viola part file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:154 (comment)
+msgid "vlc.ly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:155 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the Cello part file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/sub-dividing-beams.ly:49 (comment)
+msgid "Set beam sub-group length to an eighth note"
+msgstr "Balkenuntergruppenlänge als Achtel definieren"
+
+#. input/lsr/sub-dividing-beams.ly:53 (comment)
+msgid "Set beam sub-group length to a sixteenth note"
+msgstr "Balkenuntergruppenlänge als Sechszehntel definieren"
+
+#. input/lsr/suppressing-warnings-for-clashing-note-columns.ly:19 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "ignore"
+msgstr "Moll"
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:16 (comment)
+msgid "New command to add a three sided box, with sides north, west and south"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:17 (comment)
+msgid "Based on the box-stencil command defined in scm/stencil.scm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:18 (comment)
+msgid "Note that you use \\\";\\\" to comment a line in Scheme"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:32 (comment)
+msgid "The corresponding markup command, based on the \\box command defined "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:33 (comment)
+msgid "in scm/define-markup-commands.scm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:47 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Test it:"
+msgstr "Textarten"
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:21 (comment)
+msgid "Use 'bar-size to control the height of the tick,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:22 (comment)
+msgid "and 'extra-offset to determine its position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "With 'extra-offset set to zero, the tick will be"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:25 (comment)
+msgid "centered around the middle line of the staff."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:27 (comment)
+msgid "Replace Staff.BarLine with Score.BarLine to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:28 (comment)
+msgid "apply the method to the whole score."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "Revert the overrides to get back a normal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:39 (comment)
+msgid "bar line at the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:127 (variable)
+msgid "incipitDiscantus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:151 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "incipitAltus"
+msgstr "Incipite"
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:176 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "incipitTenor"
+msgstr "Incipite"
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:202 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "incipitBassus"
+msgstr "Incipite"
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:226 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"StaffGroup is used instead of ChoirStaff to get bar lines between systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:269 (comment)
+msgid "the next three instructions keep the lyrics between the barlines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/transposing-pitches-with-minimum-accidentals-smart-transpose.ly:131 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "naturalizeMusic"
+msgstr "Auflösungszeichen"
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:111 (comment)
+msgid "The default treble clef"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:113 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The standard bass clef"
+msgstr "Standardbezeichnungen"
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:118 (comment)
+msgid "The baritone clef"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:123 (comment)
+msgid "The standard choral tenor clef"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:129 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "A non-standard clef"
+msgstr "Standardbezeichnungen"
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:135 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The following clef changes do not preserve"
+msgstr "Folgende Noten sind monophon"
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:136 (comment)
+msgid "the normal relationship between notes and clefs:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:151 (comment)
+msgid "Here we go back to the normal clef:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:22 (comment)
+msgid "The default in 3/4 time is to beam in three groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid "each of a quarter note length"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:27 (comment)
+msgid "No auto-beaming is defined for 12/16"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "Change time signature symbol, but retain underlying 3/4 beaming"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "The 3/4 time default grouping of (1 1 1) and beatLength of 1/8"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:36 (comment)
+msgid "are not consistent with a measureLength of 3/4, so the beams"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:37 (comment)
+msgid "are grouped at beatLength intervals"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:41 (comment)
+msgid "Specify beams in groups of (3 3 2 3) 1/16th notes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:42 (comment)
+msgid "3+3+2+3=11, and 11*1/16<>3/4, so beatGrouping does not apply,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:43 (comment)
+msgid "and beams are grouped at beatLength (1/16) intervals"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:48 (comment)
+msgid "Specify beams in groups of (3 4 2 3) 1/16th notes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:49 (comment)
+msgid "3+4+2+3=12, and 12*1/16=3/4, so beatGrouping applies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-postscript-to-generate-special-note-head-shapes.ly:17 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "parallelogram"
+msgstr "Allegro"
+
+#. input/lsr/using-postscript-to-generate-special-note-head-shapes.ly:32 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "myNoteHeads"
+msgstr "Notenköpfe"
+
+#. input/lsr/using-postscript-to-generate-special-note-head-shapes.ly:33 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "normalNoteHeads"
+msgstr "Mensurale Notenköpfe"
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:34 (comment)
+msgid "end verbatim - this comment is a hack to prevent texinfo.tex"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "from choking on non-European UTF-8 subsets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:36 (comment)
+msgid "Cyrillic font"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:37 (variable)
+msgid "bulgarian"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:41 (variable)
+msgid "hebrew"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:45 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "japanese"
+msgstr "Strecker"
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:52 (comment)
+msgid "\\\"a legal song to you\\\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:53 (variable)
+msgid "portuguese"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:19 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "leftbrace"
+msgstr "Klammer"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:20 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "rightbrace"
+msgstr "Klammer"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:22 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "dropLyrics"
+msgstr "SopEinsText"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:29 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "raiseLyrics"
+msgstr "alleText"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:36 (variable)
+msgid "skipFour"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:38 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "lyricsA"
+msgstr "Gesangtext"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:40 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "lyricsB"
+msgstr "Gesangtext"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:41 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "lyricsC"
+msgstr "Gesangtext"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:42 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "lyricsD"
+msgstr "Gesangtext"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:49 (context id)
+msgid "m"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:44 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:37 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:41 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "sopMusic"
+msgstr "SoprNoten"
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:47 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:40 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:44 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "sopWords"
+msgstr "SopranText"
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:76 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:67 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:72 (context id)
+msgid "women"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:82 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:77 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:84 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "men"
+msgstr "Linie"
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:111 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:89 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:102 (comment)
+msgid "a little smaller so lyrics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:112 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:90 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:103 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "can be closer to the staff"
+msgstr "jetzt ist der Text näher am System"
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:73 (comment)
+msgid "we could remove the line about this with the line below, since we want"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:74 (comment)
+msgid "the alto lyrics to be below the alto Voice anyway."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:75 (comment)
+msgid "\\new Lyrics \\lyricsto altos \\altoWords"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:84 (comment)
+msgid "again, we could replace the line above this with the line below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:85 (comment)
+msgid "\\new Lyrics \\lyricsto basses \\bassWords"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/volta-multi-staff.ly:13 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "voltaMusic"
+msgstr "AltNoten"
+
+msgid "Up:"
+msgstr "Nach oben:"
+
+msgid "Next:"
+msgstr "Weiter:"
+
+msgid "Previous:"
+msgstr "Zurück:"
+
+msgid "Appendix "
+msgstr "Anhang "
+
+msgid "Footnotes"
+msgstr "Fußnoten"
+
+msgid "Table of Contents"
+msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "auto beam on 1/4 note groups"
+#~ msgstr "autom. Balken für 1/4-Notengruppen\t"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "keep 3/4 beaming"
+#~ msgstr "3/4-Balken behalten"
+
+#~ msgid "due to beatLength"
+#~ msgstr "aufgrund von beatLength"
+
+#~ msgid "beam on 1/8 notes"
+#~ msgstr "Balken für 1/8-Noten"
+
+#~ msgid "beam on 3/16, 7/16, 9/16, 12/16"
+#~ msgstr "Balken für 3/16, 7/16, 9/16, 12/16"
+
+#~ msgid "\\set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)"
+#~ msgstr "\\set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)"
+
+#~ msgid "force-hshift-Eigenschaft"
+#~ msgstr "force-hshift-Eigenschaft"
+
+#~ msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
+#~ msgstr "Laissez-vibrer-Bögen"
+
+#~ msgid "Create 9/8 split into 2/4 + 5/8"
+#~ msgstr "Erstelle 9/8 als 2/4 + 5/8"
+
+#~ msgid "Keyboard instruments"
+#~ msgstr "Tasteninstrumente"
+
+#~ msgid "Bowed instruments"
+#~ msgstr "Streichinstrumente"
+
+#~ msgid "References for bowed strings"
+#~ msgstr "Referenz für Streicher"
+
+#~ msgid "Plucked instruments"
+#~ msgstr "Zupfinstrumente"
+
+#~ msgid "Writing long repeats"
+#~ msgstr "Lange Wiederholungen eingeben"
+
+#~ msgid "Placement of lyrics"
+#~ msgstr "Positionierung von Gesangtext"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Keyboard and other many-stringed instruments"
+#~ msgstr "Saiteninstrumente mit Bünden"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Report errors to <a href=\"%(mail_address_url)s\">%(mail_address)s</a>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Fehler bitte an <a href=\"%(mail_address_url)s\">%(mail_address)s</a> "
+#~ "melden."
+
+#~ msgid "Writing repeats"
+#~ msgstr "Wiederholungen eingeben"
+
+#~ msgid "doits"
+#~ msgstr "doits"
+
+#~ msgid "or You can use special note heads for the woodblocks."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "oder spezielle Notenköpfe können für die Holzblöcke definiert werden"
+
+#~ msgid "tambourine-music is entered with \\\"tamb\\\""
+#~ msgstr "Taburin-Noten eingegeben mit \\\"tamb\\\""
+
+#~ msgid "bells are enterd with:"
+#~ msgstr "Glocken eingeben:"
+
+#~ msgid "\\\"cb\\\" (cowbell) and \\\"rb\\\" (ridebell)\\\" "
+#~ msgstr "\\\"cb\\\" (Kuhglocke) und \\\"rb\\\" (Reitglocke)\\\" "
+
+#~ msgid "Collision Resolution"
+#~ msgstr "Auflösung von Zusammenstößen"
+
+#~ msgid "The piano staff"
+#~ msgstr "Das Klaviersystem"
+
+#~ msgid "Right hand fingerings"
+#~ msgstr "Fingersatz der rechten Hand"
+
+#~ msgid "Simulating a fermata"
+#~ msgstr "Eine Fermate simulieren"
+
+#~ msgid "Ancient TODO"
+#~ msgstr "Alte Musik"
+
+#~ msgid "Gregorian Chant contexts"
+#~ msgstr "Gregorianische Gesangs-Kontexte"
+
+#~ msgid "Musica ficta accidentals"
+#~ msgstr "Musica-ficta-Versetzungszeichen"
+
+#~ msgid "User manual"
+#~ msgstr "Benutzerhandbuch"
+
+#~ msgid "Learning manual"
+#~ msgstr "Handbuch zum Lernen (LH)"
+
+#~ msgid "Notation reference"
+#~ msgstr "Notationsreferenz (NR)"
+
+#~ msgid "Appendices"
+#~ msgstr "Anhang"
+
+#~ msgid "Program usage"
+#~ msgstr "Programmbenutzung"
+
+#~ msgid "Other information"
+#~ msgstr "Mehr Information"
+
+#~ msgid "Unix"
+#~ msgstr "Unix"
+
+#~ msgid "Working on text files"
+#~ msgstr "Arbeiten an Text-Dateien"
+
+#~ msgid "legato"
+#~ msgstr "Legato"
+
+#~ msgid "Guitar tablatures"
+#~ msgstr "Gitarren-Tabulaturen"
+
+#~ msgid "smaller"
+#~ msgstr "kleiner"
+
+#~ msgid "Half-holes"
+#~ msgstr "Halbgeschlossene Löcher"
+
+#~ msgid "Objects connected to the input"
+#~ msgstr "Objekte, die mit der Eingabe verbunden sind"
+
+#~ msgid "Default files"
+#~ msgstr "Standarddateien"
+
+#~ msgid "Normal pitches"
+#~ msgstr "Normale Tonhöhen"
+
+#~ msgid "Cautionary accidentals"
+#~ msgstr "Warnungsversetzungszeichen"
+
+#~ msgid "Micro tones"
+#~ msgstr "Mikrotöne"
+
+#~ msgid "Relative octaves"
+#~ msgstr "Relative Oktavenbezeichnung"
+
+#~ msgid "Octave check"
+#~ msgstr "Oktavenüberprüfung"
+
+#~ msgid "Augmentation dots"
+#~ msgstr "Punktierung"
+
+#~ msgid "Skips"
+#~ msgstr "Überspringen von Zeichen"
+
+#~ msgid "Multi measure rests"
+#~ msgstr "Mehrtaktige Pausen"
+
+#~ msgid "Bar check"
+#~ msgstr "Taktüberprüfung"
+
+#
+#
+#~ msgid "Barnumber check"
+#~ msgstr "Taktzahlüberprüfung"
+
+#~ msgid "Proportional notation (introduction)"
+#~ msgstr "Proportionale Notation (Einleitung)"
+
+#~ msgid "Automatic notation"
+#~ msgstr "Automatische Notation"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Microtones in MIDI"
+#~ msgstr "Mikrotöne"
+
+#~ msgid "Input files"
+#~ msgstr "Quelldateien"
+
+#~ msgid "A single music expression"
+#~ msgstr "Ein einzelner musikalischer Ausdruck"
+
+#~ msgid "Extracting fragments of notation"
+#~ msgstr "Notationsfragmente extrahieren"
+
+#~ msgid "Common syntax issues TODO name?"
+#~ msgstr "Übliche Syntax-Probleme"
#~ msgid "Controlling direction"
#~ msgstr "Richtungskontrolle"
#~ msgid "Relative note names"
#~ msgstr "Relative Notenbezeichnungen"
-#~ msgid "Piano staves"
-#~ msgstr "Klaviersysteme"
-
#~ msgid "Printing lyrics"
#~ msgstr "Eingabe von Gesangtext"
#~ msgid "About this manual"
#~ msgstr "Über das Handbuch"
-#~ msgid "dashPlus"
-#~ msgstr "dashPlus"
-
#~ msgid "Common notation"
#~ msgstr "Übliche Notation"
#~ msgid "FGGChordNames"
#~ msgstr "Akkord-Modus"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "chordStuff"
-#~ msgstr "Akkord"
-
-#~ msgid "standard names"
-#~ msgstr "Standardbezeichnungen"
-
#~ msgid "Building chords"
#~ msgstr "Akkorde aufbauen"
#~ msgid "Manual staff switches"
#~ msgstr "Manuelle Notensystemwechsel"
-#~ msgid "Pedals"
-#~ msgstr "Pedalbezeichnungen"
-
#~ msgid "Staff switch lines"
#~ msgstr "Stimmführungslinien"
#~ msgid "More information"
#~ msgstr "Mehr Information"
-#~ msgid "Partial measures"
-#~ msgstr "Auftakte"
-
#~ msgid "Connecting notes"
#~ msgstr "Noten verbinden"
#~ msgid "Hyphens and extenders"
#~ msgstr "Trennstriche und Fülllinien"
-#~ msgid "The Lyrics context"
-#~ msgstr "Der Text-Kontext"
-
#~ msgid "Melismata"
#~ msgstr "Melismen"
#~ msgid "French"
#~ msgstr "Französisch"
-#~ msgid "Spanish"
-#~ msgstr "Spanisch"
-
#~ msgid "German"
#~ msgstr "Deutsch"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: es\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-10-16 23:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-12 12:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-09 17:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-10 17:28+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Francisco Vila <francisco.vila@hispalinux.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Español\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1796 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:214 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:229 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1041 (context id)
msgid "violin"
msgstr "violin"
#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1801 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-simple.ly:62 (variable)
msgid "cello"
msgstr "cello"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
+#. input/lsr/measure-counter.ly:25 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/measure-counter.ly:32 (context id)
msgid "foo"
msgstr "bla"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "time signature"
msgstr "indicación de compás"
msgstr "armadura de la tonalidad"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "major"
msgstr "mayor"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "minor"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "tie"
msgstr "ligadura de unión"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "slur"
msgstr "ligadura de expresión"
msgstr "Ligaduras de fraseo"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "phrasing"
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:47 (variable)
msgid "dynamics"
msgstr "matices dinámicos"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "crescendo"
msgstr "crescendo"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "decrescendo"
msgstr "decrescendo"
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "anacrusis"
msgstr "anacrusa"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "note value"
msgstr "figura"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "triplet"
msgstr "tresillo"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "grace notes"
msgstr "notas de adorno"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "acciaccatura"
msgstr "acciaccatura"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "appoggiatura"
msgstr "appoggiatura"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "polyphony"
msgstr "polifonía"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "chord"
msgstr "acorde"
msgid "After the tutorial"
msgstr "Más allá del tutorial"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:325 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:368 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:51 (context id)
+msgid "singer"
+msgstr "cantante"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:326 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:369 (context id)
+msgid "vocal"
+msgstr "voz"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:329 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:372 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:218 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:278 (context id)
+msgid "piano"
+msgstr "piano"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:330 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:363 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:373 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2669 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2711 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-number-of-lines-in-a-staff.ly:19 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:221 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-simple.ly:28 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-simple.ly:47 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:37 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:51 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:40 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:61 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:23 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:41 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:45 (context id)
+msgid "upper"
+msgstr "superior"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:331 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:364 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:374 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2676 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2712 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-number-of-lines-in-a-staff.ly:23 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:222 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-simple.ly:36 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-simple.ly:48 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:42 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:37 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:53 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:48 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:62 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:30 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:42 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:46 (context id)
+msgid "lower"
+msgstr "inferior"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:361 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:239 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:568 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:797 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:818 (context id)
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1222 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1264 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/adjusting-lyrics-vertical-spacing.ly:24 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/adjusting-lyrics-vertical-spacing.ly:35 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-gregorian-music.ly:50 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/demo-midiinstruments.ly:28 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/formatting-lyrics-syllables.ly:28 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/guitar-strum-rhythms.ly:48 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/heavily-customized-polymetric-time-signatures.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:28 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-and-chords.ly:28 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes-and-chords.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes-and-lyrics.ly:38 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-only-notes.ly:32 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:44 (variable)
msgid "melody"
msgstr "melodia"
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1045 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1227 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1268 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:45 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:36 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-and-chords.ly:36 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes-and-lyrics.ly:46 (variable)
msgid "text"
msgstr "texto"
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:363 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2669 (variable)
-msgid "upper"
-msgstr "superior"
-
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:364 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2676 (variable)
-msgid "lower"
-msgstr "inferior"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:443 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:535 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:66 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:102 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:118 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:139 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:154 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:175 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:190 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:206 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:222 (comment)
+msgid "main"
+msgstr "principal"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:632 (comment)
msgid "Voice \\\"1\\\" Voice \\\"2\\\""
msgid "Initiate first voice"
msgstr "Iniciar la primera voz"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1199 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2441 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:503 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1233 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1274 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:327 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:241 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/adding-fingerings-to-tablatures.ly:16 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:204 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:213 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-and-chords.ly:50 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes-and-lyrics.ly:52 (context id)
+msgid "one"
+msgstr "uno"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1242 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2646 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3178 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3268 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:783 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:496 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:497 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:46 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:57 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:74 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/mensurstriche-layout-bar-lines-between-the-staves.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:32 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/printing-music-with-different-time-signatures.ly:24 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-simple.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:66 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:30 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:39 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:32 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:36 (variable)
msgid "global"
msgstr "global"
msgid "SopTwoLyrics"
msgstr "LetraSopranoDos"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1255 (context id)
+msgid "SopOne"
+msgstr "SopranoUno"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1264 (context id)
+msgid "SopTwo"
+msgstr "SopranoDos"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1296 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2864 (variable)
msgid "TimeKey"
msgstr "MusicaSoprano"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1298 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3180 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3270 (variable)
msgid "AltoMusic"
msgstr "MusicaAlto"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1299 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3181 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3271 (variable)
msgid "TenorMusic"
msgstr "MusicaTenor"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1300 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3182 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3272 (variable)
msgid "BassMusic"
msgstr "MusicaBajo"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1301 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3183 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3273 (variable)
msgid "VerseOne"
msgstr "EstrofaUno"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1303 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3184 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3274 (variable)
msgid "VerseTwo"
msgstr "EstrofaDos"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1305 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3185 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3275 (variable)
msgid "VerseThree"
msgstr "EstrofaTres"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1307 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3186 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3276 (variable)
msgid "VerseFour"
msgstr "EstrofaCuatro"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1314 (context id)
+msgid "Sop"
+msgstr "Soprano"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1315 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3283 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:915 (context id)
+msgid "Alto"
+msgstr "Alto"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1323 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3291 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:917 (context id)
+msgid "Tenor"
+msgstr "Tenor"
+
+# También Líneas divisorias. FVD
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1324 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3292 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:922 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:227 (variable)
+msgid "Bass"
+msgstr "Bajo"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1350 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1402 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1464 (variable)
msgid "versewords"
msgstr "letra_estrofa"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1361 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1428 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1489 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:820 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:59 (variable)
+msgid "verse"
+msgstr "estrofa"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1407 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1469 (variable)
msgid "refrainnotesA"
msgid "refrainwordsB"
msgstr "letra_estribilloB"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1436 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1509 (context id)
+msgid "refrainB"
+msgstr "estribilloB"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1501 (context id)
+msgid "refrainA"
+msgstr "estribilloA"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1655 (comment)
msgid "start of single compound music expression"
msgstr "inicio de la expresión musical compuesta única"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2654 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:908 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:51 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:44 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:48 (variable)
msgid "altoMusic"
msgstr "musicaContralto"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2658 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:54 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:47 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:51 (variable)
msgid "altoWords"
msgstr "letraContralto"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2659 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:909 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:58 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:51 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:55 (variable)
msgid "tenorMusic"
msgstr "musicaTenor"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2663 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:61 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:54 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:58 (variable)
msgid "tenorWords"
msgstr "letraTenor"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2664 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:910 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:65 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:58 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:62 (variable)
msgid "bassMusic"
msgstr "musicaBajo"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2668 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:68 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:61 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:65 (variable)
msgid "bassWords"
msgstr "letraBajo"
msgid "combine ChoirStaff and PianoStaff in parallel"
msgstr "combinar ChoirStaff y PianoStaff en paralelo"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2687 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2689 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:77 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:68 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:73 (context id)
+msgid "sopranos"
+msgstr "sopranos"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2692 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2694 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:78 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:69 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:77 (context id)
+msgid "altos"
+msgstr "altos"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2697 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2699 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:84 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:79 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:86 (context id)
+msgid "tenors"
+msgstr "tenores"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2702 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2704 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:85 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:80 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:90 (context id)
+msgid "basses"
+msgstr "bajos"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2707 (comment)
msgid "end ChoirStaff"
msgstr "fin del ChoirStaff"
msgid "PianoStaff and Pedal Staff must be simultaneous"
msgstr "El PianoStaff y el pentagrama del Pedal son simultáneos"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2884 (context id)
+msgid "ManualOne"
+msgstr "ManualUno"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2885 (comment)
msgid "set time signature and key"
msgstr "indicación de compás y armadura"
msgid "end ManualOne Staff context"
msgstr "fin del contexto de pentagrama del ManualUno"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2890 (context id)
+msgid "ManualTwo"
+msgstr "ManualDos"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2894 (comment)
msgid "end ManualTwo Staff context"
msgstr "fin del contexto de pentagrama del ManualDos"
msgid "end PianoStaff context"
msgstr "fin del contexto PianoStaff"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2896 (context id)
+msgid "PedalOrgan"
+msgstr "Pedales"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2900 (comment)
msgid "end PedalOrgan Staff context"
msgstr "fin del contexto de pentagrama del Pedal"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/fundamental.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:564 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:577 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:585 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:604 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:617 (context id)
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/fundamental.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/fundamental.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/fundamental.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fundamental.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fundamental.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Explicitly instantiating voices"
msgstr "Voces explícitas"
msgid "Building a score from scratch"
msgstr "Crear una partitura partiendo de cero"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:541 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:665 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:564 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:690 (comment)
msgid "Increase thickness of all following slurs from 1.2 to 5.0"
msgstr "Aumentar el grosor de todas las ligaduras siguientes de 1.2 a 5.0"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:606 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:640 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:643 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:630 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:666 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:669 (comment)
msgid "Increase thickness of immediately following slur only"
msgstr "Aumentar solamente el grosor de la ligadura siguiente"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:669 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:694 (comment)
msgid "Revert thickness of all following slurs to default of 1.2"
-msgstr ""
-"Devolver el grosor de las ligaduras siguientes al valor predeterminado 1.2"
+msgstr "Devolver el grosor de las ligaduras siguientes al valor predeterminado 1.2"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1275 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1302 (comment)
msgid "Don't print clefs in this staff"
msgstr "No imprimir la clave en este pentagrama"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1277 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1304 (comment)
msgid "Don't print time signatures in this staff"
msgstr "No imprimir el compás en este pentagrama"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1338 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1362 (comment)
msgid "Reduce all font sizes by ~24%"
msgstr "Reducir el tamaño de la fuente en un 24% aprox."
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1394 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1418 (comment)
msgid "Reduce stem length and line spacing to match"
-msgstr ""
-"Reducir la longitud de la plica y el espaciado de la línea en coincidencia"
+msgstr "Reducir la longitud de la plica y el espaciado de la línea en coincidencia"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1768 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1829 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1828 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1895 (comment)
msgid "Set details for later Text Spanner"
msgstr "Establecer ajustes para el extensor de texto ulterior"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1771 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1832 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1831 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1898 (comment)
msgid "Place dynamics above staff"
msgstr "Situar la dinámica por encima"
# fuzzy. FVD
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1773 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1836 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1833 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1902 (comment)
msgid "Start Ottava Bracket"
msgstr "Inicio del corchete de octava"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1776 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1783 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1839 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1846 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1836 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1843 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1905 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1912 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Text"
msgstr "Añadir indicación dinámica textual"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1778 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1841 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1838 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1907 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Line Spanner"
msgstr "Añadir indicación dinámica de extensión de línea"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1780 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1843 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1840 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1909 (comment)
msgid "Add Text Script"
msgstr "Guiones de texto"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1785 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1848 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1845 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1914 (comment)
msgid "Stop Ottava Bracket"
msgstr "Detener el corchete de octava"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1834 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1900 (comment)
msgid "Place following Ottava Bracket below Text Spanners"
-msgstr ""
-"Situar el corchete de octava ulterior por debajo de los extensores de texto"
+msgstr "Situar el corchete de octava ulterior por debajo de los extensores de texto"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1890 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1959 (comment)
msgid "Cause notes to space out to accommodate text"
msgstr "Ocasionar que las notas se espacíen para adecuarse al texto"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1908 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1979 (comment)
msgid "This markup is short enough to fit without collision"
msgstr "Este marcado es corto y cabe sin colisionar"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1912 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1983 (comment)
msgid "This is too long to fit, so it is displaced upwards"
msgstr "Este es muy largo y se desplaza hacia arriba"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1916 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1921 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1987 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1992 (comment)
msgid "Turn off collision avoidance"
msgstr "Desactivar el detector de colisiones"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1923 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1994 (comment)
msgid "and turn on textLengthOn"
msgstr "y activar textLengthOn"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1924 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1995 (comment)
msgid "Spaces at end are honored"
msgstr "Los espacios al final se respetan"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2027 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2096 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 staff space"
msgstr "Aumentar la anchura en un espacio de pentagrama"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2293 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2373 (comment)
msgid "This will not work, see below:"
msgstr "Esto no va a funcionar, véase más abajo:"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2297 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2377 (comment)
msgid "This works:"
msgstr "Esto sí funciona:"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2342 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2422 (variable)
msgid "naturalplusflat"
msgstr "becuadro_y_bemol"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2377 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2458 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 unit"
msgstr "Aumentar la anchura en una unidad"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2379 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2460 (comment)
msgid "Align dynamics to a base line 2 units above staff"
msgstr "Alinear los matices a dos unidades por encima del pentagrama"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2657 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2708 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2770 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2841 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2903 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2958 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2745 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2794 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2855 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2925 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2987 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3042 (variable)
msgid "rhMusic"
msgstr "Musica_m_der"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2662 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2713 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2777 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2850 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2912 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2750 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2799 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2862 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2934 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2996 (comment)
msgid "Start polyphonic section of four voices"
msgstr "Inicio de la sección polifónica de cuatro voces"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2675 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2726 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2790 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2865 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2929 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2986 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2763 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2812 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2875 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2949 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3013 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3070 (variable)
msgid "lhMusic"
msgstr "Muslca_m_izq"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2916 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2973 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2772 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2821 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2884 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2958 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3022 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3079 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:928 (context id)
+msgid "RH"
+msgstr "MD"
+
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2776 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2825 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2888 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2962 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3026 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3083 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:934 (context id)
+msgid "LH"
+msgstr "MI"
+
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3000 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3057 (comment)
msgid "Move the c2 out of the main note column so the merge will work"
msgstr ""
"Sacar el Do blanca de la columna principal de notas para que la fusión "
"funcione"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2919 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2976 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3003 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3060 (comment)
msgid "Stem on the d2 must be down to permit merging"
msgstr "La plica del Re blanca debe estar hacia abajo para permitir la fusión"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2971 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3055 (comment)
msgid "Reposition the c2 to the right of the merged note"
msgstr "Recolocar el Do blanca a la derecha de la nota fundida"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3099 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3118 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3185 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3204 (comment)
msgid "Visible tempo marking"
msgstr "Indicación metronómica visible"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3103 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3122 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3189 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3208 (comment)
msgid "Invisible tempo marking to lengthen fermata in MIDI"
msgstr "Indicación metronómica invisible para prolongar el calderón en el MIDI"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3106 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3125 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3192 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3211 (comment)
msgid "New tempo for next section"
msgstr "Tempo nuevo para la sección siguiente"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3169 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3259 (variable)
msgid "emphasize"
msgstr "enfatizar"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3173 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3263 (variable)
msgid "normal"
msgstr "normal"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3179 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3269 (variable)
msgid "SopranoMusic"
msgstr "musicaSoprano"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3395 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3282 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:913 (context id)
+msgid "Soprano"
+msgstr "Soprano"
+
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3487 (comment)
msgid "Arrange to obtain color from color-notehead procedure"
msgstr "Truco para obtener color a partir del procedimiento color-notehead"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-msgid "Outside staff objects"
+msgid "Outside-staff objects"
msgstr "Objetos fuera del pentagrama"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "left-padding and right-padding"
-msgstr ""
-"left-padding y right-padding (relleno por la izquierda y por la derecha)"
+msgstr "left-padding y right-padding (relleno por la izquierda y por la derecha)"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "force-hshift property"
msgstr "la propiedad force-hshift (forzar desplazamiento horizontal)"
msgid "Musical notation"
msgstr "Notación musical"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:654 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:668 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:997 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1016 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1053 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1068 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-chord-names-to-german-or-semi-german-notation.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/controlling-tuplet-bracket-visibility.ly:20 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/letter-tablature-formatting.ly:25 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:98 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transposing-pitches-with-minimum-accidentals-smart-transpose.ly:136 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vertically-aligned-dynamics-and-textscripts.ly:35 (variable)
msgid "music"
msgstr "musica"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1031 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1045 (comment)
msgid "not strictly necessary, but a good reminder"
msgstr "no es imprescindible pero es bueno recordarlo"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1123 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1052 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1100 (variable)
+msgid "clarinet"
+msgstr "clarinete"
+
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1137 (variable)
msgid "musicA"
msgstr "musicaA"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1137 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1151 (variable)
msgid "musicB"
msgstr "musicaB"
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1170 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:170 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:264 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:175 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:365 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:241 (variable)
+msgid "up"
+msgstr "arriba"
+
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1174 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:180 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:273 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:178 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:366 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:247 (variable)
+msgid "down"
+msgstr "abajo"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
msgid "Improvisation"
msgstr "Improvisación"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:308 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:285 (comment)
msgid "Alter durations to triplets"
msgstr "Alterar la duración de los tresillos"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:310 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:335 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:287 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:312 (comment)
msgid "Normal durations"
msgstr "Duraciones normales"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:312 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:289 (comment)
msgid "Double the duration of chord"
msgstr "Duplicar la duración del acorde"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:314 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:291 (comment)
msgid "Duration of quarter, appears like sixteenth"
msgstr "Duración de negra, aparece como semicorchea"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:337 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:314 (comment)
msgid "Scale music by *2/3"
msgstr "Escalar la música en un factor 2/3"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:341 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:318 (comment)
msgid "Scale music by *2"
msgstr "Escalar la música en un factor de 2"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:426 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:403 (comment)
msgid "First alternative: following note is tied normally"
msgstr "Primera alternativa: la nota siguiente se liga normalmente"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:428 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:405 (comment)
msgid "Second alternative: following note has a repeated tie"
msgstr "Segunda alternativa, la nota siguiente lleva una ligadura repetida"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:545 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:522 (comment)
msgid "These two lines are just to prettify this example"
msgstr "Estas dos líneas son solamente para embellecer el ejemplo"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:548 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:525 (comment)
msgid "Print a maxima rest, equal to four breves"
msgstr "Imprimir un silencio de máxima, equivalente a cuatro breves"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:550 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:527 (comment)
msgid "Print a longa rest, equal to two breves"
msgstr "Imprimir un silencio de longa, igual a dos breves"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:552 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:529 (comment)
msgid "Print a breve rest"
msgstr "Imprimir un silencio de breve"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:654 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:631 (comment)
msgid "This is valid input, but does nothing"
msgstr "Esto es una entrada válida, pero no hace nada"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:680 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:733 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:657 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:710 (comment)
msgid "Rest measures contracted to single measure"
msgstr "Compases en silencio contraídos a un solo compás"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:729 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:706 (comment)
msgid "Default behavior"
msgstr "Comportamiento predeterminado"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:736 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:713 (comment)
msgid "Rest measures expanded"
msgstr "Compases de silencio expandidos"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:769 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:746 (comment)
msgid "This fails, as the wrong object name is specified"
msgstr "Esto no funciona, se ha especificado un nombre de objeto equivocado"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:772 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:749 (comment)
msgid "This is correct and works"
msgstr "Esto es correcto y funciona"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:894 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:871 (comment)
msgid "Default style"
msgstr "Estilo predeterminado"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:897 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:874 (comment)
msgid "Change to numeric style"
msgstr "Cambiar al estilo numérico"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:901 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:878 (comment)
msgid "Revert to default style"
msgstr "Retornar al estilo predeterminado"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:931 (comment)
-msgid "auto beam on 1/4 note groups\t"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:933 (comment)
-msgid "no defined auto-beaming for this time sig"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:937 (comment)
-msgid "keep 3/4 beaming "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:938 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "due to beatLength"
-msgstr "y activar textLengthOn"
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:940 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "beam on 1/8 notes"
-msgstr "fin de las notas de la M.D."
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:943 (comment)
-msgid "beam on 3/16, 7/16, 9/16, 12/16"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1103 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1017 (comment)
msgid "Show all bar numbers"
msgstr "Mostrar todos los números de compás"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1213 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1134 (comment)
msgid "Now each staff has its own time signature."
msgstr "Ahora cada pentagrama tiene un compás distinto"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1518 (comment)
-msgid "Set beam sub-group length to an eighth note"
-msgstr "Establecer longitud de barra del subgrupo a corchea"
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1521 (comment)
-msgid "Set beam sub-group length to a sixteenth note"
-msgstr "Establecer longitud de barra del subgrupo a semicorchea"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1256 (context id)
+msgid "myRhythm"
+msgstr "misDuraciones"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1658 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1585 (comment)
msgid "end 1/16 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
-msgstr ""
-"finalizar barras de semicorchea para todos los compases en el momento 1/16"
+msgstr "finalizar barras de semicorchea para todos los compases en el momento 1/16"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1662 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1589 (comment)
msgid "end 1/32 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
msgstr "finalizar barras de fusa para todos los compases en el momento 1/16"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1672 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1599 (comment)
msgid "end beams of all durations in 5/8 time signature at the 2/8 moment"
msgstr ""
"finalizar barras para cualquier duración en el compás de 5/8, en el momento "
"2/8"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1701 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1614 (comment)
+msgid "rhythm 3-1-1-2"
+msgstr "ritmo 3-1-1-2"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1615 (comment)
+msgid "Context not specified - does not work correctly"
+msgstr "Contexto sin especificar: no funciona correctamente"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1621 (comment)
+msgid "Works correctly with context specified"
+msgstr "Funciona correctamente con el contexto especificado"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1654 (comment)
msgid "undo a rule ending 1/16 beams in 4/4 time at 1/4 moment"
msgstr ""
"deshacer regla de finalizar barras de semicorchea en compás 4/4 en el "
"momento 1/4"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1714 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1667 (comment)
msgid "this won't revert it!"
msgstr "¡esto no lo devuelve a su valor anterior!"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1716 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1669 (comment)
msgid "this will"
msgstr "esto sí"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1895 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1689 (comment)
+msgid "Set default beaming for all staves"
+msgstr "Establecer el barrado predeterminado para todos los pentagramas"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1697 (comment)
+msgid "Modify beaming for just this staff"
+msgstr "Modificar el barrado sólo para este pentagrama"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1703 (comment)
+msgid "Inherit beaming from Score context"
+msgstr "Heredar el barrado del contexto Score"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1827 (comment)
msgid "revert to non-feathered beams"
msgstr "volver a usar barras continuas"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2124 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2140 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2050 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2066 (comment)
msgid "Permit first bar number to be printed"
msgstr "Habilitar la impresión del número del primer compás"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2141 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2189 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2067 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2115 (comment)
msgid "Print a bar number every second measure"
msgstr "Imprimir el número de compás cada dos compases"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2157 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2083 (comment)
msgid "Prevent bar numbers at the end of a line and permit them elsewhere"
-msgstr ""
-"No poner números de compás al final de la línea, pero sí en otros lugares"
+msgstr "No poner números de compás al final de la línea, pero sí en otros lugares"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2161 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2187 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2087 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2113 (comment)
msgid "Increase the size of the bar number by 2"
msgstr "Aumentar en 2 el tamaño del número de compás"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2165 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2091 (comment)
msgid "Draw a box round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr "Pintar una caja rodeando al siguiente(s) número de compás"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2170 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2096 (comment)
msgid "Draw a circle round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr "Rodear con un círculo el siguiente(s) número de compás"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2192 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2118 (comment)
msgid "Center-align bar numbers"
msgstr "Alinear números de compás al centro"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2195 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2121 (comment)
msgid "Right-align bar numbers"
msgstr "Alinear números de compás a la derecha"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2298 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2224 (variable)
msgid "pipeSymbol"
msgstr "simboloTubo"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2685 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2612 (variable)
msgid "MyCadenza"
msgstr "miCadencia"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "breve"
msgstr "breve"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "longa"
msgstr "longa"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Duration names notes and rests"
msgstr "Nombre de las duraciones de notas y silencios"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "tuplet"
msgstr "grupo especial"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "polymetric"
msgstr "polimétrica"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "laissez vibrer"
msgstr "laissez vibrer"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "multi-measure rest"
msgstr "silencios multicompás"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "cadenza"
msgstr "cadenza"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "polymetric time signature"
msgstr "compás polimétrico"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "meter"
msgstr "metro"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "tenuto"
msgstr "tenuto"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "accent"
msgstr "acento"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "staccato"
msgstr "staccato"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "portato"
msgstr "portato"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "al niente"
msgstr "al niente"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "hairpin"
msgstr "regulador"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:35 (comment)
msgid "caesura"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "cesura"
# FUZZY. FVD
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "fall"
msgstr "caída"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "doit"
msgstr "elevación"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "glissando"
msgstr "glissando"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "arpeggio"
msgstr "arpegio"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "trill"
msgstr "trino"
#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:298 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/volta-text-markup-using-repeatcommands.ly:21 (variable)
msgid "voltaAdLib"
msgstr "voltaAdLib"
msgstr "Repeticiones de trémolo"
#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:93 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "explicit single voice"
-msgstr "Voces explícitas"
+msgstr "una voz explícita"
#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:99 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "single first note"
-msgstr "Notación en un solo pentagrama"
+msgstr "primera nota única"
#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:111 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "no single first note"
-msgstr "Iniciar la primera voz"
+msgstr "primera nota no única"
#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:617 (variable)
msgid "instrumentOne"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Simultaneous expressions"
-msgstr "Notas simultáneas"
+msgstr "Expresiones simultáneas"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "cluster"
msgstr "racimo (cluster)"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Single-staff polyphony"
msgstr "Polifonía en un solo pentagrama"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Voice styles"
msgstr "Estilos de voz"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "a due"
msgstr "a due"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:136 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:233 (context id)
msgid "part"
msgstr "parte"
msgid "Writing music in parallel"
msgstr "Escribir música en paralelo"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1097 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1112 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1266 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1069 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1084 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1238 (variable)
msgid "flute"
msgstr "flauta"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1128 (variable)
-msgid "clarinet"
-msgstr "clarinete"
-
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1217 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1238 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1189 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1210 (variable)
msgid "oboe"
msgstr "oboe"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1287 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1259 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1275 (context id)
msgid "piccolo"
msgstr "flautin"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1295 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1267 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1276 (context id)
msgid "cbassoon"
msgstr "cfagot"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
msgid "Grouping staves"
msgstr "Agrupar pentagramas"
#. Documentation/user/editorial.itely:321 (comment)
msgid "this is deliberate nonsense; note that the stems remain black"
-msgstr ""
-"esto no tiene sentido, intencionalmente. Observe que las plicas siguen negras"
+msgstr "esto no tiene sentido, intencionalmente. Observe que las plicas siguen negras"
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
msgid "correct"
msgstr "correcto"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:664 (context id)
+msgid "lala"
+msgstr "lala"
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:802 (context id)
+msgid "splitpart"
+msgstr "partedividida"
+
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:847 (variable)
msgid "voice"
msgstr "voz"
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:854 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/formatting-lyrics-syllables.ly:22 (variable)
msgid "lyr"
msgstr "letra"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1053 (context id)
+msgid "tune"
+msgstr "melodia"
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1101 (context id)
+msgid "lahlah"
+msgstr "lala"
+
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1112 (comment)
msgid "applies to \\\"fas\\\""
msgstr "se aplica al \\\"fas\\\""
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Common notation for vocal music"
-msgstr "Notación usual para percusión"
+msgstr "Notación común para música vocal"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "References for vocal music and lyrics"
-msgstr "Referencias para música vocal"
+msgstr "Referencias para música vocal y letra"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Opera"
-msgstr "superior"
+msgstr "Ópera"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Song books"
-msgstr "Canciones"
+msgstr "Cancioneros"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Spoken music"
-msgstr "MusicaSopranoUno"
+msgstr "Música hablada"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Ancient vocal music"
-msgstr "Claves antiguas"
+msgstr "Música vocal antigua"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
msgid "keep staff alive"
msgstr "mantener vivo el pentagrama"
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:265 (context id)
+msgid "melOne"
+msgstr "melodiaUno"
+
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:333 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:242 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/adding-fingerings-to-tablatures.ly:17 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:205 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:214 (context id)
+msgid "two"
+msgstr "dos"
+
#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:385 (comment)
msgid "stems may overlap the other staff"
msgstr "las plicas pueden superponerse al otro pentagrama"
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
msgid "Common notation for keyboards"
-msgstr "Notación usual para instrumentos de teclado"
+msgstr "Notación común para instrumentos de teclado"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Common notation for unfretted strings"
-msgstr "Notación usual para cuerdas sin trastes"
+msgstr "Notación común para cuerdas sin trastes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Snap (Bartok) pizzicato"
-msgstr "Pizzicato de Bartók (Snap)"
+msgstr "Pizzicato de Bartok (Snap)"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Snap (Bartók) pizzicato"
msgstr "Pizzicato de Bartók (Snap)"
msgid "melodia"
msgstr "melodia"
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:243 (context id)
+msgid "shared"
+msgstr "comun"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:244 (context id)
+msgid "solo"
+msgstr "solo"
+
#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:321 (variable)
msgid "mynotes"
msgstr "misNotas"
#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:448 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:27 (comment)
msgid "A chord for ukelele"
msgstr "Un acorde de ukelele"
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Common notation for fretted strings"
-msgstr "Notación usual para cuerdas con trastes"
+msgstr "Notación común para cuerdas con trastes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Banjo tablatures"
msgstr "Tablaturas de banjo"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:175 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:365 (variable)
-msgid "up"
-msgstr "arriba"
-
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:178 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:366 (variable)
-msgid "down"
-msgstr "abajo"
-
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:385 (comment)
msgid "These lines define the position of the woodblocks in the stave;"
msgstr "Estas líneas definen la posición de los bloques en la pauta;"
msgstr "También define las posiciones de las dos líneas."
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:396 (comment)
-msgid "This is neccessary; if not entered, the barline wuld be too short!"
-msgstr ""
-"Esto es necesario; si no se pone, la línea divisoria sería demasiado corta."
+msgid "This is neccessary; if not entered, the barline would be too short!"
+msgstr "Esto es necesario; si no se pone, la línea divisoria sería demasiado corta."
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:403 (comment)
msgid "with this you load your new drum style table"
msgstr "con esto cargamos la nueva tabla de estilos de percusión"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:423 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:425 (variable)
msgid "tambustaff"
msgstr "pautaPandereta"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:431 (comment)
-msgid "broken"
-msgstr "roto"
-
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:432 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "\\set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)"
-msgstr "\\set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums) "
-
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:438 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:439 (comment)
msgid "the trick with the scaled duration and the shorter rest"
msgstr "el truco con la duración escalada y el silencio más corto"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:439 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:440 (comment)
msgid "is neccessary for the correct ending of the trill-span!"
msgstr "es necesario para la correcta finalización del trino."
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:450 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:451 (variable)
msgid "tamtamstaff"
msgstr "pautaGong"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:472 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:473 (variable)
msgid "bellstaff"
msgstr "pautaCampana"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:503 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:504 (variable)
msgid "drumsA"
msgstr "percusionA"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:518 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:519 (variable)
msgid "drumsB"
msgstr "percusionB"
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Common notation for percussion"
-msgstr "Notación usual para percusión"
+msgstr "Notación común para percusión"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Common notation for wind instruments"
-msgstr "Notación usual para instrumentos de viento"
+msgstr "Notación común para instrumentos de viento"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/wind.itely
msgid "Displaying figured bass"
msgstr "Imprimir el bajo cifrado"
+#. Documentation/user/ancient.itely:355 (context id)
+msgid "discantus"
+msgstr "discantus"
+
#. Documentation/user/ancient.itely:821 (variable)
msgid "ficta"
msgstr "ficta"
+#. Documentation/user/ancient.itely:973 (context id)
+msgid "cantus"
+msgstr "cantus"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Annotational accidentals (musica ficta)"
-msgstr "Alteraciones de anotación (@emph{musica ficta})"
+msgstr "Alteraciones de anotación (musica ficta)"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1721 (comment)
msgid "by setting outside-staff-priority to a non-number,"
-msgstr ""
-"ajustando el valor de outside-staff-priority a algo que no sea un número,"
+msgstr "ajustando el valor de outside-staff-priority a algo que no sea un número,"
#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1722 (comment)
msgid "we disable the automatic collision avoidance"
msgid "Changing spacing"
msgstr "Cambiar el espaciado"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1974 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2002 (comment)
msgid "increase the length of the tie"
msgstr "aumentar la longitud de la ligadura"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1983 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2011 (comment)
msgid "increase the length of the rest bar"
msgstr "aumentar la longitud del compás en silencio"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1991 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2019 (comment)
msgid "increase the length of the hairpin"
msgstr "aumentar la longitud del regulador"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2019 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2047 (comment)
msgid "default"
msgstr "predeterminado"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2022 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2035 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2050 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2063 (comment)
msgid "not effective alone"
msgstr "no es efectivo por sí solo"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2026 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2039 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2054 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2067 (comment)
msgid "effective only when both overrides are present"
msgstr "es efectivo sólo cuando las dos sobreescrituras están presentes"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2420 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2444 (comment)
msgid "Remove bar line at the end of the current line"
msgstr "Quitar la barra de compás al final de la línea en curso"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2466 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2490 (comment)
msgid "Try to remove all key signatures"
msgstr "Intentar quitar todas las armaduras"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2885 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2909 (comment)
msgid "move horizontally left"
msgstr "desplazar a la izquierda"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2887 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2911 (comment)
msgid "move vertically up"
msgstr "desplazar hacia arriba"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2888 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2912 (comment)
msgid "third finger"
msgstr "dedo tercero"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2934 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2958 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:39 (comment)
msgid "the RehearsalMark will be centered above the Clef"
msgstr "la RehearsalMark se centra sobre la clave"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2940 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2964 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:46 (comment)
msgid "the RehearsalMark will be centered above the TimeSignature"
msgstr "la RehearsalMark se centra sobre el compás"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2954 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2978 (comment)
msgid "The RehearsalMark will be centered above the KeySignature"
msgstr "la RehearsalMark se centra sobre la armadura"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2961 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2977 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2984 (comment)
-msgid ""
-"The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the left edge of the KeySignature"
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2985 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3001 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3008 (comment)
+msgid "The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the left edge of the KeySignature"
msgstr "la RehearsalMark se alinea por la izquierda con la armadura"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2966 (comment)
-msgid ""
-"The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the right edge of the KeySignature"
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2990 (comment)
+msgid "The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the right edge of the KeySignature"
msgstr "la RehearsalMark se alinea por la derecha con la armadura"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2978 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3002 (comment)
msgid "and then shifted right by 3.5 staff-spaces"
msgstr "y se desplaza 3.5 espacios a la derecha"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2985 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3009 (comment)
msgid "and then shifted left by 2 staff-spaces"
msgstr "y se desplaza 2 espacios a la izquierda"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3034 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3058 (variable)
msgid "XinO"
msgstr "X_O"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Score - the master of all contexts"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Top-level contexts - staff containers"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Intermediate-level contexts - staves"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Bottom-level contexts - voices"
msgid "Distances and measurements"
msgstr "Distancias y medidas"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Staff symbol properties"
+msgstr "Propiedades del símbolo del pentagrama"
+
# fuzzy. FVD
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgstr "Objetos de extensión"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{spanner-interface}"
msgstr "Uso del @code{spanner-interface}"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{line-spanner-interface}"
msgstr "Uso del @code{line-spanner-interface}"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Visibility of objects"
msgstr "Visibilidad de los objetos"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Removing the stencil"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Making objects transparent"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Painting objects white"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using break-visibility"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Special considerations"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Rotating layout objects"
msgstr "Rotación de objetos de presentación"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Rotating markup"
msgstr "Rotación de elementos de marcado"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Setting @code{X-offset} and @code{Y-offset} directly"
msgstr "Establecer directamente @code{X-offset} y @code{Y-offset}"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{side-position-interface}"
msgstr "Uso del @code{side-position-interface}"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{self-alignment-interface}"
msgstr "Uso del @code{self-alignment-interface}"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{aligned-on-parent} procedures"
msgstr "Uso de los procedimientos @code{aligned-on-parent}"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{centered-on-parent} procedures"
msgstr "Uso de los procedimientos @code{centered-on-parent}"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{break-aligned-interface}"
msgstr "Uso del @code{break-aligned-interface}"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying shapes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying ties and slurs"
msgstr "Modificación de ligaduras de unión y de expresión"
msgid "Exemples cliquables"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
+msgid "Outside staff objects"
+msgstr "Objetos fuera del pentagrama"
+
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Common tweaks"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Basic polyphony"
msgstr "Polifonía básica"
msgid "semitone"
msgstr "semitono"
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "Common properties"
-msgstr "Propiedades más usuales"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "Controlling visibility of objects"
-msgstr "Control de la visibilidad de los objetos"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "Modifying ends of spanners"
-msgstr "Modificación de los extremos de los extensores"
-
#. @top in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-learning.tely
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Handbuch zum Lernen"
msgstr ""
msgid "How LilyPond files work"
msgstr "Cómo funcionan los archivos de LilyPond"
-#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "force-hshift-Eigenschaft"
-msgstr "la propiedad force-hshift (forzar desplazamiento horizontal)"
-
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/templates.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/de/user/templates.itely
msgid "Lilypond-book templates"
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Das Notationsprogramm"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
-msgstr "Ligaduras Laissez vibrer"
-
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
msgid "System start delimiters"
msgstr "Delimitadores del comienzo de un sistema"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Common properties"
+msgstr "Propiedades más usuales"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Controlling visibility of objects"
+msgstr "Control de la visibilidad de los objetos"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Modifying ends of spanners"
+msgstr "Modificación de los extremos de los extensores"
+
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Discussion of specific tweaks"
msgid "TODO moved into scheme"
msgstr "HACER trasladado al apartado sobre scheme"
-msgid "Up:"
-msgstr "Arriba:"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:34 (variable)
+msgid "discant"
+msgstr "discanto"
-msgid "Next:"
-msgstr "Siguiente:"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:37 (variable)
+msgid "dot"
+msgstr "punto"
-msgid "Previous:"
-msgstr "Anterior:"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:43 (comment)
+msgid "16 voets register"
+msgstr "registro de 16 pies"
-msgid "Appendix "
-msgstr "Apéndice "
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:44 (variable)
+msgid "accBasson"
+msgstr "acordFagot"
-msgid "Footnotes"
-msgstr "Notas al pie"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:50 (comment)
+msgid "een korig 8 en 16 voets register"
+msgstr "registro de een korig 8 en 16 pies"
-# this is the same translation that babel LaTex package uses . FVD
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Índice general"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:51 (variable)
+msgid "accBandon"
+msgstr "acordBandon"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:59 (variable)
+msgid "accVCello"
+msgstr "acordVCello"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:69 (comment)
+msgid "4-8-16 voets register"
+msgstr "registro de 4-8-16 pies"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:70 (variable)
+msgid "accHarmon"
+msgstr "acordArmon"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:80 (variable)
+msgid "accTrombon"
+msgstr "acordTrombon"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:92 (comment)
+msgid "eenkorig 4 en 16 voets register"
+msgstr "registro de eenkorig 4 y 16 pies"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:93 (variable)
+msgid "accOrgan"
+msgstr "acordOrgano"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:101 (variable)
+msgid "accMaster"
+msgstr "acordMaestro"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:115 (variable)
+msgid "accAccord"
+msgstr "acordAcordeon"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:127 (variable)
+msgid "accMusette"
+msgstr "accordMusette"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:137 (variable)
+msgid "accCeleste"
+msgstr "acordCeleste"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:145 (variable)
+msgid "accOboe"
+msgstr "acordOboe"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:153 (variable)
+msgid "accClarin"
+msgstr "acordClarin"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:159 (variable)
+msgid "accPiccolo"
+msgstr "acordPiccolo"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:165 (variable)
+msgid "accViolin"
+msgstr "acordViolin"
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-a-figured-bass-above-or-below-the-notes.ly:39 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:231 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:279 (context id)
+msgid "bass"
+msgstr "bajo"
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-a-figured-bass-above-or-below-the-notes.ly:40 (variable)
+msgid "continuo"
+msgstr "continuo"
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-a-figured-bass-above-or-below-the-notes.ly:51 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/adding-a-figured-bass-above-or-below-the-notes.ly:52 (context id)
+msgid "bassStaff"
+msgstr "pentagramaBajo"
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-an-extra-staff-at-a-line-break.ly:52 (comment)
+msgid "The next line is not needed in 2.11.x or later:"
+msgstr "La línea siguiente no es necesaria en versiones 2.11.x o posteriores:"
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-drum-parts.ly:32 (variable)
+msgid "drh"
+msgstr "drh"
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-drum-parts.ly:33 (variable)
+msgid "drl"
+msgstr "drl"
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-drum-parts.ly:34 (variable)
+msgid "timb"
+msgstr "timb"
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-fingerings-to-tablatures.ly:18 (variable)
+msgid "threeTwo"
+msgstr "tresDos"
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-fingerings-to-tablatures.ly:25 (variable)
+msgid "threeFour"
+msgstr "tresCuatro"
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-the-current-date-to-a-score.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid "first, define a variable to hold the formatted date:"
+msgstr "primero definimos una variable para almacenar la fecha con formato:"
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-the-current-date-to-a-score.ly:24 (variable)
+msgid "date"
+msgstr "fecha"
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-the-current-date-to-a-score.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "d-%m-%Y\\\" (localtime (current-time)))"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-the-current-date-to-a-score.ly:26 (comment)
+msgid "use it in the title block:"
+msgstr "usarla en el bloque de título:"
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-the-current-date-to-a-score.ly:37 (comment)
+msgid "and use it in a \\markup block:"
+msgstr "y usarla en un bloque \\markup:"
+
+#. input/lsr/additional-voices-to-avoid-collisions.ly:27 (variable)
+msgid "voiceFive"
+msgstr "vozCinco"
+
+#. input/lsr/adjusting-lyrics-vertical-spacing.ly:22 (comment)
+msgid "Default layout:"
+msgstr "Diseño predeterminado:"
+
+#. input/lsr/adjusting-lyrics-vertical-spacing.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "Reducing the minimum space below the staff and above the lyrics:"
+msgstr "Reducir el espacio mínimo bajo el pentagrama y sobre la letra:"
+
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:54 (comment)
+msgid "the RehearsalMark will be centered above the KeySignature"
+msgstr "la RehearsalMark se centra sobre la armadura"
+
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:65 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:77 (comment)
+msgid "the RehearsalMark will be aligned with the left edge of the KeySignature"
+msgstr "la RehearsalMark se alinea por la izquierda con la armadura"
+
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:71 (comment)
+msgid "the RehearsalMark will be aligned with the right edge of the KeySignature"
+msgstr "la RehearsalMark se alinea por la derecha con la armadura"
+
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:78 (comment)
+msgid "and then shifted right by one unit."
+msgstr "y se desplaza una unidad a la derecha."
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:26 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:26 (context id)
+msgid "upperStaff"
+msgstr "pentagramaSuperior"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 1 (8*1)"
+msgstr "\\break % 1 (8*1)"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:49 (comment)
+msgid "\\break %2 (8*1)"
+msgstr "\\break %2 (8*1)"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:61 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 3 (8*1)"
+msgstr "\\break % 3 (8*1)"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:76 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 4 (8*1)"
+msgstr "\\break % 4 (8*1)"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:85 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:147 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 5 (8*1)"
+msgstr "\\break % 5 (8*1)"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:99 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:162 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 6 (8*1)"
+msgstr "\\break % 6 (8*1)"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:108 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:172 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 7 (8*1)"
+msgstr "\\break % 7 (8*1)"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:115 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 8 (8*1)"
+msgstr "\\break % 8 (8*1)"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:118 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 12 (32*1)"
+msgstr "\\break % 12 (32*1)"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:123 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:123 (context id)
+msgid "lowerStaff"
+msgstr "pentagramaInferior"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:133 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 2 (16*1)"
+msgstr "\\break % 2 (16*1)"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:138 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 4 (16*1)"
+msgstr "\\break % 4 (16*1)"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:177 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 9 (16*1)"
+msgstr "\\break % 9 (16*1)"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:179 (comment)
+msgid "lig"
+msgstr "lig"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:183 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 11 (16*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:194 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 12 (8*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-gregorian-music.ly:37 (variable)
+msgid "chant"
+msgstr "canto"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-gregorian-music.ly:44 (variable)
+msgid "verba"
+msgstr "verba"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:49 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:96 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:115 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:132 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:151 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:166 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:187 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:200 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:219 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:19 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:191 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:212 (comment)
+msgid "incipit"
+msgstr "incipit"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:51 (comment)
+msgid "tight spacing"
+msgstr "espaciado apretado"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:58 (comment)
+msgid "turn off bar lines"
+msgstr "oculter líneas divisorias"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:62 (comment)
+msgid "need this extra \\skip such that clef change comes"
+msgstr "se necesita este \\skip adicional tal que el cambio de clave aparezca"
+
+# También Líneas divisorias. FVD
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:63 (comment)
+msgid "after bar line"
+msgstr "después de la barra de compás"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:67 (comment)
+msgid "CHECK: no effect?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:68 (comment)
+msgid "turn bar lines on again"
+msgstr "activar de nuevo las barras de compás"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:76 (comment)
+msgid "FIXME: setting printKeyCancellation back to #t must not"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:77 (comment)
+msgid "occur in the first bar after the incipit. Dto. for forceClef."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:78 (comment)
+msgid "Therefore, we need an extra \\skip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:83 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:64 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:37 (comment)
+msgid "the actual music"
+msgstr "la música en sí"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:85 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:67 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:39 (comment)
+msgid "let finis bar go through all staves"
+msgstr "hacer que la línea de finis cruce todas las pautas"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:88 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:70 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:42 (comment)
+msgid "finis bar"
+msgstr "línea de finis"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:92 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:87 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:222 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:47 (variable)
+msgid "discantusNotes"
+msgstr "notasDiscanto"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:98 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:135 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:141 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:155 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:169 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:171 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:180 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:191 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:203 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:73 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:83 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:96 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:103 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:138 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:163 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:187 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:189 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:214 (comment)
+msgid "two bars"
+msgstr "dos compases"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:99 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:202 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:139 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:213 (comment)
+msgid "eight bars"
+msgstr "ocho compases"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:100 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:134 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:137 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:170 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:172 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:173 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:204 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:162 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:188 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:190 (comment)
+msgid "one bar"
+msgstr "un compás"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:114 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:101 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:60 (variable)
+msgid "discantusLyrics"
+msgstr "letraDiscanto"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:128 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:124 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:229 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:70 (variable)
+msgid "altusNotes"
+msgstr "notasAlto"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:136 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:164 (comment)
+msgid "seven bars"
+msgstr "siete compases"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:150 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:138 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:82 (variable)
+msgid "altusLyrics"
+msgstr "letraAltus"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:162 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:162 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:236 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:90 (variable)
+msgid "tenorNotes"
+msgstr "notasTenor"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:168 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:186 (comment)
+msgid "four bars"
+msgstr "cuatro compases"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:186 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:177 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:102 (variable)
+msgid "tenorLyrics"
+msgstr "letraTenor"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:196 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:199 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:243 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:108 (variable)
+msgid "bassusNotes"
+msgstr "notasBajo"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:218 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:213 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:121 (variable)
+msgid "bassusLyrics"
+msgstr "letraBajo"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:229 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:221 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:229 (context id)
+msgid "choirStaff"
+msgstr "pautaCoro"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:251 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:266 (comment)
+msgid "no bars in staves"
+msgstr "no poner barras dentro de los pentagramas"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:254 (comment)
+msgid "incipit should not start with a start delimiter"
+msgstr "el incipit no empieza con un delimitador de comienzo"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:260 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:272 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:277 (comment)
+msgid "no slurs"
+msgstr "sin ligaduras de expresión"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:263 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:274 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:280 (comment)
+msgid "Comment in the below \\\"\\remove\\\" command to allow line"
+msgstr "Quite el comentario de la instrucción \\\"\\remove\\\" de abajo para permitir"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:264 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:281 (comment)
+msgid "breaking also at those barlines where a note overlaps"
+msgstr "los saltos de línea también en aquellas barras donde"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:265 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:282 (comment)
+msgid "into the next bar. The command is commented out in this"
+msgstr "se superpone una nota con el siguiente compás. La instrucción es un comentario en esta"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:266 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:277 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:283 (comment)
+msgid "short example score, but especially for large scores, you"
+msgstr "partitura corta de ejemplo, pero especialmente para partituras extensas,"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:267 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:278 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:284 (comment)
+msgid "will typically yield better line breaking and thus improve"
+msgstr "probablemente consiga unos saltos de línea mejores y así mejorar"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:268 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:279 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:285 (comment)
+msgid "overall spacing if you comment in the following command."
+msgstr "el espaciado general si elimina el comentario de la instrucción siguiente."
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:269 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:280 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:286 (comment)
+msgid "\\remove \\\"Forbid_line_break_engraver\\\""
+msgstr "\\remove \\\"Forbid_line_break_engraver\\\""
+
+#. input/lsr/applying-note-head-styles-depending-on-the-step-of-the-scale.ly:75 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/clusters.ly:27 (variable)
+msgid "fragment"
+msgstr "fragmento"
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:29 (comment)
+msgid "Automatic beams two per two in 4/4 or 2/2 time signature"
+msgstr "Barras automáticas dos a dos en 4/4 y 2/2"
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:30 (comment)
+msgid "_____"
+msgstr "_____"
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "Default | | | |"
+msgstr "Predeterminado | | | |"
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:32 (comment)
+msgid "_ _"
+msgstr "_ _"
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:33 (comment)
+msgid "Required | | | |"
+msgstr "Necesario | | | |"
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "macro for beamed two per two in 2/2 and 4/4 time signature"
+msgstr "macro para barras dos a dos en 2/2 y 4/4"
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:36 (variable)
+msgid "qBeam"
+msgstr "barraNegras"
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:49 (comment)
+msgid "Use the macro"
+msgstr "Usar el macro"
+
+#. input/lsr/beam-grouping-in-7-8-time.ly:30 (comment)
+msgid "rhythm 2-3-2"
+msgstr "ritmo 2-3-2"
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:19 (comment)
+msgid "this bar contains no \\breathe"
+msgstr "este compás no tiene ningún \\breathe"
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:21 (comment)
+msgid "Modern notation:"
+msgstr "Notación moderna:"
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:22 (comment)
+msgid "by default, \\breathe uses the rcomma, just as if saying:"
+msgstr "de forma predeterminada, \\breathe usa la rcomma, como si dijésemos:"
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"\\override BreathingSign #'text = #(make-musicglyph-markup \\\"scripts.rcomma"
+"\\\")"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:26 (comment)
+msgid "rvarcomma and lvarcomma are variations of the default rcomma and lcomma"
+msgstr "rvarcomma y lvarcomma son variantes de las rcomma y lcomma predeterminadas"
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:27 (comment)
+msgid "N.B.: must use Staff context here, since we start a Voice below"
+msgstr "Nota: aquí hay que usar el contexto de Staff pues iniciamos una Voice más abajo"
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "vee"
+msgstr "uve"
+
+#. input/lsr/caesura-railtracks-with-fermata.ly:28 (comment)
+msgid "construct the symbol"
+msgstr "construir el símbolo"
+
+#. input/lsr/caesura-railtracks-with-fermata.ly:37 (comment)
+msgid "set the breathe mark back to normal"
+msgstr "volver a poner la respiración normal"
+
+#. input/lsr/center-text-below-hairpin-dynamics.ly:27 (variable)
+msgid "hairpinWithCenteredText"
+msgstr "reguladorConTextoCentrado"
+
+#. input/lsr/center-text-below-hairpin-dynamics.ly:39 (variable)
+msgid "hairpinMolto"
+msgstr "reguladorMolto"
+
+#. input/lsr/center-text-below-hairpin-dynamics.ly:40 (variable)
+msgid "hairpinMore"
+msgstr "reguladorMas"
+
+#. input/lsr/changing--flageolet-mark-size.ly:23 (variable)
+msgid "smallFlageolet"
+msgstr "flageoletPequeño"
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-chord-names-to-german-or-semi-german-notation.ly:34 (comment)
+msgid "The following is only here to print the names of the"
+msgstr "Lo que sigue está solamente para poder imprimir los nombres de los"
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-chord-names-to-german-or-semi-german-notation.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "chords styles; it can be removed if you do not need to"
+msgstr "estilos de acorde; quítelos si no los quiere"
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-chord-names-to-german-or-semi-german-notation.ly:36 (comment)
+msgid "print them."
+msgstr "imprimir."
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-default-text-font-family.ly:17 (comment)
+msgid "change for other default global staff size. "
+msgstr "cambiar a otro tamaño global predeterminado. "
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-default-text-font-family.ly:19 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:191 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:110 (comment)
+msgid "{"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-default-text-font-family.ly:23 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:194 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:111 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:233 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:163 (comment)
+msgid "}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-time-signature-without-affecting-the-beaming.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "Change time signature symbol but keep 3/4 beaming"
+msgstr "Cambio de compás manterniendo el barrado de 3/4"
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-time-signature-without-affecting-the-beaming.ly:25 (comment)
+msgid "due to unchanged underlying time signature"
+msgstr "a causa de que el compás subyacente no ha cambiado"
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-time-signature-without-affecting-the-beaming.ly:30 (comment)
+msgid "Lose 3/4 beaming now \\time has been changed"
+msgstr "Perder el barrado de 3/4 ahora que se ha cambiado el \\time"
+
+#. input/lsr/chant-or-psalms-notation.ly:23 (variable)
+msgid "stemOn"
+msgstr "plicaSi"
+
+#. input/lsr/chant-or-psalms-notation.ly:24 (variable)
+msgid "stemOff"
+msgstr "plicaNo"
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "modify maj9 and 6(add9)"
+msgstr "cambiar maj9 y 6(add9)"
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:25 (comment)
+msgid "Exception music is chords with markups"
+msgstr "la Música de Excepciones son acordes con marcados"
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:26 (variable)
+msgid "chExceptionMusic"
+msgstr "cambiaMusicaExcepciones"
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "Convert music to list and prepend to existing exceptions."
+msgstr "Convertir la música en una lista y añadirla a las excepciones existentes."
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:32 (variable)
+msgid "chExceptions"
+msgstr "cambiaExcepciones"
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:36 (variable)
+msgid "theMusic"
+msgstr "laMusica"
+
+#. input/lsr/clip-systems.ly:37 (variable)
+msgid "origScore"
+msgstr "partituraOriginal"
+
+#. input/lsr/clip-systems.ly:55 (comment)
+msgid "Each clip-region is a (START . END) pair"
+msgstr "cada zona clip-region es un par (INICIO . FIN)"
+
+#. input/lsr/clip-systems.ly:56 (comment)
+msgid "where both are rhythmic-locations."
+msgstr "donde ambas son rhythmic-locations."
+
+#. input/lsr/clip-systems.ly:58 (comment)
+msgid "(make-rhythmic-locations BAR-NUMBER NUM DEN)"
+msgstr "(make-rhythmic-locations NUM-COMPAS NUMERADOR DENOMINADOR)"
+
+#. input/lsr/clip-systems.ly:59 (comment)
+msgid "means NUM/DEN whole-notes into bar numbered BAR-NUMBER"
+msgstr "significa NUMERADOR/DENOMINADOR redondas en el compás número NUM-COMPAS"
+
+#. input/lsr/coloring-notes-depending-on-their-pitch.ly:13 (comment)
+msgid "Association list of pitches to colors."
+msgstr "Lista asociativa de alturas a colores."
+
+#. input/lsr/coloring-notes-depending-on-their-pitch.ly:34 (comment)
+msgid "Compare pitch and alteration (not octave)."
+msgstr "Comparar la altura y la alteración (no la octava)."
+
+#. input/lsr/combining-dynamics-with-markup-texts.ly:24 (variable)
+msgid "piuF"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/combining-two-parts-on-the-same-staff.ly:51 (variable)
+msgid "musicUp"
+msgstr "musicaArriba"
+
+#. input/lsr/combining-two-parts-on-the-same-staff.ly:58 (variable)
+msgid "musicDown"
+msgstr "musicaAbajo"
+
+#. input/lsr/creating-a-sequence-of-notes-on-various-pitches.ly:53 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:275 (context id)
+msgid "rhythm"
+msgstr "duraciones"
+
+#. input/lsr/creating-real-parenthesized-dynamics.ly:45 (variable)
+msgid "parenF"
+msgstr "forteParen"
+
+#. input/lsr/creating-simultaneous-rehearsal-marks.ly:40 (comment)
+msgid "the hidden measure and bar line"
+msgstr "el compás y barra ocultos"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-fretboard-fret-diagrams.ly:40 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:31 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:22 (comment)
+msgid "Set global properties of fret diagram"
+msgstr "Fijar propiedades globales del diagrama de posición"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:29 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/formatting-lyrics-syllables.ly:21 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:20 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:58 (context id)
+msgid "mel"
+msgstr "melo"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "C major for guitar, no barre, using defaults"
+msgstr "Do mayor para guitarra, sin cejilla, usar predeterminados"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:39 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:89 (comment)
+msgid "terse style"
+msgstr "estilo escueto"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:42 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:64 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:48 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:69 (comment)
+msgid "C major for guitar, barred on third fret"
+msgstr "Do mayor para guitarra, cejilla en el tercer traste"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:43 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:65 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:49 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:70 (comment)
+msgid "verbose style"
+msgstr "estilo prolijo"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:44 (comment)
+msgid "size 1.0"
+msgstr "tamaño 1.0"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:45 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:50 (comment)
+msgid "roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight barre"
+msgstr "leyenda de posición en romana, leyendas de dedos debajo de las cuerdas, cejilla recta"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:47 (comment)
+msgid "standard size"
+msgstr "tamaño estándar"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:66 (comment)
+msgid "landscape orientation, arabic numbers, M for mute string"
+msgstr "orientación apaisada, números arábigos, M para cuerda muda"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:67 (comment)
+msgid "no barre, fret label down or left, small mute label font"
+msgstr "sin cejilla, leyenda de posición abajo o izquierda, fuente pequeña de indicación de cuerda muda"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:88 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:96 (comment)
+msgid "simple D chord"
+msgstr "acorde de Re sencillo"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:90 (comment)
+msgid "larger dots, centered dots, fewer frets"
+msgstr "puntos mayores, centrados, menos trastes"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:91 (comment)
+msgid "label below string"
+msgstr "leyenda debajo de la cuerda"
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:22 (comment)
+msgid "add FretBoards for the Cuatro"
+msgstr "añadir FretBoards para el cuatro venezolano"
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid "Note: This section could be put into a separate file"
+msgstr "Nota: esta sección se puede poner en un archivo aparte"
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "predefined-cuatro-fretboards.ly"
+msgstr "posiciones-predefinidas-del-cuatro.ly"
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:25 (comment)
+msgid "and \\included into each of your compositions"
+msgstr "e incluirse en todas sus composiciones con \\include"
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:27 (variable)
+msgid "cuatroTuning"
+msgstr "afinacionCuatro"
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:29 (variable)
+msgid "dSix"
+msgstr "sextaRe"
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:30 (variable)
+msgid "dMajor"
+msgstr "reMayor"
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:31 (variable)
+msgid "aMajSeven"
+msgstr "laSeptMayor"
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:32 (variable)
+msgid "dMajSeven"
+msgstr "reSeptMayor"
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:33 (variable)
+msgid "gMajor"
+msgstr "solMayor"
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:51 (comment)
+msgid "end of potential include file /predefined-cuatro-fretboards.ly"
+msgstr "fin del potencial archivo de inclusión /posiciones-predefinidas-del-cuatro.ly"
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:56 (variable)
+msgid "primerosNames"
+msgstr "nombresPrimeros"
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:60 (variable)
+msgid "primeros"
+msgstr "primeros"
+
+#. input/lsr/demo-midiinstruments.ly:23 (variable)
+msgid "baseMelody"
+msgstr "melodiaBase"
+
+#. input/lsr/display-bracket-with-only-one-staff-in-a-system.ly:39 (comment)
+msgid "Must be lower than the actual number of staff lines"
+msgstr "debe ser menor que el número real de líneas de la pauta"
+
+#. input/lsr/displaying-complex-chords.ly:16 (variable)
+msgid "fixA"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/displaying-complex-chords.ly:20 (variable)
+msgid "fixB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/double-glissando.ly:20 (comment)
+msgid "new voice ( = \\voiceOne), hidden"
+msgstr "new voice ( = \\voiceOne), oculta"
+
+#. input/lsr/double-glissando.ly:22 (comment)
+msgid "attach glissando to note heads"
+msgstr "aplicar glissando a la cabeza de las notas"
+
+#. input/lsr/double-glissando.ly:27 (comment)
+msgid "original voice with chords rearranged so that"
+msgstr "voz original con acordes rehecha de forma que"
+
+#. input/lsr/double-glissando.ly:28 (comment)
+msgid "glissando is attached to a & c"
+msgstr "el glissando se aplica al La y al Do"
+
+#. input/lsr/embedding-native-postscript-in-a--markup-block.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid "PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Inc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:75 (comment)
+msgid "sample music"
+msgstr "música de ejemplo"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:76 (variable)
+msgid "topVoice"
+msgstr "vozSuperior"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:84 (variable)
+msgid "botVoice"
+msgstr "vozInferior"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:92 (variable)
+msgid "hoom"
+msgstr "hum"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:103 (variable)
+msgid "pah"
+msgstr "pa"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:113 (comment)
+msgid "setup for Request->Element conversion. Guru-only"
+msgstr "Sólo para gurús: tinglado para la conversión Request->Element"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:116 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:221 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:234 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:290 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:304 (variable)
+msgid "MyStaff"
+msgstr "miPentagrama"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:148 (comment)
+msgid "explicitly set instrument, so we don't get "
+msgstr "especificar el instrumento para evitar efectos no deseados"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:149 (comment)
+msgid "weird effects when doing instrument names for"
+msgstr "si se hacen nombres de instrumentos para pentagramas de piano"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:150 (comment)
+msgid "piano staves"
+msgstr "sistemas de piano"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:159 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:248 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:261 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:274 (variable)
+msgid "MyVoice"
+msgstr "miVoz"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:174 (comment)
+msgid "must come before all"
+msgstr "ha de ir antes de todo"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:184 (comment)
+msgid "\\consists \\\"Rest_engraver\\\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:46 (comment)
+msgid "Cut here ----- Start 'flamenco.ly' "
+msgstr "Cortar por aquí ----- Inicio 'flamenco.ly' "
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:48 (comment)
+msgid "Text indicators"
+msgstr "Indicadores de texto"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:49 (variable)
+msgid "abanico"
+msgstr "abanico"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:50 (variable)
+msgid "rasgueaso"
+msgstr "rasgueo"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:51 (variable)
+msgid "alzapua"
+msgstr "alzapua"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:53 (comment)
+msgid "Finger stroke symbols"
+msgstr "Símbolos de golpes de dedo"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:54 (variable)
+msgid "strokeUp"
+msgstr "golpeArriba"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:64 (variable)
+msgid "strokeDown"
+msgstr "golpeAbajo"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:74 (comment)
+msgid "Golpe symbol"
+msgstr "Símbolo de golpe"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:75 (variable)
+msgid "golpe"
+msgstr "golpe"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:89 (variable)
+msgid "strokeUpGolpe"
+msgstr "golpearArriba"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:90 (variable)
+msgid "iUpGolpe"
+msgstr "iGolpeArriba"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:92 (comment)
+msgid "Strokes for all fingers"
+msgstr "Golpes para todos los dedos"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:93 (variable)
+msgid "pUp"
+msgstr "pArriba"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:94 (variable)
+msgid "pDown"
+msgstr "pAbajo"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:95 (variable)
+msgid "iUp"
+msgstr "iArriba"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:96 (variable)
+msgid "iDown"
+msgstr "iAbajo"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:97 (variable)
+msgid "mUp"
+msgstr "mArriba"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:98 (variable)
+msgid "mDown"
+msgstr "mAbajo"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:99 (variable)
+msgid "aUp"
+msgstr "aArriba"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:100 (variable)
+msgid "aDown"
+msgstr "aAbajo"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:101 (variable)
+msgid "xUp"
+msgstr "xArriba"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:102 (variable)
+msgid "xDown"
+msgstr "xAbajo"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:105 (comment)
+msgid "Just handy :)"
+msgstr "Muy cómodo :)"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:106 (variable)
+msgid "tupletOff"
+msgstr "grupoNo"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:111 (variable)
+msgid "tupletsOff"
+msgstr "gruposNo"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:116 (variable)
+msgid "tupletsOn"
+msgstr "gruposSi"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:121 (variable)
+msgid "headsOff"
+msgstr "cabezasNo"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:127 (variable)
+msgid "headsOn"
+msgstr "cabezasSi"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:133 (comment)
+msgid "Cut here ----- End 'flamenco.ly' "
+msgstr "Cortar por aquí ----- Final 'flamenco.ly' "
+
+#. input/lsr/flat-flags-and-beam-nibs.ly:58 (comment)
+msgid "Example 1"
+msgstr "Ejemplo 1"
+
+#. input/lsr/flat-flags-and-beam-nibs.ly:65 (comment)
+msgid "Example 2"
+msgstr "Ejemplo 2"
+
+#. input/lsr/flat-flags-and-beam-nibs.ly:72 (comment)
+msgid "Example 3"
+msgstr "Ejemplo 3"
+
+#. input/lsr/flat-flags-and-beam-nibs.ly:86 (comment)
+msgid "Example 4"
+msgstr "Ejemplo 4"
+
+#. input/lsr/flute-slap-notation.ly:17 (variable)
+msgid "slap"
+msgstr "slap"
+
+#. input/lsr/formatting-lyrics-syllables.ly:16 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Tip taken from http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/lilypond-user/2007-12/"
+"msg00215.html"
+msgstr ""
+"Truco sacado de http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/lilypond-user/2007-12/"
+"msg00215.html"
+
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:37 (comment)
+msgid "A chord for ukelele, with formatting defined in definition string"
+msgstr "Acorde para el ukelele, con el formato definido en la cadena de definición"
+
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "1.2 * size, 4 strings, 4 frets, fingerings below string"
+msgstr "1.2 * tamaño, 4 cuerdas, 4 trastes, digitación debajo de las cuerdas"
+
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:39 (comment)
+msgid "dot radius .35 of fret spacing, dot position 0.55 of fret spacing"
+msgstr "redio del punto .35 del espacio de traste, posición del punto 0.55 del espacio de traste"
+
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:52 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:72 (comment)
+#, python-format
+msgid "110% of default size"
+msgstr "110% del tamaño predeterminado"
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--changing-their-appearance.ly:26 (comment)
+msgid "set up grids"
+msgstr "establecer rejillas"
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--changing-their-appearance.ly:28 (comment)
+msgid "set the grid interval to one quarter note"
+msgstr "establecer intervalo de rejilla a una negra"
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--changing-their-appearance.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "this moves them to the right half a staff space"
+msgstr "moverlas a la derecha medio espacio de pentagrama"
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--changing-their-appearance.ly:48 (comment)
+msgid "this moves them up one staff space from the default position"
+msgstr "moverlas hacia arriba un espacio de pentagrama desde la posición de"
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:27 (comment)
+msgid "sets of grid"
+msgstr "rejilla predeterminada "
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:33 (comment)
+msgid "lines length"
+msgstr "longitud de las líneas"
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:48 (comment)
+msgid "centers grid lines horizontally below noteheads"
+msgstr "centrar las líneas de rejilla horizontalmente bajo las cabezas"
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:62 (comment)
+msgid "making sure the lines will be placed outside the Staff"
+msgstr "asegurar que las líneas se sitúen fuera del pentagrama"
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:65 (comment)
+msgid "hides staff and notes so that only the grid lines are visible"
+msgstr "ocultar pentagrama y notas para que sólo se vea la rejilla"
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:75 (comment)
+msgid "you have to put 'dummy' notes here to force regular grid spacing..."
+msgstr "hay que poner aquí notas falsas para forzar el espaciado regular de la rejilla..."
+
+#. input/lsr/heavily-customized-polymetric-time-signatures.ly:55 (variable)
+msgid "drum"
+msgstr "percusion"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:54 (comment)
+msgid "Solution 1: Using a simple markup with a particular halign value"
+msgstr "Solución 1: usar un marcado sencillo con un valor concreto de halign"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:55 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Drawback: It's a markup, not a dynamic command, so \\dynamicDown etc. will "
+"have no effect"
+msgstr "Inconveniente: es un marcado, no una instrucción de matiz dinámico por lo que \\dynamicDown etc. no funcionan"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:56 (variable)
+msgid "semppMarkup"
+msgstr "semppMarcado"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:58 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Solution 2: Using a dynamic script and shifting with \\once\\override ... "
+"#'X-offset = .."
+msgstr ""
+"Solución 2: usar una indicación de dinámica y desplazarla con \\once\\override ... "
+"#'X-offset = .."
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:59 (comment)
+msgid "Drawback: \\once\\override needed for every invocation"
+msgstr "Inconveniente: se necesita \\once\\override para cada invocación"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:60 (variable)
+msgid "semppK"
+msgstr "semppK"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:62 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Solution 3: Padding the dynamic script so the center-alignment puts it to "
+"the correct position"
+msgstr "Solución 3: aplicar relleno a la indicación dinámica para que el center-alignment lo ponga en la posición correcta"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:63 (comment)
+msgid "Drawback: the padding really reserves the space, nothing else can be there"
+msgstr "Inconveniente: el relleno reserva el espacio realmente, no puede haber nada más aquí"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:64 (variable)
+msgid "semppT"
+msgstr "semppT"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:72 (comment)
+msgid "Solution 4: Dynamic, setting the dimensions of the additional text to 0"
+msgstr "Solución 4: indicación dinámica, fijando a 0 las dimensiones del texto adicional"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:73 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Drawback: To lilypond \\\"sempre\\\" has no extent, so it might put other "
+"stuff there => collisions"
+msgstr "Inconveniente: para lilypond \\\"sempre\\\" no tiene dimensiones, lo que podría dar lugar a colisiones"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:74 (comment)
+msgid "Drawback: Also, there seems to be some spacing, so it's not exactly the "
+msgstr "Inconveniente: asimismo, parece haber algo de espacio, por lo que no es exactamente"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:75 (comment)
+msgid "same alignment as without the additional text"
+msgstr "la misma alnieación que sin el texto adicional"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:76 (variable)
+msgid "semppM"
+msgstr "semppM"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:78 (comment)
+msgid "Solution 5: Dynamic with explicit shifting inside the scheme function"
+msgstr "Solución 5: indicación dinámica con desplazamiento explícito dentro de la función de Scheme"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:79 (variable)
+msgid "semppG"
+msgstr "semppG"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:85 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Solution 6: Dynamic with explicit alignment. This has only effect, if one "
+"sets X-offset!"
+msgstr "Solución 6: indicación dinámica con alineación explícita. ¡Sólo tiene efecto si se fija X-offset!"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:86 (comment)
+msgid "Drawback: One needs to set DynamicText #'X-offset!"
+msgstr "Inconveniente: ¡Hay que fijar DynamicText #'X-offset!"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:87 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Drawback: Aligned at the right edge of the additional text, not at the "
+"center of pp"
+msgstr "Inconveniente: alineado con el borde derecho del texto adicional, no con el centro del pp"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:88 (variable)
+msgid "semppMII"
+msgstr "semppMII"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:114 (comment)
+msgid "Setting to ##f (false) gives the same resul"
+msgstr "Al fijarlo a ##f (falso) obtenemos el mismo resultado"
+
+#. input/lsr/how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly:28 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:61 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/showing-chords-at-changes.ly:23 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-and-chords.ly:40 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes-and-chords.ly:38 (variable)
+msgid "harmonies"
+msgstr "armonias"
+
+#. input/lsr/how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "THE FOLLOWING IS THE COMMAND TO MOVE THE CHORD NAME"
+msgstr "a continuación la instrucción para mover el nombre del acorde"
+
+#. input/lsr/how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly:34 (comment)
+msgid "THIS LINE IS THE SECOND METHOD"
+msgstr "esta línea es el segundo método"
+
+#. input/lsr/how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly:44 (comment)
+msgid "THE FOLLOWING IS THE COMMAND TO MOVE THE FRET DIAGRAM"
+msgstr "a continuación la instrucción para mover el diagrama de posición"
+
+#. input/lsr/how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly:47 (comment)
+msgid "HERE IS THE SECOND METHOD"
+msgstr "aquí el segundo método"
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:62 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "make the staff lines invisible on staves"
+msgstr "hacer invisibles las líneas de los pentagramas"
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:74 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:75 (context id)
+msgid "discantusIncipit"
+msgstr "discantusIncipit"
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:111 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:112 (context id)
+msgid "altusIncipit"
+msgstr "altusIncipit"
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:127 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:139 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:169 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:178 (comment)
+msgid "two measures"
+msgstr "dos compases"
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:147 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:148 (context id)
+msgid "tenorIncipit"
+msgstr "tenorIncipit"
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:184 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:185 (context id)
+msgid "bassusIncipit"
+msgstr "bassusIncipit"
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:251 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:258 (comment)
+msgid "Keep the bass lyrics outside of the staff group to avoid bar lines"
+msgstr "Mantener la letra del bajo fuera del grupo de pentagrama para evitar las barras de compás"
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:252 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:259 (comment)
+msgid "between the lyrics."
+msgstr "entre las sílabas del texto"
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:257 (comment)
+msgid "no bar lines in staves"
+msgstr "si barras de compás sobre los pentagramas"
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:260 (comment)
+msgid "the next three instructions keep the lyrics between the bar lines"
+msgstr "las tres instrucciones siguientes mantienen la letra entre las barras de compás"
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:275 (comment)
+msgid "breaking also at those bar lines where a note overlaps"
+msgstr "saltar también en las barras en que se superpone una nota"
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:276 (comment)
+msgid "into the next measure. The command is commented out in this"
+msgstr "sobre el siguiente compás. La instrucción es un comentario en este"
+
+#. input/lsr/inserting-score-fragments-above-a-staff,-as-markups.ly:16 (variable)
+msgid "tuning"
+msgstr "afinacion"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:52 (comment)
+msgid "#(set-global-staff-size 16)"
+msgstr "#(set-global-staff-size 16)"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:55 (comment)
+msgid "Some macros %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%"
+msgstr "Algunos macros %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:57 (variable)
+msgid "sl"
+msgstr "sl"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:61 (variable)
+msgid "nsl"
+msgstr "nsl"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:65 (variable)
+msgid "crOn"
+msgstr "crSi"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:66 (variable)
+msgid "crOff"
+msgstr "crNo"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:68 (comment)
+msgid "insert chord name style stuff here."
+msgstr "insertar aquí el código para el estilo de nombres de acorde"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:70 (variable)
+msgid "jazzChords"
+msgstr "acordesJazz"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:72 (comment)
+msgid "Keys'n'thangs %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%"
+msgstr "Keys'n'thangs %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:76 (variable)
+msgid "Key"
+msgstr "Tono"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:78 (comment)
+msgid "############ Horns ############"
+msgstr "############ Trompas ############"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:80 (comment)
+msgid "------ Trumpet ------"
+msgstr "------ Trompeta ------"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:81 (variable)
+msgid "trpt"
+msgstr "trpt"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:85 (variable)
+msgid "trpHarmony"
+msgstr "acordesTrp"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:88 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:268 (context id)
+msgid "trumpet"
+msgstr "trompeta"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:97 (comment)
+msgid "------ Alto Saxophone ------"
+msgstr "------ Saxofón alto ------"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:98 (variable)
+msgid "alto"
+msgstr "alto"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:102 (variable)
+msgid "altoHarmony"
+msgstr "acordesAlto"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:105 (variable)
+msgid "altoSax"
+msgstr "saxoAlto"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:114 (comment)
+msgid "------ Baritone Saxophone ------"
+msgstr "------ Saxofón barítono ------"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:115 (variable)
+msgid "bari"
+msgstr "bari"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:123 (variable)
+msgid "bariHarmony"
+msgstr "acordesBari"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:126 (variable)
+msgid "bariSax"
+msgstr "saxoBari"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:135 (comment)
+msgid "------ Trombone ------"
+msgstr "------ Trombón ------"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:136 (variable)
+msgid "tbone"
+msgstr "tbon"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:140 (variable)
+msgid "tboneHarmony"
+msgstr "acordesTbon"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:143 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:272 (context id)
+msgid "trombone"
+msgstr "trombon"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:152 (comment)
+msgid "############ Rhythm Section #############"
+msgstr "############ Sección rítmica #############"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:154 (comment)
+msgid "------ Guitar ------"
+msgstr "------ Guitarra ------"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:155 (variable)
+msgid "gtr"
+msgstr "guit"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:163 (variable)
+msgid "gtrHarmony"
+msgstr "acordesGuit"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:167 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:277 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:39 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:44 (context id)
+msgid "guitar"
+msgstr "guitarra"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:176 (comment)
+msgid "------ Piano ------"
+msgstr "------ Piano ------"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:177 (variable)
+msgid "rhUpper"
+msgstr "mdArriba"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:182 (variable)
+msgid "rhLower"
+msgstr "mdAbajo"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:188 (variable)
+msgid "lhUpper"
+msgstr "miArriba"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:193 (variable)
+msgid "lhLower"
+msgstr "miAbajo"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:199 (variable)
+msgid "PianoRH"
+msgstr "PianoMD"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:208 (variable)
+msgid "PianoLH"
+msgstr "PianoMI"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:226 (comment)
+msgid "------ Bass Guitar ------"
+msgstr "------ Guitarra bajo ------"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:240 (comment)
+msgid "------ Drums ------"
+msgstr "------ Percusión ------"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:254 (variable)
+msgid "drumContents"
+msgstr "contenidoPercusion"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:263 (comment)
+#, python-format
+msgid "It All Goes Together Here %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%"
+msgstr "Aquí va todo junto %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:267 (context id)
+msgid "horns"
+msgstr "trompas"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:269 (context id)
+msgid "altosax"
+msgstr "saxoalto"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:270 (context id)
+msgid "barichords"
+msgstr "acordesbari"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:271 (context id)
+msgid "barisax"
+msgstr "saxobari"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:276 (context id)
+msgid "chords"
+msgstr "acordes"
+
+#. input/lsr/makam-example.ly:26 (comment)
+msgid "Initialize makam settings"
+msgstr "Iniciar ajustes de makam"
+
+#. input/lsr/manually-break-figured-bass-extenders-for-only-some-numbers.ly:19 (variable)
+msgid "bassfigures"
+msgstr "cifrasbajo"
+
+#. input/lsr/manually-controlling-beam-positions.ly:21 (comment)
+msgid "from upper staffline (position 4) to center (position 0)"
+msgstr "desde la línea superior (posición 4) hasta la tercera (posición 0)"
+
+#. input/lsr/manually-controlling-beam-positions.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "from center to one above center (position 2)"
+msgstr "desde la línea central hasta una por encima (posición 2)"
+
+#. input/lsr/marking-notes-of-spoken-parts-with-a-cross-on-the-stem.ly:19 (variable)
+msgid "speakOn"
+msgstr "hablarSi"
+
+#. input/lsr/marking-notes-of-spoken-parts-with-a-cross-on-the-stem.ly:31 (variable)
+msgid "speakOff"
+msgstr "hablarNo"
+
+#. input/lsr/markup-lines.ly:19 (comment)
+msgid "Candide, Voltaire"
+msgstr "Candide, Voltaire"
+
+#. input/lsr/mensurstriche-layout-bar-lines-between-the-staves.ly:32 (comment)
+msgid "the final bar line is not interrupted"
+msgstr "la barra final no se interrumpe"
+
+#. input/lsr/merging-multi-measure-rests-in-a-polyphonic-part.ly:17 (variable)
+msgid "normalPos"
+msgstr "posNormal"
+
+#. input/lsr/modern-tab-text-clef.ly:16 (variable)
+msgid "TAB"
+msgstr "TAB"
+
+#. input/lsr/modifying-default-values-for-articulation-shorthand-notation.ly:37 (variable)
+msgid "dashPlus"
+msgstr "dashPlus"
+
+#. input/lsr/modifying-tuplet-bracket-length.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid "Set tuplets to be extendable..."
+msgstr "Hacer los grupos especiales extensibles..."
+
+#. input/lsr/modifying-tuplet-bracket-length.ly:25 (comment)
+msgid "...to cover all items up to the next note"
+msgstr "... para que cubran todos los elementos hasta la nota siguiente"
+
+#. input/lsr/modifying-tuplet-bracket-length.ly:29 (comment)
+msgid "...or to cover just whitespace"
+msgstr "... o para cubrir sólo el espacio vacio"
+
+#. input/lsr/percussion-beaters.ly:18 (variable)
+msgid "stick"
+msgstr "baqueta"
+
+#. input/lsr/permitting-line-breaks-within-beamed-tuplets.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "Permit line breaks within tuplets"
+msgstr "Permitir saltos de línea dentro de grupos especiales"
+
+#. input/lsr/permitting-line-breaks-within-beamed-tuplets.ly:40 (comment)
+msgid "Allow beams to be broken at line breaks"
+msgstr "Permitir romper barras en saltos de línea"
+
+#. input/lsr/permitting-line-breaks-within-beamed-tuplets.ly:47 (comment)
+msgid "Insert a manual line break within a tuplet"
+msgstr "Insertar salto de línea manual dentro de un grupo especial"
+
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:51 (variable)
+msgid "pedal"
+msgstr "pedal"
+
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:64 (comment)
+msgid "define Dynamics context"
+msgstr "definir el contexto Dynamics"
+
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:85 (comment)
+msgid "modify PianoStaff context to accept Dynamics context"
+msgstr "modificar el contexto PianoStaff para que acepte el contexto Dynamics"
+
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:38 (context id)
+msgid "tab"
+msgstr "tab"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:30 (comment)
+msgid "Multi-measure rests by default are set under the second line"
+msgstr "Los silencios multicompás se sitúan de forma predeterminada bajo la segunda línea"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:32 (comment)
+msgid "They can be moved with an override"
+msgstr "Se pueden mover con un override"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "A value of 0 is the default position;"
+msgstr "Un valor de cero es la posición predeterminada;"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:36 (comment)
+msgid "the following trick moves the rest to the center line"
+msgstr "el truco siguiente mueve el silencio a la línea central"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:39 (comment)
+msgid "Multi-measure rests in odd-numbered voices are under the top line"
+msgstr "Los silencios multicompás de las voces impares están bajo la línea superior"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:41 (comment)
+msgid "Multi-measure rests in even-numbered voices are under the bottom line"
+msgstr "Los silencios multicompás de las voces pares están bajo la línea inferior"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:43 (comment)
+msgid "They remain separated even in empty measures"
+msgstr "Siguen estando separados incluso en compases vacíos"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:45 (comment)
+msgid "This brings them together even though there are two voices"
+msgstr "Así los juntamos incluso si hay dos voces"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:28 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:49 (comment)
+msgid "Set segno sign as rehearsal mark and adjust size if needed"
+msgstr "Fijar llamada como letra de ensayo y ajustar su tamaño si es necesario"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:29 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:51 (comment)
+msgid "\\once \\override Score.RehearsalMark #'font-size = #3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "Set coda sign as rehearsal mark and adjust size if needed"
+msgstr "Fijar llamada de coda como letra de ensayo y ajustar tamaño si es necesario"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:42 (comment)
+msgid "Should Coda be on anew line?"
+msgstr "¿Debe ir la Coda sobre una línea nueva?"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:43 (comment)
+msgid "Coda NOT on new line: use \\nobreak"
+msgstr "Coda NO en línea nueva: usar \\nobreak"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:44 (comment)
+msgid "Coda on new line: DON'T use \\nobreak"
+msgstr "Coda en línea nueva: NO USAR \\nobreak"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:45 (comment)
+msgid "\\noBreak"
+msgstr "\\noBreak"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:54 (comment)
+msgid "Here begins the trickery! "
+msgstr "¡Aquí comienzan los trucos!"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:55 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"\\cadenzaOn will suppress the bar count and \\stopStaff removes the staff "
+"lines."
+msgstr "\\cadenzaOn suprime la cuenta de compases y \\stopStaff quita el pentagrama"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:58 (comment)
+msgid "Some examples of possible text-displays "
+msgstr "Algunos ejemplos de text-displays posibles"
+
+# fuzzy. FVD
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:60 (comment)
+msgid "text line-aligned"
+msgstr "texto line-aligned"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:61 (comment)
+msgid "=================="
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:62 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:68 (comment)
+msgid "Move text to the desired position"
+msgstr "Mover el texto a la posición deseada"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:63 (comment)
+msgid "\\once \\override TextScript #'extra-offset = #'( 2 . -3.5 )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:64 (comment)
+msgid "| s1*0^\\markup { D.S. al Coda } }"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:66 (comment)
+msgid "text center-aligned"
+msgstr "texto center-aligned"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:67 (comment)
+msgid "===================="
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:69 (comment)
+msgid "\\once \\override TextScript #'extra-offset = #'( 6 . -5.0 )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:70 (comment)
+msgid "| s1*0^\\markup { \\center-column { D.S. \\\"al Coda\\\" } }"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:72 (comment)
+msgid "text and symbols center-aligned"
+msgstr "texto y símbolos center-aligned"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:73 (comment)
+msgid "==============================="
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:74 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Move text to the desired position and tweak spacing for optimum text "
+"alignment"
+msgstr "Mover el texto a la posición deseada y ajustar el espacio para una alineación óptima"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:75 (comment)
+msgid "\\once \\override TextScript #'extra-offset = #'( 8 . -5.5 )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:81 (comment)
+msgid "Increasing the unfold counter will expand the staff-free space"
+msgstr "El aumento del contador de despliegue expande el espacio de staff-free"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:86 (comment)
+msgid "Resume bar count and show staff lines again"
+msgstr "Reanudar la cuenta de compases y mostrar el pentagrama de nuevo"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:90 (comment)
+msgid "Should Coda be on new line?"
+msgstr "¿La Coda va en una línea nueva?"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:91 (comment)
+msgid "Coda NOT on new line: DON'T use \\break"
+msgstr "Coda NO en nueva línea: NO USAR \\break"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:92 (comment)
+msgid "Coda on new line: use \\break"
+msgstr "Coda en nueva línea: usar \\break"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:95 (comment)
+msgid "Show up, you clef and key!"
+msgstr "¡Mostraos, clave y armadura!"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:99 (comment)
+msgid "Set coda sign as rehearsal mark and adjust size and position"
+msgstr "Fijar el signo de coda como letra de enzayo y ajustar el tamaño y posición"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:101 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Put the coda sign ontop of the (treble-)clef dependend on coda's line-"
+"position"
+msgstr "Poner el signo de coda encima de la clave dependiendo de la line-position de la coda"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:103 (comment)
+msgid "Coda NOT on new line, use this:"
+msgstr "Coda NO en nueva línea, hacer esto:"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:104 (comment)
+msgid "\\once \\override Score.RehearsalMark #'extra-offset = #'( -2 . 1.75 )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:106 (comment)
+msgid "Coda on new line, use this:"
+msgstr "Coda en nueva línea, hacer esto:"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:112 (comment)
+msgid "The coda"
+msgstr "La coda"
+
+#. input/lsr/printing-metronome-and-rehearsal-marks-below-the-staff.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "Metronome marks below the staff "
+msgstr "las marcas de metrónomo debajo del pentagrama"
+
+#. input/lsr/printing-metronome-and-rehearsal-marks-below-the-staff.ly:36 (comment)
+msgid "Rehearsal marks below the staff"
+msgstr "Letras de ensayo debajo del pentagrama"
+
+#. input/lsr/printing-music-with-different-time-signatures.ly:49 (variable)
+msgid "Bassklarinette"
+msgstr "ClarineteBajo"
+
+#. input/lsr/printing-music-with-different-time-signatures.ly:89 (variable)
+msgid "Perkussion"
+msgstr "Percusion"
+
+#. input/lsr/quoting-another-voice-with-transposition.ly:37 (variable)
+msgid "quoteTest"
+msgstr "pruebaDeCita"
+
+#. input/lsr/quoting-another-voice-with-transposition.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "french horn"
+msgstr "trompa"
+
+#. input/lsr/quoting-another-voice.ly:27 (variable)
+msgid "quoteMe"
+msgstr "citaMe"
+
+#. input/lsr/quoting-another-voice.ly:32 (variable)
+msgid "original"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. input/lsr/removing-the-first-empty-line.ly:43 (comment)
+msgid "To use the setting globally, uncomment the following line:"
+msgstr "Para usar el ajuste de forma global, quite el comentario de la líne siguiente:"
+
+#. input/lsr/removing-the-first-empty-line.ly:44 (comment)
+msgid "\\override VerticalAxisGroup #'remove-first = ##t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/removing-the-first-empty-line.ly:53 (comment)
+msgid "To use the setting globally, comment this line,"
+msgstr "Para usar el ajuste globalmente, haga un comentario de la línea siguiente:"
+
+#. input/lsr/removing-the-first-empty-line.ly:54 (comment)
+msgid "uncomment the line in the \\layout block above"
+msgstr "quite el comentario de la línea del bloque \\layout de arriba"
+
+#. input/lsr/reverting-default-beam-endings.ly:29 (comment)
+msgid "Default beaming"
+msgstr "Barrado predeterminado"
+
+#. input/lsr/reverting-default-beam-endings.ly:32 (comment)
+msgid "Revert default values in scm/auto-beam.scm for 12/8 time"
+msgstr "Revertir los valores predeterminados en scm/auto-beam.scm para el 12/8"
+
+#. input/lsr/reverting-default-beam-endings.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "Set new values for beam endings"
+msgstr "establecer valores nuevos para finales de barra"
+
+#. input/lsr/rhythmic-slashes.ly:25 (comment)
+msgid "Macro to print single slash"
+msgstr "Macro para imprimir una barra inclinada única"
+
+#. input/lsr/rhythmic-slashes.ly:26 (variable)
+msgid "rs"
+msgstr "rs"
+
+#. input/lsr/rhythmic-slashes.ly:33 (comment)
+msgid "Function to print a specified number of slashes"
+msgstr "Función para imprimir un número especificado de barras inclinadas"
+
+#. input/lsr/rhythmic-slashes.ly:34 (variable)
+msgid "comp"
+msgstr "comp"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:69 (variable)
+msgid "NoStem"
+msgstr "sinPlica"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:70 (variable)
+msgid "NoNoteHead"
+msgstr "sinCabezas"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:71 (variable)
+msgid "ZeroBeam"
+msgstr "sinBarras"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:73 (variable)
+msgid "staffTabLine"
+msgstr "lineaTablatura"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:78 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Shows one horizontal line. The vertical line (simulating a bar-line) is "
+"simulated with a gridline"
+msgstr "Muestra una línea horizontal. La línea horizontal (que simula una divisoria) se simula con una línea de rejilla"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:83 (comment)
+msgid "disable the following line to see the the noteheads while writing the song "
+msgstr "Deshabilite la línea siguiente para ver las cabezas mientras escribe la canción"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:87 (comment)
+msgid "The beam between 8th-notes is used to draw the push-line"
+msgstr "La barra entre las corcheas se usa para trazar la línea de cerrar"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:88 (comment)
+msgid "How to fast write the push-lines: "
+msgstr "Cuán rápido escribir las líneas de cerrar:"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:89 (comment)
+msgid "1. write repeatedly 'c c c c c c c c |' for the whole length of the song "
+msgstr "1. escribir repetidamente 'c c c c c c c c |' en toda la canción"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:90 (comment)
+msgid "2. uncomment the line \\NoNoteHead"
+msgstr "2. quitar el comentario de la línea \\NoNoteHead"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:91 (comment)
+msgid "3. compile"
+msgstr "3. compilar"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:92 (comment)
+msgid "4. Mark the positions on which push/pull changes. "
+msgstr "4. Marcar las posiciones en las que cambia el abrir o cerrar"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:93 (comment)
+msgid "In the score-picture click on the position the push- or pull-part starts "
+msgstr "En la imagen de la partitura pulse sobre la posición en que inician las partes de abrir o cerrar"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:94 (comment)
+msgid "(on the noteHead, the cursor will change to a hand-icon)."
+msgstr "(sobre la cabeza, el cursor cambia a una mano)."
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:95 (comment)
+msgid "The cursor in the source code will jump just at this position."
+msgstr "El cursor sobre la fuente salta a esta posición."
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:96 (comment)
+msgid "a) If a push-part starts there, replace the 'c' by an 'e['"
+msgstr "a) Si en ese lugar empieza una parte de cerrar, cambie la 'c' por 'e['"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:97 (comment)
+msgid "b) If a pull-part starts there, replace the 'c' by an 's'"
+msgstr "b) Si en ese lugar empieza una parte de abrir, cambie la 'c' por una 's'"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:98 (comment)
+msgid "5. Switch into 'overwrite-mode' by pressing the 'ins' key. "
+msgstr "5. Cambie al modo de sobreescritura de texto pulsando la tecla 'ins'."
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:99 (comment)
+msgid "6. For the pull-parts overwrite the 'c' with 's' "
+msgstr "6. Para las partes de abrir sobreescriba la 'c' con 's' "
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:100 (comment)
+msgid "7. For every push-part replace the last 'c' with 'e]' "
+msgstr "7. Para cada parte de cerrar cambie la última 'c' por una 'e]' "
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:101 (comment)
+msgid "8. Switch into 'insert-mode' again "
+msgstr "8. Pase de nuevo al modo de inserción"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:102 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"9. At last it should look lik e.g. (s s e[ c | c c c c c c c c | c c c c c c "
+"e] s s)"
+msgstr "9. Al final se verá como p.ej. (s s e[ c | c c c c c c c c | c c c c c c e] s s)"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:103 (comment)
+msgid "10. re-enable the line \\NoNoteHead"
+msgstr "10. rehabilite la línea \\NoNoteHead"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:113 (comment)
+msgid "Accordion melody in tabulator score\t\t"
+msgstr "Melodía de acordeón en partitura de tablatura\t\t"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:114 (comment)
+msgid "1. Place a copy of the piano melody below"
+msgstr "1. Ponga debajo una copia de la melodía de piano"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:115 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:134 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"2. Separate piano melody into pull- and push-parts according to the "
+"staffTabLine you've already made "
+msgstr "2. Separe la melodía de piano en partes de abrir y de cerrar de acuerdo con la staffTabLine que ha preparado"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:116 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"3. For each line: Double the line. Remark the 1st one (Keeps unchanged as "
+"reference) and then change the second line using the transformation paper"
+msgstr ""
+"3. Para cada línea; duplique la línea. Marque la primera como comentario "
+"(la conserva intacta como referencia) y luego cambie la segunda línea "
+"usando el papel de transformación"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:117 (comment)
+msgid "or the macros 'conv2diaton push.bsh' and 'conv2diaton pull.bsh' "
+msgstr "o los macros 'conv2diaton push.bsh' y 'conv2diaton pull.bsh' "
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:118 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:137 (comment)
+msgid "Tips:"
+msgstr "Consejos:"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:119 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:138 (comment)
+msgid "- In jEdit Search & Replace mark the Option 'Keep Dialog'"
+msgstr "- En la búsqueda y sustitución de jEdit marque la opción 'Keep Dialog'"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:121 (variable)
+msgid "AccordionTabTwoCBesDur"
+msgstr "AcordeonTabDosCSibM"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:122 (comment)
+msgid "pull 1"
+msgstr "abrir 1"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:123 (comment)
+msgid "<f' bes'>8 <f' a'>8 <d' bes'>8 | "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:125 (comment)
+msgid "push 2"
+msgstr "cerrar 2"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:126 (comment)
+msgid "<g' c''>4 <f' d''> <g' ees''> <f' a'> | "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:128 (comment)
+msgid "pull 3"
+msgstr "abrir 3"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:129 (comment)
+msgid "<f' bes'>2 r8 }"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:133 (comment)
+msgid "1. Place a copy of the piano melody above"
+msgstr "1. Haga una copia de la melodía de piano de arriba"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:135 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"3. For each line: Double the line. Remark the 1st one (Keeps unchanged as "
+"reference) and then "
+msgstr ""
+"3. Para cada línea: duplique la línea. marque la primera como comentario "
+"(la conserva intacta como referencia) y después"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:136 (comment)
+msgid "change the second line using the transformation paper"
+msgstr "cambie la segunda línea usando el papel de transformación"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:139 (comment)
+msgid "- "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:150 (comment)
+msgid "4/4 - tact. How many beats per bar"
+msgstr "4/4 - tact. Cuántos pulsos por compás"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:152 (comment)
+msgid "The following line has to be adjusted O-F-T-E-N."
+msgstr "La línea siguiente se tiene que ajustar A M-E-N-U-D-O."
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:161 (variable)
+msgid "staffVoice"
+msgstr "vozPentagrama"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:169 (context id)
+msgid "melodyVoi"
+msgstr "melodiaVoi"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:175 (variable)
+msgid "staffAccordionMel"
+msgstr "pentagramaAcordMelodia"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:176 (comment)
+msgid "Set the accidentals (Vorzeichen) for each note, "
+msgstr "Fijar las alteraciones (Vorzeichen) para cada nota,"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:177 (comment)
+msgid "do not remember them for the rest of the measure. "
+msgstr "no recordarlas para el resto del compás."
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:196 (variable)
+msgid "BassRhytm"
+msgstr "DuracionesBajo"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:197 (variable)
+msgid "LyricBassRhythmI"
+msgstr "DuracionesLetraBajoI"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:199 (variable)
+msgid "staffBassRhytm"
+msgstr "duracionesPentagramaBajo"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:200 (comment)
+msgid "This is not a RhythmicStaff because it must be possible to append lyrics."
+msgstr "Esto no es un RhythmicStaff porque se debe poder aplicar letra."
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:202 (comment)
+msgid "x.y"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:204 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Shows one horizontal line. The vertical line (simulating a bar-line) is "
+"simulated by a grid"
+msgstr ""
+"Muestra una línea horizontal. La línea vertical (que simula una divisoria) está "
+"simulada por una rejilla"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:205 (comment)
+msgid "Search for 'grid' in this page to find all related functions "
+msgstr "Busque por el término 'grid' en esta página para hallar todas las funciones relacionadas"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:208 (context id)
+msgid "VoiceBassRhytm"
+msgstr "DuracionesVozBajo"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:221 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"The vertical line (simulating a bar-line) in the staffBassRhytm is a "
+"gridline "
+msgstr "La línea vertical (que simula una divisoria) en el duracionesPentagramaBajo es una línea de rejilla"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "Define the fret diagrams to be used"
+msgstr "Definir los diagramas de posiciones que se van a usar"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:25 (variable)
+msgid "cFretDiagram"
+msgstr "diagramaPosicionDo"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:29 (variable)
+msgid "gFretDiagram"
+msgstr "diagramaPosicionSol"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:33 (variable)
+msgid "verseI"
+msgstr "estrofaI"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:38 (variable)
+msgid "verseII"
+msgstr "estrofaII"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:43 (variable)
+msgid "theChords"
+msgstr "losAcordes"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:45 (comment)
+msgid "insert the chords for chordnames here"
+msgstr "inserte aquí los acordes para chordnames"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:50 (variable)
+msgid "staffMelody"
+msgstr "melodiaPentagrama"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:51 (context id)
+msgid "voiceMelody"
+msgstr "melodiaVoz"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:55 (comment)
+msgid "Type notes and fret diagram markups here"
+msgstr "Teclee aquí las notas y los marcados de diagramas de posiciones"
+
+#. input/lsr/snap-pizzicato-markup-bartok-pizzicato.ly:54 (variable)
+msgid "snapPizzicato"
+msgstr "pizzicatoSnap"
+
+#. input/lsr/snap-pizzicato-markup-bartok-pizzicato.ly:56 (comment)
+msgid "now it can be used as \\snappizzicato after the note/chord"
+msgstr "ahora se puede usar como pizzicatoSnap después de la nota o acorde"
+
+#. input/lsr/snap-pizzicato-markup-bartok-pizzicato.ly:57 (comment)
+msgid "Note that a direction (-, ^ or _) is required."
+msgstr "Observe que se requiere una dirección (-, ^ ó _)."
+
+#. input/lsr/snap-pizzicato-markup-bartok-pizzicato.ly:60 (comment)
+msgid "This does NOT work:"
+msgstr "Esto NO funciona:"
+
+#. input/lsr/snap-pizzicato-markup-bartok-pizzicato.ly:61 (comment)
+msgid "<c e g>\\snapPizzicato"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/stemlets.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "N.B. use Score.Stem to set for the whole score."
+msgstr "Nota: use Score.Stem para establecerlo para la partitura entera."
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-simple.ly:34 (variable)
+msgid "violinOne"
+msgstr "violinUno"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-simple.ly:43 (variable)
+msgid "violinTwo"
+msgstr "violinDos"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-simple.ly:52 (variable)
+msgid "viola"
+msgstr "viola"
-#~ msgid "Keyboard instruments"
-#~ msgstr "Instrumentos de teclado"
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:63 (comment)
+msgid "piece.ly"
+msgstr "pieza.ly"
-#~ msgid "Bowed instruments"
-#~ msgstr "Instrumentos de arco"
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:64 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the global definitions file)"
+msgstr "(Este es el archivo de definiciones globales)"
-#~ msgid "References for bowed strings"
-#~ msgstr "Referencias para instrumentos de cuerda frotada"
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:71 (variable)
+msgid "Violinone"
+msgstr "violinuno"
-#~ msgid "Plucked instruments"
-#~ msgstr "Instrumentos de cuerda pulsada"
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:76 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:82 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:89 (comment)
+msgid "*********************************"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:77 (variable)
+msgid "Violintwo"
+msgstr "ViolinDos"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:83 (variable)
+msgid "Viola"
+msgstr "Viola"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:90 (variable)
+msgid "Cello"
+msgstr "Cello"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:96 (comment)
+msgid "**********************************"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:107 (comment)
+msgid "These are the other files you need to save on your computer"
+msgstr "Estos son los tros archivos que debe guardar en su sistema"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:109 (comment)
+msgid "score.ly"
+msgstr "partitura.ly"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:110 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the main file)"
+msgstr "(Este es el archivo principal)"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:113 (comment)
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\\include \\\"piece.ly\\\" %%% uncomment this line when using a "
+"separate file"
+msgstr ""
+"\\include \\\"piece.ly\\\" %%% quite la marca de comentario de esta línea si "
+"está usando un archivo aparte"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:122 (comment)
+msgid "{ Uncomment this block when using separate files"
+msgstr "{ Quite la marca de comentario de este bloque si está usando archivos aparte"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:124 (comment)
+msgid "vn1.ly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:125 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the Violin 1 part file)"
+msgstr "(Este es el archivo de particella del violín 1)"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:134 (comment)
+msgid "vn2.ly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:135 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the Violin 2 part file)"
+msgstr "(Este es el archivo de particella del violín 2)"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:144 (comment)
+msgid "vla.ly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:145 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the Viola part file)"
+msgstr "(Este es el archivo de particella de la viola)"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:154 (comment)
+msgid "vlc.ly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:155 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the Cello part file)"
+msgstr "(Este es el archivo de particella del cello)"
+
+#. input/lsr/sub-dividing-beams.ly:49 (comment)
+msgid "Set beam sub-group length to an eighth note"
+msgstr "Fijar la longitud del subgrupo de barras a una corchea"
+
+#. input/lsr/sub-dividing-beams.ly:53 (comment)
+msgid "Set beam sub-group length to a sixteenth note"
+msgstr "Fijar la longitud del subgrupo de barras a una semicorchea"
+
+#. input/lsr/suppressing-warnings-for-clashing-note-columns.ly:19 (variable)
+msgid "ignore"
+msgstr "ignorar"
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:16 (comment)
+msgid "New command to add a three sided box, with sides north, west and south"
+msgstr "Instrucción nueva para añadir una caja con tres lados apuntando al norte, oeste y sur"
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:17 (comment)
+msgid "Based on the box-stencil command defined in scm/stencil.scm"
+msgstr "Basado en la instrucción box-stencil definida en scm/stencil.scm"
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:18 (comment)
+msgid "Note that you use \\\";\\\" to comment a line in Scheme"
+msgstr "Observe que utilizamos \\\";\\\" para comentar una línea en Scheme"
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:32 (comment)
+msgid "The corresponding markup command, based on the \\box command defined "
+msgstr "La instrucción de marcado correspondiente, basada en la instrucción \\box definida"
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:33 (comment)
+msgid "in scm/define-markup-commands.scm"
+msgstr "en scm/define-markup-commands.scm"
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:47 (comment)
+msgid "Test it:"
+msgstr "Probarla:"
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:21 (comment)
+msgid "Use 'bar-size to control the height of the tick,"
+msgstr "Usar 'bar-size para controlar la altura del «tick»,"
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:22 (comment)
+msgid "and 'extra-offset to determine its position."
+msgstr "y 'extra-offset para determinar su posición."
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "With 'extra-offset set to zero, the tick will be"
+msgstr "Con 'extra-offset fijado a cero, el «tick» se centrará"
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:25 (comment)
+msgid "centered around the middle line of the staff."
+msgstr "sobre la línea central del pentagrama."
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:27 (comment)
+msgid "Replace Staff.BarLine with Score.BarLine to"
+msgstr "Sustituya Staff.BarLine con Score.BarLine para"
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:28 (comment)
+msgid "apply the method to the whole score."
+msgstr "aplicar el método a toda la partitura."
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "Revert the overrides to get back a normal"
+msgstr "Revertir las sobreescrituras para volver a tener una"
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:39 (comment)
+msgid "bar line at the end."
+msgstr "barra normal de compás al final."
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:127 (variable)
+msgid "incipitDiscantus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:151 (variable)
+msgid "incipitAltus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:176 (variable)
+msgid "incipitTenor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:202 (variable)
+msgid "incipitBassus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:226 (comment)
+msgid "StaffGroup is used instead of ChoirStaff to get bar lines between systems"
+msgstr "StaffGroup se usa en lugar de ChoirStaff para tener líneas divisorias entre los sistemas"
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:269 (comment)
+msgid "the next three instructions keep the lyrics between the barlines"
+msgstr "las tres instrucciones siguientes hacen que la letra no choque con las divisorias"
+
+#. input/lsr/transposing-pitches-with-minimum-accidentals-smart-transpose.ly:131 (variable)
+msgid "naturalizeMusic"
+msgstr "naturalizarMusica"
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:111 (comment)
+msgid "The default treble clef"
+msgstr "Clave de sol predeterminada"
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:113 (comment)
+msgid "The standard bass clef"
+msgstr "Clave de Fa estándar"
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:118 (comment)
+msgid "The baritone clef"
+msgstr "Clave de barítono (do en quinta)"
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:123 (comment)
+msgid "The standard choral tenor clef"
+msgstr "Clave estándar de tenor coral"
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:129 (comment)
+msgid "A non-standard clef"
+msgstr "Clave no estándar"
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:135 (comment)
+msgid "The following clef changes do not preserve"
+msgstr "Los siguientes cambios de clave no preservan"
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:136 (comment)
+msgid "the normal relationship between notes and clefs:"
+msgstr "la relación normal entre notas y claves:"
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:151 (comment)
+msgid "Here we go back to the normal clef:"
+msgstr "Aquí volvemos a la clave normal:"
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:22 (comment)
+msgid "The default in 3/4 time is to beam in three groups"
+msgstr "De forma predeterminada, en 3/4 el barrado se hace en tres grupos"
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid "each of a quarter note length"
+msgstr "de una negra de longitud cada uno"
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:27 (comment)
+msgid "No auto-beaming is defined for 12/16"
+msgstr "No hay ningún barrado automático definido para 12/16"
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "Change time signature symbol, but retain underlying 3/4 beaming"
+msgstr "Cambiar el símbolo de compás, manteniendo el barrado subyacente de 3/4"
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "The 3/4 time default grouping of (1 1 1) and beatLength of 1/8"
+msgstr "El agrupamiento predeterminado de (1 1 1) y beatLength de 1/8 del compás 3/4"
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:36 (comment)
+msgid "are not consistent with a measureLength of 3/4, so the beams"
+msgstr "no son consistentes con una longitud de compás measureLength de 3/4, por ello las barras"
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:37 (comment)
+msgid "are grouped at beatLength intervals"
+msgstr "se agrupan a intervalos de beatLength"
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:41 (comment)
+msgid "Specify beams in groups of (3 3 2 3) 1/16th notes"
+msgstr "Especificar barras en grupos de (3 3 2 3) semicorcheas"
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:42 (comment)
+msgid "3+3+2+3=11, and 11*1/16<>3/4, so beatGrouping does not apply,"
+msgstr "3+3+2+3=11, y 11*1/16<>3/4, así que no es de aplicación beatGrouping"
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:43 (comment)
+msgid "and beams are grouped at beatLength (1/16) intervals"
+msgstr "y las barras se agrupan a intervalos de beatLength (semicorcheas)"
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:48 (comment)
+msgid "Specify beams in groups of (3 4 2 3) 1/16th notes"
+msgstr "Especificat barras en grupos de (3 4 2 3) semicorcheas"
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:49 (comment)
+msgid "3+4+2+3=12, and 12*1/16=3/4, so beatGrouping applies"
+msgstr "3+4+2+3=12, y 12*1/16=3/4, así pues beatGrouping es de aplicación"
+
+#. input/lsr/using-postscript-to-generate-special-note-head-shapes.ly:17 (variable)
+msgid "parallelogram"
+msgstr "paralelogramo"
+
+#. input/lsr/using-postscript-to-generate-special-note-head-shapes.ly:32 (variable)
+msgid "myNoteHeads"
+msgstr "misCabezas"
+
+#. input/lsr/using-postscript-to-generate-special-note-head-shapes.ly:33 (variable)
+msgid "normalNoteHeads"
+msgstr "cabezasNormales"
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:34 (comment)
+msgid "end verbatim - this comment is a hack to prevent texinfo.tex"
+msgstr "final del bloque literal. Este comentario es un truco para evitar que texinfo.tex"
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "from choking on non-European UTF-8 subsets"
+msgstr "proteste respecto a los subconjuntos de UTF-8 no europeos"
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:36 (comment)
+msgid "Cyrillic font"
+msgstr "Fuente cirílica"
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:37 (variable)
+msgid "bulgarian"
+msgstr "bulgaro"
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:41 (variable)
+msgid "hebrew"
+msgstr "hebreo"
+
+# fuzzy. FVD
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:45 (variable)
+msgid "japanese"
+msgstr "japones"
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:52 (comment)
+msgid "\\\"a legal song to you\\\""
+msgstr "\\\"una canción legal para ti\\\""
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:53 (variable)
+msgid "portuguese"
+msgstr "portugues"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:19 (variable)
+msgid "leftbrace"
+msgstr "llaveizquierda"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:20 (variable)
+msgid "rightbrace"
+msgstr "llavederecha"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:22 (variable)
+msgid "dropLyrics"
+msgstr "bajarLetra"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:29 (variable)
+msgid "raiseLyrics"
+msgstr "elevarLetra"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:36 (variable)
+msgid "skipFour"
+msgstr "saltoCuatro"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:38 (variable)
+msgid "lyricsA"
+msgstr "letraA"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:40 (variable)
+msgid "lyricsB"
+msgstr "letraB"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:41 (variable)
+msgid "lyricsC"
+msgstr "letraC"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:42 (variable)
+msgid "lyricsD"
+msgstr "letraD"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:49 (context id)
+msgid "m"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:44 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:37 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:41 (variable)
+msgid "sopMusic"
+msgstr "musicaSoprano"
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:47 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:40 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:44 (variable)
+msgid "sopWords"
+msgstr "letraSoprano"
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:76 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:67 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:72 (context id)
+msgid "women"
+msgstr "mujeres"
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:82 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:77 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:84 (context id)
+msgid "men"
+msgstr "hombres"
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:111 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:89 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:102 (comment)
+msgid "a little smaller so lyrics"
+msgstr "algo más pequeño de forma que la letra"
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:112 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:90 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:103 (comment)
+msgid "can be closer to the staff"
+msgstr "esté más cerca del pentagrama"
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:73 (comment)
+msgid "we could remove the line about this with the line below, since we want"
+msgstr "podríamos quitar la línea anterior y sustituirla por la siguiente, pues queremos"
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:74 (comment)
+msgid "the alto lyrics to be below the alto Voice anyway."
+msgstr "que la letra de la contralto esté debajo de la voz de contralto de todas formas."
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:75 (comment)
+msgid "\\new Lyrics \\lyricsto altos \\altoWords"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:84 (comment)
+msgid "again, we could replace the line above this with the line below."
+msgstr "de nuevo podríamos sustituir la línea anterior con la línea siguiente."
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:85 (comment)
+msgid "\\new Lyrics \\lyricsto basses \\bassWords"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/volta-multi-staff.ly:13 (variable)
+msgid "voltaMusic"
+msgstr "musicaRepeticion"
+
+msgid "Up:"
+msgstr "Arriba:"
+
+msgid "Next:"
+msgstr "Siguiente:"
+
+msgid "Previous:"
+msgstr "Anterior:"
+
+msgid "Appendix "
+msgstr "Apéndice "
+
+msgid "Footnotes"
+msgstr "Notas al pie"
+
+# this is the same translation that babel LaTex package uses . FVD
+msgid "Table of Contents"
+msgstr "Índice general"
-#~ msgid "Writing long repeats"
-#~ msgstr "Escribir repeticiones largas"
# Copyright (C) 2006 Han-Wen Nienhuys, Jan Nieuwenhuizen
# This file is distributed under the same license as the lilypond package.
#
-# John Mandereau <john.mandereau@free.fr>, 2006, 2007.
+# John Mandereau <john.mandereau@free.fr>, 2006-2008,
+# Jean-Charles Malahieude <lilyfan@orange.fr>, 2008.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: fr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-10-16 23:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-01 22:00+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-09 17:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-09 13:14+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Jean-Charles Malahieude <lolyfan-AT-wanadoo-DOT-fr>\n"
"Language-Team: Français <lilypond-user-fr@gnu.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Cette page documente %(package_name)s-%(package_version)s (%(branch_str)s)."
#: postprocess_html.py:47
-#, fuzzy, python-format
+#, python-format
msgid ""
"Your <a href=\"%(suggest_Docs_url)s\">suggestions for the documentation</a> "
"are welcome, please report errors to our <a href=\"%(mail_address_url)s"
"\">bug list</a>."
msgstr ""
"Vos <a href=\"%(suggest_Docs_url)s\">suggestions à propos de la "
-"documentation</a> sont les bienvenues."
+"documentation</a> sont les bienvenues ;\n"
+"signalez tout bogue en français à la <a href=\\\"http://n2.nabble.com/"
+"LilyPond-French-Users-f1298960.html\\\">liste\n"
+"francophone des utilisateurs</a> ou en anglais à la <a href=\\\"%"
+"(mail_address_url)s\\\">liste des\n"
+"utilisateurs</a>."
#: postprocess_html.py:59
#, python-format
msgstr "Sommaire"
#. @top in Documentation/user/lilypond-learning.tely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "GNU LilyPond --- Learning Manual"
-msgstr "GNU LilyPond --- manuel d'initiation"
+msgstr "GNU LilyPond --- Manuel d'initiation"
#. @node in Documentation/user/lilypond-learning.tely
#. @appendix in Documentation/user/lilypond-learning.tely
#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:298 (comment)
msgid "c is 1 staff space up, so is the c above"
-msgstr "do est à un cran de plus, il sera donc au dessus"
+msgstr "do est à un cran de plus, il sera donc au-dessus"
#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:299 (comment)
msgid "d is 2 up or 5 down, so is the d above"
-msgstr "ré est à 2 crans de plus ou 5 de moins, il sera donc au dessus"
+msgstr "ré est à 2 crans de plus ou 5 de moins, il sera donc au-dessus"
#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:300 (comment)
msgid "e is 3 up or 4 down, so is the e above"
-msgstr "mi est à 3 crans de plus ou 4 de moins, il sera donc au dessus"
+msgstr "mi est à 3 crans de plus ou 4 de moins, il sera donc au-dessus"
#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:301 (comment)
msgid "a is 6 up or 1 down, so is the a below"
#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1796 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:214 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:229 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1041 (context id)
msgid "violin"
msgstr "violon"
#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1801 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-simple.ly:62 (variable)
msgid "cello"
msgstr "cello"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
+#. input/lsr/measure-counter.ly:25 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/measure-counter.ly:32 (context id)
msgid "foo"
msgstr "toto"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "accidental"
-msgstr "altération accidentelle"
+msgstr "altération"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "time signature"
msgstr "métrique"
msgstr "armure"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "major"
msgstr "majeur"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "minor"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "tie"
msgstr "liaison de prolongation"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "slur"
msgstr "liaison d'articulation"
msgstr "Liaisons de phrasé"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "phrasing"
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:47 (variable)
msgid "dynamics"
msgstr "nuances"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "crescendo"
msgstr "crescendo"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "decrescendo"
msgstr "decrescendo"
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "anacrusis"
msgstr "anacrouse"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "note value"
msgstr "valeur d'une note"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "triplet"
msgstr "triolet"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "grace notes"
msgstr "notes d'ornement"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "acciaccatura"
msgstr "acciaccature"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "appoggiatura"
msgstr "appoggiature"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "polyphony"
msgstr "polyphonie"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "chord"
msgstr "accord"
msgid "After the tutorial"
msgstr "Après le tutoriel"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:325 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:368 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:51 (context id)
+msgid "singer"
+msgstr "chanteur"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:326 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:369 (context id)
+msgid "vocal"
+msgstr "vocal"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:329 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:372 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:218 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:278 (context id)
+msgid "piano"
+msgstr "piano"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:330 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:363 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:373 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2669 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2711 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-number-of-lines-in-a-staff.ly:19 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:221 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-simple.ly:28 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-simple.ly:47 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:37 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:51 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:40 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:61 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:23 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:41 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:45 (context id)
+msgid "upper"
+msgstr "superieur"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:331 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:364 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:374 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2676 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2712 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-number-of-lines-in-a-staff.ly:23 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:222 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-simple.ly:36 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-simple.ly:48 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:42 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:37 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:53 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:48 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:62 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:30 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:42 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:46 (context id)
+msgid "lower"
+msgstr "inferieur"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:361 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:239 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:568 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:797 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:818 (context id)
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1222 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1264 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/adjusting-lyrics-vertical-spacing.ly:24 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/adjusting-lyrics-vertical-spacing.ly:35 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-gregorian-music.ly:50 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/demo-midiinstruments.ly:28 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/formatting-lyrics-syllables.ly:28 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/guitar-strum-rhythms.ly:48 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/heavily-customized-polymetric-time-signatures.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:28 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-and-chords.ly:28 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes-and-chords.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes-and-lyrics.ly:38 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-only-notes.ly:32 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:44 (variable)
msgid "melody"
msgstr "melodie"
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1045 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1227 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1268 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:45 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:36 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-and-chords.ly:36 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes-and-lyrics.ly:46 (variable)
msgid "text"
msgstr "texte"
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:363 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2669 (variable)
-msgid "upper"
-msgstr "superieur"
-
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:364 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2676 (variable)
-msgid "lower"
-msgstr "inferieur"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:443 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:535 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:66 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:102 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:118 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:139 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:154 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:175 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:190 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:206 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:222 (comment)
+msgid "main"
+msgstr "principal"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:632 (comment)
msgid "Voice \\\"1\\\" Voice \\\"2\\\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Voix \\\"1\\\" Voix \\\"2\\\""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:642 (comment)
msgid "Voice \\\"1\\\" Voice \\\"2\\\""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:723 (comment)
msgid "Voice 1 continues"
-msgstr "La voix 1 continue"
+msgstr "Suite de la voix 1"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:726 (comment)
msgid "Voice 2 continues"
-msgstr "La voix 2 continue"
+msgstr "Suite de la voix 2"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:900 (comment)
msgid "Voice one"
msgid "Initiate first voice"
msgstr "Initialisation de la première voix"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1199 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2441 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:503 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1233 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1274 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:327 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:241 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/adding-fingerings-to-tablatures.ly:16 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:204 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:213 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-and-chords.ly:50 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes-and-lyrics.ly:52 (context id)
+msgid "one"
+msgstr "un"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1242 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2646 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3178 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3268 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:783 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:496 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:497 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:46 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:57 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:74 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/mensurstriche-layout-bar-lines-between-the-staves.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:32 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/printing-music-with-different-time-signatures.ly:24 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-simple.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:66 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:30 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:39 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:32 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:36 (variable)
msgid "global"
-msgstr "glogal"
+msgstr "global"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1243 (variable)
msgid "SopOneMusic"
msgid "SopTwoLyrics"
msgstr "SopDeuxParoles"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1255 (context id)
+msgid "SopOne"
+msgstr "SopUn"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1264 (context id)
+msgid "SopTwo"
+msgstr "SopDeux"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1296 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2864 (variable)
msgid "TimeKey"
msgstr "SopMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1298 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3180 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3270 (variable)
msgid "AltoMusic"
msgstr "AltoMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1299 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3181 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3271 (variable)
msgid "TenorMusic"
msgstr "TenorMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1300 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3182 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3272 (variable)
msgid "BassMusic"
msgstr "BasseMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1301 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3183 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3273 (variable)
msgid "VerseOne"
msgstr "CoupletUn"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1303 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3184 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3274 (variable)
msgid "VerseTwo"
msgstr "CoupletDeux"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1305 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3185 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3275 (variable)
msgid "VerseThree"
msgstr "CoupletTrois"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1307 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3186 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3276 (variable)
msgid "VerseFour"
msgstr "CoupletQuatre"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1314 (context id)
+msgid "Sop"
+msgstr "Sop"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1315 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3283 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:915 (context id)
+msgid "Alto"
+msgstr "Alto"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1323 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3291 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:917 (context id)
+msgid "Tenor"
+msgstr "Tenor"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1324 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3292 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:922 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:227 (variable)
+msgid "Bass"
+msgstr "Basse"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1350 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1402 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1464 (variable)
msgid "versewords"
msgstr "coupletparoles"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1361 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1428 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1489 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:820 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:59 (variable)
+msgid "verse"
+msgstr "couplet"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1407 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1469 (variable)
msgid "refrainnotesA"
msgid "refrainwordsB"
msgstr "refrainparolesB"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1436 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1509 (context id)
+msgid "refrainB"
+msgstr "refrainB"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1501 (context id)
+msgid "refrainA"
+msgstr "refrainA"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1655 (comment)
msgid "start of single compound music expression"
msgstr "début de l'unique expression musicale composée"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2654 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:908 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:51 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:44 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:48 (variable)
msgid "altoMusic"
msgstr "altoMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2658 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:54 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:47 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:51 (variable)
msgid "altoWords"
msgstr "altoParoles"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2659 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:909 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:58 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:51 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:55 (variable)
msgid "tenorMusic"
msgstr "tenorMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2663 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:61 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:54 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:58 (variable)
msgid "tenorWords"
msgstr "tenorParoles"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2664 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:910 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:65 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:58 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:62 (variable)
msgid "bassMusic"
-msgstr "bassMusique"
+msgstr "basseMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2668 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:68 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:61 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:65 (variable)
msgid "bassWords"
-msgstr "bassParoles"
+msgstr "basseParoles"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2685 (comment)
msgid "combine ChoirStaff and PianoStaff in parallel"
msgstr "combinaison en parallèle du ChoirStaff et du PianoStaff"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2687 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2689 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:77 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:68 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:73 (context id)
+msgid "sopranos"
+msgstr "soprani"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2692 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2694 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:78 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:69 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:77 (context id)
+msgid "altos"
+msgstr "alti"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2697 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2699 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:84 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:79 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:86 (context id)
+msgid "tenors"
+msgstr "tenors"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2702 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2704 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:85 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:80 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:90 (context id)
+msgid "basses"
+msgstr "basses"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2707 (comment)
msgid "end ChoirStaff"
msgstr "fin du ChoirStaff (système pour chœur)"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2865 (variable)
msgid "ManualOneVoiceOneMusic"
-msgstr "ManuelUnVoixUnMusique"
+msgstr "MusiqueManuelUnVoixUn"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2868 (variable)
msgid "ManualOneVoiceTwoMusic"
-msgstr "ManuelUnVoixDeuxMusique"
+msgstr "MusiqueManuelUnVoixDeux"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2872 (variable)
msgid "ManualTwoMusic"
-msgstr "ManuelDeuxMusique"
+msgstr "MusiqueManuelDeux"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2876 (variable)
msgid "PedalOrganMusic"
-msgstr "PedalierOrgueMusique"
+msgstr "MusiquePedalierOrgue"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2882 (comment)
msgid "PianoStaff and Pedal Staff must be simultaneous"
-msgstr "Système pianistique et portée de pédalier sont synchrones"
+msgstr "système pianistique et portée de pédalier simultanés"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2884 (context id)
+msgid "ManualOne"
+msgstr "ManuelUn"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2885 (comment)
msgid "set time signature and key"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2889 (comment)
msgid "end ManualOne Staff context"
-msgstr "fin du contexte de la portée ManuelUn"
+msgstr "fin du contexte de portée ManuelUn"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2890 (context id)
+msgid "ManualTwo"
+msgstr "ManuelDeux"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2894 (comment)
msgid "end ManualTwo Staff context"
-msgstr "fin du contexte de la portée ManuelDeux"
+msgstr "fin du contexte de portée ManuelDeux"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2895 (comment)
msgid "end PianoStaff context"
msgstr "fin du contexte PianoStaff"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2896 (context id)
+msgid "PedalOrgan"
+msgstr "PedalierOrgue"
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2900 (comment)
msgid "end PedalOrgan Staff context"
-msgstr "fin du contexte de la portée PedalOrgan"
+msgstr "fin du contexte de portée PedalierOrgue"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2902 (comment)
msgid "end Score context"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/fundamental.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:564 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:577 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:585 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:604 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:617 (context id)
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/fundamental.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/fundamental.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/fundamental.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fundamental.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fundamental.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Explicitly instantiating voices"
msgstr "Instanciation explicite des voix"
msgid "Building a score from scratch"
msgstr "Écriture d'une partition à partir de zéro"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:541 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:665 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:564 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:690 (comment)
msgid "Increase thickness of all following slurs from 1.2 to 5.0"
msgstr "L'épaisseur de toutes les liaisons à venir passe de 1,2 à 5,0"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:606 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:640 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:643 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:630 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:666 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:669 (comment)
msgid "Increase thickness of immediately following slur only"
msgstr "Épaississement de la prochaine liaison seulement"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:669 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:694 (comment)
msgid "Revert thickness of all following slurs to default of 1.2"
msgstr "Retour à l'épaisseur par défaut de 1,2 pour les prochaines liaisons"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1275 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1302 (comment)
msgid "Don't print clefs in this staff"
msgstr "pas de clef pour cette portée"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1277 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1304 (comment)
msgid "Don't print time signatures in this staff"
msgstr "pas de métrique pour cette portée"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1338 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1362 (comment)
msgid "Reduce all font sizes by ~24%"
msgstr "Réduction d'environ 24 % de toutes les tailles de fonte"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1394 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1418 (comment)
msgid "Reduce stem length and line spacing to match"
msgstr ""
"Réduction de la taille des hampes et de l'interligne pour ne pas déborder"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1768 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1829 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1828 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1895 (comment)
msgid "Set details for later Text Spanner"
msgstr "Réglage des détails du texte avec extension"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1771 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1832 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1831 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1898 (comment)
msgid "Place dynamics above staff"
-msgstr "Positionnement des nuances au dessus de la portée"
+msgstr "Positionnement des nuances au-dessus de la portée"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1773 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1836 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1833 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1902 (comment)
msgid "Start Ottava Bracket"
msgstr "Début du crochet d'octavation"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1776 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1783 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1839 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1846 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1836 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1843 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1905 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1912 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Text"
msgstr "Ajout d'une nuance textuelle"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1778 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1841 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1838 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1907 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Line Spanner"
msgstr "Ajout d'une nuance graphique"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1780 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1843 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1840 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1909 (comment)
msgid "Add Text Script"
msgstr "Ajout d'un commentaire textuel"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1785 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1848 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1845 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1914 (comment)
msgid "Stop Ottava Bracket"
msgstr "Fin du crochet d'octavation"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1834 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1900 (comment)
msgid "Place following Ottava Bracket below Text Spanners"
msgstr "Positionnement du crochet d'octavation sous le texte avec extension"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1890 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1959 (comment)
msgid "Cause notes to space out to accommodate text"
msgstr "Force les notes à s'espacer selon le texte"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1908 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1979 (comment)
msgid "This markup is short enough to fit without collision"
-msgstr "Cette étiquette est assez courte pour ne pas risquer de chevauchement"
+msgstr "Ce morceau de texte est assez court pour ne pas faire de collision"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1912 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1983 (comment)
msgid "This is too long to fit, so it is displaced upwards"
-msgstr "Celle-ci est trop longue pour tenir, elle est déplacée plus haut"
+msgstr "Celui-ci est trop long pour tenir, il est déplacé vers le haut"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1916 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1921 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1987 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1992 (comment)
msgid "Turn off collision avoidance"
msgstr "Désactivation du processus d'évitement de collision"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1923 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1994 (comment)
msgid "and turn on textLengthOn"
msgstr "activation de textLengthOn"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1924 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1995 (comment)
msgid "Spaces at end are honored"
msgstr "Les espaces de la fin sont pris en compte"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2027 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2096 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 staff space"
msgstr "Élargissement d'un espace"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2293 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2373 (comment)
msgid "This will not work, see below:"
msgstr "La commande suivante est sans résultat ; voir plus loin."
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2297 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2377 (comment)
msgid "This works:"
msgstr "Celle-ci produit le résultat escompté"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2342 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2422 (variable)
msgid "naturalplusflat"
msgstr "becarreplusbemol"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2377 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2458 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 unit"
msgstr "Élargissement d'une unité"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2379 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2460 (comment)
msgid "Align dynamics to a base line 2 units above staff"
msgstr ""
-"Alignement des nuances sur une ligne de base à 2 unités au dessus de la "
+"Alignement des nuances sur une ligne de base à 2 unités au-dessus de la "
"portée"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2657 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2708 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2770 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2841 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2903 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2958 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2745 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2794 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2855 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2925 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2987 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3042 (variable)
msgid "rhMusic"
msgstr "mdMusique"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2662 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2713 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2777 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2850 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2912 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2750 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2799 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2862 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2934 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2996 (comment)
msgid "Start polyphonic section of four voices"
-msgstr "Début d'un section polyphonique de quatre voix"
-
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2675 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2726 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2790 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2865 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2929 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2986 (variable)
+msgstr "Début d'une section polyphonique de quatre voix"
+
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2763 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2812 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2875 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2949 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3013 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3070 (variable)
msgid "lhMusic"
msgstr "mgMusique"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2916 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2973 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2772 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2821 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2884 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2958 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3022 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3079 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:928 (context id)
+msgid "RH"
+msgstr "MD"
+
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2776 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2825 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2888 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2962 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3026 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3083 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:934 (context id)
+msgid "LH"
+msgstr "MG"
+
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3000 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3057 (comment)
msgid "Move the c2 out of the main note column so the merge will work"
msgstr "Déplace le do2 pour que la fusion puisse fonctionner"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2919 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2976 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3003 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3060 (comment)
msgid "Stem on the d2 must be down to permit merging"
msgstr "La hampe du ré2 ira vers le bas pour permettre la fusion"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2971 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3055 (comment)
msgid "Reposition the c2 to the right of the merged note"
msgstr "Repositionnement du do2 à droite de la note fusionnée"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3099 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3118 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3185 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3204 (comment)
msgid "Visible tempo marking"
msgstr "Indication de tempo visible"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3103 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3122 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3189 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3208 (comment)
msgid "Invisible tempo marking to lengthen fermata in MIDI"
msgstr "Indication de tempo invisible ; utilisée pour le MIDI"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3106 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3125 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3192 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3211 (comment)
msgid "New tempo for next section"
msgstr "Nouveau tempo pour la section suivante"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3169 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3259 (variable)
msgid "emphasize"
msgstr "emphase"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3173 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3263 (variable)
msgid "normal"
msgstr "normal"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3179 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3269 (variable)
msgid "SopranoMusic"
msgstr "sopranoMusique"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3395 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3282 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:913 (context id)
+msgid "Soprano"
+msgstr "Soprano"
+
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3487 (comment)
msgid "Arrange to obtain color from color-notehead procedure"
msgstr "Arranger pour obtenir une couleur par la procédure color-notehead"
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Tweaking output"
-msgstr "Retouche des partitions"
+msgstr "Retouche de partition"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Specifying the context in lyric mode"
-msgstr "Specification du contexte en mode lyrique"
+msgstr "Spécification du contexte en mode lyrique"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "transparent"
-msgstr "transparent"
+msgstr "transparence"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-msgid "Outside staff objects"
+msgid "Outside-staff objects"
msgstr "Objets hors de la portée"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "force-hshift property"
msgstr "la propriété force-hshift"
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
msgid "Saving typing with variables and functions"
-msgstr "Économies de saisie grâce aux identificateurs et fonctions"
+msgstr "Économie de saisie grâce aux identificateurs et fonctions"
#. @node in Documentation/user/working.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/working.itely
msgstr "SUPPLÉMENT : comment utiliser cette licence pour vos documents"
#. @top in Documentation/user/lilypond-program.tely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "GNU LilyPond --- Application Usage"
-msgstr "GNU LilyPond --- utilisation du programme"
+msgstr "GNU LilyPond --- Utilisation du programme"
#. @node in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
msgid "Useful @command{make} variables"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Variables utiles pour @command{make}"
#. @node in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/setup.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/setup.itely
msgid "Setup for MacOS X"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Spécificités pour MacOS X"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/setup.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/setup.itely
msgid "Using Python scripts on MacOS 10.3 or 10.4"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Utilisation de scripts Python sur MacOS 10.3 ou 10.4"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/setup.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/setup.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "MacOS X on the command line"
msgstr "MacOS X et la ligne de commande"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Invoking @command{lilypond}"
-msgstr "Lancement de @command{lilypond-book}"
+msgstr "Lancement de @command{lilypond}"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Command line options for lilypond"
-msgstr "Options en ligne de commande"
+msgstr "Options en ligne de commande pour lilypond"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Command line options for @command{lilypond}"
-msgstr "Options en ligne de commande"
+msgstr "Options en ligne de commande pour @command{lilypond}"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating files with @command{convert-ly}"
-msgstr "Mise à jour avec @command{convert-ly}"
+msgstr "Mise à jour des fichiers avec @command{convert-ly}"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Command line options for convert-ly"
-msgstr "Options en ligne de commande"
+msgstr "Options en ligne de commande pour convert-ly"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Command line options for @command{convert-ly}"
-msgstr "Mise à jour avec @command{convert-ly}"
+msgstr "Options en ligne de commande pour @command{convert-ly}"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/converters.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/converters.itely
msgid "Invoking etf2ly"
-msgstr "Utilisation de etf2ly"
+msgstr "Utilisation d'etf2ly"
#. @section in Documentation/user/converters.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/converters.itely
msgstr "Génération de fichiers LilyPond"
#. @top in Documentation/user/lilypond.tely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "GNU LilyPond --- Notation Reference"
-msgstr "À propos du manuel de notation"
+msgstr "GNU LilyPond --- Manuel de notation"
#. @chapheading in Documentation/user/lilypond.tely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "The music typesetter"
-msgstr "GNU LilyPond --- le système de gravure musicale"
+msgstr "Le système de gravure musicale"
#. @node in Documentation/user/lilypond.tely
#. @appendix in Documentation/user/lilypond.tely
msgid "Musical notation"
msgstr "Notation musicale générale"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:654 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:668 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:997 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1016 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1053 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1068 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-chord-names-to-german-or-semi-german-notation.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/controlling-tuplet-bracket-visibility.ly:20 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/letter-tablature-formatting.ly:25 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:98 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transposing-pitches-with-minimum-accidentals-smart-transpose.ly:136 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vertically-aligned-dynamics-and-textscripts.ly:35 (variable)
msgid "music"
msgstr "musique"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1031 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1045 (comment)
msgid "not strictly necessary, but a good reminder"
msgstr "pas strictement nécessaire, mais en pense-bête"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1123 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1052 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1100 (variable)
+msgid "clarinet"
+msgstr "clarinette"
+
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1137 (variable)
msgid "musicA"
msgstr "musiqueA"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1137 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1151 (variable)
msgid "musicB"
msgstr "musiqueB"
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1170 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:170 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:264 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:175 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:365 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:241 (variable)
+msgid "up"
+msgstr "haut"
+
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1174 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:180 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:273 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:178 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:366 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:247 (variable)
+msgid "down"
+msgstr "bas"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
msgid "Improvisation"
msgstr "Improvisation"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:308 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:285 (comment)
msgid "Alter durations to triplets"
msgstr "Modification des durées pour obtenir un triolet"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:310 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:335 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:287 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:312 (comment)
msgid "Normal durations"
msgstr "Durées normales"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:312 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:289 (comment)
msgid "Double the duration of chord"
msgstr "Doublement de la durée de l'accord"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:314 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:291 (comment)
msgid "Duration of quarter, appears like sixteenth"
msgstr "Bien que durant une noire, apparaît comme une double croche"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:337 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:314 (comment)
msgid "Scale music by *2/3"
msgstr "Échelonnement de la musique par 2/3"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:341 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:318 (comment)
msgid "Scale music by *2"
msgstr "Échelonnement de la musique par 2"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:426 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:403 (comment)
msgid "First alternative: following note is tied normally"
msgstr "Première alternative : la note qui suit est liée normalement"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:428 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:405 (comment)
msgid "Second alternative: following note has a repeated tie"
msgstr "Seconde alternative : la liaison est rappelée"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:545 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:522 (comment)
msgid "These two lines are just to prettify this example"
msgstr "Les deux lignes qui suivent ne sont là que pourillustrer le propos"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:548 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:525 (comment)
msgid "Print a maxima rest, equal to four breves"
msgstr "Affiche une maxima, équivalant à quatre double-pauses"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:550 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:527 (comment)
msgid "Print a longa rest, equal to two breves"
msgstr "Affiche une longa, équivalant à deux double-pauses"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:552 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:529 (comment)
msgid "Print a breve rest"
msgstr "Affiche une double-pause"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:654 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:631 (comment)
msgid "This is valid input, but does nothing"
msgstr "Cette entrée est tout à fait valide, mais ne fait rien"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:680 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:733 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:657 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:710 (comment)
msgid "Rest measures contracted to single measure"
msgstr "Contraction des mesures de silence consécutives en une seule"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:729 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:706 (comment)
msgid "Default behavior"
msgstr "Comportement par défaut"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:736 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:713 (comment)
msgid "Rest measures expanded"
msgstr "Expansion des mesures de silence"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:769 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:746 (comment)
msgid "This fails, as the wrong object name is specified"
msgstr "Ceci échouera, il y a erreur sur l'objet spécifié"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:772 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:749 (comment)
msgid "This is correct and works"
msgstr "Formulation correcte, qui fonctionnera"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:894 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:871 (comment)
msgid "Default style"
msgstr "Style par défaut"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:897 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:874 (comment)
msgid "Change to numeric style"
msgstr "Adoption du style numérique"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:901 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:878 (comment)
msgid "Revert to default style"
msgstr "Retour au style par défaut"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:931 (comment)
-msgid "auto beam on 1/4 note groups\t"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:933 (comment)
-msgid "no defined auto-beaming for this time sig"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:937 (comment)
-msgid "keep 3/4 beaming "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:938 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "due to beatLength"
-msgstr "activation de textLengthOn"
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:940 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "beam on 1/8 notes"
-msgstr "fin des notes de MD"
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:943 (comment)
-msgid "beam on 3/16, 7/16, 9/16, 12/16"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1103 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1017 (comment)
msgid "Show all bar numbers"
msgstr "Affichage de tous les numéros de mesure"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1213 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1134 (comment)
msgid "Now each staff has its own time signature."
msgstr "Chaque portée dispose désormais de sa propre métrique."
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1518 (comment)
-msgid "Set beam sub-group length to an eighth note"
-msgstr "Subdivision des ligatures à la croche"
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1521 (comment)
-msgid "Set beam sub-group length to a sixteenth note"
-msgstr "Subdivision des ligatures à la double-croche"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1256 (context id)
+msgid "myRhythm"
+msgstr "monRythme"
-# je ne comprends pas la différence entre les 2 mesures -JCM
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1658 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1585 (comment)
msgid "end 1/16 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
msgstr ""
+"fin des ligatures de doubles croches, quelle que soit la métrique, au moment "
+"1/16"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1662 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1589 (comment)
msgid "end 1/32 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
msgstr ""
-"ligature les triples croches, quelle que soit la métrique, sur la base d'un "
-"double croche"
+"fin des ligatures de triples croches, quelle que soit la métrique, au moment "
+"1/16"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1672 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1599 (comment)
msgid "end beams of all durations in 5/8 time signature at the 2/8 moment"
msgstr ""
-"fin de ligature, pour une métrique à 2/8, sur la deuxième croche de la mesure"
+"fin de ligature, pour une métrique à 5/8, sur la deuxième croche de la mesure"
-# pourquoi pas la première blanche ? -JCM
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1701 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1614 (comment)
+msgid "rhythm 3-1-1-2"
+msgstr "subdivision 3-1-1-2"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1615 (comment)
+msgid "Context not specified - does not work correctly"
+msgstr "Contexte non spécifié -- cela ne fonctionne pas"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1621 (comment)
+msgid "Works correctly with context specified"
+msgstr "Fonctionne car le contexte est spécifié"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1654 (comment)
msgid "undo a rule ending 1/16 beams in 4/4 time at 1/4 moment"
msgstr ""
+"annulation de la règle de fin de ligature des doubles croches, dans une "
+"mesure à 4/4, au moment de la première noire"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1714 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1667 (comment)
msgid "this won't revert it!"
msgstr "ceci n'est pas en concordance"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1716 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1669 (comment)
msgid "this will"
msgstr "ceci est conforme"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1895 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1689 (comment)
+msgid "Set default beaming for all staves"
+msgstr "définition des règles de ligature pour toutes les portées"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1697 (comment)
+msgid "Modify beaming for just this staff"
+msgstr "changement des règles de ligature seulement pour cette portée"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1703 (comment)
+msgid "Inherit beaming from Score context"
+msgstr "héritage des règles de ligature du contexte Score"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1827 (comment)
msgid "revert to non-feathered beams"
msgstr "retour à des liens de croches rectilignes"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2124 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2140 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2050 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2066 (comment)
msgid "Permit first bar number to be printed"
-msgstr "Le numéro de la première mesure sera affiché"
+msgstr "Le numéro de la première mesure est imprimé"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2141 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2189 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2067 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2115 (comment)
msgid "Print a bar number every second measure"
msgstr "Affichage du numéro toutes les deux mesures"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2157 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2083 (comment)
msgid "Prevent bar numbers at the end of a line and permit them elsewhere"
msgstr "Affichage du numéro à chaque mesure, hormis en fin de ligne"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2161 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2187 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2087 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2113 (comment)
msgid "Increase the size of the bar number by 2"
msgstr "Augmentation de la taille des numéros de mesure au double"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2165 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2091 (comment)
msgid "Draw a box round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr "Numéros de mesure encadrés dans un rectangle"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2170 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2096 (comment)
msgid "Draw a circle round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr "Numéros de mesure encadrés dans un cercle"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2192 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2118 (comment)
msgid "Center-align bar numbers"
msgstr "Alignement au centre des numéros de mesure"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2195 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2121 (comment)
msgid "Right-align bar numbers"
msgstr "Alignement à droite des numéros de mesure"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2298 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2224 (variable)
msgid "pipeSymbol"
msgstr "pipeSymbole"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2685 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2612 (variable)
msgid "MyCadenza"
-msgstr "cadence"
+msgstr "MaCadence"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "breve"
msgstr "brève"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "longa"
msgstr "longue"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Duration names notes and rests"
msgstr "Noms des notes et silences selon leur durée"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "tuplet"
msgstr "nolet"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "polymetric"
msgstr "polymétrique"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "laissez vibrer"
msgstr "laissez vibrer"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "multi-measure rest"
msgstr "silence multi-mesures"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "cadenza"
msgstr "cadence"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "polymetric time signature"
msgstr "métrique composite"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "meter"
msgstr "métrique"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "tenuto"
msgstr "tenuto"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "accent"
msgstr "accent"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "staccato"
msgstr "staccato"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "portato"
msgstr "portato"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "al niente"
-msgstr "blanche"
+msgstr "al niente"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "hairpin"
-msgstr "dièse"
+msgstr "soufflet"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:35 (comment)
msgid "caesura"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "césure"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "fall"
-msgstr "chutes"
+msgstr "chute"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "doit"
-msgstr "sauts"
+msgstr "saut"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "glissando"
msgstr "glissando"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "arpeggio"
msgstr "arpège"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "trill"
msgstr "trille"
#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:298 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/volta-text-markup-using-repeatcommands.ly:21 (variable)
msgid "voltaAdLib"
msgstr "voltaAdLib"
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Written-out repeats"
-msgstr "Écriture de répétitions"
+msgstr "Répétitions explicites"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
msgstr "Répétition en trémolo"
#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:93 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "explicit single voice"
-msgstr "Instanciation explicite des voix"
+msgstr "voix unique explicite"
#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:99 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "single first note"
-msgstr "Notation sur une seule portée"
+msgstr "première note unique"
#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:111 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "no single first note"
-msgstr "Initialisation de la première voix"
+msgstr "pas de première note unique"
#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:617 (variable)
msgid "instrumentOne"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Simultaneous expressions"
-msgstr "Notes simultanées"
+msgstr "Expressions simultanées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "cluster"
msgstr "cluster"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Single-staff polyphony"
msgstr "Polyphonie sur une portée"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Voice styles"
msgstr "Styles de voix"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "a due"
msgstr "a due"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:136 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:233 (context id)
msgid "part"
msgstr "partie"
msgid "Writing music in parallel"
msgstr "Saisie la musique en parallèle"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1097 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1112 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1266 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1069 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1084 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1238 (variable)
msgid "flute"
msgstr "flute"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1128 (variable)
-msgid "clarinet"
-msgstr "clarinette"
-
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1217 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1238 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1189 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1210 (variable)
msgid "oboe"
msgstr "hautbois"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1287 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1259 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1275 (context id)
msgid "piccolo"
msgstr "piccolo"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1295 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1267 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1276 (context id)
msgid "cbassoon"
msgstr "cbasson"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
msgid "Grouping staves"
msgstr "Regroupement de portées"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Nested staff groups"
-msgstr "Regroupements imbriqués de portées"
+msgstr "Imbrication de regroupements de portées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Text markup introduction"
-msgstr "Introduction aux étiquettes de texte"
+msgstr "Introduction au formatage de texte"
#. @node in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Fonts explained"
-msgstr "Tout savoir sur les contextes"
+msgstr "Tout savoir sur les fontes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:509 (comment)
msgid "not recommended: left aligns syllables "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "peu recommandable : les paroles sont alignées à gauche"
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:512 (comment)
msgid "wrong: durations needed"
-msgstr "Changement d'échelle des durées"
+msgstr "mauvais : il manque les durées"
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:515 (comment)
msgid "correct"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "correct"
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:664 (context id)
+msgid "lala"
+msgstr "global"
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:802 (context id)
+msgid "splitpart"
+msgstr "partieSeparee"
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:847 (variable)
msgid "voice"
msgstr "voix"
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:854 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/formatting-lyrics-syllables.ly:22 (variable)
msgid "lyr"
msgstr "paroles"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1053 (context id)
+msgid "tune"
+msgstr "melodie"
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1101 (context id)
+msgid "lahlah"
+msgstr "lala"
+
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1112 (comment)
msgid "applies to \\\"fas\\\""
msgstr "s'applique à \\\"fas\\\""
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1282 (comment)
msgid "moves the column off the left margin; "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "décalage par rapport à la marge de gauche"
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1283 (comment)
msgid "can be removed if space on the page is tight"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "peut être supprimé si l'espace sur la page est réduit"
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1291 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1309 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1317 (comment)
msgid "gives some extra space on the right margin; "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "décalage par rapport à la marge de droite"
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1318 (comment)
msgid "can be removed if page space is tight"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "peut être supprimé si l'espace sur la page est réduit"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Common notation for vocal music"
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble de la musique vocale"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "References for vocal music and lyrics"
msgstr "Références en matière de musique vocale"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Opera"
-msgstr "superieur"
+msgstr "Opéra"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Song books"
-msgstr "Chansons"
+msgstr "Cahier de chants"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Spoken music"
-msgstr "SopUnMusique"
+msgstr "Musique parlée"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Ancient vocal music"
-msgstr "Clefs anciennes"
+msgstr "Musique vocale ancienne"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Lyrics explained"
-msgstr "Tout savoir sur les contextes"
+msgstr "Tout savoir sur les paroles"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Specific uses of lyrics"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Situations particulères en matière de paroles"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:182 (comment)
msgid "keep staff alive"
-msgstr "maintien la portée active"
+msgstr "maintient la portée active"
+
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:265 (context id)
+msgid "melOne"
+msgstr "melodieUn"
+
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:333 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:242 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/adding-fingerings-to-tablatures.ly:17 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:205 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:214 (context id)
+msgid "two"
+msgstr "deux"
#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:385 (comment)
msgid "stems may overlap the other staff"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "autorise les hampes à déborder sur l'autre portée"
#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:387 (comment)
msgid "extend the stems to reach other other staff"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "étend les hampes pour qu'elles atteignent l'autre portée"
#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:389 (comment)
msgid "do not print extra flags"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "pas de crochet superflu"
#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:391 (comment)
msgid "prevent beaming as needed"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "on empêche la formation de la ligature automatique"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Keyboard and other multi-staff instruments"
-msgstr "Instruments à clavier"
+msgstr "Instruments utilisant des portées multiples"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Bowing indications"
-msgstr "indication du tempo"
+msgstr "Indications d'archet"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Harmonics"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Harmoniques"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "harmonics"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "harmoniques"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Snap (Bartok) pizzicato"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pizzicato Bartok"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Snap (Bartók) pizzicato"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pizzicato Bartók"
#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:238 (variable)
msgid "melodia"
msgstr "melodie"
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:243 (context id)
+msgid "shared"
+msgstr "partage"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:244 (context id)
+msgid "solo"
+msgstr "solo"
+
#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:321 (variable)
msgid "mynotes"
msgstr "mesnotes"
#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:448 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:27 (comment)
msgid "A chord for ukelele"
msgstr "Un accord pour ukulele"
#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:904 (comment)
msgid "add a new chord shape"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ajout d'un nouveau canevas d'accord"
#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:908 (comment)
msgid "add some new chords based on the power chord shape"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ajout de nouveaux accords basés sur le nouveau canevas"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Indicating harmonics and dampened notes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Indication des harmoniques et notes étouffées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Banjo tablatures"
msgstr "Tablatures pour banjo"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:175 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:365 (variable)
-msgid "up"
-msgstr "haut"
-
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:178 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:366 (variable)
-msgid "down"
-msgstr "bas"
-
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:385 (comment)
msgid "These lines define the position of the woodblocks in the stave;"
msgstr ""
+"Les lignes qui suivent définissent la position des woodblocks sur la portée ;"
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:386 (comment)
msgid "if you like, you can change it or you can use special note heads"
msgstr ""
+"si cela vous chante, vous pouvez la modifier ou bien utiliser des têtes de "
+"note "
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:387 (comment)
msgid "for the woodblocks."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "spécifiques selon le woodblock."
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:391 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "woodstaff"
-msgstr "portée"
+msgstr "porteewoodblocks"
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:392 (comment)
msgid "This defines a staff with only two lines."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ceci définit une portée ne comportant que deux lignes."
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:393 (comment)
msgid "It also defines the positions of the two lines."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nous définissons aussi la position de ces deux lignes."
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:396 (comment)
-msgid "This is neccessary; if not entered, the barline wuld be too short!"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "This is neccessary; if not entered, the barline would be too short!"
+msgstr "nécessaire afin d'obtenir des barres de mesure assez longues"
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:403 (comment)
msgid "with this you load your new drum style table"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "chargement du nouveau style"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:423 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:425 (variable)
msgid "tambustaff"
-msgstr "portée"
-
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:431 (comment)
-msgid "broken"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:432 (comment)
-msgid "\\set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "porteetambourin"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:438 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:439 (comment)
msgid "the trick with the scaled duration and the shorter rest"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "le truc concernant le raccourcissement de la durée et le court silence"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:439 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:440 (comment)
msgid "is neccessary for the correct ending of the trill-span!"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "permet d'obtenir une extension correcte du trille"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:450 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:451 (variable)
msgid "tamtamstaff"
-msgstr "portée"
+msgstr "porteetamtam"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:472 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:473 (variable)
msgid "bellstaff"
-msgstr "portée"
+msgstr "porteecloche"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:503 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:504 (variable)
msgid "drumsA"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "percuA"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:518 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:519 (variable)
msgid "drumsB"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "percuB"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Drum rolls"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Roulements de tambour"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Custom percussion staves"
-msgstr "Portéec de percussion personnalisées"
+msgstr "Portées de percussion personnalisées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:981 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:1002 (comment)
msgid "Put notes on same Staff as figures"
-msgstr "Assemblage des notes et de la basse chifrée sur une même portée"
+msgstr "Assemblage des notes et de la basse chiffrée sur une même portée"
#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:1061 (comment)
msgid "The extenders are correct here, with the same rhythm as the bass"
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Printing chord names"
-msgstr "Impression de noms d'accords"
+msgstr "Impression des noms d'accord"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Customizing chord names"
-msgstr "Personnalisation des noms d'accords"
+msgstr "Personnalisation des noms d'accord"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/chords.itely
msgid "Displaying figured bass"
msgstr "Gravure de la basse chiffrée"
+#. Documentation/user/ancient.itely:355 (context id)
+msgid "discantus"
+msgstr "discantus"
+
#. Documentation/user/ancient.itely:821 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "ficta"
-msgstr "quinte"
+msgstr "ficta"
+
+#. Documentation/user/ancient.itely:973 (context id)
+msgid "cantus"
+msgstr "cantus"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Overview of the supported styles"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Les différents styles pris en charge"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Ancient notation---common features"
-msgstr "Exemples de notation ancienne"
+msgstr "Vue d'ensemble de la notation ancienne"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Figured bass support"
-msgstr "Basse chiffrée"
+msgstr "Prise en charge de la basse chiffrée"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Typesetting mensural music"
-msgstr "Gravure de musique existante"
+msgstr "Gravure de musique mensurale"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Mensural contexts"
-msgstr "Le contexte mensural"
+msgstr "Les contextes de la musique mensurale"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Mensural clefs"
-msgstr "Le contexte mensural"
+msgstr "Clefs mensurales"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Mensural time signatures"
-msgstr "Métriques arabes"
+msgstr "Métriques mensurales"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Mensural note heads"
-msgstr "Têtes de note spécifiques"
+msgstr "Têtes de note mensurales"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Mensural flags"
-msgstr "Le contexte mensural"
+msgstr "Crochets en musique mensurale"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Mensural rests"
-msgstr "Le contexte mensural"
+msgstr "Silences en musique mensurale"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Mensural accidentals and key signatures"
-msgstr "Altérations et armure"
+msgstr "Altérations et armures mensurales"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Annotational accidentals (musica ficta)"
-msgstr "Altérations accidentelles"
+msgstr "Altérations éditoriales (musica ficta)"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Annotational accidentals (@emph{musica ficta})"
-msgstr "Altérations accidentelles"
+msgstr "Altérations éditoriales (@emph{musica ficta})"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Typesetting Gregorian chant"
msgstr "Transcription de chant grégorien"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Gregorian clefs"
-msgstr "Contextes du chant grégorien"
+msgstr "Clefs grégoriennes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Gregorian accidentals and key signatures"
-msgstr "Altérations et armure"
+msgstr "Altérations et armures grégoriennes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Gregorian articulation signs"
-msgstr "Articulations anciennes"
+msgstr "Articulations grégoriennes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Augmentum dots (@emph{morae})"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Points d'augmentation (@emph{morae})"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Gregorian square neume ligatures"
msgstr "Neumes ligaturés grégoriens"
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Working with ancient music---scenarios and solutions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gestion de la musique ancienne --- questionnements et solutions"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "General input and output"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Généralités en matière d'entrée et sortie"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Reference to page numbers"
-msgstr "Référence de numéro de page"
+msgstr "Référencement des numéros de page"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Using tags"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Utilisation de balises"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "What goes into the MIDI output?"
-msgstr "Éléments pris en compte dans le MIDI"
+msgstr "Contenu de la sortie MIDI"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Supported in MIDI"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Éléments pris en compte dans le MIDI"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Unsupported in MIDI"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Éléments non pris en compte dans le MIDI"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Controlling MIDI dynamics"
-msgstr "MIDI et nuances"
+msgstr "Gestion des nuances en MIDI"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Dynamic marks"
-msgstr "Indications des nuances"
+msgstr "Indications de nuance"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Overall MIDI volume"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amplitude du volume en MIDI"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Equalizing different instruments (i)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Égalisation de plusieurs instruments (i)"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Equalizing different instruments (ii)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Égalisation de plusieurs instruments (ii)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:874 (comment)
msgid "as does this break"
-msgstr "tout comme celle-ci"
+msgstr "à l'instar de celle-ci"
#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:886 (comment)
msgid "now the break is allowed"
-msgstr "la rupture est maintenant autorisée"
+msgstr "le saut de ligne est maintenant autorisé"
#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1719 (comment)
msgid "this time the text will be closer to the staff"
msgstr "cette fois, le texte est plus proche de la portée"
#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1721 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "by setting outside-staff-priority to a non-number,"
msgstr "definir outside-staff-priority à autre chose qu'un nombre"
#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1750 (comment)
msgid "the markup is too close to the following note"
-msgstr "l'étiquette est trop proche de la note qui suit"
+msgstr "le texte est trop proche de la note qui suit"
#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1753 (comment)
msgid "setting outside-staff-horizontal-padding fixes this"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Vertical dimensions"
-msgstr "Espacement vertical"
+msgstr "Dimensionnement vertical"
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Horizontal dimensions"
-msgstr "Espacement horizontal"
+msgstr "Dimensionnement horizontal"
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Other layout variables"
-msgstr "Variables d'environnement"
+msgstr "Autres variables de mise en forme"
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
msgid "Changing spacing"
msgstr "Modification de l'espacement"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1974 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2002 (comment)
msgid "increase the length of the tie"
-msgstr "Augmentation de la taille des numéros de mesure au double"
+msgstr "augmentation de la longueur de la liaison"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1983 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2011 (comment)
msgid "increase the length of the rest bar"
-msgstr "Augmentation de la taille des numéros de mesure au double"
+msgstr "augmentation de la longueur de la mesure de silence"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1991 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2019 (comment)
msgid "increase the length of the hairpin"
-msgstr "Augmentation de la taille des numéros de mesure au double"
+msgstr "augmentation de la longueur du soufflet"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2019 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2047 (comment)
msgid "default"
-msgstr "Style par défaut"
+msgstr "comportement par défaut"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2022 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2035 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2050 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2063 (comment)
msgid "not effective alone"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ne fonctionne pas tout seul"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2026 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2039 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2054 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2067 (comment)
msgid "effective only when both overrides are present"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "effectivité si les deux modifications sont explicitées"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2420 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2444 (comment)
msgid "Remove bar line at the end of the current line"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Suppression de la barre de mesure à la fin de la ligne en cours"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2466 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2490 (comment)
msgid "Try to remove all key signatures"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tentative de suppression de toutes les armures"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2885 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2909 (comment)
msgid "move horizontally left"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "déplacement vers la droite"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2887 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2911 (comment)
msgid "move vertically up"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "déplacement vers le haut"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2888 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2912 (comment)
msgid "third finger"
-msgstr "Doigtés pour la main droite"
+msgstr "troisième doigt"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2934 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2958 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:39 (comment)
msgid "the RehearsalMark will be centered above the Clef"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pour centrer le repère au-dessus de la clef"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2940 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2964 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:46 (comment)
msgid "the RehearsalMark will be centered above the TimeSignature"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pour centrer le repère au-dessus de la métrique"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2954 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2978 (comment)
msgid "The RehearsalMark will be centered above the KeySignature"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pour centrer le repère au-dessus de l'armure"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2961 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2977 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2984 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2985 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3001 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3008 (comment)
msgid ""
"The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the left edge of the KeySignature"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pour aligner le repère sur le coin gauche de l'armure"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2966 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2990 (comment)
msgid ""
"The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the right edge of the KeySignature"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pour aligner le repère sur le coin droit de l'armure"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2978 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3002 (comment)
msgid "and then shifted right by 3.5 staff-spaces"
-msgstr "Élargissement d'un espace"
+msgstr "puis décaler vers la droite de 3,5 espaces"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2985 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3009 (comment)
msgid "and then shifted left by 2 staff-spaces"
-msgstr "Élargissement d'un espace"
+msgstr "puis décaler vers la gauche de 2 espaces"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3034 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3058 (variable)
msgid "XinO"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "XdansO"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Score - the master of all contexts"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Top-level contexts - staff containers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Contextes de haut niveau - les systèmes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Intermediate-level contexts - staves"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Contextes de niveau intermédiaire - les portées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Bottom-level contexts - voices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Contextes de bas niveau - les voix"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Determining the grob property"
-msgstr "Détermination de la propriété de l'objet graphique (grob)"
+msgstr "Détermination de la propriété d'un objet graphique (grob)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The set command"
-msgstr "La commande set"
+msgstr "La commande de fixation (set)"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The override command"
-msgstr "La commande override"
+msgstr "La commande de dérogation (override)"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The @code{\\tweak} command"
-msgstr "La commande @code{\\set}"
+msgstr "La commande @code{\\tweak}"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Distances and measurements"
msgstr "Distances et unités de mesure"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Staff symbol properties"
+msgstr "Propriétés des lignes de portée"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgstr "Extenseurs et prolongateurs"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{spanner-interface}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Utilisation de @code{spanner-interface}"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{line-spanner-interface}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Utilisation de @code{line-spanner-interface}"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Visibility of objects"
-msgstr "Visibilité et couleur des objets"
+msgstr "Visibilité des objets"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Removing the stencil"
-msgstr "Supression des stencils"
+msgstr "Suppression des stencils"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Making objects transparent"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Painting objects white"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using break-visibility"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Special considerations"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Rotating layout objects"
msgstr "Rotation des objets de mise en forme"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Rotating markup"
msgstr "Rotation des étiquettes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Setting @code{X-offset} and @code{Y-offset} directly"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Détermination directe de @code{X-offset} et @code{Y-offset}"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{side-position-interface}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Utilisation de @code{side-position-interface}"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{self-alignment-interface}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Utilisation de @code{self-alignment-interface}"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{aligned-on-parent} procedures"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Utilisation des procédures @code{aligned-on-parent}"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{centered-on-parent} procedures"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Utilisation des procédures @code{centered-on-parent}"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{break-aligned-interface}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Utilisation de @code{break-aligned-interface}"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying shapes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying ties and slurs"
msgstr "Modification des liaisons"
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/es/user/notation-appendices.itely
msgid "Common chord modifiers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Modificateurs d'accord usuels"
#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/es/user/notation-appendices.itely
msgid "Predefined fretboard diagrams"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tablatures prédéfinies"
#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
msgid "Exemples cliquables"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
+msgid "Outside staff objects"
+msgstr "Objets hors de la portée"
+
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Common tweaks"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Basic polyphony"
msgstr "Polyphonie basique"
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Annotational accidentals"
-msgstr "Altérations accidentelles"
+msgstr "Altérations accidentelles suggérées"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
msgstr "Utilisation de code Scheme au lieu de \\\"tweak\\\""
#. @top in Documentation/es/user/lilypond-learning.tely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "GNU LilyPond: Manual de aprendizaje"
msgstr "GNU LilyPond --- manuel d'initiation"
msgstr "baryton"
#. @top in Documentation/es/user/lilypond-program.tely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "GNU LilyPond: Manual de utilización del programa"
msgstr "GNU LilyPond --- utilisation du programme"
#. @top in Documentation/es/user/lilypond.tely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "GNU LilyPond: Manual de referencia de la notación"
-msgstr "GNU LilyPond --- manuel d'initiation"
+msgstr ""
#. @chapheading in Documentation/es/user/lilypond.tely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "El tipografiador de música"
-msgstr "GNU LilyPond --- utilisation du programme"
+msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
msgid "semitone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "Common properties"
-msgstr "Propriétés couramment utilisées"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "Controlling visibility of objects"
-msgstr "Contrôle de la visibilité des objets"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "Modifying ends of spanners"
-msgstr "Modification de la terminaison des extenseurs"
+msgstr "demi-ton"
#. @top in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-learning.tely
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Handbuch zum Lernen"
msgid "How LilyPond files work"
msgstr "Organisation des fichiers LilyPond"
-#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "force-hshift-Eigenschaft"
-msgstr "la propriété force-hshift"
-
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/templates.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/de/user/templates.itely
msgid "Lilypond-book templates"
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Das Notationsprogramm"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
-msgstr "Liaisons ``laissez vibrer''"
-
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
msgid "System start delimiters"
msgstr "Délimitations en début de système"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Common properties"
+msgstr "Propriétés couramment utilisées"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Controlling visibility of objects"
+msgstr "Contrôle de la visibilité des objets"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Modifying ends of spanners"
+msgstr "Modification de la terminaison des extenseurs"
+
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Discussion of specific tweaks"
msgid "TODO moved into scheme"
msgstr ""
-msgid "Up:"
-msgstr "Haut :"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:34 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "discant"
+msgstr "discantus"
-msgid "Next:"
-msgstr "Suivant :"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:37 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "dot"
+msgstr "saut"
-msgid "Previous:"
-msgstr "Précédent :"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:43 (comment)
+msgid "16 voets register"
+msgstr ""
-msgid "Appendix "
-msgstr "Annexe "
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:44 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accBasson"
+msgstr "cbasson"
-msgid "Footnotes"
-msgstr "Notes de bas de page"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:50 (comment)
+msgid "een korig 8 en 16 voets register"
+msgstr ""
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Table des matières"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:51 (variable)
+msgid "accBandon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:59 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accVCello"
+msgstr "cello"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:69 (comment)
+msgid "4-8-16 voets register"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:70 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accHarmon"
+msgstr "Harmoniques"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:80 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accTrombon"
+msgstr "Symboles de jazz"
-#~ msgid "Create 9/8 split into 2/4 + 5/8"
-#~ msgstr "Mise en évidence de la décomposition de 9/8 en 2/4 + 5/8"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:92 (comment)
+msgid "eenkorig 4 en 16 voets register"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:93 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accOrgan"
+msgstr "PedalierOrgue"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:101 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accMaster"
+msgstr "cluster"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:115 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accAccord"
+msgstr "Accordéon"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:127 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accMusette"
+msgstr "accent"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:137 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accCeleste"
+msgstr "accent"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:145 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accOboe"
+msgstr "accent"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:153 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accClarin"
+msgstr "clarinette"
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:159 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accPiccolo"
+msgstr "piccolo"
-#~ msgid "tsMarkup"
-#~ msgstr "tsEtiquette"
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:165 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "accViolin"
+msgstr "violon"
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-a-figured-bass-above-or-below-the-notes.ly:39 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:231 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:279 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "bass"
+msgstr "basses"
-#~ msgid "Keyboard instruments"
-#~ msgstr "Instruments à clavier"
+#. input/lsr/adding-a-figured-bass-above-or-below-the-notes.ly:40 (variable)
+msgid "continuo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-a-figured-bass-above-or-below-the-notes.ly:51 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/adding-a-figured-bass-above-or-below-the-notes.ly:52 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "bassStaff"
+msgstr "portée"
-#~ msgid "Bowed instruments"
-#~ msgstr "Instruments à archet"
+#. input/lsr/adding-an-extra-staff-at-a-line-break.ly:52 (comment)
+msgid "The next line is not needed in 2.11.x or later:"
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "References for bowed strings"
-#~ msgstr "Références en matière d'instrument à archet"
+#. input/lsr/adding-drum-parts.ly:32 (variable)
+msgid "drh"
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Plucked instruments"
-#~ msgstr "Instruments à cordes pincées"
+#. input/lsr/adding-drum-parts.ly:33 (variable)
+msgid "drl"
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Writing long repeats"
-#~ msgstr "Écriture de répétitions longues"
+#. input/lsr/adding-drum-parts.ly:34 (variable)
+msgid "timb"
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Placement of lyrics"
-#~ msgstr "Positionnement des paroles"
+#. input/lsr/adding-fingerings-to-tablatures.ly:18 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "threeTwo"
+msgstr "CoupletDeux"
+#. input/lsr/adding-fingerings-to-tablatures.ly:25 (variable)
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Keyboard and other many-stringed instruments"
-#~ msgstr "Instruments à cordes frettées"
+msgid "threeFour"
+msgstr "CoupletQuatre"
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-the-current-date-to-a-score.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid "first, define a variable to hold the formatted date:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-the-current-date-to-a-score.ly:24 (variable)
+msgid "date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-the-current-date-to-a-score.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "d-%m-%Y\\\" (localtime (current-time)))"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-the-current-date-to-a-score.ly:26 (comment)
+msgid "use it in the title block:"
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Report errors to <a href=\"%(mail_address_url)s\">%(mail_address)s</a>."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Rapportez toute anomalie en français à <a href=\"mailto:lilypond-user-"
-#~ "fr@gnu.org\">lilypond-user-fr@gnu.org</a> ou en anglais à <a href=\"%"
-#~ "(mail_address_url)s\">%(mail_address)s</a>"
+#. input/lsr/adding-the-current-date-to-a-score.ly:37 (comment)
+msgid "and use it in a \\markup block:"
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Writing repeats"
-#~ msgstr "Écriture de répétitions"
+#. input/lsr/additional-voices-to-avoid-collisions.ly:27 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "voiceFive"
+msgstr "voix"
-#~ msgid "falls"
-#~ msgstr "chutes"
+#. input/lsr/adjusting-lyrics-vertical-spacing.ly:22 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Default layout:"
+msgstr "Tablatures par défaut"
-#~ msgid "doits"
-#~ msgstr "sauts"
+#. input/lsr/adjusting-lyrics-vertical-spacing.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "Reducing the minimum space below the staff and above the lyrics:"
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Collision Resolution"
-#~ msgstr "Résolution des collisions"
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:54 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "the RehearsalMark will be centered above the KeySignature"
+msgstr "Pour centrer le repère au-dessus de l'armure"
-#~ msgid "The piano staff"
-#~ msgstr "La double portée pour piano"
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:65 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:77 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"the RehearsalMark will be aligned with the left edge of the KeySignature"
+msgstr "Pour aligner le repère sur le coin gauche de l'armure"
-#~ msgid "Right hand fingerings"
-#~ msgstr "Doigtés pour la main droite"
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:71 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"the RehearsalMark will be aligned with the right edge of the KeySignature"
+msgstr "Pour aligner le repère sur le coin droit de l'armure"
-#~ msgid "Simulating a fermata"
-#~ msgstr "Rendu MIDI d'un point d'orgue"
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:78 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "and then shifted right by one unit."
+msgstr "puis décaler vers la droite de 3,5 espaces"
-#~ msgid "Ancient TODO"
-#~ msgstr "Musique ancienne"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:26 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:26 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "upperStaff"
+msgstr "superieur"
-#~ msgid "Gregorian Chant contexts"
-#~ msgstr "Contextes du chant grégorien"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 1 (8*1)"
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Musica ficta accidentals"
-#~ msgstr "Altérations et musica ficta"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:49 (comment)
+msgid "\\break %2 (8*1)"
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Appendices"
-#~ msgstr "Annexes"
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:61 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 3 (8*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:76 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 4 (8*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:85 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:147 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 5 (8*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:99 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:162 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 6 (8*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:108 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:172 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 7 (8*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:115 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 8 (8*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:118 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 12 (32*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:123 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:123 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "lowerStaff"
+msgstr "inferieur"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:133 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 2 (16*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:138 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 4 (16*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:177 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 9 (16*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:179 (comment)
+msgid "lig"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:183 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 11 (16*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:194 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 12 (8*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-gregorian-music.ly:37 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "chant"
+msgstr "Chants"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-gregorian-music.ly:44 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "verba"
+msgstr "couplet"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:49 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:96 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:115 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:132 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:151 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:166 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:187 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:200 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:219 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:19 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:191 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:212 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "incipit"
+msgstr "Des incipits"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:51 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "tight spacing"
+msgstr "Espacement vertical"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:58 (comment)
+msgid "turn off bar lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:62 (comment)
+msgid "need this extra \\skip such that clef change comes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:63 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "after bar line"
+msgstr "Barres de mesure"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:67 (comment)
+msgid "CHECK: no effect?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:68 (comment)
+msgid "turn bar lines on again"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:76 (comment)
+msgid "FIXME: setting printKeyCancellation back to #t must not"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:77 (comment)
+msgid "occur in the first bar after the incipit. Dto. for forceClef."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:78 (comment)
+msgid "Therefore, we need an extra \\skip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:83 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:64 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:37 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "the actual music"
+msgstr "Musique vocale"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:85 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:67 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:39 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "let finis bar go through all staves"
+msgstr "définition des règles de ligature pour toutes les portées"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:88 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:70 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:42 (comment)
+msgid "finis bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:92 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:87 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:222 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:47 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "discantusNotes"
+msgstr "discantus"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:98 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:135 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:141 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:155 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:169 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:171 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:180 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:191 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:203 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:73 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:83 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:96 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:103 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:138 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:163 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:187 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:189 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:214 (comment)
+msgid "two bars"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:99 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:202 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:139 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:213 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "eight bars"
+msgstr "Indications textuelles"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:100 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:134 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:137 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:170 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:172 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:173 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:204 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:162 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:188 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:190 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "one bar"
+msgstr "un"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:114 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:101 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:60 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "discantusLyrics"
+msgstr "discantus"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:128 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:124 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:229 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:70 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "altusNotes"
+msgstr "alti"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:136 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:164 (comment)
+msgid "seven bars"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:150 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:138 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:82 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "altusLyrics"
+msgstr "tuttiParoles"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:162 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:162 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:236 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:90 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "tenorNotes"
+msgstr "tenors"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:168 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:186 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "four bars"
+msgstr "basse chiffrée"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:186 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:177 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:102 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "tenorLyrics"
+msgstr "tenors"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:196 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:199 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:243 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:108 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "bassusNotes"
+msgstr "basses"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:218 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:213 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:121 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "bassusLyrics"
+msgstr "basseMusique"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:229 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:221 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:229 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "choirStaff"
+msgstr "fin du ChoirStaff (système pour chœur)"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:251 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:266 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "no bars in staves"
+msgstr "Portée de percussion"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:254 (comment)
+msgid "incipit should not start with a start delimiter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:260 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:272 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:277 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "no slurs"
+msgstr "liaison d'articulation"
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:263 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:274 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:280 (comment)
+msgid "Comment in the below \\\"\\remove\\\" command to allow line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:264 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:281 (comment)
+msgid "breaking also at those barlines where a note overlaps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:265 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:282 (comment)
+msgid "into the next bar. The command is commented out in this"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:266 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:277 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:283 (comment)
+msgid "short example score, but especially for large scores, you"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:267 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:278 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:284 (comment)
+msgid "will typically yield better line breaking and thus improve"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:268 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:279 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:285 (comment)
+msgid "overall spacing if you comment in the following command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:269 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:280 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:286 (comment)
+msgid "\\remove \\\"Forbid_line_break_engraver\\\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/applying-note-head-styles-depending-on-the-step-of-the-scale.ly:75 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/clusters.ly:27 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "fragment"
+msgstr "fragmentA"
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:29 (comment)
+msgid "Automatic beams two per two in 4/4 or 2/2 time signature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:30 (comment)
+msgid "_____"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "Default | | | |"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:32 (comment)
+msgid "_ _"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:33 (comment)
+msgid "Required | | | |"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "macro for beamed two per two in 2/2 and 4/4 time signature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:36 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "qBeam"
+msgstr "Barres de ligature"
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:49 (comment)
+msgid "Use the macro"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/beam-grouping-in-7-8-time.ly:30 (comment)
+msgid "rhythm 2-3-2"
+msgstr "subdivision 2-3-2"
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:19 (comment)
+msgid "this bar contains no \\breathe"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:21 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Modern notation:"
+msgstr "Notation des accords"
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:22 (comment)
+msgid "by default, \\breathe uses the rcomma, just as if saying:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"\\override BreathingSign #'text = #(make-musicglyph-markup \\\"scripts.rcomma"
+"\\\")"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:26 (comment)
+msgid "rvarcomma and lvarcomma are variations of the default rcomma and lcomma"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:27 (comment)
+msgid "N.B.: must use Staff context here, since we start a Voice below"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:31 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "vee"
+msgstr "couplet"
+
+#. input/lsr/caesura-railtracks-with-fermata.ly:28 (comment)
+msgid "construct the symbol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/caesura-railtracks-with-fermata.ly:37 (comment)
+msgid "set the breathe mark back to normal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/center-text-below-hairpin-dynamics.ly:27 (variable)
+msgid "hairpinWithCenteredText"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/center-text-below-hairpin-dynamics.ly:39 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "hairpinMolto"
+msgstr "soufflet"
+
+#. input/lsr/center-text-below-hairpin-dynamics.ly:40 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "hairpinMore"
+msgstr "soufflet"
+
+#. input/lsr/changing--flageolet-mark-size.ly:23 (variable)
+msgid "smallFlageolet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-chord-names-to-german-or-semi-german-notation.ly:34 (comment)
+msgid "The following is only here to print the names of the"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-chord-names-to-german-or-semi-german-notation.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "chords styles; it can be removed if you do not need to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-chord-names-to-german-or-semi-german-notation.ly:36 (comment)
+msgid "print them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-default-text-font-family.ly:17 (comment)
+msgid "change for other default global staff size. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-default-text-font-family.ly:19 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:191 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:110 (comment)
+msgid "{"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-default-text-font-family.ly:23 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:194 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:111 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:233 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:163 (comment)
+msgid "}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-time-signature-without-affecting-the-beaming.ly:24 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Change time signature symbol but keep 3/4 beaming"
+msgstr "la métrique change mais on garde les règles de ligatures en 3/4"
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-time-signature-without-affecting-the-beaming.ly:25 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "due to unchanged underlying time signature"
+msgstr "car la durée de pulsation n'a pas changée"
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-time-signature-without-affecting-the-beaming.ly:30 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Lose 3/4 beaming now \\time has been changed"
+msgstr ""
+"la durée de pulsation est maintenant 16, on perd les règles de ligature en "
+"3/4"
+
+#. input/lsr/chant-or-psalms-notation.ly:23 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "stemOn"
+msgstr "stencil"
+
+#. input/lsr/chant-or-psalms-notation.ly:24 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "stemOff"
+msgstr "portée"
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "modify maj9 and 6(add9)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:25 (comment)
+msgid "Exception music is chords with markups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:26 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "chExceptionMusic"
+msgstr "violoncelleMusique"
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "Convert music to list and prepend to existing exceptions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:32 (variable)
+msgid "chExceptions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:36 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "theMusic"
+msgstr "mdMusique"
+
+#. input/lsr/clip-systems.ly:37 (variable)
+msgid "origScore"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/clip-systems.ly:55 (comment)
+msgid "Each clip-region is a (START . END) pair"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/clip-systems.ly:56 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "where both are rhythmic-locations."
+msgstr "Notation du rythme dans la musique baroque"
+
+#. input/lsr/clip-systems.ly:58 (comment)
+msgid "(make-rhythmic-locations BAR-NUMBER NUM DEN)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/clip-systems.ly:59 (comment)
+msgid "means NUM/DEN whole-notes into bar numbered BAR-NUMBER"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/coloring-notes-depending-on-their-pitch.ly:13 (comment)
+msgid "Association list of pitches to colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/coloring-notes-depending-on-their-pitch.ly:34 (comment)
+msgid "Compare pitch and alteration (not octave)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/combining-dynamics-with-markup-texts.ly:24 (variable)
+msgid "piuF"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/combining-two-parts-on-the-same-staff.ly:51 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "musicUp"
+msgstr "musique"
+
+#. input/lsr/combining-two-parts-on-the-same-staff.ly:58 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "musicDown"
+msgstr "musique"
+
+#. input/lsr/creating-a-sequence-of-notes-on-various-pitches.ly:53 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:275 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "rhythm"
+msgstr "Rythme"
+
+#. input/lsr/creating-real-parenthesized-dynamics.ly:45 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "parenF"
+msgstr "motif"
+
+#. input/lsr/creating-simultaneous-rehearsal-marks.ly:40 (comment)
+msgid "the hidden measure and bar line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-fretboard-fret-diagrams.ly:40 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:31 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:22 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Set global properties of fret diagram"
+msgstr "Tablatures automatiques"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:29 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/formatting-lyrics-syllables.ly:21 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:20 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:58 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "mel"
+msgstr "melodie"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "C major for guitar, no barre, using defaults"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:39 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:89 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "terse style"
+msgstr "Styles de tête de note"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:42 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:64 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:48 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:69 (comment)
+msgid "C major for guitar, barred on third fret"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:43 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:65 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:49 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:70 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "verbose style"
+msgstr "Styles de voix"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:44 (comment)
+msgid "size 1.0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:45 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:50 (comment)
+msgid "roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight barre"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:47 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "standard size"
+msgstr "Format du papier"
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:66 (comment)
+msgid "landscape orientation, arabic numbers, M for mute string"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:67 (comment)
+msgid "no barre, fret label down or left, small mute label font"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:88 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:96 (comment)
+msgid "simple D chord"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:90 (comment)
+msgid "larger dots, centered dots, fewer frets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:91 (comment)
+msgid "label below string"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:22 (comment)
+msgid "add FretBoards for the Cuatro"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid "Note: This section could be put into a separate file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:24 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "predefined-cuatro-fretboards.ly"
+msgstr "Tablatures prédéfinies"
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:25 (comment)
+msgid "and \\included into each of your compositions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:27 (variable)
+msgid "cuatroTuning"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:29 (variable)
+msgid "dSix"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:30 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "dMajor"
+msgstr "majeur"
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:31 (variable)
+msgid "aMajSeven"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:32 (variable)
+msgid "dMajSeven"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:33 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "gMajor"
+msgstr "majeur"
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:51 (comment)
+msgid "end of potential include file /predefined-cuatro-fretboards.ly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:56 (variable)
+msgid "primerosNames"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:60 (variable)
+msgid "primeros"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/demo-midiinstruments.ly:23 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "baseMelody"
+msgstr "melodie"
+
+#. input/lsr/display-bracket-with-only-one-staff-in-a-system.ly:39 (comment)
+msgid "Must be lower than the actual number of staff lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/displaying-complex-chords.ly:16 (variable)
+msgid "fixA"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/displaying-complex-chords.ly:20 (variable)
+msgid "fixB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/double-glissando.ly:20 (comment)
+msgid "new voice ( = \\voiceOne), hidden"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/double-glissando.ly:22 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "attach glissando to note heads"
+msgstr "Indications attachées à des notes"
+
+#. input/lsr/double-glissando.ly:27 (comment)
+msgid "original voice with chords rearranged so that"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/double-glissando.ly:28 (comment)
+msgid "glissando is attached to a & c"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/embedding-native-postscript-in-a--markup-block.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid "PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Inc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:75 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "sample music"
+msgstr "Musique vocale"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:76 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "topVoice"
+msgstr "voix"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:84 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "botVoice"
+msgstr "voix"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:92 (variable)
+msgid "hoom"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:103 (variable)
+msgid "pah"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:113 (comment)
+msgid "setup for Request->Element conversion. Guru-only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:116 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:221 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:234 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:290 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:304 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "MyStaff"
+msgstr "portée"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:148 (comment)
+msgid "explicitly set instrument, so we don't get "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:149 (comment)
+msgid "weird effects when doing instrument names for"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:150 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "piano staves"
+msgstr "Portées d'ossia"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:159 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:248 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:261 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:274 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "MyVoice"
+msgstr "voix"
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:174 (comment)
+msgid "must come before all"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:184 (comment)
+msgid "\\consists \\\"Rest_engraver\\\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:46 (comment)
+msgid "Cut here ----- Start 'flamenco.ly' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:48 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Text indicators"
+msgstr "LilyPond et les éditeurs de texte"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:49 (variable)
+msgid "abanico"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:50 (variable)
+msgid "rasgueaso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:51 (variable)
+msgid "alzapua"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:53 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Finger stroke symbols"
+msgstr "Symboles de jeux"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:54 (variable)
+msgid "strokeUp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:64 (variable)
+msgid "strokeDown"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:74 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Golpe symbol"
+msgstr "pipeSymbole"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:75 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "golpe"
+msgstr "dolce"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:89 (variable)
+msgid "strokeUpGolpe"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:90 (variable)
+msgid "iUpGolpe"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:92 (comment)
+msgid "Strokes for all fingers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:93 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "pUp"
+msgstr "Haut :"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:94 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "pDown"
+msgstr "bas"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:95 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "iUp"
+msgstr "Haut :"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:96 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "iDown"
+msgstr "bas"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:97 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "mUp"
+msgstr "Haut :"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:98 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "mDown"
+msgstr "bas"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:99 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "aUp"
+msgstr "Haut :"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:100 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "aDown"
+msgstr "bas"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:101 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "xUp"
+msgstr "Haut :"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:102 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "xDown"
+msgstr "bas"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:105 (comment)
+msgid "Just handy :)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:106 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "tupletOff"
+msgstr "nolet"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:111 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "tupletsOff"
+msgstr "nolet"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:116 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "tupletsOn"
+msgstr "nolet"
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:121 (variable)
+msgid "headsOff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:127 (variable)
+msgid "headsOn"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:133 (comment)
+msgid "Cut here ----- End 'flamenco.ly' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flat-flags-and-beam-nibs.ly:58 (comment)
+msgid "Example 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flat-flags-and-beam-nibs.ly:65 (comment)
+msgid "Example 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flat-flags-and-beam-nibs.ly:72 (comment)
+msgid "Example 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flat-flags-and-beam-nibs.ly:86 (comment)
+msgid "Example 4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flute-slap-notation.ly:17 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "slap"
+msgstr "dièse"
+
+#. input/lsr/formatting-lyrics-syllables.ly:16 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Tip taken from http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/lilypond-user/2007-12/"
+"msg00215.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:37 (comment)
+msgid "A chord for ukelele, with formatting defined in definition string"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "1.2 * size, 4 strings, 4 frets, fingerings below string"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:39 (comment)
+msgid "dot radius .35 of fret spacing, dot position 0.55 of fret spacing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:52 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:72 (comment)
+#, fuzzy, python-format
+msgid "110% of default size"
+msgstr "retour à la taille par défaut"
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--changing-their-appearance.ly:26 (comment)
+msgid "set up grids"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--changing-their-appearance.ly:28 (comment)
+msgid "set the grid interval to one quarter note"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--changing-their-appearance.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "this moves them to the right half a staff space"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--changing-their-appearance.ly:48 (comment)
+msgid "this moves them up one staff space from the default position"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:27 (comment)
+msgid "sets of grid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:33 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "lines length"
+msgstr "Longueur de ligne"
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:48 (comment)
+msgid "centers grid lines horizontally below noteheads"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:62 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "making sure the lines will be placed outside the Staff"
+msgstr "cette fois, le texte est plus proche de la portée"
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:65 (comment)
+msgid "hides staff and notes so that only the grid lines are visible"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:75 (comment)
+msgid "you have to put 'dummy' notes here to force regular grid spacing..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/heavily-customized-polymetric-time-signatures.ly:55 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "drum"
+msgstr "percuA"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:54 (comment)
+msgid "Solution 1: Using a simple markup with a particular halign value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:55 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Drawback: It's a markup, not a dynamic command, so \\dynamicDown etc. will "
+"have no effect"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:56 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "semppMarkup"
+msgstr "tempoMarque"
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:58 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Solution 2: Using a dynamic script and shifting with \\once\\override ... "
+"#'X-offset = .."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:59 (comment)
+msgid "Drawback: \\once\\override needed for every invocation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:60 (variable)
+msgid "semppK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:62 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Solution 3: Padding the dynamic script so the center-alignment puts it to "
+"the correct position"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:63 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Drawback: the padding really reserves the space, nothing else can be there"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:64 (variable)
+msgid "semppT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:72 (comment)
+msgid "Solution 4: Dynamic, setting the dimensions of the additional text to 0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:73 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Drawback: To lilypond \\\"sempre\\\" has no extent, so it might put other "
+"stuff there => collisions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:74 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Drawback: Also, there seems to be some spacing, so it's not exactly the "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:75 (comment)
+msgid "same alignment as without the additional text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:76 (variable)
+msgid "semppM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:78 (comment)
+msgid "Solution 5: Dynamic with explicit shifting inside the scheme function"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:79 (variable)
+msgid "semppG"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:85 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Solution 6: Dynamic with explicit alignment. This has only effect, if one "
+"sets X-offset!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:86 (comment)
+msgid "Drawback: One needs to set DynamicText #'X-offset!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:87 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Drawback: Aligned at the right edge of the additional text, not at the "
+"center of pp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:88 (variable)
+msgid "semppMII"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:114 (comment)
+msgid "Setting to ##f (false) gives the same resul"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly:28 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:61 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/showing-chords-at-changes.ly:23 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-and-chords.ly:40 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes-and-chords.ly:38 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "harmonies"
+msgstr "harmoniques"
+
+#. input/lsr/how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "THE FOLLOWING IS THE COMMAND TO MOVE THE CHORD NAME"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly:34 (comment)
+msgid "THIS LINE IS THE SECOND METHOD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly:44 (comment)
+msgid "THE FOLLOWING IS THE COMMAND TO MOVE THE FRET DIAGRAM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly:47 (comment)
+msgid "HERE IS THE SECOND METHOD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:62 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "make the staff lines invisible on staves"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:74 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:75 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "discantusIncipit"
+msgstr "discantus"
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:111 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:112 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "altusIncipit"
+msgstr "Des incipits"
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:127 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:139 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:169 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:178 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "two measures"
+msgstr "Mesure incomplète"
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:147 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:148 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "tenorIncipit"
+msgstr "Des incipits"
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:184 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:185 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "bassusIncipit"
+msgstr "Des incipits"
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:251 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:258 (comment)
+msgid "Keep the bass lyrics outside of the staff group to avoid bar lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:252 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:259 (comment)
+msgid "between the lyrics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:257 (comment)
+msgid "no bar lines in staves"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:260 (comment)
+msgid "the next three instructions keep the lyrics between the bar lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:275 (comment)
+msgid "breaking also at those bar lines where a note overlaps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:276 (comment)
+msgid "into the next measure. The command is commented out in this"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/inserting-score-fragments-above-a-staff,-as-markups.ly:16 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "tuning"
+msgstr "melodie"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:52 (comment)
+msgid "#(set-global-staff-size 16)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:55 (comment)
+msgid "Some macros %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:57 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "sl"
+msgstr "liaison d'articulation"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:61 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "nsl"
+msgstr "Installation"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:65 (variable)
+msgid "crOn"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:66 (variable)
+msgid "crOff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:68 (comment)
+msgid "insert chord name style stuff here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:70 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "jazzChords"
+msgstr "mesAccords"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:72 (comment)
+msgid "Keys'n'thangs %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:76 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Key"
+msgstr "MetriqueArmure"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:78 (comment)
+msgid "############ Horns ############"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:80 (comment)
+msgid "------ Trumpet ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:81 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "trpt"
+msgstr "triolet"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:85 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "trpHarmony"
+msgstr "Harmoniques"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:88 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:268 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "trumpet"
+msgstr "nolet"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:97 (comment)
+msgid "------ Alto Saxophone ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:98 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "alto"
+msgstr "alti"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:102 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "altoHarmony"
+msgstr "Harmoniques"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:105 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "altoSax"
+msgstr "alti"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:114 (comment)
+msgid "------ Baritone Saxophone ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:115 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "bari"
+msgstr "mesureA"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:123 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "bariHarmony"
+msgstr "baryton"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:126 (variable)
+msgid "bariSax"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:135 (comment)
+msgid "------ Trombone ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:136 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "tbone"
+msgstr "un"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:140 (variable)
+msgid "tboneHarmony"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:143 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:272 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "trombone"
+msgstr "hautbois"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:152 (comment)
+msgid "############ Rhythm Section #############"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:154 (comment)
+msgid "------ Guitar ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:155 (variable)
+msgid "gtr"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:163 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "gtrHarmony"
+msgstr "Harmoniques"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:167 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:277 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:39 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:44 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "guitar"
+msgstr "Guitare"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:176 (comment)
+msgid "------ Piano ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:177 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "rhUpper"
+msgstr "superieur"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:182 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "rhLower"
+msgstr "inferieur"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:188 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "lhUpper"
+msgstr "superieur"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:193 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "lhLower"
+msgstr "inferieur"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:199 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "PianoRH"
+msgstr "Piano"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:208 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "PianoLH"
+msgstr "Piano"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:226 (comment)
+msgid "------ Bass Guitar ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:240 (comment)
+msgid "------ Drums ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:254 (variable)
+msgid "drumContents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:263 (comment)
+#, python-format
+msgid "It All Goes Together Here %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:267 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "horns"
+msgstr "corNotes"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:269 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "altosax"
+msgstr "alti"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:270 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "barichords"
+msgstr "accord"
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:271 (context id)
+msgid "barisax"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:276 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "chords"
+msgstr "accord"
+
+#. input/lsr/makam-example.ly:26 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Initialize makam settings"
+msgstr "Notation éditoriale"
+
+#. input/lsr/manually-break-figured-bass-extenders-for-only-some-numbers.ly:19 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "bassfigures"
+msgstr "basses"
+
+#. input/lsr/manually-controlling-beam-positions.ly:21 (comment)
+msgid "from upper staffline (position 4) to center (position 0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/manually-controlling-beam-positions.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "from center to one above center (position 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/marking-notes-of-spoken-parts-with-a-cross-on-the-stem.ly:19 (variable)
+msgid "speakOn"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/marking-notes-of-spoken-parts-with-a-cross-on-the-stem.ly:31 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "speakOff"
+msgstr "portée"
+
+#. input/lsr/markup-lines.ly:19 (comment)
+msgid "Candide, Voltaire"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/mensurstriche-layout-bar-lines-between-the-staves.ly:32 (comment)
+msgid "the final bar line is not interrupted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/merging-multi-measure-rests-in-a-polyphonic-part.ly:17 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "normalPos"
+msgstr "normal"
+
+#. input/lsr/modern-tab-text-clef.ly:16 (variable)
+msgid "TAB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/modifying-default-values-for-articulation-shorthand-notation.ly:37 (variable)
+msgid "dashPlus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/modifying-tuplet-bracket-length.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid "Set tuplets to be extendable..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/modifying-tuplet-bracket-length.ly:25 (comment)
+msgid "...to cover all items up to the next note"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/modifying-tuplet-bracket-length.ly:29 (comment)
+msgid "...or to cover just whitespace"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/percussion-beaters.ly:18 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "stick"
+msgstr "musique"
+
+#. input/lsr/permitting-line-breaks-within-beamed-tuplets.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "Permit line breaks within tuplets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/permitting-line-breaks-within-beamed-tuplets.ly:40 (comment)
+msgid "Allow beams to be broken at line breaks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/permitting-line-breaks-within-beamed-tuplets.ly:47 (comment)
+msgid "Insert a manual line break within a tuplet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:51 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "pedal"
+msgstr "Opéra"
+
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:64 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "define Dynamics context"
+msgstr "Ajout d'une nuance textuelle"
+
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:85 (comment)
+msgid "modify PianoStaff context to accept Dynamics context"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:38 (context id)
+msgid "tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:30 (comment)
+msgid "Multi-measure rests by default are set under the second line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:32 (comment)
+msgid "They can be moved with an override"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "A value of 0 is the default position;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:36 (comment)
+msgid "the following trick moves the rest to the center line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:39 (comment)
+msgid "Multi-measure rests in odd-numbered voices are under the top line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:41 (comment)
+msgid "Multi-measure rests in even-numbered voices are under the bottom line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:43 (comment)
+msgid "They remain separated even in empty measures"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:45 (comment)
+msgid "This brings them together even though there are two voices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:28 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:49 (comment)
+msgid "Set segno sign as rehearsal mark and adjust size if needed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:29 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:51 (comment)
+msgid "\\once \\override Score.RehearsalMark #'font-size = #3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "Set coda sign as rehearsal mark and adjust size if needed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:42 (comment)
+msgid "Should Coda be on anew line?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:43 (comment)
+msgid "Coda NOT on new line: use \\nobreak"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:44 (comment)
+msgid "Coda on new line: DON'T use \\nobreak"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:45 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "\\noBreak"
+msgstr "Sauts"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:54 (comment)
+msgid "Here begins the trickery! "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:55 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"\\cadenzaOn will suppress the bar count and \\stopStaff removes the staff "
+"lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:58 (comment)
+msgid "Some examples of possible text-displays "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:60 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "text line-aligned"
+msgstr "Alignement du texte"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:61 (comment)
+msgid "=================="
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:62 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:68 (comment)
+msgid "Move text to the desired position"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:63 (comment)
+msgid "\\once \\override TextScript #'extra-offset = #'( 2 . -3.5 )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:64 (comment)
+msgid "| s1*0^\\markup { D.S. al Coda } }"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:66 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "text center-aligned"
+msgstr "ligne de prolongation"
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:67 (comment)
+msgid "===================="
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:69 (comment)
+msgid "\\once \\override TextScript #'extra-offset = #'( 6 . -5.0 )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:70 (comment)
+msgid "| s1*0^\\markup { \\center-column { D.S. \\\"al Coda\\\" } }"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:72 (comment)
+msgid "text and symbols center-aligned"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:73 (comment)
+msgid "==============================="
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:74 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Move text to the desired position and tweak spacing for optimum text "
+"alignment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:75 (comment)
+msgid "\\once \\override TextScript #'extra-offset = #'( 8 . -5.5 )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:81 (comment)
+msgid "Increasing the unfold counter will expand the staff-free space"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:86 (comment)
+msgid "Resume bar count and show staff lines again"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:90 (comment)
+msgid "Should Coda be on new line?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:91 (comment)
+msgid "Coda NOT on new line: DON'T use \\break"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:92 (comment)
+msgid "Coda on new line: use \\break"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:95 (comment)
+msgid "Show up, you clef and key!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:99 (comment)
+msgid "Set coda sign as rehearsal mark and adjust size and position"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:101 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Put the coda sign ontop of the (treble-)clef dependend on coda's line-"
+"position"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:103 (comment)
+msgid "Coda NOT on new line, use this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:104 (comment)
+msgid "\\once \\override Score.RehearsalMark #'extra-offset = #'( -2 . 1.75 )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:106 (comment)
+msgid "Coda on new line, use this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:112 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The coda"
+msgstr "La commande de fixation (set)"
+
+#. input/lsr/printing-metronome-and-rehearsal-marks-below-the-staff.ly:31 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Metronome marks below the staff "
+msgstr "Indications métronomiques"
+
+#. input/lsr/printing-metronome-and-rehearsal-marks-below-the-staff.ly:36 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Rehearsal marks below the staff"
+msgstr "Indications de repère"
+
+#. input/lsr/printing-music-with-different-time-signatures.ly:49 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Bassklarinette"
+msgstr "clarinette"
+
+#. input/lsr/printing-music-with-different-time-signatures.ly:89 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Perkussion"
+msgstr "Percussions"
+
+#. input/lsr/quoting-another-voice-with-transposition.ly:37 (variable)
+msgid "quoteTest"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/quoting-another-voice-with-transposition.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "french horn"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/quoting-another-voice.ly:27 (variable)
+msgid "quoteMe"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/quoting-another-voice.ly:32 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "original"
+msgstr "Tutoriel"
+
+#. input/lsr/removing-the-first-empty-line.ly:43 (comment)
+msgid "To use the setting globally, uncomment the following line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/removing-the-first-empty-line.ly:44 (comment)
+msgid "\\override VerticalAxisGroup #'remove-first = ##t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/removing-the-first-empty-line.ly:53 (comment)
+msgid "To use the setting globally, comment this line,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/removing-the-first-empty-line.ly:54 (comment)
+msgid "uncomment the line in the \\layout block above"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/reverting-default-beam-endings.ly:29 (comment)
+msgid "Default beaming"
+msgstr "Ligatures par défaut"
+
+#. input/lsr/reverting-default-beam-endings.ly:32 (comment)
+msgid "Revert default values in scm/auto-beam.scm for 12/8 time"
+msgstr "On annule les réglages par défaut de scm/autobeam.scm pour 12/8"
+
+#. input/lsr/reverting-default-beam-endings.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "Set new values for beam endings"
+msgstr "puis on ajoute des règles de fin de ligature"
+
+#. input/lsr/rhythmic-slashes.ly:25 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Macro to print single slash"
+msgstr "Modification de portées individuelles"
+
+#. input/lsr/rhythmic-slashes.ly:26 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "rs"
+msgstr "silence"
+
+#. input/lsr/rhythmic-slashes.ly:33 (comment)
+msgid "Function to print a specified number of slashes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/rhythmic-slashes.ly:34 (variable)
+msgid "comp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:69 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "NoStem"
+msgstr "Hampes"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:70 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "NoNoteHead"
+msgstr "Têtes de note"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:71 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "ZeroBeam"
+msgstr "Barres de ligature"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:73 (variable)
+msgid "staffTabLine"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:78 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Shows one horizontal line. The vertical line (simulating a bar-line) is "
+"simulated with a gridline"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:83 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"disable the following line to see the the noteheads while writing the song "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:87 (comment)
+msgid "The beam between 8th-notes is used to draw the push-line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:88 (comment)
+msgid "How to fast write the push-lines: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:89 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"1. write repeatedly 'c c c c c c c c |' for the whole length of the song "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:90 (comment)
+msgid "2. uncomment the line \\NoNoteHead"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:91 (comment)
+msgid "3. compile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:92 (comment)
+msgid "4. Mark the positions on which push/pull changes. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:93 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"In the score-picture click on the position the push- or pull-part starts "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:94 (comment)
+msgid "(on the noteHead, the cursor will change to a hand-icon)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:95 (comment)
+msgid "The cursor in the source code will jump just at this position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:96 (comment)
+msgid "a) If a push-part starts there, replace the 'c' by an 'e['"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:97 (comment)
+msgid "b) If a pull-part starts there, replace the 'c' by an 's'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:98 (comment)
+msgid "5. Switch into 'overwrite-mode' by pressing the 'ins' key. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:99 (comment)
+msgid "6. For the pull-parts overwrite the 'c' with 's' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:100 (comment)
+msgid "7. For every push-part replace the last 'c' with 'e]' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:101 (comment)
+msgid "8. Switch into 'insert-mode' again "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:102 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"9. At last it should look lik e.g. (s s e[ c | c c c c c c c c | c c c c c c "
+"e] s s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:103 (comment)
+msgid "10. re-enable the line \\NoNoteHead"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:113 (comment)
+msgid "Accordion melody in tabulator score\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:114 (comment)
+msgid "1. Place a copy of the piano melody below"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:115 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:134 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"2. Separate piano melody into pull- and push-parts according to the "
+"staffTabLine you've already made "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:116 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"3. For each line: Double the line. Remark the 1st one (Keeps unchanged as "
+"reference) and then change the second line using the transformation paper"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:117 (comment)
+msgid "or the macros 'conv2diaton push.bsh' and 'conv2diaton pull.bsh' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:118 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:137 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Tips:"
+msgstr "Liaisons de prolongation"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:119 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:138 (comment)
+msgid "- In jEdit Search & Replace mark the Option 'Keep Dialog'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:121 (variable)
+msgid "AccordionTabTwoCBesDur"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:122 (comment)
+msgid "pull 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:123 (comment)
+msgid "<f' bes'>8 <f' a'>8 <d' bes'>8 | "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:125 (comment)
+msgid "push 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:126 (comment)
+msgid "<g' c''>4 <f' d''> <g' ees''> <f' a'> | "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:128 (comment)
+msgid "pull 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:129 (comment)
+msgid "<f' bes'>2 r8 }"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:133 (comment)
+msgid "1. Place a copy of the piano melody above"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:135 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"3. For each line: Double the line. Remark the 1st one (Keeps unchanged as "
+"reference) and then "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:136 (comment)
+msgid "change the second line using the transformation paper"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:139 (comment)
+msgid "- "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:150 (comment)
+msgid "4/4 - tact. How many beats per bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:152 (comment)
+msgid "The following line has to be adjusted O-F-T-E-N."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:161 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "staffVoice"
+msgstr "portée"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:169 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "melodyVoi"
+msgstr "melodie"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:175 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "staffAccordionMel"
+msgstr "Accordéon"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:176 (comment)
+msgid "Set the accidentals (Vorzeichen) for each note, "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:177 (comment)
+msgid "do not remember them for the rest of the measure. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:196 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "BassRhytm"
+msgstr "Rythme"
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:197 (variable)
+msgid "LyricBassRhythmI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:199 (variable)
+msgid "staffBassRhytm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:200 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"This is not a RhythmicStaff because it must be possible to append lyrics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:202 (comment)
+msgid "x.y"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:204 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Shows one horizontal line. The vertical line (simulating a bar-line) is "
+"simulated by a grid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:205 (comment)
+msgid "Search for 'grid' in this page to find all related functions "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:208 (context id)
+msgid "VoiceBassRhytm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:221 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"The vertical line (simulating a bar-line) in the staffBassRhytm is a "
+"gridline "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:24 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Define the fret diagrams to be used"
+msgstr "Tablatures prédéfinies"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:25 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "cFretDiagram"
+msgstr "Tablatures sous forme d'étiquette"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:29 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "gFretDiagram"
+msgstr "Tablatures sous forme d'étiquette"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:33 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "verseI"
+msgstr "couplet"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:38 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "verseII"
+msgstr "couplet"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:43 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "theChords"
+msgstr "mesAccords"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:45 (comment)
+msgid "insert the chords for chordnames here"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:50 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "staffMelody"
+msgstr "portée"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:51 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "voiceMelody"
+msgstr "voix"
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:55 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Type notes and fret diagram markups here"
+msgstr "Tablatures sous forme d'étiquette"
+
+#. input/lsr/snap-pizzicato-markup-bartok-pizzicato.ly:54 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "snapPizzicato"
+msgstr "Pizzicato Bartok"
+
+#. input/lsr/snap-pizzicato-markup-bartok-pizzicato.ly:56 (comment)
+msgid "now it can be used as \\snappizzicato after the note/chord"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/snap-pizzicato-markup-bartok-pizzicato.ly:57 (comment)
+msgid "Note that a direction (-, ^ or _) is required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/snap-pizzicato-markup-bartok-pizzicato.ly:60 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "This does NOT work:"
+msgstr "Celle-ci produit le résultat escompté"
+
+#. input/lsr/snap-pizzicato-markup-bartok-pizzicato.ly:61 (comment)
+msgid "<c e g>\\snapPizzicato"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/stemlets.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "N.B. use Score.Stem to set for the whole score."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-simple.ly:34 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "violinOne"
+msgstr "violon"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-simple.ly:43 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "violinTwo"
+msgstr "violon"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-simple.ly:52 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "viola"
+msgstr "volta"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:63 (comment)
+msgid "piece.ly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:64 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the global definitions file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:71 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Violinone"
+msgstr "violon"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:76 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:82 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:89 (comment)
+msgid "*********************************"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:77 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Violintwo"
+msgstr "violon"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:83 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Viola"
+msgstr "volta"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:90 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Cello"
+msgstr "cello"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:96 (comment)
+msgid "**********************************"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:107 (comment)
+msgid "These are the other files you need to save on your computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:109 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "score.ly"
+msgstr "Mise en forme de la partition"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:110 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the main file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:113 (comment)
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\\include \\\"piece.ly\\\" %%% uncomment this line when using a "
+"separate file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:122 (comment)
+msgid "{ Uncomment this block when using separate files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:124 (comment)
+msgid "vn1.ly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:125 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the Violin 1 part file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:134 (comment)
+msgid "vn2.ly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:135 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the Violin 2 part file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:144 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "vla.ly"
+msgstr "global"
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:145 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the Viola part file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:154 (comment)
+msgid "vlc.ly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:155 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the Cello part file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/sub-dividing-beams.ly:49 (comment)
+msgid "Set beam sub-group length to an eighth note"
+msgstr "Subdivision des ligatures à la croche"
+
+#. input/lsr/sub-dividing-beams.ly:53 (comment)
+msgid "Set beam sub-group length to a sixteenth note"
+msgstr "Subdivision des ligatures à la double-croche"
+
+#. input/lsr/suppressing-warnings-for-clashing-note-columns.ly:19 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "ignore"
+msgstr "mineur"
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:16 (comment)
+msgid "New command to add a three sided box, with sides north, west and south"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:17 (comment)
+msgid "Based on the box-stencil command defined in scm/stencil.scm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:18 (comment)
+msgid "Note that you use \\\";\\\" to comment a line in Scheme"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:32 (comment)
+msgid "The corresponding markup command, based on the \\box command defined "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:33 (comment)
+msgid "in scm/define-markup-commands.scm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:47 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Test it:"
+msgstr "Commentaires textuels"
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:21 (comment)
+msgid "Use 'bar-size to control the height of the tick,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:22 (comment)
+msgid "and 'extra-offset to determine its position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "With 'extra-offset set to zero, the tick will be"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:25 (comment)
+msgid "centered around the middle line of the staff."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:27 (comment)
+msgid "Replace Staff.BarLine with Score.BarLine to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:28 (comment)
+msgid "apply the method to the whole score."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "Revert the overrides to get back a normal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:39 (comment)
+msgid "bar line at the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:127 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "incipitDiscantus"
+msgstr "discantus"
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:151 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "incipitAltus"
+msgstr "Des incipits"
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:176 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "incipitTenor"
+msgstr "Des incipits"
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:202 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "incipitBassus"
+msgstr "Des incipits"
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:226 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"StaffGroup is used instead of ChoirStaff to get bar lines between systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:269 (comment)
+msgid "the next three instructions keep the lyrics between the barlines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/transposing-pitches-with-minimum-accidentals-smart-transpose.ly:131 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "naturalizeMusic"
+msgstr "bécarre"
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:111 (comment)
+msgid "The default treble clef"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:113 (comment)
+msgid "The standard bass clef"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:118 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The baritone clef"
+msgstr "baryton"
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:123 (comment)
+msgid "The standard choral tenor clef"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:129 (comment)
+msgid "A non-standard clef"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:135 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The following clef changes do not preserve"
+msgstr "Les notes qui suivent sont monophoniques"
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:136 (comment)
+msgid "the normal relationship between notes and clefs:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:151 (comment)
+msgid "Here we go back to the normal clef:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:22 (comment)
+msgid "The default in 3/4 time is to beam in three groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid "each of a quarter note length"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:27 (comment)
+msgid "No auto-beaming is defined for 12/16"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:31 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Change time signature symbol, but retain underlying 3/4 beaming"
+msgstr "la métrique change mais on garde les règles de ligatures en 3/4"
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "The 3/4 time default grouping of (1 1 1) and beatLength of 1/8"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:36 (comment)
+msgid "are not consistent with a measureLength of 3/4, so the beams"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:37 (comment)
+msgid "are grouped at beatLength intervals"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:41 (comment)
+msgid "Specify beams in groups of (3 3 2 3) 1/16th notes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:42 (comment)
+msgid "3+3+2+3=11, and 11*1/16<>3/4, so beatGrouping does not apply,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:43 (comment)
+msgid "and beams are grouped at beatLength (1/16) intervals"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:48 (comment)
+msgid "Specify beams in groups of (3 4 2 3) 1/16th notes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:49 (comment)
+msgid "3+4+2+3=12, and 12*1/16=3/4, so beatGrouping applies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-postscript-to-generate-special-note-head-shapes.ly:17 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "parallelogram"
+msgstr "allegro"
+
+#. input/lsr/using-postscript-to-generate-special-note-head-shapes.ly:32 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "myNoteHeads"
+msgstr "Têtes de note"
+
+#. input/lsr/using-postscript-to-generate-special-note-head-shapes.ly:33 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "normalNoteHeads"
+msgstr "Têtes de note mensurales"
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:34 (comment)
+msgid "end verbatim - this comment is a hack to prevent texinfo.tex"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "from choking on non-European UTF-8 subsets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:36 (comment)
+msgid "Cyrillic font"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:37 (variable)
+msgid "bulgarian"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:41 (variable)
+msgid "hebrew"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:45 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "japanese"
+msgstr "Extenseurs et prolongateurs"
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:52 (comment)
+msgid "\\\"a legal song to you\\\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:53 (variable)
+msgid "portuguese"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:19 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "leftbrace"
+msgstr "accolade"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:20 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "rightbrace"
+msgstr "accolade"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:22 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "dropLyrics"
+msgstr "SopUnParoles"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:29 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "raiseLyrics"
+msgstr "tuttiParoles"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:36 (variable)
+msgid "skipFour"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:38 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "lyricsA"
+msgstr "paroles"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:40 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "lyricsB"
+msgstr "paroles"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:41 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "lyricsC"
+msgstr "paroles"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:42 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "lyricsD"
+msgstr "paroles"
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:49 (context id)
+msgid "m"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:44 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:37 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:41 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "sopMusic"
+msgstr "SopMusique"
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:47 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:40 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:44 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "sopWords"
+msgstr "sopranoParoles"
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:76 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:67 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:72 (context id)
+msgid "women"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:82 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:77 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:84 (context id)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "men"
+msgstr "melodieUn"
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:111 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:89 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:102 (comment)
+msgid "a little smaller so lyrics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:112 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:90 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:103 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "can be closer to the staff"
+msgstr "cette fois, le texte est plus proche de la portée"
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:73 (comment)
+msgid "we could remove the line about this with the line below, since we want"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:74 (comment)
+msgid "the alto lyrics to be below the alto Voice anyway."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:75 (comment)
+msgid "\\new Lyrics \\lyricsto altos \\altoWords"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:84 (comment)
+msgid "again, we could replace the line above this with the line below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:85 (comment)
+msgid "\\new Lyrics \\lyricsto basses \\bassWords"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/volta-multi-staff.ly:13 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "voltaMusic"
+msgstr "AltoMusique"
+
+msgid "Up:"
+msgstr "Haut :"
+
+msgid "Next:"
+msgstr "Suivant :"
+
+msgid "Previous:"
+msgstr "Précédent :"
+
+msgid "Appendix "
+msgstr "Annexe "
+
+msgid "Footnotes"
+msgstr "Notes de bas de page"
+
+msgid "Table of Contents"
+msgstr "Table des matières"
-#~ msgid "Program usage"
-#~ msgstr "Utilisation du programme"
+#~ msgid "auto beam on 1/4 note groups"
+#~ msgstr "ligature automatique par noire"
-#~ msgid "Other information"
-#~ msgstr "Autres sources de documentation"
+#~ msgid "keep 3/4 beaming"
+#~ msgstr "maintien des règles de ligature pour 3/4"
-#~ msgid "Unix"
-#~ msgstr "Unix"
+#~ msgid "due to beatLength"
+#~ msgstr "en raison de la battue"
-#~ msgid "Working on text files"
-#~ msgstr "Travail sur des fichiers texte"
+#~ msgid "beam on 1/8 notes"
+#~ msgstr "ligature basée sur la croche"
-#~ msgid "legato"
-#~ msgstr "legato"
+#~ msgid "beam on 3/16, 7/16, 9/16, 12/16"
+#~ msgstr "ligature sur les 3ème, 7ème, 9ème et 12ème double croche"
-#~ msgid "Chords"
-#~ msgstr "Accords"
+#~ msgid "force-hshift-Eigenschaft"
+#~ msgstr "la propriété force-hshift"
-#~ msgid "Guitar tablatures"
-#~ msgstr "Tablatures pour la guitare"
+#~ msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
+#~ msgstr "Liaisons ``laissez vibrer''"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-10-16 23:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-09 17:44+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1796 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:214 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:229 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1041 (context id)
msgid "violin"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1801 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-simple.ly:62 (variable)
msgid "cello"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
+#. input/lsr/measure-counter.ly:25 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/measure-counter.ly:32 (context id)
msgid "foo"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "time signature"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "major"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "minor"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "tie"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "slur"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "phrasing"
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:47 (variable)
msgid "dynamics"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "crescendo"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "decrescendo"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "anacrusis"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "note value"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "triplet"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "grace notes"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "acciaccatura"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "appoggiatura"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "polyphony"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "chord"
msgstr ""
msgid "After the tutorial"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:325 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:368 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:51 (context id)
+msgid "singer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:326 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:369 (context id)
+msgid "vocal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:329 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:372 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:218 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:278 (context id)
+msgid "piano"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:330 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:363 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:373 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2669 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2711 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-number-of-lines-in-a-staff.ly:19 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:221 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-simple.ly:28 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-simple.ly:47 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:37 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:51 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:40 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:61 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:23 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:41 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:45 (context id)
+msgid "upper"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:331 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:364 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:374 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2676 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2712 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-number-of-lines-in-a-staff.ly:23 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:222 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-simple.ly:36 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-simple.ly:48 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:42 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:37 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:53 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:48 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:62 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:30 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:42 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:46 (context id)
+msgid "lower"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:361 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:239 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:568 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:797 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:818 (context id)
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1222 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1264 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/adjusting-lyrics-vertical-spacing.ly:24 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/adjusting-lyrics-vertical-spacing.ly:35 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-gregorian-music.ly:50 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/demo-midiinstruments.ly:28 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/formatting-lyrics-syllables.ly:28 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/guitar-strum-rhythms.ly:48 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/heavily-customized-polymetric-time-signatures.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:28 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-and-chords.ly:28 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes-and-chords.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes-and-lyrics.ly:38 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-only-notes.ly:32 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:44 (variable)
msgid "melody"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1045 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1227 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1268 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly:45 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:36 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-and-chords.ly:36 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes-and-lyrics.ly:46 (variable)
msgid "text"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:363 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2669 (variable)
-msgid "upper"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:364 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2676 (variable)
-msgid "lower"
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:443 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:535 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:66 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:102 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:118 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:139 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:154 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:175 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:190 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:206 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:222 (comment)
+msgid "main"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:632 (comment)
msgid "Initiate first voice"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1199 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2441 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:503 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1233 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1274 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:327 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:241 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/adding-fingerings-to-tablatures.ly:16 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:204 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:213 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-and-chords.ly:50 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes-and-lyrics.ly:52 (context id)
+msgid "one"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1242 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2646 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3178 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3268 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:783 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:496 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:497 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:46 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:57 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:74 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/mensurstriche-layout-bar-lines-between-the-staves.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:32 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/printing-music-with-different-time-signatures.ly:24 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-simple.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:66 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:30 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:39 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:32 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:36 (variable)
msgid "global"
msgstr ""
msgid "SopTwoLyrics"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1255 (context id)
+msgid "SopOne"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1264 (context id)
+msgid "SopTwo"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1296 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2864 (variable)
msgid "TimeKey"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1298 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3180 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3270 (variable)
msgid "AltoMusic"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1299 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3181 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3271 (variable)
msgid "TenorMusic"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1300 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3182 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3272 (variable)
msgid "BassMusic"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1301 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3183 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3273 (variable)
msgid "VerseOne"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1303 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3184 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3274 (variable)
msgid "VerseTwo"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1305 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3185 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3275 (variable)
msgid "VerseThree"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1307 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3186 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3276 (variable)
msgid "VerseFour"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1314 (context id)
+msgid "Sop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1315 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3283 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:915 (context id)
+msgid "Alto"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1323 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3291 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:917 (context id)
+msgid "Tenor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1324 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3292 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:922 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:227 (variable)
+msgid "Bass"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1350 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1402 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1464 (variable)
msgid "versewords"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1361 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1428 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1489 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:820 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:59 (variable)
+msgid "verse"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1407 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1469 (variable)
msgid "refrainnotesA"
msgid "refrainwordsB"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1436 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1509 (context id)
+msgid "refrainB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1501 (context id)
+msgid "refrainA"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1655 (comment)
msgid "start of single compound music expression"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2654 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:908 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:51 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:44 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:48 (variable)
msgid "altoMusic"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2658 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:54 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:47 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:51 (variable)
msgid "altoWords"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2659 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:909 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:58 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:51 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:55 (variable)
msgid "tenorMusic"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2663 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:61 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:54 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:58 (variable)
msgid "tenorWords"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2664 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:910 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:65 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:58 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:62 (variable)
msgid "bassMusic"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2668 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:68 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:61 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:65 (variable)
msgid "bassWords"
msgstr ""
msgid "combine ChoirStaff and PianoStaff in parallel"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2687 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2689 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:77 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:68 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:73 (context id)
+msgid "sopranos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2692 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2694 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:78 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:69 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:77 (context id)
+msgid "altos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2697 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2699 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:84 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:79 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:86 (context id)
+msgid "tenors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2702 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2704 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:85 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:80 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:90 (context id)
+msgid "basses"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2707 (comment)
msgid "end ChoirStaff"
msgstr ""
msgid "PianoStaff and Pedal Staff must be simultaneous"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2884 (context id)
+msgid "ManualOne"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2885 (comment)
msgid "set time signature and key"
msgstr ""
msgid "end ManualOne Staff context"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2890 (context id)
+msgid "ManualTwo"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2894 (comment)
msgid "end ManualTwo Staff context"
msgstr ""
msgid "end PianoStaff context"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2896 (context id)
+msgid "PedalOrgan"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2900 (comment)
msgid "end PedalOrgan Staff context"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/fundamental.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:564 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:577 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:585 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:604 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:617 (context id)
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/fundamental.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/fundamental.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/fundamental.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fundamental.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fundamental.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Explicitly instantiating voices"
msgstr ""
msgid "Building a score from scratch"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:541 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:665 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:564 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:690 (comment)
msgid "Increase thickness of all following slurs from 1.2 to 5.0"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:606 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:640 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:643 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:630 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:666 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:669 (comment)
msgid "Increase thickness of immediately following slur only"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:669 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:694 (comment)
msgid "Revert thickness of all following slurs to default of 1.2"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1275 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1302 (comment)
msgid "Don't print clefs in this staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1277 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1304 (comment)
msgid "Don't print time signatures in this staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1338 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1362 (comment)
msgid "Reduce all font sizes by ~24%"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1394 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1418 (comment)
msgid "Reduce stem length and line spacing to match"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1768 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1829 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1828 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1895 (comment)
msgid "Set details for later Text Spanner"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1771 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1832 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1831 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1898 (comment)
msgid "Place dynamics above staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1773 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1836 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1833 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1902 (comment)
msgid "Start Ottava Bracket"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1776 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1783 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1839 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1846 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1836 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1843 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1905 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1912 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Text"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1778 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1841 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1838 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1907 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Line Spanner"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1780 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1843 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1840 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1909 (comment)
msgid "Add Text Script"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1785 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1848 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1845 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1914 (comment)
msgid "Stop Ottava Bracket"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1834 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1900 (comment)
msgid "Place following Ottava Bracket below Text Spanners"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1890 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1959 (comment)
msgid "Cause notes to space out to accommodate text"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1908 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1979 (comment)
msgid "This markup is short enough to fit without collision"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1912 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1983 (comment)
msgid "This is too long to fit, so it is displaced upwards"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1916 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1921 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1987 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1992 (comment)
msgid "Turn off collision avoidance"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1923 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1994 (comment)
msgid "and turn on textLengthOn"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1924 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1995 (comment)
msgid "Spaces at end are honored"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2027 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2096 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 staff space"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2293 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2373 (comment)
msgid "This will not work, see below:"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2297 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2377 (comment)
msgid "This works:"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2342 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2422 (variable)
msgid "naturalplusflat"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2377 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2458 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 unit"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2379 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2460 (comment)
msgid "Align dynamics to a base line 2 units above staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2657 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2708 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2770 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2841 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2903 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2958 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2745 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2794 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2855 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2925 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2987 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3042 (variable)
msgid "rhMusic"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2662 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2713 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2777 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2850 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2912 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2750 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2799 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2862 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2934 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2996 (comment)
msgid "Start polyphonic section of four voices"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2675 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2726 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2790 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2865 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2929 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2986 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2763 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2812 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2875 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2949 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3013 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3070 (variable)
msgid "lhMusic"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2916 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2973 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2772 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2821 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2884 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2958 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3022 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3079 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:928 (context id)
+msgid "RH"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2776 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2825 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2888 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2962 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3026 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3083 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:934 (context id)
+msgid "LH"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3000 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3057 (comment)
msgid "Move the c2 out of the main note column so the merge will work"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2919 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2976 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3003 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3060 (comment)
msgid "Stem on the d2 must be down to permit merging"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2971 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3055 (comment)
msgid "Reposition the c2 to the right of the merged note"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3099 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3118 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3185 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3204 (comment)
msgid "Visible tempo marking"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3103 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3122 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3189 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3208 (comment)
msgid "Invisible tempo marking to lengthen fermata in MIDI"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3106 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3125 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3192 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3211 (comment)
msgid "New tempo for next section"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3169 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3259 (variable)
msgid "emphasize"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3173 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3263 (variable)
msgid "normal"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3179 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3269 (variable)
msgid "SopranoMusic"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3395 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3282 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:913 (context id)
+msgid "Soprano"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3487 (comment)
msgid "Arrange to obtain color from color-notehead procedure"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-msgid "Outside staff objects"
+msgid "Outside-staff objects"
msgstr ""
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "force-hshift property"
msgstr ""
msgid "Musical notation"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:654 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:668 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:997 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1016 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1053 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1068 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-chord-names-to-german-or-semi-german-notation.ly:29 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/controlling-tuplet-bracket-visibility.ly:20 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/letter-tablature-formatting.ly:25 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:98 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transposing-pitches-with-minimum-accidentals-smart-transpose.ly:136 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vertically-aligned-dynamics-and-textscripts.ly:35 (variable)
msgid "music"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1031 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1045 (comment)
msgid "not strictly necessary, but a good reminder"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1123 (variable)
-msgid "musicA"
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1052 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1100 (variable)
+msgid "clarinet"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1137 (variable)
+msgid "musicA"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1151 (variable)
msgid "musicB"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1170 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:170 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:264 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:175 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:365 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:241 (variable)
+msgid "up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1174 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:180 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:273 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:178 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:366 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:247 (variable)
+msgid "down"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
msgid "Improvisation"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:308 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:285 (comment)
msgid "Alter durations to triplets"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:310 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:335 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:287 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:312 (comment)
msgid "Normal durations"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:312 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:289 (comment)
msgid "Double the duration of chord"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:314 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:291 (comment)
msgid "Duration of quarter, appears like sixteenth"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:337 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:314 (comment)
msgid "Scale music by *2/3"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:341 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:318 (comment)
msgid "Scale music by *2"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:426 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:403 (comment)
msgid "First alternative: following note is tied normally"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:428 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:405 (comment)
msgid "Second alternative: following note has a repeated tie"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:545 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:522 (comment)
msgid "These two lines are just to prettify this example"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:548 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:525 (comment)
msgid "Print a maxima rest, equal to four breves"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:550 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:527 (comment)
msgid "Print a longa rest, equal to two breves"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:552 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:529 (comment)
msgid "Print a breve rest"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:654 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:631 (comment)
msgid "This is valid input, but does nothing"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:680 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:733 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:657 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:710 (comment)
msgid "Rest measures contracted to single measure"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:729 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:706 (comment)
msgid "Default behavior"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:736 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:713 (comment)
msgid "Rest measures expanded"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:769 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:746 (comment)
msgid "This fails, as the wrong object name is specified"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:772 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:749 (comment)
msgid "This is correct and works"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:894 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:871 (comment)
msgid "Default style"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:897 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:874 (comment)
msgid "Change to numeric style"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:901 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:878 (comment)
msgid "Revert to default style"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:931 (comment)
-msgid "auto beam on 1/4 note groups\t"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:933 (comment)
-msgid "no defined auto-beaming for this time sig"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1017 (comment)
+msgid "Show all bar numbers"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:937 (comment)
-msgid "keep 3/4 beaming "
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1134 (comment)
+msgid "Now each staff has its own time signature."
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:938 (comment)
-msgid "due to beatLength"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1256 (context id)
+msgid "myRhythm"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:940 (comment)
-msgid "beam on 1/8 notes"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1585 (comment)
+msgid "end 1/16 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:943 (comment)
-msgid "beam on 3/16, 7/16, 9/16, 12/16"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1589 (comment)
+msgid "end 1/32 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1103 (comment)
-msgid "Show all bar numbers"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1599 (comment)
+msgid "end beams of all durations in 5/8 time signature at the 2/8 moment"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1213 (comment)
-msgid "Now each staff has its own time signature."
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1614 (comment)
+msgid "rhythm 3-1-1-2"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1518 (comment)
-msgid "Set beam sub-group length to an eighth note"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1615 (comment)
+msgid "Context not specified - does not work correctly"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1521 (comment)
-msgid "Set beam sub-group length to a sixteenth note"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1621 (comment)
+msgid "Works correctly with context specified"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1658 (comment)
-msgid "end 1/16 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1654 (comment)
+msgid "undo a rule ending 1/16 beams in 4/4 time at 1/4 moment"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1662 (comment)
-msgid "end 1/32 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1667 (comment)
+msgid "this won't revert it!"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1672 (comment)
-msgid "end beams of all durations in 5/8 time signature at the 2/8 moment"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1669 (comment)
+msgid "this will"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1701 (comment)
-msgid "undo a rule ending 1/16 beams in 4/4 time at 1/4 moment"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1689 (comment)
+msgid "Set default beaming for all staves"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1714 (comment)
-msgid "this won't revert it!"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1697 (comment)
+msgid "Modify beaming for just this staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1716 (comment)
-msgid "this will"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1703 (comment)
+msgid "Inherit beaming from Score context"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1895 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1827 (comment)
msgid "revert to non-feathered beams"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2124 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2140 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2050 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2066 (comment)
msgid "Permit first bar number to be printed"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2141 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2189 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2067 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2115 (comment)
msgid "Print a bar number every second measure"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2157 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2083 (comment)
msgid "Prevent bar numbers at the end of a line and permit them elsewhere"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2161 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2187 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2087 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2113 (comment)
msgid "Increase the size of the bar number by 2"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2165 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2091 (comment)
msgid "Draw a box round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2170 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2096 (comment)
msgid "Draw a circle round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2192 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2118 (comment)
msgid "Center-align bar numbers"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2195 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2121 (comment)
msgid "Right-align bar numbers"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2298 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2224 (variable)
msgid "pipeSymbol"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2685 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2612 (variable)
msgid "MyCadenza"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "breve"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "longa"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Duration names notes and rests"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "tuplet"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "polymetric"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "laissez vibrer"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "multi-measure rest"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "cadenza"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "polymetric time signature"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "meter"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "tenuto"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "accent"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "staccato"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "portato"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "al niente"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "hairpin"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:35 (comment)
msgid "caesura"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "fall"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "doit"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "glissando"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "arpeggio"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "trill"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:298 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/volta-text-markup-using-repeatcommands.ly:21 (variable)
msgid "voltaAdLib"
msgstr ""
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Simultaneous expressions"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "cluster"
msgstr ""
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Single-staff polyphony"
msgstr ""
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Voice styles"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "a due"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:136 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:233 (context id)
msgid "part"
msgstr ""
msgid "Writing music in parallel"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1097 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1112 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1266 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1069 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1084 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1238 (variable)
msgid "flute"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1128 (variable)
-msgid "clarinet"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1217 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1238 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1189 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1210 (variable)
msgid "oboe"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1287 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1259 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1275 (context id)
msgid "piccolo"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1295 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1267 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1276 (context id)
msgid "cbassoon"
msgstr ""
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
msgid "Grouping staves"
msgstr ""
msgid "correct"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:664 (context id)
+msgid "lala"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:802 (context id)
+msgid "splitpart"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:847 (variable)
msgid "voice"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:854 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/formatting-lyrics-syllables.ly:22 (variable)
msgid "lyr"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1053 (context id)
+msgid "tune"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1101 (context id)
+msgid "lahlah"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1112 (comment)
msgid "applies to \\\"fas\\\""
msgstr ""
msgid "keep staff alive"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:265 (context id)
+msgid "melOne"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:333 (context id)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:242 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/adding-fingerings-to-tablatures.ly:17 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:205 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:214 (context id)
+msgid "two"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:385 (comment)
msgid "stems may overlap the other staff"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Snap (Bartok) pizzicato"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Snap (Bartók) pizzicato"
msgstr ""
msgid "melodia"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:243 (context id)
+msgid "shared"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:244 (context id)
+msgid "solo"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:321 (variable)
msgid "mynotes"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:448 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:27 (comment)
msgid "A chord for ukelele"
msgstr ""
msgid "Banjo tablatures"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:175 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:365 (variable)
-msgid "up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:178 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:366 (variable)
-msgid "down"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:385 (comment)
msgid "These lines define the position of the woodblocks in the stave;"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:396 (comment)
-msgid "This is neccessary; if not entered, the barline wuld be too short!"
+msgid "This is neccessary; if not entered, the barline would be too short!"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:403 (comment)
msgid "with this you load your new drum style table"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:423 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:425 (variable)
msgid "tambustaff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:431 (comment)
-msgid "broken"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:432 (comment)
-msgid "\\set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:438 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:439 (comment)
msgid "the trick with the scaled duration and the shorter rest"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:439 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:440 (comment)
msgid "is neccessary for the correct ending of the trill-span!"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:450 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:451 (variable)
msgid "tamtamstaff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:472 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:473 (variable)
msgid "bellstaff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:503 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:504 (variable)
msgid "drumsA"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:518 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:519 (variable)
msgid "drumsB"
msgstr ""
msgid "Displaying figured bass"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/ancient.itely:355 (context id)
+msgid "discantus"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Documentation/user/ancient.itely:821 (variable)
msgid "ficta"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/ancient.itely:973 (context id)
+msgid "cantus"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Changing spacing"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1974 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2002 (comment)
msgid "increase the length of the tie"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1983 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2011 (comment)
msgid "increase the length of the rest bar"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1991 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2019 (comment)
msgid "increase the length of the hairpin"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2019 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2047 (comment)
msgid "default"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2022 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2035 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2050 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2063 (comment)
msgid "not effective alone"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2026 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2039 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2054 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2067 (comment)
msgid "effective only when both overrides are present"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2420 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2444 (comment)
msgid "Remove bar line at the end of the current line"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2466 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2490 (comment)
msgid "Try to remove all key signatures"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2885 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2909 (comment)
msgid "move horizontally left"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2887 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2911 (comment)
msgid "move vertically up"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2888 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2912 (comment)
msgid "third finger"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2934 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2958 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:39 (comment)
msgid "the RehearsalMark will be centered above the Clef"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2940 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2964 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:46 (comment)
msgid "the RehearsalMark will be centered above the TimeSignature"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2954 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2978 (comment)
msgid "The RehearsalMark will be centered above the KeySignature"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2961 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2977 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2984 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2985 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3001 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3008 (comment)
msgid ""
"The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the left edge of the KeySignature"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2966 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2990 (comment)
msgid ""
"The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the right edge of the KeySignature"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2978 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3002 (comment)
msgid "and then shifted right by 3.5 staff-spaces"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2985 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3009 (comment)
msgid "and then shifted left by 2 staff-spaces"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3034 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3058 (variable)
msgid "XinO"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Score - the master of all contexts"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Top-level contexts - staff containers"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Intermediate-level contexts - staves"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Bottom-level contexts - voices"
msgid "Distances and measurements"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Staff symbol properties"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgstr ""
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{spanner-interface}"
msgstr ""
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{line-spanner-interface}"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Visibility of objects"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Removing the stencil"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Making objects transparent"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Painting objects white"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using break-visibility"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Special considerations"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Rotating layout objects"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Rotating markup"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Setting @code{X-offset} and @code{Y-offset} directly"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{side-position-interface}"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{self-alignment-interface}"
msgstr ""
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{aligned-on-parent} procedures"
msgstr ""
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{centered-on-parent} procedures"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{break-aligned-interface}"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying shapes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying ties and slurs"
msgstr ""
msgid "Exemples cliquables"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
+msgid "Outside staff objects"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Common tweaks"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Basic polyphony"
msgstr ""
msgid "semitone"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "Common properties"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "Controlling visibility of objects"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "Modifying ends of spanners"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @top in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-learning.tely
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Handbuch zum Lernen"
msgstr ""
msgid "How LilyPond files work"
msgstr ""
-#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-msgid "force-hshift-Eigenschaft"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/templates.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/de/user/templates.itely
msgid "Lilypond-book templates"
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Das Notationsprogramm"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
msgid "System start delimiters"
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "Discussion of specific tweaks"
+msgid "Common properties"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "old Contexts explained"
+msgid "Controlling visibility of objects"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
-msgid "TODO moved into scheme"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Modifying ends of spanners"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Discussion of specific tweaks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "old Contexts explained"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+msgid "TODO moved into scheme"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:34 (variable)
+msgid "discant"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:37 (variable)
+msgid "dot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:43 (comment)
+msgid "16 voets register"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:44 (variable)
+msgid "accBasson"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:50 (comment)
+msgid "een korig 8 en 16 voets register"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:51 (variable)
+msgid "accBandon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:59 (variable)
+msgid "accVCello"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:69 (comment)
+msgid "4-8-16 voets register"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:70 (variable)
+msgid "accHarmon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:80 (variable)
+msgid "accTrombon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:92 (comment)
+msgid "eenkorig 4 en 16 voets register"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:93 (variable)
+msgid "accOrgan"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:101 (variable)
+msgid "accMaster"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:115 (variable)
+msgid "accAccord"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:127 (variable)
+msgid "accMusette"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:137 (variable)
+msgid "accCeleste"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:145 (variable)
+msgid "accOboe"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:153 (variable)
+msgid "accClarin"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:159 (variable)
+msgid "accPiccolo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/accordion-discant-symbols.ly:165 (variable)
+msgid "accViolin"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-a-figured-bass-above-or-below-the-notes.ly:39 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:231 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:279 (context id)
+msgid "bass"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-a-figured-bass-above-or-below-the-notes.ly:40 (variable)
+msgid "continuo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-a-figured-bass-above-or-below-the-notes.ly:51 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/adding-a-figured-bass-above-or-below-the-notes.ly:52 (context id)
+msgid "bassStaff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-an-extra-staff-at-a-line-break.ly:52 (comment)
+msgid "The next line is not needed in 2.11.x or later:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-drum-parts.ly:32 (variable)
+msgid "drh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-drum-parts.ly:33 (variable)
+msgid "drl"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-drum-parts.ly:34 (variable)
+msgid "timb"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-fingerings-to-tablatures.ly:18 (variable)
+msgid "threeTwo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-fingerings-to-tablatures.ly:25 (variable)
+msgid "threeFour"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-the-current-date-to-a-score.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid "first, define a variable to hold the formatted date:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-the-current-date-to-a-score.ly:24 (variable)
+msgid "date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-the-current-date-to-a-score.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "d-%m-%Y\\\" (localtime (current-time)))"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-the-current-date-to-a-score.ly:26 (comment)
+msgid "use it in the title block:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/adding-the-current-date-to-a-score.ly:37 (comment)
+msgid "and use it in a \\markup block:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/additional-voices-to-avoid-collisions.ly:27 (variable)
+msgid "voiceFive"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/adjusting-lyrics-vertical-spacing.ly:22 (comment)
+msgid "Default layout:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/adjusting-lyrics-vertical-spacing.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "Reducing the minimum space below the staff and above the lyrics:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:54 (comment)
+msgid "the RehearsalMark will be centered above the KeySignature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:65 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:77 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"the RehearsalMark will be aligned with the left edge of the KeySignature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:71 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"the RehearsalMark will be aligned with the right edge of the KeySignature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/aligning-marks-with-various-notation-objects.ly:78 (comment)
+msgid "and then shifted right by one unit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:26 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:26 (context id)
+msgid "upperStaff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 1 (8*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:49 (comment)
+msgid "\\break %2 (8*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:61 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 3 (8*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:76 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 4 (8*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:85 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:147 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 5 (8*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:99 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:162 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 6 (8*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:108 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:172 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 7 (8*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:115 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 8 (8*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:118 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 12 (32*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:123 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:123 (context id)
+msgid "lowerStaff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:133 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 2 (16*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:138 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 4 (16*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:177 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 9 (16*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:179 (comment)
+msgid "lig"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:183 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 11 (16*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-fonts.ly:194 (comment)
+msgid "\\break % 12 (8*1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-gregorian-music.ly:37 (variable)
+msgid "chant"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-gregorian-music.ly:44 (variable)
+msgid "verba"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:49 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:96 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:115 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:132 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:151 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:166 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:187 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:200 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:219 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:19 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:191 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:212 (comment)
+msgid "incipit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:51 (comment)
+msgid "tight spacing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:58 (comment)
+msgid "turn off bar lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:62 (comment)
+msgid "need this extra \\skip such that clef change comes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:63 (comment)
+msgid "after bar line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:67 (comment)
+msgid "CHECK: no effect?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:68 (comment)
+msgid "turn bar lines on again"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:76 (comment)
+msgid "FIXME: setting printKeyCancellation back to #t must not"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:77 (comment)
+msgid "occur in the first bar after the incipit. Dto. for forceClef."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:78 (comment)
+msgid "Therefore, we need an extra \\skip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:83 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:64 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:37 (comment)
+msgid "the actual music"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:85 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:67 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:39 (comment)
+msgid "let finis bar go through all staves"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:88 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:70 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:42 (comment)
+msgid "finis bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:92 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:87 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:222 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:47 (variable)
+msgid "discantusNotes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:98 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:135 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:141 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:155 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:169 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:171 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:180 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:191 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:203 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:73 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:83 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:96 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:103 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:138 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:163 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:187 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:189 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:214 (comment)
+msgid "two bars"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:99 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:202 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:139 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:213 (comment)
+msgid "eight bars"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:100 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:134 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:137 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:170 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:172 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:173 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:204 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:162 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:188 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:190 (comment)
+msgid "one bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:114 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:101 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:60 (variable)
+msgid "discantusLyrics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:128 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:124 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:229 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:70 (variable)
+msgid "altusNotes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:136 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:164 (comment)
+msgid "seven bars"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:150 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:138 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:82 (variable)
+msgid "altusLyrics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:162 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:162 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:236 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:90 (variable)
+msgid "tenorNotes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:168 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:186 (comment)
+msgid "four bars"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:186 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:177 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:102 (variable)
+msgid "tenorLyrics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:196 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:199 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:243 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:108 (variable)
+msgid "bassusNotes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:218 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:213 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:121 (variable)
+msgid "bassusLyrics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:229 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:221 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:229 (context id)
+msgid "choirStaff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:251 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:266 (comment)
+msgid "no bars in staves"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:254 (comment)
+msgid "incipit should not start with a start delimiter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:260 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:272 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:277 (comment)
+msgid "no slurs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:263 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:274 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:280 (comment)
+msgid "Comment in the below \\\"\\remove\\\" command to allow line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:264 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:281 (comment)
+msgid "breaking also at those barlines where a note overlaps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:265 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:282 (comment)
+msgid "into the next bar. The command is commented out in this"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:266 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:277 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:283 (comment)
+msgid "short example score, but especially for large scores, you"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:267 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:278 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:284 (comment)
+msgid "will typically yield better line breaking and thus improve"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:268 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:279 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:285 (comment)
+msgid "overall spacing if you comment in the following command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly:269 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:280 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:286 (comment)
+msgid "\\remove \\\"Forbid_line_break_engraver\\\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/applying-note-head-styles-depending-on-the-step-of-the-scale.ly:75 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/clusters.ly:27 (variable)
+msgid "fragment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:29 (comment)
+msgid "Automatic beams two per two in 4/4 or 2/2 time signature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:30 (comment)
+msgid "_____"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "Default | | | |"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:32 (comment)
+msgid "_ _"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:33 (comment)
+msgid "Required | | | |"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "macro for beamed two per two in 2/2 and 4/4 time signature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:36 (variable)
+msgid "qBeam"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly:49 (comment)
+msgid "Use the macro"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/beam-grouping-in-7-8-time.ly:30 (comment)
+msgid "rhythm 2-3-2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:19 (comment)
+msgid "this bar contains no \\breathe"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:21 (comment)
+msgid "Modern notation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:22 (comment)
+msgid "by default, \\breathe uses the rcomma, just as if saying:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"\\override BreathingSign #'text = #(make-musicglyph-markup \\\"scripts.rcomma"
+"\\\")"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:26 (comment)
+msgid "rvarcomma and lvarcomma are variations of the default rcomma and lcomma"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:27 (comment)
+msgid "N.B.: must use Staff context here, since we start a Voice below"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/breathing-signs.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "vee"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/caesura-railtracks-with-fermata.ly:28 (comment)
+msgid "construct the symbol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/caesura-railtracks-with-fermata.ly:37 (comment)
+msgid "set the breathe mark back to normal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/center-text-below-hairpin-dynamics.ly:27 (variable)
+msgid "hairpinWithCenteredText"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/center-text-below-hairpin-dynamics.ly:39 (variable)
+msgid "hairpinMolto"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/center-text-below-hairpin-dynamics.ly:40 (variable)
+msgid "hairpinMore"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing--flageolet-mark-size.ly:23 (variable)
+msgid "smallFlageolet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-chord-names-to-german-or-semi-german-notation.ly:34 (comment)
+msgid "The following is only here to print the names of the"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-chord-names-to-german-or-semi-german-notation.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "chords styles; it can be removed if you do not need to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-chord-names-to-german-or-semi-german-notation.ly:36 (comment)
+msgid "print them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-default-text-font-family.ly:17 (comment)
+msgid "change for other default global staff size. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-default-text-font-family.ly:19 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:191 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:110 (comment)
+msgid "{"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-default-text-font-family.ly:23 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:194 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:111 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:233 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:163 (comment)
+msgid "}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-time-signature-without-affecting-the-beaming.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "Change time signature symbol but keep 3/4 beaming"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-time-signature-without-affecting-the-beaming.ly:25 (comment)
+msgid "due to unchanged underlying time signature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/changing-the-time-signature-without-affecting-the-beaming.ly:30 (comment)
+msgid "Lose 3/4 beaming now \\time has been changed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/chant-or-psalms-notation.ly:23 (variable)
+msgid "stemOn"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/chant-or-psalms-notation.ly:24 (variable)
+msgid "stemOff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "modify maj9 and 6(add9)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:25 (comment)
+msgid "Exception music is chords with markups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:26 (variable)
+msgid "chExceptionMusic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "Convert music to list and prepend to existing exceptions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:32 (variable)
+msgid "chExceptions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/chord-name-exceptions.ly:36 (variable)
+msgid "theMusic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/clip-systems.ly:37 (variable)
+msgid "origScore"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/clip-systems.ly:55 (comment)
+msgid "Each clip-region is a (START . END) pair"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/clip-systems.ly:56 (comment)
+msgid "where both are rhythmic-locations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/clip-systems.ly:58 (comment)
+msgid "(make-rhythmic-locations BAR-NUMBER NUM DEN)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/clip-systems.ly:59 (comment)
+msgid "means NUM/DEN whole-notes into bar numbered BAR-NUMBER"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/coloring-notes-depending-on-their-pitch.ly:13 (comment)
+msgid "Association list of pitches to colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/coloring-notes-depending-on-their-pitch.ly:34 (comment)
+msgid "Compare pitch and alteration (not octave)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/combining-dynamics-with-markup-texts.ly:24 (variable)
+msgid "piuF"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/combining-two-parts-on-the-same-staff.ly:51 (variable)
+msgid "musicUp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/combining-two-parts-on-the-same-staff.ly:58 (variable)
+msgid "musicDown"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/creating-a-sequence-of-notes-on-various-pitches.ly:53 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:275 (context id)
+msgid "rhythm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/creating-real-parenthesized-dynamics.ly:45 (variable)
+msgid "parenF"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/creating-simultaneous-rehearsal-marks.ly:40 (comment)
+msgid "the hidden measure and bar line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-fretboard-fret-diagrams.ly:40 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:31 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:22 (comment)
+msgid "Set global properties of fret diagram"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:29 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/formatting-lyrics-syllables.ly:21 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:20 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly:58 (context id)
+msgid "mel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "C major for guitar, no barre, using defaults"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:39 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:89 (comment)
+msgid "terse style"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:42 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:64 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:48 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:69 (comment)
+msgid "C major for guitar, barred on third fret"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:43 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:65 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:49 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:70 (comment)
+msgid "verbose style"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:44 (comment)
+msgid "size 1.0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:45 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:50 (comment)
+msgid "roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight barre"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:47 (comment)
+msgid "standard size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:66 (comment)
+msgid "landscape orientation, arabic numbers, M for mute string"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:67 (comment)
+msgid "no barre, fret label down or left, small mute label font"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:88 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:96 (comment)
+msgid "simple D chord"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:90 (comment)
+msgid "larger dots, centered dots, fewer frets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly:91 (comment)
+msgid "label below string"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:22 (comment)
+msgid "add FretBoards for the Cuatro"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid "Note: This section could be put into a separate file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "predefined-cuatro-fretboards.ly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:25 (comment)
+msgid "and \\included into each of your compositions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:27 (variable)
+msgid "cuatroTuning"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:29 (variable)
+msgid "dSix"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:30 (variable)
+msgid "dMajor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:31 (variable)
+msgid "aMajSeven"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:32 (variable)
+msgid "dMajSeven"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:33 (variable)
+msgid "gMajor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:51 (comment)
+msgid "end of potential include file /predefined-cuatro-fretboards.ly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:56 (variable)
+msgid "primerosNames"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly:60 (variable)
+msgid "primeros"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/demo-midiinstruments.ly:23 (variable)
+msgid "baseMelody"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/display-bracket-with-only-one-staff-in-a-system.ly:39 (comment)
+msgid "Must be lower than the actual number of staff lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/displaying-complex-chords.ly:16 (variable)
+msgid "fixA"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/displaying-complex-chords.ly:20 (variable)
+msgid "fixB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/double-glissando.ly:20 (comment)
+msgid "new voice ( = \\voiceOne), hidden"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/double-glissando.ly:22 (comment)
+msgid "attach glissando to note heads"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/double-glissando.ly:27 (comment)
+msgid "original voice with chords rearranged so that"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/double-glissando.ly:28 (comment)
+msgid "glissando is attached to a & c"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/embedding-native-postscript-in-a--markup-block.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid "PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Inc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:75 (comment)
+msgid "sample music"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:76 (variable)
+msgid "topVoice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:84 (variable)
+msgid "botVoice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:92 (variable)
+msgid "hoom"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:103 (variable)
+msgid "pah"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:113 (comment)
+msgid "setup for Request->Element conversion. Guru-only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:116 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:221 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:234 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:290 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:304 (variable)
+msgid "MyStaff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:148 (comment)
+msgid "explicitly set instrument, so we don't get "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:149 (comment)
+msgid "weird effects when doing instrument names for"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:150 (comment)
+msgid "piano staves"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:159 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:248 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:261 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:274 (variable)
+msgid "MyVoice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:174 (comment)
+msgid "must come before all"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/engravers-one-by-one.ly:184 (comment)
+msgid "\\consists \\\"Rest_engraver\\\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:46 (comment)
+msgid "Cut here ----- Start 'flamenco.ly' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:48 (comment)
+msgid "Text indicators"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:49 (variable)
+msgid "abanico"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:50 (variable)
+msgid "rasgueaso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:51 (variable)
+msgid "alzapua"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:53 (comment)
+msgid "Finger stroke symbols"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:54 (variable)
+msgid "strokeUp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:64 (variable)
+msgid "strokeDown"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:74 (comment)
+msgid "Golpe symbol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:75 (variable)
+msgid "golpe"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:89 (variable)
+msgid "strokeUpGolpe"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:90 (variable)
+msgid "iUpGolpe"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:92 (comment)
+msgid "Strokes for all fingers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:93 (variable)
+msgid "pUp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:94 (variable)
+msgid "pDown"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:95 (variable)
+msgid "iUp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:96 (variable)
+msgid "iDown"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:97 (variable)
+msgid "mUp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:98 (variable)
+msgid "mDown"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:99 (variable)
+msgid "aUp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:100 (variable)
+msgid "aDown"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:101 (variable)
+msgid "xUp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:102 (variable)
+msgid "xDown"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:105 (comment)
+msgid "Just handy :)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:106 (variable)
+msgid "tupletOff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:111 (variable)
+msgid "tupletsOff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:116 (variable)
+msgid "tupletsOn"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:121 (variable)
+msgid "headsOff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:127 (variable)
+msgid "headsOn"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flamenco-notation.ly:133 (comment)
+msgid "Cut here ----- End 'flamenco.ly' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flat-flags-and-beam-nibs.ly:58 (comment)
+msgid "Example 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flat-flags-and-beam-nibs.ly:65 (comment)
+msgid "Example 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flat-flags-and-beam-nibs.ly:72 (comment)
+msgid "Example 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flat-flags-and-beam-nibs.ly:86 (comment)
+msgid "Example 4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/flute-slap-notation.ly:17 (variable)
+msgid "slap"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/formatting-lyrics-syllables.ly:16 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Tip taken from http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/lilypond-user/2007-12/"
+"msg00215.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:37 (comment)
+msgid "A chord for ukelele, with formatting defined in definition string"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "1.2 * size, 4 strings, 4 frets, fingerings below string"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:39 (comment)
+msgid "dot radius .35 of fret spacing, dot position 0.55 of fret spacing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:52 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly:72 (comment)
+#, python-format
+msgid "110% of default size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--changing-their-appearance.ly:26 (comment)
+msgid "set up grids"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--changing-their-appearance.ly:28 (comment)
+msgid "set the grid interval to one quarter note"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--changing-their-appearance.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "this moves them to the right half a staff space"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--changing-their-appearance.ly:48 (comment)
+msgid "this moves them up one staff space from the default position"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:27 (comment)
+msgid "sets of grid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:33 (comment)
+msgid "lines length"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:48 (comment)
+msgid "centers grid lines horizontally below noteheads"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:62 (comment)
+msgid "making sure the lines will be placed outside the Staff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:65 (comment)
+msgid "hides staff and notes so that only the grid lines are visible"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly:75 (comment)
+msgid "you have to put 'dummy' notes here to force regular grid spacing..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/heavily-customized-polymetric-time-signatures.ly:55 (variable)
+msgid "drum"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:54 (comment)
+msgid "Solution 1: Using a simple markup with a particular halign value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:55 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Drawback: It's a markup, not a dynamic command, so \\dynamicDown etc. will "
+"have no effect"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:56 (variable)
+msgid "semppMarkup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:58 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Solution 2: Using a dynamic script and shifting with \\once\\override ... "
+"#'X-offset = .."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:59 (comment)
+msgid "Drawback: \\once\\override needed for every invocation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:60 (variable)
+msgid "semppK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:62 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Solution 3: Padding the dynamic script so the center-alignment puts it to "
+"the correct position"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:63 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Drawback: the padding really reserves the space, nothing else can be there"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:64 (variable)
+msgid "semppT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:72 (comment)
+msgid "Solution 4: Dynamic, setting the dimensions of the additional text to 0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:73 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Drawback: To lilypond \\\"sempre\\\" has no extent, so it might put other "
+"stuff there => collisions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:74 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Drawback: Also, there seems to be some spacing, so it's not exactly the "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:75 (comment)
+msgid "same alignment as without the additional text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:76 (variable)
+msgid "semppM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:78 (comment)
+msgid "Solution 5: Dynamic with explicit shifting inside the scheme function"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:79 (variable)
+msgid "semppG"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:85 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Solution 6: Dynamic with explicit alignment. This has only effect, if one "
+"sets X-offset!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:86 (comment)
+msgid "Drawback: One needs to set DynamicText #'X-offset!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:87 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Drawback: Aligned at the right edge of the additional text, not at the "
+"center of pp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:88 (variable)
+msgid "semppMII"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly:114 (comment)
+msgid "Setting to ##f (false) gives the same resul"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly:28 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:61 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/showing-chords-at-changes.ly:23 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-and-chords.ly:40 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes-and-chords.ly:38 (variable)
+msgid "harmonies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "THE FOLLOWING IS THE COMMAND TO MOVE THE CHORD NAME"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly:34 (comment)
+msgid "THIS LINE IS THE SECOND METHOD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly:44 (comment)
+msgid "THE FOLLOWING IS THE COMMAND TO MOVE THE FRET DIAGRAM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly:47 (comment)
+msgid "HERE IS THE SECOND METHOD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:62 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "make the staff lines invisible on staves"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:74 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:75 (context id)
+msgid "discantusIncipit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:111 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:112 (context id)
+msgid "altusIncipit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:127 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:139 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:169 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:178 (comment)
+msgid "two measures"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:147 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:148 (context id)
+msgid "tenorIncipit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:184 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:185 (context id)
+msgid "bassusIncipit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:251 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:258 (comment)
+msgid "Keep the bass lyrics outside of the staff group to avoid bar lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:252 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:259 (comment)
+msgid "between the lyrics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:257 (comment)
+msgid "no bar lines in staves"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:260 (comment)
+msgid "the next three instructions keep the lyrics between the bar lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:275 (comment)
+msgid "breaking also at those bar lines where a note overlaps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/incipit.ly:276 (comment)
+msgid "into the next measure. The command is commented out in this"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/inserting-score-fragments-above-a-staff,-as-markups.ly:16 (variable)
+msgid "tuning"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:52 (comment)
+msgid "#(set-global-staff-size 16)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:55 (comment)
+msgid "Some macros %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:57 (variable)
+msgid "sl"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:61 (variable)
+msgid "nsl"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:65 (variable)
+msgid "crOn"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:66 (variable)
+msgid "crOff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:68 (comment)
+msgid "insert chord name style stuff here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:70 (variable)
+msgid "jazzChords"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:72 (comment)
+msgid "Keys'n'thangs %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:76 (variable)
+msgid "Key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:78 (comment)
+msgid "############ Horns ############"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:80 (comment)
+msgid "------ Trumpet ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:81 (variable)
+msgid "trpt"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:85 (variable)
+msgid "trpHarmony"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:88 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:268 (context id)
+msgid "trumpet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:97 (comment)
+msgid "------ Alto Saxophone ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:98 (variable)
+msgid "alto"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:102 (variable)
+msgid "altoHarmony"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:105 (variable)
+msgid "altoSax"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:114 (comment)
+msgid "------ Baritone Saxophone ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:115 (variable)
+msgid "bari"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:123 (variable)
+msgid "bariHarmony"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:126 (variable)
+msgid "bariSax"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:135 (comment)
+msgid "------ Trombone ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:136 (variable)
+msgid "tbone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:140 (variable)
+msgid "tboneHarmony"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:143 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:272 (context id)
+msgid "trombone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:152 (comment)
+msgid "############ Rhythm Section #############"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:154 (comment)
+msgid "------ Guitar ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:155 (variable)
+msgid "gtr"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:163 (variable)
+msgid "gtrHarmony"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:167 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:277 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:39 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:44 (context id)
+msgid "guitar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:176 (comment)
+msgid "------ Piano ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:177 (variable)
+msgid "rhUpper"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:182 (variable)
+msgid "rhLower"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:188 (variable)
+msgid "lhUpper"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:193 (variable)
+msgid "lhLower"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:199 (variable)
+msgid "PianoRH"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:208 (variable)
+msgid "PianoLH"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:226 (comment)
+msgid "------ Bass Guitar ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:240 (comment)
+msgid "------ Drums ------"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:254 (variable)
+msgid "drumContents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:263 (comment)
+#, python-format
+msgid "It All Goes Together Here %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:267 (context id)
+msgid "horns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:269 (context id)
+msgid "altosax"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:270 (context id)
+msgid "barichords"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:271 (context id)
+msgid "barisax"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/jazz-combo-template.ly:276 (context id)
+msgid "chords"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/makam-example.ly:26 (comment)
+msgid "Initialize makam settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/manually-break-figured-bass-extenders-for-only-some-numbers.ly:19 (variable)
+msgid "bassfigures"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/manually-controlling-beam-positions.ly:21 (comment)
+msgid "from upper staffline (position 4) to center (position 0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/manually-controlling-beam-positions.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "from center to one above center (position 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/marking-notes-of-spoken-parts-with-a-cross-on-the-stem.ly:19 (variable)
+msgid "speakOn"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/marking-notes-of-spoken-parts-with-a-cross-on-the-stem.ly:31 (variable)
+msgid "speakOff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/markup-lines.ly:19 (comment)
+msgid "Candide, Voltaire"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/mensurstriche-layout-bar-lines-between-the-staves.ly:32 (comment)
+msgid "the final bar line is not interrupted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/merging-multi-measure-rests-in-a-polyphonic-part.ly:17 (variable)
+msgid "normalPos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/modern-tab-text-clef.ly:16 (variable)
+msgid "TAB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/modifying-default-values-for-articulation-shorthand-notation.ly:37 (variable)
+msgid "dashPlus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/modifying-tuplet-bracket-length.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid "Set tuplets to be extendable..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/modifying-tuplet-bracket-length.ly:25 (comment)
+msgid "...to cover all items up to the next note"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/modifying-tuplet-bracket-length.ly:29 (comment)
+msgid "...or to cover just whitespace"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/percussion-beaters.ly:18 (variable)
+msgid "stick"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/permitting-line-breaks-within-beamed-tuplets.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "Permit line breaks within tuplets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/permitting-line-breaks-within-beamed-tuplets.ly:40 (comment)
+msgid "Allow beams to be broken at line breaks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/permitting-line-breaks-within-beamed-tuplets.ly:47 (comment)
+msgid "Insert a manual line break within a tuplet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:51 (variable)
+msgid "pedal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:64 (comment)
+msgid "define Dynamics context"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly:85 (comment)
+msgid "modify PianoStaff context to accept Dynamics context"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/polyphony-in-tablature.ly:38 (context id)
+msgid "tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:30 (comment)
+msgid "Multi-measure rests by default are set under the second line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:32 (comment)
+msgid "They can be moved with an override"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "A value of 0 is the default position;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:36 (comment)
+msgid "the following trick moves the rest to the center line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:39 (comment)
+msgid "Multi-measure rests in odd-numbered voices are under the top line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:41 (comment)
+msgid "Multi-measure rests in even-numbered voices are under the bottom line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:43 (comment)
+msgid "They remain separated even in empty measures"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly:45 (comment)
+msgid "This brings them together even though there are two voices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:28 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:49 (comment)
+msgid "Set segno sign as rehearsal mark and adjust size if needed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:29 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:51 (comment)
+msgid "\\once \\override Score.RehearsalMark #'font-size = #3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "Set coda sign as rehearsal mark and adjust size if needed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:42 (comment)
+msgid "Should Coda be on anew line?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:43 (comment)
+msgid "Coda NOT on new line: use \\nobreak"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:44 (comment)
+msgid "Coda on new line: DON'T use \\nobreak"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:45 (comment)
+msgid "\\noBreak"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:54 (comment)
+msgid "Here begins the trickery! "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:55 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"\\cadenzaOn will suppress the bar count and \\stopStaff removes the staff "
+"lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:58 (comment)
+msgid "Some examples of possible text-displays "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:60 (comment)
+msgid "text line-aligned"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:61 (comment)
+msgid "=================="
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:62 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:68 (comment)
+msgid "Move text to the desired position"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:63 (comment)
+msgid "\\once \\override TextScript #'extra-offset = #'( 2 . -3.5 )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:64 (comment)
+msgid "| s1*0^\\markup { D.S. al Coda } }"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:66 (comment)
+msgid "text center-aligned"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:67 (comment)
+msgid "===================="
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:69 (comment)
+msgid "\\once \\override TextScript #'extra-offset = #'( 6 . -5.0 )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:70 (comment)
+msgid "| s1*0^\\markup { \\center-column { D.S. \\\"al Coda\\\" } }"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:72 (comment)
+msgid "text and symbols center-aligned"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:73 (comment)
+msgid "==============================="
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:74 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Move text to the desired position and tweak spacing for optimum text "
+"alignment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:75 (comment)
+msgid "\\once \\override TextScript #'extra-offset = #'( 8 . -5.5 )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:81 (comment)
+msgid "Increasing the unfold counter will expand the staff-free space"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:86 (comment)
+msgid "Resume bar count and show staff lines again"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:90 (comment)
+msgid "Should Coda be on new line?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:91 (comment)
+msgid "Coda NOT on new line: DON'T use \\break"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:92 (comment)
+msgid "Coda on new line: use \\break"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:95 (comment)
+msgid "Show up, you clef and key!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:99 (comment)
+msgid "Set coda sign as rehearsal mark and adjust size and position"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:101 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Put the coda sign ontop of the (treble-)clef dependend on coda's line-"
+"position"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:103 (comment)
+msgid "Coda NOT on new line, use this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:104 (comment)
+msgid "\\once \\override Score.RehearsalMark #'extra-offset = #'( -2 . 1.75 )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:106 (comment)
+msgid "Coda on new line, use this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly:112 (comment)
+msgid "The coda"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/printing-metronome-and-rehearsal-marks-below-the-staff.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "Metronome marks below the staff "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/printing-metronome-and-rehearsal-marks-below-the-staff.ly:36 (comment)
+msgid "Rehearsal marks below the staff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/printing-music-with-different-time-signatures.ly:49 (variable)
+msgid "Bassklarinette"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/printing-music-with-different-time-signatures.ly:89 (variable)
+msgid "Perkussion"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/quoting-another-voice-with-transposition.ly:37 (variable)
+msgid "quoteTest"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/quoting-another-voice-with-transposition.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "french horn"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/quoting-another-voice.ly:27 (variable)
+msgid "quoteMe"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/quoting-another-voice.ly:32 (variable)
+msgid "original"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/removing-the-first-empty-line.ly:43 (comment)
+msgid "To use the setting globally, uncomment the following line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/removing-the-first-empty-line.ly:44 (comment)
+msgid "\\override VerticalAxisGroup #'remove-first = ##t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/removing-the-first-empty-line.ly:53 (comment)
+msgid "To use the setting globally, comment this line,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/removing-the-first-empty-line.ly:54 (comment)
+msgid "uncomment the line in the \\layout block above"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/reverting-default-beam-endings.ly:29 (comment)
+msgid "Default beaming"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/reverting-default-beam-endings.ly:32 (comment)
+msgid "Revert default values in scm/auto-beam.scm for 12/8 time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/reverting-default-beam-endings.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "Set new values for beam endings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/rhythmic-slashes.ly:25 (comment)
+msgid "Macro to print single slash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/rhythmic-slashes.ly:26 (variable)
+msgid "rs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/rhythmic-slashes.ly:33 (comment)
+msgid "Function to print a specified number of slashes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/rhythmic-slashes.ly:34 (variable)
+msgid "comp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:69 (variable)
+msgid "NoStem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:70 (variable)
+msgid "NoNoteHead"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:71 (variable)
+msgid "ZeroBeam"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:73 (variable)
+msgid "staffTabLine"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:78 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Shows one horizontal line. The vertical line (simulating a bar-line) is "
+"simulated with a gridline"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:83 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"disable the following line to see the the noteheads while writing the song "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:87 (comment)
+msgid "The beam between 8th-notes is used to draw the push-line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:88 (comment)
+msgid "How to fast write the push-lines: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:89 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"1. write repeatedly 'c c c c c c c c |' for the whole length of the song "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:90 (comment)
+msgid "2. uncomment the line \\NoNoteHead"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:91 (comment)
+msgid "3. compile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:92 (comment)
+msgid "4. Mark the positions on which push/pull changes. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:93 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"In the score-picture click on the position the push- or pull-part starts "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:94 (comment)
+msgid "(on the noteHead, the cursor will change to a hand-icon)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:95 (comment)
+msgid "The cursor in the source code will jump just at this position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:96 (comment)
+msgid "a) If a push-part starts there, replace the 'c' by an 'e['"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:97 (comment)
+msgid "b) If a pull-part starts there, replace the 'c' by an 's'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:98 (comment)
+msgid "5. Switch into 'overwrite-mode' by pressing the 'ins' key. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:99 (comment)
+msgid "6. For the pull-parts overwrite the 'c' with 's' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:100 (comment)
+msgid "7. For every push-part replace the last 'c' with 'e]' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:101 (comment)
+msgid "8. Switch into 'insert-mode' again "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:102 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"9. At last it should look lik e.g. (s s e[ c | c c c c c c c c | c c c c c c "
+"e] s s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:103 (comment)
+msgid "10. re-enable the line \\NoNoteHead"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:113 (comment)
+msgid "Accordion melody in tabulator score\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:114 (comment)
+msgid "1. Place a copy of the piano melody below"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:115 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:134 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"2. Separate piano melody into pull- and push-parts according to the "
+"staffTabLine you've already made "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:116 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"3. For each line: Double the line. Remark the 1st one (Keeps unchanged as "
+"reference) and then change the second line using the transformation paper"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:117 (comment)
+msgid "or the macros 'conv2diaton push.bsh' and 'conv2diaton pull.bsh' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:118 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:137 (comment)
+msgid "Tips:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:119 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:138 (comment)
+msgid "- In jEdit Search & Replace mark the Option 'Keep Dialog'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:121 (variable)
+msgid "AccordionTabTwoCBesDur"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:122 (comment)
+msgid "pull 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:123 (comment)
+msgid "<f' bes'>8 <f' a'>8 <d' bes'>8 | "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:125 (comment)
+msgid "push 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:126 (comment)
+msgid "<g' c''>4 <f' d''> <g' ees''> <f' a'> | "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:128 (comment)
+msgid "pull 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:129 (comment)
+msgid "<f' bes'>2 r8 }"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:133 (comment)
+msgid "1. Place a copy of the piano melody above"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:135 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"3. For each line: Double the line. Remark the 1st one (Keeps unchanged as "
+"reference) and then "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:136 (comment)
+msgid "change the second line using the transformation paper"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:139 (comment)
+msgid "- "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:150 (comment)
+msgid "4/4 - tact. How many beats per bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:152 (comment)
+msgid "The following line has to be adjusted O-F-T-E-N."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:161 (variable)
+msgid "staffVoice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:169 (context id)
+msgid "melodyVoi"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:175 (variable)
+msgid "staffAccordionMel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:176 (comment)
+msgid "Set the accidentals (Vorzeichen) for each note, "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:177 (comment)
+msgid "do not remember them for the rest of the measure. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:196 (variable)
+msgid "BassRhytm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:197 (variable)
+msgid "LyricBassRhythmI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:199 (variable)
+msgid "staffBassRhytm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:200 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"This is not a RhythmicStaff because it must be possible to append lyrics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:202 (comment)
+msgid "x.y"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:204 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"Shows one horizontal line. The vertical line (simulating a bar-line) is "
+"simulated by a grid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:205 (comment)
+msgid "Search for 'grid' in this page to find all related functions "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:208 (context id)
+msgid "VoiceBassRhytm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/score-for-diatonic-accordion.ly:221 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"The vertical line (simulating a bar-line) in the staffBassRhytm is a "
+"gridline "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "Define the fret diagrams to be used"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:25 (variable)
+msgid "cFretDiagram"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:29 (variable)
+msgid "gFretDiagram"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:33 (variable)
+msgid "verseI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:38 (variable)
+msgid "verseII"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:43 (variable)
+msgid "theChords"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:45 (comment)
+msgid "insert the chords for chordnames here"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:50 (variable)
+msgid "staffMelody"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:51 (context id)
+msgid "voiceMelody"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly:55 (comment)
+msgid "Type notes and fret diagram markups here"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/snap-pizzicato-markup-bartok-pizzicato.ly:54 (variable)
+msgid "snapPizzicato"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/snap-pizzicato-markup-bartok-pizzicato.ly:56 (comment)
+msgid "now it can be used as \\snappizzicato after the note/chord"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/snap-pizzicato-markup-bartok-pizzicato.ly:57 (comment)
+msgid "Note that a direction (-, ^ or _) is required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/snap-pizzicato-markup-bartok-pizzicato.ly:60 (comment)
+msgid "This does NOT work:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/snap-pizzicato-markup-bartok-pizzicato.ly:61 (comment)
+msgid "<c e g>\\snapPizzicato"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/stemlets.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "N.B. use Score.Stem to set for the whole score."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-simple.ly:34 (variable)
+msgid "violinOne"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-simple.ly:43 (variable)
+msgid "violinTwo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-simple.ly:52 (variable)
+msgid "viola"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:63 (comment)
+msgid "piece.ly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:64 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the global definitions file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:71 (variable)
+msgid "Violinone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:76 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:82 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:89 (comment)
+msgid "*********************************"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:77 (variable)
+msgid "Violintwo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:83 (variable)
+msgid "Viola"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:90 (variable)
+msgid "Cello"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:96 (comment)
+msgid "**********************************"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:107 (comment)
+msgid "These are the other files you need to save on your computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:109 (comment)
+msgid "score.ly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:110 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the main file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:113 (comment)
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\\include \\\"piece.ly\\\" %%% uncomment this line when using a "
+"separate file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:122 (comment)
+msgid "{ Uncomment this block when using separate files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:124 (comment)
+msgid "vn1.ly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:125 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the Violin 1 part file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:134 (comment)
+msgid "vn2.ly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:135 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the Violin 2 part file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:144 (comment)
+msgid "vla.ly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:145 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the Viola part file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:154 (comment)
+msgid "vlc.ly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly:155 (comment)
+msgid "(This is the Cello part file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/sub-dividing-beams.ly:49 (comment)
+msgid "Set beam sub-group length to an eighth note"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/sub-dividing-beams.ly:53 (comment)
+msgid "Set beam sub-group length to a sixteenth note"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/suppressing-warnings-for-clashing-note-columns.ly:19 (variable)
+msgid "ignore"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:16 (comment)
+msgid "New command to add a three sided box, with sides north, west and south"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:17 (comment)
+msgid "Based on the box-stencil command defined in scm/stencil.scm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:18 (comment)
+msgid "Note that you use \\\";\\\" to comment a line in Scheme"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:32 (comment)
+msgid "The corresponding markup command, based on the \\box command defined "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:33 (comment)
+msgid "in scm/define-markup-commands.scm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/three-sided-box.ly:47 (comment)
+msgid "Test it:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:21 (comment)
+msgid "Use 'bar-size to control the height of the tick,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:22 (comment)
+msgid "and 'extra-offset to determine its position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:24 (comment)
+msgid "With 'extra-offset set to zero, the tick will be"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:25 (comment)
+msgid "centered around the middle line of the staff."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:27 (comment)
+msgid "Replace Staff.BarLine with Score.BarLine to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:28 (comment)
+msgid "apply the method to the whole score."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:38 (comment)
+msgid "Revert the overrides to get back a normal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tick-bar-lines.ly:39 (comment)
+msgid "bar line at the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:127 (variable)
+msgid "incipitDiscantus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:151 (variable)
+msgid "incipitAltus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:176 (variable)
+msgid "incipitTenor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:202 (variable)
+msgid "incipitBassus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:226 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"StaffGroup is used instead of ChoirStaff to get bar lines between systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly:269 (comment)
+msgid "the next three instructions keep the lyrics between the barlines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/transposing-pitches-with-minimum-accidentals-smart-transpose.ly:131 (variable)
+msgid "naturalizeMusic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:111 (comment)
+msgid "The default treble clef"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:113 (comment)
+msgid "The standard bass clef"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:118 (comment)
+msgid "The baritone clef"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:123 (comment)
+msgid "The standard choral tenor clef"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:129 (comment)
+msgid "A non-standard clef"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:135 (comment)
+msgid "The following clef changes do not preserve"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:136 (comment)
+msgid "the normal relationship between notes and clefs:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/tweaking-clef-properties.ly:151 (comment)
+msgid "Here we go back to the normal clef:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:22 (comment)
+msgid "The default in 3/4 time is to beam in three groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:23 (comment)
+msgid "each of a quarter note length"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:27 (comment)
+msgid "No auto-beaming is defined for 12/16"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:31 (comment)
+msgid "Change time signature symbol, but retain underlying 3/4 beaming"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "The 3/4 time default grouping of (1 1 1) and beatLength of 1/8"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:36 (comment)
+msgid "are not consistent with a measureLength of 3/4, so the beams"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:37 (comment)
+msgid "are grouped at beatLength intervals"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:41 (comment)
+msgid "Specify beams in groups of (3 3 2 3) 1/16th notes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:42 (comment)
+msgid "3+3+2+3=11, and 11*1/16<>3/4, so beatGrouping does not apply,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:43 (comment)
+msgid "and beams are grouped at beatLength (1/16) intervals"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:48 (comment)
+msgid "Specify beams in groups of (3 4 2 3) 1/16th notes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly:49 (comment)
+msgid "3+4+2+3=12, and 12*1/16=3/4, so beatGrouping applies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-postscript-to-generate-special-note-head-shapes.ly:17 (variable)
+msgid "parallelogram"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-postscript-to-generate-special-note-head-shapes.ly:32 (variable)
+msgid "myNoteHeads"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/using-postscript-to-generate-special-note-head-shapes.ly:33 (variable)
+msgid "normalNoteHeads"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:34 (comment)
+msgid "end verbatim - this comment is a hack to prevent texinfo.tex"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:35 (comment)
+msgid "from choking on non-European UTF-8 subsets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:36 (comment)
+msgid "Cyrillic font"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:37 (variable)
+msgid "bulgarian"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:41 (variable)
+msgid "hebrew"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:45 (variable)
+msgid "japanese"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:52 (comment)
+msgid "\\\"a legal song to you\\\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/utf-8.ly:53 (variable)
+msgid "portuguese"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:19 (variable)
+msgid "leftbrace"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:20 (variable)
+msgid "rightbrace"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:22 (variable)
+msgid "dropLyrics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:29 (variable)
+msgid "raiseLyrics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:36 (variable)
+msgid "skipFour"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:38 (variable)
+msgid "lyricsA"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:40 (variable)
+msgid "lyricsB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:41 (variable)
+msgid "lyricsC"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:42 (variable)
+msgid "lyricsD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly:49 (context id)
+msgid "m"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:44 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:37 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:41 (variable)
+msgid "sopMusic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:47 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:40 (variable)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:44 (variable)
+msgid "sopWords"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:76 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:67 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:72 (context id)
+msgid "women"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:82 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:77 (context id)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:84 (context id)
+msgid "men"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:111 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:89 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:102 (comment)
+msgid "a little smaller so lyrics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly:112 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:90 (comment)
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template.ly:103 (comment)
+msgid "can be closer to the staff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:73 (comment)
+msgid "we could remove the line about this with the line below, since we want"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:74 (comment)
+msgid "the alto lyrics to be below the alto Voice anyway."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:75 (comment)
+msgid "\\new Lyrics \\lyricsto altos \\altoWords"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:84 (comment)
+msgid "again, we could replace the line above this with the line below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly:85 (comment)
+msgid "\\new Lyrics \\lyricsto basses \\bassWords"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input/lsr/volta-multi-staff.ly:13 (variable)
+msgid "voltaMusic"
msgstr ""
msgid "Up:"
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@documentencoding utf-8
+@documentlanguage en
@setfilename AUTHORS.info
@settitle AUTHORS - who did what on GNU LilyPond-
-@documentencoding utf-8
-@documentlanguage en
@node Top
@top
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@documentencoding utf-8
+@documentlanguage en
@setfilename INSTALL.info
@settitle INSTALL - compiling and installing GNU LilyPond
-@documentencoding utf-8
-@documentlanguage en
@set INSTALL 1
@end ignore
+@item
+In addition to the already existing @code{showLastLength} property,
+@code{showFirstLength} can now be set as well, rendering only the first
+measures of a piece. Both properties may be set at the same time:
+@lilypond[]
+showFirstLength = R1*2
+showLastLength = R1*3
+\relative c' { c1 d e f g a b c }
+@end lilypond
+
@item
The file extension for MIDI can be set using the command-line
program default @code{midi-extension}. For Windows, the default
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@documentencoding utf-8
+@documentlanguage en
@setfilename README.info
@settitle Toplevel README
-@documentencoding utf-8
-@documentlanguage en
@node Top
@top
is finished.
</p>
- <p><i>Last updated Thu Oct 16 21:38:37 UTC 2008
+ <p><i>Last updated Mon Nov 10 09:22:42 UTC 2008
</i></p>
<table align="center" border="2">
<tr align="center">
<th>es</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Section titles<br>(415)</td>
+ <td>Section titles<br>(407)</td>
<td>John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #39ff22">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #47ff24">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #39ff22">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #47ff24">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
Valentin Villenave<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #40fe23">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #40fe23">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Tweaking output<br>(12353)</td>
+ <td>4 Tweaking output<br>(12713)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
Nicolas Klutchnikoff<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (32 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (31 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #91ff2e">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Working on LilyPond projects<br>(3005)</td>
+ <td>5 Working on LilyPond projects<br>(3007)</td>
<td>Ludovic Sardain<br>
<small>Jean-Yves Baudais<br>
Valentin Villenave<br>
<th>es</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Section titles<br>(393)</td>
+ <td>Section titles<br>(385)</td>
<td>John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #47ff24">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #54ff26">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #47ff24">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #54ff26">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1 Install<br>(1867)</td>
+ <td>1 Install<br>(1926)</td>
<td>@c Please **do not** translate anything below this line. Users<br>
<span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (11 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #efff3a">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #f6fe3b">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
Reinhold Kainhofer<br>
<span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (7 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #33ff21">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #47ff24">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (11 %)</span><br>
<td>5 Converting from other formats<br>(1171)</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #9eff30">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #a5ff31">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Reinhold Kainhofer<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #2cff20">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #33ff21">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
<th>es</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Section titles<br>(680)</td>
+ <td>Section titles<br>(672)</td>
<td>John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #68ff28">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #6fff29">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #39ff22">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #40fe23">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.1 Pitches<br>(3147)</td>
+ <td>1.1 Pitches<br>(3083)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson<br>
<small>Valentin Villenave<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</small><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #33ff21">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.2 Rhythms<br>(6312)</td>
+ <td>1.2 Rhythms<br>(5148)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson<br>
<small>Valentin Villenave<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</small><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (80 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #62ff28">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff7257">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (97 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.6 Staff notation<br>(1690)</td>
+ <td>1.6 Staff notation<br>(1603)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<small>John Mandereau</small><br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (71 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (69 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (56 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #c7ff35">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>3 General input and output<br>(5661)</td>
+ <td>3 General input and output<br>(5689)</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
Valentin Villenave<br>
<span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (6 %)</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Changing defaults<br>(11197)</td>
+ <td>5 Changing defaults<br>(11296)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Gilles Thibault</small><br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (34 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff9a4e">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (33 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ff974f">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (66 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #33ff21">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
OUT_PNG_IMAGES=$(OUT_PDF_IMAGES:%.pdf=%.png)
+OUT_MASTER_TEXI_FILES = $(outdir)/lilypond-internals.texi
OUT_TEXI_FILES=$(ITEXI_FILES:%.itexi=$(outdir)/%.texi)\
$(ITELY_FILES:%.itely=$(outdir)/%.texi)
-MASTER_TEXI_FILES = $(TELY_FILES:%.tely=$(outdir)/%.texi)\
- $(outdir)/lilypond-internals.texi
-
HTML_FILES = $(TELY_FILES:%.tely=$(outdir)/%-big-page.html)\
$(outdir)/lilypond-internals-big-page.html
INFO_DOCS = lilypond lilypond-internals music-glossary lilypond-program lilypond-learning
INFO_FILES = $(INFO_DOCS:%=$(outdir)/%.info)
+TEXI2PDF_FLAGS = -I $(top-src-dir)/Documentation/user
+
ifeq ($(out),www)
INFO_IMAGES_DIR = lilypond
DEST_INFO_IMAGES_SUBDIR = Documentation/user
xml update Docbook xml documentation\n\
"
-$(outdir)/lilypond.texi: $(outdir)/lilypond-internals.texi
-
#
# Split manuals in HTML
#
$(outdir)/lilypond.xml: $(outdir)/lilypond.texi
mkdir -p $(dir $@)
- $(MAKEINFO) -I$(outdir) --output=$@ --docbook $<
+ $(MAKEINFO) -I$(src-dir) -I$(outdir) --output=$@ --docbook $<
$(outdir)/lilypond-internals/lilypond-internals.xml: $(outdir)/lilypond-internals.texi
mkdir -p $(dir $@)
- $(MAKEINFO) --output=$(outdir)/lilypond-internals --docbook $<
+ $(MAKEINFO) -I$(src-dir) -I$(outdir) --output=$(outdir)/lilypond-internals --docbook $<
$(outdir)/lilypond.pdf $(outdir)/lilypond-learning.pdf: $(OUT_PDF_IMAGES)
@node Changing context default settings
@subsection Changing context default settings
-The adjustments of the previous subsections (
-@ref{The set command}, @ref{Modifying context plug-ins}, and
-@ref{Overview of modifying properties}) can also be entered
-separately from the music in the @code{\layout} block,
-
-@example
-\layout @{
- @dots{}
- \context @{
- \Staff
-
- \set fontSize = #-2
- \override Stem #'thickness = #4.0
- \remove "Time_signature_engraver"
- @}
-@}
-@end example
-
-The @code{\Staff} command brings in the existing definition of the
-staff context so that it can be modified.
-
-The statements
-@example
-\set fontSize = #-2
-\override Stem #'thickness = #4.0
-\remove "Time_signature_engraver"
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-affect all staves in the score. Other contexts can be modified
-analogously.
-
-The @code{\set} keyword is optional within the @code{\layout} block, so
-
-@example
-\context @{
- @dots{}
- fontSize = #-2
-@}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-will also work.
+The context settings which are to be used by default in
+@code{Score}, @code{Staff} and @code{Voice} contexts may be specified
+in a @code{\layout} block, as illustrated in the following example.
+The @code{\layout} block should be placed within the @code{\score}
+block to which it is to apply, but outside any music.
+
+Note that the @code{\set} command itself and the context must be
+omitted when the context default values are specified in this way:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\score {
+ \relative c'' {
+ a4^"Really small, thicker stems, no time signature" a a a
+ a a a a
+ }
+ \layout {
+ \context {
+ \Staff
+ fontSize = #-4
+ \override Stem #'thickness = #4.0
+ \remove "Time_signature_engraver"
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+In this example, the @code{\Staff} command specifies that the
+subsequent specifications are to be applied to all staves within
+this score block.
+Modifications can be made to the @code{Score} context or all
+@code{Voice} contexts in a similar way.
@knownissues
beginning of a line. Or to be more precise, before a line break,
where there is no line break, or after a line break.
-Alternatively, seven of the eight combinations may be specified
+Alternatively, these eight combinations may be specified
by pre-defined functions, defined in @file{scm/output-lib.scm},
where the last three columns indicate whether the layout objects
will be visible in the positions shown at the head of the columns:
-@multitable @columnfractions .40 .15 .1 .1 .1
-@c TODO check these more carefully
+@multitable {@code{begin-of-line-invisible}} {@code{'#(#t #t #t)}} {yes} {yes} {yes}
@headitem Function @tab Vector @tab Before @tab At no @tab After
@headitem form @tab form @tab break @tab break @tab break
-@item @code{all-invisible} @tab @code{'#(#f #f #f)} @ @ @tab no @tab no @tab no
+@item @code{all-visible} @tab @code{'#(#t #t #t)} @tab yes @tab yes @tab yes
@item @code{begin-of-line-visible} @tab @code{'#(#f #f #t)} @tab no @tab no @tab yes
+@item @code{center-visible} @tab @code{'#(#f #t #f)} @tab no @tab yes @tab no
@item @code{end-of-line-visible} @tab @code{'#(#t #f #f)} @tab yes @tab no @tab no
-@item @code{all-visible} @tab @code{'#(#t #t #t)} @tab yes @tab yes @tab yes
-@c The center-visible function is not defined
-@c @item @code{center-visible} @tab @code{'#(#f #t #f)} @tab no @tab yes @tab no
@item @code{begin-of-line-invisible} @tab @code{'#(#t #t #f)} @tab yes @tab yes @tab no
-@item @code{end-of-line-invisible} @tab @code{'#(#f #t #t)} @tab no @tab yes @tab yes
@item @code{center-invisible} @tab @code{'#(#t #f #t)} @tab yes @tab no @tab yes
+@item @code{end-of-line-invisible} @tab @code{'#(#f #t #t)} @tab no @tab yes @tab yes
+@item @code{all-invisible} @tab @code{'#(#f #f #f)} @tab no @tab no @tab no
@end multitable
-The @code{center-visible} function is not pre-defined.
-
The default settings of @code{break-visibility} depend on the
layout object. The following table shows all the layout objects
of interest which are affected by @code{break-visibility} and the
When no string is specified for a note, the note is assigned to
-the lowest string that can generate the note with a fret number
+the highest string that can generate the note with a fret number
greater than or equal to the value of @code{minimumFret}.
The default value for @code{minimumFret} is 0.
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
{customizing-fretboard-fret-diagrams.ly}
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly}
@seealso
@ref{Predefined fretboard diagrams}.
Installed Files:
-@file{ly/predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly}.
+@file{ly/predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly},
+@file{ly/predefined-guitar-ninth-fretboards.ly}.
Snippets:
@rlsr{Fretted strings}.
the notes will then be placed appropriately by the @code{FretBoards}
context.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-<<
- \context ChordNames {
- \chordmode {
- c1 c
- }
- }
- \context FretBoards {
- < c g c' e' g'> 1
- < c g\4 c' e' g'> 1
- }
- \context Staff {
- \clef "treble_8"
- < c g c' e' g'> 1
- < c g c' e' g'> 1
- }
->>
-@end lilypond
-
@cindex fret diagrams, adding fingerings
@cindex fingerings, adding to fret diagrams
<e-\rightHandFinger #2 >
<g-\rightHandFinger #3 >
<c-\rightHandFinger #4 >
-<c,-\rightHandFinger #1 e-\rightHandFinger #2 g-\rightHandFinger #3 c-\rightHandFinger #4 >1
+<c,-\rightHandFinger #1 e-\rightHandFinger #2
+ g-\rightHandFinger #3 c-\rightHandFinger #4 >1
@end lilypond
For convenience, you can abbreviate @code{\rightHandFinger} to something
@funindex skipTypesetting
+@funindex showFirstLength
@funindex showLastLength
When entering or copying music, usually only the music near the end (where
in your source file. This will render only the last 5 measures
(assuming 4/4 time signature) of every @code{\score} in the input
file. For longer pieces, rendering only a small part is often an order
-of magnitude quicker than rendering it completely
+of magnitude quicker than rendering it completely. When working on the
+beginning of a score you have already typeset (e.g. to add a new part),
+the @code{showFirstLength} property may be useful as well.
Skipping parts of a score can be controlled in a more fine-grained
fashion with the property @code{Score.skipTypesetting}. When it is
@knownissues
-@code{-j} command-line option of @command{make} is unsupported for
-building the documentation. As the most time consuming task is
-running LilyPond to build images of music, the makefile variable
-@code{CPU_COUNT} may be set in @file{local.make} or on the command line
-to the number of @code{.ly} files that LilyPond should process
-simultaneously, e.g. on a bi-processor or dual core machine
+The most time consuming task for building the documentation is running
+LilyPond to build images of music, and there cannot be several
+simultaneously running @command{lilypond-book} instances, so @code{-j}
+@command{make} option does not significantly speed up the build process.
+To help speed it up, the makefile variable @var{CPU_COUNT} may be set
+in @file{local.make} or on the command line to the number of
+@code{.ly} files that LilyPond should process simultaneously, e.g. on
+a bi-processor or dual core machine
@example
-make CPU_COUNT=2 web
+make -j3 CPU_COUNT=3 web
@end example
+@noindent
+The recommended value of @var{CPU_COUNT} is one plus the number of
+cores or processors, but it is advisable to set it to a smaller value
+if your system has not enough RAM to run that many simultaneous
+LilyPond instances.
+
If source files have changed since last documentation build, output
files that need to be rebuilt are normally rebuilt, even if you do not
run @code{make web-clean} first. However, building dependencies in the
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
<<
\chords { c2 c f2 c }
- \new Staff \relative c' { \time 2/4 c4 c g'4 g a4 a g2 }
- \new Lyrics \lyricmode { twin4 kle twin kle lit tle star2 }
+ \new Staff
+ \relative c' {
+ \time 2/4
+ c4 c g' g a a g2
+ }
+ \addlyrics { twin -- kle twin -- kle lit -- tle star }
>>
@end lilypond
@include macros.itexi
-@iftex
@afourpaper
-@c don't replace quotes with directed quotes
-@tex
-\gdef\SETtxicodequoteundirected{Foo}
-\gdef\SETtxicodequotebacktick{Bla}
-@end tex
-@end iftex
@c don't remove this comment.
@include macros.itexi
-@iftex
@afourpaper
-@c don't replace quotes with directed quotes
-@tex
-\gdef\SETtxicodequoteundirected{Foo}
-\gdef\SETtxicodequotebacktick{Bla}
-@end tex
-@end iftex
@c don't remove this comment.
@include macros.itexi
-@iftex
@afourpaper
-@c don't replace quotes with directed quotes
-@tex
-\gdef\SETtxicodequoteundirected{Foo}
-\gdef\SETtxicodequotebacktick{Bla}
-@end tex
-@end iftex
@c Keep this here, since it pertains to the direntry below.
@ignore
@include version.itexi
+@c don't replace quotes with directed quotes
+@set txicodequoteundirected
+@set txicodequotebacktick
+
@c ***** Displaying text *****
@c we need this since @q{\} doesn't work with makeinfo 4.11 --
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: kahdelle.
Abbreviated @notation{a2} or @notation{a 2}.
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: häviten olemattomiin.
[Italian: @q{to nothing}.] Used with @notation{decrescendo} to indicate
that the sound should fade away to nothing.
NL: verhoging of verlaging,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: muunnettu.
An alteration is the modification, raising or lowering, of a note's
pitch. It is established by an accidental.
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: aika-arvojen pidentäminen.
@c TODO: add definition.
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: sulkumerkki.
@seealso
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: välimerkki.
[Latin: from the supine of @emph{caedere} @q{to cut down}.]
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: C-merkintä.
4/4 time. The symbol, which resembles a capital letter C, comes from
mensural notation.
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: kolmijakoinen tahtilaji.
A meter that includes a triplet subdivision within the beat, such as
6/8, 9/8, 12/8.
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: yhdistetty tahtilajiosoitus.
@enumerate
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: konserttikorkeus.
The pitch at which the piano and other nontransposing instruments play: such
instruments are said to be @q{in C}. The following list includes some (but not
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: vihje.
A custos (plural: custodes) is a staff symbol that appears at the end of a
staff line with monophonic musical contents (i.e., with a single voice). It
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: tyhjästä ilmaantuen.
[Italian: @q{from nothing}.] Used with @notation{crescendo} to indicate
that the sound should gradually increase from nothing.
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: aika-arvojen tihennys.
This is a stub for diminution (@emph{wrt} mensural notation).
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: suora.
@seealso
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: jäsennysmerkki.
[Latin: @q{division}; pl. @emph{divisiones}] In Gregorian chant, a
vertical stroke through part or all of the staff that serves to
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: nousu.
Indicator for a indeterminately rising pitch bend. Compare with
@emph{glissando}, which has determinate starting and ending pitches.
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: kaksois-aika-arvomerkintä.
@seealso
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: äänen voimakkuusvaihtelu, dynamiikka.
The aspect of music relating to degrees of loudness, or changes from
one degree to another. The terms, abbreviations, and symbols used to
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: tavujen yhdistäminen yhteen ääneen.
More properly @emph{synalepha} [New Lat. > Gr. @emph{συναλοιφη}, from Greek
@emph{συναλοιφην} @q{to smear together}].
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: pidennysviiva.
The generic term (in LilyPond) for a line (or dash) of arbitrary length that
extends text (without indicating the musical @emph{function} of that text).
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: lasku.
Indicator for a indeterminately falling pitch bend. Compare with
@emph{glissando}, which has determinate starting and ending pitches.
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: kiilapalkki.
A type of beam used to indicate that a small group of notes should be
played at an increasing or decreasing tempo -- depending on the
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: flageolet-ääni.
An articulation for string players that means the note or passage is to
be played in harmonics.
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: partituuri francesan tapaan.
A @q{condensed} score, produced by omitting staves for instruments that are not
playing at the moment, and by moving up additional systems from following pages
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: karsittu nuotinnus.
[Pl. @emph{Frenched staves}] Analogous to Frenched scores (@emph{q.v}), a
Frenched staff has unneeded measures or sections removed. This is useful
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: harmoniset äänet, huiluäänet.
The general class of pitches produced by sounding the second or higher
harmonic of a tone producer: string, column of air, and so on.
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: 3/2 -suhde.
[Greek: in Latin, @emph{sesquialtera}] The ratio 3:2.
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: säkeiden tavumäärät.
A group or list of numbers that indicate the number of syllables in a line
of a hymn's verse. Different hymnals have different ways of noting the hymn
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: käännös.
When a chord sounds with a bass note that differs from the root of the
chord, it is said to be @emph{inverted}. The number of inversions that a
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: antaa väristä.
[French: @q{Let vibrate}.] Most frequently associated with harp
parts. Marked @notation{l.v.} in the score.
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: kirjoitetussa äänenkorkeudessa.
[Italian: @q{place}.] Instruction to play the following passage at the
written pitch. Cancels octave mark (q.v.).
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: sidonta sanoituksessa.
@c TODO: add languages
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: melismaviiva.
@seealso
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: mensuraalinuotinnus.
A system of duration notation whose principles were first established in the
mid-13th century, and that (with various changes) remained in use until about
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: kohtalaisen, melko.
[Italian: @q{medium}.]
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: monia tahtiosoituksia sisältävä.
@itemize
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: monia tahtiosoituksia yhtäaikaa tai peräkkäin sisältävä.
Characterized by @emph{polymeter}: using two or more metric frameworks
simultaneously or in alternation.
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: vaihtelevan tahtiosoitusmerkintä.
A time signature that indicates regularly alternating polymetric time.
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: suhde.
[Latin: @emph{proportio}.] Described in great detail by Gaffurius, in
@emph{Practica musicae} (published in Milan in 1496). In mensural notation,
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: laatu.
The quality of a triad is determined by the precise arrangement of its
intervals. Tertian triads can be described as a series of three notes. The
NL: kwart toon,
DK: ?,
S: kvartston,
-FI: ?.
+FI: neljännessävelaskel.
An interval equal to half a semitone.
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: epätavallinen viritys.
[Italian: @emph{scordare}, @q{to mistune}.] Unconventional
tuning of stringed instruments, particularly lutes or violins. Used
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: samoin.
[Italian: @q{in the same manner}.] Performance direction: the music thus marked
is to be played in the same manner (i.e. with the same articulations, dynamics,
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: kaksijakoinen tahtiosoitus.
A meter in which the basic beat is subdivided in two: that is, a meter
that does not include triplet subdivision of the beat.
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: kiihdyttäen, nopeuttaen.
[Italian: @q{pressing}.] Pressing, urging, or hastening the time, as to a
climax.
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: G-kielellä.
Indicates that the indicated passage (or note) should be played on the
G string.
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: transponoitava soitin.
Instruments whose notated pitch is different from their sounded pitch. Except
for those whose notated and sounding pitches differ by one or more octaves (to
NL: ?,
DK: ?,
S: ?,
-FI: ?.
+FI: yksi kertauksen maaleista.
[Italian: @q{time} (instance, not duration).] An ending, such as a first
or second ending. LilyPond extends this idea to any number, and allows any text
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.61"
+@c \version "2.11.62"
@node Percussion
@section Percussion
\remove Bar_engraver
\remove Time_signature_engraver
\override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \override Stem #'Y-extent-callback = ##f
+ \override Stem #'Y-extent = ##f
\override VerticalAxisGroup #'minimum-Y-extent = #'(-4.0 . 5.0)
} \mus
\new Lyrics \nam
\remove Bar_engraver
\remove Time_signature_engraver
\override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \override Stem #'Y-extent-callback = ##f
+ \override Stem #'Y-extent = ##f
\override StaffSymbol #'line-count = #2
\override StaffSymbol #'staff-space = #2
\override VerticalAxisGroup #'minimum-Y-extent = #'(-3.0 . 4.0)
%% this sucks; it will lengthen stems.
\override StaffSymbol #'staff-space = #2
\override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \override Stem #'Y-extent-callback = ##f
+ \override Stem #'Y-extent = ##f
} \mus
\new Lyrics {
\override LyricText #'font-family = #'typewriter
%% this sucks; it will lengthen stems.
\override StaffSymbol #'staff-space = #2
\override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \override Stem #'Y-extent-callback = ##f
+ \override Stem #'Y-extent = ##f
} \mus
\new Lyrics {
\override LyricText #'font-family = #'typewriter
\override StaffSymbol #'line-count = #1
\remove Time_signature_engraver
\override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \override Stem #'Y-extent-callback = ##f
+ \override Stem #'Y-extent = ##f
} \mus
\new Lyrics {
\override LyricText #'font-family = #'typewriter
% It also defines the positions of the two lines.
\override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-positions = #'(-2 3)
- % This is neccessary; if not entered, the barline wuld be too short!
+ % This is neccessary; if not entered, the barline would be too short!
\override Staff.BarLine #'bar-size = #3
}
A tambourine, entered with @q{tamb}:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+#(define mydrums '((tambourine default #t 0)))
+
tambustaff = {
\override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-positions = #'( 0 )
\override Staff.BarLine #'bar-size = #3
\new DrumStaff {
\tambustaff
- % broken
- % \set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)
+ \set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)
\drummode {
\time 6/8
- \repeat "unfold" 2 { tamb8. tamb16 tamb8 tamb tamb tamb | }
+ tamb8. tamb16 tamb8 tamb tamb tamb |
tamb4. tamb8 tamb tamb |
% the trick with the scaled duration and the shorter rest
% is neccessary for the correct ending of the trill-span!
\bellstaff
\drummode {
\time 2/4
- \repeat "unfold" 2 { rb8 rb cb cb16 rb-> ~ |
- rb16 rb8 rb16 cb8 cb | }
+ rb8 rb cb cb16 rb-> ~ |
+ rb16 rb8 rb16 cb8 cb |
}
}
@end lilypond
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
\new DrumStaff \with {
\consists "Parenthesis_engraver"
-} <<
- \context DrumVoice = "1" { s1 *2 }
- \context DrumVoice = "2" { s1 *2 }
+}
+<<
+ \context DrumVoice = "1" { s1 }
+ \context DrumVoice = "2" { s1 }
\drummode {
<<
{
hh8[ hh] <hh sn> hh16
< \parenthesize sn > hh
< \parenthesize sn > hh8 <hh sn> hh
- } \\ {
+ } \\
+ {
bd4 r4 bd8 bd r8 bd
}
>>
@cindex language, note names in other
@cindex language, pitch names in other
-There are predefined sets of note names for various other
-languages. To use them, include the language-specific init file.
-For example, to use English notes names, add
-@w{@code{\include "english.ly"}} to the top of the input file.
+There are predefined sets of note and accidental names for various
+other languages. To use them, include the language-specific init
+file listed below. For example, to use English notes names, add
+@code{@w{\include "english.ly"}} to the top of the input file.
+
The available language files and the note names they define are:
+@quotation
+@multitable {@file{nederlands.ly}} {do re mi fa sol la sib si}
+@headitem Language File
+ @tab Note Names
+@item @file{nederlands.ly}
+ @tab c d e f g a bes b
+@item @file{arabic.ly}
+ @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{catalan.ly}
+ @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{deutsch.ly}
+ @tab c d e f g a b h
+@item @file{english.ly}
+ @tab c d e f g a bf b
+@item @file{espanol.ly}
+ @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{italiano.ly}
+ @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{norsk.ly}
+ @tab c d e f g a b h
+@item @file{portugues.ly}
+ @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{suomi.ly}
+ @tab c d e f g a b h
+@item @file{svenska.ly}
+ @tab c d e f g a b h
+@item @file{vlaams.ly}
+ @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@end multitable
+@end quotation
+
+@noindent
+and the accidental suffixes they define are:
-@smallexample
-@multitable {nederlands.ly} {do re mi fa sol la sib si} {-iss/-is} {-ess/-es} {-ss/-x/-sharpsharp} {-essess/-eses}
-@headitem Language
- @tab Note names
+@quotation
+@multitable {@file{nederlands.ly}} {-s/-sharp} {-ess/-es} {-ss/-x/-sharpsharp} {-essess/-eses}
+@headitem Language File
@tab sharp @tab flat @tab double sharp @tab double flat
-@item nederlands.ly
- @tab c d e f g a bes b
+@item @file{nederlands.ly}
@tab -is @tab -es @tab -isis @tab -eses
-@item arabic.ly
- @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{arabic.ly}
@tab -d @tab -b @tab -dd @tab -bb
-@item catalan.ly
- @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{catalan.ly}
@tab -d/-s @tab -b @tab -dd/-ss @tab -bb
-@item deutsch.ly
- @tab c d e f g a b h
+@item @file{deutsch.ly}
@tab -is @tab -es @tab -isis @tab -eses
-@item english.ly
- @tab c d e f g a bf b
+@item @file{english.ly}
@tab -s/-sharp @tab -f/-flat @tab -ss/-x/-sharpsharp
@tab -ff/-flatflat
-@item espanol.ly
- @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{espanol.ly}
@tab -s @tab -b @tab -ss @tab -bb
-@item italiano.ly
- @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{italiano.ly}
@tab -d @tab -b @tab -dd @tab -bb
-@item norsk.ly
- @tab c d e f g a b h
+@item @file{norsk.ly}
@tab -iss/-is @tab -ess/-es @tab -ississ/-isis
@tab -essess/-eses
-@item portugues.ly
- @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{portugues.ly}
@tab -s @tab -b @tab -ss @tab -bb
-@item suomi.ly
- @tab c d e f g a b h
+@item @file{suomi.ly}
@tab -is @tab -es @tab -isis @tab -eses
-@item svenska.ly
- @tab c d e f g a b h
+@item @file{svenska.ly}
@tab -iss @tab -ess @tab -ississ @tab -essess
-@item vlaams.ly
- @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{vlaams.ly}
@tab -k @tab -b @tab -kk @tab -bb
@end multitable
-@end smallexample
+@end quotation
In Dutch, @code{aes} is contracted to @code{as}, but both forms
are accepted in LilyPond. Similarly, both @code{es} and
mean @q{half} and @q{one and a half}, respectively. For the other
languages, no special names have been defined yet.
-@smallexample
-@multitable {nederlands.ly} {do re mi fa sol la sib si} {-iss/-is} {-ess/-es} {-ississ/-isis} {-ississ/-isis}
-@headitem Language
- @tab Note names
+@quotation
+@multitable {@file{nederlands.ly}} {@b{semi-sharp}} {@b{semi-flat}} {@b{sesqui-sharp}} {@b{sesqui-flat}}
+@headitem Language File
@tab semi-sharp @tab semi-flat @tab sesqui-sharp @tab sesqui-flat
-@item nederlands.ly
- @tab c d e f g a bes b
+@item @file{nederlands.ly}
@tab -ih @tab -eh @tab -isih @tab -eseh
-@item arabic.ly
- @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{arabic.ly}
@tab -sd @tab -sb @tab -dsd @tab -bsb
-@item deutsch.ly
- @tab c d e f g a b h
+@item @file{deutsch.ly}
@tab -ih @tab -eh @tab -isih @tab -eseh
-@item english.ly
- @tab c d e f g a bf b
+@item @file{english.ly}
@tab -qs @tab -qf @tab -tqs @tab -tqf
-@item italiano.ly
- @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{italiano.ly}
@tab -sd @tab -sb @tab -dsd @tab -bsb
-@item portugues.ly
- @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+@item @file{portugues.ly}
@tab -sqt @tab -bqt @tab -stqt @tab -btqt
@end multitable
-@end smallexample
+@end quotation
@seealso
@c \version "2.11.61"
-@ignore
-GDP TODO list
-
-1.2.3.1 Time signature
-Needs an example of beatLength, which is broken (see my recent
-mail
-to -bug). What to do? For now I've left a paragraph of text
-which really
-needs to be inserted with an example in a snippet.
-
-1.2.3.4 Polymetric notation
-Quite extensive changes. Could you please check through. Divided
-into three
-sections. Necessarily uses tweaks. I've also left an @lsr under
-@seealso
-Snippets - is this permitted or is @lsr now verboten? This
-snippet is too
-long to include, but seems relevant.
-A snippet "grouping beats" hasn't yet appeared (only sent to vv a
-couple of
-days ago). Text left in Snippets: with TODO.
-@end ignore
-
@node Rhythms
@section Rhythms
are possible, but only as beamed notes.
@c Two 64th notes are needed to obtain beams
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\time 8/1
c\longa c\breve c1 c2
c4 c8 c16 c32 c64 c64
@c not strictly "writing rhythms"; more of a "displaying" thing,
@c but it's ok here. -gp
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\time 8/1
\autoBeamOff
c\longa c\breve c1 c2
entered duration. The default for the first note is a quarter
note.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
a a a2 a a4 a a1 a
@end lilypond
duration. Double-dotted notes are specified by appending two
dots, and so on.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
a4 b c4. b8 a4. b4.. c8.
@end lilypond
tuplet is the triplet in which 3 notes have the duration of 2, so
the notes are 2/3 of their written length.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
a2 \times 2/3 { b4 b b }
c4 c \times 2/3 { b4 a g }
@end lilypond
Tuplets may be nested:
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\autoBeamOff
c4 \times 4/5 { f8 e f \times 2/3 { e[ f g] } } f4 |
@end lilypond
In the following example, the first three notes take up exactly
two beats, but no triplet bracket is printed.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
\time 2/4
% Alter durations to triplets
a4*2/3 gis4*2/3 a4*2/3
required. Here is an example showing how music can be compressed
and expanded:
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,relative=2,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
\time 2/4
% Normal durations
<c a>4 c8 a
A tie is entered using the tilde symbol @code{~}
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-e'2 ~ e'
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+a2 ~ a
@end lilypond
dots cannot be used to denote the rhythm. Ties should also be
used when note values cross larger subdivisions of the measure:
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c' {
r8 c8 ~ c2 r4 |
r8^"not" c2 ~ c8 r4
created. Chords may be partially tied by placing the tie inside
the chord.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=1]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
<c e g> ~ <c e g>
<c~ e g~ b> <c e g b>
@end lilypond
When a second alternative of a repeat starts with a tied note, you
have to specify the repeated tie as follows:
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,relative=2,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
\repeat volta 2 { c g <c e>2 ~ }
\alternative {
% First alternative: following note is tied normally
piano, harp and other string and percussion instruments. They can
be entered as follows:
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=1]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
<c f g>1\laissezVibrer
@end lilypond
@c \time 16/1 is used to avoid spurious bar lines
@c and long tracts of empty measures
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[fragment,quote,verbatim]
\new Staff {
% These two lines are just to prettify this example
\time 16/1
allows for precise manual formatting of polyphonic music, since the
automatic rest collision formatter will not move these rests.
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
a4\rest d4\rest
@end lilypond
is used to skip a musical moment. @code{\skip} requires an
explicit duration.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
<<
{
a2 \skip2 a2 a2
Rests for one or more full measures are entered like notes with
the note name uppercase @code{R}:
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
% Rest measures contracted to single measure
\compressFullBarRests
R1*4
integral number of measure-lengths, so augmentation
dots or fractions must often be used:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim]
\compressFullBarRests
\time 2/4
R1 | R2 |
or breve rest, centered in the measure, depending on the time
signature.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment]
\time 4/4
R1 |
\time 6/4
containing a multi-measure rest symbol, with the number of measures of rest
printed above the measure:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim]
% Default behavior
\time 3/4 r2. | R2.*2 |
\time 2/4 R2 |
The predefined command @code{\fermataMarkup}
is provided for adding fermatas.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment]
\compressFullBarRests
\time 3/4
R2.*10^\markup { \italic "ad lib." }
object, or they will be ignored. See the following example.
}
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment]
% This fails, as the wrong object name is specified
\override TextScript #'padding = #5
R1^"wrong"
The time signature is set as follows:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\time 2/4 c2
\time 3/4 c2.
@end lilypond
and whenever the time signature changes. If a change takes place
at the end of a line a warning time signature sign is printed
there. This default behavior may be changed, see
-@c ref{Controlling visibility of objects}.
+@ref{Visibility of objects}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\time 2/4
c2 c
\break
The time signature symbol that is used in 2/2 and 4/4 time can be
changed to a numeric style:
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
% Default style
\time 4/4 c1
\time 2/2 c1
@snippets
-@c TODO Send as snippet called "setting measure and beat lengths"
-@c when example is added
-@code{\time} sets the properties @code{timeSignatureFraction},
-@code{beatLength}, and @code{measureLength} in the @code{Timing}
-context, which is normally aliased to @code{Score}. Changing the
-value of @code{timeSignatureFraction} causes the new time
-signature symbol to be printed without changing the other
-properties. The property @code{measureLength} determines where
-bar lines should be inserted and, with @code{beatLength}
-and @code{beatGrouping}, how
-automatic beams should be generated.
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
-\time 3/4 % auto beam on 1/4 note groups
-a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
-\time 12/16 % no defined auto-beaming for this time sig
-a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
-\time 3/4
-a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
-\set Score.timeSignatureFraction = #'(12 16) %keep 3/4 beaming
- % due to beatLength
-a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
-\set Score.beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 8) %beam on 1/8 notes
-a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
-\set Score.beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 16)
-\set Score.beatGrouping = #'(3 4 2 3) %beam on 3/16, 7/16, 9/16, 12/16
-a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
-@end lilypond
-
-
-@c End of snippet
-
-@cindex measure groupings
-@cindex beats, grouping
-@cindex grouping beats
-@cindex measure sub-grouping
-
-@c TODO Sent as snippet called "grouping beats" 25 Mar 08
-Options to group beats within a bar are available through the
-Scheme function @code{set-time-signature}, which takes three
-arguments: the number of beats, the beat length, and the internal
-grouping of beats in the measure. If the
-@rinternals{Measure_grouping_engraver} is included, the function
-will also create @rinternals{MeasureGrouping} signs. Such signs
-ease reading rhythmically complex modern music. In the example,
-the 9/8 measure is subdivided in 2, 2, 2 and 3. This is passed to
-@code{set-time-signature} as the third argument: @code{'(2 2 2 3)}:
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-\score {
- \relative c'' {
- #(set-time-signature 9 8 '(2 2 2 3))
- g8[ g] d[ d] g[ g] a8[( bes g]) |
- #(set-time-signature 5 8 '(3 2))
- a4. g4
- }
- \layout {
- \context {
- \Staff
- \consists "Measure_grouping_engraver"
- }
- }
-}
-@end lilypond
-@c TODO End of snippet called "grouping beats"
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{changing-the-time-signature-without-affecting-the-beaming.ly}
@cindex compound time signatures
@cindex time signature, compound
entered using the @code{\partial} command, with the syntax
@example
-\partial @var{duration}
+\partial @var{duration}
@end example
where @code{duration} is the rhythmic length of the interval
before the start of the first complete measure:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\partial 4 e4 |
a2. c,4 |
@end lilypond
The partial measure can be any duration less than a full measure:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\partial 8*3 c8 d e |
a2. c,4 |
@end lilypond
@seealso
-Music Glossary:
+Music Glossary:
@rglos{anacrusis}.
-Notation Reference:
+Notation Reference:
@ref{Grace notes}.
Snippets:
Bar lines and bar numbers are calculated automatically. For
unmetered music (some cadenzas, for example), this is not desirable.
To turn off automatic calculation of bar lines and bar numbers,
-use the command @code{\cadenzaOn}, and use @code{\cadenzaOff}
+use the command @code{\cadenzaOn}, and use @code{\cadenzaOff}
to turn them on again.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,relative=2,fragment]
+@lilypond[verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
c4 d e d
\cadenzaOn
c4 c d8 d d f4 g4.
Bar numbering is resumed at the end of the cadenza as if the
cadenza were not there:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,relative=2,fragment]
+@lilypond[verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
% Show all bar numbers
\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility = #all-visible
c4 d e d
@node Polymetric notation
@unnumberedsubsubsec Polymetric notation
+@c This section necessarily uses \set
+@c This is acceptable -td
+
@cindex double time signatures
@cindex signatures, polymetric
@cindex polymetric signatures
@cindex meter, polymetric
-Polymetric notation is supported, either explicitly or through
-clever use of markup features.
+Polymetric notation is supported, either explicitly or by modifying
+the visible time signature symbol and scaling the note durations.
-@strong{Staves with different time signatures, equal measure lengths}
+@strong{@i{Staves with different time signatures, equal measure lengths}}
This notation can be created by setting a common time signature
for each staff but replacing the symbol manually by setting
@code{timeSignatureFraction} to the desired fraction and scaling
the printed durations in each staff to the common time
-signature. This is done with @code{\scaleDurations}, which
-is used in a similar way to @code{\times}, but does not create
-a tuplet bracket, see @ref{Scaling durations}.
+signature; see @ref{Time signature}. The scaling is done with
+@code{\scaleDurations}, which is used in a similar way to
+@code{\times}, but does not create a tuplet bracket; see
+@ref{Scaling durations}.
In this example, music with the time signatures of 3/4, 9/8, and
10/8 are used in parallel. In the second staff, shown durations
are multiplied by 2/3, as 2/3 * 9/8 = 3/4, and in the third
staff, shown durations are multiplied by 3/5, as 3/5 * 10/8 = 3/4.
+It will often be necessary to insert beams manually, as the
+duration scaling affects the autobeaming rules.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
-\relative c' { <<
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment]
+\relative c' <<
\new Staff {
\time 3/4
c4 c c |
\time 3/4
\set Staff.timeSignatureFraction = #'(9 . 8)
\scaleDurations #'(2 . 3)
- \repeat unfold 6 { c8[ c c] }
+ \repeat unfold 6 { c8[ c c] }
}
\new Staff {
\time 3/4
\scaleDurations #'(3 . 5) {
\repeat unfold 2 { c8[ c c] }
\repeat unfold 2 { c8[ c] } |
- c4. c4. \times 2/3 { c8 c c } c4
+ c4. c4. \times 2/3 { c8[ c c] } c4
}
}
->> }
+>>
@end lilypond
-@strong{Staves with different time signatures, unequal bar lengths}
+@strong{@i{Staves with different time signatures, unequal bar lengths}}
Each staff can be given its own independent time signature by
-moving the @code{Timing_translator} to the @code{Staff} context.
+moving the @code{Timing_translator} and the
+@code{Default_bar_line_engraver} to the @code{Staff} context.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
\layout {
\context {
\Score
@rglos{polymetric time signature},
@rglos{meter}.
-Notation Reference: @ref{Scaling durations}
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Time signature},
+@ref{Scaling durations}.
Snippets:
@rlsr{Rhythms}.
Internals Reference:
@rinternals{TimeSignature},
@rinternals{Timing_translator},
+@rinternals{Default_bar_line_engraver},
@rinternals{Staff}.
@knownissues
@code{Completion_heads_engraver}. In the following
example, notes crossing the bar lines are split and tied.
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim,relative=1,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
\new Voice \with {
\remove "Note_heads_engraver"
\consists "Completion_heads_engraver"
@knownissues
Not all durations (especially those containing tuplets) can be
-represented exactly with normal notes and dots, but the
+represented exactly with normal notes and dots, but the
@code{Completion_heads_engraver} will not insert tuplets.
The @code{Completion_heads_engraver} only affects notes; it does not
can be done with the rhythmic staff. All pitches of notes on such a
staff are squashed, and the staff itself has a single line
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=1,verbatim]
<<
\new RhythmicStaff {
\new Voice = "myRhythm" {
be done with the @code{Pitch_squash_engraver} and
@code{\improvisationOn}.
-
+
@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
<<
\new ChordNames {
@code{\improvisationOff}.
@snippets
-@c TODO -- Convert to snippet;
-@c tag for both Rhythms and Guitar? Move to @seealso?
-
-For guitar music, it is possible to show strum rhythms, along
-with melody notes, chord names, and fret diagrams.
-
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
-\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
-<<
- \new ChordNames {
- \chordmode {
- c1 f g c
- }
- }
-
- \new FretBoards {
- \chordmode {
- c1 f g c
- }
- }
-
-
- \new Voice \with {
- \consists Pitch_squash_engraver
- } \relative c'' {
- \improvisationOn
- c4 c8 c c4 c8 c
- f4 f8 f f4 f8 f
- g4 g8 g g4 g8 g
- c4 c8 c c4 c8 c
- }
-
- \new Voice = "melody" {
- \relative c'' {
- \improvisationOff
- c2 e4 e4
- f2. r4
- g2. a4
- e4 c2.
- }
- }
-
- \new Lyrics {
- \lyricsto "melody" {
- This is my song.
- I like to sing.
- }
- }
->>
-@end lilypond
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{guitar-strum-rhythms.ly}
@seealso
@cindex beams, manual
@cindex manual beams
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\time 2/4 c8 c c c
\time 6/8 c c c c8. c16 c8
@end lilypond
If these automatic decisions are not satisfactory, beaming can be
entered explicitly; see @ref{Manual beams}. It is also possible
-to define beaming patterns that differ from the defaults; see
-@ref{Setting automatic beam behavior}. The default beaming rules
-are defined in @file{scm/@/auto@/-beam@/.scm}.
+to define beaming patterns that differ from the defaults. The
+default beaming rules for most common time signatures are defined
+in @file{scm/@/auto@/-beam@/.scm}. If there are no beaming rules
+defined for a particular beam's duration in the time signature being
+used, its beaming is controlled by the values of three context
+properties, @code{measureLength}, @code{beatLength} and
+@code{beatGrouping}. Both the beaming rules and the context
+properties can be overridden, see @ref{Setting automatic beam behavior}.
@cindex autoBeamOn
@cindex autoBeamOff
+@warning{If beams are used to indicate melismata in songs, then automatic
+beaming should be switched off with @code{\autoBeamOff} and the beams
+indicated manually.}
+
+
@noindent
Automatic beaming may be turned off and on with
@code{\autoBeamOff} and @code{\autoBeamOn} commands:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=1,verbatim]
c4 c8 c8. c16 c8. c16 c8
\autoBeamOff
c4 c8 c8. c16 c8.
@snippets
-@c TODO -- convert to snippet
-Beaming patterns may be altered with the @code{beatGrouping} property,
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2,fragment,ragged-right]
-\time 5/16
-\set beatGrouping = #'(2 3)
-c8[^"(2+3)" c16 c8]
-\set beatGrouping = #'(3 2)
-c8[^"(3+2)" c16 c8]
-@end lilypond
-
-@c TODO convert to snippet
-The beams of consecutive 16th (or shorter) notes are, by default,
-not sub-divided. That is, the three (or more) beams stretch
-unbroken over entire groups of notes. This behavior can
-be modified to sub-divide the beams into sub-groups by setting
-the property @code{subdivideBeams}. When set, multiple beams
-will be sub-divided at intervals defined by the current value of
-@code{beatLength} by reducing the multiple beams to just one beam
-between the sub-groups. Note that @code{beatLength} lives in the
-@code{Score} context and defaults to a quarter note. It must be
-set to a fraction giving the duration of the beam sub-group
-using the @code{make-moment} function, as shown here:
-
-@lilypond[fragment,ragged-right,quote,relative=2,verbatim]
-c32[ c c c c c c c]
-\set subdivideBeams = ##t
-c32[ c c c c c c c]
-% Set beam sub-group length to an eighth note
-\set Score.beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 8)
-c32[ c c c c c c c]
-% Set beam sub-group length to a sixteenth note
-\set Score.beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 16)
-c32[ c c c c c c c]
-@end lilypond
-@funindex subdivideBeams
-
-@noindent
-For more information about @code{make-moment}, see
-@ref{Time administration}.
-
@funindex breakable
@cindex break, line
@cindex line breaks
-@c TODO convert to snippet
-Line breaks are normally forbidden when beams cross bar lines.
-This behavior can be changed by setting the @code{breakable}
-property: @code{\override Beam #'breakable = ##t}.
-
-@lilypond[ragged-right,relative=2,fragment,verbatim,quote]
-\override Beam #'breakable = ##t
-c8 \repeat unfold 15 { c[ c] } c
-@end lilypond
-
-@cindex beams and line breaks
-@cindex beams, kneed
-@cindex kneed beams
-@cindex auto-knee-gap
-
-@c TODO convert to snippet
-Kneed beams are inserted automatically when a large gap is
-detected between the note heads. This behavior can be tuned
-through the @code{auto-knee-gap} property. A kneed beam is
-drawn if the gap is larger than the value of
-@code{auto-knee-gap} plus the width of the beam object (which
-depends on the duration of the notes and the slope of the beam).
-By default @code{auto-knee-gap} is set to 5.5 staff spaces.
-
-@lilypond[fragment,ragged-right,quote,verbatim]
-f8 f''8 f8 f''8
-\override Beam #'auto-knee-gap = #6
-f8 f''8 f8 f''8
-@end lilypond
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{beams-across-line-breaks.ly}
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{changing-beam-knee-gap.ly}
@seealso
-Notation Reference:
-@ref{Manual beams},
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Manual beams},
@ref{Setting automatic beam behavior}.
Installed Files:
-@file{scm/auto-beam.scm}.
+@file{scm/@/auto@/-beam@/.scm}.
Snippets:
@rlsr{Rhythms}.
@node Setting automatic beam behavior
@unnumberedsubsubsec Setting automatic beam behavior
+@funindex autoBeaming
@funindex autoBeamSettings
@funindex (end * * * *)
@funindex (begin * * * *)
+
@cindex automatic beams, tuning
@cindex tuning automatic beaming
+@cindex automatic beam generation
+@cindex autobeam
+@cindex lyrics and beaming
+
+
+The placement of automatic beams is determined by the rules
+described in @ref{Automatic beams}. There are two mutually
+exclusive ways in which these rules may be modified. The
+first, modifying the grouping of beats, applies to uncommon time
+signatures, i.e. those for which there are no predefined rules
+defining the beam end points. The second method, modifying the
+specification of the beam end points, can be used for any time
+signature. This second method @strong{must} be used for those time
+signatures and beam durations combinations for which beam ending
+rules are pre-defined, unless these have all been reverted. There
+are predefined rules for time signatures of 3/2, 3/4, 4/4, 2/4,
+4/8, 4/16, 6/8, 9/8 and 12/8.
+
+@i{@strong{Modifying the grouping of beats}}
+
+If there are no beam-ending rules defined for the beam duration of a
+particular beam in the time signature in use, its beaming is
+controlled by three context properties:
+@code{measureLength}, @code{beatLength} and @code{beatGrouping}.
+These properties may be set in the @code{Score}, @code{Staff} or
+@code{Voice} contexts to delimit their scope.
+
+These determine the beaming as follows:
+
+Beams may begin anywhere (unless a beam is already active). Beams
+end at a time determined by the values of @code{beatGrouping} and
+@code{beatLength}, as follows:
+
+@itemize
+
+@item If @code{beatGrouping} and @code{beatLength} are consistent
+with @code{measureLength}, @code{beatGrouping} is used to determine
+the end points of beams.
+
+@item If @code{beatGrouping} and @code{beatLength} are inconsistent
+with @code{measureLength}, @code{beatLength} is used to determine
+the end points of beams.
+
+@end itemize
+
+@warning{These three properties become effective for a particular
+beam @strong{only} if there are no beam-ending rules predefined for
+that beam's duration in the time signature in use, or if these
+beam-ending rules have all been reverted.}
+
+By default the @code{measureLength} and @code{beatLength} are
+derived from the time signature set by the @code{\time} command.
+The @code{measureLength} is set to be exactly the same length as
+the measure length given by the time signature, and the
+@code{beatLength} is set to be the same as one over the denominator
+of the time signature.
+
+The default value of @code{beatGrouping} is taken from a table in
+@file{scm/@/music@/-functions@/.scm}. To find this, see
+@rlearning{Other sources of information}. It defines the beat
+grouping for 5/8, 6/8, 8/8, 9/8 and 12/8 time signatures.
+
+Both @code{measureLength} and @code{beatLength} are @i{moments},
+units of musical duration. A quantity of type @i{moment} is
+created by the scheme function @code{ly:make-moment}. For more
+information about this function, see @ref{Time administration}.
+
+@code{beatGrouping} is a list of integers giving the number of
+beats in each group.
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{grouping-beats.ly}
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{specifying-context-with-beatgrouping.ly}
-@c [TODO: use \applyContext]
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly}
+
+@funindex subdivideBeams
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{sub-dividing-beams.ly}
+
+@cindex measure groupings
+@cindex beats, grouping
+@cindex grouping beats
+@cindex measure sub-grouping
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{conducting-signs,-measure-grouping-signs.ly}
+
+
+@strong{@i{Modifying the beam end points}}
-In normal time signatures, automatic beams can start on any note
-but can end in only a few positions within the measure: beams can
-end on a beat, or at durations specified by the properties in
-@code{autoBeamSettings}. The properties in
-@code{autoBeamSettings} consist of a list of rules for where beams
-can begin and end. The default @code{autoBeamSettings} rules are
-defined in @file{scm/@/auto@/-beam@/.scm}.
+In common time signatures, automatic beams can start on any note
+but can end at only a few positions within the measure, namely at
+durations specified by the properties in @code{autoBeamSettings}.
+These properties consist of a list of rules defining where beams can
+end. The default @code{autoBeamSettings} rules are defined in
+@file{scm/@/auto@/-beam@/.scm}. To find this, see
+@rlearning{Other sources of information}.
+
+This method @strong{must} be used for the time signatures for which
+beam-ending rules are defined by default, unless these have all
+been reverted. It is also particularly suitable for many other time
+signatures if the time signature of the measures changes frequently,
+or if the beaming should be different for different beam durations.
In order to add a rule to the list, use
+
@example
-#(override-auto-beam-setting
- '(beam-limit beam-numerator beam-denominator
- time-signature-numerator time-signature-denominator)
+#(override-auto-beam-setting
+ '(beam-limit
+ beam-numerator beam-denominator
+ time-signature-numerator time-signature-denominator)
moment-numerator moment-denominator [context])
@end example
+@noindent
+where
+
@itemize
@item @code{beam-limit} is the type of automatic beam limit
-defined, either @code{begin} or @code{end}.
+defined. This can be either @code{begin} or @code{end} but
+only @code{end} is effective.
@item @code{beam-numerator/beam-denominator} is the beam duration
-for which you want to add a rule. A beam is considered to have
-the duration of its shortest note. Set @code{beam-numerator} and
-@code{beam-denominator} to @code{'*'} to
-have this rule apply beams of any duration.
+to which the rule is to apply. A beam is considered to have
+the duration of its shortest note. Set @code{beam-numerator}
+and @code{beam-denominator} to @code{'*'} to have this rule apply
+to beams of any duration.
@item @code{time-signature-numerator/time-signature-denominator}
-is the time signature to which
-this rule should apply. Set @code{time-signature-numerator} and
-@code{time-signature-denominator} to @code{'*'}
-to have this rule apply in any time signature.
+specifies the time signature to which this rule should apply.
+If @code{time-signature-numerator} and
+@code{time-signature-denominator} are set to @code{'*'} this rule
+will apply in any time signature.
-@item @code{monent-numerator/moment-denominator} is the position
-in the bar at which the beam should
-begin or end.
+@item @code{monent-numerator/moment-denominator} is the position
+in the bar at which the beam should end.
@item @code{context} is optional, and it specifies the context at which
the change should be made. The default is @code{'Voice}.
@end itemize
-TODO -- convert to music example
For example, if automatic beams should always end on the first quarter
-note, use
+note, whatever the time signature or beam duration, use
-@example
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+a8 a a a a a a a
#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * * *) 1 4)
-@end example
+a8 a a a a a a a
+@end lilypond
-You can force the beam settings to only take effect on beams whose shortest
+You can force the beam settings to take effect only on beams whose shortest
note is a certain duration
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\time 2/4
% end 1/16 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment
#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end 1 16 * *) 1 16)
a32 a a a a16 a a a a a |
@end lilypond
-You can force the beam settings to only take effect in certain time
+You can force the beam settings to take effect only in certain time
signatures
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\time 5/8
% end beams of all durations in 5/8 time signature at the 2/8 moment
#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 5 8) 2 8)
c8 c d d d
@end lilypond
-Existing auto-beam rules are removed by using
+When multiple voices are used the @code{Staff} context must be
+specified if the beaming is to be applied to all voices in the
+staff:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\time 7/8
+% rhythm 3-1-1-2
+% Context not specified - does not work correctly
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 7 8) 3 8)
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 7 8) 4 8)
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 7 8) 5 8)
+<< {a8 a a a16 a a a a8 a} \\ {f4. f8 f f f} >>
+
+% Works correctly with context specified
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 7 8) 3 8 'Staff)
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 7 8) 4 8 'Staff)
+#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 7 8) 5 8 'Staff)
+<< {a8 a a a16 a a a a8 a} \\ {f4. f8 f f f} >>
+@end lilypond
+
+@warning{If any unexpected beam behavior occurs, check the default
+automatic beam settings in @file{scm/@/auto@/-beam@/.scm} for
+possible interference, because the beam endings defined there will
+still apply in addition to your own.}
+
+Any unwanted or conflicting default endings must be reverted for
+your time signature(s). Existing auto-beam rules are removed by
+using
@example
-#(revert-auto-beam-setting
- '(beam-limit beam-numerator beam-denominator
- time-signature-numerator time-signature-denominator)
+#(revert-auto-beam-setting
+ '(beam-limit
+ beam-numerator beam-denominator
+ time-signature-numerator time-signature-denominator)
moment-numerator moment-denominator [context])
@end example
@noindent
-@code{beam-limit}, @code{beam-numerator}, @code{beam-denominator},
+@code{beam-limit}, @code{beam-numerator}, @code{beam-denominator},
@code{time-signature-numerator}, @code{time-signature-denominator},
@code{moment-numerator}, @code{moment-denominator} and @code{context}
-are the same as above. Note that the default auto-beaming rules are
-specified in @file{scm/@/auto@/-beam@/.scm},
-so you can revert rules that you did not explicitly create.
+are the same as above.
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\time 4/4
a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
% undo a rule ending 1/16 beams in 4/4 time at 1/4 moment
match the original rule. That is, no wildcard expansion is taken into
account.
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\time 1/4
#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end 1 16 1 4) 1 8)
a16 a a a
a a a a
@end lilypond
+@snippets
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{beam-grouping-in-7-8-time.ly}
-@c TODO: old material -- not covered by above stuff, I think.
-If automatic beams should end on every quarter in 5/4 time, specify
-all endings
-@example
-#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * * *) 1 4 'Staff)
-#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * * *) 1 2 'Staff)
-#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * * *) 3 4 'Staff)
-#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * * *) 5 4 'Staff)
-@dots{}
-@end example
-
-The same syntax can be used to specify beam starting points. In this
-example, automatic beams can only end on a dotted quarter note
-@example
-#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * * *) 3 8)
-#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * * *) 1 2)
-#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * * *) 7 8)
-@end example
-In 4/4 time signature, this means that automatic beams could end only on
-3/8 and on the fourth beat of the measure (after 3/4, that is 2 times
-3/8, has passed within the measure).
-
-If any unexpected beam behavior occurs, check the default automatic beam
-settings in @file{scm/@/auto@/-beam@/.scm}
-for possible interference, because the beam
-endings defined there will still apply on top of your own overrides. Any
-unwanted endings in the default vales must be reverted for your time
-signature(s).
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{reverting-default-beam-endings.ly}
-For example, to typeset @code{(3 4 3 2)}-beam endings in 12/8, begin
-with
+@c TODO Convert to snippet called "Beam endings in Score context"
+@c Submitted to LSR 3 Nov 08
-@example
-%%% revert default values in scm/auto-beam.scm regarding 12/8 time
-#(revert-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 12 8) 3 8)
-#(revert-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 12 8) 3 4)
-#(revert-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 12 8) 9 8)
-
-%%% your new values
-#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end 1 8 12 8) 3 8)
-#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end 1 8 12 8) 7 8)
-#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end 1 8 12 8) 10 8)
-@end example
+Beam-ending rules specified in the Score context apply to all
+staves, but can be modified at both Staff and Voice levels:
-@cindex automatic beam generation
-@cindex autobeam
-@funindex autoBeaming
-@cindex lyrics
-
-If beams are used to indicate melismata in songs, then automatic
-beaming should be switched off with @code{\autoBeamOff}.
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+ \time 5/4
+ % Set default beaming for all staves
+ #(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 5 4) 3 8 'Score)
+ #(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 5 4) 7 8 'Score)
+ <<
+ \new Staff {
+ c8 c c c c c c c c c
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ % Modify beaming for just this staff
+ #(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 5 4) 6 8 'Staff)
+ #(revert-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 5 4) 7 8 'Staff)
+ c8 c c c c c c c c c
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ % Inherit beaming from Score context
+ c8 c c c c c c c c c
+ }
+ >>
+@end lilypond
@predefined
notes. Such beams can be specified manually by
marking the begin and end point with @code{[} and @code{]}
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=1,verbatim]
{
r4 r8[ g' a r8] r8 g[ | a] r8
}
Individual notes may be marked with @code{\noBeam} to prevent them
from being beamed:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\time 2/4 c8 c\noBeam c c
@end lilypond
with only one beam on the left side, i.e., the eighth-note beam of
the group as a whole.
-TODO -- no difference based on stemLeftBeamCount in this example
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
-{
- f8[ r16 f g a]
- f8[ r16
- \set stemLeftBeamCount = #1
- f g a]
-}
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
+a8[ r16 f g a]
+a8[ r16
+\set stemLeftBeamCount = #2
+\set stemRightBeamCount = #1
+f
+\set stemLeftBeamCount = #1
+g a]
@end lilypond
@snippets
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{flat-flags-and-beam-nibs.ly}
+
@node Feathered beams
@unnumberedsubsubsec Feathered beams
@cindex beams, feathered
@funindex \featherDurations
-TODO -- this section relies on overrides. We need to either add
-a predefined, move this to snippets (whole section), or violate
-policy for this section.
-
Feathered beams are used to indicate that a small group of notes
should be played at an increasing (or decreasing) tempo, without
changing the overall tempo of the piece. The extent of the
these would delimit the same group of notes, but this is not
required: the two commands are independent.
-@c TODO -- eliminate "Talking through code"
-
In the following example the eight 16th notes occupy exactly the
same time as a half note, but the first note is one half as long
as the last one, with the intermediate notes gradually
lengthening. The first four 32nd notes gradually speed up, while
the last four 32nd notes are at a constant tempo.
-@lilypond[ragged-right,relative=1,fragment,verbatim,quote]
+@lilypond[relative=1,verbatim,quote]
\override Beam #'grow-direction = #LEFT
\featherDurations #(ly:make-moment 2 1)
{ c16[ c c c c c c c] }
@noindent
The spacing in the printed output represents the
-note durations only approximately, but the midi output is exact.
-
-@c TODO -- resolve whether or not midi is capitalized -- policy
-@c decision needed
+note durations only approximately, but the MIDI output is exact.
@knownissues
other types with the @code{\bar} command. For example, a closing
double bar line is usually placed at the end of a piece:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,relative=1,fragment,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=1,verbatim]
e4 d c2 \bar "|."
@end lilypond
-@c TODO -- make this warning more clear. What does it mean?
-@warning{An incorrect duration can lead to poorly formatted
-music.}
-
-@c TODO -- check this. I think this behavior no longer happens
-@c with completion_heads_engraver, but it may with note_heads_engraver
-@c Make an example showing the problem
-
It is not invalid if the final note in a measure does not
end on the automatically entered bar line: the note is assumed
to carry over into the next measure. But if a long sequence
of such carry-over measures appears the music can appear compressed
or even flowing off the page. This is because automatic line
breaks happen only at the end of complete measures, i.e., where
-the end of a note coincides with the end of a measure.
+all notes end before the end of a measure.
+
+@warning{An incorrect duration can cause line breaks to be
+inhibited, leading to a line of highly compressed music or
+music which flows off the page.}
@cindex line breaks
@cindex bar lines, invisible
The simple bar line and five types of double bar line are available
for manual insertion:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=1,verbatim]
f1 \bar "|" g \bar "||" a \bar ".|" b \bar ".|." c \bar "|.|" d \bar "|." e
@end lilypond
@noindent
together with dotted and dashed bar lines:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=1,verbatim]
f1 \bar ":" g \bar "dashed" a
@end lilypond
@noindent
and five types of repeat bar line:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=1,verbatim]
f1 \bar "|:" g \bar ":|:" a \bar ":|.|:" b \bar ":|.:" c \bar ":|" d
@end lilypond
line at the end of the line and a start repeat at the beginning of
the next line.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,relative=2,fragment,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
\override Score.RehearsalMark #'padding = #3
c c c c
\bar "||:"
connected between different staves of a @code{StaffGroup},
@code{InnerStaffGroup}, @code{PianoStaff}, or @code{GrandStaff}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim]
<<
\new StaffGroup <<
\new Staff {
@seealso
-Notation Reference:
-@ref{Line breaking},
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Line breaking},
@ref{Repeats},
@ref{Grouping staves}.
@code{currentBarNumber} property, which is normally updated
automatically for every measure. It may also be set manually:
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,fragment,relative=1]
c1 c c c
\break
\set Score.currentBarNumber = #50
line visible}, @code{beginning of line visible}. In the following
example bar numbers are printed at all possible places:
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility = #'#(#t #t #t)
\set Score.currentBarNumber = #11
\bar "" % Permit first bar number to be printed
and here the bar numbers are printed every two measures
except at the end of the line:
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility = #'#(#f #t #t)
\set Score.currentBarNumber = #11
\bar "" % Permit first bar number to be printed
numbers in boxes and circles, and shows an alternative way
of specifying @code{#(#f #t #t)} for @code{break-visibility}.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
% Prevent bar numbers at the end of a line and permit them elsewhere
\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility
= #end-of-line-invisible
be positioned directly on the bar line or right-aligned to the
bar line:
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\set Score.currentBarNumber = #111
\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility = #'#(#t #t #t)
% Increase the size of the bar number by 2
Bar numbers can be removed entirely by removing the
@code{Bar_number_engraver} from the @code{Score} context.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\layout {
\context {
\Score
inserted there, and a value other than @code{1} must be placed
in @code{currentBarNumber}:
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\set Score.currentBarNumber = #50
\bar ""
c1 c c c
line wherever it appears in the input, rather than checking
for end of bar.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
pipeSymbol = \bar "||"
{
c'2 c'2 |
To print a rehearsal mark, use the @code{\mark} command
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
c1 \mark \default
c1 \mark \default
c1 \mark #8
procedure. After a few measures, it is set to a procedure that
produces a boxed number.
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\set Score.markFormatter = #format-mark-numbers
c1 \mark \default
c1 \mark \default
\set Score.markFormatter = #format-mark-box-numbers
c1 \mark \default
+\set Score.markFormatter = #format-mark-circle-numbers
c1 \mark \default
+\set Score.markFormatter = #format-mark-circle-letters
c1
@end lilypond
Music glyphs (such as the segno sign) may be printed inside a
@code{\mark}
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
c1 \mark \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.segno" }
c1 \mark \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.coda" }
c1 \mark \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.ufermata" }
@seealso
-This manual:
-@ref{The Feta font},
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{The Feta font},
@ref{Formatting text}.
-Installed Files:
+Installed Files:
@file{scm/@/translation@/-functions@/.scm} contains
the definition of @code{format-mark-numbers} and
@code{format-mark-letters}. They can be used as inspiration for
Internals Reference: @rinternals{RehearsalMark}.
-Examples: @c @lsr{parts,rehearsal-mark-numbers.ly}
-
@node Special rhythmic concerns
@subsection Special rhythmic concerns
@cindex acciaccatura
Grace notes are ornaments that are written out. Grace notes
-are printed in a smaller font and take up no logical time
+are printed in a smaller font and take up no logical time
in a measure.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,relative=2,verbatim,fragment]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
c4 \grace c16 c4
\grace { c16[ d16] } c2
@end lilypond
-Lilypond also supports two special types of grace notes, the
-@emph{acciaccatura}--an unmeasured grace note indicated by a slurred
-small note with a slashed stem--and the @emph{appoggiatura}, which
-takes a fixed fraction of the main note and appears in small print
-without a slash.
+Lilypond also supports two special types of grace notes, the
+@emph{acciaccatura}--an unmeasured grace note indicated by a slurred
+small note with a slashed stem--and the @emph{appoggiatura}, which
+takes a fixed fraction of the main note and appears in small print
+without a slash.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,relative=2,verbatim,fragment]
-\grace c8 b4
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
+\grace c8 b4
\acciaccatura d8 c4
\appoggiatura e8 d4
\acciaccatura { g16[ f] } e4
staves. In the following example, there are two sixteenth grace
notes for every eighth grace note
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,relative=2,verbatim,fragment]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
<< \new Staff { e2 \grace { c16[ d e f] } e2 }
\new Staff { c2 \grace { g8[ b] } c2 } >>
@end lilypond
command. It takes two arguments: the main note, and the grace
notes following the main note.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
c1 \afterGrace d1 { c16[ d] } c1
@end lilypond
This will put the grace notes after a space lasting 3/4 of the
length of the main note. The default fraction 3/4 can be changed by
setting @code{afterGraceFraction}. The following example shows
-the results from setting the space at the default, at 15/16, and
+the results from setting the space at the default, at 15/16, and
finally at 1/2 of the main note.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
<<
\new Staff {
c1 \afterGrace d1 { c16[ d] } c1
specified using spacers. The following example places the grace
note after a space lasting 7/8 of the main note.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\new Voice {
<< { d1^\trill_( }
{ s2 s4. \grace { c16[ d] } } >>
inside the grace expression. Here, the grace note's default stem
direction is overriden and then reverted.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\new Voice {
\acciaccatura {
\stemDown
@snippets
-The slash through the stem found in @emph{acciaccatura}s can be applied
+The slash through the stem found in @emph{acciaccatura}s can be applied
in other situations:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\relative c'' {
\override Stem #'stroke-style = #"grace"
c8( d2) e8( f4)
example undefines the @code{Stem} direction for this grace, so
that stems do not always point up.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
\relative c'' {
\new Staff {
#(add-grace-property 'Voice 'Stem 'direction ly:stem::calc-direction)
#(remove-grace-property 'Voice 'Stem 'direction)
\new Voice {
- \acciaccatura { f16 } g4
+ \acciaccatura { f16 } g4
\grace { d16[ e] } f4
\appoggiatura { a,32[ b c d] } e2
}
Grace notes may be forced to align with regular notes
in other staves:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
<<
\override Score.SpacingSpanner #'strict-grace-spacing = ##t
@knownissues
-A multi-note beamed @emph{acciaccatura} is printed without a slash,
+A multi-note beamed @i{acciaccatura} is printed without a slash,
and looks exactly the same as a multi-note beamed
-@emph{appoggiatura}.
+@i{appoggiatura}.
+
@c TODO Add link to LSR snippet to add slash when available
Grace note synchronization can also lead to surprises. Staff
synchronized. Take care when you mix staves with grace notes and
staves without, for example,
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,relative=2,verbatim,fragment]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
<< \new Staff { e4 \bar "|:" \grace c16 d2. }
\new Staff { c4 \bar "|:" d2. } >>
@end lilypond
This can be remedied by inserting grace skips of the corresponding
durations in the other staves. For the above example
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,relative=2,verbatim,fragment]
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
<< \new Staff { e4 \bar "|:" \grace c16 d2. }
\new Staff { c4 \bar "|:" \grace s16 d2. } >>
@end lilypond
In an orchestral context, cadenzas present a special problem: when
constructing a score that includes a measured cadenza or other solo
-passage, all other instruments should skip just as many notes as the
-length of the cadenza, otherwise they will start too soon or too late.
+passage, all other instruments should skip just as many notes as the
+length of the cadenza, otherwise they will start too soon or too late.
One solution to this problem is to use the functions
@code{mmrest-of-length} and @code{skip-of-length}. These Scheme
-functions take a defined piece of music as an argument and generate a
-multi-measure rest or @code{\skip} exactly as long as the piece.
+functions take a defined piece of music as an argument and generate a
+multi-measure rest or @code{\skip} exactly as long as the piece.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
MyCadenza = \relative c' {
- c4 d8 e f g g4
+ c4 d8 e f g g4
f2 g4 g
}
\new GrandStaff <<
- \new Staff {
- \MyCadenza c'1
+ \new Staff {
+ \MyCadenza c'1
\MyCadenza c'1
}
\new Staff {
advanced by 1/8 to 5/8, shortening that bar by 1/8.
The next bar line then falls at 9/8 rather than 5/4.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative,fragment]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
\set Score.measureLength = #(ly:make-moment 5 4)
c1 c4
c1 c4
note with pitch E-natural.} In the key of A-flat major, it
@emph{does} get an accidental:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\key aes \major
e
@end lilypond
@node Objects and interfaces
@subsection Objects and interfaces
-@cindex objects
-@cindex grobs
-@cindex spanners
-@cindex interfaces
+@cindex object
+@cindex grob
+@cindex spanner
+@cindex interface
+@cindex properties, object
+@cindex object properties
+@cindex layout object
+@cindex object, layout
+@cindex interface
Tweaking involves modifying the internal operation and structures
of the LilyPond program, so we must first introduce some terms
note heads, ties, dynamics, etc. Every object has its own set of
property values.
-Some types of object are given special names. Objects which
-represent items of notation on the printed output such as
- note heads, stems, slurs, ties, fingering, clefs, etc are called
-@q{Layout objects}, often known as @q{Graphical Objects}, or
-@q{Grobs} for short. These are still objects in the generic sense
-above, and so they too all have properties associated with them,
-such as their position, size, color, etc.
+Some types of object are given special names. Objects which represent
+items of notation on the printed output such as note heads, stems,
+slurs, ties, fingering, clefs, etc are called @q{Layout objects},
+often known as @q{Graphical Objects}, or @q{Grobs} for short. These
+are still objects in the generic sense above, and so they too all have
+properties associated with them, such as their position, size, color,
+etc.
Some layout objects are still more specialized. Phrasing slurs,
crescendo hairpins, ottava marks, and many other grobs are not
shape. Objects with an extended shape like these are called
@q{Spanners}.
-It remains to explain what @q{Interfaces} are. Many objects,
-even though they are quite different, share common features
-which need to be processed in the same way.
-For example, all grobs have a color, a size, a position, etc,
-and all these properties are processed in the same way during
-LilyPond's
-interpretation of the input file. To simplify these internal
-operations these common actions and properties are grouped
-together in an object called a @code{grob-interface}. There
-are many other groupings of common properties like this, each
-one given a name ending in @code{interface}. In total there
-are over 100 such interfaces. We shall see later why this is
-of interest and use to the user.
+It remains to explain what @q{Interfaces} are. Many objects, even
+though they are quite different, share common features which need to
+be processed in the same way. For example, all grobs have a color, a
+size, a position, etc, and all these properties are processed in the
+same way during LilyPond's interpretation of the input file. To
+simplify these internal operations these common actions and properties
+are grouped together in an object called a @code{grob-interface}.
+There are many other groupings of common properties like this, each
+one given a name ending in @code{interface}. In total there are over
+100 such interfaces. We shall see later why this is of interest and
+use to the user.
These, then, are the main terms relating to objects which we
shall use in this chapter.
@node Naming conventions of objects and properties
@subsection Naming conventions of objects and properties
+@cindex naming conventions for objects
+@cindex naming conventions for properties
+@cindex objects, naming conventions
+@cindex properties, naming conventions
+
We met some object naming conventions previously, in
@ref{Contexts and engravers}. Here for reference is a list
of the most common object and property types together with
@node Tweaking methods
@subsection Tweaking methods
+@cindex tweaking methods
+
@strong{\override command}
@cindex override command
+@cindex override syntax
+
@funindex \override
+@funindex override
-We have already met the commands @code{\set} and @code{\with},
-used to change the properties of @strong{contexts} and to remove
-and add @strong{engravers}, in
-@ref{Modifying context properties}, and @ref{Adding
-and removing engravers}. We now must meet some more important
-commands.
+We have already met the commands @code{\set} and @code{\with}, used to
+change the properties of @strong{contexts} and to remove and add
+@strong{engravers}, in @ref{Modifying context properties}, and
+@ref{Adding and removing engravers}. We now must meet some more
+important commands.
The command to change the properties of @strong{layout objects} is
@code{\override}. Because this command has to modify
The general syntax of this command is:
@example
-\override @var{Context}.@var{LayoutObject} #'@var{layout-property} = #@var{value}
+\override @var{Context}.@var{LayoutObject} #'@var{layout-property} =
+#@var{value}
@end example
@noindent
-This will set the property with the name @var{layout-property}
-of the layout object with the name
-@var{LayoutObject}, which is a member of the @var{Context}
-context, to the value @var{value}.
+This will set the property with the name @var{layout-property} of the
+layout object with the name @var{LayoutObject}, which is a member of
+the @var{Context} context, to the value @var{value}.
The @var{Context} can be omitted (and usually is) when the
required context is unambiguously implied and is one of lowest
used. Here is a simple example to change the color of the
note head:
+@cindex color property, example
+@cindex NoteHead, example of overriding
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=1]
c d
\override NoteHead #'color = #red
@strong{\revert command}
@cindex revert command
+
@funindex \revert
+@funindex revert
Once overridden, the property retains its new value until it is
overridden again or a @code{\revert} command is encountered.
in many of the following examples. Here we revert the color
of the note head to the default value for the final two notes:
+@cindex color property, example
+@cindex NoteHead, example of overriding
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=1]
c d
\override NoteHead #'color = #red
@strong{\once prefix}
+@funindex \once
+@funindex once
+
Both the @code{\override} and the @code{\set} commands may be
prefixed by @code{\once}. This causes the following
@code{\override} or @code{\set} command to be effective only
back to its default value. Using the same example, we can
change the color of a single note like this:
+@cindex color property, example
+@cindex NoteHead, example of overriding
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=1]
c d
\once \override NoteHead #'color = #red
@strong{\overrideProperty command}
@cindex overrideProperty command
+
@funindex \overrideProperty
+@funindex overrideProperty
There is another form of the override command,
@code{\overrideProperty}, which is occasionally required.
@strong{\tweak command}
@cindex tweak command
+
@funindex \tweak
+@funindex tweak
The final tweaking command which is available is @code{\tweak}.
This should be used to change the properties of objects which
middle note head (the E) in a C major chord. Let's first see what
@code{\once \override} would do:
+@cindex font-size property, example
+@cindex NoteHead, example of overriding
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=1]
<c e g>4
\once \override NoteHead #'font-size = #-3
So to return to our example, the size of the middle note of
a chord would be changed in this way:
+@cindex font-size property, example
+@cindex @code{\tweak}, example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=1]
<c e g>4
<c \tweak #'font-size #-3 e g>4
A @code{\tweak} command can also be used to modify just one in
a series of articulations, as shown here:
+@cindex color property, example
+@cindex @code{\tweak}, example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
a ^Black
-\tweak #'color #red ^Red
@cindex bracket, tuplet
@cindex tuplet bracket
@cindex triplet bracket
+
@funindex TupletBracket
The @code{\tweak} command must also be used to change the
notes and the second one specifies that the tuplet number is to be
printed in red on the first short tuplet bracket.
+@cindex @code{\tweak}, example
+@cindex direction property, example
+@cindex color property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
\tweak #'direction #up
\times 4/3 {
appearance may be modified in the usual way with
@code{\override} commands:
+@cindex text property, example
+@cindex tuplet-number function, example
+@cindex transparent property, example
+@cindex TupletNumber, example of overriding
+
@c NOTE Tuplet brackets collide if notes are high on staff
@c See issue 509
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
@cindex properties of grobs
@cindex grobs, properties of
@cindex layout objects, properties of
+@cindex Internals Reference manual
Suppose you have a slur in a score which, to your mind,
appears too thin and you'd like to draw it a little heavier.
@cindex override example
@cindex Internals Reference, example of using
+@cindex @code{\addlyrics} example
Let's use a concrete example with a simple fragment of real
music:
The man who feels love's sweet e -- mo -- tion
}
}
-@end lilypond
+@end lilypond
Suppose now that we decide we would like the slurs to be a
little heavier. Is this possible? The slur is certainly a
answer is, @q{Within the music, before the first slur and
close to it.} Let's do that:
+@cindex Slur example of overriding
+@cindex thickness property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 6/8
which follow.
@subheading Finding the context
+
@cindex context, finding
+@cindex context, identifying correct
But first, what if we had needed to specify the Context?
What should it be? We could guess that slurs are in
@cindex overriding once only
@cindex once override
-@funindex \once
-As you can see, @emph{all} the slurs are thicker in the
-final example above. But what if we
-wanted just the first slur to be thicker? This is achieved
-with the @code{\once} command. Placed immediately before
-the @code{\override} command it causes it to change only the
-slur which begins on the @strong{immediately following} note.
-If the
-immediately following note does not begin a slur the command
-has no effect at all -- it is not remembered until a slur
-is encountered, it is simply discarded. So the command with
-@code{\once} must be
+@funindex \once
+@funindex once
+
+As you can see, @emph{all} the slurs are thicker in the final example
+above. But what if we wanted just the first slur to be thicker? This
+is achieved with the @code{\once} command. Placed immediately before
+the @code{\override} command it causes it to change only the slur
+which begins on the @strong{immediately following} note. If the
+immediately following note does not begin a slur the command has no
+effect at all -- it is not remembered until a slur is encountered, it
+is simply discarded. So the command with @code{\once} must be
repositioned as follows:
+@cindex Slur, example of overriding
+@cindex thickness property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 6/8
@subheading Reverting
@cindex revert
-@cindex default properties, reverting
+@cindex default properties, reverting to
+
@funindex \revert
+@funindex revert
Finally, what if we wanted just the first two slurs to be
heavier? Well, we could use two commands, each preceded by
@code{\once} placed immediately before each of the notes where
the slurs begin:
+@cindex Slur, example of overriding
+@cindex thickness property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 6/8
@end lilypond
@noindent
-or we could omit the @code{\once} command and use the
-@code{\revert} command
-to return the @code{thickness} property to its default value
+or we could omit the @code{\once} command and use the @code{\revert}
+command to return the @code{thickness} property to its default value
after the second slur:
+@cindex Slur, example of overriding
+@cindex thickness property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 6/8
@node Properties found in interfaces
@subsection Properties found in interfaces
+@cindex interface
@cindex interface properties
@cindex properties in interfaces
-Suppose now that we wish to print the lyrics in italics. What
-form of @code{\override} command do we need to do this?
-We first look in the IR page listing @q{All layout objects}, as
-before, and look for an object that might control lyrics. We
-find @code{LyricText}, which looks right. Clicking on this shows
-the settable properties for lyric text. These include the
-@code{font-series} and @code{font-size}, but nothing that might
-give an italic shape.
-This is because the shape property is one that is common to all
-font objects, so, rather than including it in every layout
-object, it is grouped together with other similar common
-properties and placed in an @strong{Interface}, the
+Suppose now that we wish to print the lyrics in italics. What form of
+@code{\override} command do we need to do this? We first look in the
+IR page listing @q{All layout objects}, as before, and look for an
+object that might control lyrics. We find @code{LyricText}, which
+looks right. Clicking on this shows the settable properties for lyric
+text. These include the @code{font-series} and @code{font-size}, but
+nothing that might give an italic shape. This is because the shape
+property is one that is common to all font objects, so, rather than
+including it in every layout object, it is grouped together with other
+similar common properties and placed in an @strong{Interface}, the
@code{font-interface}.
So now we need to learn how to find the properties of interfaces,
including @code{font-shape(symbol)}, where @code{symbol} can be
set to @code{upright}, @code{italics} or @code{caps}.
-You will notice that @code{font-series} and @code{font-size}
-are also listed there.
-This immediately raises the question: Why are the common font
-properties @code{font-series} and @code{font-size} listed under
-@code{LyricText} as well as under the interface
-@code{font-interface} but @code{font-shape} is not? The answer
-is that @code{font-series} and @code{font-size} are changed
-from their global default values when a @code{LyricText} object
-is created, but @code{font-shape} is not. The entries in
-@code{LyricText} then tell you the values for those two
-properties which apply to @code{LyricText}. Other objects
-which support @code{font-interface} will set these
-properties differently when they are created.
+You will notice that @code{font-series} and @code{font-size} are also
+listed there. This immediately raises the question: Why are the
+common font properties @code{font-series} and @code{font-size} listed
+under @code{LyricText} as well as under the interface
+@code{font-interface} but @code{font-shape} is not? The answer is
+that @code{font-series} and @code{font-size} are changed from their
+global default values when a @code{LyricText} object is created, but
+@code{font-shape} is not. The entries in @code{LyricText} then tell
+you the values for those two properties which apply to
+@code{LyricText}. Other objects which support @code{font-interface}
+will set these properties differently when they are created.
Let's see if we can now construct the @code{\override} command
to change the lyrics to italics. The object is @code{LyricText},
and this should be placed just in front of and close to the
lyrics which it should affect, like this:
+@cindex font-shape property, example
+@cindex italic, example
+@cindex LyricText, example of overriding
+@cindex @code{\addlyrics}, example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 6/8
and the lyrics are all printed in italics.
@subheading Specifying the context in lyric mode
+
@cindex context, specifying in lyric mode
+@cindex lyric mode, specifying context
In the case of lyrics, if you try specifying the context in the
format given earlier the command will fail. A syllable
@node Types of properties
@subsection Types of properties
-@cindex Property types
+@cindex property types
So far we have seen two types of property: @code{number} and
@code{symbol}. To be valid, the value given to a property
describing that grob, and those properties may be viewed by looking at
those interfaces.
-We explained how to find information about grobs in
-@ref{Properties of layout objects}. Using the same approach,
-we go to the IR to find the layout object which prints
-bar lines. Going via @emph{Backend} and @emph{All layout objects}
-we find there
-is a layout object called @code{BarLine}. Its properties include
-two that control its visibility: @code{break-visibility} and
-@code{stencil}. Barline also supports a number of interfaces,
-including the @code{grob-interface}, where we find the
-@code{transparent} and the @code{color} properties. All
-of these can affect the visibility of bar lines (and, of course,
-by extension, many other layout objects too.) Let's consider
-each of these in turn.
+We explained how to find information about grobs in @ref{Properties of
+layout objects}. Using the same approach, we go to the IR to find the
+layout object which prints bar lines. Going via @emph{Backend} and
+@emph{All layout objects} we find there is a layout object called
+@code{BarLine}. Its properties include two that control its
+visibility: @code{break-visibility} and @code{stencil}. Barline also
+supports a number of interfaces, including the @code{grob-interface},
+where we find the @code{transparent} and the @code{color} properties.
+All of these can affect the visibility of bar lines (and, of course,
+by extension, many other layout objects too.) Let's consider each of
+these in turn.
@subheading stencil
+
@cindex stencil property
This property controls the appearance of the bar lines by specifying
setting its value to @code{#f}. Let's try it, as before, omitting
the implied Context, @code{Voice}:
+@cindex BarLine, example of overriding
+@cindex stencil property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 12/16
}
@end lilypond
-The bar lines are still printed. What is wrong? Go back to the
-IR and look again at the page giving the properties of BarLine.
-At the top of the page it says @qq{Barline objects are created
-by: Bar_engraver}. Go to the @code{Bar_engraver} page.
-At the bottom
-it gives a list of Contexts in which the bar engraver operates.
-All of them are of the type @code{Staff}, so the reason the
-@code{\override} command failed to work as expected is because
-@code{Barline} is not in the default @code{Voice} context.
-If the context
-is specified wrongly, the command simply does not work. No
-error message is produced, and nothing is logged in the log
-file. Let's try correcting it by adding the correct context:
+The bar lines are still printed. What is wrong? Go back to the IR
+and look again at the page giving the properties of BarLine. At the
+top of the page it says @qq{Barline objects are created by:
+Bar_engraver}. Go to the @code{Bar_engraver} page. At the bottom it
+gives a list of Contexts in which the bar engraver operates. All of
+them are of the type @code{Staff}, so the reason the @code{\override}
+command failed to work as expected is because @code{Barline} is not in
+the default @code{Voice} context. If the context is specified
+wrongly, the command simply does not work. No error message is
+produced, and nothing is logged in the log file. Let's try correcting
+it by adding the correct context:
+
+@cindex BarLine, example of overriding
+@cindex stencil property, example
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
{
@cindex break-visibility property
We see from the @code{BarLine} properties in the IR that the
-@code{break-visibility} property requires a vector of three
-booleans.
-These control respectively whether bar lines are printed at
-the end of a line, in the middle of lines, and at the beginning
-of lines. For our example we want all bar lines to be suppressed,
-so the value we need is @code{'#(#f #f #f)}.
-Let's try that, remembering
-to include the @code{Staff} context. Note also that in writing
-this value we have @code{#'#} before the opening bracket.
-The @code{'#} is required as part of the value to introduce a
-vector, and the first @code{#} is required, as always, to precede
-the value itself in the @code{\override} command.
+@code{break-visibility} property requires a vector of three booleans.
+These control respectively whether bar lines are printed at the end of
+a line, in the middle of lines, and at the beginning of lines. For
+our example we want all bar lines to be suppressed, so the value we
+need is @code{'#(#f #f #f)}. Let's try that, remembering to include
+the @code{Staff} context. Note also that in writing this value we
+have @code{#'#} before the opening bracket. The @code{'#} is required
+as part of the value to introduce a vector, and the first @code{#} is
+required, as always, to precede the value itself in the
+@code{\override} command.
+
+@cindex BarLine, example of overriding
+@cindex break-visibility property, example
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
{
And we see this too removes all the bar lines.
@subheading transparent
-@cindex transparent property
-We see from the properties specified in the @code{grob-interface}
-page in the IR that the @code{transparent} property is a boolean.
-This
-should be set to @code{#t} to make the grob transparent.
-In this next example let us make the time signature invisible
-rather than the bar lines.
-To do this we need to find the grob name for the time signature.
-Back to
-the @q{All layout objects} page in the IR to find the properties
-of the @code{TimeSignature} layout object. This is produced by
-the @code{Time_signature_engraver} which you can check also lives
-in the @code{Staff} context and also supports the
+@cindex transparent property
+@cindex transparency
+
+We see from the properties specified in the @code{grob-interface} page
+in the IR that the @code{transparent} property is a boolean. This
+should be set to @code{#t} to make the grob transparent. In this next
+example let us make the time signature invisible rather than the bar
+lines. To do this we need to find the grob name for the time
+signature. Back to the @q{All layout objects} page in the IR to find
+the properties of the @code{TimeSignature} layout object. This is
+produced by the @code{Time_signature_engraver} which you can check
+also lives in the @code{Staff} context and also supports the
@code{grob-interface}. So the command to make the time signature
transparent is:
+@cindex TimeSignature, example of overriding
+@cindex transparent property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 12/16
stencil for the time signature should be set to @code{#f}
instead:
+@cindex TimeSignature, example of overriding
+@cindex stencil property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 12/16
leaves it where it is, but makes it invisible.
@subheading color
+
@cindex color property
Finally let us try making the bar lines invisible by coloring
@ruser{List of colors}. To set the bar lines to white
we write:
+@cindex BarLine, example of overriding
+@cindex color property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 12/16
@cindex color, X11
@cindex X11 colors
+@funindex x11-color
+
The second way of changing the color is to use the list of
X11 color names in the second list in @ruser{List of colors}.
However, these must be preceded by another function, which
converts X11 color names into the list of internal values,
@code{x11-color}, like this:
+@cindex BarLine, example of overriding
+@cindex color property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 12/16
@cindex rgb colors
@cindex color, rgb
+@funindex rgb-color
+
There is yet a third function, one which converts RGB values into
internal colors -- the @code{rgb-color} function. This takes
three arguments giving the intensities of the red, green and
set the color to red the value should be @code{(rgb-color 1 0 0)}
and to white it should be @code{(rgb-color 1 1 1)}:
+@cindex BarLine, example of overriding
+@cindex color property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 12/16
this by setting all the layout objects in our example to
various shades of grey:
+@cindex StaffSymbol, example of overriding
+@cindex TimeSignature, example of overriding
+@cindex Clef, example of overriding
+@cindex NoteHead, example of overriding
+@cindex Stem, example of overriding
+@cindex BarLine, example of overriding
+@cindex color property, example
+@cindex x11-color, example of using
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 12/16
@node Size of objects
@subsection Size of objects
+@cindex changing size of objects
+@cindex size of objects
+@cindex objects, size of
+@cindex objects, changing size of
+
Let us begin by looking again at the earlier example
see @ref{Nesting music expressions}) which showed
how to introduce a new temporary staff, as in an @rglos{ossia}.
+@cindex alignAboveContext property, example
+@cindex @code{\with}, example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
\new Staff ="main" {
\relative g' {
already know now how to remove the clef and time signature --
we simply set the stencil of each to @code{#f}, as follows:
+@cindex alignAboveContext property, example
+@cindex @code{\with}, example
+@cindex stencil property, example
+@cindex Clef, example of overriding
+@cindex TimeSignature, example of overriding
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
\new Staff ="main" {
\relative g' {
required to ensure the enclosed overrides and music are applied
to the ossia staff.
-But what is the difference between modifying the staff context by
+But what is the difference between modifying the staff context by
using @code{\with} and modifying the stencils of the clef and the
-time signature with \override? The main difference is that
+time signature with \override? The main difference is that
changes made in a @code{\with} clause are made at the time the
context is created, and remain in force as the @strong{default}
values for the duration of that context, whereas
music are dynamic -- they make changes synchronized with
a particular point in the music. If changes are unset or
reverted using @code{\unset} or @code{\revert} they return to
-their default values, which will be the ones set in the
+their default values, which will be the ones set in the
@code{\with} clause, or if none have been set there, the normal
default values.
-Some context properties
-can be modified only in @code{\with} clauses. These are those
-properties which cannot sensibly be changed after the context
-has been created. @code{alignAboveContext} and its partner,
-@code{alignBelowContext}, are two such properties -- once the
-staff has been created its alignment is decided and it would
-make no sense to try to change it later.
+Some context properties can be modified only in @code{\with} clauses.
+These are those properties which cannot sensibly be changed after the
+context has been created. @code{alignAboveContext} and its partner,
+@code{alignBelowContext}, are two such properties -- once the staff
+has been created its alignment is decided and it would make no sense
+to try to change it later.
The default values of layout object properties can also be set
in @code{\with} clauses. Simply use the normal @code{\override}
So we could replace the example above with
+@cindex alignAboveContext property, example
+@cindex @code{\with}, example
+@cindex Clef, example of overriding
+@cindex TimeSignature, example of overriding
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
\new Staff ="main" {
\relative g' {
Finally we come to changing the size of layout objects.
-Some layout objects are created as glyphs selected from
-a typeface font. These include note heads, accidentals, markup,
-clefs, time signatures, dynamics and lyrics.
-Their size is changed by modifying the
-@code{font-size} property, as we shall shortly see. Other
-layout objects such as slurs and ties -- in general, spanner
-objects -- are drawn individually, so there is no
-@code{font-size}
-associated with them. These objects generally derive their
-size from the objects to which they are attached, so usually
-there is no need to change their size manually. Still other
-properties such as the length of stems and bar lines, thickness
-of beams and other lines, and the separation of staff lines all
-need to be modified in special ways.
+Some layout objects are created as glyphs selected from a typeface
+font. These include note heads, accidentals, markup, clefs, time
+signatures, dynamics and lyrics. Their size is changed by modifying
+the @code{font-size} property, as we shall shortly see. Other layout
+objects such as slurs and ties -- in general, spanner objects -- are
+drawn individually, so there is no @code{font-size} associated with
+them. These objects generally derive their size from the objects to
+which they are attached, so usually there is no need to change their
+size manually. Still other properties such as the length of stems and
+bar lines, thickness of beams and other lines, and the separation of
+staff lines all need to be modified in special ways.
Returning to the ossia example, let us first change the font-size.
We can do this in two ways. We can either change the size of the
Let's try it in our ossia example:
+@cindex alignAboveContext property, example
+@cindex @code{\with}, example
+@cindex Clef, example of overriding
+@cindex TimeSignature, example of overriding
+@cindex fontSize property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
\new Staff ="main" {
\relative g' {
}
@end lilypond
-This is still not quite right. The note heads and flags are
+This is still not quite right. The note heads and flags are
smaller, but the stems are too long in proportion and the
staff lines are spaced too widely apart. These need to be
scaled down in proportion to the font reduction. The next
@node Length and thickness of objects
@subsection Length and thickness of objects
-@cindex Distances
-@cindex Thickness
-@cindex Length
+@cindex distances
+@cindex thickness
+@cindex length
@cindex magstep
@cindex size, changing
@cindex stem length, changing
and returns a scaling factor suitable for reducing other
objects in proportion. It is used like this:
+@cindex alignAboveContext property, example
+@cindex @code{\with}, example
+@cindex Clef, example of overriding
+@cindex TimeSignature, example of overriding
+@cindex fontSize property, example
+@cindex StaffSymbol, example of overriding
+@cindex magstep function, example of using
+@cindex staff-space property, example
+@cindex stencil property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
\new Staff ="main" {
\relative g' {
@end lilypond
@noindent
-Since the length of stems and many other length-related properties
-are always calculated relative to the
-value of the @code{staff-space} property these are automatically
-scaled down in length too. Note that this affects only the
-vertical scale of the ossia -- the horizontal scale is determined
-by the layout of the main music in order to remain synchronized
-with it, so it is not affected by any of these changes in size.
-Of course, if the scale of all the main music were changed in this
-way then the horizontal spacing would be affected. This is
+Since the length of stems and many other length-related properties are
+always calculated relative to the value of the @code{staff-space}
+property these are automatically scaled down in length too. Note that
+this affects only the vertical scale of the ossia -- the horizontal
+scale is determined by the layout of the main music in order to remain
+synchronized with it, so it is not affected by any of these changes in
+size. Of course, if the scale of all the main music were changed in
+this way then the horizontal spacing would be affected. This is
discussed later in the layout section.
This, then, completes the creation of an ossia. The sizes and
For small changes in scale, as in the example above, the
thickness of the various drawn lines such as bar lines,
-beams, hairpins, slurs, etc does not usually require global
+beams, hairpins, slurs, etc does not usually require global
adjustment. If the thickness of any particular layout object
needs to be adjusted this can be best achieved by overriding its
@code{thickness} property. An example of changing the thickness
of slurs was shown above in @ref{Properties of layout objects}.
The thickness of all drawn objects (i.e., those not produced
-from a font) may be changed in the same way.
+from a font) may be changed in the same way.
@node Placement of objects
@section Placement of objects
@menu
-* Automatic behavior::
-* Within-staff objects::
-* Outside staff objects::
+* Automatic behavior::
+* Within-staff objects::
+* Outside-staff objects::
@end menu
@node Automatic behavior
@subsection Automatic behavior
+@cindex within-staff objects
+@cindex outside-staff objects
+@cindex objects, within-staff
+@cindex objects, outside-staff
+
There are some objects in musical notation that belong to
the staff and there are other objects that should be
placed outside the staff. These are called within-staff
which the objects should be placed, as follows.
First, LilyPond places all the within-staff objects.
-Then it sorts the outside-staff objects according to their
+Then it sorts the outside-staff objects according to their
@code{outside-staff-priority}. The outside-staff objects are
taken one by one, beginning with the object with the lowest
@code{outside-staff-priority}, and placed so that they do not
-collide with any objects that have already been placed. That is,
-if two outside-staff grobs are competing for the same space, the
+collide with any objects that have already been placed. That is,
+if two outside-staff grobs are competing for the same space, the
one with the lower @code{outside-staff-priority} will be placed
closer to the staff. If two objects have the same
@code{outside-staff-priority} the one encountered first will be
placed closer to the staff.
-In the following example all the markup texts have the same
+In the following example all the markup texts have the same
priority (since it is not explicitly set). Note that @q{Text3}
is automatically positioned close to the staff again, nestling
under @q{Text2}.
+@cindex markup example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
c2^"Text1"
c^"Text2"
right or left when they point up or down. This is controlled
automatically when @code{direction} is set.
-The following example shows in bar 1 the default behavior of
-stems,
-with those on high notes pointing down and those on low notes
-pointing up, followed by four notes with all stems forced down,
-four notes with all stems forced up, and finally four notes
-reverted back to the default behavior.
+@cindex down
+@cindex up
+@cindex center
+@cindex neutral
+
+The following example shows in bar 1 the default behavior of stems,
+with those on high notes pointing down and those on low notes pointing
+up, followed by four notes with all stems forced down, four notes with
+all stems forced up, and finally four notes reverted back to the
+default behavior.
+
+@cindex Stem, example of overriding
+@cindex direction property, example
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
a4 g c a
@code{UP} for stems, but for some objects it means @q{center}.
There is a constant, @code{CENTER} which has the value @code{0}.
-However, these explicit overrides are not usually used, as there
-are simpler equivalent predefined commands available.
-Here is a table of the commonest. The meaning of each is stated
-where it is not obvious.
+However, these explicit overrides are not usually used, as there are
+simpler equivalent predefined commands available. Here is a table of
+the commonest. The meaning of each is stated where it is not obvious.
@multitable @columnfractions .2 .2 .25 .35
@headitem Down/Left
@code{\xxxNeutral} command.
@subheading Fingering
+
@cindex fingering, placement
+@cindex fingering, chords
The placement of fingering on single notes can also be controlled
by the @code{direction} property, but changing @code{direction}
behaviour, and the following two bars shows the effect of
specifying @code{DOWN} and @code{UP}:
+@cindex Fingering, example of overriding
+@cindex direction property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
c-5 a-3 f-1 c'-5
\override Fingering #'direction = #DOWN
the fingering number is usually preferable. Here is the previous
example using this method:
+@cindex fingering example
+
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
c-5 a-3 f-1 c'-5
c_5 a_3 f_1 c'_5
the fingering is automatically placed both above and below the
notes of a chord, as shown:
+@cindex fingering example
+
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
<c-5 g-3>
<c-5 g-3 e-2>
but this may be overriden to manually force all or any of the
individual fingering numbers above or below:
+@cindex fingering example
+
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
<c-5 g-3 e-2 c-1>
<c^5 g_3 e_2 c_1>
Here are a few examples:
+@cindex fingering example
+@cindex @code{\set}, example of using
+@cindex fingeringOrientations property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=1]
\set fingeringOrientations = #'(left)
<f-2>
< c-1 e-2 g-3 b-5 > 4
@end lilypond
-@node Outside staff objects
-@subsection Outside staff objects
+@node Outside-staff objects
+@subsection Outside-staff objects
Outside-staff objects are automatically placed to avoid collisions.
Objects with the lower value of the @code{outside-staff-priority}
these.
@cindex text spanner
+@cindex ottava bracket
+
@funindex \startTextSpan
+@funindex startTextSpan
@funindex \stopTextSpan
-@cindex ottava bracket
+@funindex stopTextSpan
+
+@cindex TextSpanner, example of overriding
+@cindex bound-details property, example
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=1]
% Set details for later Text Spanner
It also shows how ottava brackets are created.
-Note that bar numbers, metronome marks and rehearsal marks
-are not shown. By default these are created in the
-@code{Score} context and their @code{outside-staff-priority}
-is ignored relative to the layout objects which are created
-in the @code{Staff} context.
-If you wish to place bar numbers, metronome marks or rehearsal
-marks in accordance with the value of their
-@code{outside-staff-priority} the @code{Bar_number_engraver},
-@code{Metronome_mark_engraver} or @code{Mark_engraver} respectively
-should be removed from the @code{Score} context and placed in the
-top @code{Staff} context. If this is done, these marks will be
-given the following default @code{outside-staff-priority} values:
+@cindex tweaking bar number placement
+@cindex bar numbers, tweaking placement
+@cindex tweaking metronome mark placement
+@cindex metronome mark, tweaking placement
+@cindex tweaking rehearsal mark placement
+@cindex rehearsal marks, tweaking placement
+
+Note that bar numbers, metronome marks and rehearsal marks are not
+shown. By default these are created in the @code{Score} context and
+their @code{outside-staff-priority} is ignored relative to the layout
+objects which are created in the @code{Staff} context. If you wish to
+place bar numbers, metronome marks or rehearsal marks in accordance
+with the value of their @code{outside-staff-priority} the
+@code{Bar_number_engraver}, @code{Metronome_mark_engraver} or
+@code{Mark_engraver} respectively should be removed from the
+@code{Score} context and placed in the top @code{Staff} context. If
+this is done, these marks will be given the following default
+@code{outside-staff-priority} values:
@multitable @columnfractions .3 .3
@headitem Layout Object @tab Priority
@item @code{BarNumber} @tab @code{ 100}
@end multitable
-If the default values of @code{outside-staff-priority} do not
-give you the placing you want, the priority of any of the objects
-may be overridden. Suppose we would
-like the ottava bracket to be placed below the text spanner in the
-example above. All we need to do is to look up the priority of
-@code{OttavaBracket} in the IR or in the tables above, and reduce
-it to a value lower than that of a @code{TextSpanner}, remembering
-that @code{OttavaBracket} is created in the @code{Staff} context:
+If the default values of @code{outside-staff-priority} do not give you
+the placing you want, the priority of any of the objects may be
+overridden. Suppose we would like the ottava bracket to be placed
+below the text spanner in the example above. All we need to do is to
+look up the priority of @code{OttavaBracket} in the IR or in the
+tables above, and reduce it to a value lower than that of a
+@code{TextSpanner}, remembering that @code{OttavaBracket} is created
+in the @code{Staff} context:
+
+@cindex TextSpanner, example of overriding
+@cindex bound-details property, example
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=1]
% Set details for later Text Spanner
in the IR or in the tables above, and increase the priority of
@qq{Text3} to a higher value:
+@cindex TextScript, example of overriding
+@cindex outside-staff-priority property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
c2^"Text1"
c^"Text2"
c^"Text4"
@end lilypond
-This certainly lifts @qq{Text3} above @qq{Text4} but it also
-lifts it above @qq{Text2}, and @qq{Text4} now drops down.
-Perhaps this is not so good. What we would really like to do
-is to position all the annotation at the same distance above
-the staff? To do this, we clearly
-will need to space the notes out horizontally to make more
+This certainly lifts @qq{Text3} above @qq{Text4} but it also lifts it
+above @qq{Text2}, and @qq{Text4} now drops down. Perhaps this is not
+so good. What we would really like to do is to position all the
+annotation at the same distance above the staff. To do this, we
+clearly will need to space the notes out horizontally to make more
room for the text. This is done using the @code{textLengthOn}
command.
@subheading \textLengthOn
-@funindex \textLengthOn
@cindex notes, spreading out with text
+@funindex \textLengthOn
+@funindex textLengthOn
+@funindex \textLengthOff
+@funindex textLengthOff
+
By default, text produced by markup takes up no horizontal space
as far as laying out the music is concerned. The @code{\textLengthOn}
command reverses this behavior, causing the notes to be spaced
@code{\override}, @code{\set}, @code{\revert} or @code{unset},
so cannot be used with @code{\textLengthOn}.
+@cindex markup text, allowing collisions
+
Markup text will also avoid notes which project above the staff.
If this is not desired, the automatic displacement upwards may
be turned off by setting the priority to @code{#f}. Here's an
example to show how markup text interacts with such notes.
+@cindex TextScript, example of overriding
+@cindex outside-staff-priority property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
% This markup is short enough to fit without collision
c2^"Tex"
@subheading Dynamics
+@cindex tweaking dynamics placement
+@cindex dynamics, tweaking placement
+
Dynamic markings will normally be positioned beneath the
staff, but may be positioned above with the @code{dynamicUp}
command. They will be positioned vertically relative to the
@end lilypond
@noindent
-Should a similar situation arise in @q{real} music, it may
-be preferable to space out the notes
-a little further, so the dynamic markings can all fit at the
-same vertical distance from the staff. We were able to do this
-for markup text by using the @code{\textLengthOn} command, but there
-is no equivalent command for dynamic marks. So we shall have to
-work out how to do this using @code{\override} commands.
+Should a similar situation arise in @q{real} music, it may be
+preferable to space out the notes a little further, so the dynamic
+markings can all fit at the same vertical distance from the staff. We
+were able to do this for markup text by using the @code{\textLengthOn}
+command, but there is no equivalent command for dynamic marks. So we
+shall have to work out how to do this using @code{\override} commands.
@subheading Grob sizing
@cindex grob sizing
@cindex sizing grobs
-@cindex @code{X-offset}
-@cindex @code{Y-offset}
-@cindex @code{X-extent}
-@cindex @code{Y-extent}
First we must learn how grobs are sized. All grobs have a
reference point defined within them which is used to position
@noindent
Let's see if this works in our previous example:
+@cindex DynamicText, example of overriding
+@cindex extra-spacing-width property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
\dynamicUp
\override DynamicText #'extra-spacing-width = #'(0 . 0)
lines, so moving the left edge half a unit to the left and the
right edge half a unit to the right should do it:
+@cindex DynamicText, example of overriding
+@cindex extra-spacing-width property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
\dynamicUp
% Extend width by 1 staff space
@node Moving objects
@subsection Moving objects
+@cindex moving overlapping objects
+@cindex moving colliding objects
+@cindex moving colliding grobs
+@cindex objects, moving colliding
+@cindex grobs, moving colliding
+
This may come as a surprise, but LilyPond is not perfect. Some
notation elements can overlap. This is unfortunate, but in fact
rather rare. Usually the need to move objects is for clarity or
suitable.
@item
-The @strong{object properties}, which LilyPond uses
-when positioning layout objects, may be modified using
-@code{\override}. The advantages
-of making changes to this type of property are (a) that some
-other objects will be moved automatically if necessary to make
-room and (b) the single override can apply to all instances of
-the same type of object. Such properties include:
+The @strong{object properties}, which LilyPond uses when positioning
+layout objects, may be modified using @code{\override}. The
+advantages of making changes to this type of property are (a) that
+some other objects will be moved automatically if necessary to make
+room and (b) the single override can apply to all instances of the
+same type of object. Such properties include:
@itemize
@code{padding}, @code{left-padding},
@code{right-padding}, @code{staff-padding}
+@cindex padding
@cindex left-padding property
@cindex padding property
@cindex right-padding property
@cindex staff-padding property
+
As an object is being positioned the value of its @code{padding}
-property specifies the gap that must be left between itself and
-the nearest edge of the object against which it is being
-positioned. Note that it is the @code{padding} value of the object
-@strong{being placed} that is used;
-the @code{padding} value of the object which is already placed is
-ignored. Gaps specified by @code{padding} can be applied
-to all objects which support the @code{side-position-interface}.
+property specifies the gap that must be left between itself and the
+nearest edge of the object against which it is being positioned. Note
+that it is the @code{padding} value of the object @strong{being
+placed} that is used; the @code{padding} value of the object which is
+already placed is ignored. Gaps specified by @code{padding} can be
+applied to all objects which support the
+@code{side-position-interface}.
Instead of @code{padding}, the placement of groups of accidentals
is controlled by @code{left-padding} and @code{right-padding}.
of the accidentals.
The @code{staff-padding} property is closely related to the
-@code{padding} property: @code{padding}
-controls the minimum amount of space between any object which
-supports the @code{side-position-interface} and the nearest
-other object (generally the note or the staff lines);
-@code{staff-padding} applies only to those objects which are always
-set outside the staff -- it controls the minimum amount of space
-that should be inserted between that object and the staff. Note
-that @code{staff-padding} has no effect on objects which are
-positioned relative to the note rather than the staff, even though
-it may be overridden without error for such objects -- it is simply
-ignored.
-
-To discover which padding property is required for the object
-you wish to reposition, you
-need to return to the IR and look up the object's properties.
-Be aware that the padding properties might not be located in the
-obvious object, so look in objects that appear to be related.
+@code{padding} property: @code{padding} controls the minimum amount of
+space between any object which supports the
+@code{side-position-interface} and the nearest other object (generally
+the note or the staff lines); @code{staff-padding} applies only to
+those objects which are always set outside the staff -- it controls
+the minimum amount of space that should be inserted between that
+object and the staff. Note that @code{staff-padding} has no effect on
+objects which are positioned relative to the note rather than the
+staff, even though it may be overridden without error for such objects
+-- it is simply ignored.
+
+To discover which padding property is required for the object you wish
+to reposition, you need to return to the IR and look up the object's
+properties. Be aware that the padding properties might not be located
+in the obvious object, so look in objects that appear to be related.
All padding values are measured in staff spaces. For most
objects, this value is set by default to be around 1.0 or less
@code{self-alignment-X}
@cindex self-alignment-X property
+
This property can be used to align the object to the left, to
the right, or to center it with respect to the parent object's
reference point. It may be used with all objects which support
@code{extra-spacing-width}
@cindex extra-spacing-width property
+
This property is available for all objects which support the
@code{item-interface}. It takes two numbers, the first is added
to the leftmost extent and the second is added to the rightmost
@code{staff-position}
@cindex staff-position property
+
@code{staff-position} is a property of the
@code{staff-symbol-referencer-interface}, which is supported by
objects which are positioned relative to the staff. It specifies
note columns, and an object called @code{NoteColumn} is created
to lay out the notes in that column.
-The @code{force-hshift}
-property is a property of a @code{NoteColumn} (actually of the
-@code{note-column-interface}). Changing it permits a note column
-to be moved in units appropriate to a note column, viz. the note
-head width of the first voice note. It should be used in
-complex situations where the normal @code{\shiftOn} commands (see
-@ref{Explicitly instantiating voices}) do
-not resolve the note conflict. It is preferable to the
-@code{extra-offset} property for this purpose as there is no need
-to work out the distance in staff-spaces, and moving the notes
-into or out of a @code{NoteColumn} affects other actions such as
-merging note heads.
+The @code{force-hshift} property is a property of a @code{NoteColumn}
+(actually of the @code{note-column-interface}). Changing it permits a
+note column to be moved in units appropriate to a note column,
+viz. the note head width of the first voice note. It should be used
+in complex situations where the normal @code{\shiftOn} commands (see
+@ref{Explicitly instantiating voices}) do not resolve the note
+conflict. It is preferable to the @code{extra-offset} property for
+this purpose as there is no need to work out the distance in
+staff-spaces, and moving the notes into or out of a @code{NoteColumn}
+affects other actions such as merging note heads.
@end itemize
@item
Finally, when all else fails, objects may be manually repositioned
-relative to the staff center line vertically, or by
-displacing them by any distance to a new position. The
-disadvantages are that the correct values for the repositioning
-have to be worked out, often by trial and error, for every object
-individually, and, because the movement is done after LilyPond has
-placed all other objects, the user is responsible for avoiding any
-collisions that might ensue. But the main difficulty with this
-approach is that the repositioning values may need to be reworked
-if the music is later modified. The properties that can be used
-for this type of manual repositioning are:
+relative to the staff center line vertically, or by displacing them by
+any distance to a new position. The disadvantages are that the
+correct values for the repositioning have to be worked out, often by
+trial and error, for every object individually, and, because the
+movement is done after LilyPond has placed all other objects, the user
+is responsible for avoiding any collisions that might ensue. But the
+main difficulty with this approach is that the repositioning values
+may need to be reworked if the music is later modified. The
+properties that can be used for this type of manual repositioning are:
@table @code
@item extra-offset
+
@cindex extra-offset property
-This property applies to any layout object
-supporting the @code{grob-interface}. It takes a pair of
-numbers which specify the extra displacement in the horizontal and
-vertical directions. Negative numbers move the object to
-the left or down. The units are staff-spaces. The extra
-displacement is made after the typesetting of objects is
-finished, so an object may be repositioned anywhere without
+
+This property applies to any layout object supporting the
+@code{grob-interface}. It takes a pair of numbers which specify the
+extra displacement in the horizontal and vertical directions.
+Negative numbers move the object to the left or down. The units are
+staff-spaces. The extra displacement is made after the typesetting of
+objects is finished, so an object may be repositioned anywhere without
affecting anything else.
@item positions
+
@cindex positions property
+
This is most useful for manually adjusting the slope and height
of beams, slurs, and tuplets. It takes a pair of numbers
giving the position of the left and right ends of the beam, slur,
help to resolve overlapping notation.
@subheading padding property
-@cindex padding property
+
+@cindex padding
+@cindex fixing overlapping notation
+@cindex overlapping notation
The @code{padding} property can be set to increase
(or decrease) the distance between symbols that are printed
above or below notes.
+@cindex Script, example of overriding
+@cindex padding property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
c2\fermata
\override Script #'padding = #3
b2\fermata
@end lilypond
+@cindex MetronomeMark, example of overriding
+@cindex padding property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
% This will not work, see below:
\override MetronomeMark #'padding = #3
Note in the second example how important it is to figure out what
context handles a certain object. Since the @code{MetronomeMark}
-object
-is handled in the @code{Score} context, property changes in the
+object is handled in the @code{Score} context, property changes in the
@code{Voice} context will not be noticed. For more details, see
@ruser{Modifying properties}.
@subheading left-padding and right-padding
+
@cindex left-padding property
@cindex right-padding property
with a markup containing the natural and flat symbols in the
order we would like, like this:
+@cindex Accidental, example of overriding
+@cindex text property, example
+@cindex stencil property, example
+@cindex AccidentalPlacement, example of overriding
+@cindex right-padding property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
naturalplusflat = \markup { \natural \flat }
\relative c'' {
@noindent
@subheading staff-padding property
-@cindex staff-padding property
+
+@cindex aligning objects on a baseline
+@cindex objects, aligning on a baseline
@code{staff-padding} can be used to align objects such as dynamics
-along a baseline at a fixed height above the staff, rather than
-at a height dependent on the position of the note to which they
-are attached. It is not a property of
-@code{DynamicText} but of @code{DynamicLineSpanner}.
-This is because the baseline should apply equally to @strong{all}
-dynamics, including those created as extended spanners.
-So this is the way to align the dynamic marks in the example
-taken from the previous section:
+along a baseline at a fixed height above the staff, rather than at a
+height dependent on the position of the note to which they are
+attached. It is not a property of @code{DynamicText} but of
+@code{DynamicLineSpanner}. This is because the baseline should apply
+equally to @strong{all} dynamics, including those created as extended
+spanners. So this is the way to align the dynamic marks in the
+example taken from the previous section:
+
+@cindex DynamicText, example of overriding
+@cindex extra-spacing-width property, example
+@cindex DynamicLineSpanner, example of overriding
+@cindex staff-padding property, example
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
\dynamicUp
@subheading self-alignment-X property
-@cindex self-alignment-X property
The following example shows how this can resolve the collision
of a string fingering object with a note's stem by aligning the
right edge with the reference point of the parent note:
+@cindex StringNumber, example of overriding
+@cindex self-alignment-X property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=3]
\voiceOne
< a \2 >
@end lilypond
@subheading staff-position property
-@cindex staff-position property
+
+@cindex object collision within a staff
Multimeasure rests in one voice can collide with notes in another.
Since these rests are typeset centered between the bar lines, it
<< {c c c c} \\ {R1} >>
@end lilypond
-The best solution here is to move the multimeasure rest down,
-since the rest is in voice two.
-The default in @code{\voiceTwo} (i.e. in the second voice of a
-@code{<<@{...@} \\ @{...@}>>} construct)
-is that @code{staff-position} is set to -4 for MultiMeasureRest,
-so we need to move it, say, four half-staff spaces down to
-@code{-8}.
+The best solution here is to move the multimeasure rest down, since
+the rest is in voice two. The default in @code{\voiceTwo} (i.e. in
+the second voice of a @code{<<@{...@} \\ @{...@}>>} construct) is that
+@code{staff-position} is set to -4 for MultiMeasureRest, so we need to
+move it, say, four half-staff spaces down to @code{-8}.
+
+@cindex MultiMeasureRest, example of overriding
+@cindex staff-position property, example
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,ragged-right, relative=1]
<<
because the ledger line above the rest is inserted automatically.
@subheading extra-offset property
-@cindex extra-offset property
+
+@cindex positioning objects
+@cindex positioning grobs
+@cindex objects, positioning
+@cindex grobs, positioning
The @code{extra-offset} property provides complete control over the
positioning of an object both horizontally and vertically.
In the following example, the second fingering is moved a little to
the left, and 1.8 staff space downwards:
+@cindex Fingering, example of overriding
+@cindex extra-offset property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
\stemUp
f-5
@subheading positions property
-@cindex positions property
+
+@cindex controlling tuplets, slurs, phrasing slurs, and beams manually
+@cindex manually controlling tuplets, slurs, phrasing slurs, and beams
+@cindex tuplet beams, controlling manually
+@cindex slurs, controlling manually
+@cindex phrasing slurs, controlling manually
+@cindex beams, controlling manually
The @code{positions} property allows the position and slope of
- tuplets, slurs, phrasing slurs and beams to be controlled
-manually. Here's an example which has an ugly phrasing slur
-due to its trying to avoid the slur on the acciaccatura.
+tuplets, slurs, phrasing slurs and beams to be controlled manually.
+Here's an example which has an ugly phrasing slur due to its trying to
+avoid the slur on the acciaccatura.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,ragged-right,relative=1]
r4 \acciaccatura e8\( d8 c ~c d c d\)
@end lilypond
@noindent
-but if there were some reason why this could not be done the
+But if there were some reason why this could not be done the
other alternative would be to move the left end of the phrasing
slur down a little using the @code{positions} property. This
also resolves the rather nasty shape.
+@cindex PhrasingSlur, example of overriding
+@cindex positions property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,ragged-right,relative=1]
r4
\once \override PhrasingSlur #'positions = #'(-4 . -3)
up from their position at 2 staff-spaces above the center line to,
say, 3:
+@cindex Beam, example of overriding
+@cindex positions property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,ragged-right]
{
\clef "bass"
second voice.
@subheading force-hshift property
-@cindex force-hshift property
+
@c FIXME: formatting stuff (ie not important right now IMO)
@c @a nchor Chopin finally corrected TODOgp
@end lilypond
@noindent
-The lower two notes of the first chord (i.e,
-those in the third voice) should not be shifted away from the
-note column of the higher two notes. To correct this we set
-@code{force-hshift}, which is a property of
-@code{NoteColumn}, of these notes to zero.
-The lower note of the second chord is best placed just to the
-right of the higher notes. We achieve this by setting
-@code{force-hshift} of this note to 0.5, ie half a note head's
-width to the right of the note column of the higher notes.
+The lower two notes of the first chord (i.e, those in the third voice)
+should not be shifted away from the note column of the higher two
+notes. To correct this we set @code{force-hshift}, which is a
+property of @code{NoteColumn}, of these notes to zero. The lower note
+of the second chord is best placed just to the right of the higher
+notes. We achieve this by setting @code{force-hshift} of this note to
+0.5, ie half a note head's width to the right of the note column of
+the higher notes.
Here's the final result:
+@cindex NoteColumn, example of overriding
+@cindex force-hshift property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,ragged-right]
\new Staff \relative c'' {
\key aes \major
dynamics, fingering and pedalling.
@c The following should appear as music without code
+@c This example should not be indexed
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
rhMusic = \relative c'' {
r2
}
@end lilypond
-All the notes are right, but the appearance is far from
-satisfactory. The tie clashes with the change in time signature,
-the beaming in the third bar is wrong, the notes are not
-merged together, and several notation elements are missing.
-Let's first deal with the easier things.
-We can correct the beaming by inserting a beam
-manually, and we can easily add the left hand slur and the right
-hand phrasing slur, since these were all covered in the Tutorial.
-Doing this gives:
+All the notes are right, but the appearance is far from satisfactory.
+The tie clashes with the change in time signature, the beaming in the
+third bar is wrong, the notes are not merged together, and several
+notation elements are missing. Let's first deal with the easier
+things. We can correct the beaming by inserting a beam manually, and
+we can easily add the left hand slur and the right hand phrasing slur,
+since these were all covered in the Tutorial. Doing this gives:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
rhMusic = \relative c'' {
}
@end lilypond
-The first bar is now correct. The second bar contains an arpeggio
-and is terminated by a double bar line. How do we do these, as they
-have not been mentioned in this Learning Manual? This is where
-we need to turn to the Notation Reference. Looking up @q{arpeggio}
-and @q{bar line} in the
-index quickly shows us that an arpeggio is produced by appending
-@code{\arpeggio} to a chord, and a double bar line is produced by
-the @code{\bar "||"} command. That's easily done. We next need
-to correct the collision of the tie with the time signature. This
-is best done by moving the tie upwards. Moving objects was covered
-earlier in @ref{Moving objects}, which says that objects positioned
-relative to the staff can be moved by overriding their
+The first bar is now correct. The second bar contains an arpeggio and
+is terminated by a double bar line. How do we do these, as they have
+not been mentioned in this Learning Manual? This is where we need to
+turn to the Notation Reference. Looking up @q{arpeggio} and @q{bar
+line} in the index quickly shows us that an arpeggio is produced by
+appending @code{\arpeggio} to a chord, and a double bar line is
+produced by the @code{\bar "||"} command. That's easily done. We
+next need to correct the collision of the tie with the time signature.
+This is best done by moving the tie upwards. Moving objects was
+covered earlier in @ref{Moving objects}, which says that objects
+positioned relative to the staff can be moved by overriding their
@code{staff-position} property, which is specified in half staff
spaces relative to the center line of the staff. So the following
-override placed just before the first tied note would move the tie
-up to 3.5 half staff spaces above the center line:
+override placed just before the first tied note would move the tie up
+to 3.5 half staff spaces above the center line:
@code{\once \override Tie #'staff-position = #3.5}
}
@end lilypond
-On to bar three and the start of the Moderato section. The
-tutorial showed how to add embolded text with the @code{\markup}
-command, so adding @q{Moderato} in bold is easy.
-But how do we merge notes in different voices together? This is
-where we need to turn to the Notation Reference for help. A search
-for @qq{merge} in the Notation Reference index quickly leads us to
-the commands for merging differently headed and differently
-dotted notes in @ruser{Collision resolution}. In our
-example we need to merge both types of note for the duration
-of the polyphonic section in bar 3, so using the information
-we find in the Notation Reference we add
+On to bar three and the start of the Moderato section. The tutorial
+showed how to add embolded text with the @code{\markup} command, so
+adding @q{Moderato} in bold is easy. But how do we merge notes in
+different voices together? This is where we need to turn to the
+Notation Reference for help. A search for @qq{merge} in the Notation
+Reference index quickly leads us to the commands for merging
+differently headed and differently dotted notes in @ruser{Collision
+resolution}. In our example we need to merge both types of note for
+the duration of the polyphonic section in bar 3, so using the
+information we find in the Notation Reference we add
@example
\mergeDifferentlyHeadedOn
using @code{\shiftOnn} to avoid it interfering with the two D's.
Applying these changes gives:
+@cindex Tie, example of overriding
+@cindex staff-position property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
rhMusic = \relative c'' {
r2 c4.\( g8 |
earlier tweaks: we make the stem transparent, and move the C with
the @code{force-hshift} property. Here's the final result:
+@cindex NoteColumn, example of overriding
+@cindex force-hshift property, example
+@cindex Stem, example of overriding
+@cindex transparent property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
rhMusic = \relative c'' {
r2
@cindex removing objects
@cindex objects, removing
@cindex hiding objects
+@cindex objects, hiding
@cindex invisible objects
+@cindex objects, invisible
@cindex tying notes across voices
@subheading Tying notes across voices
and blanking the first up-stem in that voice, the tie appears to
cross voices:
+@cindex Stem, example of overriding
+@cindex transparent propery, example
+
@lilypond[quote,fragment,relative=2,verbatim]
<<
{
its @code{stencil} property to @code{#f} would be the best way.
We show here the effect of the two methods:
+@cindex MetronomeMark, example of overriding
+@cindex transparent property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
\score {
\relative c'' {
}
@end lilypond
+@cindex MetronomeMark, example of overriding
+@cindex stencil property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
\score {
\relative c'' {
@node Using variables for tweaks
@subsection Using variables for tweaks
+@cindex variables, using for tweaks
+@cindex using variables for tweaks
+@cindex tweaks, using variables for
+
Override commands are often long and tedious to type, and they
have to be absolutely correct. If the same overrides are to be
used many times it may be worth defining variables to hold them.
perhaps choose shorter names for the variables to make them
quicker to type:
+@cindex LyricText, example of overriding
+@cindex font-shape property, example
+@cindex font-series property, example
+
@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
emphasize = {
\override Lyrics . LyricText #'font-shape = #'italic
Let's begin by looking at some files in @file{ly/}.
Open @file{ly/property-init.ly} in a text editor. The one
you normally use for @code{.ly} files will be fine. This file
-contains the definitions of all the standard LilyPond built-in
+contains the definitions of all the standard LilyPond predefined
commands, such as @code{\stemUp} and @code{\slurDotted}. You will
see that these are nothing more than definitions of variables
containing one or a group of @code{\override} commands. For
@}
@end example
-If you do not like the default values these built-in commands can
+If you do not like the default values these predefined commands can
be redefined easily, just like any other variable, at the
head of your input file.
@tab Contents
@item @file{ly/engraver-init.ly}
@tab Definitions of engraver Contexts
-@item @file{ly/paper-defaults.ly}
+@item @file{ly/paper-defaults-init.ly}
@tab Specifications of paper-related defaults
@item @file{ly/performer-init.ly}
@tab Definitions of performer Contexts
@item @file{ly/property-init.ly}
- @tab Definitions of all common built-in commands
+ @tab Definitions of all common predefined commands
+@item @file{ly/spanner-init.ly}
+ @tab Definitions of spanner-related predefined commands
@end multitable
Other settings (such as the definitions of markup commands) are
example we color the note head in accordance with its position on
the staff.
+@cindex x11-color function, example of using
+@cindex NoteHead, example of overriding
+@cindex color property, setting to Scheme procedure
+
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
#(define (color-notehead grob)
"Color the notehead according to its position on the staff."
\relative c' {
% Arrange to obtain color from color-notehead procedure
\override NoteHead #'color = #color-notehead
- c2 c' |
- b4 g8 a b4 c |
- c,2 a' |
+ c2 c' |
+ b4 g8 a b4 c |
+ c,2 a' |
g1 |
}
\addlyrics {
@item Enter one manuscript (the physical copy) system at a time (but still
only one bar per line of text), and
check each system when you finish it. You may use the
-@code{showLastLength} command to speed up processing -- see
-@ruser{Skipping corrected music}.
+@code{showLastLength} or @code{showFirstLength} properties to speed up
+processing -- see @ruser{Skipping corrected music}.
@item Define @code{mBreak = @{ \break @}} and insert @code{\mBreak}
in the input file whenever the manuscript has a line break. This
Clytie Siddall
Francisco Vila
+Heikki Junes
Jean-Charles Malahieude
John Mandereau
Nicolas Klutchnikoff
BUG HUNTERS/SUGGESTIONS
+Adam James Wilson
Alard de Boer
Alex Rolex
Andy Haupt
Christian Herzberg
David Bobroff
David Griffel
+Damien Heurtebise
Daniel Johnson
Dominic Neumann
Eduardo Vieira
James Kilfinger
Jean-Marie Mouchel
Jean-Yves Baudais
+Jesús Guillermo Andrade
Jonathan Henkelman
Kazuhiro Suzuki
Laura Conrad
Luc Wehli
Maarten Hijzelendoorn
Marc Lanoiselée
+Mark Polesky
Matthijs Frankeno
Martijn Vromans
Marnen Laibow-Koser
Ralph Palmer
Renaud Flavigny
Rick Hansen
+Risto Vääräniemi
+Robin Bannister
Roland Goretzki
Rune Zedeler
Ruud van Silfhout
PACKAGE_NAME=LilyPond
MAJOR_VERSION=2
MINOR_VERSION=11
-PATCH_LEVEL=63
+PATCH_LEVEL=64
MY_PATCH_LEVEL=
end_header_re = re.compile ('(\\header {.+?doctitle = ".+?})\n', re.M | re.S)
def mark_verbatim_section (ly_code):
- return end_header_re.sub ('\\1 % begin verbatim\n', ly_code, 1)
+ return end_header_re.sub ('\\1 % begin verbatim\n\n', ly_code, 1)
# '% LSR' comments are to be stripped
lsr_comment_re = re.compile (r'\s*%+\s*LSR.*')
texinfo_re = re.compile (r"^@(include|node|(?:unnumbered|appendix)(?:(?:sub){0,2}sec)?|top|chapter|(?:sub){0,2}section|(?:major|chap|(?:sub){0,2})heading) *(.+?)$|@(rglos){(.+?)}", re.M)
-ly_string_re = re.compile (r'^([a-zA-Z]+)[\t ]*=|%+[\t ]*(.*)$')
-verbatim_ly_re = re.compile (r'@lilypond\[.*?verbatim')
+ly_string_re = re.compile (r'^([a-zA-Z]+)[\t ]*=|%+[\t ]*(.*)$|\\(?:new|context)\s+(?:[a-zA-Z]*?(?:Staff(?:Group)?|Voice|FiguredBass|FretBoards|Names|Devnull))\s+=\s+"?([a-zA-Z]+)"?\s+')
+lsr_verbatim_ly_re = re.compile (r'% begin verbatim$')
+texinfo_verbatim_ly_re = re.compile (r'^@lilypond\[.*?verbatim')
def process_texi (texifilename, i_blurb, n_blurb, write_skeleton, topfile, output_file=None, scan_ly=False):
try:
includes = []
# process ly var names and comments
- if output_file and scan_ly:
+ if output_file and (scan_ly or texifilename.endswith ('.ly')):
lines = texifile.splitlines ()
i = 0
in_verb_ly_block = False
+ if texifilename.endswith ('.ly'):
+ verbatim_ly_re = lsr_verbatim_ly_re
+ else:
+ verbatim_ly_re = texinfo_verbatim_ly_re
for i in range (len (lines)):
- if verbatim_ly_re.match (lines[i]):
+ if verbatim_ly_re.search (lines[i]):
in_verb_ly_block = True
elif lines[i].startswith ('@end lilypond'):
in_verb_ly_block = False
elif in_verb_ly_block:
- for (var, comment) in ly_string_re.findall (lines[i]):
+ for (var, comment, context_id) in ly_string_re.findall (lines[i]):
if var:
output_file.write ('# ' + printedfilename + ':' + \
str (i + 1) + ' (variable)\n_(r"' + var + '")\n')
output_file.write ('# ' + printedfilename + ':' + \
str (i + 1) + ' (comment)\n_(r"' + \
comment.replace ('"', '\\"') + '")\n')
+ elif context_id:
+ output_file.write ('# ' + printedfilename + ':' + \
+ str (i + 1) + ' (context id)\n_(r"' + \
+ context_id + '")\n')
# process Texinfo node names and section titles
if write_skeleton:
[ --enable-relocation compile with dynamic relocation. Default: off],
[reloc_b=$enableval])
+rpath_b=no
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath,
+ [ --enable-rpath hardcode runtime library path. Default: off],
+ [rpath_b=$enableval])
+
LINK_GXX_STATICALLY=no
AC_ARG_ENABLE(static-gxx,
[ --enable-static-gxx link libstdc++.a statically. Default: off],
NCSB_SOURCE_FILES=""
for f in c059013l c059016l c059033l c059036l; do
if test ! -f "$NCSB_DIR/$f.pfb"; then
- AC_MSG_WARN($NCSB_DIR does not contain $f.pfb.)
+ STEPMAKE_WARN($NCSB_DIR does not contain $f.pfb.)
else
NCSB_SOURCE_FILES="$NCSB_DIR/$f.pfb $NCSB_SOURCE_FILES"
fi
STEPMAKE_GTK2(gtk+-2.0, REQUIRED, 2.4.0)
fi
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to enable dynamic relocation)
if test "$reloc_b" = "yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(ARGV0_RELOCATION)
fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($reloc_b)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for rpath linkage)
+if test "$rpath_b" = "yes"; then
+ LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-rpath -Wl,\\\$\$ORIGIN/../lib"
+elif test "$rpath_b" != "no"; then
+ LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-rpath -Wl,$rpath_b"
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($rpath_b)
HOST_ARCH=`$CC -dumpmachine`
AC_SUBST(HOST_ARCH)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(FLOWER_VERSION, "${FULL_FLOWER_VERSION}")
-
# must also have local.make if configure fails.
touch local.make
+if test "$reloc_b$rpath_b" = "yesno"; then
+ STEPMAKE_WARN([Using --enable-relocation without --enable-rpath. LilyPond may have trouble finding libraries.])
+fi
+
# Gather requirements and generate output.
STEPMAKE_END
texidoces = "
Los símbolos específicos de acordeón discanto se escriben mediante
-@code{\\markup}. Se puede trucar la colocación vertical de los
+@code{\\markup}. Se puede trucar la colocación vertical de los
símbolos modificando los argumentos de @code{\\raise}.
"
doctitlees = "Símbolos de acordeón discanto"
+
+ doctitlede = "Symbole für Akkordeon-Diskantregister"
+ texidocde = "
+Diskantregister für Akkordeon können mit @code{\\markup} dargestellt werden.
+Die vertikale Position der einzelnen Elemente werden mit @code{\\raise}
+angepasst.
+"
texidoc = "
Accordion discant-specific symbols are added using @code{\\markup}. The
"
doctitle = "Accordion-discant symbols"
} % begin verbatim
+
discant = \markup {
\musicglyph #"accordion.accDiscant"
}
\musicglyph #"accordion.accDot"
}
+\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
+
% 16 voets register
accBasson = ^\markup {
\combine
c4 d\accVCello e f
c4 d\accHarmon e f
c4 d\accTrombon e f
+ \break
c4 d\accOrgan e f
c4 d\accMaster e f
c4 d\accAccord e f
c4 d\accMusette e f
c4 d\accCeleste e f
+ \break
c4 d\accOboe e f
c4 d\accClarin e f
c4 d\accPiccolo e f
"
doctitle = "Adding a figured bass above or below the notes"
} % begin verbatim
+
bass = { \clef bass g4 b, c d e d8 c d2}
continuo = \figuremode {
< _ >4 < 6 >8
"
+texidocde = "
+Ambitus können pro Stimme gesetzt werden. In diesem Fall müssen sie
+manual verschoben werden, um Zusammenstöße zu verhindern.
+
+"
+doctitlede = "Ambitus pro Stimme hinzufügen"
+
texidoc = "
Ambitus can be added per voice. In this case, the ambitus must be moved
manually to prevent collisions.
"
doctitle = "Adding ambitus per voice"
} % begin verbatim
+
\new Staff <<
\new Voice \with {
\consists "Ambitus_engraver"
"
doctitle = "Adding an extra staff at a line break"
} % begin verbatim
+
\score {
\new StaffGroup \relative c'' {
\new Staff
"
doctitle = "Adding an extra staff"
} % begin verbatim
+
\score {
<<
\new Staff \relative c'' { c1 c c c c }
"
doctitle = "Adding bar lines to ChordNames context"
} % begin verbatim
+
\new ChordNames \with {
\override BarLine #'bar-size = #4
\consists "Bar_engraver"
"
doctitle = "Adding beams, slurs, ties etc. when using tuplet and non-tuplet rythms."
} % begin verbatim
+
{
r16[ g16 \times 2/3 { r16 e'8] }
g16( a \times 2/3 { b d e') }
"
doctitle = "Adding drum parts"
} % begin verbatim
+
drh = \drummode { cymc4.^"crash" hhc16^"h.h." hh hhc8 hho hhc8 hh16 hh hhc4 r4 r2 }
drl = \drummode { bd4 sn8 bd bd4 << bd ss >> bd8 tommh tommh bd toml toml bd tomfh16 tomfh }
timb = \drummode { timh4 ssh timl8 ssh r timh r4 ssh8 timl r4 cb8 cb }
"
doctitle = "Adding fingerings to a score"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
c4-1 d-2 f-4 e-3
}
"
doctitle = "Adding fingerings to tablatures"
} % begin verbatim
+
one = \markup { \finger 1 }
two = \markup { \finger 2 }
threeTwo = \markup {
"
doctitle = "Adding parentheses around an expressive mark or chordal note"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c' {
c2-\parenthesize ->
\override ParenthesesItem #'padding = #0.1
"
doctitle = "Adding the current date to a score"
} % begin verbatim
+
% first, define a variable to hold the formatted date:
date = #(strftime "%d-%m-%Y" (localtime (current-time)))
"
doctitle = "Adding volta brackets to additional staves"
} % begin verbatim
+
<<
\new Staff { \repeat volta 2 { c'1 } \alternative { c' } }
\new Staff { \repeat volta 2 { c'1 } \alternative { c' } }
"
doctitle = "Additional voices to avoid collisions"
} % begin verbatim
+
voiceFive = #(context-spec-music (make-voice-props-set 4) 'Voice)
\relative c'' {
\time 3/4 \key d \minor \partial 2
"
doctitle = "Adjusting lyrics vertical spacing"
} % begin verbatim
+
% Default layout:
<<
\new Staff \new Voice = melody \relative c' {
"
doctitle = "Adjusting the shape of falls and doits"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
\override Score.SpacingSpanner #'shortest-duration-space = #4.0
c2-\bendAfter #+5
doctitle = "Aligning and centering instrument names"
} % begin verbatim
+
\paper {
left-margin = 3\cm
}
doctitle = "Aligning marks with various notation objects"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c' {
e1
+++ /dev/null
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
-%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.62"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, paper-and-layout, spacing"
-
- texidoces = "
-Mediante el establecimiento de las propiedades de
-@code{NonMusicalPaperColumn} se puede ajustar el espaciado vertical en
-cada sistema.
-
-Ajustando @code{alignment-extra-space} o
-@code{fixed-alignment-extra-space} se puede ampliar verticalmente un
-sistema individual.
-
-Por razones técnicas, se debe usar @code{\\overrideProperty} para
-cambiar estas propiedades dentro de un pentagrama; aún se debe usar
-@code{\\override} dentro de un bloque @code{\\context} para las
-sobreescrituras globales.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Espaciado de la alineación vertical"
-
- texidoc = "
-By setting properties in @code{NonMusicalPaperColumn}, vertical spacing
-can be adjusted per system.
-
-
-By setting @code{alignment-extra-space} or
-@code{fixed-alignment-extra-space} an individual system may be
-stretched vertically.
-
-
-For technical reasons, @code{\\overrideProperty} must be used for
-changing these properties within a staff; @code{\\override} in a
-@code{\\context} block may still be used for global overrides.
-
-"
- doctitle = "Alignment vertical spacing"
-} % begin verbatim
-#(set-global-staff-size 13)
-
-\relative c''
-\new StaffGroup <<
- \new Staff {
- c1 \break
- c1 \break
- c1 \break
- }
- \new Staff {
- c1 | c | c
- }
- \new PianoStaff <<
- \new Voice {
- \set PianoStaff.instrumentName = #"piano"
- \set PianoStaff.shortInstrumentName = #"pn"
- c1_"normal"
-
- \overrideProperty
- #"Score.NonMusicalPaperColumn"
- #'line-break-system-details
- #'((fixed-alignment-extra-space . 15))
- c_"fixed-aligment-extra-space"
-
- \overrideProperty
- #"Score.NonMusicalPaperColumn"
- #'line-break-system-details
- #'((alignment-extra-space . 15))
- c_"aligment-extra-space"
- }
- { c1 | c | c }
- >>
->>
doctitlees = "Permitir que las digitaciones se impriman dentro del pentagrama"
texidoc = "
-By default, fingering numbers will be printed outside the staff.
-However, this behavior can be canceled.
+By default, vertically oriented fingerings are positioned outside the
+staff. However, this behavior can be canceled.
"
doctitle = "Allowing fingerings to be printed inside the staff"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c' {
<c-1 e-2 g-3 b-5>2
\once \override Fingering #'staff-padding = #'()
"
+texidocde = "
+Indem man den @code{Ambitus_engraver} im @code{Staff}-Kontext
+hinzufügt, erhält man einen einzigen Ambitus pro System, auch in dem
+Fall, dass mehrere Stimmen sich im gleichen System befinden.
+"
+ doctitlede = "Ambitus mit vielen Stimmen"
texidoc = "
Adding the @code{Ambitus_engraver} to the @code{Staff} context creates
"
doctitle = "Ambitus with multiple voices"
} % begin verbatim
+
\new Staff \with {
\consists "Ambitus_engraver"
}
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.62"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "pitches, vocal-music"
+
+ texidoc = "
+Ambitus indicate pitch ranges for voices.
+
+
+Accidentals only show up if they are not part of the key signature.
+@code{AmbitusNoteHead} grobs also have ledger lines.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Ambitus"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+\layout {
+ ragged-right = ##t
+ \context {
+ \Voice
+ \consists "Ambitus_engraver"
+ }
+}
+
+\relative
+<<
+ \new Staff {
+ \time 2/4 c4 f'
+ }
+ \new Staff \relative {
+ \time 2/4
+ \key d \major
+ cis as'
+ }
+>>
+
"
doctitle = "Analysis brackets above the staff"
} % begin verbatim
+
\layout {
- \context {
- \Voice
- \consists "Horizontal_bracket_engraver"
- }
+ \context {
+ \Voice
+ \consists "Horizontal_bracket_engraver"
+ }
}
\relative c'' {
- \once \override HorizontalBracket #'direction = #UP
- c2\startGroup
- d\stopGroup
+ \once \override HorizontalBracket #'direction = #UP
+ c2\startGroup
+ d2\stopGroup
}
-
"
doctitle = "Ancient fonts"
} % begin verbatim
+
upperStaff = \new VaticanaStaff = "upperStaff" <<
\context VaticanaVoice <<
\transpose c c {
"
doctitle = "Ancient notation template -- modern transcription of gregorian music"
} % begin verbatim
+
\include "gregorian.ly"
chant = \relative c' {
"
doctitle = "Ancient notation template -- modern transcription of mensural music"
} % begin verbatim
+
global = {
\set Score.skipBars = ##t
-incipit.ly
+transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly
mensurstriche-layout-bar-lines-between-the-staves.ly
adding-a-figured-bass-above-or-below-the-notes.ly
+incipit.ly
chant-or-psalms-notation.ly
ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly
ancient-fonts.ly
"
doctitle = "Ancient time signatures"
} % begin verbatim
+
{
\override Staff.TimeSignature #'style = #'neomensural
s1
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches, editorial-annotations"
- doctitle = "Applying note head styles depending on the step of the scale"
doctitlees = "Aplicar estilos de cabeza según la nota de la escala"
texidoces = "
La propiedad @code{shapeNoteStyles} se puede usar para definir varios
estilos de cabezas de nota para cada grado de la escala (según esté
-establecido por la armadura o por la propiedad \"tonic\"). Esta
+establecido por la armadura o por la propiedad \"tonic\"). Esta
propiedad requiere un conjunto de símbolos, que pueden ser puramente
arbitrarios (se permiten expresiones geométricas como @code{triangle},
triángulo, @code{cross}, aspas, y @code{xcircle}, círculo con aspas) o
basados en una antigua tradición americana de grabado (ciertos nombres
de nota latinos trambién se permiten).
-Dicho esto, para imitar antiguos cancioneros americanos, existen
-varios estilos predefinidos de cabezas de nota disponibles a través de
+Dicho esto, para imitar antiguos cancioneros americanos, existen varios
+estilos predefinidos de cabezas de nota disponibles a través de
instrucciones de abreviatura como @code{\\aikenHeads} o
@code{\\sacredHarpHeads}.
-Este ejemplo muestra distintas formas de obtener cabezas de notas con
-forma, y muestra la capacidad de transportar una melodía sin perder la
-correspondencia entre las funciones armónicas y los estilos de cabezas
-de nota.
+Este ejemplo muestra distintas formas de obtener cabezas de notas con forma,
+y muestra la capacidad de transportar una melodía sin perder la
+correspondencia entre las funciones armónicas y los estilos de cabezas de
+nota.
+
+"
+
+ doctitlede = "Notenkopfstile besierend auf der Tonleiterstufe erstellen"
+ texidocde = "
+Die @code{shapeNoteStyles}-(NotenFormenStile)-Eigenschaft kann benutzt
+werden, um verschiedene Notenstile für jeden Schritt der Tonleiter
+zudefinieren (vorgegeben von der Tonart oder der @q{tonic}
+(Tonika)-Eigneschaft. Diese Eigenschaft braucht eine Anzahl von Symbolen,
+welche beliebig sein können (geometrische Ausdrücke wie @code{triangle}
+(Dreieck), @code{cross} (Kreuz) und @code{xcircle} (X-Kreis) sind erlaubt)
+oder basierend auf einer alten amerikanischen Notensatztradition (einige
+lateinische Notenbezeichnungen sind auch erlaubt).
+
+Um alte amerikanische Liederbücher zu imitieren, gibt es einige
+vordefinierte Notenstile wie etwa @code{\\aikenHeads} (im Stil von Aiken)
+oder @code{\\sacredHarpHeads} (im Stil der Sacred Harp-Tradition).
+
+Dieses Beispiel zeigt, wie man unterschiedlich geformte Noten erhält und
+eine Melodie transponieren kann, ohne dass das Verhältnis zwischen den
+harmonischen Funktionen und dem Notenstil verloren geht.
"
"
doctitle = "Applying note head styles depending on the step of the scale"
} % begin verbatim
+
+\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
+
fragment = {
\key c \major
c2 d
\new Staff {
\transpose c d
\relative c' {
- \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(do re mi fa #f la ti)
+ \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(do re mi fa
+ #f la ti)
\fragment
}
-
+
+ \break
+
\relative c' {
- \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(cross triangle fa #f mensural xcircle diamond)
+ \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(cross triangle fa #f
+ mensural xcircle diamond)
\fragment
}
}
}
-
doctitle = "Arabic improvisation"
} % begin verbatim
+
\include "arabic.ly"
\relative sol' {
"
doctitle = "Automatic beam subdivisions"
} % begin verbatim
+
\score {
\new Staff \relative c'' {
<< {
"
doctitle = "Automatic beams two per two in 4/4 or 2/2 time signature"
} % begin verbatim
+
% Automatic beams two per two in 4/4 or 2/2 time signature
% _____
% Default | | | |
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.62"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "rhythms"
+
+ texidoces = "
+No está especificada ninguna agrupación predeterminada automática
+de las barras para el compás de 7/8, de forma que si se requieren
+barras automáticas se debe especificar la forma de agrupamiento.
+Por ejemplo, para agrupar todas las barras en la forma 2-3-2 en el
+compás de 7/8, especificamos los finales de barra en 2/8 y 5/8:
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Agrupamiento de las barras en el compás de 7/8"
+
+ texidoc = "
+There are no default automatic beam groupings specified for 7/8 time,
+so if automatic beams are required the grouping must be specified. For
+example, to group all beams 2-3-2 in 7/8 time, specify beam endings at
+2/8 and 5/8:
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Beam grouping in 7/8 time"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+\relative c'' {
+ \time 7/8
+ % rhythm 2-3-2
+ a8 a a a a a a
+ #(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 7 8) 2 8)
+ #(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 7 8) 5 8)
+ a8 a a a a a a
+}
\version "2.11.62"
\header {
- lsrtags = "rhythms, breaks"
+ lsrtags = "rhythms"
+
+ texidoces = "
+Normalmente están prohibidos los saltos de línea si las barras
+atraviesan las líneas divisorias. Se puede cambiar este
+comportamiento como se muestra aquí:
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Barras que atraviesan saltos de línea"
texidoc = "
-By default, beams can't be printed across line breaks. This behavior
-can be overridden by setting the @code{breakable} property.
+Line breaks are normally forbidden when beams cross bar lines. This
+behavior can be changed as shown:
"
doctitle = "Beams across line breaks"
} % begin verbatim
-\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
+
\relative c'' {
- \override Score.Beam #'breakable = ##t
- \time 3/16
- c16[ d e \break
- f16] r r
+ \override Beam #'breakable = ##t
+ c8 c[ c] c[ c] c[ c] c[ \break
+ c8] c[ c] c[ c] c[ c] c
}
+
"
doctitle = "Blanking staff lines using the \\whiteout command"
} % begin verbatim
+
\layout { ragged-right = ##f }
\relative c' {
\override TextScript #'extra-offset = #'(2 . 4)
removing-the-first-empty-line.ly
positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly
-beams-across-line-breaks.ly
adding-an-extra-staff-at-a-line-break.ly
\version "2.11.62"
\header {
- lsrtags = "winds"
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
texidoc = "
Breathing signs are available in different tastes: commas (default),
"
doctitle = "Breathing signs"
} % begin verbatim
+
\new Staff \relative c'' {
\key es \major
\time 3/4
<< { g4 as g } \\ { es4 bes es } >> |
% Modern notation:
% by default, \breathe uses the rcomma, just as if saying:
- % \override BreathingSign #'text = #(make-musicglyph-markup "scripts.rcomma")
+ % \override BreathingSign #'text = #(make-musicglyph-markup "scripts.rcomma")
<< { g4 as g } \\ { es4 \breathe bes es } >> |
% rvarcomma and lvarcomma are variations of the default rcomma and lcomma
% N.B.: must use Staff context here, since we start a Voice below
- \override Staff.BreathingSign #'text = #(make-musicglyph-markup "scripts.rvarcomma")
+ \override Staff.BreathingSign #'text = \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.rvarcomma" }
<< { g4 as g } \\ { es4 \breathe bes es } >> |
% vee
- \override BreathingSign #'text = #(make-musicglyph-markup "scripts.upbow")
+ \override BreathingSign #'text = \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.upbow" }
es8[ d es f g] \breathe f |
% caesura
- \override BreathingSign #'text = #(make-musicglyph-markup "scripts.caesura.curved")
- es8[ d] \breathe es[ f g f] |
+ \override BreathingSign #'text = \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.caesura.curved" }
+ es8[ d] \breathe es[ f g f] |
es2 r4 \bar "||"
}
doctitle = "Broken crescendo hairpin"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c' {
<< {
\dynamicUp
doctitlees = "Cesura tipo \"vías del tren\" con calderón"
texidoc = "
-A caesura is sometimes denoted with a double \"railtracks\" breath mark
+A caesura is sometimes denoted by a double \"railtracks\" breath mark
with a fermata sign positioned above. This snippet should present an
-optically pleasing combination of railtracks and a fermata.
+optically pleasing combination of railtracks and fermata.
"
doctitle = "Caesura (\"railtracks\") with fermata"
} % begin verbatim
-{
- c''2.
+
+\relative c'' {
+ c2.
% construct the symbol
\override BreathingSign #'text = \markup {
\line {
\musicglyph #"scripts.ufermata"
}
}
- \breathe c''4
+ \breathe c4
% set the breathe mark back to normal
\revert BreathingSign #'text
- c''2. \breathe c''4
+ c2. \breathe c4
\bar "|."
}
"
doctitle = "Center text below hairpin dynamics"
} % begin verbatim
+
hairpinWithCenteredText = #(define-music-function (parser location text) (markup?)
#{
\override Voice.Hairpin #'stencil = #(lambda (grob)
"
doctitle = "Changing \\flageolet mark size"
} % begin verbatim
+
smallFlageolet = #(let ((m (make-music 'ArticulationEvent
'articulation-type "flageolet")))
(set! (ly:music-property m 'tweaks)
"
doctitle = "Changing a single note's size in a chord"
} % begin verbatim
+
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
\relative {
<\tweak #'font-size #+2 c e g c \tweak #'font-size #-2 e>1^\markup { A tiny e }_\markup { A big c }
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.62"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "rhythms"
+
+ texidoces = "
+Se insertan automáticamente barras en ángulo cuando se detecta un
+intervalo muy grande entre las notas. Se puede hacer un ajuste
+fino de este comportamiento a través de la propiedad
+@code{auto-knee-gap}. Se traza una barra doblada si el salto es
+mayor que el valor de @code{auto-knee-gap} más el ancho del objeto
+barra (que depende de la duración de las notas y de la inclinación
+de la barra). De forma predeterminada @code{auto-knee-gap} está
+establecido a 5.5 espacios de pentagrama.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Cambiar el salto de las barras en ángulo"
+
+ texidoc = "
+Kneed beams are inserted automatically when a large gap is detected
+between the note heads. This behavior can be tuned through the
+@code{auto-knee-gap} property. A kneed beam is drawn if the gap is
+larger than the value of @code{auto-knee-gap} plus the width of the
+beam object (which depends on the duration of the notes and the slope
+of the beam). By default @code{auto-knee-gap} is set to 5.5 staff
+spaces.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Changing beam knee gap"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+{
+ f8 f''8 f8 f''8
+ \override Beam #'auto-knee-gap = #6
+ f8 f''8 f8 f''8
+}
"
doctitle = "Changing chord separator"
} % begin verbatim
+
\chords {
c:7sus4
\set chordNameSeparator
doctitle = "Changing form of multi-measure rests"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
\compressFullBarRests
R1*2 | R1*5 | R1*9
"
doctitle = "Changing MIDI output to one channel per voice"
} % begin verbatim
+
\score {
\new Staff <<
\new Voice \relative c''' {
"
doctitle = "Changing partcombine texts"
} % begin verbatim
+
\new Staff <<
\set Staff.soloText = #"girl"
\set Staff.soloIIText = #"boy"
"
doctitle = "Changing properties for individual grobs"
} % begin verbatim
+
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
}
\relative c' {
<d f g b>2
\applyOutput #'Voice #mc-squared
- <d f g b>
+ <d f g b>2
}
doctitle = "Changing text and spanner styles for text dynamics"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
\set crescendoText = \markup { \italic { cresc. poco } }
\set crescendoSpanner = #'text
"
doctitle = "Changing the appearance of a slur from solid to dotted or dashed"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c' {
c4( d e c)
\slurDotted
"
doctitle = "Changing the breath mark symbol"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
c2
\override BreathingSign #'text = \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.rvarcomma" }
"
doctitle = "Changing the chord names to German or semi-German notation"
} % begin verbatim
+
music = \chordmode {
c1/c cis/cis
b/b bis/bis bes/bes
"
doctitle = "Changing the default text font family"
} % begin verbatim
+
\paper {
% change for other default global staff size.
myStaffSize = #20
(/ myStaffSize 20)))
}
-\relative {
- c'^\markup {
+\relative c'' {
+ c4^\markup {
roman: foo \bold bla \italic bar \italic \bold baz
}
- c'_\markup {
+ c'4_\markup {
\override #'(font-family . sans)
{
sans: foo \bold bla \italic bar \italic \bold baz
"
doctitle = "Changing the number of lines in a staff"
} % begin verbatim
+
upper = \relative c'' {
c4 d e f
}
"
doctitle = "Changing the positions of figured bass alterations"
} % begin verbatim
+
\figures {
<6\+> <5+> <6 4-> r
\set figuredBassAlterationDirection = #RIGHT
texidoc = "
Though the simplest way to resize staves is to use
@code{#(set-global-staff-size xx)}, an individual staff's size can be
-changed by scaling the properties @code{staff-space} and
+changed by scaling the properties @code{'staff-space} and
@code{fontSize}.
"
doctitle = "Changing the staff size"
} % begin verbatim
+
<<
- \new Staff \relative c'' {
- \dynamicDown
- c8\ff c c c c c c c
+ \new Staff {
+ \relative c'' {
+ \dynamicDown
+ c8\ff c c c c c c c
+ }
}
\new Staff \with {
fontSize = #-3
\version "2.11.62"
\header {
+ texidoces = "
+Para cambiar el tempo en la salida MIDI sin
+imprimir nada, hacemos invisible la indicación metronómica:
+
+"
+
+ doctitlees = "Cambiar el tempo sin indicación metronómica"
+
lsrtags = "staff-notation"
texidoc = "To change the tempo in MIDI output without printing
anything, make the metronome mark invisible:"
doctitle = "Changing the tempo without a metronome mark"
} % begin verbatim
+
\score {
\new Staff \relative c' {
\tempo 4 = 160
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.62"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "rhythms"
+
+ texidoc = "
+The @code{\\time} command sets the properties
+@code{timeSignatureFraction}, @code{beatLength}, @code{beatGrouping}
+and @code{measureLength} in the @code{Timing} context, which is
+normally aliased to @code{Score}. Changing the value of
+@code{timeSignatureFraction} causes the new time signature symbol to be
+printed without changing any of the other properties:
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Changing the time signature without affecting the beaming"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+\relative c'' {
+ \time 3/4
+ a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
+
+ % Change time signature symbol but keep 3/4 beaming
+ % due to unchanged underlying time signature
+ \set Score.timeSignatureFraction = #'(12 . 16)
+ a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
+
+ \time 12/16
+ % Lose 3/4 beaming now \time has been changed
+ a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
+}
"
+texidocde = "
+Standardmäßig wird nur der Zähler des N-tolen-Bruchs über der Klammer
+dargestellt, wie er dem @code{\\times}-Befehl übergeben wird.
+Man kann aber auch Zähler/Nenner ausgeben lassen, oder die Zahl
+vollständig unterdrücken.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Die Zahl der N-tole verändern"
+
texidoc = "
By default, only the numerator of the tuplet number is printed over the
tuplet bracket, i.e., the denominator of the argument to the
"
doctitle = "Changing the tuplet number"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
\times 2/3 { c8 c c } \times 2/3 { c8 c c }
\override TupletNumber #'text = #tuplet-number::calc-fraction-text
doctitle = "Changing time signatures inside a polymetric section using @code{\\scaleDurations}"
} % begin verbatim
+
\layout {
\context {
\Score
"
doctitle = "Chant or psalms notation"
} % begin verbatim
+
stemOn = { \override Staff.Stem #'transparent = ##f }
stemOff = { \override Staff.Stem #'transparent = ##t }
"
doctitle = "Chord name exceptions"
} % begin verbatim
+
% modify maj9 and 6(add9)
% Exception music is chords with markups
chExceptionMusic = {
doctitle = "Clip systems"
} % begin verbatim
+
#(ly:set-option 'clip-systems)
#(set! output-count 1)
"
doctitle = "Clusters"
} % begin verbatim
+
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
}
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.62"
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "pitches,editorial-annotations,really-cool"
+ texidoc = "
+It is possible to color note heads depending on their pitch and/or their names:
+the function used in this example even makes it possible to distinguish enharmonics.
+"
+ doctitle = "Coloring notes depending on their pitch"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+%Association list of pitches to colors.
+#(define color-mapping
+ (list
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 0 0) (x11-color 'red))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 0 1/2) (x11-color 'green))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 1 -1/2) (x11-color 'green))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 2 0) (x11-color 'red))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 2 1/2) (x11-color 'green))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 -1/2) (x11-color 'red))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 0) (x11-color 'green))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 4 1/2) (x11-color 'red))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 0) (x11-color 'green))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 -1/2) (x11-color 'red))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 6 1/2) (x11-color 'red))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 1 0) (x11-color 'blue))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 4 -1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 6 -1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
+ ))
+
+%Compare pitch and alteration (not octave).
+#(define (pitch-equals? p1 p2)
+ (and
+ (= (ly:pitch-alteration p1) (ly:pitch-alteration p2))
+ (= (ly:pitch-notename p1) (ly:pitch-notename p2))))
+
+#(define (pitch-to-color pitch)
+ (let ((color (assoc pitch color-mapping pitch-equals?)))
+ (if color
+ (cdr color))))
+
+#(define (color-notehead grob)
+ (pitch-to-color
+ (ly:event-property (ly:grob-property grob 'cause) 'pitch)))
+
+\score {
+ \new Staff \relative c' {
+ \override NoteHead #'color = #color-notehead
+ c8 b d dis ees f g aes
+ }
+}
"
doctitle = "Combining dynamics with markup texts"
} % begin verbatim
+
piuF = \markup { \italic più \dynamic f }
\layout { ragged-right = ##f }
\relative c'' {
"
doctitle = "Combining two parts on the same staff"
} % begin verbatim
+
musicUp = \relative c'' {
\time 4/4
a4 c4.( g8) a4 |
"
doctitle = "Compound time signatures"
} % begin verbatim
+
#(define (compound-time one two num)
(markup #:override '(baseline-skip . 0) #:number
(#:line ((#:column (one num)) #:vcenter "+" (#:column (two num))))
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
- texidoc = "
-The Scheme function @code{set-time-signature}, in combination with the
-@code{Measure_grouping_engraver}, creates measure grouping signs. Such
-signs ease reading rhythmically complex modern music. In the following
-example, the 9/8 measure is subdivided into 2, 2, 2 and 3 beats. This
-is passed to @code{set-time-signature} as the third argument @code{(2 2
-2 3)}.
+ texidoces = "
+Las opciones para agrupar los pulsos de un compás están a nuestra
+disposición a través de la función de Scheme
+@code{set-time-signature}, que acepta tres argumentos: el número
+de pulsos, la longitud del pulso, y la agrupación interna de los
+pulsos dentro del compás. Si se incluye el grabador
+@code{Measure_grouping_engraver}, la función crea también símbolos
+de agrupación @code{MeasureGrouping}. Dichos símbolos facilitan
+la lectura de la música moderna de cierta complejidad rítmica. En
+el ejemplo, el compás de 9/8 se subdivide en 2, 2, 2 y 3. Esto se
+pasa a la función @code{set-time-signature} como tercer argumento:
+@code{'(2 2 2 3)}:
+"
+doctitlees = "Símbolos de dirección, símbolos de agrupación de compás"
+ texidoc = "
+Options to group beats within a bar are available through the Scheme
+function @code{set-time-signature}, which takes three arguments: the
+number of beats, the beat length, and the internal grouping of beats in
+the measure. If the @code{Measure_grouping_engraver} is included, the
+function will also create @code{MeasureGrouping} signs. Such signs
+ease reading rhythmically complex modern music. In the example, the
+9/8 measure is subdivided in 2, 2, 2 and 3. This is passed to
+@code{set-time-signature} as the third argument: @code{'(2 2 2 3)}:
"
doctitle = "Conducting signs, measure grouping signs"
} % begin verbatim
+
\score {
\relative c'' {
#(set-time-signature 9 8 '(2 2 2 3))
"
doctitle = "Contemporary glissando"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
\time 3/4
\override Glissando #'style = #'zigzag
"
doctitle = "Controlling the placement of chord fingerings"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c' {
\set fingeringOrientations = #'(left)
<c-1 e-3 a-5>4
\set fingeringOrientations = #'(down)
<c-1 e-3 a-5>4
- \set fingeringOrientations = #'(right)
+ \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down right up)
<c-1 e-3 a-5>4
\set fingeringOrientations = #'(up)
<c-1 e-3 a-5>4
- \set fingeringOrientations = #'(left down)
- <c-1 e-3 a-5>2
- \set fingeringOrientations = #'(up right down)
- <c-1 e-3 a-5>2
+ \set fingeringOrientations = #'(left)
+ <c-1>2
+ \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down)
+ <e-3>2
}
+
texidoc = "
The vertical ordering of scripts is controlled with the
-@code{script-priority} property. The lower this number, the closer it
+@code{'script-priority} property. The lower this number, the closer it
will be put to the note. In this example, the @code{TextScript} (the
sharp symbol) first has the lowest priority, so it is put lowest in the
first example. In the second, the prall trill (the @code{Script}) has
"
doctitle = "Controlling the vertical ordering of scripts"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c''' {
\once \override TextScript #'script-priority = #-100
a2^\prall^\markup { \sharp }
texidoc = "
The default behavior of tuplet-bracket visibility is to print a bracket
unless there is a beam of the same length as the tuplet. To control the
-visibility of tuplet brackets, set the property @code{TupletBracket
-#'bracket-visibility} to either @code{##t} (always print a bracket),
-@code{##f} (never print a bracket) or @code{#'if-no-beam} (only print a
-bracket if there is no beam).
+visibility of tuplet brackets, set the property
+@code{'bracket-visibility} to either @code{#t} (always print a
+bracket), @code{#f} (never print a bracket) or @code{#'if-no-beam}
+(only print a bracket if there is no beam).
"
doctitle = "Controlling tuplet bracket visibility"
} % begin verbatim
-mus = \relative c'' {
+
+music = \relative c'' {
\times 2/3 { c16[ d e } f8]
\times 2/3 { c8 d e }
\times 2/3 { c4 d e }
}
-\new Voice \relative c'{
- << \mus s4^"default" >>
- \override TupletBracket #'bracket-visibility = #'if-no-beam
- << \mus s4^"'if-no-beam" >>
- \override TupletBracket #'bracket-visibility = ##t
- << \mus s4^"#t" >>
- \override TupletBracket #'bracket-visibility = ##f
- << \mus s4^"#f" >>
+\new Voice {
+ \relative c' {
+ << \music s4^"default" >>
+ \override TupletBracket #'bracket-visibility = #'if-no-beam
+ << \music s4^"'if-no-beam" >>
+ \override TupletBracket #'bracket-visibility = ##t
+ << \music s4^"#t" >>
+ \override TupletBracket #'bracket-visibility = ##f
+ << \music s4^"#f" >>
+ }
}
"
doctitle = "Creating a sequence of notes on various pitches"
} % begin verbatim
+
#(define (make-note-req p d)
(make-music 'NoteEvent
'duration d
"
doctitle = "Creating arpeggios across notes in different voices"
} % begin verbatim
+
\new Staff \with {
\consists "Span_arpeggio_engraver"
}
"
doctitle = "Creating blank staves"
} % begin verbatim
+
#(set-global-staff-size 20)
\score {
"
doctitle = "Creating cross-staff arpeggios in a piano staff"
} % begin verbatim
+
\new PianoStaff \relative c'' <<
\set PianoStaff.connectArpeggios = ##t
\new Staff {
"
doctitle = "Creating cross-staff arpeggios in other contexts"
} % begin verbatim
+
\score {
\new StaffGroup {
\set Score.connectArpeggios = ##t
\version "2.11.62"
\header {
+ texidoces = "
+Se pueden crear indicaciones metronómicas nuevas en modo de
+marcado, pero no cambian el tempo en la salida MIDI.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Crear indicaciones metronómicas en modo de marcado"
+
+
lsrtags = "staff-notation"
texidoc = "New metronome marks can be created in markup mode,
but they will not change the tempo in MIDI output."
doctitle = "Creating metronome marks in markup mode"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c' {
\tempo \markup {
\concat {
"
doctitle = "Creating \"real\" parenthesized dynamics"
} % begin verbatim
+
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
parenF = #(make-dynamic-script (markup #:line (#:normal-text #:italic
"
doctitle = "Creating slurs across voices"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c' {
<< {
d16( a') s a s a[ s a] s a[ s a]
doctitle = "Creating text spanners"
} % begin verbatim
+
\paper { ragged-right = ##f }
\relative c'' {
"
doctitle = "Custodes"
} % begin verbatim
+
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
\new Staff \with { \consists "Custos_engraver" } \relative c' {
\version "2.11.62"
\header {
+ texidoces = "
+Se pueden establecer las propiedades de los diagramas de
+posiciones de acordes por medio de @code{'fret-diagram-details}.
+Para los diagramas de posiciones de FretBoard, se aplican los
+overrides (sobreescrituras) al objeto @code{FretBoards.FretBoard}.
+Como @code{Voice}, @code{FretBoards} es un contexto del nivel
+inferior, y por tanto se puede omitir su nombre en la
+sobreescritura de propiedades.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Personalizar los diagramas de posiciones"
+
lsrtags = "fretted-strings,tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "Fret diagram properties can be set through
doctitle = "Customizing fretboard fret diagrams"
} % begin verbatim
+
\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode { c' }
#guitar-tuning
\version "2.11.62"
\header {
+ texidoces = "
+Se pueden establecer las propiedades de los diagramas de
+posiciones a través de @code{'fret-diagram-details}. Para los
+diagramas de posiciones de marcado, se pueden aplicar overrides
+(sobreescrituras) al objeto @code{Voice.TextScript} o directamente al elemento de marcado.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Personalizar diagramas de posiciones de marcado"
+
lsrtags = "fretted-strings,tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "Fret diagram properties can be set through
doctitle = "Customizing markup fret diagrams"
} % begin verbatim
+
<<
\chords { c1 c c d }
"
doctitle = "Default direction of stems on the center line of the staff"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
a4 b c b
\override Stem #'neutral-direction = #up
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.62"
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
+ texidoc = "Predefined fret diagrams can be added for new instruments
+in addition to the standards used for guitar. This file shows how
+this is done by defining a new string-tuning and a few predefined
+fretboards for the Venezuelan cuatro.
+
+This file also shows how fingerings can be included in the chords
+used as reference points for the chord lookup, and displayed in
+the fret diagram and the @code{TabStaff}, but not the music.
+
+These fretboards are not transposable because they contain string
+information. This is planned to be corrected in the future.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Defining predefined fretboards for other instruments"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+% add FretBoards for the Cuatro
+% Note: This section could be put into a separate file
+% predefined-cuatro-fretboards.ly
+% and \included into each of your compositions
+
+cuatroTuning = #'(11 18 14 9)
+
+dSix = { <a\4 b\1 d\3 fis\2> }
+dMajor = { <a\4 d\1 d\3 fis \2> }
+aMajSeven = { <a\4 cis\1 e\3 g\2> }
+dMajSeven = { <a\4 c\1 d\3 fis\2> }
+gMajor = { <b\4 b\1 d\3 g\2> }
+
+\storePredefinedDiagram \dSix
+ #cuatroTuning
+ #"o;o;o;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \dMajor
+ #cuatroTuning
+ #"o;o;o;3-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \aMajSeven
+ #cuatroTuning
+ #"o;2-2;1-1;2-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \dMajSeven
+ #cuatroTuning
+ #"o;o;o;1-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \gMajor
+ #cuatroTuning
+ #"2-2;o;1-1;o;"
+
+% end of potential include file /predefined-cuatro-fretboards.ly
+
+
+#(set-global-staff-size 16)
+
+primerosNames = \chordmode {
+ d:6 d a:maj7 d:maj7
+ g
+}
+primeros = {
+ \dSix \dMajor \aMajSeven \dMajSeven
+ \gMajor
+}
+
+\score {
+ <<
+ \new ChordNames {
+ \set chordChanges = ##t
+ \primerosNames
+ }
+
+ \new Staff {
+ \new Voice \with {
+ \remove "New_fingering_engraver"
+ }
+ \relative c'' {
+ \primeros
+ }
+ }
+
+ \new FretBoards {
+ \set stringTunings = #cuatroTuning
+ \override FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'string-count = #'4
+ \override FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'finger-code = #'in-dot
+ \primeros
+ }
+
+ \new TabStaff \relative c'' {
+ \set TabStaff.stringTunings = #cuatroTuning
+ \primeros
+ }
+
+ >>
+
+ \layout {
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ \override SpacingSpanner
+ #'base-shortest-duration = #(ly:make-moment 1 16)
+ }
+ }
+ \midi { }
+}
\version "2.11.62"
\header {
- lsrtags = "vocal-music, keyboards, unfretted-strings, midi"
+ lsrtags = "midi"
texidoc = "
Problem: How to know which @code{midiInstrument} would be best for your
"
doctitle = "Demo MidiInstruments"
} % begin verbatim
+
\header {
title = "Demo of all midi sounds"
arranger = "Myself "
}
-basemelodie = \relative c' {
- c4. \mf g c16 b' c d
+baseMelody = \relative c' {
+ c4.\mf g c16 b' c d
e16 d e f g4 g'4 r
R1
}
-melodie = { \tempo 4 = 150 \basemelodie }
+melody = {
+ \tempo 4 = 150
+ \baseMelody
+}
\score {
\new Staff <<
- \new Voice { \melodie
- }
+ \new Voice \melody
>>
\layout { }
}
\score {
\new Staff <<
- %\set Staff.instrumentName= #"S/A"
- %\set Staff.midiMinimumVolume = #0.2
- %\set Staff.midiMaximumVolume = #0.4
- %\set Voice.dynamicAbsoluteVolumeFunction = #0.6
- \new Voice { r \mf
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"acoustic grand" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"bright acoustic" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"electric grand" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"honky-tonk" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"electric piano 1" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"electric piano 2" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"harpsichord" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"clav" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"celesta" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"glockenspiel" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"music box" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"vibraphone" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"marimba" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"xylophone" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"tubular bells" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"dulcimer" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"drawbar organ" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"percussive organ" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"rock organ" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"church organ" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"reed organ" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"accordion" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"harmonica" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"concertina" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"acoustic guitar (nylon)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"acoustic guitar (steel)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"electric guitar (jazz)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"electric guitar (clean)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"electric guitar (muted)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"overdriven guitar" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"distorted guitar" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"acoustic bass" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"electric bass (finger)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"electric bass (pick)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"fretless bass" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"slap bass 1" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"slap bass 2" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"synth bass 1" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"synth bass 2" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"violin" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"viola" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"cello" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"contrabass" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"tremolo strings" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pizzicato strings" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"orchestral strings" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"timpani" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"string ensemble 1" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"string ensemble 2" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"synthstrings 1" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"synthstrings 2" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"choir aahs" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"voice oohs" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"synth voice" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"orchestra hit" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"trumpet" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"trombone" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"tuba" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"muted trumpet" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"french horn" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"brass section" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"synthbrass 1" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"synthbrass 2" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"soprano sax" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"alto sax" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"tenor sax" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"baritone sax" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"oboe" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"english horn" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"bassoon" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"clarinet" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"piccolo" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"flute" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"recorder" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pan flute" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"blown bottle" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"shakuhachi" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"whistle" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"ocarina" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"lead 1 (square)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"lead 2 (sawtooth)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"lead 3 (calliope)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"lead 4 (chiff)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"lead 5 (charang)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"lead 6 (voice)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"lead 7 (fifths)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"lead 8 (bass+lead)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pad 1 (new age)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pad 2 (warm)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pad 3 (polysynth)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pad 4 (choir)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pad 5 (bowed)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pad 6 (metallic)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pad 7 (halo)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pad 8 (sweep)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"fx 1 (rain)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"fx 2 (soundtrack)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"fx 3 (crystal)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"fx 4 (atmosphere)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"fx 5 (brightness)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"fx 6 (goblins)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"fx 7 (echoes)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"fx 8 (sci-fi)" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"sitar" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"banjo" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"shamisen" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"koto" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"kalimba" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"bagpipe" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"fiddle" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"shanai" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"tinkle bell" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"agogo" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"steel drums" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"woodblock" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"taiko drum" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"melodic tom" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"synth drum" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"reverse cymbal" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"guitar fret noise" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"breath noise" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"seashore" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"bird tweet" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"telephone ring" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"helicopter" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"applause" \melodie
- \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"gunshot" \melodie
+ \new Voice {
+ r\mf
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"acoustic grand" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"bright acoustic" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"electric grand" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"honky-tonk" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"electric piano 1" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"electric piano 2" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"harpsichord" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"clav" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"celesta" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"glockenspiel" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"music box" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"vibraphone" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"marimba" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"xylophone" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"tubular bells" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"dulcimer" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"drawbar organ" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"percussive organ" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"rock organ" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"church organ" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"reed organ" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"accordion" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"harmonica" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"concertina" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"acoustic guitar (nylon)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"acoustic guitar (steel)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"electric guitar (jazz)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"electric guitar (clean)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"electric guitar (muted)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"overdriven guitar" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"distorted guitar" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"acoustic bass" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"electric bass (finger)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"electric bass (pick)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"fretless bass" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"slap bass 1" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"slap bass 2" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"synth bass 1" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"synth bass 2" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"violin" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"viola" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"cello" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"contrabass" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"tremolo strings" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pizzicato strings" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"orchestral strings" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"timpani" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"string ensemble 1" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"string ensemble 2" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"synthstrings 1" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"synthstrings 2" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"choir aahs" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"voice oohs" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"synth voice" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"orchestra hit" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"trumpet" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"trombone" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"tuba" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"muted trumpet" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"french horn" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"brass section" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"synthbrass 1" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"synthbrass 2" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"soprano sax" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"alto sax" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"tenor sax" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"baritone sax" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"oboe" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"english horn" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"bassoon" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"clarinet" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"piccolo" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"flute" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"recorder" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pan flute" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"blown bottle" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"shakuhachi" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"whistle" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"ocarina" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"lead 1 (square)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"lead 2 (sawtooth)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"lead 3 (calliope)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"lead 4 (chiff)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"lead 5 (charang)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"lead 6 (voice)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"lead 7 (fifths)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"lead 8 (bass+lead)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pad 1 (new age)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pad 2 (warm)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pad 3 (polysynth)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pad 4 (choir)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pad 5 (bowed)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pad 6 (metallic)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pad 7 (halo)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pad 8 (sweep)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"fx 1 (rain)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"fx 2 (soundtrack)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"fx 3 (crystal)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"fx 4 (atmosphere)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"fx 5 (brightness)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"fx 6 (goblins)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"fx 7 (echoes)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"fx 8 (sci-fi)" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"sitar" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"banjo" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"shamisen" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"koto" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"kalimba" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"bagpipe" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"fiddle" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"shanai" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"tinkle bell" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"agogo" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"steel drums" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"woodblock" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"taiko drum" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"melodic tom" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"synth drum" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"reverse cymbal" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"guitar fret noise" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"breath noise" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"seashore" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"bird tweet" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"telephone ring" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"helicopter" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"applause" \melody
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"gunshot" \melody
}
>>
\midi { }
"
doctitle = "Demonstrating all headers"
} % begin verbatim
+
\header {
copyright = "copyright"
title = "title"
%% This file is in the public domain.
\version "2.11.62"
\header {
+ texidoces = "
+Si hay un solo pentagrama en un de los tipos de sistema
+@code{ChoirStaff}, @code{InnerChoirStaff}, @code{InnerStaffGroup}
+o @code{StaffGroup}, el comportamiento predeterminado es que no se
+imprima el corchete en la barra inicial. Esto se puede cambiar
+sobreescribiendo las propiedades adecuadas.
+
+Observe que en contextos como @code{PianoStaff} y
+@code{GrandStaff} en que los sistemas empiezan con una llave en
+lugar de un corchete, se debe establecer el valor de una propiedad
+distinta, como se ve en el segundo sistema del ejemplo.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Mostrar corchete o llave en grupos de un solo pentagrama"
+
+
lsrtags = "staff-notation,tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "If there is only one staff in one of the staff types
@code{ChoirStaff}, @code{InnerChoirStaff}, @code{InnerStaffGroup}
doctitle = "Display bracket with only one staff in a system"
} % begin verbatim
+
\markup \left-column {
\score {
\new StaffGroup <<
"
+ texidocde = "
+ In Werken des fürhen 20. Jahrhundert, angefangen mit Schönberg, Berg
+ und Webern (die zweite Wiener Schule), wird jeder Ton der
+ Zwölftonleiter als gleichwertig erachtet, ohne hierarchische
+ Ordnung. Deshalb wird in dieser Musik für jede Note ein Versetzungszeichen
+ ausgegeben, auch für unalterierte Tonhöhen, um das neue Verständnis
+ der Musiktheorie und Musiksprache zu verdeutlichen.
+
+ Dieser Schnipsel zeigt, wie derartige Notationsregeln zu erstellen sind.
+ "
+
+doctitlede = "Versetzungszeichen für jede Note im Stil der Zwölftonmusik"
lsrtags = "pitches"
texidoc = "In early 20th century works, starting with Schoenberg,
doctitle = "Dodecaphonic-style accidentals for each note including naturals"
} % begin verbatim
+
\score {
\new Staff {
#(set-accidental-style 'dodecaphonic)
doctitle = "Dotted harmonics"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c''' {
\time 3/4
\key f \major
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.62"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks, simultaneous-notes"
+
+ texidoc = "
+To connect chords with glissando lines, attach a second glissando to a
+hidden voice.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Double glissando"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+\relative c {
+ \clef bass
+ <<
+ {
+ % new voice ( = \voiceOne), hidden
+ \hideNotes
+ % attach glissando to note heads
+ e2\glissando g
+ }
+ \\
+ {
+ % original voice with chords rearranged so that
+ % glissando is attached to a & c
+ <e a,>2\glissando <g c,>
+ }
+ >>
+}
doctitle = "Drawing boxes around grobs"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
\override TextScript #'stencil =
#(make-stencil-boxer 0.1 0.3 ly:text-interface::print)
doctitle = "Drawing circles around various objects"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c' {
c1
\set Score.markFormatter =
measure-counter.ly
creating-blank-staves.ly
controlling-the-placement-of-chord-fingerings.ly
-making-some-staff-lines-thicker-than-the-others.ly
+marking-notes-of-spoken-parts-with-a-cross-on-the-stem.ly
applying-note-head-styles-depending-on-the-step-of-the-scale.ly
embedding-native-postscript-in-a--markup-block.ly
changing-the-appearance-of-a-slur-from-solid-to-dotted-or-dashed.ly
using-postscript-to-generate-special-note-head-shapes.ly
blanking-staff-lines-using-the--whiteout-command.ly
analysis-brackets-above-the-staff.ly
+coloring-notes-depending-on-their-pitch.ly
+making-some-staff-lines-thicker-than-the-others.ly
"
doctitle = "Embedding native PostScript in a \\markup block"
} % begin verbatim
+
% PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Inc.
\relative c'' {
"
doctitle = "Engravers one-by-one"
} % begin verbatim
+
%% sample music
topVoice = \relative c' {
\key d\major
"
doctitle = "Engraving ties manually"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c' {
<c e g>2 ~ <c e g>
\override TieColumn #'tie-configuration =
"
+ texidocde = "
+Die Eigenschaft @code{tupletSpannerDuration} bestimmt, wie lange jede
+der N-tolen innerhalb der Klammern nach dem @code{\\times}-Befehl
+dauert. Auf diese Art können etwa viele Triolen nacheinander mit nur
+einem @code{\\times}-Befehl geschrieben werden.
+
+Im Beispiel sind zwei Triolen zu sehen, obwohl @code{\\times} nur
+einmal geschrieben wurde.
+
+Mehr Information über @code{make-moment} gibt es in \"Verwaltung der Zeiteinheiten\".
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Mehrere Triolen notieren, aber nur einmal \\times benutzen"
+
texidoc = "
The property @code{tupletSpannerDuration} sets how long each of the
tuplets contained within the brackets after @code{\\times} should last.
"
doctitle = "Entering several tuplets using only one \\times command"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c' {
\time 2/4
\set tupletSpannerDuration = #(ly:make-moment 1 4)
changing-the-appearance-of-a-slur-from-solid-to-dotted-or-dashed.ly
creating-arpeggios-across-notes-in-different-voices.ly
creating-cross-staff-arpeggios-in-other-contexts.ly
+double-glissando.ly
printing-hairpins-using-al-niente-notation.ly
laissez-vibrer-ties.ly
contemporary-glissando.ly
hiding-the-extender-line-for-text-dynamics.ly
vertically-aligning-dynamics-across-multiple-notes.ly
horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly
+breathing-signs.ly
changing-text-and-spanner-styles-for-text-dynamics.ly
controlling-the-vertical-ordering-of-scripts.ly
inserting-a-caesura.ly
combining-dynamics-with-markup-texts.ly
creating-slurs-across-voices.ly
caesura-railtracks-with-fermata.ly
-changing-the-breath-mark-symbol.ly
+adjusting-the-shape-of-falls-and-doits.ly
modifying-default-values-for-articulation-shorthand-notation.ly
creating-simultaneous-rehearsal-marks.ly
setting-hairpin-behavior-at-bar-lines.ly
changing--flageolet-mark-size.ly
piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly
-adjusting-the-shape-of-falls-and-doits.ly
+changing-the-breath-mark-symbol.ly
"
doctitle = "Faking a hammer in tablatures"
} % begin verbatim
+
\score {
\new TabStaff {
\relative c'' {
doctitle = "Fine-tuning pedal brackets"
} % begin verbatim
+
\paper { ragged-right = ##f }
\relative c'' {
c2\sostenutoOn c
\header {
lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
+ texidoces = "
+En este ejemplo se combinan las digitaciones de la mano izquierda,
+indicaciones del número de cuerda y digitaciones de la mano
+derecha.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Digitaciones, indicación del número de cuerda y digitaciones de mano derecha"
+
texidoc = "
This example combines left-hand fingering, string indications, and
right-hand fingering.
"
doctitle = "Fingerings, string indications, and right-hand fingerings"
} % begin verbatim
+
#(define RH rightHandFinger)
\relative c {
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.62"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "rhythms"
+
+ texidoc = "
+ Flat flags on lone notes and beam nibs at the ends of beamed figures
+are both possible with a combination of @code{stemLeftBeamCount},
+@code{stemRightBeamCount} and paired @code{[ ]} beam indicators.
+
+
+
+
+For right-pointing flat flags on lone notes, use paired @code{[ ]} beam
+indicators and set @code{stemLeftBeamCount} to zero (see Example 1).
+
+
+
+
+For left-pointing flat flags, set @code{stemRightBeamCount} instead
+(Example 2).
+
+
+
+
+For right-pointing nibs at the end of a run of beamed notes, set
+@code{stemRightBeamCount} to a positive value. And for left-pointing
+nibs at the start of a run of beamed notes, set
+@code{stemLeftBeamCount} instead (Example 3).
+
+
+
+
+Sometimes it may make sense for a lone note surrounded by rests to
+carry both a left- and right-pointing flat flag. Do this with paired
+@code{[ ]} beam indicators alone (Example 4).
+
+
+
+
+(Note that @code{\\set stemLeftBeamCount}is always equivalent to
+@code{\\once \\set}. In other words, the beam count settings aren't
+\"sticky\", so the pair of flat flags attached to the lone @code{c'16
+[ ]} in the last example have nothing to do with the @code{\\set} two
+notes prior.)
+
+
+
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Flat flags and beam nibs"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+\score {
+<<
+% Example 1
+\new RhythmicStaff {
+ \set stemLeftBeamCount = #0
+ c'16 [ ]
+ r8.
+}
+
+% Example 2
+\new RhythmicStaff {
+ r8.
+ \set stemRightBeamCount = #0
+ c'16 [ ]
+}
+
+% Example 3
+\new RhythmicStaff {
+ c'16
+ c'16
+ \set stemRightBeamCount = #2
+ c'16
+ r16
+ r16
+ \set stemLeftBeamCount = #2
+ c'16
+ c'16
+ c'16
+}
+
+% Example 4
+\new RhythmicStaff {
+ c'16
+ c'16
+ \set stemRightBeamCount = #2
+ c'16
+ r16
+ c'16 [ ]
+ r16
+ \set stemLeftBeamCount = #2
+ c'16
+ c'16
+}
+>>
+}
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.62"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "winds"
+
+ texidoc = "
+It is possible to indicate special articulation techniques such as
+flute's \"tongue slap\", by replacing the note head with the
+appropriate glyph.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Flute slap notation"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+slap =
+#(define-music-function (parser location music) (ly:music?)
+#{\override NoteHead #'stencil = #ly:text-interface::print
+ \override NoteHead #'text = \markup \musicglyph #"scripts.sforzato"
+ \override NoteHead #'extra-offset = #'(0.1 . 0.0 )
+ $music
+ \revert NoteHead #'stencil
+ \revert NoteHead #'text
+ \revert NoteHead #'extra-offset #})
+
+\relative c' {
+ c \slap c d r \slap { g a } b r
+}
"
doctitle = "Forcing horizontal shift of notes"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c' <<
{
<d g>2 <d g>
"
doctitle = "Forcing rehearsal marks to start from a given letter or number"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c''{
c1 \mark \default
c1 \mark \default
"
doctitle = "Formatting lyrics syllables"
} % begin verbatim
+
% Tip taken from http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/lilypond-user/2007-12/msg00215.html
\header {
title = "Markup can be used inside lyrics!"
doctitle = "Fret diagrams explained and developed"
} % begin verbatim
+
<<
\chords {
a2 a
-how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly
-flamenco-notation.ly
+customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly
adding-fingerings-to-tablatures.ly
-placement-of-right-hand-fingerings.ly
fingerings,-string-indications,-and-right-hand-fingerings.ly
-polyphony-in-tablature.ly
jazz-combo-template.ly
adding-fingerings-to-a-score.ly
-letter-tablature-formatting.ly
laissez-vibrer-ties.ly
controlling-the-placement-of-chord-fingerings.ly
+modern-tab-text-clef.ly
+fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly
+stem-and-beam-behavior-in-tablature.ly
+how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly
+flamenco-notation.ly
+placement-of-right-hand-fingerings.ly
+guitar-strum-rhythms.ly
+polyphony-in-tablature.ly
+defining-predefined-fretboards-for-other-instruments.ly
+letter-tablature-formatting.ly
allowing-fingerings-to-be-printed-inside-the-staff.ly
customizing-fretboard-fret-diagrams.ly
faking-a-hammer-in-tablatures.ly
-fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly
-modern-tab-text-clef.ly
-stem-and-beam-behavior-in-tablature.ly
-customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly
"
doctitle = "Generating random notes"
} % begin verbatim
+
\score {
{ #(let ((random-state (seed->random-state (current-time))))
(ly:export
"
doctitle = "Grid lines: changing their appearance"
} % begin verbatim
+
\layout {
\context {
\Staff
"
doctitle = "Grid lines: emphasizing rhythms and notes synchronization"
} % begin verbatim
+
%% sets of grid
\layout {
\context {
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.62"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "rhythms"
+
+ texidoces = "
+Los patrones de barrado se pueden alterar con la propiedad
+@code{beatGrouping}:
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Agrupar los pulsos"
+
+ texidoc = "
+Beaming patterns may be altered with the @code{beatGrouping} property:
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Grouping beats"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+\relative c'' {
+ \time 5/16
+ \set beatGrouping = #'(2 3)
+ c8[^"(2+3)" c16 c8]
+ \set beatGrouping = #'(3 2)
+ c8[^"(3+2)" c16 c8]
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.62"
+
+\header {
+ texidoces = "
+Para la música de guitarra, es posible mostrar los ritmos de rasgueo,
+además de las notas de la melodía, acordes y diagramas de posiciones.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Ritmos rasgueados de guitarra"
+
+ lsrtags = "rhythms,fretted-strings"
+ texidoc = "
+For guitar music, it is possible to show strum rhythms, along
+with melody notes, chord names, and fret diagrams.
+"
+ doctitle = "Guitar strum rhythms"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+<<
+ \new ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ c1 f g c
+ }
+ }
+
+ \new FretBoards {
+ \chordmode {
+ c1 f g c
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ \new Voice \with {
+ \consists Pitch_squash_engraver
+ } \relative c'' {
+ \improvisationOn
+ c4 c8 c c4 c8 c
+ f4 f8 f f4 f8 f
+ g4 g8 g g4 g8 g
+ c4 c8 c c4 c8 c
+ }
+
+
+ \new Voice = "melody" {
+ \relative c'' {
+ \improvisationOff
+ c2 e4 e4
+ f2. r4
+ g2. a4
+ e4 c2.
+ }
+ }
+
+ \new Lyrics {
+ \lyricsto "melody" {
+ This is my song.
+ I like to sing.
+ }
+ }
+>>
"
doctitle = "Heavily customized polymetric time signatures"
} % begin verbatim
+
#(define (set-time-signature one two three four five six seven eight nine ten
eleven num)
(markup #:override '(baseline-skip . 0) #:number
"
doctitle = "Hiding the extender line for text dynamics"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
\override DynamicTextSpanner #'dash-period = #-1.0
\crescTextCresc
"
doctitle = "Horizontally aligning custom dynamics (e.g. \"sempre pp\", \"piu f\", \"subito p\")"
} % begin verbatim
+
\header { title = "Horizontally aligning custom dynamics" }
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
"
doctitle = "How to change fret diagram position"
} % begin verbatim
+
harmonies = \chordmode
{
a8:13
"
doctitle = "How to put ties between syllables in lyrics"
} % begin verbatim
+
\lyrics {
wa~o~a
}
doctitle = "Incipit"
} % begin verbatim
+
incipit =
#(define-music-function (parser location incipit-music) (ly:music?)
#{
"
doctitle = "Indicating cross-staff chords with arpeggio bracket"
} % begin verbatim
+
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
\new PianoStaff <<
doctitle = "Inserting a caesura"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
\override BreathingSign #'text = \markup {
\musicglyph #"scripts.caesura.straight"
"
doctitle = "Inserting score fragments above a staff, as markups"
} % begin verbatim
+
tuning = \markup {
\score {
\new Staff \with { \remove "Time_signature_engraver" }
"
doctitle = "Isolated percent repeats"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
\override MultiMeasureRest #'stencil
= #ly:multi-measure-rest::percent
"
doctitle = "Jazz combo template"
} % begin verbatim
+
\header {
title = "Song"
subtitle = "(tune)"
piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly
piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly
jazz-combo-template.ly
-demo-midiinstruments.ly
"
doctitle = "Laissez vibrer ties"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c' {
<c e g>4\laissezVibrer r <c f g>\laissezVibrer r
<c d f g>4\laissezVibrer r <c d f g>4.\laissezVibrer r8
doctitle = "Letter tablature formatting"
} % begin verbatim
+
#(define (letter-tablature-format str context event)
(let*
((tuning (ly:context-property context 'stringTunings))
doctitle = "Line arrows"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
\override TextSpanner #'bound-padding = #1.0
\override TextSpanner #'style = #'line
"
doctitle = "Lyrics alignment"
} % begin verbatim
+
\layout { ragged-right = ##f }
\relative c'' {
c1
doctitle = "Makam example"
} % begin verbatim
+
% Initialize makam settings
\include "makam.ly"
doctitle = "Making an object invisible with the transparent property"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
\time 2/4
<< {
"
doctitle = "Making some staff lines thicker than the others"
} % begin verbatim
+
{
\override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-positions = #'(-4 -2 -0.2 0 0.2 2 4)
d'4 e' f' g'
"
doctitle = "Manually break figured bass extenders for only some numbers"
} % begin verbatim
+
bassfigures = \figuremode {
\set useBassFigureExtenders = ##t
<6 4>4 <6 4\!> <6 4\!> <6 4\!> | <6\! 4\!> <6 4> <6 4\!> <6 4>
"
doctitle = "Manually controlling beam positions"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c' {
\time 2/4
% from upper staffline (position 4) to center (position 0)
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.62"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, vocal-music"
+
+ texidoc = "
+This example shows how to put crosses on stems. Mark the beginning
+of a spoken section with the @code{\\speakOn} keyword, and end it
+with the @code{\\speakOff} keyword. Remember to end cross sections
+before entering any rest: this function also adds crosses to the
+invisible stems of rests.
+"
+ doctitle = "Marking notes of spoken parts with a cross on the stem"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+
+speakOn = {
+ \override Stem #'stencil = #(lambda (grob)
+ (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
+ (ly:stem::print grob)
+ Y
+ (- (ly:grob-property grob 'direction))
+ (grob-interpret-markup grob
+ (markup #:hspace -1.025 #:fontsize -4
+ #:musicglyph "noteheads.s2cross"))
+ -2.3 0))
+}
+
+speakOff = {
+ \revert Stem #'stencil
+}
+
+\score {
+ \new Staff {
+ \relative c'' {
+ a4 b a c
+ \speakOn
+ g4 f r g
+ b4 r d e
+ \speakOff
+ c4 a g f
+ }
+ }
+}
doctitle = "Markup lines"
} % begin verbatim
+
#(set-default-paper-size "a6")
#(define-markup-list-command (paragraph layout props args) (markup-list?)
"
doctitle = "Mensurstriche layout (bar lines between the staves)"
} % begin verbatim
+
global = {
\override Staff.BarLine #'transparent = ##t
s1 s
"
doctitle = "Merging multi-measure rests in a polyphonic part"
} % begin verbatim
+
normalPos= \revert MultiMeasureRest #'staff-position
{
doctitle = "Modern TAB text clef"
} % begin verbatim
+
TAB = \markup {
\raise #1.5
\sans
"
doctitle = "Modifying default values for articulation shorthand notation"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' { c1-+ }
dashPlus = "trill"
\relative c'' { c1-+ }
"
doctitle = "Modifying tuplet bracket length"
} % begin verbatim
+
\new RhythmicStaff {
% Set tuplets to be extendable...
\set tupletFullLength = ##t
\version "2.11.62"
\header {
+texidoces = "
+Los elementos de marcado aplicados a un silencio multicompás se
+centran encima o debajo de éste. Los elementos de marcado extensos
+que se adjuntan a silencios multicompás no producen la expansión del
+compás. Para expandir un silencio multicompás de forma que quepa todo
+el marcado, utilice un silencio de separación con un marcado aplicado
+antes del silencio multicompás.
+
+Observe que el silencio separador produce la inserción de un compás.
+El texto aplicado a un siencio sparador de esta forma se alinea por la
+izquierda a la posición en que la nota estaría situada dentro del
+compás, pero si la longitud del compás está determinada por la
+longitud del texto, éste aparecerá centrado.
+
+"
+
+doctitlees = "Marcado de silencios multicompás"
lsrtags = "rhythms, text"
texidoc = "Markups attached to a multi-measure rest will be
centered above or below it. Long markups attached to multi-measure
doctitle = "Multi-measure rest markup"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c' {
\compressFullBarRests
\textLengthOn
"
doctitle = "Nesting staves"
} % begin verbatim
+
\new StaffGroup
\relative c'' <<
\set StaffGroup.systemStartDelimiterHierarchy
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches, staff-notation"
-doctitlees = "Armaduras de tonalidad no tradicionales"
-texidoces = "
+ doctitlees = "Armaduras de tonalidad no tradicionales"
+ texidoces = "
La muy utilizada instrucción @code{\\key} establece la propiedad
@code{keySignature} property, dentro del contexto @code{Staff}.
Para crear armaduras de tonalidad no estándar, ajuste esta propiedad
-directamente. El formato de esta instrucción es una lista:
+directamente. El formato de esta instrucción es una lista:
-@code{ \\set Staff.keySignature = #`(((octava . paso) . alteración)
-((octava . paso) . alteración) ...) } donde, para cada elemento dentro
+@code{\\set Staff.keySignature = #`(((octava . paso) . alteración)
+((octava . paso) . alteración) ...)} donde, para cada elemento dentro
de la lista, @code{octava} especifica la octava (siendo cero la octava
desde el Do central hasta el Si por encima), @code{paso} especifica la
nota dentro de la octava (cero significa Do y 6 significa Si), y
He aquí un ejemplo de una posible armadura para generar una escala
exátona:
+"
+ doctitlede = "Untypische Tonarten"
+ texidocde = "
+Der üblicherweise benutzte @code{\\key}-Befehl setzt die
+@code{keySignature}-Eigenschaft im @code{Staff}-Kontext.
+
+Um untypische Tonartenvorzeichen zu erstellen, muss man diese Eigenschaft
+direkt setzen. Das Format für den Befehl ist eine Liste: @code{ \\set
+Staff.keySignature = #`(((Oktave . Schritt) . Alteration) ((Oktave
+. Schritt) . Alteration) ...)} wobei für jedes Element in der Liste
+@code{Oktave} die Oktave angibt (0@tie{}ist die Oktave vom
+eingestrichenen@tie{}C bis zum eingestrichenen@tie{}H), @code{Schritt} gibt
+die Note innerhalb der Oktave an (0@tie{}heißt@tie{}C und
+6@tie{}heißt@tie{}H), und @code{Alteration} ist @code{,SHARP ,FLAT
+,DOUBLE-SHARP} usw. (Beachte das beginnende Komma.)
+
+Alternativ kann auch jedes Element der Liste mit dem allgemeineren Format
+@code{(Schritt . Alteration)} gesetzt werden, wobei dann die Einstellungen
+für alle Oktaven gelten.
+
+Hier ein Beispiel einer möglichen Tonart für eine Ganztonleiter:
"
texidoc = "
"
doctitle = "Non-traditional key signatures"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c' {
- \set Staff.keySignature = #`(((0 . 3) . ,SHARP) ((0 . 5) . ,FLAT) ((0 . 6) . ,FLAT))
+ \set Staff.keySignature = #`(((0 . 3) . ,SHARP)
+ ((0 . 5) . ,FLAT)
+ ((0 . 6) . ,FLAT))
c4 d e fis
aes4 bes c2
}
-
@code{set-octavation}.
"
doctitlees = "Texto de octava alta y baja"
+
+
+texidocde = "
+Intern setzt die @code{set-octavation}-Funktion die Eigenschaften
+@code{ottavation} (etwa auf den Wert @code{\"8va\"} oder @code{\"8vb\"})
+und @code{middleCPosition}. Um den Text der Oktavierungsklammer zu
+ändern, kann @code{ottavation} manuell gesetzt werden, nachdem
+@code{set-octavation} benützt wurde.
+
+"
+
+doctitlede = "Ottava-Text"
+
texidoc = "
Internally, the @code{set-octavation} function sets the properties
@code{ottavation} (for example, to @code{\"8va\"} or @code{\"8vb\"})
"
doctitle = "Ottava text"
} % begin verbatim
+
{
\ottava #1
\set Staff.ottavation = #"8"
doctitle = "Outputting the version number"
} % begin verbatim
+
\score {
\new Lyrics {
\override Score.RehearsalMark #'self-alignment-X = #LEFT
doctitle = "Page label"
} % begin verbatim
+
#(set-default-paper-size "a6")
#(define-markup-command (toc-line layout props label text)
creating-blank-staves.ly
+aligning-and-centering-instrument-names.ly
+table-of-contents.ly
demonstrating-all-headers.ly
changing-the-staff-size.ly
clip-systems.ly
-aligning-and-centering-instrument-names.ly
-alignment-vertical-spacing.ly
-table-of-contents.ly
"
doctitle = "Percent repeat counter"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
\set countPercentRepeats = ##t
\repeat percent 4 { c1 }
"
doctitle = "Percussion beaters"
} % begin verbatim
+
stick = \markup {
\with-dimensions #'(0 . 5) #'(0 . 5)
\postscript #"
"
+ texidocde = "
+Dieses künstliche Beispiel zeigt, wie sowohl automatische als auch
+manuelle Zeilenumbrüche innerhalb einer N-tole mit Balken erlaubt
+werden können. Diese unregelmäßige Bebalkung muss allerdings manuell
+gesetzt werden.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Zeilenumbrüche bei N-tolen mit Balken erlauben"
+
texidoc = "
This artificial example shows how both manual and automatic line breaks
may be permitted to within a beamed tuplet. Note that such off-beat
"
doctitle = "Permitting line breaks within beamed tuplets"
} % begin verbatim
+
\layout {
\context {
\Voice
"
doctitle = "Piano template (simple)"
} % begin verbatim
+
upper = \relative c'' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
doctitle = "Piano template with centered dynamics"
} % begin verbatim
+
global = {
\key c \major
\time 4/4
"
doctitle = "Piano template with centered lyrics"
} % begin verbatim
+
upper = \relative c'' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
doctitlees = "Plantilla de piano con melodía y letra"
texidocde = "
-as nächste Beispiel ist typisch für ein Lied: Im oberen System die
+Das nächste Beispiel ist typisch für ein Lied: Im oberen System die
Melodie mit Text, darunter Klavierbegleitung.
"
"
doctitle = "Piano template with melody and lyrics"
} % begin verbatim
+
melody = \relative c'' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
adding-ambitus-per-voice.ly
applying-note-head-styles-depending-on-the-step-of-the-scale.ly
+ambitus.ly
transposing-pitches-with-minimum-accidentals-smart-transpose.ly
ottava-text.ly
tweaking-clef-properties.ly
ambitus-with-multiple-voices.ly
generating-random-notes.ly
makam-example.ly
+coloring-notes-depending-on-their-pitch.ly
dodecaphonic-style-accidentals-for-each-note-including-naturals.ly
preventing-natural-signs-from-being-printed-when-the-key-signature-changes.ly
quoting-another-voice-with-transposition.ly
\header {
lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
+ texidoces = "
+Es posible ejercer un mayor control sobre la colocación de las
+digitaciones de la mano derecha estableciendo el valor de una
+propiedad específica, como se muestra en el ejemplo siguiente.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Posicionamiento de digitaciones de mano derecha"
+
texidoc = "
It is possible to exercise greater control over the placement of
right-hand fingerings by setting a specific property, as demonstrated
"
doctitle = "Placement of right-hand fingerings"
} % begin verbatim
+
#(define RH rightHandFinger)
\relative c {
\header {
lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
+ texidoces = "
+La polifonía se crea de la misma forma en un @code{TabStaff} que
+en una pauta normal.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Polifonía en tablaturas"
+
texidoc = "
Polyphony is created the same way in a @code{TabStaff} as in a regular
staff.
"
doctitle = "Polyphony in tablature"
} % begin verbatim
+
upper = \relative c' {
\time 12/8
\key e \minor
doctitle = "Positioning multi-measure rests"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
% Multi-measure rests by default are set under the second line
R1
"
doctitle = "Positioning segno and coda (with line break)"
} % begin verbatim
+
{
\clef treble
\key g \major
contexto de @code{Staff}.
"
+
+doctitlede = "Verhindern, dass zusätzliche Auflösungszeichen automatisch
+hinzugefügt werden"
+
+texidocde = "Den tranditionellen Notensatzregeln zufolge wird ein
+Auflösungszeichen immer dann vor einem Kreuz oder B gesetzt, wenn
+ein vorheriges Versetzungszeichen der gleichen Note aufgehoben werden
+soll. Um dieses Verhalten zu ändern, muss die Eigenschaft
+@code{extraNatural} im @code{Staff}-Kontext auf \"false\" gesetzt werden.
+"
+
texidoc = "
In accordance with standard typesetting rules, a natural sign is
printed before a sharp or flat if a previous accidental on the same
"
doctitle = "Preventing extra naturals from being automatically added"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
aeses4 aes ais a
\set Staff.extraNatural = ##f
propiedad @code{printKeyCancellation} del contexto @code{Staff}.
"
+
+doctitlede = "Auflösungzeichen nicht setzen, wenn die Tonart wechselt"
+
+texidocde = "
+Wenn die Tonart wechselt, werden automatisch Auflösungszeichen ausgegeben,
+um Versetzungszeichen der vorherigen Tonart aufzulösen. Das kann
+verhindert werden, indem die @code{printKeyCancellation}-Eigenschaft
+im @code{Staff}-Kontext auf \"false\" gesetzt wird.
+"
+
texidoc = "
When the key signature changes, natural signs are automatically printed
to cancel any accidentals from previous key signatures. This may be
"
doctitle = "Preventing natural signs from being printed when the key signature changes"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c' {
\key d \major
a4 b cis d
"
doctitle = "Printing a repeat sign at the beginning of a piece"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
\once \override Score.BreakAlignment #'break-align-orders =
#(make-vector 3 '(instrument-name
"
doctitle = "Printing hairpins using al niente notation"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
\override Hairpin #'circled-tip = ##t
c2\< c\!
"
doctitle = "Printing marks at the end of a line or a score"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
\override Score.RehearsalMark #'break-visibility = #begin-of-line-invisible
g2 c
"
doctitle = "Printing marks on every staff"
} % begin verbatim
+
{
\new Score \with {
\remove "Mark_engraver"
"
doctitle = "Printing metronome and rehearsal marks below the staff"
} % begin verbatim
+
\layout { ragged-right = ##f }
{
"
doctitle = "Proportional strict notespacing"
} % begin verbatim
+
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
%% This file is in the public domain.
\version "2.11.62"
\header {
- texidoces = "Los pasajes citados tienen en cuenta la
-transposición de la fuente tanto como la del destino. En este
-ejemplo, todos los instrumentos interpreta una nota con el sonido
-del Do central; el destino de un instrumento transpositor en Fa.
-La parte de destino se puede transponer utilizando
-@code{\\transpose}. En este caso se transportan todas las notas
-(incluidas las citadas).
+ texidoces = "
+Los pasajes citados tienen en cuenta la transposición de la fuente
+tanto como la del destino. En este ejemplo, todos los
+instrumentos interpreta una nota con el sonido del Do central; el
+destino de un instrumento transpositor en Fa. La parte de destino
+se puede transponer utilizando @code{\\transpose}. En este caso
+se transportan todas las notas (incluidas las citadas).
"
doctitle = "Quoting another voice with transposition"
} % begin verbatim
+
\addQuote clarinet {
\transposition bes
\repeat unfold 8 { d'16 d' d'8 }
%% This file is in the public domain.
\version "2.11.62"
\header {
+ texidoces = "
+La propiedad @code{quotedEventTypes} determina los tipos de
+eventos musicales que resultan citados. El valor predeterminado
+es @code{(note-event rest-event)}, que significa que sólo aparecen
+en la expresión @code{\\quoteDuring} las notas y los silencios.
+En el ejemplo siguiente, el silencio de semicorchea no aparece en
+el fragmento citado porque @code{rest-event} no está dentro de los
+@code{quotedEventTypes}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Citar otra voz"
lsrtags = "staff-notation"
texidoc = "The @code{quotedEventTypes} property determines the
music event types that are quoted. The default value is
doctitle = "Quoting another voice"
} % begin verbatim
+
quoteMe = \relative c' {
fis4 r16 a8.-> b4\ff c
}
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides, breaks"
+ texidoces = "
+El primer pentagrama vacío también se puede suprimir de la
+partitura estableciendo la propiedad @code{remove-first} de
+@code{VerticalAxisGroup}. Esto se puede hacer globalmente dentro
+del bloque @code{\\layout}, o localmente dentro del pentagrama
+concreto que se quiere suprimir. En este último caso, tenemos que
+especificar el contexto (@code{Staff} se aplica sólo al pentagrama
+actual) delante de la propiedad.
+
+El pentagrama inferior del segundo grupo no se elimina, porque el
+ajuste sólo se aplica al pentagrama concreto dentro del que se
+escribe.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Quitar la primera línea vacía"
+
texidoc = "
The first empty staff can also be removed from the score by setting the
@code{VerticalAxisGroup} property @code{remove-first}. This can be done
"
doctitle = "Removing the first empty line"
} % begin verbatim
+
\layout {
\context {
\RemoveEmptyStaffContext
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, ancient-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
- doctitlees = "Estilos de silencios"
- texidoces = "
+ doctitlees = "Estilos de silencios"
+ texidoces = "
Los silencios se pueden imprimir en distintos estilos.
+"
+ doctitlede = "Pausenstile"
+ texidocde = "
+Pausen können in verschiedenen Stilen dargestellt werden.
"
texidoc = "
"
doctitle = "Rest styles"
} % begin verbatim
+
\layout {
indent = 0.0
\context {
\relative c {
\set Score.timing = ##f
- \override Staff.Rest #'style = #'mensural
+ \override Staff.Rest #'style = #'mensural
r\maxima^\markup \typewriter { mensural }
- r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32 r64 r128 r128
+ r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32 r64 s128 s128
\bar ""
- \override Staff.Rest #'style = #'neomensural
+ \override Staff.Rest #'style = #'neomensural
r\maxima^\markup \typewriter { neomensural }
- r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32 r64 r128 r128
+ r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32 r64 s128 s128
\bar ""
- \override Staff.Rest #'style = #'classical
+ \override Staff.Rest #'style = #'classical
r\maxima^\markup \typewriter { classical }
- r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32 r64 r128 r128
+ r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32 r64 r128 s128
\bar ""
\override Staff.Rest #'style = #'default
r\maxima^\markup \typewriter { default }
- r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32 r64 r128 r128
+ r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32 r64 r128 s128
}
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.62"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "rhythms"
+
+ texidoces = "
+Para tipografiar las barras agrupadas en la forma @code{3-4-3-2}
+en 12/8, en primer lugar tenemos que sobreescribir los finales de
+barra predeterminados en 12/8, y después preparar los finales de
+barra nuevos:
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Alteración de los finales de barra predeterminados"
+
+ texidoc = "
+To typeset beams grouped @code{3-4-3-2} in 12/8 it is necessary first
+to override the default beam endings in 12/8, and then to set up the
+new beaming endings:
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Reverting default beam endings"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+\relative c'' {
+ \time 12/8
+
+ % Default beaming
+ a8 a a a a a a a a a a a
+
+ % Revert default values in scm/auto-beam.scm for 12/8 time
+ #(revert-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 12 8) 3 8)
+ #(revert-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 12 8) 3 4)
+ #(revert-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 12 8) 9 8)
+ a8 a a a a a a a a a a a
+
+ % Set new values for beam endings
+ #(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 12 8) 3 8)
+ #(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 12 8) 7 8)
+ #(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 12 8) 10 8)
+ a8 a a a a a a a a a a a
+}
"
doctitle = "Rhythmic slashes"
} % begin verbatim
+
% Macro to print single slash
rs = {
\once \override Rest #'stencil = #ly:percent-repeat-item-interface::beat-slash
+changing-beam-knee-gap.ly
+reverting-default-beam-endings.ly
adding-beams,-slurs,-ties-etc.-when-using-tuplet-and-non-tuplet-rythms..ly
+changing-the-time-signature-without-affecting-the-beaming.ly
printing-music-with-different-time-signatures.ly
beams-across-line-breaks.ly
manually-controlling-beam-positions.ly
chant-or-psalms-notation.ly
controlling-tuplet-bracket-visibility.ly
heavily-customized-polymetric-time-signatures.ly
+grouping-beats.ly
positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly
using-ties-with-arpeggios.ly
changing-text-and-spanner-styles-for-text-dynamics.ly
forcing-rehearsal-marks-to-start-from-a-given-letter-or-number.ly
+sub-dividing-beams.ly
compound-time-signatures.ly
changing-time-signatures-inside-a-polymetric-section-using-scaledurations.ly
modifying-tuplet-bracket-length.ly
printing-metronome-and-rehearsal-marks-below-the-staff.ly
making-an-object-invisible-with-the-transparent-property.ly
permitting-line-breaks-within-beamed-tuplets.ly
+merging-multi-measure-rests-in-a-polyphonic-part.ly
automatic-beam-subdivisions.ly
+beam-grouping-in-7-8-time.ly
changing-the-tuplet-number.ly
entering-several-tuplets-using-only-one--times-command.ly
conducting-signs,-measure-grouping-signs.ly
skips-in-lyric-mode-2.ly
changing-form-of-multi--measure-rests.ly
+guitar-strum-rhythms.ly
rhythmic-slashes.ly
automatic-beams-two-per-two-in-4-4-or-2-2-time-signature.ly
+using-beatlength-and-beatgrouping.ly
three-sided-box.ly
-merging-multi-measure-rests-in-a-polyphonic-part.ly
+flat-flags-and-beam-nibs.ly
+specifying-context-with-beatgrouping.ly
skips-in-lyric-mode.ly
engraving-ties-manually.ly
stemlets.ly
doctitle = "Setting hairpin behavior at bar lines"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
e4\< e2.
e1\!
"
doctitle = "Setting the minimum length of hairpins"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
c4\< c\! d\> e\!
\override Hairpin #'minimum-length = #5
"
doctitle = "Shortening volta brackets"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
\time 3/4
c4 c c
"
doctitle = "Showing chords at changes"
} % begin verbatim
+
harmonies = \chordmode {
c1:m c:m \break c:m c:m d
}
"
doctitle = "Simple lead sheet"
} % begin verbatim
+
<<
\chords { c2 g:sus4 f e }
\relative c'' {
-changing-partcombine-texts.ly
+clusters.ly
additional-voices-to-avoid-collisions.ly
forcing-horizontal-shift-of-notes.ly
-changing-a-single-notes-size-in-a-chord.ly
+double-glissando.ly
combining-two-parts-on-the-same-staff.ly
-clusters.ly
+changing-partcombine-texts.ly
+changing-a-single-notes-size-in-a-chord.ly
suppressing-warnings-for-clashing-note-columns.ly
displaying-complex-chords.ly
"
doctitle = "Single staff template with notes, lyrics, and chords"
} % begin verbatim
+
melody = \relative c' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
"
doctitle = "Single staff template with notes, lyrics, chords and frets"
} % begin verbatim
+
% Define the fret diagrams to be used
cFretDiagram = \markup {
\fret-diagram #"6-x;5-3-3;4-2-2;3-o;2-1-1;1-o;"
"
doctitle = "Single staff template with notes and chords"
} % begin verbatim
+
melody = \relative c' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
"
doctitle = "Single staff template with notes and lyrics"
} % begin verbatim
+
melody = \relative c' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
"
doctitle = "Single staff template with only notes"
} % begin verbatim
+
melody = \relative c' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
"
doctitle = "Skips in lyric mode (2)"
} % begin verbatim
+
<<
\relative c'' { a4 b c d }
\new Lyrics \lyricmode { a4 "" _ gap }
"
doctitle = "Skips in lyric mode"
} % begin verbatim
+
<<
\relative { a'1 a }
\new Lyrics \lyricmode { \skip 1 bla1 }
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, unfretted-strings"
+ doctitlees = "Marca de pizzicato de chasquido (@q{pizzicato de Bartók})"
+ texidoces = "
+El pizzicato de chasquido (también llamado @q{Pizzicato de Bartók}) es un
+@q{pizzicato fuerte en que la cuerda se pulsa verticalmente produciendo un
+chasquido y rebotando en el diapasón del instrumento} (Wikipedia). Se
+denota mediante una circunferencia con una línea vertical corta que parte
+del centro de aquélla hacia fuera. Aunque Lilypond no tiene ninguna
+instrucción predefinida para crear esta marca, es fácil hacer la definición
+y colocarla directamente en el archivo de lilypond.
+"
+
+ doctitlede = "Bartók-Pizzicato"
+ texidocde = "
+Das Bartók-Pizzicato @q{ist eine besondere Form des Pizzicato, bei dem der
+Spieler die Saite auf das Griffbrett aufschlagen lässt, sodass zusätzlich
+zum angeschlagenen Ton ein scharfes, knallendes Geräusch ertönt}
+(Wikipedia). Es wird dargestellt als kleiner Kreis mit einer vertikalen
+Linie, die vom Kreiszentrum aus nach oben weist und ein Stück außerhalb des
+Kreises endet. Lilypond hat keinen eigenen Glyphen für dieses Symbol; es
+ist aber einfach, direkt eine Definition in die Eingabedatei einzufügen.
+"
+
texidoc = "
A snap-pizzicato (also known as \"Bartok pizzicato\") is a \"strong
pizzicato where the string is plucked vertically by snapping and
doctitle = "Snap-pizzicato markup (\"Bartok pizzicato\")"
} % begin verbatim
-% Definition of the snappizz markup to print snap-pizzicato articulations.
-% These are also known as "Bartok pizzicato" and are denotes by a circle with a
-% vertical line from the center of the circle upwards:
#(define-markup-command (snappizz layout props) ()
(interpret-markup layout props
(markup #:stencil
(make-circle-stencil 0.7 0.1 #f)
(ly:make-stencil
(list 'draw-line 0.1 0 0.1 0 1)
- '(-0.1 . 0.1) '(0.1 . 1)
- )
- )
- 0.7 X
- )
- )
- )
-)
-snappizzicato = \markup \snappizz
+ '(-0.1 . 0.1) '(0.1 . 1)))
+ 0.7 X))))
+
+snapPizzicato = \markup \snappizz
% now it can be used as \snappizzicato after the note/chord
-% Note, that a direction (-, ^ or _) is REQUIRED!
-\relative c'{
- c4^\snappizzicato
-% < c e g>\snappizzicato % This does NOT work
- < c' e g>-\snappizzicato
- < c' e g>^\snappizzicato
- < c, e g>_\snappizzicato
+% Note that a direction (-, ^ or _) is required.
+\relative c' {
+ c4^\snapPizzicato
+ % This does NOT work:
+ %<c e g>\snapPizzicato
+ <c' e g>-\snapPizzicato
+ <c' e g>^\snapPizzicato
+ <c, e g>_\snapPizzicato
}
-
vertically-aligned-dynamics-and-textscripts.ly
-proportional-strict-notespacing.ly
-vertically-aligning-ossias-and-lyrics.ly
allowing-fingerings-to-be-printed-inside-the-staff.ly
-page-label.ly
-alignment-vertical-spacing.ly
adjusting-lyrics-vertical-spacing.ly
+vertically-aligning-ossias-and-lyrics.ly
+page-label.ly
+proportional-strict-notespacing.ly
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.62"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "rhythms"
+ texidoc = "
+By specifying the context, the effect of @code{beatGrouping} can be
+limited to the context specified, and the values which may have
+been set in higher-level contexts can be overridden:
+"
+ doctitle = "Specifying context with beatGrouping"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+
+\score {
+ \new Staff <<
+ \time 7/8
+ \new Voice {
+ \relative c'' {
+ \set Staff.beatGrouping = #'(2 3 2)
+ a8 a a a a a a
+ }
+ }
+ \new Voice {
+ \relative c' {
+ \voiceTwo
+ \set Voice.beatGrouping = #'(1 3 3)
+ f8 f f f f f f
+ }
+ }
+ >>
+}
\header {
lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
+ texidoces = "
+La dirección de las plicas se contola de la misma forma en la
+tablatura que en la notación tradicional. Las barras se pueden
+poner horizontales, como se muestra en este ejemplo.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Comportamiento de las plicas y las barras de corchea en tablaturas"
texidoc = "
The direction of stems is controlled the same way in tablature as in
traditional notation. Beams can be made horizontal, as shown in this
"
doctitle = "Stem and beam behavior in tablature"
} % begin verbatim
+
\new TabStaff {
\relative c {
g16 b d g b d g b
"
doctitle = "Stemlets"
} % begin verbatim
+
\paper { ragged-right = ##f }
{
"
doctitle = "String quartet template (simple)"
} % begin verbatim
+
global= {
\time 4/4
\key c \major
"
doctitle = "String quartet template with separate parts"
} % begin verbatim
+
%%%%% piece.ly
%%%%% (This is the global definitions file)
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.62"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "rhythms"
+
+ texidoces = "
+Las barras de semicorcheas (o notas más breves) seguidas no se
+subdividen de forma predeterminada. Esto es: las tres (o más)
+barras se prolongan, sin dividirse, sobre grupos completos de
+notas. Este comportamiento se puede modificar para que las barras
+se subdividan en subgrupos mediante el establecimiento de la
+propiedad @code{subdivideBeams}. Cuando está establecida, las
+diversas barras se subdividen a intervalos definidos por el valor
+actual de la longitud del pulso @code{beatLength} reduciendo las
+barras múltiples a una sola entre los subgrupos. Observe que el
+valor predeterminado de @code{beatLength} es de una negra si no
+está establecido explícitamente. Se debe establecer al valor de
+una fracción que da la duración el subgrupo de barras utilizando
+la función @code{make-moment}, como se muestra aquí:
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Subdivisión de las barras de semicorchea"
+
+ texidoc = "
+The beams of consecutive 16th (or shorter) notes are, by default, not
+sub-divided. That is, the three (or more) beams stretch unbroken over
+entire groups of notes. This behavior can be modified to sub-divide
+the beams into sub-groups by setting the property
+@code{subdivideBeams}. When set, multiple beams will be sub-divided at
+intervals defined by the current value of @code{beatLength} by reducing
+the multiple beams to just one beam between the sub-groups. Note that
+@code{beatLength} defaults to a quarter note if not set explicitly. It
+must be set to a fraction giving the duration of the beam sub-group
+using the @code{make-moment} function, as shown here:
+
+
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Sub-dividing beams"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+\relative c'' {
+ c32[ c c c c c c c]
+ \set subdivideBeams = ##t
+ c32[ c c c c c c c]
+
+ % Set beam sub-group length to an eighth note
+ \set beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 8)
+ c32[ c c c c c c c]
+
+ % Set beam sub-group length to a sixteenth note
+ \set beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 16)
+ c32[ c c c c c c c]
+}
doctitle = "Suppressing warnings for clashing note columns"
} % begin verbatim
+
ignore = \override NoteColumn #'ignore-collision = ##t
\relative c' {
doctitle = "Table of contents"
} % begin verbatim
+
#(set-default-paper-size "a6")
\book {
"
doctitle = "Three-sided box"
} % begin verbatim
+
% New command to add a three sided box, with sides north, west and south
% Based on the box-stencil command defined in scm/stencil.scm
% Note that you use ";" to comment a line in Scheme
"
doctitle = "Tick bar lines"
} % begin verbatim
+
{
% Use 'bar-size to control the height of the tick,
% and 'extra-offset to determine its position.
"
doctitle = "Time signature in parentheses"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c'' {
\override Staff.TimeSignature #'stencil = #(lambda (grob)
(bracketify-stencil (ly:time-signature::print grob) Y 0.1 0.2 0.1))
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.62"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "ancient-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+ texidoces = "
+A modo de alternativa para obtener auténticos «incipit»
+independientes de la partitura principal, se incluyen como
+elemento de marcado en el campo que se usa normalmente para el
+nombre del instrumento. Por el momento, la letra sólo se puede
+añadir como marcado directo. Por desgracia, su espaciado no es
+análogo al de la letra principal.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Transcripción de música antigua con incipit"
+
+ texidoc = "
+As a workaround to get real incipits which are independent from the
+main score these are included as a markup into the field normally used
+for the instrument name. As for now lyrics can only be added as a
+direct markup. It doesn't unfortunately conform with the spacing of the
+main lyrics.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Transcription of Ancient music with incipit"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+global = {
+ \set Score.skipBars = ##t
+ \key g \major
+ \time 4/4
+
+ %make the staff lines invisible on staves
+ \override Staff.BarLine #'transparent = ##t
+ \skip 1*8 % the actual music
+
+ % let finis bar go through all staves
+ \override Staff.BarLine #'transparent = ##f
+
+ % finis bar
+ \bar "|."
+}
+
+
+discantusNotes = {
+ \transpose c' c'' {
+ \clef "treble"
+ d'2. d'4 |
+ b e' d'2 |
+ c'4 e'4.( d'8 c' b |
+ a4) b a2 |
+ b4.( c'8 d'4) c'4 |
+ \once \override NoteHead #'transparent = ##t c'1 |
+ b\breve |
+ }
+}
+
+discantusLyrics = \lyricmode {
+ Ju -- bi -- |
+ la -- te De -- |
+ o, om --
+ nis ter -- |
+ ra, __ om- |
+ "..." |
+ -us. |
+}
+
+altusNotes = {
+ \transpose c' c'' {
+ \clef "treble"
+ r2 g2. e4 fis g | % two bars
+ a2 g4 e |
+ fis g4.( fis16 e fis4) |
+ g1 |
+ \once \override NoteHead #'transparent = ##t g1 |
+ g\breve |
+ }
+}
+
+altusLyrics = \lyricmode {
+ Ju -- bi -- la -- te | % two bars
+ De -- o, om -- |
+ nis ter -- ra, |
+ "..." |
+ -us. |
+}
+
+tenorNotes = {
+ \transpose c' c' {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ R1 |
+ R1 |
+ R1 |
+ r2 d'2. d'4 b e' | % two bars
+ \once \override NoteHead #'transparent = ##t e'1 |
+ d'\breve |
+ }
+}
+
+tenorLyrics = \lyricmode {
+ Ju -- bi -- la -- te | % two bars
+ "..." |
+ -us.
+}
+
+bassusNotes = {
+ \transpose c' c' {
+ \clef "bass"
+ R1 |
+ R1 |
+ R1 |
+ R1 |
+ g2. e4 |
+ \once \override NoteHead #'transparent = ##t e1 |
+ g\breve |
+ }
+}
+
+bassusLyrics = \lyricmode {
+ Ju -- bi- |
+ "..." |
+ -us.
+}
+
+incipitDiscantus = \markup{
+ \score{
+ {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName="Discantus "
+ \override NoteHead #'style = #'neomensural
+ \override Rest #'style = #'neomensural
+ \override Staff.TimeSignature #'style = #'neomensural
+ \cadenzaOn
+ \clef "neomensural-c1"
+ \key f \major
+ \time 2/2
+ c''1._"IV-" s2 %two bars
+ \skip 1*8 % eight bars
+ }
+ \layout {
+ \context {\Voice
+ \remove Ligature_bracket_engraver
+ \consists Mensural_ligature_engraver
+ }
+ line-width=4.5\cm
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+incipitAltus = \markup{
+ \score{
+ {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName="Altus "
+ \override NoteHead #'style = #'neomensural
+ \override Rest #'style = #'neomensural
+ \override Staff.TimeSignature #'style = #'neomensural
+ \cadenzaOn
+ \clef "neomensural-c3"
+ \key f \major
+ \time 2/2
+ r1 % one bar
+ f'1._"IV-" s2 % two bars
+ \skip 1*7 % seven bars
+ }
+ \layout {
+ \context {\Voice
+ \remove Ligature_bracket_engraver
+ \consists Mensural_ligature_engraver
+ }
+ line-width=4.5\cm
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+incipitTenor = \markup{
+ \score{ {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = "Tenor "
+ \override NoteHead #'style = #'neomensural
+ \override Rest #'style = #'neomensural
+ \override Staff.TimeSignature #'style = #'neomensural
+ \cadenzaOn
+ \clef "neomensural-c4"
+ \key f \major
+ \time 2/2
+ r\longa % four bars
+ r\breve % two bars
+ r1 % one bar
+ c'1._"IV-" s2 % two bars
+ \skip 1 % one bar
+ }
+ \layout {
+ \context {\Voice
+ \remove Ligature_bracket_engraver
+ \consists Mensural_ligature_engraver
+ }
+ line-width=4.5\cm
+}
+}
+}
+
+incipitBassus = \markup{
+ \score{ {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = "Bassus "
+ \override NoteHead #'style = #'neomensural
+ \override Rest #'style = #'neomensural
+ \override Staff.TimeSignature #'style = #'neomensural
+ \cadenzaOn
+ \clef "bass"
+ \key f \major
+ \time 2/2
+ % incipit
+ r\maxima % eight bars
+ f1._"IV-" s2 % two bars
+ }
+ \layout {
+ \context {\Voice
+ \remove Ligature_bracket_engraver
+ \consists Mensural_ligature_engraver
+ }
+ line-width=4.5\cm
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+%StaffGroup is used instead of ChoirStaff to get bar lines between systems
+\score {
+ <<
+ \new StaffGroup = choirStaff <<
+ \new Voice =
+ "discantusNotes" << \global
+ \set Staff.instrumentName=\incipitDiscantus
+ \discantusNotes >>
+ \new Lyrics =
+ "discantusLyrics" \lyricsto discantusNotes { \discantusLyrics }
+
+ \new Voice =
+ "altusNotes" << \global
+ \set Staff.instrumentName=\incipitAltus
+ \altusNotes >>
+ \new Lyrics =
+ "altusLyrics" \lyricsto altusNotes { \altusLyrics }
+
+ \new Voice =
+ "tenorNotes" << \global
+ \set Staff.instrumentName=\incipitTenor
+ \tenorNotes >>
+ \new Lyrics =
+ "tenorLyrics" \lyricsto tenorNotes { \tenorLyrics }
+
+ \new Voice =
+ "bassusNotes" << \global
+ \set Staff.instrumentName=\incipitBassus
+ \bassusNotes >>
+ >>
+ \new Lyrics =
+ "bassusLyrics" \lyricsto bassusNotes { \bassusLyrics }
+ %Keep the bass lyrics outside of the staff group to avoid bar lines
+ %between the lyrics.
+ >>
+
+ \layout {
+ \context {
+ \Score
+
+ % no bars in staves
+ \override BarLine #'transparent = ##t
+ }
+ % the next three instructions keep the lyrics between the barlines
+ \context { \Lyrics
+ \consists "Bar_engraver"
+ \override BarLine #'transparent = ##t }
+ \context { \StaffGroup \consists "Separating_line_group_engraver" }
+ \context {
+ \Voice
+
+ % no slurs
+ \override Slur #'transparent = ##t
+
+ % Comment in the below "\remove" command to allow line
+ % breaking also at those barlines where a note overlaps
+ % into the next bar. The command is commented out in this
+ % short example score, but especially for large scores, you
+ % will typically yield better line breaking and thus improve
+ % overall spacing if you comment in the following command.
+ %\remove "Forbid_line_break_engraver"
+ }
+ indent=5\cm
+ }
+}
naturales.
"
+
+doctitlede = "Noten mit minimaler Anzahl an Versetzungszeichen transponieren."
+
+texidocde = "Dieses Beispiel benutzt Scheme-Code, um enharmonische
+Verwechslungen für Noten zu erzwingen, damit nur eine minimale Anzahl
+an Versetzungszeichen ausgegeben wird. In diesem Fall gelten die
+folgenden Regeln:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+Doppelte Versetzungszeichen sollen entfernt werden
+
+@item
+His -> C
+
+@item
+Eis -> F
+
+@item
+Ces -> B
+
+@item
+Fes -> E
+
+@end itemize
+
+Auf diese Art werden am meisten natürliche Tonhöhen als enharmonische
+Variante gewählt.
+"
+
+
lsrtags = "pitches"
texidoc = "This example uses some Scheme code to enforce enharmonic
modifications for notes in order to have the minimum number of
doctitle = "Transposing music with minimum accidentals"
} % begin verbatim
+
#(define (naturalize-pitch p)
(let* ((o (ly:pitch-octave p))
(a (* 4 (ly:pitch-alteration p)))
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
-doctitlees = "Trucaje de las propiedades de clave"
-texidoces = "
+ doctitlees = "Trucaje de las propiedades de clave"
+ texidoces = "
La instrucción @code{\\clef \"treble_8\"} equivale a un ajuste de
@code{clefGlyph}, @code{clefPosition} (que controla la posición
vertical de la clave), @code{middleCPosition} y
-@code{clefOctavation}. Se imprime una clave cada vez que se
+@code{clefOctavation}. Se imprime una clave cada vez que se
modifica cualquiera de las propiedades excepto
@code{middleCPosition}.
-
Observe que la modificación del glifo, la posición de la clave o
su octavación, no cambian 'per se' la posición de las siguientes
notas del pentagrama: para hacer esto también se debe especificar
-la posición del Do central. Los parámetros posicionales están en
+la posición del Do central. Los parámetros posicionales están en
relación con la tercera línea del pentagrama, los números
positivos desplazan hacia arriba, contando una unidad por cada
-línea y espacio. El valor de @code{clefOctavation} se
+línea y espacio. El valor de @code{clefOctavation} se
establecería normalmente a 7, -7, 15 or -15, pero son válidos
otros valores.
-
Cuando se produce un cambio de clave en el salto de línea se
imprime la clave nueva tanto al final de la línea anterior como al
principio de la nueva, de forma predeterminada. Si no se necesita
la clave de advertencia al final de la línea anterior, se puede
quitar estableciendo el valor de la propiedad
@code{explicitClefVisibility} de @code{Staff}, a
-@code{end-of-line-invisible}. El comportamiento predeterminado se
+@code{end-of-line-invisible}. El comportamiento predeterminado se
puede recuperar con @code{\\unset Staff.explicitClefVisibility}.
Los siguientes ejemplos muestran las posibilidades cuando se
ajustan estas propiedades manualmente. En la primera línea, los
cambios manuales preservan el posicionamiento relativo estándar de
las claves y las notas, pero no lo hacen en la segunda línea.
-
"
+
+ doctitlede = "Eigenschaften des Schlüssels optimieren"
+ texidocde = "
+Der Befehl @code{\\clef \"treble_8\"} ist gleichbedeutend mit einem
+expliziten Setzen der Eigenschaften von @code{clefGlyph},
+@code{clefPosition} (welche die vertikale Position des Schlüssels bestimmt),
+@code{middleCPosition} und @code{clefOctavation}. Ein Schlüssel wird
+ausgegeben, wenn eine der Eigenschaften außer @code{middleCPosition} sich
+ändert.
+
+Eine Änderung des Schriftzeichens (Glyph), der Schlüsselposition oder der
+Oktavierung selber ändert noch nicht die Position der darauf folgenden Noten
+auf dem System: das geschieht nur, wenn auch die Position des
+eingestrichenen@tie{}C (middleCPosition) angegeben wird. Die
+Positionsparameter sind relativ zur Mittellinie des Systems, dabei versetzen
+positive Zahlen die Position nach oben, jeweils eine Zahl für jede Linie
+plus Zwischenraum. Der @code{clefOctavation}-Wert ist normalerweise auf 7,
+-7, 15 oder -15 gesetzt, aber auch andere Werte sind gültig.
+
+Wenn ein Schlüsselwechsel an einem Zeilenwechsel geschieht, wird das neue
+Symbol sowohl am Ende der alten Zeilen als auch am Anfang der neuen Zeile
+ausgegeben. Wenn der Warnungs-Schlüssel am Ende der alten Zeile nicht
+erforderlich ist, kann er unterdrückt werden, indem die
+@code{explicitClefVisibility}-Eigenschaft des @code{Staff}-Kontextes auf den
+Wert @code{end-of-line-invisible} gesetzt wird. Das Standardverhalten kann
+mit @code{\\unset Staff.explicitClefVisibility} wieder hergestellt werden.
+
+Die folgenden Beispiele zeigen die Möglichkeiten, wenn man diese
+Eigenschaften manuell setzt. Auf der ersten Zeile erhalten die manuellen
+Änderungen die ursprüngliche relative Positionierung von Schlüssel und
+Noten, auf der zweiten Zeile nicht.
+"
+
texidoc = "
The command @code{\\clef \"treble_8\"} is equivalent to setting
@code{clefGlyph}, @code{clefPosition} (which controls the vertical
"
doctitle = "Tweaking clef properties"
} % begin verbatim
+
+\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
+
{
% The default treble clef
c'1
tweaking-clef-properties.ly
proportional-strict-notespacing.ly
making-an-object-invisible-with-the-transparent-property.ly
-alignment-vertical-spacing.ly
+transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly
drawing-circles-around-various-objects.ly
analysis-brackets-above-the-staff.ly
fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly
dotted-harmonics.ly
-demo-midiinstruments.ly
-snap-pizzicato-markup-bartok-pizzicato.ly
-string-quartet-template-simple.ly
string-quartet-template-with-separate-parts.ly
-changing--flageolet-mark-size.ly
creating-slurs-across-voices.ly
+changing--flageolet-mark-size.ly
+string-quartet-template-simple.ly
+snap-pizzicato-markup-bartok-pizzicato.ly
"
doctitle = "Use square bracket at the start of a staff group"
} % begin verbatim
+
\score {
\new StaffGroup { <<
\set StaffGroup.systemStartDelimiter = #'SystemStartSquare
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.62"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "rhythms"
+ texidoc = "
+The property @code{measureLength} determines where bar lines
+should be inserted and, with @code{beatLength} and
+@code{beatGrouping}, how automatic beams should be generated
+for beam durations and time signatures for which no beam-ending
+rules are defined. This example shows several ways of controlling
+beaming by setting these properties. The explanations are shown
+as comments in the code.
+"
+ doctitle = "Using beatLength and beatGrouping"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+
+\relative c'' {
+ \time 3/4
+ % The default in 3/4 time is to beam in three groups
+ % each of a quarter note length
+ a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
+
+ \time 12/16
+ % No auto-beaming is defined for 12/16
+ a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
+
+ \time 3/4
+ % Change time signature symbol, but retain underlying 3/4 beaming
+ \set Score.timeSignatureFraction = #'(12 . 16)
+ a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
+
+ % The 3/4 time default grouping of (1 1 1) and beatLength of 1/8
+ % are not consistent with a measureLength of 3/4, so the beams
+ % are grouped at beatLength intervals
+ \set Score.beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 8)
+ a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
+
+ % Specify beams in groups of (3 3 2 3) 1/16th notes
+ % 3+3+2+3=11, and 11*1/16<>3/4, so beatGrouping does not apply,
+ % and beams are grouped at beatLength (1/16) intervals
+ \set Score.beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 16)
+ \set Score.beatGrouping = #'(3 3 2 3)
+ a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
+
+ % Specify beams in groups of (3 4 2 3) 1/16th notes
+ % 3+4+2+3=12, and 12*1/16=3/4, so beatGrouping applies
+ \set Score.beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 16)
+ \set Score.beatGrouping = #'(3 4 2 3)
+ a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
+}
+
"
doctitle = "Using double slurs for legato chords"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c' {
\set doubleSlurs = ##t
<c e>4( <d f> <c e> <d f>)
"
doctitle = "Using PostScript to generate special note head shapes"
} % begin verbatim
+
parallelogram =
#(ly:make-stencil (list 'embedded-ps
"gsave
doctitle = "Using the @code{\\tweak} command to tweak individual grobs"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c' {
\time 2/4
\set fingeringOrientations = #'(right)
texidoc = "
Ties are sometimes used to write out arpeggios. In this case, two tied
notes need not be consecutive. This can be achieved by setting the
-@code{tieWaitForNote} property to \"true\". The same feature is also
+@code{tieWaitForNote} property to @code{#t}. The same feature is also
useful, for example, to tie a tremolo to a chord, but in principle, it
-can also be used for ordinary consecutive notes, as demonstrated in
-this example.
+can also be used for ordinary consecutive notes.
"
doctitle = "Using ties with arpeggios"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c' {
\set tieWaitForNote = ##t
- \grace { c16[~ e~ g]~ } <c, e g>2
- \repeat tremolo 8 { c32~ c'~ } <c c,>1
- e8~ c~ a~ f~ <e' c a f>2
- \tieUp c8~ a \tieDown \tieDotted g~ c g2
+ \grace { c16[ ~ e ~ g] ~ } <c, e g>2
+ \repeat tremolo 8 { c32 ~ c' ~ } <c c,>1
+ e8 ~ c ~ a ~ f ~ <e' c a f>2
+ \tieUp
+ c8 ~ a
+ \tieDown
+ \tieDotted
+ g8 ~ c g2
}
doctitle = "UTF-8"
} % begin verbatim
+
% end verbatim - this comment is a hack to prevent texinfo.tex
% from choking on non-European UTF-8 subsets
% Cyrillic font
doctitlees = "Indicaciones dinámicas y textuales alineadas verticalmente"
texidoc = "
-By setting the @code{Y-extent} property to a suitable value, all
+By setting the @code{'Y-extent} property to a suitable value, all
@code{DynamicLineSpanner} objects (hairpins and dynamic texts) can be
aligned to a common reference point, regardless of their actual extent.
This way, every element will be vertically aligned, thus producing a
"
doctitle = "Vertically aligned dynamics and textscripts"
} % begin verbatim
+
music = \relative c'' {
c2\p^\markup { gorgeous } c\f^\markup { fantastic }
c4\p c\f\> c c\!\p
"
doctitle = "Vertically aligning dynamics across multiple notes"
} % begin verbatim
+
\relative c' {
\override DynamicLineSpanner #'staff-padding = #4
c2\p f\mf
\header {
lsrtags = "vocal-music, tweaks-and-overrides, spacing"
+ texidoces = "
+Este fragmento de código muestra el uso de las propiedades de
+contexto @code{alignBelowContext} y @code{alignAboveContext} para
+controlar la posición de la letra y los compases de ossia.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Alineación vertical de la letra y los compases de ossia"
+
texidoc = "
This snippet demonstrates the use of the context properties
@code{alignBelowContext} and @code{alignAboveContext} to control the
"
doctitle = "Vertically aligning ossias and lyrics"
} % begin verbatim
+
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
} {
\times 4/6 {
\override TextScript #'padding = #3
- c8^"ossia above" d e d e f
+ c8[^"ossia above" d e d e f]
}
}
>>
"
doctitle = "Vocal ensemble template with automatic piano reduction"
} % begin verbatim
+
global = {
\key c \major
\time 4/4
"
doctitle = "Vocal ensemble template with lyrics aligned below and above the staves"
} % begin verbatim
+
global = {
\key c \major
\time 4/4
"
doctitle = "Vocal ensemble template"
} % begin verbatim
+
global = {
\key c \major
\time 4/4
+changing-stanza-fonts.ly
+vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly
+ambitus-with-multiple-voices.ly
+how-to-put-ties-between-syllables-in-lyrics.ly
+formatting-lyrics-syllables.ly
+piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly
+marking-notes-of-spoken-parts-with-a-cross-on-the-stem.ly
chant-or-psalms-notation.ly
single-staff-template-with-notes-and-lyrics.ly
adding-ambitus-per-voice.ly
single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-chords-and-frets.ly
skips-in-lyric-mode-2.ly
-changing-stanza-fonts.ly
+ambitus.ly
lyrics-alignment.ly
-vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly
-ambitus-with-multiple-voices.ly
-how-to-put-ties-between-syllables-in-lyrics.ly
-piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly
-vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly
single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-and-chords.ly
-formatting-lyrics-syllables.ly
vertically-aligning-ossias-and-lyrics.ly
vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly
-demo-midiinstruments.ly
+vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly
vocal-ensemble-template.ly
adjusting-lyrics-vertical-spacing.ly
skips-in-lyric-mode.ly
doctitle = "Volta under chords"
} % begin verbatim
+
\score {
<<
\chords {
doctitle = "Volta multi-staff"
} % begin verbatim
+
voltaMusic = \relative c'' {
\repeat volta 2 {
c1
doctitle = "Volta text markup using @code{repeatCommands}"
} % begin verbatim
+
voltaAdLib = \markup { 1. 2. 3... \text \italic { ad lib. } }
\relative c'' {
-breathing-signs.ly
+flute-slap-notation.ly
|
\set doubleSlurs = ##f
bf'8.. (
- af'32-1
- g'8-2 ) \staccato
- f'8-3 \staccato
+ af'32
+ g'8 ) \staccato
+ f'8 \staccato
|
e'4-2
r8
\once \override Script #'script-priority = #-100
\afterGrace
- f'8 ( \trill ^ \markup { \finger "3-5-3-5" }
- { e'16-2 [ f'16-3 ] }
+ f'8 ( \trill ^ \markup { \finger "3-2" }
+ { e'16 [ f'16 ] }
|
- g'8..-5
+ g'8..-3
f'32
- e'8-3 ) \staccato
+ e'8-1 ) \staccato
d'8-2 \staccato
|
- c'4-3
+ c'4
r4
}
g8-1 ) \staccato
f8 \staccato
|
- e4-3
+ e4
r8
\afterGrace
f8 ( \trill _ \markup { \finger "2-1" }
- { e16-3 [ f16 ] }
+ { e16 [ f16 ] }
|
g8..-1
f32
- e8-3 ) \staccato
- d8-2 \staccato
+ e8 ) \staccato
+ d8 \staccato
|
- c4-3
+ c4
r4
}
\version "2.11.61"
-\include "english.ly"
+\include "catalan.ly"
#(set-global-staff-size 15)
\paper{
ragged-right=##t
line-width=17\cm
indent=0\cm
}
-
-\layout {
- \context { \Score
- \override PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
- \override NonMusicalPaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
- }
-}
-
-% NR 1.6 Staff notation
-
-% L. v. Beethoven, Op. 106
-% Piano sonata 29 - Für das Hammer-Klavier
-% Movt IV
-\layout {
- \context {
- \Score
- %\override SpacingSpanner #'base-shortest-duration = #(ly:make-moment 1 16)
- \override Beam #'breakable = ##t
- \override BarNumber #'transparent = ##t
- }
+\header {
+ mutopiatitle = "Napolitan Dance (Swan Lake)"
+ mutopiacomposer = "TchaikovskyPI"
+ mutopiainstrument = "Piano, Trumpet, Percussion"
+ source = "New arrangement"
+ style = "Classical"
+ copyright = "Public Domain"
+ maintainer = "Laurence Sardain"
+ lastupdated = "2006/Dec/21"
+% title = "Le Lac des Cygnes"
+% subtitle = "Danse Napolitaine"
+% composer = "Piotr Ilitch Tchaïkovski"
+% arranger = "arr. Laurence Sardain"
+% footer = "Mutopia-2006/12/22-896"
}
-\new PianoStaff <<
-
- % RH staff
- \new Staff {
- \clef treble
- \key ef \major
- \time 3/4
-
- <<
-
- % RH voice 1
- \new Voice {
- \partial 1 * 5/8
- \voiceOne
- \once \override DynamicLineSpanner #'staff-padding = #4
- c'''16 \f (
- e'''16
- f'''16
- g'''16
- af'''16
- g'''16
- f'''16
- ef'''16
- d'''16
- c'''16 )
-
- |
-
- s8
- \once \override TextScript #'staff-padding = #6
- d''8 [
- ^ \markup \italic { non pressare }
- \override Voice.Script #'extra-offset = #'(0 . 1)
- b8 ] \trill
- r8
- r8
- g''8 [
-
- |
-
- ef'8 ] \trill
- r8
- r8
- c'''8 [
- a'8 ] \trill
- r8
-
- |
-
- r8
- d''' [
- bf'!8 ] \trill
- r8
- r8
- g'''8 [
-
- \bar "||"
- \break
- \key d \minor
-
- e''8 ] \trill
- r8
- r8
-
- }
-
-
- % RH voice 2
- \new Voice {
- \voiceTwo
- \partial 1 * 5/8
- r8
- c'''4.
- fs''8 \staccato
-
- |
-
- <b'' g''>8 \staccato
- r8
- r8
- g8 [
- b'8 ] \trill
- r8
-
- |
-
- r8
- c'8 [
- ef''8 ] \trill
- r8
- r8
- d'8 [
-
- |
-
- fs''8 ] \trill
- r8
- r8
- g'8 [
- bf''!8 ] \trill
- r8
-
- \bar "||"
-
- r8
- cs''8 [
- e'''!8 ] \trill
-
- }
-
- >>
-
- \oneVoice
- <a''' a''>8 [
- <f''' f''>8
- <d''' d''>8 ]
-
- |
-
- <a'' a'>8 [ \sf
- <f'' f'>8 ]
- <d'' d'>8 [ \sf
- <a' a> ]
- <gs' d' gs> [ \sf
- <gs'' d'' gs'> ]
-
- |
-
- \override DynamicLineSpanner #'staff-padding = #4
- \override DynamicText #'staff-padding = #4
- <a'' cs'' a'> \ff \staccato
- r8
- <a''' e''' cs''' a''>8 \ff \staccato
- r8
- r4
-
- |
-
- R1 * 3/4
-
- \bar "||"
- %\key d \major
- }
-
- % LH
- \new Staff {
- \clef bass
- \key ef \major
- \time 3/4
-
- \partial 1 * 5/8
- r8
- a2 \sf \startTrillSpan
-
- |
-
- g8 \staccato \stopTrillSpan
- b8 [
- g,8 ] \trill
- r8
- r8
- ef'8 [
-
- |
-
- c8 ] \trill
- r8
- r8
- \stemDown
- a8 [
- fs,8 ] \trill
- r8
-
- |
-
- r8
- bf!8 [
- g,8 ] \trill
- r8
- r8
- e'8 [
-
- \bar "||"
- \key d \minor
-
- cs8 ] \trill
- r8
- r8
- a8 [
- f8
- d8 ]
-
- |
-
- a,8 [
- f,8 ]
- d,8 [
- <a, a,,>8 ]
- <bf, bf,,>8 [
- <bf, bf,,>8 ]
+trompette = \relative do'' {
+ \clef treble
+ \key mib \major
+ \time 2/4
+ R2^\markup { \italic Comodo } |
+ r8 \once \override TextScript #'padding = #2.0
+ sib16-.^\markup {\dynamic p \italic grazioso} do-. mib( re)-. do-. sib-. |
+ re8-. r8 re4->( |
+ re8) do16-. re-. mib( re) do-. re-. |
+ do8-. r8 sib4-> |
+}
- |
+tambourin = \relative do' {
+ \time 2/4
+ r8 do16 do do8 do |
+ r8 do16 do do8 do |
+ r8 do r do |
+ r8 do16 do do8 do |
+ r8 do r do |
+}
- <a, e, cs, a,,>8 \staccato
- r8
- <a, e, cs, a,,>8 \staccato
- r8
- r4
+tambourinMidi = \drummode {
+ \time 2/4
+ r8 tamb16 tamb tamb8 tamb |
+ r8 tamb16 tamb tamb8 tamb |
+ r8 tamb r tamb |
+ r8 tamb16 tamb tamb8 tamb |
+ r8 tamb r tamb |
+}
- |
+upper = \relative do' {
+ \clef treble
+ \key mib \major
+ \time 2/4
+ r8\p <sol sib mib>16-. <sol sib mib>-. <sol sib mib>8-. <sol sib mib>-. |
+ r8 <sol sib mib>16-. <sol sib mib>-. <sol sib mib>8-. <sol sib mib>-. |
+ r8 <lab sib re>16-. <lab sib re>-. <lab sib re>8-. <lab sib re>-. |
+ r8 <lab sib re>16-. <lab sib re>-. <lab sib re>8-. <lab sib re>-. |
+ r8 <sol sib mib>16-. <sol sib mib>-. <sol sib mib>8-. <sol sib mib>-. |
+}
- R1 * 3/4
+lower = \relative do {
+ \clef bass
+ \key mib \major
+ \time 2/4
+ mib4-. r4 |
+ sib-. r |
+ fa'-. r |
+ sib, r |
+ mib4-. r4 |
+}
- \bar "||"
- %\key d \major
- }
->>
+\score {
+ <<
+ \context Staff = "trumpet" <<
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup { "Trumpet" \concat{ B \teeny \raise #0.4 \flat } }
+ \transpose sib do'
+ \trompette
+ >>
+ \context RhythmicStaff = "tambourin" <<
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = "Tambourine"
+ \tambourin
+ >>
+ \context PianoStaff = "prima" <<
+ \set PianoStaff.instrumentName = "Piano "
+ \context Staff = "uppera" \upper
+ \context Staff = "lowera" \lower
+ >>
+ >>
+ \layout { }
+}
+\score {
+ <<
+ \context Staff = "trumpet" {
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = "trumpet"
+ \trompette
+ }
+ \context DrumStaff = "tambourin" {
+ \tambourinMidi
+ }
+ \context Staff = "piano" <<
+ \upper
+ \lower
+ >>
+ >>
+ \midi {
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ tempoWholesPerMinute = #(ly:make-moment 72 4)
+ }
+ }
+}
%% Measure 2
\time 7/4
- \set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta "¹) n. ²) s.p."))
+ \set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta "1) n. 2) s.p."))
<<
{ \shift d2 \glissando ^\markup \colmark { \quatre \udbetc } \shifta e1 } \\
{ d2 \open \mf \< ~ d1 \! \> ~ d4 ^\markup \colmark { " " \fermaTa } \! }
\context {
\Staff
\remove "Time_signature_engraver"
+ }
+ \context {
+ \Score
\remove "Bar_number_engraver"
}
}
depth = ../..
+SUBDIRS = revised
+
STEPMAKE_TEMPLATES=documentation
EXTRA_DIST_FILES=README
EXTRA_DIST_FILES+=$(call src-wildcard,*.ly)
%Association list of pitches to colors.
#(define color-mapping
- (list
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 0 0) (x11-color 'red))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 0 1/2) (x11-color 'green))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 1 -1/2) (x11-color 'green))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 2 0) (x11-color 'red))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 2 1/2) (x11-color 'green))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 -1/2) (x11-color 'red))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 0) (x11-color 'green))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 4 1/2) (x11-color 'red))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 0) (x11-color 'green))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 -1/2) (x11-color 'red))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 6 1/2) (x11-color 'red))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 1 0) (x11-color 'blue))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 4 -1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
- (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 6 -1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
- ))
+ (list
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 0 0) (x11-color 'red))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 0 1/2) (x11-color 'green))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 1 -1/2) (x11-color 'green))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 2 0) (x11-color 'red))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 2 1/2) (x11-color 'green))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 -1/2) (x11-color 'red))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 0) (x11-color 'green))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 4 1/2) (x11-color 'red))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 0) (x11-color 'green))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 -1/2) (x11-color 'red))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 6 1/2) (x11-color 'red))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 1 0) (x11-color 'blue))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 4 -1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 6 -1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
+ ))
%Compare pitch and alteration (not octave).
#(define (pitch-equals? p1 p2)
- (and (= (ly:pitch-alteration p1) (ly:pitch-alteration p2))
- (= (ly:pitch-notename p1) (ly:pitch-notename p2))))
+ (and
+ (= (ly:pitch-alteration p1) (ly:pitch-alteration p2))
+ (= (ly:pitch-notename p1) (ly:pitch-notename p2))))
#(define (pitch-to-color pitch)
- (let ((color (assoc pitch color-mapping pitch-equals?)))
- (if color (cdr color))))
+ (let ((color (assoc pitch color-mapping pitch-equals?)))
+ (if color
+ (cdr color))))
#(define (color-notehead grob)
- (pitch-to-color (ly:event-property (ly:grob-property grob 'cause) 'pitch)))
-
+ (pitch-to-color
+ (ly:event-property (ly:grob-property grob 'cause) 'pitch)))
\score {
- \new Staff \relative c' {
- \override NoteHead #'color = #color-notehead
- c8 b d dis ees f g aes
- }
+ \new Staff \relative c' {
+ \override NoteHead #'color = #color-notehead
+ c8 b d dis ees f g aes
+ }
}
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.62"
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
+ texidoc = "Predefined fret diagrams can be added for new instruments
+in addition to the standards used for guitar. This file shows how
+this is done by defining a new string-tuning and a few predefined
+fretboards for the Venezuelan cuatro.
+
+This file also shows how fingerings can be included in the chords
+used as reference points for the chord lookup, and displayed in
+the fret diagram and the @code{TabStaff}, but not the music.
+
+These fretboards are not transposable because they contain string
+information. This is planned to be corrected in the future.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Defining predefined fretboards for other instruments"
+}
+
+%LSR: Thanks to Jesus Guillermo Andrade for the string-tuning
+%LSR: and fretboard information.
+
+% add FretBoards for the Cuatro
+% Note: This section could be put into a separate file
+% predefined-cuatro-fretboards.ly
+% and \included into each of your compositions
+
+cuatroTuning = #'(11 18 14 9)
+
+dSix = { <a\4 b\1 d\3 fis\2> }
+dMajor = { <a\4 d\1 d\3 fis \2> }
+aMajSeven = { <a\4 cis\1 e\3 g\2> }
+dMajSeven = { <a\4 c\1 d\3 fis\2> }
+gMajor = { <b\4 b\1 d\3 g\2> }
+
+\storePredefinedDiagram \dSix
+ #cuatroTuning
+ #"o;o;o;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \dMajor
+ #cuatroTuning
+ #"o;o;o;3-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \aMajSeven
+ #cuatroTuning
+ #"o;2-2;1-1;2-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \dMajSeven
+ #cuatroTuning
+ #"o;o;o;1-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \gMajor
+ #cuatroTuning
+ #"2-2;o;1-1;o;"
+
+% end of potential include file /predefined-cuatro-fretboards.ly
+
+
+#(set-global-staff-size 16)
+
+primerosNames = \chordmode {
+ d:6 d a:maj7 d:maj7
+ g
+}
+primeros = {
+ \dSix \dMajor \aMajSeven \dMajSeven
+ \gMajor
+}
+
+\score {
+ <<
+ \new ChordNames {
+ \set chordChanges = ##t
+ \primerosNames
+ }
+
+ \new Staff {
+ \new Voice \with {
+ \remove "New_fingering_engraver"
+ }
+ \relative c'' {
+ \primeros
+ }
+ }
+
+ \new FretBoards {
+ \set stringTunings = #cuatroTuning
+ \override FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'string-count = #'4
+ \override FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'finger-code = #'in-dot
+ \primeros
+ }
+
+ \new TabStaff \relative c'' {
+ \set TabStaff.stringTunings = #cuatroTuning
+ \primeros
+ }
+
+ >>
+
+ \layout {
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ \override SpacingSpanner
+ #'base-shortest-duration = #(ly:make-moment 1 16)
+ }
+ }
+ \midi { }
+}
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.61"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "rhythms,fretted-strings"
+ texidoc = "
+For guitar music, it is possible to show strum rhythms, along
+with melody notes, chord names, and fret diagrams.
+"
+ doctitle = "Guitar strum rhythms"
+}
+
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+<<
+ \new ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ c1 f g c
+ }
+ }
+
+ \new FretBoards {
+ \chordmode {
+ c1 f g c
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ \new Voice \with {
+ \consists Pitch_squash_engraver
+ } \relative c'' {
+ \improvisationOn
+ c4 c8 c c4 c8 c
+ f4 f8 f f4 f8 f
+ g4 g8 g g4 g8 g
+ c4 c8 c c4 c8 c
+ }
+
+
+ \new Voice = "melody" {
+ \relative c'' {
+ \improvisationOff
+ c2 e4 e4
+ f2. r4
+ g2. a4
+ e4 c2.
+ }
+ }
+
+ \new Lyrics {
+ \lyricsto "melody" {
+ This is my song.
+ I like to sing.
+ }
+ }
+>>
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.62"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, vocal-music"
+
+ texidoc = "
+This example shows how to put crosses on stems. Mark the beginning
+of a spoken section with the @code{\\speakOn} keyword, and end it
+with the @code{\\speakOff} keyword. Remember to end cross sections
+before entering any rest: this function also adds crosses to the
+invisible stems of rests.
+"
+ doctitle = "Marking notes of spoken parts with a cross on the stem"
+}
+
+speakOn = {
+ \override Stem #'stencil = #(lambda (grob)
+ (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
+ (ly:stem::print grob)
+ Y
+ (- (ly:grob-property grob 'direction))
+ (grob-interpret-markup grob
+ (markup #:hspace -1.025 #:fontsize -4
+ #:musicglyph "noteheads.s2cross"))
+ -2.3 0))
+}
+
+speakOff = {
+ \revert Stem #'stencil
+}
+
+\score {
+ \new Staff {
+ \relative c'' {
+ a4 b a c
+ \speakOn
+ g4 f r g
+ b4 r d e
+ \speakOff
+ c4 a g f
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+depth = ../../..
+
+STEPMAKE_TEMPLATES=documentation
+EXTRA_DIST_FILES=README
+EXTRA_DIST_FILES+=$(call src-wildcard,*.ly)
+
+include $(depth)/make/stepmake.make
--- /dev/null
+This directory contains snippet files which are already part of lilypond but
+have been revised. They should be contributed to the LSR so that they in
+turn are (automatically) included in lilypond again.
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+
+\version "2.11.62"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "keyboards"
+
+
+ doctitlees = "Símbolos de acordeón discanto"
+ texidoces = "
+Los símbolos específicos de acordeón discanto se escriben mediante
+@code{\\markup}. Se puede trucar la colocación vertical de los símbolos
+modificando los argumentos de @code{\\raise}.
+"
+
+
+ doctitlede = "Symbole für Akkordeon-Diskantregister"
+ texidocde = "
+Diskantregister für Akkordeon können mit @code{\\markup} dargestellt werden.
+Die vertikale Position der einzelnen Elemente werden mit @code{\\raise}
+angepasst.
+"
+
+
+ doctitle = "Accordion-discant symbols"
+ texidoc = "
+Accordion discant-specific symbols are added using @code{\\markup}. The
+vertical placement of the symbols can be tweaked by changing the
+@code{\\raise} arguments.
+"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+discant = \markup {
+ \musicglyph #"accordion.accDiscant"
+}
+dot = \markup {
+ \musicglyph #"accordion.accDot"
+}
+
+% 16 voets register
+accBasson = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \raise #0.5 \dot
+}
+
+% een korig 8 en 16 voets register
+accBandon = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \combine
+ \raise #0.5 \dot
+ \raise #1.5 \dot
+}
+
+accVCello = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \combine
+ \raise #0.5 \dot
+ \combine
+ \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \translate #'(1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
+}
+
+% 4-8-16 voets register
+accHarmon = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \combine
+ \raise #0.5 \dot
+ \combine
+ \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \raise #2.5 \dot
+}
+
+accTrombon = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \combine
+ \raise #0.5 \dot
+ \combine
+ \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \combine
+ \translate #'(1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \translate #'(-1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
+}
+
+% eenkorig 4 en 16 voets register
+accOrgan = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \combine
+ \raise #0.5 \dot
+ \raise #2.5 \dot
+}
+
+accMaster = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \combine
+ \raise #0.5 \dot
+ \combine
+ \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \combine
+ \translate #'(1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \combine
+ \translate #'(-1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \raise #2.5 \dot
+}
+
+accAccord = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \combine
+ \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \combine
+ \translate #'(1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \combine
+ \translate #'(-1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \raise #2.5 \dot
+}
+
+accMusette = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \combine
+ \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \combine
+ \translate #'(1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \translate #'(-1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
+}
+
+accCeleste = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \combine
+ \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \translate #'(-1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
+}
+
+accOboe = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \combine
+ \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \raise #2.5 \dot
+}
+
+accClarin = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \raise #1.5 \dot
+}
+
+accPiccolo = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \raise #2.5 \dot
+}
+
+accViolin = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \combine
+ \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \combine
+ \translate #'(1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \raise #2.5 \dot
+}
+
+\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
+
+\relative c'' {
+ c4 d\accBasson e f
+ c4 d\accBandon e f
+ c4 d\accVCello e f
+ c4 d\accHarmon e f
+ c4 d\accTrombon e f
+ \break
+ c4 d\accOrgan e f
+ c4 d\accMaster e f
+ c4 d\accAccord e f
+ c4 d\accMusette e f
+ c4 d\accCeleste e f
+ \break
+ c4 d\accOboe e f
+ c4 d\accClarin e f
+ c4 d\accPiccolo e f
+ c4 d\accViolin e f
+}
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+
+\version "2.11.62"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "pitches, editorial-annotations"
+
+
+ doctitlees = "Aplicar estilos de cabeza según la nota de la escala"
+ texidoces = "
+La propiedad @code{shapeNoteStyles} se puede usar para definir varios
+estilos de cabezas de nota para cada grado de la escala (según esté
+establecido por la armadura o por la propiedad @q{tonic}). Esta propiedad
+requiere un conjunto de símbolos, que pueden ser puramente arbitrarios (se
+permiten expresiones geométricas como @code{triangle}, triángulo,
+@code{cross}, aspas, y @code{xcircle}, círculo con aspas) o basados en una
+antigua tradición americana de grabado (ciertos nombres de nota latinos
+trambién se permiten).
+
+Dicho esto, para imitar antiguos cancioneros americanos, existen varios
+estilos predefinidos de cabezas de nota disponibles a través de
+instrucciones de abreviatura como @code{\\aikenHeads} o
+@code{\\sacredHarpHeads}.
+
+Este ejemplo muestra distintas formas de obtener cabezas de notas con forma,
+y muestra la capacidad de transportar una melodía sin perder la
+correspondencia entre las funciones armónicas y los estilos de cabezas de
+nota.
+"
+
+
+ doctitlede = "Notenkopfstile besierend auf der Tonleiterstufe erstellen"
+ texidocde = "
+Die @code{shapeNoteStyles}-(NotenFormenStile)-Eigenschaft kann benutzt
+werden, um verschiedene Notenstile für jeden Schritt der Tonleiter
+zudefinieren (vorgegeben von der Tonart oder der @q{tonic}
+(Tonika)-Eigenschaft. Diese Eigenschaft braucht eine Anzahl von Symbolen,
+welche beliebig sein können (geometrische Ausdrücke wie @code{triangle}
+(Dreieck), @code{cross} (Kreuz) und @code{xcircle} (X-Kreis) sind erlaubt)
+oder basierend auf einer alten amerikanischen Notensatztradition (einige
+lateinische Notenbezeichnungen sind auch erlaubt).
+
+Um alte amerikanische Liederbücher zu imitieren, gibt es einige
+vordefinierte Notenstile wie etwa @code{\\aikenHeads} (im Stil von Aiken)
+oder @code{\\sacredHarpHeads} (im Stil der Sacred-Harp-Tradition).
+
+Dieses Beispiel zeigt, wie man unterschiedlich geformte Noten erhält und
+eine Melodie transponieren kann, ohne dass das Verhältnis zwischen den
+harmonischen Funktionen und dem Notenstil verloren geht.
+"
+
+
+ doctitle = "Applying note head styles depending on the step of the scale"
+ texidoc = "
+The @code{shapeNoteStyles} property can be used to define various note head
+styles for each step of the scale (as set by the key signature or the
+@q{tonic} property). This property requires a set of symbols, which can be
+arbitrary (geometrical expressions such as @code{triangle}, @code{cross},
+and @code{xcircle} are allowed) or based on old American engraving tradition
+(some latin note names are also allowed).
+
+That said, to imitate old American song books, there are several predefined
+note head styles available through shortcut commands such as
+@code{\\aikenHeads} or @code{\\sacredHarpHeads}.
+
+This example shows different ways to obtain shape note heads, and
+demonstrates the ability to transpose a melody without losing the
+correspondence between harmonic functions and note head styles.
+"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
+
+fragment = {
+ \key c \major
+ c2 d
+ e2 f
+ g2 a
+ b2 c
+}
+
+\score {
+ \new Staff {
+ \transpose c d
+ \relative c' {
+ \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(do re mi fa
+ #f la ti)
+ \fragment
+ }
+
+ \break
+
+ \relative c' {
+ \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(cross triangle fa #f
+ mensural xcircle diamond)
+ \fragment
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+
+\version "2.11.62"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "pitches, staff-notation"
+
+
+ doctitlees = "Armaduras de tonalidad no tradicionales"
+ texidoces = "
+La muy utilizada instrucción @code{\\key} establece la propiedad
+@code{keySignature} property, dentro del contexto @code{Staff}.
+
+Para crear armaduras de tonalidad no estándar, ajuste esta propiedad
+directamente. El formato de esta instrucción es una lista:
+
+@code{\\set Staff.keySignature = #`(((octava . paso) . alteración) ((octava
+. paso) . alteración) ...)} donde, para cada elemento dentro de la lista,
+@code{octava} especifica la octava (siendo cero la octava desde el Do
+central hasta el Si por encima), @code{paso} especifica la nota dentro de la
+octava (cero significa Do y 6 significa Si), y @code{alteración} es
+@code{,SHARP ,FLAT ,DOUBLE-SHARP} etc. (observe la coma precedente.)
+
+Alternativamente, para cada elemento de la lista el uso del formato más
+conciso @code{(paso . alteración)} especifica que la misma alteración debe
+estar en todas las octavas.
+
+He aquí un ejemplo de una posible armadura para generar una escala exátona:
+"
+
+
+ doctitlede = "Untypische Tonarten"
+ texidocde = "
+Der üblicherweise benutzte @code{\\key}-Befehl setzt die
+@code{keySignature}-Eigenschaft im @code{Staff}-Kontext.
+
+Um untypische Tonartenvorzeichen zu erstellen, muss man diese Eigenschaft
+direkt setzen. Das Format für den Befehl ist eine Liste: @code{\\set
+Staff.keySignature = #`(((Oktave . Schritt) . Alteration) ((Oktave .
+Schritt) . Alteration) ...)}, wobei für jedes Element in der Liste
+@code{Oktave} die Oktave angibt (0@tie{}ist die Oktave vom
+eingestrichenen@tie{}C bis zum eingestrichenen@tie{}H). @code{Schritt} gibt
+die Note innerhalb der Oktave an (0@tie{}heißt@tie{}C und
+6@tie{}heißt@tie{}H), und @code{Alteration} ist @code{,SHARP ,FLAT
+,DOUBLE-SHARP} usw. (Beachte das beginnende Komma.)
+
+Alternativ kann auch jedes Element der Liste mit dem allgemeineren Format
+@code{(Schritt . Alteration)} gesetzt werden, wobei dann die Einstellungen
+für alle Oktaven gelten.
+
+Hier ein Beispiel einer möglichen Tonart für eine Ganztonleiter:
+"
+
+
+ doctitle = "Non-traditional key signatures"
+ texidoc = "
+The commonly used @code{\\key} command sets the @code{keySignature}
+property, in the @code{Staff} context.
+
+To create non-standard key signatures, set this property directly. The
+format of this command is a list:
+
+@code{\\set Staff.keySignature = #`(((octave . step) . alter) ((octave
+. step) . alter) ...)} where, for each element in the list,
+@code{octave} specifies the octave (0@tie{}being the octave from
+middle@tie{}C to the B above), @code{step} specifies the note within the
+octave (0@tie{}means@tie{}C and 6@tie{}means@tie{}B), and @code{alter} is
+@code{,SHARP ,FLAT ,DOUBLE-SHARP} etc. (Note the leading comma.)
+
+Alternatively, for each item in the list, using the more concise format
+@code{(step . alter)} specifies that the same alteration should hold in all
+octaves.
+
+Here is an example of a possible key signature for generating a whole-tone
+scale:
+"
+} % begin verbatim
+\relative c' {
+ \set Staff.keySignature = #`(((0 . 3) . ,SHARP)
+ ((0 . 5) . ,FLAT)
+ ((0 . 6) . ,FLAT))
+ c4 d e fis
+ aes4 bes c2
+}
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+
+\version "2.11.62"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, ancient-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+
+ doctitlees = "Estilos de silencios"
+ texidoces = "
+Los silencios se pueden imprimir en distintos estilos.
+"
+
+
+ doctitlede = "Pausenstile"
+ texidocde = "
+Pausen können in verschiedenen Stilen dargestellt werden.
+"
+
+
+ doctitle = "Rest styles"
+ texidoc = "
+Rests may be used in various styles.
+"
+} % begin verbatim
+\layout {
+ indent = 0.0
+ \context {
+ \Staff
+ \remove "Time_signature_engraver"
+ }
+}
+
+\relative c {
+ \set Score.timing = ##f
+ \override Staff.Rest #'style = #'mensural
+ r\maxima^\markup \typewriter { mensural }
+ r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16
+ \bar ""
+
+ \override Staff.Rest #'style = #'neomensural
+ r\maxima^\markup \typewriter { neomensural }
+ r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16
+ \bar ""
+
+ \override Staff.Rest #'style = #'classical
+ r\maxima^\markup \typewriter { classical }
+ r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32 r64 r128
+ \bar ""
+
+ \override Staff.Rest #'style = #'default
+ r\maxima^\markup \typewriter { default }
+ r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32 r64 r128
+}
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+
+\version "2.11.62"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks, unfretted-strings"
+
+
+ doctitlees = "Marca de pizzicato de chasquido (@q{pizzicato de Bartók})"
+ texidoces = "
+El pizzicato de chasquido (también llamado @q{Pizzicato de Bartók}) es un
+@q{pizzicato fuerte en que la cuerda se pulsa verticalmente produciendo un
+chasquido y rebotando en el diapasón del instrumento} (Wikipedia). Se
+denota mediante una circunferencia con una línea vertical corta que parte
+del centro de aquélla hacia fuera. Aunque Lilypond no tiene ninguna
+instrucción predefinida para crear esta marca, es fácil hacer la definición
+y colocarla directamente en el archivo de lilypond.
+"
+
+
+ doctitlede = "Bartók-Pizzicato"
+ texidocde = "
+Das Bartók-Pizzicato @q{ist eine besondere Form des Pizzicato, bei dem der
+Spieler die Saite auf das Griffbrett aufschlagen lässt, sodass zusätzlich
+zum angeschlagenen Ton ein scharfes, knallendes Geräusch ertönt}
+(Wikipedia). Es wird dargestellt als kleiner Kreis mit einer vertikalen
+Linie, die vom Kreiszentrum aus nach oben weist und ein Stück außerhalb des
+Kreises endet. Lilypond hat keinen eigenen Glyphen für dieses Symbol; es
+ist aber einfach, direkt eine Definition in die Eingabedatei einzufügen.
+"
+
+
+ doctitle = "Snap-pizzicato markup (@q{Bartók pizzicato})"
+ texidoc = "
+A snap-pizzicato (also known as @q{Bartók pizzicato}) is a @q{strong
+pizzicato where the string is plucked vertically by snapping and rebounds
+off the fingerboard of the instrument} (Wikipedia). It is denoted by a
+cicle with a vertical line going from the center upwards outside the circle.
+While Lilypond does not have a pre-defined command to created this markup,
+it is easy to create a definition and place it directly into the lilypond
+file.
+"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+% Definition of the snappizz markup to print snap-pizzicato articulations.
+% These are also known as "Bartok pizzicato" and are denotes by a circle
+% with a vertical line from the center of the circle upwards:
+#(define-markup-command (snappizz layout props) ()
+ (interpret-markup layout props
+ (markup #:stencil
+ (ly:stencil-translate-axis
+ (ly:stencil-add
+ (make-circle-stencil 0.7 0.1 #f)
+ (ly:make-stencil
+ (list 'draw-line 0.1 0 0.1 0 1)
+ '(-0.1 . 0.1) '(0.1 . 1)))
+ 0.7 X))))
+snappizzicato = \markup \snappizz
+
+% now it can be used as \snappizzicato after the note/chord
+% Note, that a direction (-, ^ or _) is REQUIRED!
+\relative c'{
+ c4^\snappizzicato
+% < c e g>\snappizzicato % This does NOT work
+ < c' e g>-\snappizzicato
+ < c' e g>^\snappizzicato
+ < c, e g>_\snappizzicato
+}
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+
+\version "2.11.62"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "pitches, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+
+ doctitlees = "Trucaje de las propiedades de clave"
+ texidoces = "
+La instrucción @code{\\clef \"treble_8\"} equivale a un ajuste de
+@code{clefGlyph}, @code{clefPosition} (que controla la posición vertical de
+la clave), @code{middleCPosition} y @code{clefOctavation}. Se imprime una
+clave cada vez que se modifica cualquiera de las propiedades excepto
+@code{middleCPosition}.
+
+Observe que la modificación del glifo, la posición de la clave o su
+octavación, no cambian 'per se' la posición de las siguientes notas del
+pentagrama: para hacer esto también se debe especificar la posición del Do
+central. Los parámetros posicionales están en relación con la tercera línea
+del pentagrama, los números positivos desplazan hacia arriba, contando una
+unidad por cada línea y espacio. El valor de @code{clefOctavation} se
+establecería normalmente a 7, -7, 15 or -15, pero son válidos otros valores.
+
+Cuando se produce un cambio de clave en el salto de línea se imprime la
+clave nueva tanto al final de la línea anterior como al principio de la
+nueva, de forma predeterminada. Si no se necesita la clave de advertencia
+al final de la línea anterior, se puede quitar estableciendo el valor de la
+propiedad @code{explicitClefVisibility} de @code{Staff}, a
+@code{end-of-line-invisible}. El comportamiento predeterminado se puede
+recuperar con @code{\\unset Staff.explicitClefVisibility}.
+
+Los siguientes ejemplos muestran las posibilidades cuando se ajustan estas
+propiedades manualmente. En la primera línea, los cambios manuales
+preservan el posicionamiento relativo estándar de las claves y las notas,
+pero no lo hacen en la segunda línea.
+"
+
+
+ doctitlede = "Eigenschaften des Schlüssels optimieren"
+ texidocde = "
+Der Befehl @code{\\clef \"treble_8\"} ist gleichbedeutend mit einem
+expliziten Setzen der Eigenschaften von @code{clefGlyph},
+@code{clefPosition} (welche die vertikale Position des Schlüssels bestimmt),
+@code{middleCPosition} und @code{clefOctavation}. Ein Schlüssel wird
+ausgegeben, wenn eine der Eigenschaften außer @code{middleCPosition} sich
+ändert.
+
+Eine Änderung des Schriftzeichens (Glyph), der Schlüsselposition oder der
+Oktavierung selber ändert noch nicht die Position der darauf folgenden Noten
+auf dem System: das geschieht nur, wenn auch die Position des
+eingestrichenen@tie{}C (middleCPosition) angegeben wird. Die
+Positionsparameter sind relativ zur Mittellinie des Systems, dabei versetzen
+positive Zahlen die Position nach oben, jeweils eine Zahl für jede Linie
+plus Zwischenraum. Der @code{clefOctavation}-Wert ist normalerweise auf 7,
+-7, 15 oder -15 gesetzt, aber auch andere Werte sind gültig.
+
+Wenn ein Schlüsselwechsel an einem Zeilenwechsel geschieht, wird das neue
+Symbol sowohl am Ende der alten Zeilen als auch am Anfang der neuen Zeile
+ausgegeben. Wenn der Warnungs-Schlüssel am Ende der alten Zeile nicht
+erforderlich ist, kann er unterdrückt werden, indem die
+@code{explicitClefVisibility}-Eigenschaft des @code{Staff}-Kontextes auf den
+Wert @code{end-of-line-invisible} gesetzt wird. Das Standardverhalten kann
+mit @code{\\unset Staff.explicitClefVisibility} wieder hergestellt werden.
+
+Die folgenden Beispiele zeigen die Möglichkeiten, wenn man diese
+Eigenschaften manuell setzt. Auf der ersten Zeile erhalten die manuellen
+Änderungen die ursprüngliche relative Positionierung von Schlüssel und
+Noten, auf der zweiten Zeile nicht.
+"
+
+
+ doctitle = "Tweaking clef properties"
+ texidoc = "
+The command @code{\\clef \"treble_8\"} is equivalent to setting
+@code{clefGlyph}, @code{clefPosition} (which controls the vertical position
+of the clef), @code{middleCPosition} and @code{clefOctavation}. A clef is
+printed when any of the properties except @code{middleCPosition} are
+changed.
+
+Note that changing the glyph, the position of the clef, or the octavation
+does not in itself change the position of subsequent notes on the staff: the
+position of middle@tie{}C must also be specified to do this. The positional
+parameters are relative to the staff center line, positive numbers
+displacing upwards, counting one for each line and space. The
+@code{clefOctavation} value would normally be set to 7, -7, 15 or -15, but
+other values are valid also.
+
+If a clef change takes place at a line break the new clef symbol is printed
+at both the end of the previous line and the beginning of the new line by
+default. If the warning clef at the end of the previous line is not
+required it can be suppressed by setting the @code{Staff} property
+@code{explicitClefVisibility} to the value @code{end-of-line-invisible}.
+The default behavior can be recovered with @code{\\unset
+Staff.explicitClefVisibility}.
+
+The following examples show the possibilities when setting these properties
+manually. On the first line, the manual changes preserve the standard
+relative positioning of clefs and notes, whereas on the second line, they do
+not.
+"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
+
+{
+ % The default treble clef
+ c'1
+ % The standard bass clef
+ \set Staff.clefGlyph = #"clefs.F"
+ \set Staff.clefPosition = #2
+ \set Staff.middleCPosition = #6
+ c'1
+ % The baritone clef
+ \set Staff.clefGlyph = #"clefs.C"
+ \set Staff.clefPosition = #4
+ \set Staff.middleCPosition = #4
+ c'1
+ % The standard choral tenor clef
+ \set Staff.clefGlyph = #"clefs.G"
+ \set Staff.clefPosition = #-2
+ \set Staff.clefOctavation = #-7
+ \set Staff.middleCPosition = #1
+ c'1
+ % A non-standard clef
+ \set Staff.clefPosition = #0
+ \set Staff.clefOctavation = #0
+ \set Staff.middleCPosition = #-4
+ c'1 \break
+
+ % The following clef changes do not preserve
+ % the normal relationship between notes and clefs:
+
+ \set Staff.clefGlyph = #"clefs.F"
+ \set Staff.clefPosition = #2
+ c'1
+ \set Staff.clefGlyph = #"clefs.G"
+ c'1
+ \set Staff.clefGlyph = #"clefs.C"
+ c'1
+ \set Staff.clefOctavation = #7
+ c'1
+ \set Staff.clefOctavation = #0
+ \set Staff.clefPosition = #0
+ c'1
+
+ % Here we go back to the normal clef:
+
+ \set Staff.middleCPosition = #0
+ c'1
+}
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.61"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "rhythms"
+ texidoc = "
+By specifying the context, the effect of @code{beatGrouping} can be
+limited to the context specified, and the values which may have
+been set in higher-level contexts can be overridden:
+"
+ doctitle = "Specifying context with beatGrouping"
+}
+
+\score {
+ \new Staff <<
+ \time 7/8
+ \new Voice {
+ \relative c'' {
+ \set Staff.beatGrouping = #'(2 3 2)
+ a8 a a a a a a
+ }
+ }
+ \new Voice {
+ \relative c' {
+ \voiceTwo
+ \set Voice.beatGrouping = #'(1 3 3)
+ f8 f f f f f f
+ }
+ }
+ >>
+}
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.61"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "rhythms"
+ texidoc = "
+The property @code{measureLength} determines where bar lines
+should be inserted and, with @code{beatLength} and
+@code{beatGrouping}, how automatic beams should be generated
+for beam durations and time signatures for which no beam-ending
+rules are defined. This example shows several ways of controlling
+beaming by setting these properties. The explanations are shown
+as comments in the code.
+"
+ doctitle = "Using beatLength and beatGrouping"
+}
+
+\relative c'' {
+ \time 3/4
+ % The default in 3/4 time is to beam in three groups
+ % each of a quarter note length
+ a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
+
+ \time 12/16
+ % No auto-beaming is defined for 12/16
+ a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
+
+ \time 3/4
+ % Change time signature symbol, but retain underlying 3/4 beaming
+ \set Score.timeSignatureFraction = #'(12 . 16)
+ a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
+
+ % The 3/4 time default grouping of (1 1 1) and beatLength of 1/8
+ % are not consistent with a measureLength of 3/4, so the beams
+ % are grouped at beatLength intervals
+ \set Score.beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 8)
+ a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
+
+ % Specify beams in groups of (3 3 2 3) 1/16th notes
+ % 3+3+2+3=11, and 11*1/16<>3/4, so beatGrouping does not apply,
+ % and beams are grouped at beatLength (1/16) intervals
+ \set Score.beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 16)
+ \set Score.beatGrouping = #'(3 3 2 3)
+ a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
+
+ % Specify beams in groups of (3 4 2 3) 1/16th notes
+ % 3+4+2+3=12, and 12*1/16=3/4, so beatGrouping applies
+ \set Score.beatLength = #(ly:make-moment 1 16)
+ \set Score.beatGrouping = #'(3 4 2 3)
+ a16 a a a a a a a a a a a
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+\header {
+
+ texidoc = "@code{showFirstLength} and @code{showLastLength} may be set at the
+ same time; both the beginning and the end of the score will be printed."
+
+ }
+
+\version "2.11.63"
+
+showFirstLength = R1*1
+showLastLength = R1*2
+\paper {
+ ragged-right = ##T
+}
+
+{
+ c1 d e f g a
+}
--- /dev/null
+\header {
+
+ texidoc = "@code{showFirstLength} will only show the first bit of a score"
+
+ }
+
+\version "2.11.63"
+
+showFirstLength = R1*3
+\paper {
+ ragged-right = ##T
+}
+
+{
+ c1 d e f g a
+}
}
{
- c1 c1
- c1 c1
- c1 c1
+ c1 d e f g a
}
texidoces = "
Los símbolos específicos de acordeón discanto se escriben mediante
-@code{\\markup}. Se puede trucar la colocación vertical de los
+@code{\\markup}. Se puede trucar la colocación vertical de los
símbolos modificando los argumentos de @code{\\raise}.
"
doctitlees = "Símbolos de acordeón discanto"
+
+ doctitlede = "Symbole für Akkordeon-Diskantregister"
+ texidocde = "
+Diskantregister für Akkordeon können mit @code{\\markup} dargestellt werden.
+Die vertikale Position der einzelnen Elemente werden mit @code{\\raise}
+angepasst.
+"
debe desplazar manualmente para evitar colisiones.
"
+
+texidocde = "
+Ambitus können pro Stimme gesetzt werden. In diesem Fall müssen sie
+manual verschoben werden, um Zusammenstöße zu verhindern.
+
+"
+doctitlede = "Ambitus pro Stimme hinzufügen"
"
doctitlees = "Ajustar la forma de las subidas y caídas de tono"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+texidocde = "
+Die @code{shortest-duration-space}-Eigenschaft kann verändert werden, um
+das Aussehen von unbestimmten Glissandi anzupassen.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Das Aussehen von unbestimmten Glissandi anpassen"
"
+texidocde = "
+Indem man den @code{Ambitus_engraver} im @code{Staff}-Kontext
+hinzufügt, erhält man einen einzigen Ambitus pro System, auch in dem
+Fall, dass mehrere Stimmen sich im gleichen System befinden.
+"
+ doctitlede = "Ambitus mit vielen Stimmen"
- doctitle = "Applying note head styles depending on the step of the scale"
doctitlees = "Aplicar estilos de cabeza según la nota de la escala"
texidoces = "
La propiedad @code{shapeNoteStyles} se puede usar para definir varios
estilos de cabezas de nota para cada grado de la escala (según esté
-establecido por la armadura o por la propiedad \"tonic\"). Esta
+establecido por la armadura o por la propiedad \"tonic\"). Esta
propiedad requiere un conjunto de símbolos, que pueden ser puramente
arbitrarios (se permiten expresiones geométricas como @code{triangle},
triángulo, @code{cross}, aspas, y @code{xcircle}, círculo con aspas) o
basados en una antigua tradición americana de grabado (ciertos nombres
de nota latinos trambién se permiten).
-Dicho esto, para imitar antiguos cancioneros americanos, existen
-varios estilos predefinidos de cabezas de nota disponibles a través de
+Dicho esto, para imitar antiguos cancioneros americanos, existen varios
+estilos predefinidos de cabezas de nota disponibles a través de
instrucciones de abreviatura como @code{\\aikenHeads} o
@code{\\sacredHarpHeads}.
-Este ejemplo muestra distintas formas de obtener cabezas de notas con
-forma, y muestra la capacidad de transportar una melodía sin perder la
-correspondencia entre las funciones armónicas y los estilos de cabezas
-de nota.
+Este ejemplo muestra distintas formas de obtener cabezas de notas con forma,
+y muestra la capacidad de transportar una melodía sin perder la
+correspondencia entre las funciones armónicas y los estilos de cabezas de
+nota.
+
+"
+
+ doctitlede = "Notenkopfstile besierend auf der Tonleiterstufe erstellen"
+ texidocde = "
+Die @code{shapeNoteStyles}-(NotenFormenStile)-Eigenschaft kann benutzt
+werden, um verschiedene Notenstile für jeden Schritt der Tonleiter
+zudefinieren (vorgegeben von der Tonart oder der @q{tonic}
+(Tonika)-Eigneschaft. Diese Eigenschaft braucht eine Anzahl von Symbolen,
+welche beliebig sein können (geometrische Ausdrücke wie @code{triangle}
+(Dreieck), @code{cross} (Kreuz) und @code{xcircle} (X-Kreis) sind erlaubt)
+oder basierend auf einer alten amerikanischen Notensatztradition (einige
+lateinische Notenbezeichnungen sind auch erlaubt).
+
+Um alte amerikanische Liederbücher zu imitieren, gibt es einige
+vordefinierte Notenstile wie etwa @code{\\aikenHeads} (im Stil von Aiken)
+oder @code{\\sacredHarpHeads} (im Stil der Sacred Harp-Tradition).
+
+Dieses Beispiel zeigt, wie man unterschiedlich geformte Noten erhält und
+eine Melodie transponieren kann, ohne dass das Verhältnis zwischen den
+harmonischen Funktionen und dem Notenstil verloren geht.
"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+No está especificada ninguna agrupación predeterminada automática
+de las barras para el compás de 7/8, de forma que si se requieren
+barras automáticas se debe especificar la forma de agrupamiento.
+Por ejemplo, para agrupar todas las barras en la forma 2-3-2 en el
+compás de 7/8, especificamos los finales de barra en 2/8 y 5/8:
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Agrupamiento de las barras en el compás de 7/8"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+texidocde = "
+Es gibt keine automatischen Balkengruppen für 7/8-Takte. Wenn diese
+Taktart benötigt wird, müssen die Gruppierungen definiert werden. Um
+beispielsweise alle Noten in 2/8-3/8-2/8 aufzuteilen, müssen Balkenenden
+für 2/8 und 5/8 definiert werden:
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Balkengruppen für 7/8-Takte"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Normalmente están prohibidos los saltos de línea si las barras
+atraviesan las líneas divisorias. Se puede cambiar este
+comportamiento como se muestra aquí:
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Barras que atraviesan saltos de línea"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+
+texidocde = "
+Zeilenumbrüche sind normalerweise während Balken verboten. Das kann geändert
+werden.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Balken über Zeilenumbrüche"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se insertan automáticamente barras en ángulo cuando se detecta un
+intervalo muy grande entre las notas. Se puede hacer un ajuste
+fino de este comportamiento a través de la propiedad
+@code{auto-knee-gap}. Se traza una barra doblada si el salto es
+mayor que el valor de @code{auto-knee-gap} más el ancho del objeto
+barra (que depende de la duración de las notas y de la inclinación
+de la barra). De forma predeterminada @code{auto-knee-gap} está
+establecido a 5.5 espacios de pentagrama.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Cambiar el salto de las barras en ángulo"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+texidocde = "
+Balken mit Hälsen in unterschiedliche Richtungen werden automatisch
+erstellt, wenn ein großer Sprung zwischen Tonhöhen gefunden wird. Dieses
+Verhalten kann durch die @code{auto-knee-gap}-Eigenschaft beeinflusst
+werden. Ein derartiger Knie-Balken wird erstellt, wenn der Abstand größer
+ist als der Wert von @code{auto-knee-gap} plus der Dicke des Balkens
+(was von der Notendauer und der Neigung des Balkens abhängt). Der
+Standardwert von @code{auto-knee-gap} ist 5.5 Notensystemabstände.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Balken für weit außeinander liegende Noten ändern"
muestra una barra normal. Este número predeterminado de diez se
puede cambiar sobreescribiendo la propiedad @code{expand-limit}:
-"
\ No newline at end of file
+"
+
+texidocde = "
+Wenn zehn oder weniger Pausentakte vorkommen, wird eine Reihe von Longa-
+und Brevispausen (auch Kirchenpausen genannt) gesetzt, bei mehr Takten
+wird eine Line mit der Taktanzahl ausgegeben. Der vorgegebene Wert von
+zehn kann geändert werden, indem man die @code{expand-limit}-Eigenschaft
+setzt:
+"
+ doctitlede = "Die Erscheinung von Pausentakten ändern"
"
doctitlees = "Cambiar el texto y los estilos de objeto de extensión para las indicaciones dinámicas textuales"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+texidocde = "
+Der Text, der für Crescendo und Decrescendo gestzt wird, kann geändert
+werden, indem man die Eigenschaften @code{crescendoText} und
+@code{decrescendoText} verändert. Der Stil des Streckers kann auch
+geändert werden, indem die @code{'style}-Eigenschaft des
+@code{DynamicTextSpanner} beeinflusst wird. Der Standardwert ist
+@code{'hairpin}, ander Möglichkeiten sind @code{'line}, @code{'dashed-line}
+und @code{'dotted-line}:
+"
+ doctitlede = "Text und Strecker-Stile für Dynamik-Texte ändern"
"
doctitlees = "Cambiar el símbolo de la marca de respiración"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+ texidocde = "
+Das Schriftzeichen für das Atemzeichen kann verändert werden, indem
+die Text-Eigenschaft des @code{BreathingSign}-Layoutobjekts mit einer
+beliebigen Textbeschriftung definiert wird.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Das Atemzeichen-Symbol verändern"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+La instrucción @code{\time} establece las propiedades
+@code{timeSignatureFraction}, @code{beatLength}, @code{beatGrouping} y
+@code{measureLength} en el contexto @code{Timing}, que normalmente
+tiene el alias @code{Score}. La modificación del valor de
+@code{timeSignatureFraction} hace que se imprima la nueva indicación
+de compás sin que cambie ninguna de las demás propiedades:
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Cambio de compás sin afectar al barrado"
del grupo, o eliminar el número.
"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+texidocde = "
+Standardmäßig wird nur der Zähler des N-tolen-Bruchs über der Klammer
+dargestellt, wie er dem @code{\\times}-Befehl übergeben wird.
+Man kann aber auch Zähler/Nenner ausgeben lassen, oder die Zahl
+vollständig unterdrücken.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Die Zahl der N-tole verändern"
gráficas de la agrupación de compases; véase el fragmento de código
apropiado en la base de datos).
-"
\ No newline at end of file
+"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+texidocde = "
+Ungerade Taktarten werden (wie etwa \"5/8\") werden oft als zusammengesetzte
+Taktarten interpretiert (bspw. \"3/8 + 2/8\"), in welchen zwei oder mehr
+Teiltakte unterschieden werden. LilyPond kann derartige Noten produzieren,
+indem entsprechende Taktarten gesetzt werden und die automatische
+Bebalkung angepasst wird.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Zusammengesetzte Taktarten"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Las opciones para agrupar los pulsos de un compás están a nuestra
+disposición a través de la función de Scheme
+@code{set-time-signature}, que acepta tres argumentos: el número
+de pulsos, la longitud del pulso, y la agrupación interna de los
+pulsos dentro del compás. Si se incluye el grabador
+@code{Measure_grouping_engraver}, la función crea también símbolos
+de agrupación @code{MeasureGrouping}. Dichos símbolos facilitan
+la lectura de la música moderna de cierta complejidad rítmica. En
+el ejemplo, el compás de 9/8 se subdivide en 2, 2, 2 y 3. Esto se
+pasa a la función @code{set-time-signature} como tercer argumento:
+@code{'(2 2 2 3)}:
+
+"
+doctitlees = "Símbolos de dirección, símbolos de agrupación de compás"
"
doctitlees = "Glissando contemporáneo"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+texidocde = "
+Ein modernes Glissando ohne eine Endnote kann gesetzt werden, indem
+eine Kadenz eingesetzt wird und die Endnote unsichtbar gemacht wird.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Moderne Glissandi"
"
doctitlees = "Controlar la ordenación vertical de las inscripciones"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+texidocde = "
+Die vertikale Anordnung von Beschriftungen wird mit der
+@code{'script-priority}-Eigenschaft kontrolliert. Um so kleiner die
+Zahl, umso näher wird die Beschriftung in Bezug auf die Note gesetzt. In
+diesem Beispiel hat das @code{TextScript}-Objekt (das Kreuz) zuerst
+die niedrigste Priorität, wird also auch am niedrigsten in dem ersten
+Beispiel gesetzt. Im zweiten Fall hat der Praller (das @code{Script})
+die niedrigste Priorität, darum wird er am nächsten zum System gesetzt.
+Wenn zwei Objekte die gleiche Priorität haben, wird ihre Reihenfolge
+anhand ihres Auftretens in der Quelldatei entschieden.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Die vertikale Anordnung von Beschriftungen kontrollieren"
"
doctitlees = "Crear arpegios entre notas de voces distintas"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+texidocde = "
+Ein Arpeggio kann zwischen Noten aus unterschidlichen Stimmen auf demselben
+System gezogen werden, wenn der @code{Span_arpeggio_engraver} in den
+@code{Staff}-Kontext verschoben wird:
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Arpeggios zwischen unterschiedlichen Stimmen erzeugen"
"
doctitlees = "Crear arpegios que se cruzan entre pentagramas dentro de un sistema de piano"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+texidocde = "
+Arpeggio über mehrere Systeme können in anderen Kontexten als dem
+@code{PianoStaff} erstellt werden, wenn der @code{Span_arpeggio_engraver}
+in den @code{Score}-Kontext eingefügt wird.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Arpeggio über mehrere Systeme in anderen Kontexten"
"
doctitlees = "Creación de arpegios que se cruzan entre pentagramas dentro de otros contextos"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+ texidocde = "
+In einem Klaviersystem (@code{PianoStaff}) ist es möglich, ein Arpeggio
+zwischen beiden Systemen zu verbinden, indem die
+@code{PianoStaff.connectArpeggios}-Eigenschaft gesetzt wird.
+
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Arpeggio zwischen Systemen in einem Klaviersystem erstellen"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se pueden establecer las propiedades de los diagramas de
+posiciones de acordes por medio de @code{'fret-diagram-details}.
+Para los diagramas de posiciones de FretBoard, se aplican los
+overrides (sobreescrituras) al objeto @code{FretBoards.FretBoard}.
+Como @code{Voice}, @code{FretBoards} es un contexto del nivel
+inferior, y por tanto se puede omitir su nombre en la
+sobreescritura de propiedades.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Personalizar los diagramas de posiciones"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se pueden establecer las propiedades de los diagramas de
+posiciones a través de @code{'fret-diagram-details}. Para los
+diagramas de posiciones de marcado, se pueden aplicar overrides
+(sobreescrituras) al objeto @code{Voice.TextScript} o directamente al elemento de marcado.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Personalizar diagramas de posiciones de marcado"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+
+Se pueden añadir diagramas de posiciones predefinidas para
+instrumentos nuevos además de los estándar que se usan para la
+guitarra. Este archivo muestra cómo se hace, definiendo una afinación
+nueva y unas cuantas posiciones para el cuatro venezolano.
+
+Este archivo también muestra cómo se pueden incluir las digitaciones
+en los acordes que se usan como puntos de referencia para la búsqueda
+de acordes en la tabla, y mostrarse en el diagrama de posiciones y la
+tablatura @code{TabStaff}, pero no en la música.
+
+Estas posiciones no se pueden transportar porque contienen información
+de las cuerdas. Hay planes para corregir esto en un futuro.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Definición de posiciones predefinidas para otros instrumentos"
"
+ texidocde = "
+ In Werken des fürhen 20. Jahrhundert, angefangen mit Schönberg, Berg
+ und Webern (die zweite Wiener Schule), wird jeder Ton der
+ Zwölftonleiter als gleichwertig erachtet, ohne hierarchische
+ Ordnung. Deshalb wird in dieser Musik für jede Note ein Versetzungszeichen
+ ausgegeben, auch für unalterierte Tonhöhen, um das neue Verständnis
+ der Musiktheorie und Musiksprache zu verdeutlichen.
+
+ Dieser Schnipsel zeigt, wie derartige Notationsregeln zu erstellen sind.
+ "
+
+doctitlede = "Versetzungszeichen für jede Note im Stil der Zwölftonmusik"
espacios de pentagrama, y el segundo número indica la dirección (1 =
hacia arriba, -1 = hacia abajo).
-"
\ No newline at end of file
+"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+texidocde = "
+Überbindungen können manuell gesetzt werden, indem man die
+@code{tie-configuration}-Eigenschaft des @code{TieColumn}-Objekts
+beeinflusst. Die erste Zahl zeigt den Abstand von der Mitte in
+Notensystemabständen an, die zweite Zahl zeigt die Richtung an (1 = nach oben,
+-1 = nach unten).
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Bindebögen manuell setzen"
\"Administración del tiempo\".
"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+ texidocde = "
+Die Eigenschaft @code{tupletSpannerDuration} bestimmt, wie lange jede
+der N-tolen innerhalb der Klammern nach dem @code{\\times}-Befehl
+dauert. Auf diese Art können etwa viele Triolen nacheinander mit nur
+einem @code{\\times}-Befehl geschrieben werden.
+
+Im Beispiel sind zwei Triolen zu sehen, obwohl @code{\\times} nur
+einmal geschrieben wurde.
+
+Mehr Information über @code{make-moment} gibt es in \"Verwaltung der Zeiteinheiten\".
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Mehrere Triolen notieren, aber nur einmal \\times benutzen"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+En este ejemplo se combinan las digitaciones de la mano izquierda,
+indicaciones del número de cuerda y digitaciones de la mano
+derecha.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Digitaciones, indicación del número de cuerda y digitaciones de mano derecha"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+ Son posibles tanto los corchetes rectos sobre notas sueltas como
+extremos de barra sueltos en figuras unidas, con una combinación de
+@code{stemLeftBeamCount}, @code{stemRightBeamCount} e indicadores de
+barra @code{[ ]} emparejados.
+
+
+
+
+Para corchetes rectos que apunten a la derecha sobre notas sueltas,
+use indicadores de barra emparejados @code{[ ]} y establezca
+@code{stemLeftBeamCount} a cero (véase el ejemplo 1).
+
+
+
+
+Para corchetes rectos que apunten a la izquierda, establezca en su
+lugar @code{stemRightBeamCount} (ejemplo 2).
+
+
+
+
+Para extremos sueltos que apunten a la derecha al final de un conjunto
+de notas unidas, establezca @code{stemRightBeamCount} a un valor
+positivo. Y para extremos sueltos que apunten a la izquierda al
+principio de un conjunto de notas unidas, establezca
+@code{stemLeftBeamCount} en su lugar (ejemplo 3).
+
+
+
+
+A veces, para una nota suelta rodeada de silencios tiene sentido que
+lleve los dos extremos sueltos del corchete plano, apuntando a derecha
+e izquierda. Hágalo solamente con indicadores de barra emparejados
+@code{[ ]} (ejemplo 4).
+
+
+
+
+(Observe que @code{\\set stemLeftBeamCount} siempre equivale a
+@code{\\once \\set}. En otras palabras, los ajustes de la cantidad de
+barras no se recuerdan, y por ello el par de corchetes planos
+aplicados a la nota Do semicorchea @code{c'16 [ ]} del último ejemplo
+no tiene nada que ver con el @code{\\set} de dos notas por detrás.)
+
+
+
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Corchetes rectos y extremos de barra sueltos"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Los patrones de barrado se pueden alterar con la propiedad
+@code{beatGrouping}:
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Agrupar los pulsos"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+texidocde = "
+Balkengruppen können mit der @code{beatGrouping}-Eigenschaft geändert
+werden:
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Notengruppen"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Para la música de guitarra, es posible mostrar los ritmos de rasgueo,
+además de las notas de la melodía, acordes y diagramas de posiciones.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Ritmos rasgueados de guitarra"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+ texidocde = "
+In Guitarrennotation kann neben Melodie, Akkordbezeichnungen und
+Bunddiagrammen auch der Schlagrhythmus angegeben werden.
+
+"
+ doctitldee = "Schlagrhythmus für Guitarren"
"
doctitlees = "Ocultar la línea de extensión de las expresiones textuales de dinámica"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+texidocde = "
+Dynamik-Texte (wie cresc. und dim.) werden mit einer gestrichelten Linie
+gesetzt, die ihre Dauer anzeigt. Diese Linie kann auf foldenge Weise
+unterdrückt werden:
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Crescendo-Linien von Dynamik-Texten unterdrücken"
"
doctitlees = "Insertar una cesura"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+ texidocde = "
+Zäsurzeichen können erstellt werden, indem die @code{'text}-Eigenschaft
+des @code{BreathingSign}-Objektes verändert wird. Ein gekrümmtes
+Zäsurzeichen ist auch möglich.
+"
+ doctitlede = "Eine Zäsur einfügen"
"
doctitlees = "Modificar los valores predeterminados para la notación abreviada de las articulaciones"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+ texidocde = "
+Die Abkürzungen sind in der Datei @samp{ly/script-init.ly} definiert, wo
+den Variablen @code{dashHat}, @code{dashPlus}, @code{dashDash},
+@code{dashBar}, @code{dashLarger}, @code{dashDot} und
+@code{dashUnderscore} Standardwerte zugewiesen werden. Diese Standardwerte
+können verändert werden. Um zum Beispiel die Abkürzung
+@code{-+} (@code{dashPlus}) mit dem Triller anstatt mit dem +-Symbol zu
+assoziieren, muss der Wert @code{trill} der Variable
+@code{dashPlus} zugewiesen werden:
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Die Standardwerte für Arkkikulationsabkürzungen verändern"
-doctitlees = "Armaduras de tonalidad no tradicionales"
-texidoces = "
+ doctitlees = "Armaduras de tonalidad no tradicionales"
+ texidoces = "
La muy utilizada instrucción @code{\\key} establece la propiedad
@code{keySignature} property, dentro del contexto @code{Staff}.
Para crear armaduras de tonalidad no estándar, ajuste esta propiedad
-directamente. El formato de esta instrucción es una lista:
+directamente. El formato de esta instrucción es una lista:
-@code{ \\set Staff.keySignature = #`(((octava . paso) . alteración)
-((octava . paso) . alteración) ...) } donde, para cada elemento dentro
+@code{\\set Staff.keySignature = #`(((octava . paso) . alteración)
+((octava . paso) . alteración) ...)} donde, para cada elemento dentro
de la lista, @code{octava} especifica la octava (siendo cero la octava
desde el Do central hasta el Si por encima), @code{paso} especifica la
nota dentro de la octava (cero significa Do y 6 significa Si), y
He aquí un ejemplo de una posible armadura para generar una escala
exátona:
+"
+
+ doctitlede = "Untypische Tonarten"
+ texidocde = "
+Der üblicherweise benutzte @code{\\key}-Befehl setzt die
+@code{keySignature}-Eigenschaft im @code{Staff}-Kontext.
+
+Um untypische Tonartenvorzeichen zu erstellen, muss man diese Eigenschaft
+direkt setzen. Das Format für den Befehl ist eine Liste: @code{ \\set
+Staff.keySignature = #`(((Oktave . Schritt) . Alteration) ((Oktave
+. Schritt) . Alteration) ...)} wobei für jedes Element in der Liste
+@code{Oktave} die Oktave angibt (0@tie{}ist die Oktave vom
+eingestrichenen@tie{}C bis zum eingestrichenen@tie{}H), @code{Schritt} gibt
+die Note innerhalb der Oktave an (0@tie{}heißt@tie{}C und
+6@tie{}heißt@tie{}H), und @code{Alteration} ist @code{,SHARP ,FLAT
+,DOUBLE-SHARP} usw. (Beachte das beginnende Komma.)
+
+Alternativ kann auch jedes Element der Liste mit dem allgemeineren Format
+@code{(Schritt . Alteration)} gesetzt werden, wobei dann die Einstellungen
+für alle Oktaven gelten.
+Hier ein Beispiel einer möglichen Tonart für eine Ganztonleiter:
"
del corchete, ajuste @code{ottavation} despues de invocar a
@code{set-octavation}.
"
- doctitlees = "Texto de octava alta y baja"
\ No newline at end of file
+ doctitlees = "Texto de octava alta y baja"
+
+
+texidocde = "
+Intern setzt die @code{set-octavation}-Funktion die Eigenschaften
+@code{ottavation} (etwa auf den Wert @code{\"8va\"} oder @code{\"8vb\"})
+und @code{middleCPosition}. Um den Text der Oktavierungsklammer zu
+ändern, kann @code{ottavation} manuell gesetzt werden, nachdem
+@code{set-octavation} benützt wurde.
+
+"
+
+doctitlede = "Ottava-Text"
sincopados se deben barrar manualmente.
"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+ texidocde = "
+Dieses künstliche Beispiel zeigt, wie sowohl automatische als auch
+manuelle Zeilenumbrüche innerhalb einer N-tole mit Balken erlaubt
+werden können. Diese unregelmäßige Bebalkung muss allerdings manuell
+gesetzt werden.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Zeilenumbrüche bei N-tolen mit Balken erlauben"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Es posible ejercer un mayor control sobre la colocación de las
+digitaciones de la mano derecha estableciendo el valor de una
+propiedad específica, como se muestra en el ejemplo siguiente.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Posicionamiento de digitaciones de mano derecha"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+La polifonía se crea de la misma forma en un @code{TabStaff} que
+en una pauta normal.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Polifonía en tablaturas"
impar están separados verticalmente. La colocación de los silencios
multicompás se puede controlar como se ve a continuación:
-"
\ No newline at end of file
+"
+
+texidocde = "
+Anders als bei normalen Pausen gibt es keinen direkten Befehl, um die
+vertikale Position von Ganztaktpausen zu beeinflussen, indem man sie an
+eine Tonhöhe anhängt. In polyphoner Notation wird aber dennoch die
+Position der Pausen von geraden und ungeraden Stimmen voneinander
+unterschieden. Die Position von Ganztaktpausen kann wie folgt verändert
+werden:
+ "
+ doctitlede = "Positionierung von Ganztaktpausen"
propiedad @code{extraNatural} a @code{##f} (falso) dentro del
contexto de @code{Staff}.
-"
\ No newline at end of file
+"
+
+doctitlede = "Verhindern, dass zusätzliche Auflösungszeichen automatisch
+hinzugefügt werden"
+
+texidocde = "Den tranditionellen Notensatzregeln zufolge wird ein
+Auflösungszeichen immer dann vor einem Kreuz oder B gesetzt, wenn
+ein vorheriges Versetzungszeichen der gleichen Note aufgehoben werden
+soll. Um dieses Verhalten zu ändern, muss die Eigenschaft
+@code{extraNatural} im @code{Staff}-Kontext auf \"false\" gesetzt werden.
+"
anteriores. Esto se puede evitar estableciendo al valor \"falso\" la
propiedad @code{printKeyCancellation} del contexto @code{Staff}.
-"
\ No newline at end of file
+"
+
+doctitlede = "Auflösungzeichen nicht setzen, wenn die Tonart wechselt"
+
+texidocde = "
+Wenn die Tonart wechselt, werden automatisch Auflösungszeichen ausgegeben,
+um Versetzungszeichen der vorherigen Tonart aufzulösen. Das kann
+verhindert werden, indem die @code{printKeyCancellation}-Eigenschaft
+im @code{Staff}-Kontext auf \"false\" gesetzt wird.
+"
"
doctitlees = "Impresión de reguladores utilizando la notación «al niente»"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+ texidocde = "
+ Crescendo-Klammern können mit einem kleinen Kreis vor der Spitze
+ notiert werden (al niente = bis zum Nichts), indem die
+@code{circled-tip}-Eigenschaft des @code{Hairpin}-Objekts auf
+@code{#t} gesetzt wird.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Crescendo Klammern al niente schreiben"
- doctitlees = "Estilos de silencios"
- texidoces = "
+ doctitlees = "Estilos de silencios"
+ texidoces = "
Los silencios se pueden imprimir en distintos estilos.
+"
+ doctitlede = "Pausenstile"
+ texidocde = "
+Pausen können in verschiedenen Stilen dargestellt werden.
"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Para tipografiar las barras agrupadas en la forma @code{3-4-3-2}
+en 12/8, en primer lugar tenemos que sobreescribir los finales de
+barra predeterminados en 12/8, y después preparar los finales de
+barra nuevos:
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Alteración de los finales de barra predeterminados"
"
doctitlees = "Establecer el comportamiento de los reguladores en las barras de compás"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+texidocde = "
+Wenn die Note, an welcher eine Crescendo-Klammer endet, die erste Note
+eines Taktes ist, wird die Klammer an der vorhergehenden Tatklinie
+beendet. Dieses Verhalten kann auch mit der Eigenschaft
+@code{'to-barline} geändert werden:
+"
+ doctitlede = "Das Verhalten von Crescendo-Klammern an Taktlinien beeinflussen"
"
doctitlees = "Ajustar la longitud mínima de los reguladores"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+texidocde = "
+Wenn Crescendo-Klammern zu kurz sind, können sie verlängert werden, indem
+die @code{minimum-length}-Eigenschaft des @code{Hairpin}-Objektes
+verändert wird.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Die Mindestlänge von Crescendo-Klammern bestimmen"
--- /dev/null
+ doctitlees = "Marca de pizzicato de chasquido (@q{pizzicato de Bartók})"
+ texidoces = "
+El pizzicato de chasquido (también llamado @q{Pizzicato de Bartók}) es un
+@q{pizzicato fuerte en que la cuerda se pulsa verticalmente produciendo un
+chasquido y rebotando en el diapasón del instrumento} (Wikipedia). Se
+denota mediante una circunferencia con una línea vertical corta que parte
+del centro de aquélla hacia fuera. Aunque Lilypond no tiene ninguna
+instrucción predefinida para crear esta marca, es fácil hacer la definición
+y colocarla directamente en el archivo de lilypond.
+"
+
+ doctitlede = "Bartók-Pizzicato"
+ texidocde = "
+Das Bartók-Pizzicato @q{ist eine besondere Form des Pizzicato, bei dem der
+Spieler die Saite auf das Griffbrett aufschlagen lässt, sodass zusätzlich
+zum angeschlagenen Ton ein scharfes, knallendes Geräusch ertönt}
+(Wikipedia). Es wird dargestellt als kleiner Kreis mit einer vertikalen
+Linie, die vom Kreiszentrum aus nach oben weist und ein Stück außerhalb des
+Kreises endet. Lilypond hat keinen eigenen Glyphen für dieses Symbol; es
+ist aber einfach, direkt eine Definition in die Eingabedatei einzufügen.
+"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Mediante la especificación del contexto, el efecto de
+@code{beatGrouping} puede limitarse al contexto especificado, y
+sobreescribirse los valores establecidos en contextos de niveles más
+altos:
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Especificar el contexto con beatGrouping"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+La dirección de las plicas se contola de la misma forma en la
+tablatura que en la notación tradicional. Las barras se pueden
+poner horizontales, como se muestra en este ejemplo.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Comportamiento de las plicas y las barras de corchea en tablaturas"
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Las barras de semicorcheas (o notas más breves) seguidas no se
+subdividen de forma predeterminada. Esto es: las tres (o más)
+barras se prolongan, sin dividirse, sobre grupos completos de
+notas. Este comportamiento se puede modificar para que las barras
+se subdividan en subgrupos mediante el establecimiento de la
+propiedad @code{subdivideBeams}. Cuando está establecida, las
+diversas barras se subdividen a intervalos definidos por el valor
+actual de la longitud del pulso @code{beatLength} reduciendo las
+barras múltiples a una sola entre los subgrupos. Observe que el
+valor predeterminado de @code{beatLength} es de una negra si no
+está establecido explícitamente. Se debe establecer al valor de
+una fracción que da la duración el subgrupo de barras utilizando
+la función @code{make-moment}, como se muestra aquí:
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Subdivisión de las barras de semicorchea"
De esta forma se selecciona el mayor número de notas enarmónicas
naturales.
-"
\ No newline at end of file
+"
+
+doctitlede = "Noten mit minimaler Anzahl an Versetzungszeichen transponieren."
+
+texidocde = "Dieses Beispiel benutzt Scheme-Code, um enharmonische
+Verwechslungen für Noten zu erzwingen, damit nur eine minimale Anzahl
+an Versetzungszeichen ausgegeben wird. In diesem Fall gelten die
+folgenden Regeln:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+Doppelte Versetzungszeichen sollen entfernt werden
+
+@item
+His -> C
+
+@item
+Eis -> F
+
+@item
+Ces -> B
+
+@item
+Fes -> E
+
+@end itemize
+
+Auf diese Art werden am meisten natürliche Tonhöhen als enharmonische
+Variante gewählt.
+"
+
-doctitlees = "Trucaje de las propiedades de clave"
-texidoces = "
+ doctitlees = "Trucaje de las propiedades de clave"
+ texidoces = "
La instrucción @code{\\clef \"treble_8\"} equivale a un ajuste de
@code{clefGlyph}, @code{clefPosition} (que controla la posición
vertical de la clave), @code{middleCPosition} y
-@code{clefOctavation}. Se imprime una clave cada vez que se
+@code{clefOctavation}. Se imprime una clave cada vez que se
modifica cualquiera de las propiedades excepto
@code{middleCPosition}.
-
Observe que la modificación del glifo, la posición de la clave o
su octavación, no cambian 'per se' la posición de las siguientes
notas del pentagrama: para hacer esto también se debe especificar
-la posición del Do central. Los parámetros posicionales están en
+la posición del Do central. Los parámetros posicionales están en
relación con la tercera línea del pentagrama, los números
positivos desplazan hacia arriba, contando una unidad por cada
-línea y espacio. El valor de @code{clefOctavation} se
+línea y espacio. El valor de @code{clefOctavation} se
establecería normalmente a 7, -7, 15 or -15, pero son válidos
otros valores.
-
Cuando se produce un cambio de clave en el salto de línea se
imprime la clave nueva tanto al final de la línea anterior como al
principio de la nueva, de forma predeterminada. Si no se necesita
la clave de advertencia al final de la línea anterior, se puede
quitar estableciendo el valor de la propiedad
@code{explicitClefVisibility} de @code{Staff}, a
-@code{end-of-line-invisible}. El comportamiento predeterminado se
+@code{end-of-line-invisible}. El comportamiento predeterminado se
puede recuperar con @code{\\unset Staff.explicitClefVisibility}.
Los siguientes ejemplos muestran las posibilidades cuando se
ajustan estas propiedades manualmente. En la primera línea, los
cambios manuales preservan el posicionamiento relativo estándar de
las claves y las notas, pero no lo hacen en la segunda línea.
+"
+
+ doctitlede = "Eigenschaften des Schlüssels optimieren"
+ texidocde = "
+Der Befehl @code{\\clef \"treble_8\"} ist gleichbedeutend mit einem
+expliziten Setzen der Eigenschaften von @code{clefGlyph},
+@code{clefPosition} (welche die vertikale Position des Schlüssels bestimmt),
+@code{middleCPosition} und @code{clefOctavation}. Ein Schlüssel wird
+ausgegeben, wenn eine der Eigenschaften außer @code{middleCPosition} sich
+ändert.
+
+Eine Änderung des Schriftzeichens (Glyph), der Schlüsselposition oder der
+Oktavierung selber ändert noch nicht die Position der darauf folgenden Noten
+auf dem System: das geschieht nur, wenn auch die Position des
+eingestrichenen@tie{}C (middleCPosition) angegeben wird. Die
+Positionsparameter sind relativ zur Mittellinie des Systems, dabei versetzen
+positive Zahlen die Position nach oben, jeweils eine Zahl für jede Linie
+plus Zwischenraum. Der @code{clefOctavation}-Wert ist normalerweise auf 7,
+-7, 15 oder -15 gesetzt, aber auch andere Werte sind gültig.
+
+Wenn ein Schlüsselwechsel an einem Zeilenwechsel geschieht, wird das neue
+Symbol sowohl am Ende der alten Zeilen als auch am Anfang der neuen Zeile
+ausgegeben. Wenn der Warnungs-Schlüssel am Ende der alten Zeile nicht
+erforderlich ist, kann er unterdrückt werden, indem die
+@code{explicitClefVisibility}-Eigenschaft des @code{Staff}-Kontextes auf den
+Wert @code{end-of-line-invisible} gesetzt wird. Das Standardverhalten kann
+mit @code{\\unset Staff.explicitClefVisibility} wieder hergestellt werden.
-"
\ No newline at end of file
+Die folgenden Beispiele zeigen die Möglichkeiten, wenn man diese
+Eigenschaften manuell setzt. Auf der ersten Zeile erhalten die manuellen
+Änderungen die ursprüngliche relative Positionierung von Schlüssel und
+Noten, auf der zweiten Zeile nicht.
+"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+La propiedad @code{measureLength} determina dónde se deben insertar
+líneas divisorias y, con @code{beatLength} y @code{beatGrouping}, cómo
+se deben generar las barras autoomáticas para las duraciones de barra
+y compases para los que no hay ninguna regla definida para los finales
+de barra. Este ejemplo muestra distintas dormas de controlar el
+barrado mediante el establecimiento de estas propiedades. Las
+explicaciones están en forma de comentarios dentro del código.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Utilización de beatLength y beatGrouping"
"
doctitlees = "Utilizar ligaduras dobles para acordes legato"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+texidocde = "
+Einige Komponisten schreiben doppelte Bögen, wenn Legato-Akkorde notiert
+werden. Das kann mit der Eigenschaft @code{doubleSlurs} erreicht werden.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Doppelte Bögen für Legato-Akkorde benutzen"
en principio, también se puede usar para notas normales consecutivas,
como se muestra en este ejemplo.
-"
\ No newline at end of file
+"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+ texidocde = "
+ Überbindungen werden teilweise benutzt, um Arpeggios zu notieren. In
+ diesem Fall stehen die übergebundenen Noten nicht unbedingt hintereinander.
+Das Verhalten kann erreicht werden, indem die @code{tieWaitForNote}-Eigenschaft
+auf @code{#t} gesetzt wird. Diese Funktion ist auch sinnvoll, um etwa
+ein Tremolo mit einem Akkord zu überbinden, kann aber prinzipiell auch
+für normale Überbindungen eingesetzt werden
+"
+ doctitlede = "Überbingungen für Arpeggio genutzen"
"
doctitlees = "Indicaciones dinámicas y textuales alineadas verticalmente"
+
+%% Translation of GIT committish :<6ce7f350682dfa99af97929be1dec6b9f1cbc01a>
+texidocde = "
+Indem man die @code{'Y-extent}-Eigenschaft auf einen passenden Wert setzt,
+können alle @code{DynamicLineSpanner}-Objekte (Crescendo-Klammern und
+Dynamik-Texte) (hairpins and dynamic texts) unabhängig von ihrer
+wirklichen Ausdehnung an einem gemeinsamen Referenzpunkt ausgerichtet werden.
+Auf diese Weise ist jedes Element vertikal ausgerichtet und der Notensatz
+sieht ansprechender aus.
+
+Die gleiche Idee wird benutzt, um Textbeschriftungen an ihrer
+Grundlinie auszurichten.
+
+"
+ doctitlede = "Vertikale Ausrichtung von Dynamik und Textbeschriftung beeinflussen"
f->set_property ("direction", scm_from_int (hordir));
}
- int finger_prio = 200;
-
Direction d = DOWN;
Drul_array< vector<Finger_tuple> > vertical (down, up);
do
{
Finger_tuple ft = vertical[d][i];
Grob *f = ft.script_;
+ int finger_prio = robust_scm2int (f->get_property ("script-priority"), 200);
f->set_parent (ft.head_, X_AXIS);
f->set_property ("script-priority",
scm_from_int (finger_prio + d * ft.position_));
addChordShape =
#(define-music-function (parser location key-symbol shape-string)
(symbol? string?)
+ "Add chord shape @code{shape-string} to the @code{base-chord-shapes}
+alist with the key @code{key-symbol}."
(set! base-chord-shapes
(acons key-symbol shape-string base-chord-shapes))
(make-music 'SequentialMusic 'void #t))
storePredefinedDiagram =
#(define-music-function (parser location chord tuning terse-definition)
(ly:music? list? string?)
+ "Add predefined fret diagram defined by fret-diagram-terse definition
+string @code{terse-definition} for the chord pitches @code{chord} and
+the stringTuning @code{tuning}."
(let* ((pitches (event-chord-pitches
(car (extract-named-music chord 'EventChord))))
(hash-key (cons tuning pitches)))
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.61"
+%
+% Add ninth chords to to predefined fret diagrams for standard guitar tunings
+%
+% This is part of the Lilypond distribution files
+%
+% Copyright 2008 by Jonathan Kulp
+%
+
+
+\addChordShape #'c:9 #"x;3-2;2-1;3-3-(;3-3;3-3-);"
+\addChordShape #'f:9 #"1-1-(;3-3;1-1;2-2;1-1-);3-4;"
+
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {c:9}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'c:9)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {cis:9}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'c:9))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {des:9}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'c:9))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {d:9}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 2 (chord-shape 'c:9))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {dis:9}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 3 (chord-shape 'c:9))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ees:9}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 3 (chord-shape 'c:9))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {e:9}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"o;2-2;o;1-1;o;2-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {f:9}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'f:9)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {fis:9}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'f:9))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ges:9}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'f:9))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {g:9}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 2 (chord-shape 'f:9))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {gis:9}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 3 (chord-shape 'f:9))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {aes:9}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 3 (chord-shape 'f:9))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {a:9}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 4 (chord-shape 'f:9))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ais:9}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 5 (chord-shape 'f:9))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {bes:9}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 5 (chord-shape 'f:9))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {b:9}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret -1 (chord-shape 'c:9))
% STOP: junkme!
cresc = {
#(ly:export (make-event-chord (list cr)))
- \set crescendoText = \markup { \italic "cresc." }
- \set crescendoSpanner = #'text
+ \once \set crescendoText = \markup { \italic "cresc." }
+ \once \set crescendoSpanner = #'text
}
dim = {
#(ly:export (make-event-chord (list decr)))
-
- \set decrescendoText = \markup { \italic "dim." }
- \set decrescendoSpanner = #'text
+ \once \set decrescendoText = \markup { \italic "dim." }
+ \once \set decrescendoSpanner = #'text
}
enddim = {
#(ly:export (make-event-chord (list enddecr)))
- \unset decrescendoText
- \unset decrescendoSpanner
+% \unset decrescendoText
+% \unset decrescendoSpanner
}
-% ah, this is handy: maybe drop resetting of properties in
-% dynamic-engraver ?
endcresc = {
#(ly:export (make-event-chord (list endcr)))
- \unset crescendoText
- \unset crescendoSpanner
+% \unset crescendoText
+% \unset crescendoSpanner
}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
)
pitchnames = \pitchnamesVlaams
+
+#(ly:parser-set-note-names parser pitchnames)
ifeq (,$(findstring texi2html,$(MISSING_OPTIONAL)))
-$(outdir)/%/index.html: $(outdir)/%.texi $(XREF_MAPS_DIR)/%.$(ISOLANG).xref-map $(OUT_PNG_IMAGES) $(outdir)/version.itexi
+$(outdir)/%/index.html: $(outdir)/%.texi $(XREF_MAPS_DIR)/%.$(ISOLANG).xref-map $(OUT_PNG_IMAGES)
mkdir -p $(dir $@)
- $(TEXI2HTML) --I=$(outdir) $(TEXI2HTML_FLAGS) --output=$(dir $@) --prefix=index --split=section $(TEXI2HTML_INIT) $<
+ $(TEXI2HTML) --I=$(src-dir) --I=$(outdir) $(TEXI2HTML_FLAGS) --output=$(dir $@) --prefix=index --split=section $(TEXI2HTML_INIT) $<
cp $(top-src-dir)/Documentation/lilypond*.css $(dir $@)
-$(outdir)/%-big-page.html: $(outdir)/%.texi $(XREF_MAPS_DIR)/%.$(ISOLANG).xref-map $(OUT_PNG_IMAGES) $(outdir)/version.itexi
- $(TEXI2HTML) --I=$(outdir) -D bigpage $(TEXI2HTML_FLAGS) --output=$@ $(TEXI2HTML_INIT) $<
+$(outdir)/%-big-page.html: $(outdir)/%.texi $(XREF_MAPS_DIR)/%.$(ISOLANG).xref-map $(OUT_PNG_IMAGES)
+ $(TEXI2HTML) --I=$(src-dir) --I=$(outdir) -D bigpage $(TEXI2HTML_FLAGS) --output=$@ $(TEXI2HTML_INIT) $<
cp $(top-src-dir)/Documentation/lilypond*.css $(dir $@)
else # Rules using makeinfo follow
-$(outdir)/%/index.html: $(outdir)/%.texi $(outdir)/version.itexi
+$(outdir)/%/index.html: $(outdir)/%.texi
mkdir -p $(dir $@)
- $(MAKEINFO) -P $(outdir) --output=$(outdir)/$* --css-include=$(top-src-dir)/Documentation/texinfo.css --html $<
+ $(MAKEINFO) -I$(src-dir) -I$(outdir) -P $(outdir) --output=$(outdir)/$* --css-include=$(top-src-dir)/Documentation/texinfo.css --html $<
-$(outdir)/%-big-page.html: $(outdir)/%.texi $(outdir)/version.itexi
- $(MAKEINFO) -P $(outdir) --output=$@ --css-include=$(top-src-dir)/Documentation/texinfo.css --html --no-split --no-headers $<
+$(outdir)/%-big-page.html: $(outdir)/%.texi
+ $(MAKEINFO) -I$(src-dir) -I$(outdir) -P $(outdir) --output=$@ --css-include=$(top-src-dir)/Documentation/texinfo.css --html --no-split --no-headers $<
endif
-$(outdir)/%.pdftexi: $(outdir)/%.texi $(outdir)/version.itexi
+$(outdir)/%.pdftexi: $(outdir)/%.texi
$(PYTHON) $(buildscript-dir)/texi-gettext.py $(ISOLANG) $<
-$(outdir)/%.pdf: $(outdir)/%.pdftexi $(outdir)/version.itexi
+$(outdir)/%.pdf: $(outdir)/%.pdftexi
cd $(outdir); texi2pdf $(TEXI2PDF_FLAGS) $(TEXINFO_PAPERSIZE_OPTION) $(notdir $*).pdftexi
$(outdir)/version.%: $(top-src-dir)/VERSION
$(XREF_MAPS_DIR)/%.$(ISOLANG).xref-map: $(outdir)/%.texi
$(PYTHON) $(buildscript-dir)/extract_texi_filenames.py -o $(XREF_MAPS_DIR) $<
-# This makes sure lilypond-doc gettext domain has been compiled
-# before lilypond-book runs
-$(TELY_FILES): doc-po
-
$(MASTER_TEXI_FILES): $(ITELY_FILES) $(ITEXI_FILES)
.SECONDARY:
local-WWW-1: $(MASTER_TEXI_FILES) $(PDF_FILES) $(XREF_MAPS_FILES)
# BIG_PAGE_HTML_FILES is defined differently in each language makefile
-local-WWW-2: $(DEEP_HTML_FILES) $(BIG_PAGE_HTML_FILES)
+local-WWW-2: $(DEEP_HTML_FILES) $(BIG_PAGE_HTML_FILES) $(DOCUMENTATION_LOCALE_TARGET)
find $(outdir) -name '*.html' | xargs grep -L 'UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' | xargs $(PYTHON) $(buildscript-dir)/html-gettext.py $(ISOLANG)
find $(outdir) -name '*.html' | xargs grep -L --label="" 'UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' | sed 's!$(outdir)/!!g' | xargs $(PYTHON) $(buildscript-dir)/mass-link.py --prepend-suffix .$(ISOLANG) hard $(outdir) $(top-build-dir)/Documentation/user/$(outdir) $(TELY_FILES:%.tely=%.pdf)
find $(outdir) \( -name 'lily-*.png' -o -name 'lily-*.ly' \) | sed 's!$(outdir)/!!g' | xargs $(PYTHON) $(buildscript-dir)/mass-link.py hard $(outdir) $(top-build-dir)/Documentation/user/$(outdir)
-doc-po:
+$(DOCUMENTATION_LOCALE_TARGET):
$(MAKE) -C $(depth)/Documentation/po out=www messages
-
-.PHONY: doc-po
+ touch $@
ifdef QUIET_BUILD
TEXI2PDF_FLAGS += -q
endif
+
+DOCUMENTATION_LOCALE_TARGET = $(outdir)/doc-po
$(PYTHON) $(LILYPOND_BOOK) $(LILYPOND_BOOK_INCLUDES) --process='$(LILYPOND_BOOK_PROCESS) $(LILYPOND_BOOK_LILYPOND_FLAGS)' --output=$(outdir) $(LILYPOND_BOOK_FLAGS) $<
+# This allows -j make option while making sure only one lilypond-book instance
+# is running at the same time
+define CHAIN_RULE
+$(i)
+$(i):
+endef
+
+$(eval $(firstword $(MASTER_TEXI_FILES)): $(foreach i, $(wordlist 2, $(words $(MASTER_TEXI_FILES)), $(MASTER_TEXI_FILES)),$(CHAIN_RULE)))
# don't do ``cd $(outdir)'', and assume that $(outdir)/.. is the src dir.
# it is not, for --srcdir builds
-$(outdir)/%.texi: %.tely $(outdir)/version.itexi
+$(outdir)/%.texi: %.tely $(outdir)/version.itexi $(DOCUMENTATION_LOCALE_TARGET)
$(PYTHON) $(LILYPOND_BOOK) $(LILYPOND_BOOK_INCLUDES) --process='$(LILYPOND_BOOK_PROCESS) $(LILYPOND_BOOK_LILYPOND_FLAGS)' --output=$(outdir) --format=$(LILYPOND_BOOK_FORMAT) $(LILYPOND_BOOK_FLAGS) $<
-$(outdir)/%.texi: $(outdir)/%.tely $(outdir)/version.itexi
+$(outdir)/%.texi: $(outdir)/%.tely $(outdir)/version.itexi $(DOCUMENTATION_LOCALE_TARGET)
$(PYTHON) $(LILYPOND_BOOK) $(LILYPOND_BOOK_INCLUDES) --process='$(LILYPOND_BOOK_PROCESS) $(LILYPOND_BOOK_INCLUDES) $(LILYPOND_BOOK_LILYPOND_FLAGS)' --output=$(outdir) --format=$(LILYPOND_BOOK_FORMAT) $(LILYPOND_BOOK_FLAGS) $<
+
$(outdir)/%.html.omf: %.tely
$(call GENERATE_OMF,html)
# huh ? these are for documentation?!
TELY_FILES := $(call src-wildcard,*.tely)
+MASTER_TEXI_FILES := $(sort $(TELY_FILES:%.tely=$(outdir)/%.texi))\
+ $(OUT_MASTER_TEXI_FILES)
OMF_FILES += $(foreach format, html pdf, $(foreach f, $(TELY_FILES), $(outdir)/$(f:.tely=.$(format)).omf))
.PHONY: tree-regen
# FIXME: temporary hack: must regenerate after building fonts
-tree-regen:
+tree-regen: $(ALL_GEN_FILES)
${MAKE} -C $(top-build-dir) link-mf-tree
##
# This file is distributed under the same license as the lilypond package.
#
#
-# First translator: Heikki Junes <hjunes@cc.hut.fi>, 2003-2006.
+# First translator: Heikki Johannes Junes <hjunes@gmail.com>, 2003-2008.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-24 10:40+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-04 02:19+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: hjunes\n"
-"Language-Team: <en@li.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-29 16:19+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Heikki Johannes Junes <hjunes@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Finnish <translation-team-fi@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 0.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: convertrules.py:12
#, python-format
msgid "Not smart enough to convert %s"
-msgstr "Ei tarpeeksi fiksu konvertoidakseen %s"
+msgstr "Ei tarpeeksi fiksu muuntaakseen %s"
#: convertrules.py:13
msgid "Please refer to the manual for details, and update manually."
#: convertrules.py:2398
msgid "LilyPond source must be UTF-8"
-msgstr "LilyPond lähdekoodin täytyy olla UTF-8 muodossa"
+msgstr "LilyPond-syötteen on oltava UTF-8 muodossa"
#: convertrules.py:2401
msgid "Try the texstrings backend"
#: convertrules.py:2407
msgid "Or save as UTF-8 in your editor"
-msgstr "Tai talleta UTF-8 -muodossa editorissasi"
+msgstr "Tai talleta UTF-8 -muodossa muokkaimessasi"
#: fontextract.py:26
#, python-format
msgid "Scanning %s"
-msgstr "Skannataan %s"
+msgstr "Tutkaillaan %s"
#: fontextract.py:71
#, python-format
#: fontextract.py:86
#, python-format
msgid "Writing fonts to %s"
-msgstr "Kirjoitetaan fontit osoitteeseen `%s'"
+msgstr "Kirjoitetaan fontit kohteeseen %s"
#: lilylib.py:85 lilylib.py:136
#, python-format
msgstr "Ajetaan %s..."
#: lilylib.py:203
-#, fuzzy, python-format
+#, python-format
msgid "Usage: %s"
-msgstr "Käyttö: %s\n"
+msgstr "Käyttö: %s"
#: abc2ly.py:1349 convert-ly.py:80 lilypond-book.py:125 midi2ly.py:869
-#, fuzzy, python-format
+#, python-format
msgid "%s [OPTION]... FILE"
-msgstr "Käyttö: %s [OPTIO]... TIEDOSTO..."
+msgstr "%s [OPTIO]... TIEDOSTO"
#: abc2ly.py:1351
-#, fuzzy, python-format
+#, python-format
msgid ""
"abc2ly converts ABC music files (see\n"
"%s) to LilyPond input."
msgstr ""
-"Tämä ohjelma kääntää ABC-musiikkitiedostoja (katso\n"
-"http://www.gre.ac.uk/~c.walshaw/abc2mtex/abc.txt) LilyPond-syötteeksi."
+"abc2ly muuntaa ABC-musiikkitiedostoja (katso\n"
+"%s) LilyPond-syötteeksi."
#: abc2ly.py:1355 etf2ly.py:1200 midi2ly.py:885
msgid "write output to FILE"
#: abc2ly.py:1361 convert-ly.py:112 etf2ly.py:1208 lilypond-book.py:168
#: midi2ly.py:911 musicxml2ly.py:505
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Report bugs via"
-msgstr "Raportoi virheet osoitteeseen %s"
+msgstr "Raportoi virheet osoitteeseen"
#: convert-ly.py:41
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Update LilyPond input to newer version. By default, update from the\n"
"version taken from the \\version command, to the current LilyPond version."
msgstr ""
"Päivitä LilyPond syöte uudempaan versioon. Oletuksena päivittää\n"
-"versiosta joka on annettu \\version komennolla nykyiseksi LilyPond "
-"versioksi.\n"
-"Esimerkkejä:\n"
-"\n"
-" convert-ly -e old.ly\n"
-" convert-ly --from=2.3.28 --to 2.5.21 foobar.ly\n"
+"versiosta joka on annettu \\version komennolla nykyiseksi LilyPond versioksi."
#: convert-ly.py:43 lilypond-book.py:73
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Examples:"
-msgstr "esimerkki"
+msgstr "Esimerkit:"
#: convert-ly.py:56 lilypond-book.py:98 warn.cc:48 input.cc:90
#, c-format, python-format
#: convert-ly.py:75 etf2ly.py:1190 lilypond-book.py:121 midi2ly.py:98
msgid "Distributed under terms of the GNU General Public License."
-msgstr "Levitettävissä ehdoilla GNU General Public License."
+msgstr "Levitettään ehdoilla GNU General Public License."
#: convert-ly.py:76 etf2ly.py:1191 lilypond-book.py:122 midi2ly.py:99
msgid "It comes with NO WARRANTY."
#: convert-ly.py:91
msgid "edit in place"
-msgstr "editoi paikassaan"
+msgstr "muokkaa paikassaan"
#: convert-ly.py:94
msgid "do not add \\version command if missing"
-msgstr "älä lisää \\version komentoa jos se puuttuu"
+msgstr "älä lisää \\version komentoa, jos se puuttuu"
#: convert-ly.py:100
-#, fuzzy
msgid "show rules [default: --from=0, --to=@TOPLEVEL_VERSION@]"
msgstr "tulosta säännöt [oletus: --from=0, --to=@TOPLEVEL_VERSION@]"
#: convert-ly.py:105
msgid "convert to VERSION [default: @TOPLEVEL_VERSION@]"
-msgstr "muunnaa versioon VERSIO [oletus: @TOPLEVEL_VERSION@]"
+msgstr "muunna versioon VERSIO [oletus: @TOPLEVEL_VERSION@]"
#: convert-ly.py:153
msgid "Applying conversion: "
msgstr "Toteutetaan muunnos: "
#: convert-ly.py:166
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Error while converting"
-msgstr "virhe muunnettaessa"
+msgstr "Virhe muunnettaessa"
#: convert-ly.py:168
msgid "Stopping at last succesful rule"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lopetetaan viimeisen onnistuneen säännön kohdalla"
#: convert-ly.py:190
#, python-format
msgstr "tiedostoa ei voitu avata: `%s'"
#: convert-ly.py:284
-#, fuzzy, python-format
+#, python-format
msgid "cannot determine version for `%s'. Skipping"
msgstr "ei voitu määrittää `%s':lle versiota. Sivuutetaan"
#: etf2ly.py:1196
-#, fuzzy, python-format
+#, python-format
msgid "%s [OPTION]... ETF-FILE"
-msgstr "Käyttö: %s [OPTIO]... TIEDOSTO..."
+msgstr "%s [OPTIO]... ETF-TIEDOSTO"
#: etf2ly.py:1198
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Enigma Transport Format is a format used by Coda Music Technology's\n"
"Finale product. etf2ly converts a subset of ETF to a ready-to-use LilyPond "
"file."
msgstr ""
"Enigma Transport Format on Coda Music Technology:n Finale-tuotteen\n"
-"tallennusmuoto. Tämä ohjelma muuntaa ETF-muodon osajoukon\n"
-"LilyPondilla käytettäväksi."
+"tallennusmuoto. etf2ly muuntaa ETF-muodon osajoukon LilyPondin käytettäväksi."
#: etf2ly.py:1201 midi2ly.py:886 musicxml2ly.py:498 main.cc:172 main.cc:178
msgid "FILE"
msgid ""
"Process LilyPond snippets in hybrid HTML, LaTeX, texinfo or DocBook document."
msgstr ""
+"Käsittele LilyPond palaset, jotka on upotettu HTML, LaTeX, texinfo tai "
+"DocBook -tallenteeseen."
#: lilypond-book.py:78
msgid "BOOK"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "KIRJA"
#: lilypond-book.py:87
#, python-format
#: lilypond-book.py:148
msgid "process ly_files using COMMAND FILE..."
-msgstr "prosessoi ly_tiedostot käyttäen komentoa COMMAND FILE..."
+msgstr "prosessoi ly_tiedostot komennolla COMMAND FILE..."
#: lilypond-book.py:154
msgid "Create PDF files for use with PDFTeX"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Luo PDF-tiedosto PDFTeX-käyttöä varten"
#: lilypond-book.py:157
msgid ""
#: lilypond-book.py:773
#, python-format
msgid "file not found: %s"
-msgstr "tiedostoa %s ei löydy"
+msgstr "tiedostoa ei löydy: %s "
#: lilypond-book.py:1004
#, python-format
#: lilypond-book.py:1033
#, python-format
msgid "ignoring unknown ly option: %s"
-msgstr "sivuutetaan tuntematon ly -optio: %s"
+msgstr "sivuutetaan tuntematon ly -valinta: %s"
#: lilypond-book.py:1388
#, python-format
msgid "Opening filter `%s'"
-msgstr "Avataan filtteri `%s'"
+msgstr "Avataan suodin `%s'"
#: lilypond-book.py:1405
#, python-format
msgstr "Virheloki on seuraava:"
#: lilypond-book.py:1476
-#, fuzzy
msgid "cannot find \\begin{document} in LaTeX document"
-msgstr "Ei voitu löytää \\begin{document} LaTeX-documentista"
+msgstr "Ei löydetty \\begin{document} LaTeX-documentista "
#: lilypond-book.py:1586
msgid "Writing snippets..."
#: lilypond-book.py:1591
msgid "Processing..."
-msgstr "Prosessoidaan..."
+msgstr "Käsitellään..."
#: lilypond-book.py:1595
msgid "All snippets are up to date..."
#: lilypond-book.py:1605
#, python-format
msgid "cannot determine format for: %s"
-msgstr "ei löytynyt formaattia: %s"
+msgstr "ei löytynyt formaattia kohteelle: %s"
#: lilypond-book.py:1616
#, python-format
#: lilypond-book.py:1725
#, python-format
msgid "Processing include: %s"
-msgstr "Prosessoidaan sisällytetävä: %s"
+msgstr "Käsitellään sisällytetävä: %s"
#: lilypond-book.py:1739
#, python-format
#: lilypond-book.py:1815
#, python-format
msgid "Writing fonts to %s..."
-msgstr "Kirjoitetaan fontteja hakemistoon %s..."
+msgstr "Kirjoitetaan kirjasimia kohteeseen %s..."
#: lilypond-book.py:1830
msgid "option --psfonts not used"
-msgstr "optiota --psfonts=FILE ei käytetty"
+msgstr "valintaa --psfonts ei käytetty"
#: lilypond-book.py:1831
msgid "processing with dvips will have no fonts"
-msgstr "prosessointi dvips:illä ei sisällä fontteja"
+msgstr "prosessointi dvips:illä ei sisällä kirjasimia"
#: lilypond-book.py:1834
msgid "DVIPS usage:"
#: midi2ly.py:110
msgid "Exiting ... "
-msgstr "Lopettaa ... "
+msgstr "Lopetetaan ... "
#: midi2ly.py:857
#, python-format
msgstr "%s tulostetaan paikkaan `%s'..."
#: midi2ly.py:871 musicxml2ly.py:485
-#, fuzzy, python-format
+#, python-format
msgid "Convert %s to LilyPond input."
-msgstr "Muunna MIDI LilyPond -muotoon."
+msgstr "Muunna %s LilyPond -syötteeksi."
#: midi2ly.py:875
msgid "print absolute pitches"
#: midi2ly.py:888
msgid "quantise note starts on DUR"
-msgstr "nuottien kvantisointi alkukohtana PIT"
+msgstr "kvantisoi nuotit aloittaen kohdasta PIT"
#: midi2ly.py:891
msgid "DUR*NUM/DEN"
#: midi2ly.py:902
msgid "treat every text as a lyric"
-msgstr "käsittele kaikki tekstit lyriikkana"
+msgstr "käsittele kaikki tekstit sanoituksena"
#: midi2ly.py:905
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Examples"
-msgstr "esimerkki"
+msgstr "Esimerkit"
#: midi2ly.py:925
msgid "no files specified on command line."
-msgstr "tiedostoja ei annettu komentorivillä."
+msgstr "ei komentoriviltä määritettyjä tiedostoja."
#: musicxml2ly.py:473
msgid "musicxml2ly FILE.xml"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "musicxml2ly TIEDOSTO.xml"
#: musicxml2ly.py:476
-#, fuzzy, python-format
+#, python-format
msgid ""
"This program is free software. It is covered by the GNU General Public\n"
"License and you are welcome to change it and/or distribute copies of it\n"
msgstr ""
"Tämä on ilmaisohjelmisto. Siihen sovelletaan GNU General Public License\n"
"ja olet tervetullut muuttamaan ohjelmaa ja/tai levittämään siitä kopioita\n"
-"tietyillä ehdoilla. Suorita `%s --warranty' saadaksesi lisäinformaatiota.\n"
+"tietyillä ehdoilla. Suorita `%s --warranty' saadaksesi lisää\n
informaatiota."
#: musicxml2ly.py:495
msgid "Use lxml.etree; uses less memory and cpu time."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Käytä lxml.etree; se käyttää vähemmän muistia ja prosessoriaikaa."
#: musicxml2ly.py:503
msgid "set output filename to FILE"
-msgstr "tulosta tiedostoon TIEDOSTO"
+msgstr "ohjaa syöte tiedostoon TIEDOSTO"
#: getopt-long.cc:140
#, c-format
msgid "option `%s' requires an argument"
-msgstr "optio `%s' vaatii argumentin"
+msgstr "valinta `%s' vaatii muuttujan"
#: getopt-long.cc:144
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid "option `%s' does not allow an argument"
-msgstr "optio `%s' ei salli argumenttia"
+msgstr "valinta `%s' ei hyväksy muuttujaa"
#: getopt-long.cc:148
#, c-format
msgid "unrecognized option: `%s'"
-msgstr "tunnistamaton optio: `%s'"
+msgstr "tunnistamaton valinta: `%s'"
#: getopt-long.cc:154
#, c-format
msgid "invalid argument `%s' to option `%s'"
-msgstr "epäkelpo argumentti `%s' optiolle `%s'"
+msgstr "epäkelpo muuttuja `%s' valinnalle `%s'"
#: warn.cc:68 grob.cc:559 input.cc:82
#, c-format
#: accidental-engraver.cc:268
#, c-format
msgid "ignoring unknown accidental: %s"
-msgstr "sivutetaan tuntematan etumerkki: %s"
+msgstr "sivutetaan tuntematon etumerkki: %s"
#: accidental-engraver.cc:284
#, c-format
msgid "pair or context-name expected for accidental rule, found %s"
-msgstr "pari tai konteksti-nimi oletettiin korotusmerkkisäännölle, löytyi %s"
+msgstr "oletettiin pari tai konteksti-nimi korotusmerkkisäännölle, löytyi %s"
#: accidental.cc:243 key-signature-interface.cc:133
#, c-format
"vertical alignment called before line-breaking.\n"
"Only do cross-staff spanners with PianoStaff."
msgstr ""
-"pystysyora sijoittelu kutsuttiin ennen rivinkatkaisua.\n"
+"pystysyoraa sijoittelua kutsuttiin ennen rivinkatkaisua.\n"
"Viivaston ylittävät ladokkeet tehdään vain PianoStaff:in yhteydessä."
#: align-interface.cc:329
-#, fuzzy
msgid "tried to get a translation for something that is no child of mine"
-msgstr "yritettiin saada käännösteksti jollekin, joka ei ole lapseni"
+msgstr "yritettiin saada tulkinta jollekin, joka ei ole oma lapseni"
#: all-font-metrics.cc:173
#, c-format
msgid "cannot find font: `%s'"
-msgstr "ei löytynyt fonttia: `%s'"
+msgstr "ei löytynyt kirjasinta: `%s'"
#: apply-context-iterator.cc:31
msgid "\\applycontext argument is not a procedure"
-msgstr "\\applycontext vaatii funktioargumentin"
+msgstr "\\applycontext :n muuttuja ei ole menettelytapaohje"
#: auto-change-iterator.cc:63 change-iterator.cc:61
#, c-format
#: axis-group-engraver.cc:78
msgid "Axis_group_engraver: vertical group already has a parent"
-msgstr "Axis_group_engraver: vertikaaliryhmällä on jo vanhempi"
+msgstr "Axis_group_engraver: pystysuoralla ryhmällä on jo vanhempi"
#: axis-group-engraver.cc:79
msgid "are there two Axis_group_engravers?"
#: axis-group-engraver.cc:80
msgid "removing this vertical group"
-msgstr "poistetaan tämä vertikaaliryhmä"
+msgstr "poistetaan tämä pystysuora ryhmä"
#: axis-group-interface.cc:96
msgid "tried to calculate pure-height at a non-breakpoint"
#: axis-group-interface.cc:370
msgid "an outside-staff object should have a direction, defaulting to up"
msgstr ""
+"viivaston ulkopuolisella kohteella tulee olla suunta, oletetaan ylöspäin"
#: axis-group-interface.cc:383
#, c-format
msgid "outside-staff object %s has an empty extent"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "viivaston ulkopuolisella kohteella %s on tyhjä ulottuvuus"
#: bar-check-iterator.cc:73
#, c-format
msgstr "varrella on oltava Rhytmic -rakenne"
#: beam-engraver.cc:246
-#, fuzzy
msgid "stem does not fit in beam"
msgstr "varsi ei sovi palkkiin"
#: beam-quanting.cc:307
msgid "no feasible beam position"
-msgstr "ei löytynyt sopivaa palkin paikkaa"
+msgstr "ei löytynyt sopivaa paikkaa palkille"
#: beam.cc:144
msgid "removing beam with no stems"
-msgstr "poistetaan palkki jolla ei ole parrua"
+msgstr "poistetaan palkki jolla ei ole varsia"
#: beam.cc:1007
msgid "no viable initial configuration found: may not find good beam slope"
#: break-alignment-interface.cc:208
#, c-format
msgid "No spacing entry from %s to `%s'"
-msgstr "Ei välistyksen syöttöä paikasta %s paikkaan `%s'"
+msgstr "Ei välistyksen syöttöä kohdasta %s kohtaan `%s'"
#: change-iterator.cc:23
#, c-format
#: change-iterator.cc:91
#, c-format
msgid "not changing to same context type: %s"
-msgstr "ei vaihdettu samaan konteksti tyyppiin: %s"
+msgstr "ei vaihdettu samaan konteksti-tyyppiin: %s"
#. FIXME: uncomprehensable message
#: change-iterator.cc:95
#: chord-tremolo-engraver.cc:88
msgid "No tremolo to end"
-msgstr "Ei löytynyt päätettävää tremoloa"
+msgstr "Ei löytynyt tremoloa päätettäväksi"
#: chord-tremolo-engraver.cc:110
msgid "unterminated chord tremolo"
#: chord-tremolo-iterator.cc:33
#, c-format
msgid "expect 2 elements for chord tremolo, found %d"
-msgstr "odotettiin 2 elementtiä sointutremololle, löytyi %d"
+msgstr "odotettiin 2 osaa sointutremololle, löytyi %d"
#: clef.cc:54
#, c-format
#. if we get to here, just put everything on one line
#: constrained-breaking.cc:176 constrained-breaking.cc:193
-#, fuzzy
msgid "cannot find line breaking that satisfies constraints"
-msgstr "ei löytynyt rivinkatkaisukohtaa joka täyttäisi ehdot"
+msgstr "ei löytynyt rivinkatkaisukohtaa, joka täyttäisi ehdot"
#: context-def.cc:130
#, c-format
msgstr "liian lyhyt decrescendo"
#: horizontal-bracket-engraver.cc:59
-#, fuzzy
msgid "do not have that many brackets"
-msgstr "ei ole käytössä niin monia sulkeita"
+msgstr "ei niin monia sulkeita ole käytettävissä "
#: horizontal-bracket-engraver.cc:68
msgid "conflicting note group events"
-msgstr "ristiriitainen nuottiryhmä -tapaus"
+msgstr "ristiriitaisia nuottiryhmä -tapahtumia"
#: hyphen-engraver.cc:93
msgid "removing unterminated hyphen"
-msgstr "päättämätön tavuviiva"
+msgstr "poistetaan päättämätön tavuviiva"
#: hyphen-engraver.cc:107
msgid "unterminated hyphen; removing"
-msgstr "päättämätön tavuviiva"
+msgstr "päättämätön tavuviiva; poistetaan"
#: includable-lexer.cc:53
msgid "include files are not allowed in safe mode"
-msgstr "sisällytettävät tiedostot eivät ole sallittuja turvatilassa"
+msgstr "tiedostojen sisällyttäminen ei ole sallittua turvatilassa"
#: includable-lexer.cc:60 lily-guile.cc:90 lily-parser-scheme.cc:116
#, c-format
#: ligature-engraver.cc:202
msgid "ignoring rest: ligature may not contain rest"
-msgstr "ligature ei voi sisältää taukoa; sivuutetaan tauko"
+msgstr "sivuutetaan tauko: ligature ei voi sisältää taukoa"
#: ligature-engraver.cc:203
msgid "ligature was started here"
-msgstr "ligature alkoi tästä"
+msgstr "ligature aloitettiin tästä"
#: lily-guile.cc:92
#, c-format
#: lily-guile.cc:521
msgid "perhaps a typing error?"
-msgstr "ehkä näppäilyvirhe?"
+msgstr "kaiketi näppäilyvirhe?"
#: lily-guile.cc:527
msgid "doing assignment anyway"
msgstr "vanhentunut funktiokutsu: %s"
#: lily-parser-scheme.cc:88
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid "Changing working directory to: `%s'"
-msgstr "Vaihdetaan työhakemistoksi `%s'"
+msgstr "Vaihdetaan työhakemistoksi: `%s'"
#: lily-parser-scheme.cc:106
#, c-format
msgid "cannot find init file: `%s'"
-msgstr "tiedostoa ei löydy: `%s'"
+msgstr "ei löytynyt alustustiedostoa: `%s'"
#: lily-parser-scheme.cc:125
#, c-format
msgstr "Jäsennetään..."
#: lily-parser.cc:127
-#, fuzzy
msgid "braces do not match"
-msgstr "aaltosulkumerkit eivät täsmää"
+msgstr "aaltosulut eivät täsmää"
#: lyric-combine-music-iterator.cc:291
#, c-format
msgid "cannot find Voice `%s'"
-msgstr "ei löydetty Voice `%s'"
+msgstr "ei löytynyt Voice `%s'"
#: main.cc:116
#, c-format
msgstr ""
"Tämä on ilmaisohjelmisto. Siihen sovelletaan GNU General Public License\n"
"ja olet tervetullut muuttamaan ohjelmaa ja/tai levittämään siitä kopioita\n"
-"tietyillä ehdoilla. Suorita `%s --warranty' saadaksesi lisäinformaatiota.\n"
+"tietyillä ehdoilla. Suorita `%s --warranty' saadaksesi lisää\n"
+"
tietoa.\n"
#: main.cc:122
msgid ""
msgstr "PÄÄ"
#: main.cc:153
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"use backend BACK (eps, gnome, ps [default],\n"
"scm, svg, tex, texstr)"
msgstr ""
-"käytä päänä PÄÄ (gnome, ps, eps,\n"
-"scm, svg, tex, texstr)\n"
-"default: PS"
+"käytä päänä PÄÄ (eps, gnome, ps [oletus],\n"
+"scm, svg, tex, texstr)"
#: main.cc:155
-#, fuzzy
msgid "SYM[=VAL]"
-msgstr "SYM=VAL"
+msgstr "SYM[=VAL]"
#: main.cc:156
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"set Scheme option SYM to VAL (default: #t)\n"
"Use -dhelp for help."
msgstr ""
-"aseta Scheme -ohjelman optio. Käyttää #t jos VAL ei ole määritelty\n"
-"Koeta -dhelp saadaksesi lisäapua."
+"aseta Scheme-valinta SYM arvoon VAL (oletus: #t)\n"
+"Käytä -dhelp saadaksesi lisää apua."
#: main.cc:159
msgid "EXPR"
#: main.cc:159
msgid "evaluate scheme code"
-msgstr "suorita scheme koodi"
+msgstr "suorita scheme-koodi"
#. Bug in option parser: --output =foe is taken as an abbreviation
#. for --output-format.
#: main.cc:167
msgid "generate TeX (tex backend only)"
-msgstr "tuota TeX (vain käytettäessä tex -päätä)"
+msgstr "tuota TeX (vain tex -päätä varten)"
#: main.cc:168
msgid "show this help and exit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "näytä tämä opastus ja lopeta"
#: main.cc:169
msgid "FIELD"
msgstr "KENTTÄ"
#: main.cc:169
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"dump header field FIELD to file\n"
"named BASENAME.FIELD"
-msgstr "kirjoita otsake tiedostoon PERUSNIMI.KENTTÄ"
+msgstr "kirjoita otsakekenttä KENTTÄ tiedostoon\n
nimeltä PERUSNIMI.KENTTÄ"
#: main.cc:171
msgid "add DIR to search path"
#: main.cc:172
msgid "use FILE as init file"
-msgstr "käytä TIEDOSTO alustustiedostona"
+msgstr "käytä TIEDOSTO alustettaessa"
#: main.cc:174
msgid "USER,GROUP,JAIL,DIR"
msgstr "paikallista käyttäen lilypond ohjelman hakemistoa"
#: main.cc:181
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"disallow unsafe Scheme and PostScript\n"
"operations"
-msgstr "älä salli turvattomia Scheme ja PostScript -operaatioita"
+msgstr "älä salli turvattomia Scheme ja PostScript\n
toimenpiteitä"
#: main.cc:183
-#, fuzzy
msgid "show version number and exit"
-msgstr "tulosta versionumero"
+msgstr "tulosta versionumero ja lopeta"
#: main.cc:224
#, c-format
#: main.cc:255
#, c-format
msgid "LilyPond produces beautiful music notation."
-msgstr "LilyPond tuottaa kaunista musiikkinotaatiota."
+msgstr "LilyPond tuottaa kaunista musiikkinuotinnusta."
#: main.cc:257
#, c-format
#: main.cc:259
#, c-format
msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Optiot:"
+msgstr "Valinnat:"
#: main.cc:263
#, c-format
#: main.cc:309
#, c-format
msgid "expected %d arguments with jail, found: %u"
-msgstr "odotettiin %d argumenttia chroot-vankilalle, löytyi: %u"
+msgstr "odotettiin %d muuttujaa chroot-vankilalle, löytyi: %u"
#: main.cc:323
#, c-format
msgid "no such user: %s"
-msgstr "käyttäjää ei löydy: `%s'"
+msgstr "ei löydy käyttäjää: `%s'"
#: main.cc:325
#, c-format
#: main.cc:340
#, c-format
msgid "no such group: %s"
-msgstr "ryhmää ei ole: %s"
+msgstr "ei löydy ryhmää: %s"
#: main.cc:342
#, c-format
#: main.cc:350
#, c-format
msgid "cannot chroot to: %s: %s"
-msgstr "chroot ei onnistunut: %s: %s"
+msgstr "chroot ei onnistu kohteeseen: %s: %s"
#: main.cc:357
#, c-format
#. FIXME: constant error message.
#: mark-engraver.cc:154
msgid "rehearsalMark must have integer value"
-msgstr "rehearsalMark vaatii kokonaislukuargumentin"
+msgstr "rehearsalMark vaatii kokonaisluvun"
#: mark-engraver.cc:160
msgid "mark label must be a markup object"
-msgstr "merkinnän on oltava markup -objekti"
+msgstr "merkinnän otsakkeen on oltava markup -kohde"
#: mensural-ligature-engraver.cc:85
msgid "ligature with less than 2 heads -> skipping"
#: mensural-ligature-engraver.cc:112
msgid "cannot determine pitch of ligature primitive -> skipping"
-msgstr "ei voitu määrittää nuottikorkeutta ligatuurin osalle -> ohitetaan"
+msgstr "ei voitu määrittää nuottikorkeutta ligatuurille -> ohitetaan"
#: mensural-ligature-engraver.cc:126
msgid "single note ligature - skipping"
-msgstr "priimi-intervalli ligatuurissa -> ohitetaan"
+msgstr "priimi-intervalli ligatuurissa - ohitetaan"
#: mensural-ligature-engraver.cc:138
msgid "prime interval within ligature -> skipping"
#: mensural-ligature-engraver.cc:198
msgid "semibrevis must be followed by another one -> skipping"
-msgstr "semibrevis vaatii samantyyppisen seuraavaksi -> ohitetaan"
+msgstr "semibrevis vaatii seurakseen samantyyppisen -> ohitetaan"
#: mensural-ligature-engraver.cc:209
msgid ""
"the penultimate note must be another one,\n"
"or the ligatura must be LB or SSB"
msgstr ""
-"viallinen ligatura pääte:\n"
+"viallinen ligatuurin pääte:\n"
"kun viimeinen nuottin on aleneva brevis,\n"
"toiseksi viimeisen nuotin on oltava joku muu,\n"
"tai ligaturan täytyy olla LB tai SSB"
#: midi-item.cc:285
#, c-format
msgid "experimental: temporarily fine tuning (of %d cents) a channel."
-msgstr "kokeellinen: viritetään väliaisesti (%d senttiä) kanavaa."
+msgstr "kokeellinen: viritetään väliaikaisesti (%d senttiä) kanavaa."
#: midi-stream.cc:28
#, c-format
msgid "cannot open for write: %s: %s"
-msgstr "tiedostoa ei voitu avata kirjoitettavaksi: %s: `%s'"
+msgstr "tiedostoa ei voitu avata kirjoitettavaksi: %s: %s"
#: midi-stream.cc:44
#, c-format
msgid "cannot write to file: `%s'"
-msgstr "tiedostoon ei voitu kirjoittaa: `%s'"
+msgstr "ei voitu kirjoittaa tiedostoon: `%s'"
#: music-iterator.cc:171
msgid "Sending non-event to context"
msgstr "Lähetetään ei-tapahtuma kontekstille"
#: music.cc:141
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid "octave check failed; expected \"%s\", found: \"%s\""
-msgstr "oktaavitarkistus epäonnistui; oletettiin \"%s\", löydettiin: %s"
+msgstr "oktaavitarkistus epäonnistui; oletettiin \"%s\", löytyi: \"%s\""
#: music.cc:207
#, c-format
msgid "transposition by %s makes alteration larger than double"
-msgstr "transponointi %s:N verran tekee muutokset suuremmaksi kuin kaksi"
+msgstr "transponointi %s:n verran tekee muutokset kaksinkertaista suuremmaksi"
#: new-fingering-engraver.cc:96
msgid "cannot add text scripts to individual note heads"
-msgstr "ei voitu lisätä tekstinpätkiä yksittäisiin nuotteihin"
+msgstr "ei voitu lisätä tekstinpätkiä yksittäisten nuottien päihin"
#: new-fingering-engraver.cc:239
msgid "no placement found for fingerings"
#: note-column.cc:124
msgid "cannot have note heads and rests together on a stem"
-msgstr "ei voinut olla nuotinpäitä ja taukoja yhtäaikaa palkissa"
+msgstr "palkissa ei voi olla nuotinpäitä ja taukoja yhtä aikaa"
#: note-head.cc:63
#, c-format
#: open-type-font.cc:37
#, c-format
msgid "cannot load font table: %s"
-msgstr "ei voitu ladata fonttitaulukkoa: `%s'"
+msgstr "ei voitu ladata kirjasintaulukkoa: `%s'"
#: open-type-font.cc:98
#, c-format
msgid "unsupported font format: %s"
-msgstr "tukematon fonttimuoto: %s"
+msgstr "ei-tuettu kirjasinmuoto: %s"
#: open-type-font.cc:100
#, c-format
msgid "unknown error: %d reading font file: %s"
-msgstr "tuntematon virhe: %d lukee fonttitiedostoa: %s"
+msgstr "tuntematon virhe: %d lukee kirjasintiedostoa: %s"
#: open-type-font.cc:173 open-type-font.cc:297
#, c-format
msgstr "FT_Get_Glyph_Name() palautti virheen: %u"
#: page-turn-page-breaking.cc:205
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"cannot fit the first page turn onto a single page. Consider setting first-"
"page-number to an even number."
msgstr ""
-"Ei voitu sovittaa ensimmäistä sivunkääntöä yhdelle sivulle. Harkitse "
+"Ei voitu sovittaa ensimmäistä sivunvaihtoa yhdelle sivulle. Harkitse "
"ensimmäisen sivunumeron (first-page-number) asettamista parittomaksi."
#: page-turn-page-breaking.cc:218
#, c-format
msgid "Calculating page and line breaks (%d possible page breaks)..."
-msgstr ""
-"Lasketaan sivujen ja rivien katkaisuja (%d mahdollista sivunkatkaisua)..."
+msgstr "Lasketaan sivujen ja rivien vaihtoja (%d mahdollista sivunvaihtoa)..."
#: page-turn-page-breaking.cc:236 paper-score.cc:154
msgid "Drawing systems..."
#: pango-font.cc:224
#, c-format
msgid "no PostScript font name for font `%s'"
-msgstr "ei PostScript fonttinimeä fontille `%s'"
+msgstr "ei PostScript-kirjasinnimeä kirjasimelle `%s'"
#: pango-font.cc:272
msgid "FreeType face has no PostScript font name"
-msgstr "FreeType muodolla ei ollut PostScript fonttinimeä"
+msgstr "FreeType muodolla ei ollut PostScript kirjasinnimeä"
#: paper-outputter-scheme.cc:33
#, c-format
#: paper-score.cc:118
#, c-format
msgid "Element count %d (spanners %d) "
-msgstr "Elementtien määrä: %d (ladokkeita: %d)"
+msgstr "Osien määrä: %d (ladokkeita: %d)"
#: paper-score.cc:122
msgid "Preprocessing graphical objects..."
-msgstr "Esiprosessoidaan graafisia kohteita..."
+msgstr "Esikäsitellään graafisia kohteita..."
#: parse-scm.cc:83
msgid "GUILE signaled an error for the expression beginning here"
#: performance.cc:74
msgid "MIDI channel wrapped around"
-msgstr "MIDI kanava kietaistiin ympäri"
+msgstr "MIDI-kanava kietaistiin ympäri"
#: performance.cc:75
msgid "remapping modulo 16"
-msgstr "kuvataan uudelleen modulo 16"
+msgstr "kartoitetaan uudelleen modulo 16"
#: performance.cc:103
#, c-format
#: phrasing-slur-engraver.cc:146
msgid "unterminated phrasing slur"
-msgstr "päättämätön fraaseerauskaari"
+msgstr "päättämätön muotoilukaari"
#: piano-pedal-engraver.cc:286
#, c-format
#: piano-pedal-engraver.cc:347
#, c-format
msgid "cannot find start of piano pedal bracket: `%s'"
-msgstr "ei löydetty alkua pianopedaalimerkinnälle: `%s'"
+msgstr "ei löydetty alkua pianopedaalin sulkumerkinnälle: `%s'"
#: program-option.cc:205
#, c-format
msgid "no such internal option: %s"
-msgstr "tuntematon sisäinen optio: %s"
+msgstr "tuntematon sisäinen valinta: %s"
#: property-iterator.cc:74
#, c-format
msgstr "Oktaavitarkistus epäonnistui, saatiin: "
#: relocate.cc:44
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid "Setting %s to %s"
-msgstr "Asetetaan %s kohtaan %s\n"
+msgstr "Asetetaan %s kohtaan %s"
#: relocate.cc:59
#, c-format
msgid "no such file: %s for %s"
-msgstr "tiedostoa ei löydy: %s kohteelle %s"
+msgstr "ei löytynyt tiedostoa: %s kohteelle %s"
#: relocate.cc:69 relocate.cc:87
#, c-format
msgid "no such directory: %s for %s"
-msgstr "hakemistoa ei löydy: %s kohteelle %s"
+msgstr "ei löytynyt hakemistoa: %s kohteelle %s"
#: relocate.cc:79
#, c-format
"argv0=%s"
#: relocate.cc:354
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid "Relocation file: %s"
-msgstr "Paikannustiedosto %s\n"
+msgstr "Paikannustiedosto: %s"
#: relocate.cc:390
#, c-format
#: rest.cc:144
#, c-format
msgid "rest `%s' not found"
-msgstr "taukoa `%s' ei löytynyt, "
+msgstr "taukoa `%s' ei löytynyt"
#: score-engraver.cc:67
#, c-format
#: score-engraver.cc:69
msgid "Music font has not been installed properly."
-msgstr "Fontteja ei oltu asennettu kunnolla."
+msgstr "Musiikkikirjasimia ei ole asennettu kunnolla."
#: score-engraver.cc:71
#, c-format
#: score.cc:231
msgid "errors found, ignoring music expression"
-msgstr "virheitä löytyi, sivuutetaan musiikki-ilmaisu"
+msgstr "virheitä löytyi, ohitetaan musiikki-ilmaisu"
#. FIXME:
#: script-engraver.cc:102
-#, fuzzy
msgid "do not know how to interpret articulation: "
msgstr "ei tiedetä kuinka tulkita artikulaatio: "
#: script-engraver.cc:103
msgid "scheme encoding: "
-msgstr "scheme koodaus: "
+msgstr "scheme-koodaus: "
#: simple-spacer.cc:375
#, c-format
#: slur-engraver.cc:83 tuplet-engraver.cc:75
#, c-format
msgid "direction of %s invalid: %d"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "kohteen %s suunta on epäkelpo: %d"
#: slur-engraver.cc:157
msgid "unterminated slur"
#: stem.cc:105
msgid "weird stem size, check for narrow beams"
-msgstr "outo varren koko, koeta lyhyempiä palkkeja"
+msgstr "outo varren koko, katso lyhyemmät palkit"
#: stem.cc:641
#, c-format
msgid "flag `%s' not found"
-msgstr "lippua `%s' ei löydetty"
+msgstr "lippua `%s' ei löytynyt"
#: stem.cc:652
#, c-format
#: system.cc:180
#, c-format
msgid "Element count %d."
-msgstr "Elementtien määrä: %d."
+msgstr "Elementtien määrä %d."
#: system.cc:276
#, c-format
msgid "Grob count %d"
-msgstr "Graafisien objektien (grob) määrä: %d "
+msgstr "Graafisien objektien (grob) määrä %d "
#: text-spanner-engraver.cc:61
msgid "cannot find start of text spanner"
#: translator-group.cc:151
#, c-format
msgid "cannot find: `%s'"
-msgstr "ei löytynyt `%s'"
+msgstr "ei löytynyt: `%s'"
#: translator.cc:332
#, c-format
msgid "Two simultaneous %s events, junking this one"
-msgstr "Kaksi samanaikaista %s-tapahtumaa, hylätään tämä"
+msgstr "Kaksi samanaikaista %s -tapahtumaa, hylätään tämä"
#: translator.cc:333
#, c-format
msgid "Previous %s event here"
-msgstr "Edellinen %s-tapahtuma täällä"
+msgstr "Edellinen %s -tapahtuma täällä"
#: trill-spanner-engraver.cc:68
msgid "cannot find start of trill spanner"
"ignored prefix (es) `%s' of this head according to restrictions of the "
"selected ligature style"
msgstr ""
-"sivuutetaan prefiksi (t) `%s' tälle nuottipäälle valitun ligatuurityylin "
+"sivuutetaan prefiksi(t) `%s' tälle nuottipäälle valitun ligatuurityylin "
"mukaisesti"
#: vaticana-ligature-engraver.cc:714
#: volta-engraver.cc:158
msgid "also already have an ended spanner"
-msgstr "myös tekstileike päätettiin jo"
+msgstr "myös jo on päätetty ladoke"
#: volta-engraver.cc:159
msgid "giving up"
#: parser.yy:1172
msgid "Grob name should be alphanumeric"
-msgstr "Graafiseen objectiin täytyy olla kirjain tai numero"
+msgstr "Graafisen objektin nimessä voi olla vain kirjaimia tai numeroita"
#: parser.yy:1475
msgid "second argument must be pitch list"
-msgstr "toisen argumentin on oltava äänenkorkeuslista"
+msgstr "toisen muuttujan on oltava äänenkorkeuslista"
#: parser.yy:1502 parser.yy:1507 parser.yy:1972
msgid "have to be in Lyric mode for lyrics"
-msgstr "täytyy olla Lyrics -moodissa lyriikkaa varten"
+msgstr "täytyy olla Lyrics -tilassa sanoitusta varten"
#: parser.yy:1604
msgid "expecting string as script definition"
-msgstr "oletetaan merkkijonon olevan skriptimäärittely"
+msgstr "oletetaan merkkijonon olevan skriptimääritys"
#: parser.yy:1759 parser.yy:1809
#, c-format
#: parser.yy:1926
msgid "have to be in Note mode for notes"
-msgstr "täytyy olla Note -moodissa nuotteja varten"
+msgstr "täytyy olla Note -tilassa nuotteja varten"
#: parser.yy:1987
msgid "have to be in Chord mode for chords"
-msgstr "täytyy olla Chord -moodissa sointuja varten"
+msgstr "täytyy olla Chord -tilassa sointuja varten"
#: lexer.ll:176
msgid "stray UTF-8 BOM encountered"
#: lexer.ll:180
msgid "Skipping UTF-8 BOM"
-msgstr "Sivuutetaan UTF-8 BOM (osaluettelo)"
+msgstr "Ohitetaan UTF-8 BOM (osaluettelo)"
#: lexer.ll:235
#, c-format
msgid "Renaming input to: `%s'"
-msgstr "Avataan syöte: `%s'"
+msgstr "Uudelleennimetään syöte kohteeseen: `%s'"
#: lexer.ll:252
msgid "quoted string expected after \\version"
-msgstr "lainausmerkittyä merkkijonoa ei löytynyt kohteen \\version jälkeen"
+msgstr "kohteen \\version jälkeen ei löytynyt lainausmerkittyä merkkijonoa"
#: lexer.ll:256
msgid "quoted string expected after \\sourcefilename"
#: lexer.ll:273
msgid "EOF found inside a comment"
-msgstr "EOF löytyi kommentin sisältä"
+msgstr "EOF (tiedoston loppumerkintä) löytyi kommentin sisältä"
#: lexer.ll:288
msgid "\\maininput not allowed outside init files"
-msgstr "\\maininput ei ole sallittu init-alustustiedoston ulkopuolella"
+msgstr "\\maininput ei ole sallittu alustustiedostojen ulkopuolella"
#: lexer.ll:312
#, c-format
#. backup rule
#: lexer.ll:321
msgid "end quote missing"
-msgstr "jälkimmäinen lainaismerkki puuttuu"
+msgstr "päättävä lainausmerkki puuttuu"
#: lexer.ll:466
msgid "Brace found at end of lyric. Did you forget a space?"
-msgstr "Sulkumerkki löytyi lyriikan lopussa. Unohditko välilyönnin?"
+msgstr "Sulkumerkki löytyi sanoituksen lopussa. Unohditko välilyönnin?"
#: lexer.ll:559
msgid "Brace found at end of markup. Did you forget a space?"
-msgstr "Sulkumerkki löytyi lyriikan lopussa. Unohditko välilyönnin?"
+msgstr "Sulkumerkki löytyi sanoituksen lopussa. Unohditko välilyönnin?"
#: lexer.ll:659
#, c-format
#: lexer.ll:774 lexer.ll:775
#, c-format
msgid "unknown escaped string: `\\%s'"
-msgstr "tuntematon koodinvaihtomerkillinen merkkijono: `\\\\%s'"
+msgstr "tuntematon koodinvaihtomerkillinen merkkijono: `\\%s'"
#: lexer.ll:880 lexer.ll:881
#, c-format
msgid "file too old: %s (oldest supported: %s)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "tiedosto liian vanha: %s (vanhin tuettu: %s)"
#: lexer.ll:881 lexer.ll:882
-#, fuzzy
msgid "consider updating the input with the convert-ly script"
-msgstr "Harkitse syötteen päivittämistä convert-ly scriptillä"
+msgstr "harkitse syötteen päivittämistä convert-ly skriptillä"
#: lexer.ll:887 lexer.ll:888
#, c-format
msgid "program too old: %s (file requires: %s)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ohjelma liian vanha: %s (tiedosto vaatii: %s)"
#: backend-library.scm:19 lily.scm:599 ps-to-png.scm:82
#, scheme-format
#: backend-library.scm:108
#, scheme-format
msgid "Converting to ~a..."
-msgstr "Muunnetaan kohteeksi `~a'..."
+msgstr "Muunnetaan kohteeksi ~a..."
#: backend-library.scm:145
#, scheme-format
#: define-music-properties.scm:10
#, scheme-format
msgid "symbol ~S redefined"
-msgstr "symbol ~S määriteltiin uudelleen"
+msgstr "merkki ~S määriteltiin uudelleen"
#: define-event-classes.scm:119
#, scheme-format
msgid "event class ~A seems to be unused"
-msgstr "tapahtumaluokka ~A näkyy olevan käyttämätön"
+msgstr "tapahtumaluokka ~A näyttää olevan käyttämätön"
#. should be programming-error
#: define-event-classes.scm:125
#: define-markup-commands.scm:255
msgid "no systems found in \\score markup, does it have a \\layout block?"
msgstr ""
-"systeemejä ei löytynyt \\score merkinnässä, onko siinä \\layout blokkia?"
+"kokonaisuuksia ei löytynyt \\score -merkinnässä, onko siinä \\layout -lohkoa?"
#: define-markup-commands.scm:1297
#, scheme-format
msgid "not a valid duration string: ~a"
-msgstr "ei ole sallittu keston merkkijono: ~a"
+msgstr "epäkelmo keston merkkijono: ~a"
#: define-music-types.scm:751
#, scheme-format
msgid "symbol expected: ~S"
-msgstr "odotettiin symboli: ~S"
+msgstr "odotettiin merkkiä: ~S"
#: define-music-types.scm:754
#, scheme-format
msgid "cannot find music object: ~S"
-msgstr "ei löytynyt musiikkiobjektia: ~S"
+msgstr "ei löytynyt musiikkikohdetta: ~S"
#: define-music-types.scm:774
#, scheme-format
#: document-backend.scm:91
#, scheme-format
msgid "pair expected in doc ~s"
-msgstr "pari odotettiin dokumentissa ~s"
+msgstr "odotettiin paria dokumentissa ~s"
#: document-backend.scm:135
#, scheme-format
#: documentation-lib.scm:45
#, scheme-format
msgid "Processing ~S..."
-msgstr "Prosessoidaan ~S..."
+msgstr "Käsitellään ~S..."
#: documentation-lib.scm:150
#, scheme-format
msgstr "Ei voitu poimia sopivaa tiedoa ~a:sta ~a:han"
#: framework-ps.scm:349
-#, fuzzy, scheme-format
+#, scheme-format
msgid "do not know how to embed ~S=~S"
msgstr "ei tiedetä kuinka upottaa ~S=~S"
#: framework-ps.scm:380
-#, fuzzy, scheme-format
+#, scheme-format
msgid "do not know how to embed font ~s ~s ~s"
-msgstr "ei tiedetä kuinka sijoittaa fontti ~s ~s ~s"
+msgstr "ei tiedetä kuinka upottaa kirjasin ~s ~s ~s"
#: framework-ps.scm:729
#, scheme-format
msgid "cannot convert <stdout> to ~S"
-msgstr "ei voida konvertoida <stdout> ~S:ksi"
+msgstr "ei voida muuntaa <stdout> kohteeksi ~S"
#: framework-ps.scm:748 framework-ps.scm:751
#, scheme-format
msgid "cannot generate ~S using the postscript back-end"
-msgstr "ei voida generoida ~S käyttäen postscript päänä"
+msgstr "ei voida luoda ~S käyttäen PostScript -päätä"
#: framework-ps.scm:758
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
"The PostScript backend does not support the 'classic'\n"
"\n"
"or remove the lilypond-book specific settings from the input.\n"
msgstr ""
-"nPostScript -pää ei tue 'klassista' kehystä. Käytä EPS -pääätä sensijaan\n"
+"\n
PostScript -pää ei tue 'klassista' kehystä.\n
Käytä EPS -päätä sen "
+"sijaan,\n"
" \n"
" lilypond -b eps <file>\n"
"\n"
#: layout-beam.scm:29
#, scheme-format
msgid "Error in beam quanting. Expected (~S,~S) found ~S."
-msgstr "Virhe palkin laskennassa. Odotettiin (~S,~S), löytyi ~S."
+msgstr "Virhe palkin laskennassa. Odotettiin (~S,~S) löytyi ~S."
#: layout-beam.scm:46
#, scheme-format
#, scheme-format
msgid "no \\version statement found, please add~afor future compatibility"
msgstr ""
-"ei löytynyt \\version-määrittelyä, ole hyvä ja lisää~a yhteensopivuuden "
+"ei löytynyt \\version-määrittelyä, ole hyvä ja lisää ~a yhteensopivuuden "
"varalle"
#: lily-library.scm:633
msgstr "vanhaa relative -yhteensopivuutta ei käytetty"
#: lily.scm:144
-#, fuzzy, scheme-format
+#, scheme-format
msgid "cannot find: ~A"
-msgstr "Ei löydetty ~A"
+msgstr "ei löydetty: ~A"
#: lily.scm:209
#, scheme-format
msgid "wrong type for argument ~a. Expecting ~a, found ~s"
-msgstr "väärä tyyppi argumentille ~a. Odotettiin ~a, löytyi ~s"
+msgstr "väärä tyyppi muuttujalle ~a. Odotettiin ~a, löytyi ~s"
#: lily.scm:525 lily.scm:589
#, scheme-format
msgid "failed files: ~S"
-msgstr "epäonniset tiedostot: ~S"
+msgstr "rikkinäiset tiedostot: ~S"
#: lily.scm:579
#, scheme-format
msgid "Redirecting output to ~a..."
-msgstr "Ohjataan tulosteet paikkaan ~a..."
+msgstr "Ohjataan tulosteet kohtaan ~a..."
#: ly-syntax-constructors.scm:40
msgid "Music head function must return Music object"
-msgstr "Music-pääfunktion täytyy palauttaa Music-objekti"
+msgstr "Music-pääfunktion täytyy palauttaa Music-kohde"
#: ly-syntax-constructors.scm:136
#, scheme-format
msgid "Invalid property operation ~a"
-msgstr "Tuntematon ominaisuustoiminta ~a"
+msgstr "Tuntematon ominaisuuden toiminta ~a"
#: markup.scm:123
#, scheme-format
msgid "Wrong number of arguments. Expect: ~A, found ~A: ~S"
-msgstr "Väärä argumenttin määrä. Odotettiin: ~A, löytyi ~A: ~S"
+msgstr "Väärä muuttujien määrä. Odotettiin: ~A, löytyi ~A: ~S"
#: markup.scm:129
#, scheme-format
msgid "Invalid argument in position ~A. Expect: ~A, found: ~S."
-msgstr "Väärä argumentti paikassa ~A. Odotettiin: ~A, löytyi: ~S."
+msgstr "Väärä muuttuja paikassa ~A. Odotettiin: ~A, löytyi: ~S."
#: music-functions.scm:213
-#, fuzzy
msgid "More alternatives than repeats. Junking excess alternatives"
msgstr ""
"Enemmän vaihtoehtoja kuin kertauksia. Hylätään ylimääräiset vaihtoehdot"
msgstr "Tahtiviivan tarkistus epäonnistui. Odotettiin: ~a, löytyi: ~a"
#: music-functions.scm:748
-#, fuzzy, scheme-format
+#, scheme-format
msgid "cannot find quoted music: `~S'"
-msgstr "ei löytynyt lainusmerkittyä musiikkai `~S'"
+msgstr "ei löytynyt lainusmerkittyä musiikkia: `~S'"
#: music-functions.scm:942
#, scheme-format
msgid "unknown accidental style: ~S"
-msgstr "tuntematan kortusmerkkityyli: ~S"
+msgstr "tuntematon korotusmerkin tyyli: ~S"
#: output-ps.scm:315
msgid "utf-8-string encountered in PS backend"
-msgstr "utf8-merkkijono havaittu PS päässä"
+msgstr "utf8-merkkijono havaittu PS -päässä"
#: output-svg.scm:42
#, scheme-format
#: output-svg.scm:132
#, scheme-format
msgid "cannot decypher Pango description: ~a"
-msgstr "decypher ei onnistunut Pango kuvauksessa: ~a"
+msgstr "ei voitu purkaa Pango-koodia kuvauksessa: ~a"
#: output-tex.scm:98
#, scheme-format
msgid "cannot find ~a in ~a"
-msgstr "ei löytynyt ~a paikassa ~a"
+msgstr "ei löytynyt ~a paikasta ~a"
#: paper.scm:69
msgid "Not in toplevel scope"
-msgstr "Ei huipputason piirissä"
+msgstr "Ei ylätason piirissä"
#: paper.scm:117
#, scheme-format
msgid "This is not a \\layout {} object, ~S"
-msgstr "Tämä ei ole \\layout {} objekti, ~S"
+msgstr "Tämä ei ole \\layout {} -kohde, ~S"
#: paper.scm:129
#, scheme-format
#: ps-to-png.scm:88
#, scheme-format
msgid "~a exited with status: ~S"
-msgstr "~a komento lopetettiin tilassa: ~S"
+msgstr "~a loppui tilassa: ~S"
#: to-xml.scm:190
-#, fuzzy, scheme-format
+#, scheme-format
msgid "assertion failed: ~S"
-msgstr "ajaminen epäonnistui"
+msgstr "ajaminen epäonnistui: ~S"
#~ msgid "silly pitch"
#~ msgstr "sekava äänenkorkeus"
#~ msgid "Incorrect lilypond version: %s (%s, %s)"
#~ msgstr "Epäkelpo lilypond versio: %s (%s, %s)"
+
class RhythmicStaff (Staff):
def __init__ (self, command = "RhythmicStaff"):
Staff.__init__ (self, command)
+
+class Score:
+ def __init__ (self):
+ self.contents = None
+ self.create_midi = False
+
+ def set_contents (self, contents):
+ self.contents = contents
+
+ def set_part_information (self, part_id, staves_info):
+ if self.contents:
+ self.contents.set_part_information (part_id, staves_info)
+
+ def print_ly (self, printer):
+ printer.dump ("\\score {");
+ printer.newline ()
+ if self.contents:
+ self.contents.print_ly (printer);
+ printer.dump ("\\layout {}");
+ printer.newline ()
+ if not self.create_midi:
+ printer.dump ("% To create MIDI output, uncomment the following line:");
+ printer.newline ();
+ printer.dump ("% ");
+ printer.dump ("\\midi {}");
+ printer.newline ()
+ printer.dump ("}");
+ printer.newline ()
def test_pitch ():
p = self
while p:
- sys.stderr.write (' In: <%s %s>\n' % (p._name, ' '.join (['%s=%s' % item for item in p._attribute_dict.items()])))
+ sys.stderr.write (' In: <%s %s>\n' % (p._name, ' '.join (['%s=%s' % item for item in p._attribute_dict.items ()])))
p = p.get_parent ()
def get_typed_children (self, klass):
# modify attributes so that only those applying to the given staff remain
def extract_attributes_for_staff (part, attr, staff):
attributes = copy.copy (attr)
- attributes._children = copy.copy (attr._children)
+ attributes._children = [];
attributes._dict = attr._dict.copy ()
- for c in attributes._children:
- if hasattr (c, 'number') and c.number != staff:
- attributes._children.remove (c)
- return attributes
+ # copy only the relevant children over for the given staff
+ for c in attr._children:
+ if (not (hasattr (c, 'number') and (c.number != staff)) and
+ not (isinstance (c, Hash_text))):
+ attributes._children.append (c)
+ if not attributes._children:
+ return None
+ else:
+ return attributes
def extract_voices (part):
voices = {}
# assign these only to the voices they really belongs to!
for (s, vids) in staff_to_voice_dict.items ():
staff_attributes = part.extract_attributes_for_staff (n, s)
- for v in vids:
- voices[v].add_element (staff_attributes)
+ if staff_attributes:
+ for v in vids:
+ voices[v].add_element (staff_attributes)
continue
if isinstance (n, Partial) or isinstance (n, Barline):
for c in py_node._children:
c._parent = py_node
- for (k,v) in node.items ():
+ for (k, v) in node.items ():
py_node.__dict__[k] = v
py_node._attribute_dict[k] = v
name = node.nodeName
klass = get_class (name)
- py_node = klass()
+ py_node = klass ()
py_node._name = name
py_node._children = [minidom_demarshal_node (cn) for cn in node.childNodes]
for c in py_node._children:
c._parent = py_node
if node.attributes:
- for (nm, value) in node.attributes.items():
+ for (nm, value) in node.attributes.items ():
py_node.__dict__[nm] = value
py_node._attribute_dict[nm] = value
if __name__ == '__main__':
- import lxml.etree
+ import lxml.etree
- tree = lxml.etree.parse ('beethoven.xml')
- mxl_tree = lxml_demarshal_node (tree.getroot ())
- ks = class_dict.keys()
- ks.sort()
- print '\n'.join (ks)
+ tree = lxml.etree.parse ('beethoven.xml')
+ mxl_tree = lxml_demarshal_node (tree.getroot ())
+ ks = class_dict.keys ()
+ ks.sort ()
+ print '\n'.join (ks)
;; in 3 2 time:
;; end beams each 1 2 note
;; end beams with 16th notes each 1 4 note
- ;; end beams with 32th notes each 1 8 note
+ ;; end beams with 32nd notes each 1 8 note
((end * * 3 2) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 2))
((end * * 3 2) . ,(ly:make-moment 2 2))
-
+
((end 1 16 3 2) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 4))
((end 1 16 3 2) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 2))
((end 1 16 3 2) . ,(ly:make-moment 3 4))
((end 1 16 3 2) . ,(ly:make-moment 5 4))
-
+
((end 1 32 3 2) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 8))
((end 1 32 3 2) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 4))
((end 1 32 3 2) . ,(ly:make-moment 3 8))
((end 1 16 3 4) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 4))
((end 1 16 3 4) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 2))
-
+
((end 1 32 3 4) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 8))
((end 1 32 3 4) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 4))
((end 1 32 3 4) . ,(ly:make-moment 3 8))
;; in common time:
;; end beams each 1 2 note
- ;; end beams with 32th notes each 1 8 note
+ ;; end beams with 32nd notes each 1 8 note
;; end beams with 1 8 triplets each 1 4 note
((end * * 4 4) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 2))
((end 1 12 4 4) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 4))
((end 1 12 4 4) . ,(ly:make-moment 3 4))
-
+
((end 1 16 4 4) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 4))
((end 1 16 4 4) . ,(ly:make-moment 3 4))
-
+
((end 1 32 4 4) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 8))
((end 1 32 4 4) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 4))
((end 1 32 4 4) . ,(ly:make-moment 3 8))
((end 1 32 4 4) . ,(ly:make-moment 3 4))
((end 1 32 4 4) . ,(ly:make-moment 7 8))
- ((end * * 2 4) . #f) ;; switch-off at-any-beat feature
((end * * 2 4) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 4))
((end 1 32 2 4) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 8))
((end 1 32 2 4) . ,(ly:make-moment 3 8))
- ((end * * 4 8) . #f) ;; switch-off at-any-beat feature
((end * * 4 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 4))
((end 1 32 4 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 8))
((end 1 32 4 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 3 8))
- ((end * * 4 16) . #f) ;; switch-off at-any-beat feature
((end * * 4 16) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 8))
- ((end * * 6 8) . #f) ;; switch-off at-any-beat feature
- ((end * * 6 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 3 8))
+ ;; in 6 8, 9 8 and 12 8 time:
+ ;; use beatGrouping for all except 1 32nd notes
+ ;; end beams with 32nd notes every 1 8 note
+
((end 1 32 6 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 8))
- ((end 1 32 6 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 4))
- ((end 1 32 6 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 2))
+ ((end 1 32 6 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 2 8))
+ ((end 1 32 6 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 3 8))
+ ((end 1 32 6 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 4 8))
((end 1 32 6 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 5 8))
- ((end * * 9 8) . #f) ;; switch-off at-any-beat feature
- ((end * * 9 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 3 8))
- ((end * * 9 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 3 4))
((end 1 32 9 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 8))
- ((end 1 32 9 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 4))
- ((end 1 32 9 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 2))
+ ((end 1 32 9 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 2 8))
+ ((end 1 32 9 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 3 8))
+ ((end 1 32 9 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 4 8))
((end 1 32 9 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 5 8))
+ ((end 1 32 9 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 6 8))
((end 1 32 9 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 7 8))
- ((end 1 32 9 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 1))
- ((end 1 32 9 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 9 8))
-
- ((end * * 12 8) . #f) ;; switch-off at-every-beat
- ((end * * 12 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 3 8))
- ((end * * 12 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 3 4))
- ((end * * 12 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 9 8))
- ((end * * 12 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 2 1))
+ ((end 1 32 9 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 8 8))
+
((end 1 32 12 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 1 8))
+ ((end 1 32 12 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 2 8))
+ ((end 1 32 12 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 3 8))
+ ((end 1 32 12 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 4 8))
+ ((end 1 32 12 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 5 8))
+ ((end 1 32 12 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 6 8))
+ ((end 1 32 12 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 7 8))
+ ((end 1 32 12 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 8 8))
+ ((end 1 32 12 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 9 8))
+ ((end 1 32 12 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 10 8))
+ ((end 1 32 12 8) . ,(ly:make-moment 11 8))
))
(define (override-property-setting context property setting value)
(force-hshift ,number? "This specifies a manual shift for notes
in collisions. The unit is the note head width of the first voice
note. This is used by @rinternals{note-collision-interface}.")
- (forced ,boolean? "Manually forced accidental.")
(fraction ,number-pair? "Numerator and denominator of a time
signature object.")
(french-beaming ,boolean? "Use French beaming style for this
in addition to notes and stems.")
(figures ,ly:grob-array? "Figured bass objects for continuation line.")
+ (forced ,boolean? "Manually forced accidental.")
(glyph-name ,string? "The glyph name within the font.")
(grace-spacing ,ly:grob? "A run of grace notes.")
(y (cdr dest)))
(make-line-stencil th 0 0 x y)))
-(define-builtin-markup-command (draw-circle layout props radius thickness fill)
+(define-builtin-markup-command (draw-circle layout props radius thickness filled)
(number? number? boolean?)
graphic
()
"
@cindex drawing circles within text
-A circle of radius @var{radius}, thickness @var{thickness} and
+A circle of radius @var{radius} and thickness @var{thickness},
optionally filled.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\draw-circle #2 #0 ##t
}
@end lilypond"
- (make-circle-stencil radius thickness fill))
+ (make-circle-stencil radius thickness filled))
(define-builtin-markup-command (triangle layout props filled)
(boolean?)
@cindex underlining text
Underline @var{arg}. Looks at @code{thickness} to determine line
-thickness and y offset.
+thickness and y-offset.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
@end verbatim
creates a box extending horizontally from -0.3 to 1.8 and
vertically from -0.3 up to 1.8, with corners formed from a
-circle of diameter@tie{}0 (i.e. sharp corners).
+circle of diameter@tie{}0 (i.e., sharp corners).
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
@end lilypond"
(stencil-whiteout (interpret-markup layout props arg)))
-(define-builtin-markup-command (pad-markup layout props padding arg)
+(define-builtin-markup-command (pad-markup layout props amount arg)
(number? markup?)
align
()
}
\\hspace #2
\\box {
- \\pad-around #1 {
+ \\pad-markup #1 {
padded
}
}
(ly:make-stencil
(ly:stencil-expr stil)
- (interval-widen xext padding)
- (interval-widen yext padding))))
+ (interval-widen xext amount)
+ (interval-widen yext amount))))
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;; space
"
@cindex creating horizontal spaces in text
-This produces an invisible object taking horizontal space. For example,
-
-@example
-\\markup @{ A \\hspace #2.0 B @}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-puts extra space between A and@tie{}B, on top of the space that is
-normally inserted before elements on a line.
+Create an invisible object taking up horizontal space @var{amount}.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
(/ (+ (car text-widths) (car (cdr text-widths))) 2))
(get-fill-space word-count line-width (cdr text-widths))))))
-(define-builtin-markup-command (fill-line layout props markups)
+(define-builtin-markup-command (fill-line layout props args)
(markup-list?)
align
((text-direction RIGHT)
}
}
@end lilypond"
- (let* ((orig-stencils (interpret-markup-list layout props markups))
+ (let* ((orig-stencils (interpret-markup-list layout props args))
(stencils
(map (lambda (stc)
(if (ly:stencil-empty? stc)
((word-space)
(text-direction RIGHT))
"Put @var{args} in a horizontal line. The property @code{word-space}
-determines the space between each markup in @var{args}.
+determines the space between markups in @var{args}.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
@cindex concatenating text
@cindex ligatures in text
-Concatenate @var{args} in a horizontal line, without spaces inbetween.
+Concatenate @var{args} in a horizontal line, without spaces in between.
Strings and simple markups are concatenated on the input level, allowing
ligatures. For example, @code{\\concat @{ \"f\" \\simple #\"i\" @}} is
equivalent to @code{\"fi\"}.
"
@cindex justifying text
-Like wordwrap, but with lines stretched to justify the margins.
+Like @code{\\wordwrap}, but with lines stretched to justify the margins.
Use @code{\\override #'(line-width . @var{X})} to set the line width;
@var{X}@tie{}is the number of staff spaces.
\\markup {
\\override #'(line-width . 40)
\\wordwrap-string #\"Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur
- adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore
- et dolore magna aliqua.
-
-
- Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco
- laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.
-
-
- Excepteur sint occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in culpa
- qui officia deserunt mollit anim id est laborum\"
+ adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore
+ et dolore magna aliqua.
+
+
+ Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco
+ laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.
+
+
+ Excepteur sint occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in culpa
+ qui officia deserunt mollit anim id est laborum\"
}
@end lilypond"
(stack-lines DOWN 0.0 baseline-skip
\\markup {
\\override #'(line-width . 40)
\\justify-string #\"Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur
- adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore
- et dolore magna aliqua.
-
-
- Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco
- laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.
-
-
- Excepteur sint occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in culpa
- qui officia deserunt mollit anim id est laborum\"
+ adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore
+ et dolore magna aliqua.
+
+
+ Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco
+ laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.
+
+
+ Excepteur sint occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in culpa
+ qui officia deserunt mollit anim id est laborum\"
}
@end lilypond"
(stack-lines DOWN 0.0 baseline-skip
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\header {
title = \"My title\"
- descr = \"Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit,
- sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua.
- Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris
- nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.\"
+ description = \"Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing
+ elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna
+ aliqua. Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco
+ laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.\"
}
\\paper {
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\header {
title = \"My title\"
- descr = \"Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit,
- sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua.
- Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris
- nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.\"
+ description = \"Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing
+ elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna
+ aliqua. Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco
+ laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.\"
}
\\paper {
\\column {
\\fill-line { \\fromproperty #'header:title }
\\null
- \\justify-field #'header:descr
+ \\justify-field #'header:description
}
}
}
(justify-string-markup layout props m)
empty-stencil)))
-(define-builtin-markup-command (combine layout props m1 m2)
+(define-builtin-markup-command (combine layout props arg1 arg2)
(markup? markup?)
align
()
\\arrow-head #Y #DOWN ##f
}
@end lilypond"
- (let* ((s1 (interpret-markup layout props m1))
- (s2 (interpret-markup layout props m2)))
+ (let* ((s1 (interpret-markup layout props arg1))
+ (s2 (interpret-markup layout props arg2)))
(ly:stencil-add s1 s2)))
;;
@cindex stacking text in a column
Stack the markups in @var{args} vertically. The property
-@code{baseline-skip} determines the space between each
-markup in @var{args}.
+@code{baseline-skip} determines the space between markups
+in @var{args}.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
"
@cindex changing direction of text columns
-Make a column of args, going up or down, depending on the setting
-of the @code{#'direction} layout property.
+Make a column of @var{args}, going up or down, depending on the
+setting of the @code{direction} layout property.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
- \\override #'(direction . 1) {
+ \\override #`(direction . ,UP) {
\\dir-column {
going up
}
}
+ \\hspace #1
\\dir-column {
going down
}
+ \\hspace #1
+ \\override #'(direction . 1) {
+ \\dir-column {
+ going up
+ }
+ }
}
@end lilypond"
(stack-lines (if (number? direction) direction -1)
(markup?)
other
()
- "Make the argument transparent.
+ "Make @var{arg} transparent.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
"
@cindex overriding properties within text markup
-Add the first argument in to the property list. Properties may be
-any sort of property supported by @rinternals{font-interface} and
-@rinternals{text-interface}, for example
-
-@example
-\\override #'(font-family . married) \"bla\"
-@end example
+Add the argument @var{new-prop} to the property list. Properties
+may be any property supported by @rinternals{font-interface},
+@rinternals{text-interface} and
+@rinternals{instrument-specific-markup-interface}.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
(string?)
other
()
- "Read the contents of a file, and include it verbatim.
+ "Read the contents of file @var{name}, and include it verbatim.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
(markup?)
font
()
- "Decrease the font size relative to current setting.
+ "Decrease the font size relative to the current setting.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
(markup?)
font
()
- "Increase the font size relative to current setting.
+ "Increase the font size relative to the current setting.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
(markup?)
font
()
- "Set the argument as small numbers.
+ "Set @var{arg} as small numbers.
+
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
\\finger {
font
()
"Use @var{size} as the absolute font size to display @var{arg}.
-Adjust baseline skip and word space accordingly.
+Adjusts @code{baseline-skip} and @code{word-space} accordingly.
+
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
default text font size
((font-size 0)
(word-space 1)
(baseline-skip 2))
- "Add @var{increment} to the font-size. Adjust baseline skip accordingly.
+ "Add @var{increment} to the font-size. Adjusts @code{baseline-skip}
+accordingly.
+
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
default
(markup?)
font
()
- "Switch to the sans serif family.
+ "Switch to the sans serif font family.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
font
()
"Set font family to @code{number}, which yields the font used for
-time signatures and fingerings. This font only contains numbers and
-some punctuation. It doesn't have any letters.
+time signatures and fingerings. This font contains numbers and
+some punctuation; it has no letters.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
(interpret-markup layout (prepend-alist-chain 'font-shape 'caps props) arg))
;; Poor man's caps
-(define-builtin-markup-command (smallCaps layout props text)
+(define-builtin-markup-command (smallCaps layout props arg)
(markup?)
font
()
currents current-is-lower)
prev-result)))))))
(interpret-markup layout props
- (if (string? text)
- (make-small-caps (string->list text) (list) #f (list))
- text)))
+ (if (string? arg)
+ (make-small-caps (string->list arg) (list) #f (list))
+ arg)))
(define-builtin-markup-command (caps layout props arg)
(markup?)
(markup?)
font
()
- "Set font shape to @code{upright}. This is the opposite of @code{italic}.
+ "Set @code{font-shape} to @code{upright}. This is the opposite
+of @code{italic}.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
(markup?)
font
()
- "Switch to medium font series (in contrast to bold).
+ "Switch to medium font-series (in contrast to bold).
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
()
music
()
- "Draw a semi sharp symbol.
+ "Draw a semisharp symbol.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
;; glyphs
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
-(define-builtin-markup-command (arrow-head layout props axis direction filled)
+(define-builtin-markup-command (arrow-head layout props axis dir filled)
(integer? ly:dir? boolean?)
graphic
()
"close"
"open")
axis
- direction)))
+ dir)))
(ly:font-get-glyph
(ly:paper-get-font layout (cons '((font-encoding . fetaMusic))
props))
(integer?)
other
()
- "Produce a single character. For example, @code{\\char #65} produces the
-letter @q{A}.
+ "Produce a single character. Characters encoded in hexadecimal
+format require the prefix @code{#x}.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
- \\char #65
+ \\char #65 \\char ##x00a9
}
@end lilypond"
(ly:text-interface::interpret-markup layout props (ly:wide-char->utf-8 num)))
@cindex notes within text by log and dot-count
Construct a note symbol, with stem. By using fractional values for
-@var{dir}, you can obtain longer or shorter stems.
+@var{dir}, longer or shorter stems can be obtained.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
"
@cindex superscript text
-Raising and lowering texts can be done with @code{\\super} and
-@code{\\sub}:
+Set @var{arg} in superscript.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
"
@cindex translating text
-This translates an object. Its first argument is a cons of numbers.
-
-@example
-A \\translate #(cons 2 -3) @{ B C @} D
-@end example
-
-This moves @q{B C} 2@tie{}spaces to the right, and 3 down, relative to its
-surroundings. This command cannot be used to move isolated scripts
-vertically, for the same reason that @code{\\raise} cannot be used for
-that.
+Translate @var{arg} relative to its surroundings. @var{offset}
+is a pair of numbers representing the displacement in the X and Y axis.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
"
@cindex setting subscript in standard font size
-Set @var{arg} in subscript, in a normal font size.
+Set @var{arg} in subscript with a normal font size.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
"(lilypond/lilypond-internals.info)")
"
-@include macros.texi
+@include macros.itexi
@ignore
@omftitle LilyPond internals
(- size th)))))
(define (draw-dots layout props string-count fret-count
- fret-range size finger-code
+ size finger-code
dot-position dot-radius dot-thickness dot-list orientation)
"Make dots for fret diagram."
labeled-dot-stencil
(ly:stencil-add
(draw-dots
- layout props string-count fret-count fret-range size finger-code
+ layout props string-count fret-count size finger-code
dot-position dot-radius dot-thickness restlist orientation)
labeled-dot-stencil))))
(dot-list (cdr (assoc 'dot-list parameters)))
(xo-list (cdr (assoc 'xo-list parameters)))
(fret-range (cdr (assoc 'fret-range parameters)))
+ (fret-count (1+ (- (cadr fret-range) (car fret-range))))
(barre-list (cdr (assoc 'barre-list parameters)))
(barre-type
(assoc-get 'barre-type details 'curved))
(set! fret-diagram-stencil
(ly:stencil-add
fret-diagram-stencil
- (draw-dots layout props string-count fret-count fret-range
+ (draw-dots layout props string-count fret-count
size finger-code dot-position dot-radius
th dot-list orientation))))
(if (= (car fret-range) 1)
(ly:music-length music))
music)
-(define (skip-to-last music parser)
-
- "Replace MUSIC by
+(define-public (make-duration-of-length moment)
+ "Make duration of the given MOMENT length."
+ (ly:make-duration 0 0
+ (ly:moment-main-numerator moment)
+ (ly:moment-main-denominator moment)))
+
+(define (skip-this moment)
+ "set skipTypesetting, make SkipMusic of the given MOMENT length,
+ and then unset skipTypesetting."
+ (make-sequential-music
+ (list
+ (context-spec-music (make-property-set 'skipTypesetting #t)
+ 'Score)
+ (make-music 'SkipMusic 'duration
+ (make-duration-of-length moment))
+ (context-spec-music (make-property-set 'skipTypesetting #f)
+ 'Score))))
+
+(define (unskip-this moment)
+ "unset skipTypesetting, make SkipMusic of the given MOMENT length,
+ and then set skipTypesetting."
+ (make-sequential-music
+ (list
+ (context-spec-music (make-property-set 'skipTypesetting #f)
+ 'Score)
+ (make-music 'SkipMusic 'duration
+ (make-duration-of-length moment))
+ (context-spec-music (make-property-set 'skipTypesetting #t)
+ 'Score))))
+
+(define (skip-as-needed music parser)
+ "Replace MUSIC by
+ << { \\set skipTypesetting = ##f
+ LENGTHOF(\\showFirstLength)
+ \\set skipTypesetting = ##t
+ LENGTHOF(\\showLastLength) }
+ MUSIC >>
+ if appropriate.
+
+ When only showFirstLength is set,
+ the 'length property of the music is
+ overridden to speed up compiling."
+ (let*
+ ((show-last (ly:parser-lookup parser 'showLastLength))
+ (show-first (ly:parser-lookup parser 'showFirstLength)))
+ (cond
+
+ ;; both properties may be set.
+ ((and (ly:music? show-first) (ly:music? show-last))
+ (let*
+ ((orig-length (ly:music-length music))
+ (skip-length (ly:moment-sub orig-length (ly:music-length show-last)))
+ (begin-length (ly:music-length show-first)))
+ (make-simultaneous-music
+ (list
+ (make-sequential-music
+ (list
+ (skip-this skip-length)
+ ;; let's draw a separator between the beginning and the end
+ (context-spec-music (make-property-set 'whichBar "||")
+ 'Timing)))
+ (unskip-this begin-length)
+ music))))
+
+ ;; we may only want to print the last length
+ ((ly:music? show-last)
+ (let*
+ ((orig-length (ly:music-length music))
+ (skip-length (ly:moment-sub orig-length (ly:music-length show-last))))
+ (make-simultaneous-music
+ (list
+ (skip-this skip-length)
+ music))))
+
+ ;; we may only want to print the beginning; in this case
+ ;; only the first length will be processed (much faster).
+ ((ly:music? show-first)
+ (let*
+ ((orig-length (ly:music-length music))
+ (begin-length (ly:music-length show-first)))
+ ;; the first length must not exceed the original length.
+ (if (ly:moment<? begin-length orig-length)
+ (set! (ly:music-property music 'length)
+ (ly:music-length show-first)))
+ music))
-<< { \\set skipTypesetting = ##t
- LENGTHOF(\\showLastLength)
- \\set skipTypesetting = ##t }
- MUSIC >>
+ (else music))))
-if appropriate.
- "
- (let*
- ((show-last (ly:parser-lookup parser 'showLastLength)))
-
- (if (ly:music? show-last)
- (let*
- ((orig-length (ly:music-length music))
- (skip-length (ly:moment-sub orig-length (ly:music-length show-last))))
-
- (make-simultaneous-music
- (list
- (make-sequential-music
- (list
- (context-spec-music (make-property-set 'skipTypesetting #t)
- 'Score)
- (make-music 'SkipMusic 'duration
- (ly:make-duration
- 0 0
- (ly:moment-main-numerator skip-length)
- (ly:moment-main-denominator skip-length)))
- (context-spec-music (make-property-set 'skipTypesetting #f)
- 'Score)))
- music)))
- music)))
-
(define-public toplevel-music-functions
(list
(lambda (x parser) (music-map cue-substitute x))
(lambda (x parser)
- (skip-to-last x parser)
+ (skip-as-needed x parser)
)))
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;; break visibility
-(define-public begin-of-line-visible
- #(#f #f #t))
-(define-public end-of-line-visible
- #(#t #f #f))
-(define-public end-of-line-invisible
- #(#f #t #t))
+(define-public all-visible #(#t #t #t))
+(define-public begin-of-line-invisible #(#t #t #f))
+(define-public center-invisible #(#t #f #t))
+(define-public end-of-line-invisible #(#f #t #t))
+(define-public begin-of-line-visible #(#f #f #t))
+(define-public center-visible #(#f #t #f))
+(define-public end-of-line-visible #(#t #f #f))
+(define-public all-invisible #(#f #f #f))
+
(define-public spanbar-begin-of-line-invisible
#(#t #f #f))
-(define-public all-visible #(#t #t #t))
-(define-public all-invisible #(#f #f #f))
-(define-public begin-of-line-invisible
- #(#t #t #f))
-(define-public center-invisible #(#t #f #t))
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;; Bar lines.
(define (note-pitch a)
(ly:event-property a 'pitch))
- (define (note-pitch<? a b)
- (ly:pitch<? (note-pitch a)
- (note-pitch b)))
+ (define (note-pitch>? a b)
+ (ly:pitch<? (note-pitch b)
+ (note-pitch a)))
(define (note-finger ev)
(let* ((articulations (ly:event-property ev 'articulations))
specified-frets))
)))
- (sort notes note-pitch<?))
+ (sort notes note-pitch>?))
string-fret-fingering-tuples)
return(UNDEF)
def clear_bar_acc(state):
- for k in state.in_acc:
- del state.in_acc[k]
+ state.in_acc = {}
# if we are parsing a beam, close it off
ly_var_def_re = re.compile (r'^([a-zA-Z]+)[\t ]*=', re.M)
ly_comment_re = re.compile (r'(%+[\t ]*)(.*)$', re.M)
+ly_context_id_re = re.compile ('\\\\(?:new|context)\\s+(?:[a-zA-Z]*?(?:Staff\
+(?:Group)?|Voice|FiguredBass|FretBoards|Names|Devnull))\\s+=\\s+"?([a-zA-Z]+)"?\\s+')
def ly_comment_gettext (t, m):
return m.group (1) + t (m.group (2))
s = re.sub (r"(?m)(^|[' \\#])%s([^a-zA-Z])" % v,
"\\1" + t (v) + "\\2",
s)
+ for id in ly_context_id_re.findall (s):
+ s = re.sub (r'(\s+|")%s(\s+|")' % id,
+ "\\1" + t (id) + "\\2",
+ s)
return s
texinfo_lang_re = re.compile ('(?m)^@documentlanguage (.*?)( |$)')
## CONSTANTS
-output_name = ''
LINE_BELL = 60
scale_steps = [0, 2, 4, 5, 7, 9, 11]
global_options = None
g = strip_extension (g, '.MID')
(outdir, outbase) = ('','')
- if not output_name:
+ if not global_options.output:
outdir = '.'
outbase = os.path.basename (g)
o = os.path.join (outdir, outbase + '-midi.ly')
- elif output_name[-1] == os.sep:
- outdir = output_name
+ elif global_options.output[-1] == os.sep:
+ outdir = global_options.output
outbase = os.path.basename (g)
os.path.join (outdir, outbase + '-gen.ly')
else:
- o = output_name
+ o = global_options.output
(outdir, outbase) = os.path.split (o)
if outdir != '.' and outdir != '':
def extract_score_structure (part_list, staffinfo):
+ score = musicexp.Score ()
structure = musicexp.StaffGroup (None)
+ score.set_contents (structure)
+
if not part_list:
return structure
return staves[0]
for i in staves:
structure.append_staff (i)
- return structure
+ return score
def musicxml_duration_to_lily (mxl_note):
diff = moment - current_end
if diff < Rational (0):
- error_message (_ ('Negative skip %s') % diff)
+ error_message (_ ('Negative skip %s (from position %s to %s)') %
+ (diff, current_end, moment))
diff = Rational (0)
if diff > Rational (0) and not (self.ignore_skips and moment == 0):
parts = tree.get_typed_children (musicxml.Part)
(voices, staff_info) = get_all_voices (parts)
- score_structure = None
+ score = None
mxl_pl = tree.get_maybe_exist_typed_child (musicxml.Part_list)
if mxl_pl:
- score_structure = extract_score_structure (mxl_pl, staff_info)
+ score = extract_score_structure (mxl_pl, staff_info)
part_list = mxl_pl.get_named_children ("score-part")
# score information is contained in the <work>, <identification> or <movement-title> tags
- update_score_setup (score_structure, part_list, voices)
+ update_score_setup (score, part_list, voices)
# After the conversion, update the list of settings for the \layout block
update_layout_information ()
printer.newline ()
printer.dump ("% The score definition")
printer.newline ()
- score_structure.print_ly (printer)
+ score.print_ly (printer)
printer.newline ()
return voices
fi
])
- if test "$cross_compiling" = "no" -a -z "$PYTHON_CFLAGS"; then
+ AC_CHECK_PROGS(PYTHON_CONFIG, python-config, no)
+
+ if test -z "$PYTHON_CFLAGS" -a "$PYTHON_CONFIG" != "no"; then
+ # Clean out junk: http://bugs.python.org/issue3290
+ # Python headers may need some -f* flags, leave them in.
+ PYTHON_CFLAGS=`$PYTHON_CONFIG --cflags | sed -e 's/ -\(W\|D\|O\)\(\w\|-\)\+//g'`
+ PYTHON_LDFLAGS=`$PYTHON_CONFIG --ldflags`
+ fi
+
+ if test -z "$PYTHON_CFLAGS" -a "$cross_compiling" = "no"; then
changequote(<<, >>)#dnl
# alternatively, for python >= 2.0
# 'import sys, distutils.sysconfig; sys.stdout.write (distutils.sysconfig.get_python_inc ())'
changequote([, ])#dnl
fi
- if test "$cross_compiling" = "yes" -a -z "$PYTHON_CFLAGS"; then
- PYTHON_CFLAGS=`python-config --cflags`
- PYTHON_LDFLAGS=`python-config --ldflags`
- fi
-
if test -z "$PYTHON_HEADER"; then
CPPFLAGS="$PYTHON_CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS"
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([Python.h],[PYTHON_HEADER=yes])
touch $@
$(outdir)/%.info: $(outdir)/%.texi $(outdir)/$(INFO_IMAGES_DIR).info-images-dir-dep $(outdir)/version.itexi
- $(MAKEINFO) -I$(outdir) --output=$@ $<
+ $(MAKEINFO) -I$(src-dir) -I$(outdir) --output=$@ $<
ifeq (,$(findstring texi2html,$(MISSING_OPTIONAL)))
$(outdir)/%-big-page.html: $(outdir)/%.texi $(XREF_MAPS_DIR)/%.xref-map $(outdir)/version.itexi
- $(TEXI2HTML) --I=$(outdir) -D bigpage --output=$@ $(TEXI2HTML_INIT) $<
+ $(TEXI2HTML) --I=$(src-dir) --I=$(outdir) -D bigpage --output=$@ $(TEXI2HTML_INIT) $<
cp $(top-src-dir)/Documentation/lilypond*.css $(dir $@)
$(outdir)/%.html: $(outdir)/%.texi $(XREF_MAPS_DIR)/%.xref-map $(outdir)/version.itexi
- $(TEXI2HTML) --I=$(outdir) --output=$@ $(TEXI2HTML_INIT) $<
+ $(TEXI2HTML) --I=$(src-dir) --I=$(outdir) --output=$@ $(TEXI2HTML_INIT) $<
cp $(top-src-dir)/Documentation/lilypond*.css $(dir $@)
$(outdir)/%/index.html: $(outdir)/%.texi $(XREF_MAPS_DIR)/%.xref-map $(outdir)/version.itexi
mkdir -p $(dir $@)
- $(TEXI2HTML) --I=$(outdir) --output=$(dir $@) --prefix=index --split=section $(TEXI2HTML_INIT) $<
+ $(TEXI2HTML) --I=$(src-dir) --I=$(outdir) --output=$(dir $@) --prefix=index --split=section $(TEXI2HTML_INIT) $<
cp $(top-src-dir)/Documentation/lilypond*.css $(dir $@)
else # Rules using makeinfo follow
$(outdir)/%-big-page.html: $(outdir)/%.texi $(outdir)/version.itexi
- $(MAKEINFO) -I $(outdir) --output=$@ --css-include=$(top-src-dir)/Documentation/texinfo.css --html --no-split -D bigpage --no-headers $<
+ $(MAKEINFO) -I$(src-dir) -I $(outdir) --output=$@ --css-include=$(top-src-dir)/Documentation/texinfo.css --html --no-split -D bigpage --no-headers $<
$(outdir)/%.html: $(outdir)/%.texi $(outdir)/version.itexi
- $(MAKEINFO) -I $(outdir) --output=$@ --css-include=$(top-src-dir)/Documentation/texinfo.css --html --no-split --no-headers $<
+ $(MAKEINFO) -I$(src-dir) -I$(outdir) --output=$@ --css-include=$(top-src-dir)/Documentation/texinfo.css --html --no-split --no-headers $<
$(outdir)/%/index.html: $(outdir)/%.texi $(outdir)/version.itexi
mkdir -p $(dir $@)
- $(MAKEINFO) -I $(outdir) --output=$(dir $@) --css-include=$(top-src-dir)/Documentation/texinfo.css --html $<
+ $(MAKEINFO) -I$(src-dir) -I$(outdir) --output=$(dir $@) --css-include=$(top-src-dir)/Documentation/texinfo.css --html $<
endif
$(outdir)/%.html.omf: %.texi
cd $(outdir); texi2pdf $(TEXI2PDF_FLAGS) --batch $(TEXINFO_PAPERSIZE_OPTION) $(<F)
$(outdir)/%.txt: $(outdir)/%.texi $(outdir)/version.itexi
- $(MAKEINFO) -I $(src-dir) -I $(outdir) --no-split --no-headers --output $@ $<
+ $(MAKEINFO) -I$(src-dir) -I$(outdir) --no-split --no-headers --output $@ $<
$(outdir)/%.texi: %.texi
rm -f $@
% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
%
-\def\texinfoversion{2008-10-16.09}
+\def\texinfoversion{2008-11-07.12}
%
% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
{%
\makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE.
\turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion
+ \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
\edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }%
%
% This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes
{
\catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
\catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active
+ \global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq % default definitions
%
\global\def\code{\begingroup
\catcode\rquoteChar=\active \catcode\lquoteChar=\active
\def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}}
\def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}}
%
+% This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but
+% we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases.
+% ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using
+% the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in
+% the same EC font.
+\def\ogonek#1{{\ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}\ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1%
+ \else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}\fi}}
+\def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}
+\def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}
+\def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}
+\def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}
+%
\def\ecfont{%
- % We can't distinguish serif/sanserif and italic/slanted, but this
+ % We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this
% is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German
% quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so
% hopefully nobody will notice/care.
% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
%
-\envdef\quotation{%
+\def\quotationstart{%
{\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
\parindent=0pt
%
\parsearg\quotationlabel
}
+\envdef\quotation{%
+ \setnormaldispenv
+ \quotationstart
+}
+
+\envdef\smallquotation{%
+ \setsmalldispenv
+ \quotationstart
+}
+\let\Esmallquotation = \Equotation
+
% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
% doing normal filling.
%
\def\uncatcodespecials{%
\def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
%
-% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
-% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
-\endgroup
-%
% Setup for the @verb command.
%
% Eight spaces for a tab
\def\codequoteleft{%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
- `%
+ \relax`% the \relax disables the `! and `? ligatures
\else \char'22 \fi
\else \char'22 \fi
}
\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
{%
\makevalueexpandable
- \def\@{@}% we want to use \indexnofonts, but then verbatim ends prematurely
\setupverbatim
+ \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
\input #1
\afterenvbreak
}%
% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions.
\def\lattwochardefs{%
\gdef^^a0{~}
- \gdef^^a1{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH OGONEK}}
+ \gdef^^a1{\Aogonek}
\gdef^^a2{\u{}}
\gdef^^a3{\L}
\gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
\gdef^^af{\dotaccent Z}
%
\gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
- \gdef^^b1{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH OGONEK}}
- \gdef^^b2{\missingcharmsg{OGONEK}}
+ \gdef^^b1{\aogonek}
+ \gdef^^b2{\ogonek{ }}
\gdef^^b3{\l}
\gdef^^b4{\'{}}
\gdef^^b5{\v l}
\gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
\gdef^^c8{\v C}
\gdef^^c9{\'E}
- \gdef^^ca{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH OGONEK}}
+ \gdef^^ca{\Eogonek}
\gdef^^cb{\"E}
\gdef^^cc{\v E}
\gdef^^cd{\'I}
\gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
\gdef^^e8{\v c}
\gdef^^e9{\'e}
- \gdef^^ea{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH OGONEK}}
+ \gdef^^ea{\eogonek}
\gdef^^eb{\"e}
\gdef^^ec{\v e}
\gdef^^ed{\'\i}
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\Aogonek}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\aogonek}
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\Eogonek}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\eogonek}
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}
+
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}
@catcode`@# = @other
@catcode`@% = @other
-
+@c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and
+@c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}. If we
+@c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars.
+@c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments.
+@c (not ready yet, sigh)
+@c atcode`@'=@active @let'@rq
+@c atcode`@`=@active @let`@lq
+
@c Local variables:
@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
-% $Id: txi-fr.tex,v 1.7 2008/10/16 17:13:10 karl Exp $
+% $Id: txi-fr.tex,v 1.8 2008/10/21 23:51:37 karl Exp $
% txi-fr.tex -- French translations for texinfo.tex.
%
% Copyright (C) 1999, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation.
% Translation date: le 10 décembre 1999.
% Transmitted to: Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
-\txisetlanguage{french}{2}{2}
+\txisetlanguage{french}{2}{3}
\plainfrenchspacing
projects / lilypond.git / commitdiff